Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 15, 2020, 06:49:37 am
0, Age of Creation
Some say the world emerged from fire and ash. Others believe it is the remains of two primordial beasts, locked in their fight to the death. None, however, know its true origins. For there were no sheets of parchments, no quills and no ink at the dawn of the world. Not even the Gods lived at that time.
(https://i.imgur.com/sbU4n0b.png)
Some say the world emerged from fire and ash. Others believe it is the remains of two primordial beasts, locked in their fight to the death. None, however, know its true origins. For there were no sheets of parchments, no quills and no ink at the dawn of the world. Not even the Gods lived at that time.
(https://i.imgur.com/sbU4n0b.png)
Welcome guys! This thread is inspired both by my /tg/ adventures and the old worldbuilding games of this subforum. The premise of this game is simple: we work together to build a fantasy setting by adding anything we can imagine. Gods, races, kingdoms and locations are examples, but smaller things like conflicts, historical figures, mercenary orders and every other thing imagineable can be added! I'll be keeping track of the map as we progress.
Spoiler: Some Rules (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Example of Play (click to show/hide)
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 15, 2020, 06:50:08 am
The Encyclopedia
Latest Map:
(https://i.imgur.com/8PpPvjQ.png)
Latest Map:
(https://i.imgur.com/8PpPvjQ.png)
Spoiler: Gods (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Races (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Nations & Tribes (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Major Historical Events (click to show/hide)
Post by: KittyTac on May 15, 2020, 06:51:22 am
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 15, 2020, 06:52:18 am
Post by: MaxTheFox on May 15, 2020, 07:10:57 am
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 15, 2020, 07:43:28 am
Post by: TricMagic on May 15, 2020, 08:44:23 am
Post by: mightymushroom on May 15, 2020, 09:09:08 am
Post by: TamerVirus on May 15, 2020, 09:35:37 am
Note: The above Encyclopedia is currently out of date!
Refer to this post (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079), for the most up to date version (as of year 265)
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on May 15, 2020, 09:44:01 am
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 15, 2020, 10:04:21 am
Spoiler: Map Update (click to show/hide)
Post by: TricMagic on May 15, 2020, 10:12:34 am
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 15, 2020, 10:25:20 am
Post by: mightymushroom on May 15, 2020, 11:29:02 am
Post by: TricMagic on May 15, 2020, 11:42:42 am
OoC: The right looks kinda like a dragon or shark, while the left looks like a dolphin..
Post by: Detoxicated on May 15, 2020, 12:00:44 pm
The Baron Ximeni Xalanthe of the Slugmen Duchy declares Independence and himself Kaiser of the Hrilithian Celestial Empire. IT is said that Donkebab the Goddess of the Heavens herself has helped Ximeni in bis Quest.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on May 15, 2020, 12:12:13 pm
The celestial object that gave rise to the Slugmen started to turn purple, and petals started to sprout from it. More orange liquid drops from these petals as the purple leaves absorb the light of the Local Star, a sphere of heat and light that all plants gather energy from.
((Sorry, misread the year
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 15, 2020, 12:13:34 pm
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on May 15, 2020, 12:19:24 pm
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 15, 2020, 12:38:14 pm
Year 12: The idea of civilization must be catching on, because the Hamsterfolk begin building overland farms in the broad valley of the great river in the southwest of the world.Right here! I've already edited the encyclopedia to include them :)
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on May 15, 2020, 12:44:23 pm
((oh, ok))Year 12: The idea of civilization must be catching on, because the Hamsterfolk begin building overland farms in the broad valley of the great river in the southwest of the world.Right here! I've already edited the encyclopedia to include them :)
Year 16
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
Post by: Avetruetotheimperator on May 15, 2020, 01:16:10 pm
With the rise of civilzation comes the need for certain things. Order, industry, ambition, and authority. From these desires, a new deity is born, Dorath. He seeks to build an orderly and efficient world, to be the architect of a glorious creation. Which of course, means he has to control everything. His vast mind soon works to see how to best accomplish this task...
Post by: TamerVirus on May 15, 2020, 01:55:19 pm
Post by: TricMagic on May 15, 2020, 02:07:29 pm
Post by: Imic on May 15, 2020, 02:28:27 pm
Post by: Avetruetotheimperator on May 15, 2020, 02:41:19 pm
As Dorath continues to ponder the best way to expand his reach and power, something catches the god's attention. A few ambitious hamster folk, seeking to better their own state with newfound power. From revenge against great beasts to desires to build, their motivations were many. But they all desired the same. Though Dorath could leave them be to go over to the new being of secrets, a wonderful idea was brought into his head.
And so when they began praying, a few of those ambitious soul's prayers were answered. An offer was sent, to learn of mystical and mighty arts that would amaze their peers and grant them power beyond. They would learn to make use of the earth itself, to create things mortals have not seen before. All he asked in returned, was to spread the word of him. To become his agents, followers, and leaders. Most accepted this. And lo, he taught them the arts of the smith. To work ore into metal, into a craft which spoke of awe and wonder. Metalworking was learned, all in the hands of those who would proclaim the gift was from Dorath.
Dorath eagerly awaited the obvious changes in society soon after. Seeing if his hunch was correct.
Post by: TricMagic on May 15, 2020, 02:55:49 pm
Post by: Imic on May 15, 2020, 03:08:35 pm
Post by: TamerVirus on May 15, 2020, 03:17:13 pm
Post by: mightymushroom on May 15, 2020, 05:49:55 pm
The encroachment of the desert put a great strain on hamsterfolk society, and further pressure of nomadic slugmen raids pushes them over the brink into civil chaos. Followers of Dorath insist that innovation and technology are the answers to their problems, while more conservative members seek renewed prominence of their older, shamanistic practices and to drive the Dorath party out of the river valley.
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 15, 2020, 07:21:06 pm
Year 30: WAR!
The encroachment of the desert put a great strain on hamsterfolk society, and further pressure of nomadic slugmen raids pushes them over the brink into civil chaos. Followers of Dorath insist that innovation and technology are the answers to their problems, while more conservative members seek renewed prominence of their older, shamanistic practices and to drive the Dorath party out of the river valley.
Code: [Select]
Traditional Hamsterfolk: 1d20=16
Dorath's Hamsterfolk: 1d20+1=19Battles are fierce, but Dorath's Hamsterfolk emerge victorious, confining the traditional believers to the northern part of the valley and the outposts along the trading route to the Slugmen Duchies. Dorath's worshipers found the Dorathian Kingdom under King Dorathine I.Spoiler: Map Update (click to show/hide)
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on May 15, 2020, 07:26:13 pm
Some years after the desert’s creation, a new deity awakens. The appearance is a large spider made of sandstone. It can be seen increasing the size of the desert by turning the dirt it walks on into sand. The desert Slugmen have begun to call it Eightstone: Spreader of the Desert and God/Goddess of Sand
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 15, 2020, 07:30:08 pm
Post by: Imic on May 15, 2020, 07:30:25 pm
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 15, 2020, 07:33:28 pm
Post by: Detoxicated on May 15, 2020, 07:38:15 pm
Donkebab creates Air Dolphins and gives them to the Hrilithian Celestial Empire. They Begin to colonize the floating continent.
Post by: Avetruetotheimperator on May 15, 2020, 07:44:50 pm
The Ascent of the Dorathian kingdom primarily came about through robust organization, fanatical soldiery, and the technological superiority through the Smiths. The old shamanistic ways only had the authority of more entrenched factions. Though the battles were tough, it was inevitable who would win. And so the Smiths were victorius. Their leader, in thanks to Dorath for their victory, sacrificed his own name. From there on, it would be the rule of the great Dorath, guided by his mortal mouth piece. The Dorathine priest-kings.
Once things were settled, King Dorathine instituted the first of his reforms. First, he implemented the first code of laws, ordering crime and punishment. These would be enforced by the Justicars, newly veteran troops lead by the war-smiths, armed expertly for the task. These would form the bulk of the Garrisons in the early Dorathian Kingdom.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on May 15, 2020, 07:49:31 pm
The Slugmen from the Slugmen Duchies have begun to practice doing rituals, the plant in the crater has started to grow orange and purple fruit, which the Slugmen eat that helps them grow faster than they normally would
Post by: TricMagic on May 15, 2020, 08:01:30 pm
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 15, 2020, 08:08:17 pm
Question, shouldn't Dragolia have terrain too?As it's more of a divine domain/area than a nation, I've decided to not list it as one. Same reason I removed Hrvalda's taiga from the map. Once parts of it become settled I'll add it in.
Post by: Avetruetotheimperator on May 15, 2020, 08:19:43 pm
A paritcular smith in the Dorathian Kingdom discovers how to create Bronze through both hard work and "religious experience". This new alloy quickly rise to prominence, with Dorathine I ordering the search of more copper and tin. Meanwhile, urbanization continues under the orderly will of Dorath.
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 15, 2020, 08:24:59 pm
Post by: TamerVirus on May 15, 2020, 11:15:02 pm
Post by: King Zultan on May 16, 2020, 09:47:10 am
Post by: TricMagic on May 16, 2020, 09:50:56 am
The Elder Council comes into being, led by Vivi Icescale as the head of the council. An era of peace and development begins for the Dragon Race.
Post by: mightymushroom on May 17, 2020, 07:32:00 am
Post by: MaxTheFox on May 17, 2020, 07:52:56 am
Post by: King Zultan on May 17, 2020, 09:24:16 am
Post by: Imic on May 17, 2020, 05:11:00 pm
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 18, 2020, 05:45:01 am
Most notable are the settlements along the road, which have grown into bustling cities, surrounded by smaller hamlets and farmlands.
Spoiler: Map Update (click to show/hide)
Map is getting more and more crowded, so I'm gonna need a legend soon. I'll think of ways to do this, but the map itself is too small to add text to it.
I'm glad y'all are enjoying this game :)
Post by: King Zultan on May 18, 2020, 08:03:59 am
Post by: TamerVirus on May 18, 2020, 09:20:16 am
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 18, 2020, 09:39:21 am
Post by: TamerVirus on May 18, 2020, 09:53:14 am
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on May 18, 2020, 10:03:45 am
The Slugmen Duchies begin farming their crater plants, growing new ones by submerging the fruits into the orange liquid. This went on for 2 years so far, and the Slugmen have begun using the purple leaves of these plants to help protect themselves
Post by: TricMagic on May 18, 2020, 10:39:33 am
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 18, 2020, 11:12:20 am
Code: [Select]
Dragolia: 1d20+3= 15
Risen: 1d20= 19The battle between the Risen and the Dragons is fierce. Whilst Dragons have a clear advantage in combat, the Risen's numbers and rate of regeneration turns the conflict into a war of attrition. The Risen are eventually staved off, but not before a fair chunk of land is missing too.Tiamat joins in the fight too.
Code: [Select]
Tiamat Death Roll (1=death)
1d20=20Tiamat is utterly unscathed, having killed most of the Risen herself. Her valiant combat seems to have totally eradicated the Risen.Spoiler: Map Update (click to show/hide)
Post by: Detoxicated on May 18, 2020, 11:13:00 am
Donrath the god of metalworking develops a cold and sneezes continiously over the Lands creating all Kinds of ores were His snot Hits.
Prominently He Hits areas closeby the Celestial Empire. The Metal Born to the flying Land is called Flyrite and is AS hard AS steel and quite light in weight. It has a Dim Green colouration.
Metalsmiths of the Empire Start using Flyrite for armor, Air dolphin barding and weapons. Quickly a force of Celestial Knights is created by the Hrilithians.
The discovery of the Metal creates a cultural Revolution within the Celestial Empire resulting in a caste system. Priests stand above all, followed by warriors. The metalworking caste ist the third caste while the other Professions stand below the three pillar castes.
Post by: TricMagic on May 18, 2020, 11:16:11 am
Elder Council of Dragolia vs. RisenCode: [Select]Dragolia: 1d20+3= 15The battle between the Risen and the Dragons is fierce. Whilst Dragons have a clear advantage in combat, the Risen's numbers and rate of regeneration turns the conflict into a war of attrition. The Risen are eventually staved off, but not before a fair chunk of land is missing too.
Risen: 1d20= 19
Tiamat joins in the fight too.Code: [Select]Tiamat Death Roll (1=death)Tiamat is utterly unscathed, having killed most of the Risen herself. Her valiant combat seems to have totally eradicated the Risen.
1d20=20Spoiler: Map Update (click to show/hide)
Note that that occurred all over the continent, so. Others?
Post by: TamerVirus on May 18, 2020, 11:31:24 am
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 18, 2020, 11:32:52 am
Oh whoops, I thought it concerned the nation, not the whole continent. Rolling now.Elder Council of Dragolia vs. RisenCode: [Select]Dragolia: 1d20+3= 15The battle between the Risen and the Dragons is fierce. Whilst Dragons have a clear advantage in combat, the Risen's numbers and rate of regeneration turns the conflict into a war of attrition. The Risen are eventually staved off, but not before a fair chunk of land is missing too.
Risen: 1d20= 19
Tiamat joins in the fight too.Code: [Select]Tiamat Death Roll (1=death)Tiamat is utterly unscathed, having killed most of the Risen herself. Her valiant combat seems to have totally eradicated the Risen.
1d20=20Spoiler: Map Update (click to show/hide)
Note that that occurred all over the continent, so. Others?
Hrilithian Celestial Empire vs. Risen
Code: [Select]
Celestial Empire: 1d20+1=19
Risen: 1d20=15The Hrilithians are able to defend their colonies using the air superiority of their swift dolphin cavalry and the foresight granted to them by their Sacred Astrology. They drive the Risen off and take little casualties.Seven Tribes of the Red Elves vs. Risen
Code: [Select]
Red Elves: 1d20=16
Risen: 1d20=8While strong, the Risen are far from smart and stealthy, not unlike the Brüdines the Red Elves like to hunt. The Risen quickly find themselves outmatched, and the elves lose little too.Brüdine Tribes vs. Risen
Code: [Select]
Brüdines: 1d20=11
Risen: 1d20=17The Brüdines have a harder fight on their hands. These creatures fight just like them. They lose many lives and a lot of territory in the process, only being saved from the risen menace by a northern patrol of dragons.Dolphinmen vs. Risen
Code: [Select]
Dolphinmen: 1d20=5
Risen: 1d20=11The Dolphinmen fare the worst. Their barebones civilization is unable to handle the tide of toxic monsters and quickly crumbles. Though not extinct, their population has been decimated, with only a few dozen remaining.Spoiler: Map Update (click to show/hide)
Post by: Detoxicated on May 18, 2020, 11:43:13 am
The Celestial Empire takes in Dolphinmen Refugees WHO quickly become the caste of merchants within their Empire.
Dolphinmen Traders are sent to all Corners of the continent.
Post by: TheRedwolf on May 18, 2020, 11:48:42 am
In the far northern island, several tribes of dogmen appear calling themselves løkhunds arise. They are a sea loving and warlike people who enjoy raiding, but are easy to befriend.
Post by: TricMagic on May 18, 2020, 11:55:00 am
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on May 18, 2020, 11:58:54 am
Selnar Delohro, Duke of the northernmost Duchy, Regton, decides to attempt expanding northward, adding the orange liquid of life to any areas where it will fit, ensuring that they can continue living even as they expand. Meanwhile, the plant in the crater where the Slugmen were birthed from has begun to gradually convert the soil to the orange liquid. This process is very slow and likely won’t be noticed until much later.
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 18, 2020, 12:01:37 pm
Post by: TheRedwolf on May 18, 2020, 12:09:12 pm
The Løkhunds start setting the mainland and other islands using longships made from wood and the bones of large whales called Upjær (up-year) that beach on their islands
Post by: Avetruetotheimperator on May 18, 2020, 12:32:20 pm
A variety of infanstructure projects complete in the Dorathian Kingdom. From improved roads, irrigation, riverboats, and even the Upgraded Great Mound. This orderly construction only further boosts the power of the kingdom, allowing for the rise of a true professional Military arm: The Templaris. Not mere public order and garrison troops, these troops fight in devastating phalanxes showcasing the superior discipline Dorath is so fond of. The rise of this army seems to bode ill for the remaining shamans up north...
Meanwhile, in other civilized societies, Dorath's influence begins to rise. Worshipers congregate into sects devoted to the many aspects of civilization. From the old smith-sects of old, to newer paths of Architecture, masons, lawmen, and more. This is especially pronounced in the Celestial Empire, which has been both touched by Dorath, as well as the rise of institutions favored by him. And so, Dorath's plans continue to work in motion...
Post by: Detoxicated on May 18, 2020, 12:51:06 pm
The priest caste of the Celestial Empire Orders the construction of a great Temple to the Stranger, Donkebab, and Dorath. Dorath becomes Central to the believes of the Celestial Empire.
The recent kidnappings of Slugmen by the Dragon has forced the Celestial Empire to enforce the creation of fortresses all over their land. To further their defense even More settlements Start to hire militias.
Through the clever use of new irrigation techniqued More Land to the east of the Celestial Empire was colonized.
Post by: TamerVirus on May 18, 2020, 01:14:45 pm
The fundamentalist faction is led by Qhagan Gazdrubaal, who seeks to bring all Sandstone Nomads and, eventually, all of slugmankind under the Sand Oath faith.
The expansionist faction is led by Qhangan Drozdon "The Mirage", a brutal and opportunistic raiding expert known for his trusty giant riding spider. Drozdon sees this as an opportunity to dispense with the other Qhangans and unite all the tribes under his own banner.
The third and faction is the mercantilist faction, led by the alliance of Qhangan Rotti and Qhangan Gisco "the Fat", both tribal rulers who seek to refocus the Qhanganate as a great desert economic power and establish trading routes through the area
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 18, 2020, 01:24:20 pm
Code: [Select]
Gazdrubaal: 1d20=14
Drozdon: 1d20=8
Rotti & Gisco: 1d20=9Blood and ichor stains the desert sands, as these three factions duke it out. Qhagan Gazdrubaal emerges victorious!
Post by: Imic on May 18, 2020, 01:30:40 pm
Piyerta-collou, considered a legend amongst the peoples of the eastern continent and worshipped by some few small cults, is spotted in the north. Shortly afterwards, the Titan begins attacking and destroying settlements akin to the coming of a natural disaster, being careful to avoid those who worship it.
An order of Magicians is formed in the Celestian Empire using the strange rituals and spells of the Stranger to cast great spells of protection over their defenses. A massive freestanding arch is constructed at the centre of the capital, and through the work of dozens of skilled magicians a spell is placed over it, forcing any who stand beneath it to tell only the truth.
After the culmination of several years of careful diplomacy, the Red Elves begin construction of a vast Fortress-City dedicated to acting as a place for the seven tribes of the red Elves to meet, trade, and settle disputes. The Brüdines, though too scattered and weak to do the same, begin constructing their own small, scattered and disunited forts.
An earthquake occurs in the Dorathine nation, causing widespread panic and damaging many works of the peoples living there.
Post by: TamerVirus on May 18, 2020, 01:51:11 pm
Post by: TheRedwolf on May 18, 2020, 02:18:18 pm
The Løkhunds sail across the North Sea, raiding the other tribes dwelling there
Post by: TricMagic on May 18, 2020, 03:08:01 pm
Post by: Detoxicated on May 18, 2020, 04:09:13 pm
The Celestial Empire once again accepts Refugees amongst their Ranks. This time they come from the earthquake ridden Dorathine Nation. Quickly many of them manage to enter the metalworking caste.
Though the Dragonkind we're First Met with suspicion due to the priour kidnapping, some have accepted their faith amongst the Celestial Empire. A Temple ist erected in honour of Tiamat.
Some Dragonkind live with Slugmen Tiamat followers in the Temple city. Traders have been sent to the dragonpeople. The Celestial Empire expects to establish trade routes soon.
In the meantime, disguised AS a Løkhund, Donkebab brought some Air Dolphins and the secret to Take them to the Løkhunds. IT is unknown what they will make of this new discovery.
The Order of Magicians within the Celestial Empire has established the Academy of Magicians. This school teaches Magic AS Well as diplomacy, science and philosophy to the sons and daughters of Kings and those with inherent magical abilities.
Post by: TricMagic on May 18, 2020, 04:22:41 pm
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 18, 2020, 04:36:44 pm
Code: [Select]
Hrilithian Celestial Empire: 1d20=3
Crossing's Dungeon: 1d20=12The stars seem not to protect those traveling through dark, underground ruins. The traders disappear without a trace, never to be seen again.Year 82:After years of working on his own realm, Qhangan Gazdrubaal focuses on getting the three remaining tribes of Sandstone nomads under his rule.
Sandstone Qhanganate vs. Sandslitherers
Code: [Select]
Qhangan: 1d20+5=16
Tribe: 1d20=7Sandstone Qhaganate vs. Red Dunewalkers
Code: [Select]
Qhangan: 1d20+5=10
Tribe: 1d20=12Sandstone Qhaganate vs. Gharlor's Folk
Code: [Select]
Qhangan: 1d20+5=8
Tribe: 1d20=9The Gods do not seem to be in Gazdrubaal's favor, as sandstorms ruin his campaigns against the Dunewalkers and Gharlor's Folk. The Sandslitherers become a subject of the Gras Qhangan after a relatively easy battle.
Spoiler: Map Update (click to show/hide)
Post by: Detoxicated on May 18, 2020, 04:41:00 pm
The unreturning Traders Raider suspicions amongst the Celestial Empire. An Army is raised and the finest engineers design the fine war Siege machines. They prepare for war with the dragons.
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 18, 2020, 04:57:29 pm
Code: [Select]
Hrilithian Celestial Empire: 3d20=3+2+9=14
Elder Council of Dragolia: 3d20=13+6+4=23The Hrlithian Celestial Empire musters it's army for the first full scale war of the world. Whether it was the Hrilithine's hubris or just a stroke of bad luck: their approaching army was devastated when trekking through the unfamiliar lands of Dragolia. Their formidable Dolphin Cavalry managed to down several formidable dragons, but the ravaging fire of these creatures turned the Hrilithine ground forces into an unrecognizable field of ash, forcing the cavalry to retreat.
The dragons pursued, finding the relatively undefended colonies of the Hrilithian Celestial Empire. It took but a few air raids to assume control.
As the dragons continued to the Hrilithian mainland, the stars aligned. The Hrilithine Sacred Astrology increased in power, and many of the Dragolian forces fell to fierce bolts of celestial magic as they attempted to take the mainland. After taking considerable losses there, they decided to retreat, content with their gains.
The Elder Council of Dragolia now controls the Hrilithian colonies. What will they do with them?
Post by: TricMagic on May 18, 2020, 05:23:19 pm
Response: Tiamat demands tribute and bent knee, with their magicians and royals to foster in their cities to learn their ways of theology(of which they do have, which boils down to do as you would have done to you, treat your fellows well if not kindly, and always be good enough to live your own way.) Otherwise, they will turn their full ability towards ending them for such a breach of trust.
Post by: Detoxicated on May 18, 2020, 05:35:42 pm
Year 85
The Celestial Empire demands to know what happened with the traders AS Well AS reprimanding for the kidnappings.
In the meantime the engineers have come up with the Dragon Hook, a fortified Siege engone Tower that shoots giant arrows with ropes at hostile dragons to Bring them down. Quickly construction of such Towers is ordered in all settlements while the Nobles wait for an answer of the dragons.
A coalition of peaceful Celestials Made Up of slugmen, Dolphinmen and doratheans settles in the far east of the continent to flee the war. They call their Humble country Refugio Guerra.
Post by: TricMagic on May 18, 2020, 05:58:07 pm
During this time, The Church of Tiamat send emissaries to the peaceful Celestials absolving them of wrongdoings and helping improve the growth of their farms.
Post by: Imic on May 18, 2020, 06:41:39 pm
At long last, after more than a decade of work, the Red Elves complete their Fortress-City and found a new nation known as the alliance of blood. A cathedral of Hrvalda is constructed, and Red Elven Hunters blessed by Hrvalda become common sights as bounty hunters and mercenaries.
The Brüdines begin raiding Red Elven lands, conducting guerilla warfare against them, though no full scale wars are declared.
The Slug Duchies, after generations of rivalry, declares its full support for the celestial empire out of fear of being next on the list for invasion, and troops are sent from across the Duchies to bolster the Empire.
A group Dolphinmen organize their tiny numbers and construct a small fortress, where they begin a powerful ritual of The Stranger, with the intention being to create more Dolphinfolk and bring their peoples back from the brink of destruction, but ultimately placing their last hopes in the dice of the Gods.
Post by: mightymushroom on May 18, 2020, 07:30:20 pm
Post by: TamerVirus on May 18, 2020, 08:14:15 pm
Post by: Detoxicated on May 18, 2020, 08:27:20 pm
The Celestial Empire creates a force of air dolphin Riders with bows called the Winged torment to Support the Air Knights.
In the meantime Refugio Guerra creates Seevetal outposts and Beginn Trading with all nations.
Post by: TricMagic on May 19, 2020, 03:38:06 am
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 19, 2020, 07:46:47 am
did the attack not get rolled?Man's gotta sleep and attend his online lectures
Hrilithian Celestial Empire vs. Elder Council of Dragolia
Code: [Select]
Hrilithian Celestial Empire: 3d20=13+11+6
Elder Council of Dragolia: 3d20=18+11+19After years of preparation from both sides, the Celestial war continues. The Hrilithians are the first to strike, sending forces to their old colonies. Whilst their air cavalry arrives unscathed, their land troops have been decimated in the Crossing's Dungeon. They lack sufficient forces to recapture their settlements, and are forced to withdraw.
The Elder Council decides to retaliate, attacking the Mainland Holdings of the Hrilithians. Fire rains from above as settlements burn, yet for every tower that falls, two dragons are hooked and torn apart by the Hrilithian siege devices. A stalemate starts, with the Dragon's initial forces being unable to permanently hold any mainland Hrilithian territories.
The tide changes as a second, stronger force arrives, lead by Tiamat herself. They easily break through the defenses and swiftly subjugate over half of the Hrilithian Empire.
Code: [Select]
Tiamat Death Roll: 1=Death
1d20=16Under the leadership of Tiamat, the Dragolians continue their onslaught. Donkebab, seeing her favored people being threatened, decides to step in.
Donkebab vs. Tiamat:
Code: [Select]
5 or lower = Death
Donkebab: 1d20=9
Tiamat: 1d20=15The battle is inconclusive. The Elder Council is unable to pass Donkebab's defenses.Spoiler: Map Update (click to show/hide)
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on May 19, 2020, 07:53:08 am
Also is the purple to the north of the Duchies Regton, or the purple of the south of the northeastern continent? What is the purple of the northeastern continent? Sorry for the questions
Post by: TricMagic on May 19, 2020, 07:57:32 am
Post by: Imic on May 19, 2020, 08:07:23 am
The Slug Duchies declare all out war on the invading dragons for a towing list of reasons and begin casting rituals and spells in an attempt to drive off the oncoming horde as their remaining armies march out to fight on the font lines.
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 19, 2020, 08:08:16 am
Maybe a key might start becoming useful, there is an area in the south on the southwestern continent that has light brown and dark brown near a river, what are those?Yeah, I agree, still have to find out a way to get one going. The map itself is too small to get any text in there, and if I size it up I'll lose quality (and that also makes updating the map more work). I'll maybe get a seperate key going.
Also is the purple to the north of the Duchies Regton, or the purple of the south of the northeastern continent? What is the purple of the northeastern continent? Sorry for the questions
The two nations of the river in the southwest are the Hamsterfolk nations, with the sand-colored one being the Dorathian Kingdom and the yellow one being the shamans.
The purple of the whole map is the Elder Council of Dragolia, who have just conquered parts of the Hrilithian Celestial Empire (the nation north of the orange slugman duchies, also bordering the lake.
Post by: TricMagic on May 19, 2020, 08:55:47 am
Post by: TamerVirus on May 19, 2020, 09:09:45 am
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on May 19, 2020, 09:14:15 am
many years ago, The Stranter gifted the Slugs ritual magic, I can go find the quoteEveryone hates the dragons.The slugs have ritual magic?Typically some precedent or time would show development.
Year 27: The Stranger decides to spice things up. Dark figures approach the Dukes of the slugmen, and offer them the secrets and rituals of a slow but powerful form of magic capable of causing anything from natural disasters to singular, specific deaths, to creating Eldritch Abominations, to anything you could imagine, provided the ritual is right, and the price paid is high enough.
Post by: King Zultan on May 19, 2020, 09:26:30 am
Post by: Detoxicated on May 19, 2020, 09:33:06 am
Donkebab Puts a curse on Dragonkind for being so merciless. They lose all magical ability and each grows a Second head constantly fighting with the other.
She then punishes the idiotic Celestials for Starting a war without knowing what really happened. She curses all members of the Celestial Empire with a Second head Always fighting with the First and makes them heavy so they couldnt possibly Ride an air Dolphins anymore.
She then offers Tiamat Peace AS she fought her only to ensure the survival of the races.
She does however reprimand tiamat for actually interfering AS much in the affair of the mortals.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on May 19, 2020, 09:34:56 am
Year 92you mean does, right?
Donkebab Puts a curse on Dragonkind for being so merciless. They lose all magical ability and each grows a Second head constantly fighting with the other.
She then punishes the idiotic Celestials for Starting a war without knowing what really happened. She curses all members of the Celestial Empire with a Second head Always fighting with the First and makes them heavy so they couldnt possibly Ride an air Dolphins anymore.
She then offers Tiamat Peace AS she fought her only to ensure the survival of the races.
Shediesdoes however reprimand tiamat for actually interfering AS much in the affair of the mortals.
Post by: Detoxicated on May 19, 2020, 09:53:00 am
Post by: MaxTheFox on May 19, 2020, 09:54:20 am
Post by: TricMagic on May 19, 2020, 09:56:08 am
Post by: Imic on May 19, 2020, 10:00:21 am
That’s 60+ years of precedent, occasionally interspersed by rituals focused on the central lake from which they were birthed. The arrival of the dragons represents a very solid and real potential for the Dukes to lose their power and face cultural, religious, and judicial assimilation at the hands of the dragons, who in the eyes of a disunited group of small, independent states represent a vast and unstoppable force which could very easily stomp all over them, regardless of the actual truth of the matter. At the end of it all, even though they’re squishy, they have their rituals and spells that they’ve had almost a full generation or more to study and they will use them. In the interest of not making things bad, I have been quietly hoping that Lord_Lemonpie would roll for the outcomes of rituals, but I failed to communicate that, so I might as well mention it now.many years ago, The Stranter gifted the Slugs ritual magic, I can go find the quoteEveryone hates the dragons.The slugs have ritual magic?Typically some precedent or time would show development.Year 27: The Stranger decides to spice things up. Dark figures approach the Dukes of the slugmen, and offer them the secrets and rituals of a slow but powerful form of magic capable of causing anything from natural disasters to singular, specific deaths, to creating Eldritch Abominations, to anything you could imagine, provided the ritual is right, and the price paid is high enough.
Lord_Lemonpie, I would like to request that you in your infinite wisdom come up with a suitably interesting cost and success rate for the recently cast ritual, given that a spell with such an intent and with assumed countermeasures on the behalf of Tiamat would have unclear results and side affects.
Edit: 5 ninja posts?! How long did I take to write this?
Edit 2, following a revision of the five ninja-posts: Tiamat hasn’t exactly been Merciless, they are at worst warmongerers and made a specific point of not targeting children and combatants, this is going a bit too far.
Post by: Avetruetotheimperator on May 19, 2020, 10:16:01 am
Dorath keeps a keen eye at the affairs and wars of this turbulent time. Taking notes of all affairs and strategies used, yet not favoring either side of the conflict. A neutral party to be sure.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on May 19, 2020, 10:33:59 am
Post by: TricMagic on May 19, 2020, 10:45:12 am
The God of Heavens could have deescalated. Instead they went to define the term Old Testament. Tiamat typically shows her power when dealing with threats, and lets her children govern themselves during other times.
Post by: Imic on May 19, 2020, 11:14:31 am
Post by: Detoxicated on May 19, 2020, 11:42:01 am
Only Combat is rolled Not deity with non deity Interactions, also i Made several Points to avoid complete destruction but you did Not even Address them.))
Post by: TricMagic on May 19, 2020, 11:58:30 am
(hwat ever happened to the peaceful split-away faction anyway? The Dragons did send some Worshipers to help with the earth and fields and crops.)
Post by: Imic on May 19, 2020, 12:34:49 pm
Post by: Detoxicated on May 19, 2020, 01:45:53 pm
Amidst the Chaos of war three archdevils are Born.
Cursus the master of Unholy Vengeance, Gracfall the Consul of Unholy Pride, and Chaos the Dark Shadow of Chaos and Barbarism.
Cursus is a giant scaled snail with ninetynine heads, many thousands of eyes, and corrosive spit. IT can Transform itself Into any shape. IT knows dark magic and inspires those in its vicinity to exaggerate violence and Vengeance.
Upon its creation IT travels to all settlements and sows Mistrust and Anger.
Gracfall Looks like a Unholy beautiful Dragon with seventy three heads, millions of eyes all over its Body. It can breathe a Gas that can invoke dementia, weird passion, and hyperbolic Pride. IT can Turn Into any Form at will. IT knows dark magic and inspires those in bis vicinity to be unnaturally prideful to a Point where they become so proud that they Begin fighting at the slightest negative remark about them. Upon its creation IT travels to all settlements and sows unnatural Pride and lust.
Chaos is a Vortex of everchanging shape. IT can Produce Fumes that makes people revolt against civilization. IT knows dark magic and can possess any living being.
Upon creation IT travels to the lokhunds the nomads and all other tribes that are savage and barbaric to sow the need to destroy civilizations. IT grants wach Tribe one of the Many Barbaric Weapons.
The Many Barbaric Weapons are black unbreakable Weapons that Grant its wielder great strength and great bloodlust. The Weapons Take the shape with which its wielder can Most aptly Fight.
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 19, 2020, 02:26:16 pm
Slugman Duchies vs. Elder Council of Dragolia
Code: [Select]
Slugman Duchies: 3d20=1+15+16
Elder Council of Dragolia=1+11+9As the Dukes ready their magics, spells and armies, the Dragons regroup and lick their wounds. Their first conflict has gone into history as the bloodiest to date. For seven weeks, entrenched Slugmen and their magical beasts battle the onslaught from the air as thunderbolts and firestorms raze everything in the area to ash and bones. Both Vivi Icescale and Archduke Gloombus, leaders of their respective nations, find an honorable death on the battlefield.As the Elder Council starts discussing Vivi's successor, Archduke Bolger is crowned and swiftly reorganizes his armies. In two following battles, the Ducal Army retakes all formerly Hrilithian holdings of the Elder Council, expelling the Dragons to their home continent.
Sandstone Qhanganate vs. Gharlor's Folk
Code: [Select]
Qhangan: 1d20+2= 18
Tribe: 1d20 = 20!Sandstone Qhanganate vs. Red Dunewalkers
Code: [Select]
Qhangan: 1d20+2=19
Tribe: 1d20=5The Red Dunewalkers are swiftly subjugated, but using clever tactics, Gharlor's Folk has managed to stave off the yoke of conquest
Post by: Detoxicated on May 19, 2020, 02:28:51 pm
Post by: TricMagic on May 19, 2020, 02:33:07 pm
As the war winds down, both sides have been bloodied, and both leaders killed. Tiamat and the Dragons recede from the war and preparations are made to block off the Crossing as a border between the two continents. Rasa Greenscale has this to say"if one wishes trade, first show your power to survive. You survived, so we may one day allow transport between us, but it won't be by land but water or air." Terms for a peace treaty are in the works.
Post by: Imic on May 19, 2020, 02:37:44 pm
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 19, 2020, 03:01:44 pm
This game is meant to be a fun little project. Being creative is fun, making your own stuff and sharing it with the world is fun. The freedom this game gives people is bound to result in "pet projects", the main focus of players. And there's nothing wrong with pet projects. I prefer working together to develop an entire world together as opposed to each taking a chunk of the world and developing that, but to some people that is more interesting, and I'm totally fine with that.
As for the curse, it seems to be in a bit of a grey area rule-wise. On one side it's fine, since everyone is allowed to edit anything. The rules state: "Things such as combat between gods or kingdoms will need to be rolled for.". I see a case both for arguing this curse would fall under that umbrella, but also a case for it not specifically being listed. The punishment also seems very harsh considering the circumstances, and as it would utterly handicap the Dragon civilization and could possibly fall under the fourth rule for undoing the additions of others.
Since this makes it a grey area, I've come up with the following solution: Donkebab will roll for the severity of her curse on dragonkind. I'll roll a d20, and based on that result I'll come up with a fitting curse. I'd love for y'all to share your opinions on this solution before I roll, since we're all creating this stuff together.
As on the war, I'll add a rule that people need to clearly ask for a roll. I interpreted "preparing for war" as IC asking for a roll, but I turned out to be wrong, so from now on, I'm asking for Bolded OOC roll requests if you want to start conflicts or otherwise roll for things. I'll add this rule to the OP.
I have been quietly hoping that Lord_Lemonpie would roll for the outcomes of rituals, but I failed to communicate that, so I might as well mention it now.I've added the magic and rituals of the slugmen as a flat bonus in the last conflict, which is why both factions rolled flat d20s as opposed to Dragolia having a bonus for their magic. If you want something rolled next time, I'll be more than glad to do that!
Additionally, I've seen a lot of posts changing a brazillion different things at once. The first rule is not to prevent many posts, but to prevent too much from being changed in a single instant. I'm not going to retcon anything, but please keep this in mind for the next few posts! Spread those changes out over a few posts, it keeps the world active and dynamic. It's fine to post one or two actions with some lore and/or consequences in one post, but keep stuff in a single post related.
I also see I missed some other rolls hidden within the little ooc conflict, so I'll address those in the next post too.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on May 19, 2020, 03:22:18 pm
Year 93.1
The island circled in green in the following image
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
Post by: TricMagic on May 19, 2020, 03:34:16 pm
Post by: TamerVirus on May 19, 2020, 03:35:04 pm
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on May 19, 2020, 03:42:18 pm
Wasn't that island an erupting volcano?don’t know, maybe? I can change it, I’m only using the most recent version
why is this struck out? I didn’t update the map, just used the most recent version to denote the island, a map update will be neededProbably need a map update too.
Post by: Lidku on May 19, 2020, 03:45:42 pm
Year 94
A strange supernatural permanence takes hold inside all the mortal races of the world. This new energy is called multiple things from region to region, but the most popular word for it is Ki. This inner energy now found in the various mortal races that make up the world allow the most adept to fly, hurl concentrated bursts of Ki energy from their palms, and allow them do advanced unarmed martial combat. The greatest warriors from around the planet meet at a place called Mount Hirudegarn in a grand tournament to annually decide who is the strongest mortal on the planet.
The current first year champion is a Slugman from the Sandstone Qhanganate called Namek. For since this strange Ki energy has been suddenly bequeathed on the mortal races of the world, Namek was the first one to be proficient in it. He is noted with being the pioneer in sensing anothers Ki energy, which gave him a significant advantage in the tournament.
(also does anyone know what exactly is a Brüdine by the way?)
Post by: TamerVirus on May 19, 2020, 03:48:13 pm
(also does anyone know what exactly is a Brüdine by the way?)
Year 40: From the union of Hrvalda and Brün, two races are born. The Red Elves, agile and stealthy bow-hunters, and the Brüdines, fierce and strong spear-hunters resembling humanoid bears. They regard one another as fair game and have no issues with consuming those of the other race.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on May 19, 2020, 03:55:25 pm
Wait what year is it? I thought it was 93 before, now its 90? I'll do year 94 with the assumption that the 90.x times are particular months that happened in the year 90.((I can edit the year, I went by the most recent post which said 90.4
Year 94
A strange supernatural permanence takes hold inside all the mortal races of the world. This new energy is called multiple things from region to region, but the most popular word for it is Ki. This inner energy now found in the various mortal races that make up the world allow the most adept fly, hurl concentrated bursts of Ki energy from their palms, and allow them do advanced unarmed martial combat. The greatest warriors from around the planet meet at a place called Mount Hirudegarn in a grand tournament to annually decide who is the strongest mortal on the planet.
The current first year champion is a Slugman from the Sandstone Qhanganate called Namek. For since this strange Ki energy has been suddenly bequeathed on the mortal races of the world, Namek was the first one to be proficient in it. He is noted with being the pioneer in sensing anothers Ki energy, which gave him a significant advantage in the tournament.
(also does anyone know what exactly is a Brüdine by the way?)
I changed it so it said 93.1. Will this work?
Post by: Lidku on May 19, 2020, 04:09:36 pm
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on May 19, 2020, 04:25:38 pm
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 19, 2020, 05:03:41 pm
Donkebabs Curse:
Code: [Select]
1d20=12Donkebab's curse is potent, but not fully realized. All Dragons are cursed with an affliction known as "Star Talk". Whenever they fly above or tread on the Western Continent, they start experiencing strange delusions, as if their conscience splits and starts bickering, while their magic starts becoming unstable. Brief trips are still possible, but longer exposure leads to incurable madness. The Hrilithians too start experiencing this phenomenon when entering the eastern continent.
The Heavenly War has become the first Major Historical Event of the world.
Thuris the Red vs. Foxfolk Tribes
Code: [Select]
Thuris: 1d20=2
Foxfolk Tribes: 1d20=9After achieving a miniscule victory, Thuris is assassinated. His realm quickly falls into smaller tribes, some of which ruled by his offspring, others ruled by their original chieftains. The foxfolk remain ununited.Spoiler: Map Update (Now Including Legend) (click to show/hide)
Post by: Detoxicated on May 19, 2020, 05:33:22 pm
Year 95
Chaos the Demon loves the Lokhunds so he blesses them. They become more fertile and change to be More bloodthirsty. Furthermore whenever they kill an enemy their Life is prolonged and they grow bigger, faster and stronger.
Post by: TricMagic on May 19, 2020, 05:47:15 pm
The Dragons of Dragolia settle down. Spared from the curse were the half-dragon children, manaketes, born from so called dragon tamers. However, the curse afflicted those who stayed in the continants far reaches, causes a surge of mad dragons to revert to primal instincts, hunting the various races of that continent. As well, beings known as demons were on the rise.
During this time, born from the Heavenly War were the dwarfs. Born of earth and stone, they lived there lives underground, mining and expanding, eating of minerals, drinking of aquifers, and living their lives. The sun a foreign concept, but earth their lifeblood.
However, there's is a story yet to impact the world above, for they have no concept other than to dig deep below the earth. Perhaps most natable was the research into the Star Talk. They begin to theorize a way to seal their draconian impulses along with their power in stones. Leading the charge was Lilt Glitterscale, one who managed to make it out of the continant before the startalk rendered her insane, but had to leave her manaketes behind, for they did not inherit their parent's ability to fly for long pieriods of time needed to climb to Dragolia without facing the Crossing..
Post by: Lidku on May 19, 2020, 05:50:34 pm
Years pass and Namek still remains as world champion, his powerlevel being the highest on the planet at this point. The various nations around the world begin mass programmes to assure they have the most top notch Ki-user warriors as the ante of War in general is increased. Each nation develops unique techniques utilizing Ki.
Meanwhile while the next tournament at Mount Hirudegarn is being prepared for another Slugman named Vahocci is furious at Namek's continuous unabated victories at each tournament. Vahocci being a noble of one of the various Slugman Duchies easily could spare enough to train harder, but Vahocci believed by virtue of noble birth he should be stronger and didn't believe in training- if he did spare the gesture at all, he only put in a minuscule of work.
Seeing his frustration a Dark underworld god named JAKUIVA gets a spark of inspiration. Coming out from the underworld disguised as a small bird, it speaks to to Vahocci offering the greatest strength possible to defeat his rival- with the caveat of spreading destruction in his name to bring souls to him. Vahocci being haughty thinking that he could "accept" the deal and back out of it once the power is given readily agrees.
The tainted Ki given to Vahocci by JAKUIVA warps the Slugman noble to his very core, turning him into a demon. Filled with the tainted Ki of JAKUIVA, Vahocci transforms his Men-At-Arms and personal levy into minor demons aswell. He also develops a very deadly move called Slaughtered Clouds in which he manipulates the ambient Ki in the clouds and shutters down the newly controlled energy in huge surges against his target. In a sense of dark hubris and needed to sate his blood lost he and his army stage an attack on the other Duchies to cleave their lives straight to JAKUIVA.
Post by: Detoxicated on May 19, 2020, 06:04:44 pm
Gracfall the Demon ist amused by Jakuiva and follows him. He grants Jakuiva a third eye through which He can See the past and future lives of His enemies.
Cursus on the other hand, goes to the duchies and curses the Generals with the Lust to win at all costs. For He loves bloodshed.
Refugio Guerra taken aback by the ongoing Worldwide Chaos and slaughter Begin praying for a tidal Change. Out of the desperation a new Goddess is born. Valkyra the Goddess of Valiant Heroism and Battle is born.
Post by: TricMagic on May 19, 2020, 06:26:36 pm
Seeing the floating continent unharmed she then send a hurricane to sweep over it's lofty heights. Roll for divine natural disasters affecting the world.
Post by: Imic on May 19, 2020, 06:49:17 pm
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 19, 2020, 07:02:04 pm
Code: [Select]
Jakuvia: 1d20= 6
Slugman Duchies: 1d20= 11Though unsuccessful in taking over the duchies, he manages to sacrifice the lives of many soldiers. His forces are strong enough to fend off retaliations, and Vahocci manages to carve his own little nation out of the Duchies, which he names the Jakuvian DuchyCursus' Curse
Code: [Select]
1d20=18Cursus is successful. The Slugmen of the Duchies have started to fight more fiercely, and morale has never been as high. Loss of life in minor skirmishes, however, has also never been as highBirth of Perun
Code: [Select]
Outer Coast Western Continent: 1d20=4
Inner Coast Western Continent: 1d20=9
Coasts Eastern Continent: 1d20=19
Mainland Eastern Continent: 1d20=4
Perun's violent birth raises immense tsunamis, damaging the coasts of the western continent. The Dorathian Kingdom and Foxfolk tribes lose many, but the heaviest casualties are those of some newfound human colonies. As the seas retreat, only the roads of these settlements remain.The Tsunami reaches east too, but seems to pass underneath the continent's flying cliffsides without causing any harm. Once it reaches the center of the continent, however it slams with full force against the low bedrock of the continent, causing intense earthquakes and stirring up the Titan Piyerta-collou, whose violent movements increase the strength of the tremors tenfold. Chunks of the continent connected by softer rock start breaking off and crash into the sea, forming landmasses there. The largest chunk that returns to sea-level is the gargantuan peninsula that inhabits the Løkhunds, but chunks of Dragolia and uninhabited lands return to the sea too. Needless to say, massive loss of life occurs on the areas that sometimes fall hundreds of meters.
The entire landmass of the Refugio Guerra has broken off the continent. While many have died in the border region, the nation now finds itself on an easily defensible island, surrounded by nigh-impassable floating cliffs on one side.
The hurricane does little damage, only killing those foolish enough to not seek shelter or even take flight in the storm.
Lol now i understand the confusion. At one point i Made the Celestials colonize the flying continent with Air Dolphins but IT must have been forgotten. No worries though.The Hrilithian colonies have not been forgotten. Dragolia conquered them, and they are part of that nation now. Since its inhabitants were no longer Hrilithian but Dragolian at the time of the curse, it does not affect them in the eastern continent, but in the western continent.
Year 95
Chaos the Demon loves the Lokhunds so he blesses them. They become more fertile and change to be More bloodthirsty. Furthermore whenever they kill an enemy their Life is prolonged and they grow bigger, faster and stronger.
Things like this don't need to be rolled for, they're small enough changes!
Post by: Lidku on May 19, 2020, 07:24:26 pm
With Vahocci so busy consolidating his new dark realm on behalf of JAHUVIA, he is not present in the tournament this year. With his entire personality warped by the new Ki he received from the Dark underworld god, he does the unusual- training. He establishes whole new evil malign Ki blasts and techniques, heightened flight, and he launches periodic raids into the non-tainted Duchies to transform more Slugman into demons.
Meanwhile the humans have a break through in culture, establishing many civilized Kingdoms throughout the land, being underfed from their former primitive tribal ways (although a few humans still cling to a more nomadic tribe life). One of the greatest of these newly established Kingdoms is called Zalalastan, lead by an exceptionally gifted Ki-user and trained martial artist named Master Koshi.
Post by: TricMagic on May 19, 2020, 07:29:37 pm
On the Cloud Sea's side, the hurricane has lead to massive walls of solid cloud to form in the cloud sea, and the top predetors of cloudsealife to have grown several times more vicious. Mollusks and others have taken to burrowing into the walls of cloud however, choosing to feed off the nutrients in the water.
In Dragolia, the Hurricane didn't really affect much in the mountains. Lilt Glitterscale has made strides in her teams research, and a prototype dragonstone filled with draconic energy will likely be available soon as a proof of concept. Azul Bluescale has become the chief of the council and is working with Refugio Guerra for their unique position of being at sea level allowing new opportunities.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on May 19, 2020, 08:14:07 pm
9 years after the increased plant growth on a small island due to the green gas, a species of plant eventually produces seeds that move by growing two above ground taproots that are used as legs. These mobile seeds, called Climbers use their roots to take nutrients from the trees they climb on their way to get as high as possible for sunlight. Usually on top of the tallest tree they could reach. Once there, they finally root into the ground, the seed opens and grows two leaves, called cotyledons, their cotyledons turn into the 2 red petals of the flower, awaiting pollination, which is usually done by the wind. After pollination, the two petals close, ready to produce the seeds. As the 2 seeds are made, the petals begin to open. When the seeds are finished being made, the flower opens all the way. The seeds, being heavier than the petals, begin to fall, weighing down on the petals until the seeds fall off of the sloping petals. As they fall, they will eventually grow taproots to start climbing, beginning the cycle anew. The species of plant is called a Climber.
Post by: Detoxicated on May 19, 2020, 08:21:21 pm
Valkyra blesses the Valiant to Form an Army to defeat the demons tormenting the land.
The remains of the Celestial Empire align themselves with Vahocci, tainted by their Desire to Take Back their colonies.
Chaos, intrigued by Perun, seduces her. Their short lived passionate relationship results in the creation of the Sharkmen. These nomads of the ocean live and breathe underwater and can feel the tides in their Souls. They have a lust to destroy and Love to indulge in Barbaric Acts.
((Maybe add a Spoiler for prominent demons. One for great structures and one for artifacts))
.
Post by: Lidku on May 19, 2020, 09:03:46 pm
Namek hears of the holy army started by Valiant. Feeling partly responsible for his former rival going down this dark path to begin with, he flies over to where the Holy Host is being assembled to make a strike against Jakuvia- Vahocci's newly sliced out realm from his incursions. He is not alone in this idea. Master Koshi's greatest disciple, Mardock from the human Kingdom of Zalalastan also flew over to join the host. Quickly an intense rivalry breaks out between Namek and Mardock on who should lead the Host on the eve of the counter invasion against Jakuvia.
Namek feels that HE should be the one to lead the war effort as he possesses the highest power level of all the mortal races. Not only that Namek feels that Mardock is just an inferior human upstart who will sully the coordination of the Host fighting against Vahocci's demons. Mardock is outraged at the attitudes of the Slugman. This culminates in a huge fight between Namek and Mardock to see who has the right to lead the holy army.
Meanwhile the raging fight between the two alerts Vahocci of Valiant's Host to begin with. He COULD maybe pre-assemble a counterforce and win.. but Vahocci wasn't a fool. He takes half his force and flies to the Island (Naturegirl1999's Island that is) possessing the lush greenary to continue his training in hiding. The force he deliberately leaves behind in his Duchy is one of his strongest Ki tainted Demons that no doubt will be supplemented by the Celestial Empire for when the Holy Host finally launches an invasion.
EDIT: (Bolding out a few lines in a text is a signal request for a roll, right?)
Post by: auzewasright on May 19, 2020, 10:04:14 pm
An incredibly lost group of humans manages to unite in all of the post-tsunami chaos just before realizing they never came up with a name for their small peninsula. They unimaginatively name it the Kingdom of Streamland. They are otherwise fairly isolated, but managed to weather out the worst of the tsunami through their land being sheltered by the other peninsula.
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
Post by: Avetruetotheimperator on May 19, 2020, 10:40:07 pm
Dorath, at figuratively going back to the fridge after sighting the rise of the Archdemons, finally brings his full attention to the mortal realm...Only to see the results of Ki. Though the needs of discipline, training, and other orderly focuses appealed to him, the sheer power it granted did not. If let unchecked, the concepts of "Armies" would become obsolete. And he rathered like mass combat himself. And so Dorath saught to devise a counter, limiter, or if things were desperate...Remove Ki itself. Though, he should still start screening just followers for his own counter to demonic incursion...
Post by: Detoxicated on May 20, 2020, 01:39:54 am
The three rivalling Archdemons Cursus, Gracfall, and Chaos each start influencing the Sharkmen resulting in three Factions within the Hammerhead Population.
The Cursus followers are called the Mako Pack.
The followers of Gracfall are called the Glorious Hammerhead.
The faction of Chaos is called The Great White.
The Generals of Valkyras Army Set Up Hero guilds in almost every bigger settlement that is Not demon infested. The Dragons AS Well AS Refugio Guerra refuse them for different reasons respectively.
Post by: MaxTheFox on May 20, 2020, 03:47:14 am
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 20, 2020, 07:02:17 am
The Human colonies separate and form three kingdoms: Zalalastan, Arghila and Karhan
Namek vs. Mardock
Code: [Select]
Namek: 1d20=12
Mardock: 1d20=9Namek emerges victorious and goes on to command the host.Spiritual ritual
Code: [Select]
1d20=17In a ritual of blood and smoke, the foxfolk shamans have infused the spirits of their land with immense power, enough to create two whole gods. Whether the spirits will use this power to form a powerful merged entity, or promote two of their ranks to godhood, still remains to be seen.Spoiler: Map Update (click to show/hide)
Post by: Detoxicated on May 20, 2020, 07:14:24 am
While most Løkhunds became More peaceful unser the Northern Pantheon some decided to follows their bloody thirst infused by Chaos.
The Red Pirates were Born and settled many coastlines and vegan raiding the air and the seas with the Help of Air Dolphins and demonic weaponry, swearing fealty to the three Archdemons and the god of the underworld.
n the meantime the three different Sharkmen tribes, the Mako, the great White and the Hammerheads fought for the Control over the Central sea, to banish the losers to the Northern and southern sea
Post by: Lidku on May 20, 2020, 07:30:03 am
In the lone island where Vahocci absconded to train in secret, the Slugman turned Demon increases his Ki energy to greater heights. One day he develops a finger pointed Ki technique that he dubs as the Godkiller, a move he'll save for Valkyra when the time to fully battle her blessed Holy comes to full bare. Vahocci also discovers an uncontacted race of Moss Trolls on the island- from which he only surmises their a species that came about from the strange fauna found all around the island itself. Quickly Vahocci taints them with his Ki energy, thralling the entire Moss Troll race to his whims. It will be a good bolster for when the Demon would need it.
Meanwhile Namek and a humiliated Mardock prepare and launch the Holy Host to strike at the Jakuvia, the demon infested Duchy. It wasn't until mid-way flight did Namek's advance scouts get word that the Celestial Empire struck an alliance with Vahocci himself. Namek was shocked to his core, but he, Mardock, and the Host already flew this far toward the duchies. If they went back now to reinforce Vahocci would probably get wind of the Host's movements. They continue flying toward Jakuvia.
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 20, 2020, 07:35:26 am
Sharkmen Tribes:
Code: [Select]
Mako: 1d20=9
Great White: 1d20=8
Hammerheads: 1d20=18The hammerheads emerge victorious, banishing the Great Whites to the North and the Mako's to the south.Mardock vs. Jakuvian Duchy:
Code: [Select]
Mardock: 1d20=10
Jakuvian Duchy: 1d20+3=11Mardock's armies fight true, slaying demons wherever they go. They manage to cleave a way into the heartlands of the duchy, but as they are about to take its capital, Celestial reinforcements arrive, forcing the host to retreat.
Post by: TricMagic on May 20, 2020, 08:13:25 am
Come the time of war, she and other manaketes born naturally used the dragonstones to once more show the power of the dragon race in the battle, reinforcing Mardock's armies at a key point.
Post by: Lidku on May 20, 2020, 08:23:09 am
On the eve before the battle was about to begin, Namek was mulling over a few last minute details of the battle plans before he and the Host were to sanctify the Jakuvia Duchy. It was too late then before he noticed that Mardock was behind him! He cloaked his Ki so Namek couldn't sense him! By then it was already too late and Namek was knocked out by a deliberate low intensity Ki blast to the head.
When questioned on why Namek was still sleeping Mardock lied and said that the Slugman general didn't feel well, so command was hereby deferred to Mardock. The Host troopers were easily deceived due to their blessed nature of never interpreting lies as they couldn't understand such a concept.
To Mardock's credit he almost lead the army to victory when he arrived to the demonic capital of Jakuvia, but the Hrilithian reinforcements decimated the Host due to Mardock's hubris in believing the war was over. The Hrilithian troopers had more Ki reserves than the Hosts and Mardock's near depleted reserves. Even with the aid of the Manaketes and Glitterscale herself could not help as they flew in too late at the end of the battle. The Host after the rout is disbanded. The survivors go back to the various chapter-houses. Mardock thereafter is continuously hunted as a criminal for his actions that botched the Inquisitorial war.
109
Zalalastan continues to flourish as the premiere human Kingdom under the rulership of Master Koshi. Meanwhile Arghila infuriated at Zalalastan and Karhan wage a cold war against the two Kingdoms- knowing full well that declaring outright war would be the doom for Arghila.
Post by: Lidku on May 20, 2020, 08:24:11 am
whoops double post by accident.
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 20, 2020, 08:39:54 am
(Uh it was actually Namek that was to lead the army. Though I'll chalk it up as Mardock stole command at the last second)((Ah whoops, my bad))
Post by: TamerVirus on May 20, 2020, 08:40:07 am
Post by: TricMagic on May 20, 2020, 08:42:57 am
106-108.1: Lilt Glitterscale's group succeeded in creating the first Dragonstone. though it's power only allowed for manaketes to transform into a fully powered dragon, and degraded over time, it was a large step. However, the Celestial Alliance with demons showed that time was short. Lilt Glitterscale braved the curse of Star's Talk to fly to the other continent where a hidden village existed of manaketes, and sealed her draconic side completely within herself. She left behind her group to continue her research.
Come the time of war, she and other manaketes born naturally used the dragonstones to once more show the power of the dragon race in the battle, reinforcing Mardock's armies at a key point.
Ah, Roll for battles?
(Uh it was actually Namek that was to lead the army. Though I'll chalk it up as Mardock stole command at the last second)
On the eve before the battle was about to begin, Namek was mulling over a few last minute details of the battle plans before he and the Host were to sanctify the Jakuvia Duchy. It was too late then before he noticed that Mardock was behind him! He cloaked his Ki so Namek couldn't sense him! By then it was already too late and Namek was knocked out by a deliberate low intensity Ki blast to the head.
When questioned on why Namek was still sleeping Mardock lied and said that the Slugman general didn't feel well, so command was hereby deferred to Mardock. The Host troopers were easily deceived due to their blessed nature of never interpreting lies as they couldn't understand such a concept.
To Mardock's credit he almost lead the army to victory when he arrived with to the very demonic capital, but the Hrilithian reinforcements decimated the Host due to Mardock's hubris in believing the war was over. The Hrilithian troopers had more Ki reserves than the Hosts and Mardock's near depleted reserves. Even with the aid of the Manaketes and Glitterscale herself could not help as they flew in too late at the end of the battle. The Host after the rout is disbanded. The survivors go back to the various chapter-houses. Mardock thereafter is continuously hunted as a criminal for his actions that botched the Inquisitorial war.
I would like a roll for that combat at least.
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 20, 2020, 08:48:11 am
Code: [Select]
1d20=14The ritual succeeds, as the desert expands northward. The nomads soon follow in its wake, increasing their territory.Those battles have already taken place and were already rolled for, so it's too late to change history now. Unless you want to declare a second war.106-108.1: Lilt Glitterscale's group succeeded in creating the first Dragonstone. though it's power only allowed for manaketes to transform into a fully powered dragon, and degraded over time, it was a large step. However, the Celestial Alliance with demons showed that time was short. Lilt Glitterscale braved the curse of Star's Talk to fly to the other continent where a hidden village existed of manaketes, and sealed her draconic side completely within herself. She left behind her group to continue her research.
Come the time of war, she and other manaketes born naturally used the dragonstones to once more show the power of the dragon race in the battle, reinforcing Mardock's armies at a key point.
Ah, Roll for battles?(Uh it was actually Namek that was to lead the army. Though I'll chalk it up as Mardock stole command at the last second)
On the eve before the battle was about to begin, Namek was mulling over a few last minute details of the battle plans before he and the Host were to sanctify the Jakuvia Duchy. It was too late then before he noticed that Mardock was behind him! He cloaked his Ki so Namek couldn't sense him! By then it was already too late and Namek was knocked out by a deliberate low intensity Ki blast to the head.
When questioned on why Namek was still sleeping Mardock lied and said that the Slugman general didn't feel well, so command was hereby deferred to Mardock. The Host troopers were easily deceived due to their blessed nature of never interpreting lies as they couldn't understand such a concept.
To Mardock's credit he almost lead the army to victory when he arrived with to the very demonic capital, but the Hrilithian reinforcements decimated the Host due to Mardock's hubris in believing the war was over. The Hrilithian troopers had more Ki reserves than the Hosts and Mardock's near depleted reserves. Even with the aid of the Manaketes and Glitterscale herself could not help as they flew in too late at the end of the battle. The Host after the rout is disbanded. The survivors go back to the various chapter-houses. Mardock thereafter is continuously hunted as a criminal for his actions that botched the Inquisitorial war.
I would like a roll for that combat at least.
That second combat was already rolled for.
Post by: Detoxicated on May 20, 2020, 08:55:02 am
The Hammerhead Tribe in their Glorious Victory are granted the golden Reef by gracfall. They Begin erecting an underwater Temple to the honour of the god of the Underworld and the Archdemons.
Donkebab enraged by the demonic Hrilithians creates the tenthousand Angels of Battle. These Angels Look Like Winged Slugmen and are all wearing Flyrite Armor. She Grants this Army to Valkyra and swears fealty to her so she can free the Hrilithians from their demonic influence.
In Humble gown she appears before Tiamat to ask the Dragon Goddess for Help with the demons. If she were to free the Hrilithians Donkebab would remove the curse from the dragons.
Post by: Strik3r on May 20, 2020, 08:56:24 am
YEAR: 107
Arzeth the eldritch god of Chaos, Destruction and Corruption was born in a dimension of pure chaos energy, by pure chance, true to the nature of chaos.
He wasted no time securing the dimension that was his home and in a mere blink of an eye, he created the Aetherials, an entire race of frightful wraiths formed out of blood-red energy, the color of untamed chaos. They are monstrous beings with a human-like torso with a snake-like tail in place of their legs. Their faces have any number of glowing white eyes, haphazardly placed anywhere on their face as well as a giant, wide mouth filled with razor sharp teeth and no nose. Being formed out of energy, Aetherials move by flying, which looks more like they're swimming through air, and can wield chaos energy as a weapon, either forming it into projectiles, bladed weapons or claws.
Post by: King Zultan on May 20, 2020, 08:58:39 am
Post by: TricMagic on May 20, 2020, 09:02:26 am
110: The Dwarven Waterstone Clan surface, for the first time seeing the sun. They begin building and digging a mountainhome on the shore and homes beneath the water, terraforming the land into limestone mountains and other such stones.
Tiamat's Response: A curse removed for help, though you would just as well replace it with another. And yet they have already made strides to going around it, if the sight of Lilt Glitterscale was any indication.
I have heard through her the existence of a new race skilled in the creation of magical artifacts far stronger than any other weapon, forged in water of all things. Perhaps send a delegation to them? We will however deal with problems on Dragolia, and leave you to clean up your own mess, bar a few who would choose of their own will to support you.
Though the goddess asks, none of the dragons are willing to support her in light of recent and ancient events. For they are long lived, and remember the war. And those newborn who would listen are not flew off to other parts of the continent.
Tiamat turns her attention to these new beings of chaos that can fly. Left unchecked, they could prove troublesome if they create a foothold on Dragolia.
Post by: Lidku on May 20, 2020, 09:17:11 am
After years in hiding and training, Vahocci finally soars in the air way above the island he sought seclusion in, his Moss Troll battalion also flying a little ways behind him after teaching them the use of Ki more adeptly. Using his demonic kinship, he recruits a few Aetherials as generals in his army. Being as such entites of Chaos they are hard to order reliably, but with Vahocci's newly gained powerlevel they think twice most times before playing tricks on him or outright betraying him. Key word MOST times as Vahocci must sometimes constantly beat around his own Aetherial generals due to disobedience.
Before embarking on his self-imposed mission, Vahocci looks back at his army, arms crossed. 'To think this all began because of Namek and our foolish mortal rivalry.. Now that matters little to me.. I have a GOD to kill!' thought to himself.
With this assembled army he searched for years in the sky-heavens to find where Valkyra takes domain at, killing any Angelic beings that get in his way. Finally he finds where Valkyra makes home. Vahocci and his army attack the very Goddess herself. If he gets the chance to meet her in battle personally, Vahocci will use his Godkiller technique for maximum tactical advantage.
Post by: TricMagic on May 20, 2020, 09:28:02 am
She creates a storm of lightning strong enough to fry any mortal, and sends it straight to the battle between army and god. She then creates massive earthquakes across the world.
Roll for Lightning Shower, and earthquakes against the civilizations of the world.
Post by: Strik3r on May 20, 2020, 09:36:40 am
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on May 20, 2020, 10:04:46 am
Post by: Lidku on May 20, 2020, 10:10:25 am
Post by: TamerVirus on May 20, 2020, 10:16:26 am
Post by: Detoxicated on May 20, 2020, 10:23:15 am
(i'll just leave it up to Lord_lemonpie whether stuff can just be pulled out of Arzeth's chaos-realm or not.(and other universes/dimensions/planes of existance in general.))btw there is an atrchdemon of Chaos quite similar to your god. What are His stances to this god...
Also fun fact war seems to create demons and gods of Chaos IT seems
Edit: IT seems this world is shattering, maybe a few survivors can rebuild the world
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on May 20, 2020, 10:29:01 am
Some Miss Trolls have been seen with small two petaled red flowers on their heads. It seems some Climbers mistook them for trees. The Moss trolls that have the Climbers on them get an uncontrollable urge to climb the nearest trees. Due to their size, multiple generations of Climbers can complete their life cycles on just one Moss troll. These trolls eventually are filled with the red flowers of Climbers, and due to their climbing urge, go missing from the rest. So far, only 6 of them are affected. They are called Climber Trolls.
Post by: MaxTheFox on May 20, 2020, 11:11:29 am
Post by: Detoxicated on May 20, 2020, 11:20:02 am
In the wake of the two Young gods, a caste Array of mystic creatures Begin to Wander the wilds.
Golems of earth, Water and mud appear. The Water Golems are mischievieus and prone to Fight. The Golems of earth are peaceful slow and ordered. The Golems of mud have individual personalities and are even rumored to speak of their wisdoms.
Refugio Guerra Begins to construct a huge Fortress as Well AS a navy to defend itself from the ongoing Chaos.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on May 20, 2020, 11:31:04 am
Three rivers near a lake converge at the lake
Post by: Avetruetotheimperator on May 20, 2020, 11:53:35 am
The Dorathian Kingdom prospers like no other nation. Under both the wise guidance of the Priestly Ordos, the protection of mighty armies, and untouched by the chaos and ravages of war other lands have so experienced in the time of woes, it has only grown to new heights. Calvary imported from all over the western continent is bred in vast stables, while more and more infrastructure projects improve the land itself. The Orderly Nature of the Dorathian kingdom attracts both trade, and souls who seek to emulate it. From the old Slug-Dukes to the newest human kingly upstarts, they see both Dorath and his ways as the path to power and prosperity...
Post by: Detoxicated on May 20, 2020, 12:36:17 pm
The First lLayer of the Refugio Guerra Fortress is finished. In astonishing marble, this giant Fortress holds many Souls WHO have become unified under the cause of securing the Land. The Leaders of this Nation have begun employing some earth Golems AS Security force.
Valkyra in the meantime has begun employing fine metalsmith dwarves to create powerful armors for her Army of tenthousand Angels.
Post by: Strik3r on May 20, 2020, 03:50:29 pm
After years of prying eyes peeking into the realm of chaos, something on the other side peeked back and what it saw was a virgin, fertile world made of matter. A world ripe for the taking.
The Aetherials opened a Chaos rift to the remote reaches of the western continent, creating a gateway between this world and the Chaos realm, flooding the surrounding wilderness with Aetherials and chaos energy that corrupted and mutated the land, the flora and fauna into horrific, aberrant monstrosities too twisted to even describe.
The chaos energy that pours from the gate is corrupting and dangerous, yes but it is also a potential source of pure, concentrated magical energy.
Spoiler: the location of the rift (click to show/hide)
And they chose just this location, because the Aetherials knew that it would take a while until any mortal races found them...
OOC: If you get the itch to roll for something, you can roll the size of the initial incursion force.
Post by: TricMagic on May 20, 2020, 03:52:09 pm
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 20, 2020, 04:18:13 pm
Code: [Select]
Lightning Storm Vahocci: 1d20=14
Lightning Storm Valkyra: 1d20=13
Earthquakes: 1d20=3An incredibly potent lightning Storm forms over the approaching battlefield. Thunderbolts strike amassing troops. As the conflict between Vahocci and Valkyra reaches it's climax, it is clear that both are at risk of being struck by lightning. (+2 death roll maximum for both)The earthquakes are mild on the other hand, killing some but not severely impacting the world.
Vahocci's Host vs. Valkyra's Host
Code: [Select]
3d20=11+11+15
3d20=9+2+16As the two hosts clash, Vahocci's host slowly starts gaining an edge. After the collapse of Valkyra's central front, Vahocci's men unleash a slaughter. Just before his men manage to corner Valkyra herself, her army reorganises itself, barely being able to keep Vahocci's Moss Trolls away. The front is bound to collapse at any time, leaving the Goddess more vunerable to Vahocci's onslaught. (+1 death roll maximum for Valkyra)Vahocci vs. Valkyra
Code: [Select]
Valkyra: (=<5 death) 1d20=3
Vahocci: (=<8 death) 1d20=5
oofAn epic battle emerges. While trolls and angels fight around the great Goddess, thunder and lightning illuminate the world. It is said that Valkyra's front held the barely defensible line for three nights and three days, as the battle between Vahocci and Valkyra continued. These two battled for three days, dodging, striking, bleeding, screaming, charging and many things, spare for resting. In the end, with an enormous light, Vahocci unleashes his Godkiller technique. Valkyra is seen, shocked, angered, life leaving her eyes. She falls down, but not before lashing out to Vahocci and cleaving him in two.The Goddess Valkyra has died at the hands of Vahocci the Godslayer, who does not live to see his victory.
After the death of the Goddess, Valkyra's line collapses, and Vahocci's enraged host kills her soldiers down to the last man.
Spoiler: Map Update (click to show/hide)
Post by: TricMagic on May 20, 2020, 04:32:07 pm
Other news in Refugo Guerra is the creation of boats! Sailing ships that allow one to travel across the oceans. This spurs trade, with routes developed with Kingdom of Zalalastan (Humans), Kingdom of Arghila (Humans), Kingdom of Karhan (Humans), and Kingdom of Streamland (Humans). As well as a route to trade with the Waterstone Clan. Wind and Water dragons themselves are noted to be a part of the project, and with corroboration with Refugo Guerra, mage scholld for the teachings of Dragon-style Magic have been created. Notes of the appearance of public Manakete children and dragons taking husbands and wives in Refugo Guerra is also noted, with a diplomatic link between Russa Soothsayer and Rarja Blackscale noted, tying them more closely together. Slug-manakete are noted to have very smooth skin with no actual scales, and are very good swimmers apparently.
Post by: TamerVirus on May 20, 2020, 04:46:50 pm
Post by: auzewasright on May 20, 2020, 04:56:08 pm
This marks a period of expansion for the Kingdom of Streamland into the islands and peninsula to its north. The beginning of an intra-kingdom trade brings about the development of a writing system, among other things (assuming they have yet to invent writing, if not, then replace with "seafaring ships").
Post by: TricMagic on May 20, 2020, 05:21:37 pm
Year 122-124
This marks a period of expansion for the Kingdom of Streamland into the islands and peninsula to it's north. The beginning of an intra-kingdom trade brings about the development of a writing system, among other things (assuming they have yet to invent writing, if not, then replace with "seafaring ships").
With the dragon's influence, writing is adopted from them, and so the human nations gain access to it. They also offer to help fund the creations of schools. The Waterstone Clan adopts it with grumbling, as they had never had a use for it, relying on trust of word.
Post by: Lidku on May 20, 2020, 05:48:48 pm
With the Goddess of Heroism dead, the Holy chapter-houses around the planet lose their blessings and half their Ki reserves. With that impediment out the way, the Demons score great victory- a victory celebrated by incessant rampages attacking many hamlets, towns, or even grand cities at times of high gusto. With Vahocci dead though, the Demons lose all organization. The Jakuvia duchy collapses as Namek with some trained disciples destroy the capital of the duchy during a stealth assault (learning the lesson of a full out assault and not wanting to spark the ire'd reinforcements from Hrilithian). These disorganized Demon Slugmen would be known as Vahocci's Remnants- wandering the world killing anything in their path.
At this point however tales of Vahocci's death by pre-subsequent victory over a GOD before that spreads like wildfire throughout the land. This causes an event known as the Folly Rush as every Ki-Warrior wanted to learn of Vahocci's Godkiller technique. Namek knew this was to happen though, so he attempted to find Vahocci's hide away island before any other adventurer could. Years would pass, battles eeked out to shutter down adventurers too close on the trail for Namek's taste- even going as far to kill when the risk was too high for Vahocci's island to be discovered.
Finally after 3 years of searching, Namek finally found Vahocci's island, a curious place full of semi-sentient bipedal climbing fauna. After finding his lair Namek found the scroll of the Godkiller technique. In his shaky hands Namek thought of destroying it right there and then.. but he decided against it. The technique maybe forbidden evil, but it could be useful for if one the God's would go rogue... Instead Namek sealed the technique away somewhere in the desert back in his home nation, the Sandstone Qhanganate.
EDIT: Also Lord_lemonpie how does combat work?
Post by: TricMagic on May 20, 2020, 05:57:45 pm
In the cloud sea, living islands have formed and are themselves becoming a bed for life to grow. Primitive, but they grow in the cloud sea walls.
In Dragon-Refugeo news, they have colonized the western fin where four scars in the earth hold a lake. These lands mostly consit of wetlands around a gentle shore, and serves as a harbor for their expansion and first steps of Dragons in their sealed form who wish to explore the continent after so many years.
Post by: auzewasright on May 20, 2020, 06:03:11 pm
The various human nations take to writing with ease, with only the minor issue of them disagreeing on what is the right writing system as they try to modify writing to fit their languages. When the dust settles, Streamland is using an alphabet, Karhan and Arghila are using alphasyllabaries, and Zalalastan is using Logograms. As for the non-humans, Waterstone clan is using some weird hybrid of the three.
Post by: Avetruetotheimperator on May 20, 2020, 06:11:20 pm
In the Ensueing chaos, strife, and madness the Godslaying had started, Dorath seized upon the opportunity to push for what he thinks is a solution. He invites all non-chaotic or demonic gods to a grand meeting, to talk among themselves about all affairs, mortal or divine. A great Hall in the Heavens shall host them, and order shall be established.
Post by: Lidku on May 20, 2020, 06:17:19 pm
Eventually the blood of Valkyra mixed with Vahocci's tainted demon Ki rains down on the world for a single day due to her personal heaven realm having no Godly presence to maintain it, thus its deterioration even years after the fact of her demise. The rain only happened in the area where humans are more local. The rain was simply a nuisance for some, but some travelers or hunters who drunk the rain through funneling because of lack of clean water in the wilderness.. changed.. Those unfortunate few became the first Vampires of the world, the potent Godly blood of Valkyra mixed with Vahocci's demon Ki permanently warping them. These Vampires shared many things- undead, retroactively immortal, and not being able to withstand the sun. Differing from these commonalities though was that certain Vampires in different regions developed unique Ki techniques.
Vampires from Zalalastan figured out a way to use their Ki to turn invisible.
Vampires from Streamland could manipulate hot air or use their Ki to make hot gaseous air spontaneously
Vampires from Karhan could shoot concentrated Ki beams out their eyes
and so forth for the rest of the nascent growing but unique Vampire clans around the world.
For now Vampirism is localized within human societies. The affliction has not jumped to other species yet.
Post by: auzewasright on May 20, 2020, 07:26:27 pm
Perhaps the first human writing that can be called a piece of literature is made and copied. Written by an unknown merchant, it documents the land from the forests of Arghila to the mountains of the Foxfolk to the grasslands and occasionally desert of the inner part of the continent to the wetlands and rivers of Streamland. It is translated into every human written language and is read by a few merchants/traders and Proto-bureaucrats, which is to say 80% of the literate population at the time.
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 20, 2020, 07:47:50 pm
Though writing has far from penetrated the Northern Lands, the incredibly rare Brüdines and Løkhunds that do know how to write, have started to write their names as "Brudine" and "Lokhund", on account of there being no equivalent to the ü and ø sounds in the human writing systems they use.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on May 20, 2020, 07:57:21 pm
Ludku’s recent post seems to include various possible combat encounters that haven’t been rolled for, adventurers also seeking Vahooci’s being assumed to be killed by Namek, or do individual conflicts not get rolled?
I just thought you should know
Post by: auzewasright on May 20, 2020, 07:59:36 pm
Though writing has far from penetrated the Northern Lands, the incredibly rare Brüdines and Løkhunds that do know how to write, have started to write their names as "Brudine" and "Lokhund", on account of there being no equivalent to the ü and ø sounds in the human writing systems they use.(OOC: assuming that ü represents the same sound it does IRL, the closest equivalent would be "Bridine" or "Brythine". If not, then just ignore this)
Post by: Lidku on May 20, 2020, 08:05:09 pm
With the Jakuvia duchy gone the Hrilithian Celestial Empire and other Slugmen duchies slowly have their own demonic influences whithered away. Despite Vahocci's tyranny and descent to evil, he becomes a posthumous Saint-Hero for the HCE and the Slugmen duchies for ascending enough to the point where he could kill a god.
Word of this development touches the ears of the Khans of the Sandstone Qhanganate. The Qhanganate is outraged as it feels that veneration of such a foul entity embarrasses all Slugmenkind and puts a bad reputation for the species in general.
This deepens the rift between the desert faring Slugmen and the Slugmen duchies, sparking even low intensity hostile raids among one another.
adventurers also seeking Vahooci’s being assumed to be killed by Namek,
To clarify the adventurers weren't looking for Vahocci- his remains were beyond their mortal reach as he was killed inside Valkyra's heavenly realm. They were looking for the Scroll of his Godkiller technique. Also I don't really think rolls are necessary for Namek to kill off or beat a few adventurers, he has one of the most strongest mortal powerlevels on the planet.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on May 20, 2020, 08:16:09 pm
This makes sense. Thanks for clarifying. Also, Namek can name the island if he wishes to. The reason it’s unnamed is because no one named it yet
adventurers also seeking Vahooci’s being assumed to be killed by Namek,
To clarify the adventurers weren't looking for Vahocci- his remains were beyond their mortal reach as he was killed inside Valkyra's heavenly realm. They were looking for the Scroll of his Godkiller technique. Also I don't really think rolls are necessary for Namek to kill off or beat a few adventurers, he has one of the most strongest mortal powerlevels on the planet.
Question(s) in order of priority:
is Namek still on the island?
Is Kamek inspiration for Namek?
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 20, 2020, 08:16:44 pm
EDIT: Also Lord_lemonpie how does combat work?
@Lord_lemonpie
Ludku’s recent post seems to include various possible combat encounters that haven’t been rolled for, adventurers also seeking Vahooci’s being assumed to be killed by Namek, or do individual conflicts not get rolled?
I just thought you should know
I'll share my thoughts on combat.
I don't want to drown this game in rules. Both to keep it easy to maintain (I've let way too many games die because I made them too much of a burden to run for myself, like Chamdhi Nivula and Tribes of the White Sea) and to keep the creative juices flowing and unconstrained by a multitude of rules! The rolling system is in place to avoid things people are really invested in being instakilled and making stuff like that more "fair" and to give people the ability to have random chance play a role in their things, but minor conflicts can just take place in lore. Especially when both parties are created by one player (this last bit won't apply if other people have also invested heavily into that creation).
I'll only demand rolls for full on wars and stuff like that, rolling for raids/minor attacks that won't have major consequences is not required, rolling for the conquest of nations will be. Requesting rolls for anything is still allowed, however, if people want to add that bit of spice to their actions.
If I see something that really requires a roll without being rolled for, I'll notify the poster and make those rolls.
Basing it on the german pronounciation of the ü, I thought u (/u:/) would be the best supplement, but English and their 7 gazillion different pronunciations of vowels always fucks me up, hahaThough writing has far from penetrated the Northern Lands, the incredibly rare Brüdines and Løkhunds that do know how to write, have started to write their names as "Brudine" and "Lokhund", on account of there being no equivalent to the ü and ø sounds in the human writing systems they use.(OOC: assuming that ü represents the same sound it does IRL, the closest equivalent would be "Bridine" or "Brythine". If not, then just ignore this)
Post by: Avetruetotheimperator on May 20, 2020, 08:20:32 pm
Post by: Lidku on May 20, 2020, 08:26:23 pm
Also Namek's name inspiration comes from Dragon Ball Z- he's named after the Namekians and Namek in general. I just gave him that name because he's the strongest Ki fighter (for now atleast) and he's a Slugman to boot as well. :)
Edit: If the Island is to be named, I suppose it should be called Vahocci Island since the native Moss Trolls there were trained by him before his departure to kill Valkyra. They would probably venerate him for his uplift.
Year 135
Piyerta-collou, Boran Boriborus, The Stranger, and Eightstone come to Dorath's Great Hall. The five Gods while not immediately forming a pantheon become welcomed contacts with one another. When it is time to fully settle in for the meeting proper, the four other Gods, guests of Dorath in his Great Hall, await for the subject of the meeting.
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 20, 2020, 08:31:38 pm
Post by: Avetruetotheimperator on May 20, 2020, 08:40:34 pm
Namek is still back in his home nation the Sandstone Qhanganate, that is unless you if you want him to revisit.Already know that stuff, but Namek isn't really a god. Which is why Dorath did not invite him.
Also Namek's name inspiration comes from Dragon Ball Z- he's named after the Namekians and Namek in general. I just gave him that name because he's the strongest Ki fighter (for now atleast) and he's a Slugman to boot as well. :)
Edit: If the Island is to be named, I suppose it should be called Vahocci Island since the native Moss Trolls there were trained by him before his departure to kill Valkyra. They would probably venerate him for his uplift.
Post by: Lidku on May 20, 2020, 08:42:44 pm
Post by: Avetruetotheimperator on May 20, 2020, 08:45:51 pm
That tidbit of the post was actually a response to Naturegirl1999. I should've quoted her.Ah sorry about that then.
Post by: auzewasright on May 20, 2020, 09:36:06 pm
Basing it on the german pronounciation of the ü, I thought u (/u:/) would be the best supplement, but English and their 7 gazillion different pronunciations of vowels always fucks me up, hahaYeah, I decided the closest equivalent in English is y (assuming the ü represents the close front rounded vowel (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Close_front_rounded_vowel)), at least in Old English (which I thought of the Streamlander (or Strēmlandisc) language as being a fantasy counterpart to).
Year 136-138 (continues developing until 140)
Masonry and Stonework begins to become a development across several civilizations along the Human-Guerra trade network along with the first practical ways to manufacture large amounts of fire brick. These two developments meant that for the first time civilization looks to be longer dependent on mudbrick as a major construction material, and also that roads and large walls can be effectively made out of something other than packed earth.
Post by: Lidku on May 21, 2020, 12:34:04 am
Xaditz, the disgraced son of Mardock 'the betrayer' swears an oath to clear his family name and bring it back to honor after his fathers failure in the era of Vahocci's corruption. He starts an order similar to the Valkyra Host-Hero chapter houses of yore before their disintegration due to the demise of their patron Goddess. Though the marring of his familial ties make him strapped to find adequate recruitment, if any at all.
Meanwhile a group of Red Elves, now free of greater movement with the northern wilds being calmed by Hrvalda, travel south hearing of rumors of a new demonic incursion being active by a new dark God called Azerth, though they aren't certain if that's the name responsible for the warp. These Red Elves who embarked for their task stop on a small island to recuperate after long months of sea travel. They got distracted from their initial goal and eventually settle permanently on the Island.
From the adaptions due to the natural environs where they inhabited, the Red Elves eventually turned into yellow-skinned High Elves. These new breed of Elves seem not at all adept at Ki manipulation, but much greater at using sorceress magic- they become tacked on as powerful Warlocks and Mages for this fact.
Spoiler: The Island they settled in question (click to show/hide)
Post by: Strik3r on May 21, 2020, 01:56:08 am
YEAR 142.2
The Aetherials were right in their choice of location.
For 20 years no one of significance has discovered the Aetherial incursion, those who did discover it never made it back and were added to the growing number of mutated wildlife of the chaos lands. Thus the corruption spewing from the Chaos rift was allowed to spread and fester unchecked.
The intensifying chaos corrupted and twisted the land, the animals and even the very air itself as it spread. If one were to enter the Chaos lands now, they'd see a red, mutated hellscape, and even an occasional flash of red lightning.
The Aetherials have not simply been sitting around either, they've been fortifying their new land. Tall, twisted spires of crystallized chaos energy, with "branches" growing off at seemingly random angles and locations now dot the landscape of the chaos lands.
For the last 20 years, the Aetherials have been content to stay in the chaos lands, merely biding their time, but who knows how long that will last or what insidious plans they're making.
Post by: King Zultan on May 21, 2020, 08:03:30 am
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on May 21, 2020, 08:19:28 am
More moss trolls at Vahocci’s island start growing red flowers and climbing the trees. Some moss trolls begin cutting down trees to try finding out where the others have gone, but the Climbing Trolls find another tree and climb. Since some trees are cut down, some sunlight reaches the ground, and there are clearings. The moss trolls begin using the wood to build houses to prevent them from being taken by the red flowers.
Edit: Accidentally misspelled Vahocci, rectified error
Post by: Detoxicated on May 21, 2020, 08:33:35 am
The Sharkmen tribes AS Well AS the Red Pirates Made Up of Lokhunds have begun raiding the sealanes.
Donkebab has started wandering the wilds to find her true self.
Post by: Lidku on May 21, 2020, 09:01:29 am
In this year's tournament at Mount Hirudegarn, a mysterious hooded contestant seemingly breezes through all the other competitors in any match up he's in. While his Ki wasn't the strongest compared to the other fighters he matched up with, his skill and tactics in fighting alone carried him to the Finals in a curious turn of events. Namek welcomed this- challenge was always cherished as he was usually strapped for anyone that could possibly go up against him.
When Namek and the unknown contestant were finally face-to-face, the hooded man revealed himself to be none other than Xaditz, the son of Mardock. There was only one thing Xaditz wanted more than anything else- restoration of his family name. That meant beating Namek in a fair fight.. instead of treacherously like his father did so long ago.
Namek was surprised but interested. He had fought Xaditz's father before and it would be very interesting to see how good his son was at fighting. Though Namek didn't expect much as Xaditz's overall powerlevel seemed low. The boy only got this far from using his superb tactics, but soon he will discover Namek was equally if not more adept in martial strategy. Namek and Xaditz fight, starting the Final of the Tournament.
Meanwhile a damnable heresy arises from the Slugmen Duchies. It is a cult dedicated entirely to Vahocci, affirming the stance of the various Sandstone Qhans that allowing Vahocci to be made into a Saint would have disasterous consequences. This cult so enamored by how Vahocci could achieve such heights and kill a God wish to find someway to bring him back to life. As such this heresy is rightfully persecuted in the various duchies of the Slugman race and the Hrilithian Celestial Empire, as many of the cults rituals involve murderous sacrifices. Soon though the cult leaders of the heresy somehow evade all apprehension and spread the ideology around covertly to the major urban centers of the Slugmen, Human, and Hamsterfolk civilizations despite continued pursuit against the main heads of the cult.
The advent of such a heresy draws even more ire from the Sandstone Qhanganate to the Slugmen duchies and Hrilithian as even with this development- they still have Vahocci as saint.
Post by: TamerVirus on May 21, 2020, 09:37:18 am
Setsenku, a proficient Ki wielder and skilled spider-calvary rider is an ambitious, just-minded character whose charisma made him popular among the other sandstone nomads. His older brother, the second born Hagatai, who was disinherited 'because he was of foul and corrupted mind', schemes and bides his time while in exile.
Post by: Detoxicated on May 21, 2020, 11:23:48 am
The Archdemon Gracfall begins whispering in the ear of Hagatai to invoke his will to challenge the succession of the qhanganate.
The Sharkmen tribes begin raiding all coastal cities for their riches.
Post by: MaxTheFox on May 21, 2020, 11:44:39 am
On the same initiative, some villages have been founded further north, away from the coast, expanding the (still very fuzzy) borders.
Post by: Strik3r on May 21, 2020, 12:05:30 pm
A great storm hits the northern part of the eastern, floating continent from the west. A great torrent of rain and harsh winds that causes a series of localized earthquakes. As a result of these earthquakes a gigantic sinkhole forms just east of this lake:
(https://i.imgur.com/IavCh3p.png)
And the pouring rains quickly fill it with water, making the already big lake in question become epic in size. In the wake of the storm, the area surrounding the great lake/inland sea overgrows with lush vegetation, turning it into a rainforest.
Post by: auzewasright on May 21, 2020, 12:08:47 pm
In response to the Sharkmen’s raiding, the coastal living humans have a predictable response that is fairly consistent across most kingdoms and tribes. That is to say, they start buying larger fish-gigs and enjoy the spear fishing equivalent of a gold rush. Stories are made and songs are sung for years afterwards of the wonderfully bountiful season they had for that year.
Post by: TamerVirus on May 21, 2020, 12:27:59 pm
Post by: Lidku on May 21, 2020, 04:53:58 pm
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on May 21, 2020, 06:20:51 pm
Post by: TamerVirus on May 21, 2020, 06:46:31 pm
(Btw does anyone know what a Slugman would actually look like?)Per the Dwarf Fortress Wiki
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on May 21, 2020, 07:11:43 pm
Post by: Lidku on May 21, 2020, 07:20:00 pm
Post by: King Zultan on May 22, 2020, 08:46:31 am
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 22, 2020, 10:26:33 am
High Elves vs. Crossing's Dungeon
Code: [Select]
High Elves: 1d20=14
Crossing's Dungeon: 1d20=11Though they are unable to purge the ruins, they have for now been able to banish most monstrosities to parts of the islands outside of their controlNamek vs. Xaditz
Code: [Select]
Namek: 1d20=11
Xaditz: 1d20=2Namek Emerges victorious.Sharkmen Raids
Code: [Select]
1d20=11Their raids are met with varying degrees of success. Some settlements offer great deals of resistance, others are raided with ease. Many riches are dragged into the seas, but not without the deaths of many sharkmen too.Foxfolk Diplomacy
Code: [Select]
1d20=19The diplomatic mission is hugely successful. Diplomatic relations have started to blossom between the two neighbouring states. Trade has been set up, communal forts are established and culture starts passing borders.Hagatai vs. Setsenku
Code: [Select]
Hagatai: 1d20=6
Setsenku: 1d20=14Setsenku succesfully defends the Qhangate's throne. After the last battle, Setsenku captures Hagatai but can't get himself to execute his very own brother. Hagatai is banished to the Tribe of Gharlor's Folk, which is not ruled by the Gras Qhangan. Spoiler: Map Update (click to show/hide)
Post by: Detoxicated on May 22, 2020, 10:47:25 am
The Sharkmen have begun using underwater Obsidian for their weapons and have begun taming octopusses. In response to the recent fishing expansions of the human nations they have begun focusing their raids on human tribes.
Post by: Lidku on May 22, 2020, 11:25:33 am
Tensions continue to mount between the Sandstone Qhanganate against the Hrilithian Celestial Empire and the Slugmen Duchies. While the Vahocci cult was outright banned within the two aforementioned territories, the actual enforcement were very lax with exposed cult members being mysteriously able to escape from their cells with ease or outright given adequate chance to leave a dwelling they were discovered at. To the Qhans of the Sandstone Qhanganate, and most importantly Qhagan Setsenku, this could only be explained by the fact that Vahocci is still considered a sanctioned saint in these territories.
Alas though the cult becomes entrenched in the Slugmen Duchies and HCE (Hrilithian Celestial Empire). A Vahocci cult chronicler in the meanwhile does a ritual to attune into the Ki of Vahocci himself, whatever presence there could be at all still left in the world. Curiously the ritual gives the chronicler a few tells, the crystal ball infront of the malign cultist showing a triangulated dark Ki aura over some inhabited out of the way area at the Qhanganate. Whatever it was the cultist could surmise that is must've been something strongly related to Vahucci.
A prominent Duke of the name Korbokis Slagimex who was apart of the cult was relayed the information of the anomaly of interest. Getting to it or trying to secure any part of it would be impossible by covert means alone. The Sandstone mounted armies were too fast and knew their land too well- they'd smoke out unwanted travelers easy. Instead Duke Slagimex called to the other Dukes and the current Emperor of the HCE to wage a Crusade against the Sandstone Qhaganate. Not only would such an event would be a cover for the cult to unearth this anomaly, it would also strike out the near hostile Sandstone Slugmen. This petition for a Crusade is deliberated upon throughout the duchies and probably won't come to a conclusion until 2 years.
By this point however knowledge of the possible Crusade spreads across the land, giving everyone somesort of chance to react to the rumors of it.
Post by: Detoxicated on May 22, 2020, 11:47:16 am
Refugio Guerra Slugmen envoys have been sent to the Sandstone Qhanganate ensuring them logistic and Material Help in Case of a crusade.
Donkebab, upon hearing about the crusade Grants the Sandstone Qhanganate the cleansing Star, a starshaped Diamond that can shoot a bright burning ray at enemies.
Several Bands of bloodthirsty Lokhund adventurer Bands have come to the Qhanganate to gain glory by aiding the Qhanganate against the Killers of their Goddess Valkyra.
The Archdemons and the god of the Underworld gathered nearby the Slugmen duchies to come Up with a plan of their own.
Post by: TamerVirus on May 22, 2020, 12:37:49 pm
Unlike his isolationist and hostile father, Setsenku is receptive to offers of outsider aid. The Gras Qhangan is willing to establish trading ties, fueled by the growing glassmaking industry in his domain
Post by: Detoxicated on May 22, 2020, 12:47:27 pm
The Slugman Duchies, and the Hrilithian Celestial Empire Begin raising armies and doing bigger Training exercises for the crusade to come.
The Archdemons, in a dark ritual, create the Wormoids. Gigantic Worms, with an unsatiable Hunger, and the ability to dig Tunnels big enough for entire squads. They teach the Most devout Joviak cultists the secret to tame them.
The Hmmerhead Sharkmen tribes have begun to Construct the Underwater Spire City Kalashnikot. Most Prominent is the palace of the Sharkmaster. From there the Master of the Hammerhead tribes makes the decisions regarding tribal Matters.
Post by: Lidku on May 22, 2020, 01:02:07 pm
First merchants under the employ of the cult would feed critical information to the Sharkmen about various human settlements, along with their vulnerabilities. This fact softens the Sharkmen to the Vahocci cult, bringing in a certain ally for the Crusade.
Second the cult makes their own brand of Golems that can be carried portably as small spheres; that when thrown to the ground with intent, morph into 5 meter tall steel-slate combat forms that can decimate most forces.
Third certain diplomats under the thrall of the cult have them manipulate the Brudines to align with the Crusade being planned through the machinations of their controlled Duke. The figures of manipulation they use to convince the Brudines to join the upcoming war is that the Wolfmen insult the fair Bearfolk behind their backs, saying that THEY were the best of the tribes of North and beyond. The chiefs of the Brudine are easy to rouse to any promise of bloody combat, so they are secured. This is an immense boon to the Vahucci cult as the Brudine were one of the best Ki-warriors on the planet next to the Slugmen as a whole.
A last ditch was put out to get the Dorathian Kingdom in the fold of the concurrent war, but the reigning sovereign of it declines, wanting to remain neutral and not risk to sully relations between both trade partners.
Post by: auzewasright on May 22, 2020, 01:04:33 pm
Several agricultural advancements that were slowly spreading in the human kingdoms begin to become common and reach the trade networks:
In Streamland, the first basic irrigation canals are built. New varieties of grains are now grown, allowing for a more consistent amount of food.
In Zalalastan, the above canals have been modified to feed salterns, allowing for the large-scale production of salt to preserve meat (particularly that massive supply of sharkman flesh), as well as the creation of a tasty and slightly inedible fish sauce.
In Arghilia, a new type of tuber is grown. It tastes like the epitome of starch, but it's fairly nutritious (the name for it is bassenymi, a shortening of the original phrase used to describe it in a local language which roughly translates to "it probably is better than starvation").
Across all of the human kingdoms, the advent of masonry has allowed for the construction of large granaries storing various types of food, securing another step for the creation of true cities instead of just towns, as well as the beginning of an administration and centralization of government.
Post by: Lidku on May 22, 2020, 01:29:42 pm
After years of cajoling, intriguing against, and bribing his fellow lords, Duke Slugimex accomplishes the goal the Vahocci cult in the background of all this wanted in the first place- a concerted war effort to distract both the HCE, Slugmen Duchies, and Sandstone Qhaganate so that it could have a cover to retrieve the anomaly linked to Vahucci. The cult didn't care who would've won this Crusade, it was a means to an end. It was a most opportune time as well- Namek was investigated leads to an entirely different incursion from a dark chaos god called Azerth. He was far from the western continent and by the time he could've heard of the Crusade, it'll been in full swing already so he wouldn't be able to outright aid his home nation (Sandstone Qhaganate) at the earliest of time.
Thus begins the Slugmen Crusades and those who know the true nature of it in its entirety; the Folly Crusade.
|The Crusade begins|
Post by: Strik3r on May 22, 2020, 02:37:52 pm
Also, this thread really need more maps. Its hard to keep track of everything through text alone.
YEAR 155.1
Due to years of continual and intensifying raids from the sharkmen, and threats from the seas in general, human nations have begun to develop more advanced shipbuilding capabilities to defend their shores. Larger purpose-built warships with more armor, bigger crews and mounted with more and larger projectile-throwing weapons. Supposedly some ships even have magical weapons on them.
Post by: Detoxicated on May 22, 2020, 04:32:26 pm
Some Sharkmen annoyed by the constant wars have decided to travel to the deepest of seas. Nothing ist Heard from them again for a while.
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 22, 2020, 04:48:38 pm
Code: [Select]
Crusaders: 3d20=2+15+18
Sandstone Qhanganate: 3d20+2= 22+15+11As the Crusaders leave their homelands, they encounter their first and foremost enemy: attrition. Though Duke Slugimex spent years rallying the faithful to his cause, he organized little in the way of logistics. Starvation, beasts of the wild and the burning sun of Eightstone's Desert has burned its way through the crusaders, and after a seven-month march, the famished vanguard arrives in the lands of the Gras Qhangan. There, they are immediately ambushed by fast sandstone archers, riding their spiders. The vanguard is annihilated, leaving the rest of the army weakened.As the army regains it's energy by pillaging and burning their way through the sparse settlements of the Sandstone Qhanganate, they are continually ambushed, beaten and raided by the Nomads. This prevents military action, though the Nomads themselves are still vastly outnumbered by the massive army of crusaders, and refuse to commit to a full scale assault.
After a month, the Crusader Army finally starts charging. Though every battle is a meat grinder, ambushes await them around every corner and the Nomads refuse to submit to the rule of their former oppressors, the army makes a slow and steady progress. After carving out a small realm, the admirals decide to stop the offense and instead focus on holding the line.
Soon, discord breaks out between the higher ups of the Crusade. As the state is too far from either the Slugman Duchies or the Hrilithian Celestial Empire to properly be administered by them, a new leader needs to be chosen from the ranks of the Crusade. Added to that is the fact that the farms many crusaders were promised, turned out to be arid tracts of land, filled only with sand, rock, and thorny vegetation. Civil unrest seems to tear apart the 1st Crusader State before it is even properly established. For now the impressive military manages to hold it together.
In a surprise turn of events, the 1st Crusader State finds itself guaranteed by the Dorathian Kingdom. Though the Dorathians care little for the politics and religion of the nation, they see it as a perfect buffer state between their nascent coastal colonies and the Nomads.
Spoiler: Map Update (click to show/hide)
Post by: Lidku on May 22, 2020, 05:16:33 pm
The intra-order of the Vahucci cult was pleasantly surprised that the Cruasade meant to be a fluke of distraction actually succeeded. Though the details of the Crusade itself were packed with abject failures and full of laughable Generals who lead scores of men to their dooms- it was frankly little of what the Vahucci cult cared for in the slightest. Now with a parceled Crusader state to operate covertly from the Vahucci cultists waste no time traversing the deserts in search of the anomaly detected in this region. They had to be very careful though- the appointed military junta over the newly minted Crusader state weren't under the direct control of the cult and direct discovery would blow the whole project into smithereens.
When the Crusade had finally drew to a close, Namek upon hearing the news of what happened suspected the worst. From his own contacts from within the HCE the seasoned demon hunter knew that a cult dedicated to his former rival were deeply influential behind the scenes in both the HCE proper and the outlaying Slugmen Duchy states. They somehow must've learned of the Godkiller Scroll's location or was just tipped off the general location of it somehow. Abandoning his former task of investigating the Aetherial incursion from the chaos realm, Namek flies at full speed toward the Qhaganate. He had to hurry!
Meanwhile a strange human merchant with a large professional retinue who is seemingly also only active at night sets up a shop-base within the nascent Crusader state. What many don't realize is that he's actually a Vampire who could not only suck blood, but drain Ki as well. It was Velodryn Kaasi from Agrila, but now he operated under a cover name only deemed as Bob. He like the Vahucci cult also knows of the anomaly and wants what energy it bares for himself, for his OWN consumption. Though Velodryn didn't know exactly what his query was, just that it churned with potent Ki and seemed to be somewhere within the deserts of the Qhaganate.
A three-way race now ensues for the forbidden Scroll.
Post by: Detoxicated on May 22, 2020, 05:57:22 pm
The Lokhund adventurer Bands Begin attacking the smaller armies of the HCE.
The Hammerhead Tribe Begin a massive octopus breeding program.
The Qhanganate Grants the Cleansing Star to its Most Prominent Army.
Post by: Avetruetotheimperator on May 22, 2020, 10:07:18 pm
Post by: Lidku on May 22, 2020, 11:59:47 pm
Post by: Strik3r on May 23, 2020, 02:58:39 am
With the ongoing race for the Godkiller scroll, Azerth peering through the veil between the two worlds, too sensed the dark energy emanating from the artifact. And if it drew the demon hunter, Namek away from investigating them, it must be important for the mortals. This was an opportunity, to potentially get their hands on a powerful artifact, to increase their foothold on earth and maybe even to get rid of mortals powerful enough to pose a threat to the Aetherials.
Because of the Anomaly's apparent importance, Azerth chose to take a risk: To open a new Chaos rift, in the heart of the Sandstone Qhanganate, beneath the sands.
This rift, while smaller that the main rift is sufficient to deploy a decent sized army of Aetherials to scour the desert for the source of the energy. However, they will avoid any direct confrontation with anyone searching for the scroll but will instead attempt to corrupt and deceive them into aiding the Aetherials, they will only resort to combat should they need to take the scroll by force.
Meanwhile in the main Aetherial domain, dangerous and twisted experiments are about to bear fruit.
Post by: Lidku on May 23, 2020, 04:41:19 am
Now the cult of Vahucci knew beyond a reasonable doubt that what they were looking for was in the desert somewhere. Under the guise of policing the more anarchist tribes not controlled direct by the Qhaganate, the cult along with their small band of sympathizers in the Crusader state- a mixed squadron of Ki-Knights and Men-At-Arms, the search for the scroll would intensify.
Meanwhile Namek had finally arrived back to the Sandstone Qhaganate after a year of non-stop flying. He was heavily fatigued, but he had to destroy the scroll before any were to claim it. It was a profound mistake of him to not do so in the very beginning. Namek being highly sensitive to Ki emanations recognized the chaotic signatures he was suddenly feeling- they belong to the forces of Azerth. This wasn't good at all! If Azerth and its minions were here then things would only get worse! Namek attempts to hunt down the punitive army. If he succeeds in this, he'd move on to destroying the Vahucci cult's presence next.
Of the patrols looking for the the forbidden scroll, it was Velodryn in his mercenary force who was closest to finding the secret area of the Godkiller scroll (still though, the Vampire didn't have a slightest inkling of what it actually was- only that it had alot of Ki reserves) just by asking questions of the local tribesmen through bribery and his unnatural undead charisma.
Post by: Strik3r on May 23, 2020, 05:20:06 am
With the Vampire, they'll attempt to corrupt him with promises of power far greater than the artifact can offer.
The cult, they'll lie to the cult and tell them that the Aetherials are the progeny of Vahucci, that they should serve his chosen.
Post by: MaxTheFox on May 23, 2020, 07:06:10 am
((OOC: Did you forget to expand the Foxfolk borders as per the action, or is there something I missed?))
Post by: Avetruetotheimperator on May 23, 2020, 07:53:06 am
After all gods that wanted to show did so, Dorath begins the discussion. First, he talks of the present danger Ki presents, a power that can allow mortals to kill gods. Obviously this is too much for mortal hands, especially allowing for dark tyrants to rise up and take command of mortal civilizations. Therefore, he proposes to the body around to...Limit it. Control it to ensure an orderly livelyhood.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on May 23, 2020, 08:48:44 am
Year 13-Something:Eightstone nods in agreement, writing that every god can understand starts inscribing itself on her sandstone skin “Yes, limiting would be good. What about splitting Ki into different kinds of magic energy? Based on where it’s located? Desert Ki being different from forest Ki, and those being different from Ocean Ki? If one of the subgroups of Ki get too powerful, they can split into smaller subgroups. Each subgroup becoming even more specialized, e.g. if desert Kibecomes too powerful, the power will split between Sand Ki, Glass Ki, Heat Ki, sandstone Ki, etc. each type only being able to be used on whichever. Desert Ki being used in the desert only, sandstone Ki only being able to be used on or modifying sandstone
After all gods that wanted to show did so, Dorath begins the discussion. First, he talks of the present danger Ki presents, a power that can allow mortals to kill gods. Obviously this is too much for mortal hands, especially allowing for dark tyrants to rise up and take command of mortal civilizations. Therefore, he proposes to the body around to...Limit it. Control it to ensure an orderly livelyhood.
Post by: King Zultan on May 23, 2020, 09:29:49 am
Post by: MaxTheFox on May 23, 2020, 10:34:45 am
So do we add on, to signify this happening in the same time?The Dual Deities agree with Eightstone, and also propose types of Ki for Order and Chaos. Those could only be used by individuals who led a very orderly or very chaotic life, respectively.Year 13-Something:Eightstone nods in agreement, writing that every god can understand starts inscribing itself on her sandstone skin “Yes, limiting would be good. What about splitting Ki into different kinds of magic energy? Based on where it’s located? Desert Ki being different from forest Ki, and those being different from Ocean Ki? If one of the subgroups of Ki get too powerful, they can split into smaller subgroups. Each subgroup becoming even more specialized, e.g. if desert Kibecomes too powerful, the power will split between Sand Ki, Glass Ki, Heat Ki, sandstone Ki, etc. each type only being able to be used on whichever. Desert Ki being used in the desert only, sandstone Ki only being able to be used on or modifying sandstone
After all gods that wanted to show did so, Dorath begins the discussion. First, he talks of the present danger Ki presents, a power that can allow mortals to kill gods. Obviously this is too much for mortal hands, especially allowing for dark tyrants to rise up and take command of mortal civilizations. Therefore, he proposes to the body around to...Limit it. Control it to ensure an orderly livelyhood.
Post by: Detoxicated on May 23, 2020, 11:42:41 am
The octopus breeding program has been a success by the Hammerheads. They have now big amounts of rideable war octopus at their hands AS Well AS a few behemoth octopi.
The Sharkmen tribes Begin a Second huge raiding season of the human coastal cities. This time they loot pillage and steal the children to Feed on them.
Post by: Strik3r on May 24, 2020, 03:56:17 am
With nearly another 20 years of uncontested growth and activity for the Aetherials, the borders of their domain have once again seen an increase in size and they have been busy performing dark and twisted experiments that have yielded two new developments.
The first of these is the "Black Core". A miniature Chaos rift encased in a small orb of thick black crystallized chaos. It spews out chaos energy drawn straight from the unlimited source that is their home realm. Being encased, the rift can not be used for transport and will collapse should the orb be shattered.
Secondly, the Aetherials have been experimenting on the mutated wildlife of their domain, creating Agglomates, abominations fused together from the biomass of multiple creatures. An Agglomate can be composed of anywhere from 2 creatures to potentially hundreds or even thousands. Their weakness however, is that the presence of chaos energy is needed for the Agglomates to maintain their form.
Thus, the Aetherials have begun consolidating the weak, but numerous mutated wildlife of their domain into smaller numbers of more powerful Agglomates.
While the current Agglomates are relatively small in size, consisting of only few large animals, it is only a matter of time until the Aetherials scale it up.
(OOC: the name "Agglomate" comes from the english "agglomerate", meaning "a jumbled mass or collection")
Post by: King Zultan on May 24, 2020, 07:03:16 am
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on May 24, 2020, 07:13:10 am
The monolith that the Bleg worship has begun to glow blood red. Some of the ground near it also turns blood red.
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 24, 2020, 08:10:51 pm
Code: [Select]
Lokhund: 1d20=17
HCE: 1d20=12The Lokhunds manage to defeat armies of scouts and border guards, using the cover of night to sneak into the HCE. They bring back riches and stories of incredibly fertile land to their families.Aetherial Corruption
Code: [Select]
1d20=7The Aetherials manage to gain some more hints and some accomplices within each of the armies. They do not however, manage to fully sway an army to their willAetherials Deception of Namek
Code: [Select]
1d20=3Namek is strong of will, and not easily misled by the lies of the AetherialsNamek vs. Aetherials
Code: [Select]
1d20=20!
1d20=16After their attempts at deception, Namek is quick to unleash his fury. The Aetherials resist fiercely, but are ultimately driven back to their little rift, unable to gain land far from it.2nd Sharkmen Raiding Season
Code: [Select]
1d20=9Again, the raids prove a mixed success. Mainy humans find their deaths at the teeth of these sharkmen raiders. Many sharkmen find a gruesome death in the nets of the humans. Spoiler: Map Update (click to show/hide)
((OOC: Did you forget to expand the Foxfolk borders as per the action, or is there something I missed?))I think you missed something!
Pre-Expansion
(https://i.imgur.com/wIjXanh.png)
Post-Expansion
(https://i.imgur.com/LmZAodY.png)
It's not as much as I thought it was now that I look at it when it's zoomed out (I work at like 1000% zoomed in), but they expanded north that turn!
Post by: Strik3r on May 25, 2020, 04:48:30 am
YEAR 163
A massive subterranean fracture has ocurred along a line stretching from the west coast all the way to the territories of the Brudine Bloodjarls in the north.
(https://i.imgur.com/9KhwThJ.png)
The fracture caused a number of large earthquakes that cause damage in Brudine Bloodjarls' territory and the fracture has penetrated all the way to the surface in some places, most notably in the south, where it caused a river to be extended all the way to the western super-lake and even split off a large chunk of land bordering the lake on the eastern side, which floated into the air and some ways west before coming to a halt and staying above the inland sea. The island suffered some damage in the process, splitting near the north tip and shedding some of its weaker outcroppings.
(https://i.imgur.com/NnBDfny.png)
(OOC: i colored the outside of the island in a darker blue to indicate that is infact floating, to imply a shadow.)
The now floating islands would come to be collectively known as 'Elysium', owing to its nature as a floating island paradise rainforest. (highlighted in green)
(https://i.imgur.com/rI7C26O.png)
On the Aetherial front:
Ever since their crushing defeat at the Qhaganate, they have been looking for ways to further bolster their armies by the way of units from other races.
Aetherials have also begun work on an Agglomate Titan. It will take many years to complete.
Post by: King Zultan on May 25, 2020, 05:27:40 am
Post by: Lidku on May 25, 2020, 06:53:48 am
After a few years of intrigue, secret all out battles in the deserts of the Sandstone Qhaganate, and Namek assembling his own group of heroes- he and the sizable group he collected finally curtail the Vahocci Cult's influence in the Qhaganate region, even from the Crusader State when Namek presented full damning evidence of the Cult having explicit ties to some parts of the High Command to the regional Governor, Archibald III. Having no tolerance of this heresy, Archibald had every last bit of shadow puppetry the Vahocci Cult enacted with heavy crackdowns.
Not only did Archibald personally loathe the Vahocci Cult unlike some of his peers who secretly venerated it, he knew that if word got out that the Vahocci Cult was responsible for organizing the push for the Crusade in the first place- the entirety of the Slugmen Duchies and HCE's legitimacy would plummet!
With Namek, by the time he actually got to where he last buried the Scroll however it was gone. Namek would blame himself incessantly over the mishap- he was so concentrated on fighting that he had forgotten to actually secure the Scroll!
Who could possibly have the Godkiller Scroll now?
Spoiler: Velodryn Kaas (click to show/hide)
Meanwhile the High Elves continue to expand. To ensure this is successful an elite heavy battle-mage regiment is trained up and is called "Simmering Enfirers", named as such due to the regimental unit specializing in fire-magic.
Post by: Strik3r on May 25, 2020, 12:58:07 pm
A group of human explorers set out from the Kingdom of Streamland in the year 157 with the intent to explore the uncharted northern regions of the continent.
They traveled through the Sandstone Qhaganate, the newly formed 1st Crusader State, The Dorathian Kingdom, the lands belonging to the hamsterfolk shamans, the Slugman duchies and the HCE, before heading further north. They mapped out the northern shoreline, until they hit water on the east then began heading south. Soon enough, the sky began turning red and constant, distant sounds of thunder could be heard and even some flashes of lightning, but this wasn't normal lightning, it was completely blood red. In the year 165 they had reached the Aetherials' domain and unknowingly walked right into it.
(https://i.imgur.com/WyGyOtL.png)
it didn't take long for the explorers to fall sick one by one. And as the night fell, they were set upon by beasts, but these were not normal animals... they were changed. Some without any skin, some with too many limbs, some with many heads, some with spikes of bone protruding through the flesh, and all of them incredibly aggressive. The explorers stood no chance and they were too weak to run, except for one.
By some stroke of unimaginable luck, one of them managed to avoid the worst of it. He dropped everything he had and ran westward. With another stroke of luck and the monsters distracted, he got away and out of the twisted chaos lands. But he did not escape unscathed, the taint of Chaos had buried itself deep within him and the memories of the monsters tearing apart his friends haunted his dreams.
Thus, he kept walking back west, with the Chaos eating away at his mind and body every day. His hair began to glow red as did the scars that appeared on his body and his eyes began to glow bright white. But his body was stronger than ever before... Somehow, the light brush with chaos he had, had powered up his body significantly, made him not need any food or water and even gave him a degree of control over chaos energy. He had become the first Chaos Mage, Half human and half Aetherial.
Spoiler: And 100% Low-Poly (click to show/hide)
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on May 25, 2020, 01:54:44 pm
What are you talking about? Your render is wonderful
Year 165,2
Velma, one of the moss trolls, wishes to find possible trade partners among Vahucci’s followers, since she knows that there are things that her island does not have. She builds a ship and sails out, hoping to find someone willing to trade with the forest island she calls home. Roll for success of the bolded action
Post by: King Zultan on May 26, 2020, 07:59:22 am
Post by: TamerVirus on May 26, 2020, 09:39:16 am
Dalai, as the small city state becomes known as, finds itself as a nominally independent client state to the Qhangan empire; opening up nautical trade and an export market for the increasingly skilled glassweavers of the Qhangan empire will enjoying it's protection.
Post by: MaxTheFox on May 26, 2020, 10:48:57 am
Post by: Strik3r on May 26, 2020, 02:39:17 pm
YEAR 167
The rituals of the Bleg sacrificing creatures to The Monolith caused a powerful wave of magical energy to be emitted from it at the peak of the ritual and it has caused some strange effects close and far from The Monolith. In the overgrown forested and swampy areas near a lake far to the north of The Monolith(the red dot on the map provided), a species of large lizards inhabiting the area there have been transformed by the energy wave.
(https://i.imgur.com/JatNSMA.png)
The transformed lizards have even greater size and now stand upright, a bit heavier and taller than humans, but have relatively slender bodies. They get even more height from their now digitigrade stance (they walk on their toes, toes that are tipped with with wicked claws) and they have a large, thick tail for balance. Their transformation also gave them hands capable of gripping things and greatly enhanced intelligence, up from "impressive intelligence for lizards". They have banded together and begun living in a primitive hunter-gatherer society, although, it seems that they have retained their instinct for ambush-hunting.
(OOC: There was supposed to be a picture of the lizards here but im lazy)
Post by: Urist Mc Dwarf on May 26, 2020, 02:58:00 pm
A strange tide of energy sweeps across the Slugman Duchies, and for a moment the stars flash red and the sky grey. When it stops, thousands of crystals erupt from the ground, each one a different color.
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on May 26, 2020, 03:26:09 pm
A mysterious vibrant pink smog is hovering far above the capital (if there's no capital, then the mightiest settlement - sorry, my first post here) of the Waterstone Clan. The inhabitants are appropriately befuddled.
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 26, 2020, 05:42:46 pm
Code: [Select]
3d20=3+1+18The Western and Central Brudine lands are relatively unaffected, but the Eastern Lands are heavily damaged- settlements falling into the oceans, villages being covered in mudslides. It will take them long to rebuild this.Velma's Sailing
Code: [Select]
1d20=20!Velma sails and sails, visiting many far off lands. All races seem charmed by her and her humble ship, and she manages to bring back much from the outside world. She arrives back at her island with bronze figurines from the Waterstone Clan, spice and glass from the Free Cities of Dalai, seeds of many plants and knowledge of agriculture from Streamland, parchment and knowledge of writing from the Kingdom of Zalalastan and even a human slave and some looted gold from a Lokhund warfleet she encountered on the open sea! She is hailed a hero when she comes back, and her newly brought goods form the foundation for an age of innovation on Moss Troll Island.Skullbeard & the Stranger
Code: [Select]
1d20=4Skullbeard interprets many signs: faces in the waves, the movements of schools of fish, the mysterious smell on the wind from far, far, south. The Stranger, however, does not speak to him directly.The Human cartographers have united in the Cartographic Guild, working together to map the world. They have developed Cartographic Runes, which quickly spread around the world to be used as depictions of nations.
Spoiler: Map Update (Now Including Runes!) (click to show/hide)
Post by: MaxTheFox on May 26, 2020, 11:31:44 pm
Post by: King Zultan on May 27, 2020, 07:42:57 am
Post by: Strik3r on May 27, 2020, 09:05:05 am
The Aetherials have begun to put their plans of "recruiting" members from other races to their cause into action. With their discovery that continuous but mild exposure to chaos energy causes the people of the mortal races to eventually acclimatize to and become empowered by chaos energy, they saw an opportunity to use that intentionally to produce chaos empowered units with mostly free will but still inclined to chaos.
They immediately saw potential in three races and they have sent agents in at attempt to secretly recruit downtrodden, rebellious and criminal elements of the nations to their cause, with promises of power and freedom.
Those three races being:
The Firbolgs. Being already attuned to magic as well as being great craftsmen in addition to being a large race that can lift a great amount would serve as an incredible boon to the Aetherials in any serious construction endeavor. The Aetherials attempt to recruit a number of Firbolgs as Chaos Giants, offering them a chance to construct and craft using a material thus far unseen by them, one that will readily take on magical enchantments and thus synergizes well with the Firbolgs abilities: The solidified form of chaos, Chaos Crystals.
The Lokhunds. In the Lokhunds, the Aetherials see great warriors and raiders that would become even more powerful when infused with chaos. The Aetherials attempt to recruit a number of Lokhunds as Chaos Hounds, offering strength, power and a new base for conducting raids from in the form of the Aetherial Domain.
The Dragons. Like many things, Aetherials see the curse of Star Talk as something to exploit for their own ends. By reminding dragons of its existence and offering protection from it, A protection offered by Azerth himself to those that would willingly join his cause and thus freedom from their dependence on Dragonstones to be able to be on the western continent, The Aetherials attempt to recruit a number of Dragons as Chaos Dragons.
The Aetherials aren't the only ones who have taken an interest in dragons.
Spoiler: Not-So-Lowpoly lizards (click to show/hide)
(OOC: Also, heres another crappy lowpoly render, this time, roughly representing what The Aetherials look like:
Spoiler: Slight chance of low-poly spookiness (click to show/hide)
Post by: TamerVirus on May 27, 2020, 09:34:45 am
Post by: auzewasright on May 27, 2020, 10:03:56 am
A port town in Streamland (uncreatively named Porttūn) has spent years prospering and with the large amount of growth and trade in recent years has become what can be truly considered a city. Trade happens on a large scale with merchants being everywhere (salt is used as a currency, along with electrum and sterling silver), forges and kilns actively work all day, roads are being constructed and granaries are being filled. This prosperity leads to an expansion northwards and along the river.
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
The other human kingdoms begin to initiate a second expansion further inwards, with Arghila starting to build its own big cities and a larger army...
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 27, 2020, 01:57:25 pm
Year 170.4
The Hamsterfolk perform a similar ritual to the Foxfolk, elevating one of their spirits to Godhood. Alao, God of Medicine and Plants arises.
Alao, Foreus and Duenta unite to form the Shamanic Pantheon. Their followers are referred to as Shamanists.
Post by: Strik3r on May 27, 2020, 02:03:02 pm
Also, thank you, Lord_lemonpie. )
YEAR 172-172.1
Theyrn Elros, the once-explorer now Chaos mage reached the Kingdom of Streamland, his home. To hide his changed form, he wore a long hooded cloak, tattered by the journey. Chaos had overtaken his mind, The chaos that took his friends, chaos that he now unwillingly worshiped.
Soon after reaching the city that he once called home, he begun to recruit followers with displays of his chaos magic, promises of power and of salvation, forming the first Chaos Cult, it would come to be known as the "Red Hallow" cult.
They believe that Chaos will eventually consume all of existence but there is an afterlife for those who embrace the Chaos. They don't really worship Aetherials or even Azerth for that matter, only chaos itself.
They conduct their meetings far away from towns, in dark cellars or any other place where the eyes of common people will not reach them.
Post by: TamerVirus on May 27, 2020, 02:34:34 pm
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on May 27, 2020, 02:40:00 pm
A dwarf explorer by the name of Jothgar (I'm terrible with names aren't I...) sets out on a journey to the deepest depths of the earth, in hopes of finding new and exciting things.
Post by: Strik3r on May 27, 2020, 02:47:27 pm
((I don't have any specific plans here, just wanted a slugman to get into the Chaos funk to see what would happen. Maybe he gets powers. Maybe he violently explodes))well, he wont explode, thats for sure. Ok then, since i dont want to spam up the thread, i'll post the interaction i wrote up, on my next turn.
Year 172.6Trust me, not nearly as bad as me. I just slam the keyboard repeatedly until something comes out, or i just abuse a random name generator lol. i'm notoriously bad at names.))
A dwarf explorer by the name of Jothgar (I'm terrible with names aren't I...) sets out on a journey to the deepest depths of the earth, in hopes of finding new and exciting things.
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on May 27, 2020, 07:58:36 pm
An exodus of sorts takes place in human lands. Chaos-aligned humans have chosen to leave the realms that tend to persecute them. Cultists of Azerth, Jakuvia and Vahocci, Vampires, Manaketes, tainted Ki users, practitioners of occult and forbidden schools of magic, and many other misfits have traveled to the coastal region between Streamland and Zalalastan. Here they have united in small communities. Though the only thing these vastly different groups have in common is their persecution at the hands of their former overlords, they tend to get along decently well. The region is henceforth referred to as the Coast of Cults.
Eightstone has joined the Shamanic Pantheon, making the Sandstone Nomads from both within and outside of the Qhanganate into their own sect of the Shamanist faith.
Skullbeard's Journey
Code: [Select]
1d20=7Skullbeard encounters much. Unmapped atolls, titanic creatures of the sea, shipwrecks of models that have never been observed before. Yet the Stranger stays out of his grasp. His whispers continue, growing louder, further to the south.The Bleg & the Lizards
Code: [Select]
1d20=4The Bleg diplomats are greeted with a hail of venom-covered javelins. One of the diplomats that managed to escape describes his companions being sacrificed to a feral dragon corrupted by Star Talk.Aetherial Corruption
Code: [Select]
Firbolg: 1d20=15
Lokhund: 1d20=5
Dragons: 1d20=18Some of the Firbolg, marked by a sense of joyfullness and curiosity, are eager to follow the Aetherials and join their cause. They bring their own twist to Chaotic Magic, resulting in the birth of Wild Magic.Corruption of the Lokhund is nigh impossible. These ferocious raiders speak only the language of bloodied bronze, zealous in their conviction to Hrvalda and the Dead Valkyrie.
The conversion of Dragons is incredibly successful. As the Aetherials experiment with curing Star Talk, they catch many of the Feral Dragons in the region. Using the magic of chaos seems to be an excellent way to help these creatures. Though they do not regain their sapience, they become obedient. Making Chaos Dragons turns out to be a fairly simple process: Capture, Vivisection, Treatment and finally Reassembly seems to be the way to go. Though the dragons of the east prove themselves hard to corrupt, this is incredibly easy and successful most of the time.
Spoiler: Map Update (click to show/hide)
Post by: Lidku on May 27, 2020, 08:11:20 pm
Finally after the plans were agreed upon, the council set up by Dorath finally got to lessening to outright removing Ki. This was a relief to many as even before this divine enaction, not many were gifted in using Ki at all- leaving many portions of people defense to the high strength martial artists who were adept at Ki (particularly villainous lords, bandits, and sometimes even serial killers who went on all out sprees at a time- which gave boom to bounty hunter organizations in turn). Namek as soon as this happened passed away as it was his Ki reserves that was maintaining his incredible long age. This sweeping change had many consequences around the word, particularly with Ki gone, now the Sandstone Qhans now have a more adequate chance at retaking their territory now that flying or Ki blasts weren't an option for the Crusader State.
Years with this change passed. People began to accept Ki was finally gone, making conventional warfare become re-apparent as Dorath had seeked. The most ired by this was the Vahucci Cult who's entire order was dedicated on the discipline of Ki, martial prowess, and venerating the Slugman-turned-Demon who killed a God. This would ultimately start the second grand escapade to find the Godkiller Scroll. Many around the world had found out that the Gods despite their divine mightiness were foolish- they only removed Ki from living beings, but forgot to outright remove Ki from various artefacts infused with the energy of the decades. This begins the Rush Era where many treasure hunters attempt to find these special objects.
Meanwhile Velodryn Kaas and the vampires in general as non-living beings went through the loophole entirely- so they retained their Ki. This sparked another sub-era where Vampires would rule as undisputed terrors of the night. Eventually though the Vampire race (which were turned Humans of all) found that their Ki diminishes too with every new night they wake from. Their Ki wasn't limitless as they thought. With no new Ki that used to be constantly generated in living beings with Ki's outright removal, the Vampires could not replenish their reserves fast enough. Some Vampires could stay ahead as some trained for years having high Ki reserves, while some were just more of magic users so they weren't bothered by the change. Those who couldn't adapt however were being Final Death'd by the droves.
This lead to massive witch-hunt reprisals once equal footing started to gain ground when even the Elder Vampires began having waning Ki reserves. Towers in the wilderness owned by Vampires were raided. Crypts torched by experienced hunters. Ghouls found out by evidence gathering Inquisitors. These were developments Velodryn Kaas did not like. He knew that Vampires would be numbered if it continued. In a bid for an emergency backup power, Velodryn along with many other powerful Elders conducted a ritual to put their Ki into many bundles of arrows to make them magical and ever replenishing. The plan backfired though. The arrows once shot at someone gave them mysterious powers, a psychophenomena of a sort. This critical backfire ensured that many different Vampire Hunters were given these powers by complete accident by neonate Vampires who purchased the sets from Velodryn and his group.
The Hunters described seeing different spirit-like entities that only other Hunters or someone with the psychophenomena could see. These strange phenomena though can affect things at the control of their "user". When the arrows were discovered as the source many treasure hunters began turning to Vampire hunting to give themselves the same powers as the Vampire Hunters. Even peasants from various Human Kingdoms started joining the effort. Soon though it was discovered that getting pierced was random and only those with latent potency could manifest a "Stand" as they were come to be known as. Someone who did not have the potential were killed by their own spirit. It was also found that once one person gained a Stand, their descendants had a chance to manifest a Stand as well.
Velodryn Kaas within the Vampire society was hated for this blunder. Some of his friends of many decades were Final Death'd. Not being able to understand the hurt of it, Velodryn tried to pierce himself with one of his arrows thinking that no potential would spark. He was wrong. Kaas had manifested the most powerful Stand to date- [The World]. See- each Stand had a special unique ability (or none at all with only being able to do basic attacks such as punching, clawing, biting, or kicking. Special within the sense that the person has a Stand at all to begin with) that its user could utilize at anytime.
Kaas' Stand, [The World] could freeze time. Freeze. Time. It was discovered through self-research that the normal limits of time stop would be five seconds, but since Velodryn Kaas was undead, he could gradually extend the duration of the time-stop with practice. Velodryn after this went on a rampage against the Vampire Hunter cells and various Holy Orders, rallying Vampire society back into some sort of re-offense. Velodryn Kaas began to utilize Ghoul stand users to continue on his shadow power, which attracted the attention of the Vahucci Cult who also gained many Stand users as the secret order found Stands as a successor to Ki and also had many connections to the crime underworld spanning many Kingdoms.
Eventually the Cultists found out that Velodryn Kaas was in possession of the Godkiller Scroll. This sparked a clandestine street-by-street, road-by-road, secret war between the Vahucci Cult and Velodryn's Ghoul minions. Many stand users unaffiliated with these groups were inadvertently dragged into either side of the conflict through manipulation and intrigue. This war is known as the Godkill War.
Post by: Strik3r on May 28, 2020, 05:04:04 am
I'll just put my stuff in the middle of the timestep, if thats ok. Also, you've kinda turned my plans on their head, what with the sudden death of Namek and all that, whatever, i'll work around it.)
YEAR 176
Hagtai reached the outer boundaries of the Aetherial Domain, he didn't know what would happen, but what he certainly did not expect, was to be welcomed by the Aetherials themselves to their lands. He was an unexpected guest, but not an unwelcome one. The Aetherials decided to bring Hagtai deep into the heart of their Domain, so they greeted him with several Aetherials and a Chaos Dragon. The Aetherials weren't worried, the moment Hagtai stepped into their domain, his fate was already sealed: He'd either leave as their ally, or not at all.
On the way to their destination, Hagtai could see many things from the skies while riding on the back of the dragon:
It seems like the Aetherials' domain was quickly becoming an actual nation, not just the Aetherials any more but multiple races united under Chaos, under Azerth. It seemed almost paradoxical, chaos forming a orderly society, yet here it was, A... Chaos Coalition, If you will. But it still is defined by the spreading corruption of the land.
There were Chaos Giants and Dragons working in tandem to build structures out of red crystals, crystals which covered the Domain, many of the clusters reaching well above the treetops, as red as the landscape that surrounded them. The Dragons would haul large chunks of crystals long distances by air and the giants would add them to whatever they were building, using their magic to fuse the crystals together.
Some dragons were even spotted scorching the land with Chaos flame, crystals sprouting from wherever the baleful flame struck. The glittering left behind in the air following the attack was almost beautiful in its own twisted way, tiny chaos crystals in the air, reflecting and refracting the light that passed through them in blood red.
As they approached the Chaos Rift, he saw that... thing... a giant half-formed monstrosity, twitching as dead bodies of the mutated wildlife of the domain were thrown into it and fused with it. Even in its incomplete state, it was far bigger than any dragon.
Hagtai and The Aetherials were surpisingly cordial once Hagtai's goals became clear and thus an agreement was quickly reached. It wasn't a hard deal to make, with both sides seemingly offering exactly what the other wanted:
The Aetherials wanted revenge for their humiliating defeat at the hands of Namek and by extension all of the Qhanganate and they wanted a foothold in the south. That, and they needed battlefield commanders, someone to lead their armies. Hagtai had the experience of leading armies, and his own axe to grind with the Qhanganate, he however needed to be more powerful and an needed an army to take back the throne of the Sandstone Qhanganate. Both of these things were within the Aetherials' capacity to grant.
And while Namek had mysteriously died, the Aetherials' burning hatred for him remained.
Thus the deal was simple: The power of Chaos and an army, composed of Aetherials and several Chaos Dragons, including one to serve as Hagtai's personal mount, to attack the Qhanganate with. And the Aetherials threw in a bonus too: Should Hagtai succeed in his attack on the Qhanganate, he would be allowed to keep the army he will be given. In exchange, he, and whatever nation he produces should he succeed, will remain loyal to the Aetherial cause.
There was only one catch: The Aetherials had no way to "Teleport" the army into the Qhanganate. The Chaos Realm is invariably lethal to mortals. However, this would be of little concern as the entire army is capable of flight, the Qhanganate will have little to no warning before the attack hits.
(OOC: I left the actual attack action up to you, TamerVirus)
Meanwhile, on Dragolia:
For years, the lizards have been finding stringy white stuff coating the trees of their lands. Now they've finally found out why: Silkworms. They've begun harvesting the silk that the worms produce. Silk which they've discovered, makes for decent clothing, much better in the hot, humid climate than the furs and hides they've been wearing thus far. Of course plain off-white silk is awfully boring, so it didn't take long for some lizards to attempt to dye the silk, although first attempts were terrible.
Post by: MaxTheFox on May 28, 2020, 07:22:52 am
Post by: King Zultan on May 28, 2020, 07:29:14 am
Post by: Detoxicated on May 28, 2020, 10:22:25 am
Archdemon Chaos visits the Aetherials and is disgusted by their Order. He spreada disarray amongst the Aetherials.
Post by: TamerVirus on May 28, 2020, 10:47:26 am
With trade and commerce flourishing in the Free Cities, nasicent criminal enterprises have begun to assert themselves in the more unsavory practices and businesses that tend to follow such a rapid explosion of available wealth. Wielding the power of the arrow, Nisvanis begins plotting ways to take advantage of the situation.
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The Centennial celebrations of the end of the Tripartite Civil War that ushered in the enlightened rule of the Gras Qhangan sweep the Sandstone Qhanganate. Assorted festivals, performances, and rituals take place throughout the empire. Setsenku orders the construction of a great statue dedicated to Ghazdrubaal "Whiteshell" to properly memorialize and commemorate the accomplishments of the departed leader. Scattered reports and rumors of a great corrupted army are dismissed, ignored, or deemed uncredible as the Qhanganate leaders find themselves temporarily distracted by their own hubris.
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on May 28, 2020, 10:52:49 am
After much toiling, Jothgar has finally figured out how to make paper out of some glowing blue fungi he found. With this paper, and using cavern mud as dye, he begins to map the underground realm he has entered. So far his map hasn't amounted to much, though - it appears he was mostly going in circles.
Post by: Avetruetotheimperator on May 28, 2020, 11:14:11 am
As the affairs of gods and mortals turn and turn, the Dorathian Kingdom grows more powerful...And Warlike. Vast stores of minerals and wealth are used to fund ever greater armies, war engines, and more. There simply isn't much room for the highly urbanized and centralized kingdom to flex in infrastructure projects. And now with the removal of Ki, there is far less need to keep these forces all around the kingdom's territory...
Meanwhile, the powerful Grand Tyjat Shalzar plots in the shadows. An ancient and powerful figure, he is a pillar of the Dorathian Kingdom. His own past mysterious, some saying he was among even the founders of the state after the Shamites sought to limit the power of progress. All that is known is that he is incredibly ancient, presumably from some knowledge he gained from the stranger. This was...Partially true. He had sacrificed to the stranger a few times for dark and shade knowledge. Yet that was not the true secret behind his long lasting age. No, for it was far darker than expected...
For you see, he had performed what was thought impossible. He had circumvented the apparent banning of Ki. How did he do this? Well, it seemed he himself was among the first that studied the energy. From first experimentation to sacrifices to understood the fundamentals, he had learned from. And from time he learned something very interesting: Ki energy was sourced from the very soul, no, the essence of life itself. And as it was both born and innately tied to it...It can be brought from the latter.
Soon, he had discovered sacrificial arts so foul, using the lively as reagents to freely produce ki beyond his own reserves. Dark rituals by he and his servants granted a powerful boon independent of mere training or demonic pact. And when the gods decided to "ban" ki...They only limited the independent generation of it, for whatever reasons they had. This made the sacrificial arts the only way to replenish ki, granting Shalzar an even more potent advantage. Soon he and his secretive Hasasin sect moved to further keep this secret among themselves, going so far as to disguise their own combative ki use as seemingly born from "pressure-point knowledge" and other far less flashy results. This would only help their and the Grand Tyjat in their dark plans.
As for those? Well, through secretive means and methods, agents are sent to the scenes of the Godkiller War, observing for a time...Before contacting Velodryn and his minions with offers of help and more. And the whispers of war grow, especially with the Rise of the 5th Dorathine, an ambitious Hamsterfolk eager to throw around his massed armies.
Post by: Lidku on May 28, 2020, 02:45:58 pm
A very mysterious Stand user, a man from Zalalastan, named Ron Paul who is somehow makes himself not swept into the secret Godkiller war that had just made head way last year is the premiere demon hunter. His Stand which no one knows the name of what has the ability to allow him instantly teleport to any where he desired within a radius of 200 meters.
Ron Paul used this readily to have immense advantages over the most hazardous of demons, often teleporting away from a deadly fireball or claw just to appear to the side or back of said Demon, then letting his Stand pummel the spawns of evil back to wherever Abyss they came from. His reknown became more and more larger as he got to constantly destroy Slugmen Demons that had even been around since Vahucci's first turning all the way from Year 101.
This soon culminated with Ron Paul gaining more and more followers from the lands he would travel through, of whom were all Stand users like himself. Some were Stand users who were burnt out from the horrifics of the Godkill War, others wanted to join Ron Paul to learn from him, others wanted equal fame, and some just wanted the wealth that could be gained from Adventurer. At a point finally acknowledging that he'd formed up some sort of group of his own, Ron Paul calls themselves the Katari. The Katari under Paul's leadership emerge as an elite fighting force using the variety of their Stands in unison to get any job done.
While Velodryn Kaas with his human Ghouls and the Vahucci Cult continue to fight their secret war in various villages, towns, cities, and even sometimes wilderness (where the two Stand using factions could go all out without being noticed); Funny Halloween, the current King of Arghila one day is learned of a startling discovery by his court mage Belethor Shirazi- Valkyra's body being Godly as it was were littered about in pieces around the world. Belethor with his advanced theorems in magical metaphysics realizes this key fact- if these "Corpse Parts" were all gathered together they could unlock potential unimaginable! The first original Corpse Part that Belethor had found that tipped him off to this entire thing was Valkyra's right hand, found in Belethor's back-house garden deep under the dirt.
Funny Halloween after mulling this realization for a couple days he finally decides. Arghila for years as of now as hounded by Zalalastan and Karhan for some odious reason. Funny Halloween sought to rectify this now that an opportunity had presented it to him, he had to acquire these Corpse Parts in the name of Arghila. Breaking at dawn with his small retinue of elite Men-At-Arms and leaving the Kingdom to a regency under his bestfriend Belethor, he sets off to acquire the rest of the Corpse Parts said to be around the world.
During his travels he and his men pass through a particularly treacherous part of the Qhaganate desert region. Half his men die completely due to the strange unbearability of the portion of the desert. By the time he and his men make it out of there completely to more survivable parts of the desert, they'd already be one death's door. Something bizarre happened however. He and his men from passing that part of the desert suddenly begin to gain Stands!
One of his men who coincidentally enough was the group doctor had gained a Stand that could heal objects or other entities, so Funny Halloween and his men were back up in no time. Out of the entire group Funny Halloween had not only found his Stand to be the strongest, but also bearing the strongest ability. It had the uncanny ability to allow Halloween to localize the entire area within 50 meters to his absolute bidding, with it only needing to recharge every 15 seconds of use.
He could have trees moved entirely, have the grass within the localized area turn purple, he could turn one of his men to frogs and turn them back normal again, cause lighting to strike anywhere he wanted to, spawn lava under the feet of bandits... It was the power of Context Manipulation. Funny Halloween deigned to name it [YRR] (Young Rich Royal) for this unique ability to command anything in existence or manipulate already existing things. Now he and his men were more energized than ever to gain the Corpse Parts of Valkyra!
Post by: TamerVirus on May 28, 2020, 02:50:50 pm
Year 179
A very mysterious Stand user, a man from Zalalastan, named Ron Paul
(https://i.kym-cdn.com/photos/images/newsfeed/000/242/631/382.gif)
Post by: Lidku on May 28, 2020, 03:01:11 pm
Post by: Detoxicated on May 28, 2020, 03:04:42 pm
Refugio Guerra has called all nations to Set Up embassies within the cities borders.
The Aetherials attempt to gain some Sharkmen followers.
The Archdemons travel to all civilizations once More to spread Revolution and dissarray
Post by: Strik3r on May 28, 2020, 03:30:36 pm
(I literally brainstormed for minutes trying to think of a good name for a new protagonist based character, lol)its not exactly hard to search "fantasy name generator" on google and use a generator's output for inspiration :P. or just mash keys randomly, and you've still put in more effort lol.
Year 178.1
In the central square of the capital city of the Kingdom of Streamland, a half naked man covered in all manner of strange glyphs, sigils and runes is yelling and screaming with his hands raised toward the sky:
"THEY FLY SOUTH ON BLACKENED WINGS!!!" over and over again, until the city guard tried to apprehend him, at which point he cut his own throat with a dagger.
It was the third one within a month, each time with a different, seemingly ominous warning. It was dismissed by the residents as just raving lunatics.
It seems that while most cults left civilization to form covens and whatnot on the coast, it seems like Theyrn Elros' cult, the Red Hallow, never did and continued its operations in secret as it always had.
With the death of Ki, Theyrn, sly and cunning much like the Aetherials that he unknowingly imitates, seized the opportunity to increase recruitment into his cult.
As there was no more Ki, magical power was in high demand, especially among those who had lost something when the Ki was snuffed out. Those people found Theyrn.
Some of those people were inducted into the cult proper, some were fed to "Chaos" via the edge of a knife, some were fodder for their twisted experiments, and a few were sent out as preachers, like that poor fellow.
But only a few of his most loyal and trusted, would receive the "blessing" of Chaos, administered by Theyrn himself.
A little while ago the cult got their hands on a strange specimen. Apparently a fishing boat fishing off the coast of Streamland had caught a very deformed giant squid.
The cult managed to get to the thing before anyone else did. Although the cult didn't do much of interest with it, it seems that the Aetherials have been using giant squids that swim too close to their domain and get corrupted, as spies.
(OOC: this turn was written before Lidku's 179 turn.)
Post by: Lidku on May 28, 2020, 03:35:03 pm
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on May 28, 2020, 07:03:33 pm
Post by: Detoxicated on May 28, 2020, 09:21:50 pm
Post by: King Zultan on May 29, 2020, 07:10:31 am
Post by: TamerVirus on May 29, 2020, 09:21:56 am
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on May 29, 2020, 10:57:52 am
Jothgar the dwarf explorer has realized a dreadful thing. He's managed to map out the caverns he's explored so far, or so he thinks. Just one problem: he has no idea where he is on that map! Confronted with the prospect of being lost forever, how will he react? Roll for whether Jothgar goes insane.
Post by: Strik3r on May 29, 2020, 11:07:28 am
YEAR 181.3
After the ill-fated diplomatic mission by the Bleg, the Lizards' scouts quickly began searching for and found where these strange cat people had come from. What they found was a civilization vastly superior to their own. For the years since the incident, Lizard scouts have been keeping their eyes on the Bleg, fearful of a retaliation attack, However the same scouts have been occasionally pilfering various objects from the periphery of Bleg villages. Objects stolen range anywhere from useless refuse to tools to stuff that has actual value. The thieves make little caches of stolen stuff out in the wild, dug under roots or in the ground... Maybe hoping they can carry all the "riches" back once they return home.
In the Lizards' villages however (if a bunch of mud huts can be considered a village) the definition of what's valuable is quickly changing with the advent of metalworking. Although currently incredibly crude and consisting of surface copper, With stones used as anvils and hammers, it is nevertheless an important first step toward the production of proper metal tools. The initial discovery was made by accidentally melting a piece of native copper. Above-ground native copper however is not all that abundant of a resource, at least in their territory so it is likely that the Lizards will begin to dig for resources soon.
They are also beginning to develop their own written language, thus far it consists of symbols made up of claw marks on clay tablets.
Post by: Detoxicated on May 29, 2020, 11:20:57 am
The Refugio Guerra begin building Spiral staircases to the floating continent.
Gracfall introduces Gold to the Lizardfolk tribes telling them IT IS good to have lots of IT.
The Slugmen duchies undergo a Rebellion. One Side is fighting to Return to worshipping the gods while the state is fighting for the cultists worship
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on May 29, 2020, 11:42:59 am
The vibrant pink smog that was hovering over the Waterstone Clan's capital/mightiest settlement has disappeared.
Soon after, the inhabitants find vibrant pink flowers on the ground. One of them, an average dwarf carpenter, eats a petal from one of those flowers. He soon dies of unidentified internal trauma; his organs were seen leaking out of his eyes.
Post by: Lidku on May 29, 2020, 08:07:42 pm
Velodryn Kaas hearing news that the Vahucci is going loud and revealing themselves officially in the Slugman Duchies trying to seize control, sends out his Ghouls (Humans who have been brainwashed into Kaas' service by drinking his blood) Stand-Users to act as irregular forces to aid the portion of the Slugmen Duchies fighting off the Vahucci cult uprising. Not because Velodryn cared for the gods in any matter, just that he couldn't resist to strike this opportunity while it was fresh.
Roll to how Velodryn Kaas' men fare against the Vahucci Cult attempting to seize control of the Slugman Duchies
Post by: King Zultan on May 30, 2020, 09:19:40 am
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on May 30, 2020, 10:16:57 am
A not-so-average dwarf mason by the name of Boloyo makes a statue of a foxfolk (wait what's the singular for them?) which - much to Boloyo's surprise - comes to life. Apparently Boloyo is something of an unintended necromancer, since the statue promptly begins spouting dwarven profanities at Boloyo. Understandably, Boloyo is wondering what to do with his newfound abilities.
Post by: Strik3r on June 01, 2020, 12:43:21 pm
Treasure hunters hunt for Ki-artifacts:(OOC: i'll assume you wanted this rolled since you bolded it.)
Code: [Select]
1d20=7
While the treasure hunters do find Ki infused artifacts, most of said artifacts are small baubles without much power and any artifacts of significant power have seemingly been hidden beyond any treasure hunter's ability to find.Godkill War
Code: [Select]
Vahucci Cult 3d20=14+10+6=30
Velodryn Kaas 3d20=13+7+12=32
Early on in the war, both sides are about equally matched with neither edging out any sort of advantage against the other. However after a year or so of the clandestine war, the Vahucci Cult score a number of small successes against Kaas and his minions mostly due their somewhat superior numbers and connections. But the overall balance of power was still inconclusive until Kaas's minions got a big break and succeeded in dislodging many of the Cult's connections and damaging their command structure, causing the cult's efforts to become disorganized, making it easy for Kaas to fend off most the attacks from the cult and eventually drive them off and thus maintain the possession of the Godkiller Scroll.The Bleg pray to the monolith:
Code: [Select]
1d20=3
The bleg prayed to The Monolith fruitlessly for months yet the great stone stood still and silent, almost as if it was expectantly waiting for something. Some of the bleg would even pray for entire days and then return home in the evening to sometimes find some of their posessions missing, Stolen, unbeknownst to the Bleg, by the same Lizardmen that they pray for protection from.Archdemon Chaos attempts to spread disarray amongst the Aetherials
Code: [Select]
1d20=15
It turns out that keeping a bunch of Chaos-born Aetherials in line is a delicate balancing act and a proper push, in the form of Demonic Chaos influence can send the collective into disarray. While The demon did not succeed in causing widespread mayhem and infighting, the interference has caused delays in their projects as Aetherials would often get into VERY heated arguments, often involving Chaos fireballs, over how they should accomplish their goals, or what said goals should be.
It seems as a result of this, some Aetherials are showing a greater degree of independence from the Aetherial Consciousness and thus, from Azerth.
The Aetherials attempt to gain some Sharkmen followers.
Code: [Select]
1d20=20!
The large disunity caused by the Archdemon Chaos seems to have worked out in the Aetherials' favor in the sense that it has made them consider strategic opportunities they hadn't before.In a random spark of genius, An Aetherial suggested trying to recruit Sharkmen, who had thus far been ignored by the Aetherials, into the Chaos Coalition.
It was hard to argue against upon realizing how similar the two races actually are and how well the Sharkmen would fit into the Coalition.
All it took, was a single envoy offering any and all Sharkmen a safe harbor within the tainted waters that no one dared enter, near the coast of the Chaos Domain, for the invitation to spread amongst the Sharkmen tribes and for them to swarm to the Coalition's shores in droves.
The invitation was of course extended under the condition that the Sharkmen join the Coalition and thus undergo Chaos corruption. However, it seems that did nothing to dissuade them and the shores of the Chaos Coalition are now almost crowded with corrupted sharkmen.
The Archdemons attempt to spread Revolution and disarray throughout the world
Code: [Select]
1d20=17
The Archdemons find great success in causing chaos and unrest within the nations of the world and many people have begun showing discontent, often quite vocally, for their ruling class, no matter whether it be king, queen, emperor, khan or god. All the rulers of the world respond to the crisis differently; some have chosen to do nothing and wait for the problem to sort itself out, some of the more militiaristic ones have deployed militiaries to quell the unrest and others such as the Sandstone Qhanganate hope for public events and celebrations to reunify their people. Overall, it's complete pandemonium and nations will be recovering from this mess for years to come. "Refugio Guerra has called all nations to Set Up embassies within the cities borders." (OOC: The wording here is unclear.)
Code: [Select]
1d20=18
In the midst of the ongoing chaos, all the nations, aside from those not open to diplomacy; The Chaos Coalition and both the Brudines and Lokhunds, have heard Refugio Guerra's call for stronger diplomatic relations between nations and have thus begun setting up embassies in Refugio Guerra, seeing it as a possible neutral ground between nations.((I want the sharkmantribes to intersect These squids to see how many we're able to Spy. Afterall they have giant squids themselves and Control the oceans))((Intersect? Im going to assume the word you meant here was "Intercept"))
Code: [Select]
1d20=1!
It turns out the initial assumption that these mutated giant squids are "Spies" is a mistaken one and it's simply the case that every once in a while a giant squid escapes from the sharkmen tribes and ends up in the waters of the Chaos Domain, gets corrupted and swims back out and one just happened to be caught by a fishing boat. The Aetherials having no control over these creatures and no interface with them, thus not learning anything about the world through them.The Sharkmen likewise spent a great deal of time following around random giant squids for seemingly nothing.
Gojira attacks coastlines:
Code: [Select]
1d20=16
The attacks by the giant fire-breathing monster are devastating and the nations of the world have no defence against it. Ruined harbors and coasts littered with destroyed ships are a common sight in the wake of the monster's attacks. Some smaller towns and villages on the coasts are reduced almost entirely to rubble and its firebreath sparks many wildfires in some of the more forested coastal regions that turn the regions into wastelands of ash covered ground and charred trees. After its rampage, the overgrown lizard monster retreats back into the ocean and below the waves, probably crawling back into whatever marine trench it came out of.The Battle of the Blackened Sky:
Code: [Select]
Advantage: Hagtai
+3 Sky Ambush (first roll only)
Hagtai's Black Sky-Legion 3d20=(6+3)+17+19=45
Sandstone Qhanganate 3d20=1+3+19=23
While Hagtai and his army descended from the sky with little planning, it didn't matter; The shock of the initial attack sent everyone including the most hardened warriors into a frightened panic as they all scrambled to get away and save their own lives! It was a complete slaughter that lasted for days, with anyone that offered even a modicum of resistance either being burnt by the accursed flames of the Chaos Dragons, torn from limb to limb by their claws or sliced in two by an Aetherial's crystal blade. At the end of the initial assault the capital of the Qhanganate was largely ruined, air filled with black dust, bodies littering the streets and large red crystal clusters growing from many surfaces.
But this was not the end.
The scattered forces of Qhanganate's military near the capital attempted to retake it but every one of their attempts at a counterattack were easily thwarted by the Hagtai's Army, adding to the piles and piles of bodies of foolish defenders that seemingly refused to admit defeat. But little did Hagtai know, elsewhere the main bulk of the Qhanganate's military was rallying for an all-out assault to retake the capital and its surrounding lands.
And when the Qhanganate's army did arrive, Hagtai and his army of horrid flying monsters, flew toward them and met them on the field of battle, the final confrontation had begun. It was a battle that would be sung and told tales about in epics for centuries! A battle impossible to adequately describe with words. Chaos dragons burnt vast swathes of Qhanganate's finest warriors, if not outright burnt to ash, their bodies would be skewered on large crystal growths along with the spiders they rode. At the same time, many chaos dragons found their end by the Cleansing Star that would burn their putrid flesh to ash, many more died by being piereced with hundreds of arrows, the ground shook as the dragons' lifeless corpses plummeted to earth and hit the ground, crushing anything that they landed on. The Aetherials matched the Slugmens' blades and bows with claws and fireballs, as the battle wore on, the ground had become covered in ash, ichor and corpses.
In the end though, it was Hagtai and his Aetherial army that won, through sheer attrition. Qhanganate were fighting against an enemy that did not need rest, felt no fear or remorse and never relented.
When at last, when both armies had been worn down and the Qhanganate saw no hope of victory did they surrender and cede the throne of the Sandstone Qhanganate to Hagtai who had sworn his loyalty to the Aetherials.
In the wake of the battle, the Sandstone Qhanganate as it was, is no more and the land is now ruled by the chaos-corrupted Hagtai, The Gras Qhangan Hagtai, and would become known as the "Black Qhanganate", named so to always remind of the great battle that earned Hagtai the Qhanganate's throne. The Aetherials, in light of Hagtai's success opened a Chaos Rift within the lands of the Black Qhanganate to reinforce his battered forces.
Jothgar gets lost in caves:
Code: [Select]
1d20=8
Confronted with the possibility that he is lost in the cave networks, Jothgar has become rather depressed and hopeless about his situation but is still holding on to his sanity... for now.The Slugmen duchies undergo a Rebellion:
Rebels v. State
Code: [Select]
Rebels 1d20=8
State 1d20=14
Kaas's men v. State(Vahucci Cult)Code: [Select]
Kaas' men 1d20=14
State(Vahucci Cult) 1d20=5
At first, the rebels have little success against the Slugman Duchies' leadership backed by the Vahucci Cult, however the tables quickly turn when Kaas' minions arrive to back the rebels up.The rebellion only succeeds in decreasing the Vahucci Cult's power within the Slugman Duchies and eventually the rebellion dies down.
YEAR 183
Gracfall's meddling in Lizardfolk society has had profound effects on their thus far non-existent social structure. Up until their introduction to Gold, Lizardfolk society was more like one big family, with everyone on roughly the same social standing and contributing equally to the tribes' wellbeing and success.
When Gracfall introduced gold and instilled its importance in the Lizardfolk, it caused a divide in their society between those who had it, and those that did not. Suddenly, the elders of the tribes began hoarding the precious metal and adorning themselves with it.
The society of the lizardfolk had quickly become a very stratified one with a number of castes. The Demon's interference also resulted in trade and bartering in the Lizard culture, but also crime, namely theft. And among Lizards, everything could be bought and sold, even people.
The Lizards' attempts to dig for the precious metal have thus far ended in failure due to underground water reservoirs and a persistent aquifer due to their territories proximity to the great lake.
As such, they have expanded south-east, away from their lake in search of drier land and a place where they can dig deeper into the earth.
Spoiler: Map Update (click to show/hide)
If there is anything you dont like something that im doing, please do tell me.
Post by: Lord_lemonpie on June 01, 2020, 01:53:56 pm
Hope to be able to return in a few days
Post by: Detoxicated on June 01, 2020, 02:07:19 pm
Post by: TamerVirus on June 01, 2020, 02:47:09 pm
_________________________________________________________________________________________
Eightstone the Desert Spreader has been observed trying to expand the uncorrupted desert regions to the south, having relocated from the now Chaos-tainted wastes of the Dark Qhanganate. The slugmen nomads of independent Gharlor's Fork continue to eye their Qhanganate neighbors with suspicion; after years of being left unmolested, will Hagatai succeed where his father had failed and fully annex the remaining independent tribes?
_________________________________________________________________________________________
As Gojira wreaks havoc on the coastal city of Dalai, the slugman Nisvanis cuts himself with the stand arrow trying to escape the collapse of his store. Terrifying new powers awaken from the slugman. As Dalai slowly rebuilds in the aftermath, Nisvanis uses his new abilities to gain local influence and to quietly muscle in on lucrative building contracts while posing as a community organizer and rabble rouser. His "gathering of like-minded citizens" finds itself on the radar of local law enforcement, but they're too preoccupied by the wake of Gojira's attack to really care
Post by: auzewasright on June 01, 2020, 03:21:44 pm
While there are other major human developments, there is one event that stands out: Streamlander historians have noted that the year 185 marks (in the base-12 system the Streamlanders use) the 100th anniversary of the creation of humanity. As such the King has announced a Pan-Human Conference on that year, and invites diplomats from all of the human kingdoms as well as any human trading partners (such as the dragons, Waterstone tribe, or Refugio Guerra) to participate for the purpose of celebration and also discussion of what should be done on various issues (crusaders, shark men, Heretic’s Coast, etc).
Post by: Detoxicated on June 01, 2020, 03:48:09 pm
The Slugman Diplomat Haggen Slime is sent from Refugio Guerra to the Pan Human Confederation. He brings riches as well as some well trained Air Dolphins as a gift.
He proposes trying for a Peace Deal with the Sharkmen.
The Refugio Guerrans are trying to pacify their rebellions by setting Up a democratic order.
Post by: Lidku on June 01, 2020, 07:54:33 pm
Velodryn Kaas' intrigues and war against the Vahucci Cult went swimmingly, completely decimating their influence over the avenues he had sought. Not only that the Godkiller Scroll was secure! This allows him to increase the size of his network within many realms around the world, especially with the chaos of all the recent disasters allowing him to bribe down newly minted and poor officials. With such a large network comes an influx of information he can choose to react to. One rumor has been the forefront of reports by his Stand Users who specialize in espionage- a Dwarf by the name of Boloyo, a mason, is discovered with the ability to craft statures that come to life! Believing him to be a Stand User of a sort, Kaas has his Ghouls attempt to kidnap Boloyo in a bid to utilize this power for his own means!
Ron Paul was killed in a demon hunt gone wrong, allowing a man named Zilkan to take the reigns of the Katari. He possesses a Stand called [Loving Frost] that as part of its namesake suggests, is able to freeze almost any object at a range or close distance. Hearing of the rise of a large beast named Gojira, Zilkan and the Stand using Katari organization make travel to help the Dalai city forces defeat the Gojira.
Post by: TamerVirus on June 01, 2020, 08:14:50 pm
Ron Paul was killed in a demon hunt gone wrong,
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
Post by: Lidku on June 01, 2020, 09:33:56 pm
Post by: Strik3r on June 02, 2020, 08:01:05 am
Thanks for taking over, I´ve got some real life stuff going on rn.No problem, take care.
Hope to be able to return in a few days
Just give a heads up when you're taking the reins again.
(Yeah I killed him off, he was too meta to be in this world. lol)Thank you :)
))
YEAR 187
With their new, drier territory in the south, the Lizardmen intend to mine the land for riches, but they have an issue: They need a workforce to perform this dangerous work, and while usage of slave labor is a given, they see no reason even enslaved Lizardmen should be subjected to such a grueling and undignified labor, if they can subject someone else to it. And they conveniently have suitable future slaves to their south: The Bleg. Lizardmen warriors attempt to stealthily capture some Bleg as slaves to work in their mines.
However while getting a workforce to dig is one thing, knowing where to dig is another, and the Lizardmen don't know where to dig. So they have to pick randomly and hope they get lucky. Roll to see how well their mining goes.
Post by: King Zultan on June 02, 2020, 08:55:42 am
Post by: Avetruetotheimperator on June 02, 2020, 09:45:15 am
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 02, 2020, 09:47:05 am
Post by: TamerVirus on June 02, 2020, 09:50:47 am
Post by: Strik3r on June 02, 2020, 04:23:17 pm
Code: [Select]
1d20=9
Haggen Slime proposes a Peace Deal with the SharkmenCode: [Select]
1d20=14
The King succeeds in calling together a conference, with diplomats from all the human nations and their various trading partners. The gathering is very lavish, even including a grand feast, but because recent years' turmoil with all the demonic influence, giant monster attacks and whatnot, everyone invited is quite tense and on edge thus do not enjoy themselves as much as the King hoped they would. Almost all attempts at discussing the ongoing problems are met with general disinterest and while Haggen Slime's proposal of a peace treaty with the sharkmen does raises some eyebrows, it ultimately remains just an idea.
Kaas has his Ghouls attempt to kidnap Boloyo:
Code: [Select]
1d20=11
Kaas' Ghouls sneak into Boloyo's home settlement under the cover of being travelers and wait until Boloyo retires to bed and they're sure no one will see them, then attack as he sleeps, tying him up with rope and then bolt out of the settlement, however on their way out a dwarf sees the Ghouls kidnapping Boloyo, they are however unable to do anything about it and the Ghouls make it off with Boloyo.However, turns out that Dwarves are stubborn bastards and Boloyo is refusing to cooperate with Kaas or his men in any way, but for now he is still held captive by Kaas.
Katari v. Gojira
Code: [Select]
Advantage: Katari
+2 Militia aid
Katari 1d20+2=4
Gojira 1d20=10
Gojira's damage to Dalai:
Code: [Select]
1d20=9
Upon reaching Dalai, Zilkan and the Katari enlist the help of the locals, including a slugman with powers similar to their own and a gang, named Nisvanis, to defend Dalai and take down Gojira to rid the world of the menace once and for all. However it was all for naught: When Gojira attacks Dalai again, the ragtag militia scatters upon sighting the giant beast and while the Katari attempt to fight the overgrown lizard, their powers seem to be utterly ineffective against it. Some of the Katari are lost in the fight, but apparently entirely coincidentally as the beast lazily drudges over land and snaps up easy prey, as if it had just woken up from a very long nap and it was still dazed. In the end, further damage to Dalai isn't too bad, with the beast apparently preferring to step on buildings that were already destroyed and it soon retreats back into the sea once more, utterly unscathed and a belly somewhat more full.Lizardmen warriors attempt to stealthily capture some Bleg as slaves
Code: [Select]
1d20=2
All the Lizardmen warriors were to told to do by the elders was to bring back Bleg slaves. What they weren't told, was how to do it, nor did they have a plan of their own. All of their attempts at discretion failed miserably as they would often waltz into Bleg villages in broad daylight and make pathetic attempts at kidnapping the villagers. Those that weren't killed outright were easily driven off and back to their own lands.The elders were so utterly enraged by their failues that any surviving warriors found the same, too-small collars intended for the Bleg around their own necks and their tongues cut out, in an attempt to erase the miserable failure that this was from history.
But still, due to the constant harassment by the Lizardmen, the Bleg soon built fortifications to protect themselves from future attack by the Lizardmen.
Lizardmen attempt to dig
Code: [Select]
1d20=17
Despite the utter failure to aquire any Bleg as slaves, the Lizardmen did much better at picking places to mine, often finding rich deposits of minerals and valuable native metals close to the surface.The former Lizardmen Warriors, now slaves, were more than sufficent to work in the mines, as their warriors had been picked from the strongest among the Lizardmen, but in many cases, also the dumbest.
Their success at digging for material resulted in an large boon to the Lizardmen's metalworking knowledge.
YEAR 189
Since Hagtai's conquering of the Sandstone Qhangante and the formation of the Black Qhangante, The Aetherials have been forcefully relocating the more rebellious slugmen of that still support the old Qhangante and forcing them to undergo Chaos Corruption and incorporating them into the ranks of the Chaos Coalition.
Due to their overabundance of Sharkmen and the Aetherials' now somewhat more lateral thinking, the Aetherials have begun obscene experiments to "Hybridize" Aetherials with mortal races and are using the sharkmen as the test subjects for this twisted experimentation.
Spoiler: Map (click to show/hide)
Post by: Detoxicated on June 02, 2020, 04:49:24 pm
Diplomat Haggen Slime taken by human society, buys a mansion to live in this exotic society. He Begins writing Letters to the Leaders of Refugio Guerra about His excursions. The Letters quickly reaches the Refugio Guerrans, WHO Develop a Love for human culture.
In the meantime, several Lokhund adventurer guilds are travelling the world to create a proper force to Take Care of Gojira, trying to gain yet another Spot in the Legends of the world.
The Great White Sharkmen tribes are angered at the recent attempts of the Aetherials to Experiment in their brethren and try to gather followers to Stop them amongst the other tribes of Sharkmen.
Several veins of Flyrite have been found by the lizardmen. They do Not have a use for IT AS of now.
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on June 02, 2020, 06:40:32 pm
Jothgar, still depressed, stumbles onto an exceptionally large cavern arachnid. Roll for whether Jothgar recovers from his depression long enough to react to the exceptionally large cavern arachnid, and for whether the exceptionally large cavern arachnid attacks him.
Boloyo manages to get a particularly rage-susceptible Ghoul to attack him (I'm assuming even a ghoul gets mad sometimes); when the Ghoul swings his weapon at Boloyo, Boloyo positions himself in such a way so as to have the ropes binding his hands cut. With that task completed, Boloyo then unties his feet when the Ghoul leaves the room. Now, to escape! Roll for whether Boloyo manages to get away from Kaas's Ghouls.
Post by: Lidku on June 02, 2020, 08:04:31 pm
(Hey, is not!dio going to respond to the hamsterfolk trying to contact him?)
Some of the Hamsterfolk wanted to help in the Godkill War right? That was rolled already, so lets just assume they helped him win it against the Vahucci Cult. Or is it you want to conference something else with Velodryn entirely?
Year 190.6
The formation of the 1st Crusader State now seemed ironic. It was only formed as a covert intrigue to retrieve an artifact desired by a Demon worshipping cult from behind the scenes. An artifact made by a Demon to kill the Gods. Now decades have past with the Crusader state now finding itself the legitimate bulwark containing the "Black Qhaganate" as deemed by this new Qhan named "Hagatai" after his subsequent surprise invasion. The current the Grand Master of the Crusader State, Kakttin Blork, now knew what he had to do. It was time for a second Crusade.
He sets up a meeting in Zalalastan at the clearance of the King of the realm, Kerm Tallas. A message is dispatched to all Good aligned realms in the world to meet in Zalalastan to prepare and discuss matters for a Second Crusade to free the occupied Sandstone Qhaganate from this pretender "Black Qhaganate".
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 02, 2020, 08:50:24 pm
Velma hears of the conference and decides to sail to Zalalastan to join said conference
((OOC: when will the conference start?))
Post by: Lidku on June 02, 2020, 10:31:02 pm
Post by: Strik3r on June 03, 2020, 05:22:53 am
A strange man covered in red occult glyphs has been discovered inexplicably wandering the wilderness in central Elder Council of Dragolia territories, a place that should be impossible for a human to reach, especially without being noticed. When interrogated, the strange man turned out to be entirely out of his mind stuttering out only insane ramblings; "The light births the dark", "Dragolia in tatters", "Children of Elysium", "Red wings and crystal talons", "They will awaken the Beast", "Chaos is destruction, Order is stagnation", "The crimson sunset of Streamland" and so on and so forth.
Theyrn Elros, the human prophet and the leader of the Red Hallow Chaos Cult, sensed the opening of the second Chaos Rift and the Red Hallow cult has been attempting to replicate it and open their own Chaos Rift from the Earth side. They failed, but inadvertently discovered the world's first and perhaps only widely applicable method of teleportation that can move mortal races. The specific details of how it works is beyond anyone's ability to comprehend, but the basic explanation is thus:
Theyrn Elros' rifts failed to penetrate through the Veil of Chaos, the region of hyperdimensional space "between" Earth and the Chaos Realm, but the portal "bounced off" the veil and got re-directed back to somewhere on Earth. With a bit of practice, Theyrn learned to direct where the second portal on earth opens up.
The opening of the portal requires a concentrated burst of Chaos energy and then the portal has to be continuously maintained. Thus, only someone tied to Chaos is capable of doing so and Theyrn and his small circle of trusted Chaos Magi are the only ones that know how to do it, and they're keeping the knowledge a very closely guarded secret for very obvious reasons.
Meanwhile, in the Black Qhaganate, The Aetherials are having significant difficulties trying to transport the Cleansing Star to a secure location where it is safe from their enemies getting their hands on it and where they could study it. The difficulties lie in that neither Aetherials nor anyone corrupted by the Chaos can hold the artifact for more than a few seconds without it burning their flesh and causing immense pain. Chaos magic can not affect it, so they have resorted to throwing the star, another Aetherial catching it at the other end, often miles away and then throwing it again and then repeating.
They have decided to move the Star as far away from any Chaos afflicted land as they can and so, they've resolved to "transport" it to a remote island far from any continent.
Post by: King Zultan on June 03, 2020, 08:01:21 am
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 03, 2020, 08:07:38 am
They have decided to move the Star as far away from any Chaos afflicted land as they can and so, they've resolved to "transport" it to a remote island far from any continent.It looks like the island furthest away from the continents is Moss Troll Island. Am I correct in this, or will it be sent to a different island?
Post by: Strik3r on June 03, 2020, 08:12:55 am
They have decided to move the Star as far away from any Chaos afflicted land as they can and so, they've resolved to "transport" it to a remote island far from any continent.It looks like the island furthest away from the continents is Moss Troll Island. Am I correct in this, or will it be sent to a different island?
The island will probably be unmarked until discovered, if the star ever reaches the island. They'll still be throwing that thing around for years to come.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 03, 2020, 08:17:48 am
okThey have decided to move the Star as far away from any Chaos afflicted land as they can and so, they've resolved to "transport" it to a remote island far from any continent.It looks like the island furthest away from the continents is Moss Troll Island. Am I correct in this, or will it be sent to a different island?
The island will probably be unmarked until discovered, if the star ever reaches the island. They'll still be throwing that thing around for years to come.
Post by: TamerVirus on June 03, 2020, 09:35:39 am
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The creeping void of Chaos continues to taint the desert sands. Aetherial experimentation on the local populations of giant desert spiders and giant glass spiders have resulted in the creation of venom spewing Dread Striders, cannibalistic arachnids with a potent bite, and the Chaos Crystal Spider, crimson tinted monstrosities made up of cyrstalized chaos as opposed to the standard living glass.
Post by: Lidku on June 03, 2020, 08:55:32 pm
After two years of planning, the Grand Master of the Crusader state Kakttin Blork finally has an agreement among the various Human Kingdoms and a few other realms at the Zalalastan capital. His people, the Slugmen, would support by amassing troops from the various duchies. The HCE (Hrilithian Celestial Empire) itself would also be present at the Crusade against the Black Qhaganate, with the current Elect-Emperor promising to show in person in battle. Dalai's participation is uncertain due to the giant monster periodically ravaging its coasts- they'd need manpower to stave off attacks.
Beside the Humans and the Slugmen, surprisingly the High Elves, Dwarves, and Manaketes (The biped Dragon race) also all pledge their military support for when the Crusade is to start. Prominent among these oddities is Yulderen Kal, a very deadly and experienced Warlock from the High Elves. With all that consolidated, The 2nd Crusade begins. This time a legitimate Crusade to root out the evils that have befallen the Sandstone Qhaganate!
Post by: Strik3r on June 03, 2020, 09:03:18 pm
Code: [Select]
1d20=20!
It seems that sharkmen can be lured into anything with the right words. Upon hearing of their brethren being experimented on in the waters of the Chaos Domain, it causes the Sharkmen to fly into a furious rage and swear to undo the Aetherials themselves and then they also tell their friends about these atrocities which causes the same reaction in them and soon enough there is a proper army of Sharkmen all rallied to the cause along with a bunch of giant squids. This is probably the first time such a large army of Sharkmen has ever formed, and humans would thank their gods that all they have had to contend with have been small raiding parties if they saw it.It is said that an army marches on its stomach, and the army of Sharkmen is like a swarm of angry locusts that leave any stretch of water barren and dry of any kind of marine life when it passes through.
Boloyo's escape attempt:
Code: [Select]
1d20=1!Boloyo finished untying his legs and immediately rushed out of the room, finding himself in a dark, featureless hallway. In a frightened panic, he ran in a random direction and gets lost within the maze-like corridors of Kaas' lair. The hallways all looked the same with no clear identifying marks anywhere so he couldn't tell where he had been before and where he hadn't. To make matters worse, one of Kaas' Ghouls soon saw the runaway Boloyo. He kept running with the vampire's minion following close behind, soon even more Ghouls saw him and joined the chase through the tunnels. With a half a dozen Ghouls behind him and no way out, Boloyo wasn't sure for how much longer he could go on. However, in a turn of terrible misfortune, Boloyo ran into a dead end. Outnumbered, winded and cornered, Boloyo, for all his stubbornness, knew he had no chance to win in a fight. So, he waited... Yet none of the Ghouls approached him but, soon he could see some of them shifting in the back, turns out it was Kaas pushing his way past his minions.Velodryn Kaas, having decided that the dwarf was more trouble than he'd ever be worth, approached Boloyo with a dagger in hand and drove it straight into his chest. The blade cut Boloyo's pounding heart and he fell onto his knees, before collapsing to the ground. Kaas turned around and left the dying dwarf to bleed and as his heart beat its last, Boloyo's thoughts were of home and how if he'd never discover those accursed abilities of his, all of this would have never happened.
The Bleg search for metals in the south:
Code: [Select]
1d20=1!The Bleg, it seems have made a terrible mistake in their decision to expand south in their search for metal. The south of The Monolith, it turns out is a massive, waterlogged mangrove swamp, even if there were any metals under there, it'd be impossible to dig and the land isn't even suitable for building on. However, it does turn out that there are several large, thus far undiscovered lakes in the area, they were discovered by Bleg settlers accidentally walking into them, some drowned. However the land does now technically belong to The Bleg.(https://i.imgur.com/X3xWLWO.png)
My turn, an addition to IncompetentFortressMaker's turn. A Short story.
IncompetentFortressMaker, if you're not satisfied with what i've made, the best i can offer is that i reroll the turn on the next update and delete this
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Map Update (click to show/hide)
Sorry, this update is a bit later than expected... I will admit, writing that crappy story took up most of the update time.
EDIT: Sorry Lidku, i just literally finished the update before you posted, 193 and (hopefully) beyond will have to wait for the next update its 5am here, i need sleeeeep, i've written all night, yes it was that story. The 2nd Crusade will probably be another goddamned book. in the meanwhile, feel free to marvel at my crap writing and decide whether you even want me to write anymore?
Post by: Lidku on June 04, 2020, 12:58:40 am
Post by: Strik3r on June 04, 2020, 06:51:04 am
Year 193
After two years of planning, the Grand Master of the Crusader state Kakttin Blork finally has an agreement among the various Human Kingdoms and a few other realms at the Zalalastan capital. His people, the Slugmen, would support by amassing troops from the various duchies. The HCE (Hrilithian Celestial Empire) itself would also be present at the Crusade against the Black Qhaganate, with the current Elect-Emperor promising to show in person in battle. Dalai's participation is uncertain due to the giant monster periodically ravaging its coasts- they'd need manpower to stave off attacks.
Beside the Humans and the Slugmen, surprisingly the High Elves, Dwarves, and Manaketes (The biped Dragon race) also all pledge their military support for when the Crusade is to start. Prominent among these oddities is Yulderen Kal, a very deadly and experienced Warlock from the High Elves. With all that consolidated, The 2nd Crusade begins. This time a legitimate Crusade to root out the evils that have befallen the Sandstone Qhaganate!
The Aetherials and Hagtai and his Black Sky-Legion residing in the Black Qhaganate have had plenty of forewarning of the enmassing armies and it would be naive to assume that they have just been sitting around twiddling their thumbs waiting for the wave of angry crusaders to hit them. No, they've been preparing for the war too, one that's promising to be far larger than the Battle of The Blackened Sky.
A large number of Chaos Dragons have been spotted flying over Dalai and heading into the Black Qhaganate, It seems that the Aetherials have been pulling reinforcements from the main Chaos Domain.
And these ones come equipped with crystalline armor and with mounted and corrupted slugmen archers.
And of course, the occupied Qhaganate has its own Chaos Rift too, that has been spewing out countless Aetherials over the years, but recently a new type of Aetherial(?) has been spotted exiting the rift. A little secret weapon that Azerth himself had been cooking up for a while, and despite setback with the Archdemon, were ready to deploy just in time for the war:
Spoiler: Chaos Knights (click to show/hide)
But even this would not be enough for the Aetherials and they intended to take advantage of every opportunity they could to further bolster their numbers. And so, they fell back on their tried and true method of recruiting units from other races, so, they recruited human and slugman bandits and outlaws from the periphery of their nations as well as hamsterfolk mercenaries from the Dorathian Kingdom, offering them all to keep everything from any crusaders they kill and a safe harbor to conduct raids from within the relatively uncorrupted regions of the Black Qhaganate, and optionally "Chaos Empowerment". These bandits banded together and became known as the "Ash Raiders"
And even the Aetherial side had a few oddball units, specifically from the Coast of Cults: There was a prominent Azerth worshipping cult there led by a woman who called herself Arythia Seith. Azerth appeared to her in a dream and bid her to aid in the the defence of the Qhaganate, promising her cult his blessing: The power of Chaos. As such they supported the defence with a small force of human Chaos Magi. Arythia herself over the course of months became powerful enough to match even the most powerful of warlocks of the High elves.
Post by: King Zultan on June 04, 2020, 07:59:31 am
Post by: auzewasright on June 04, 2020, 08:30:43 am
A massive public works project or two has been completed in Streamland. In the capital of Porttūn, the King of Streamland has built a new palace to house affairs (and himself) as well as a large canal and irrigation system around the main river of Streamland. He also decides to send a large amount of grain and other foods in support of the crusade.
Post by: TamerVirus on June 04, 2020, 10:18:10 am
Nisvanis's growing band of stand users, now colloquially referred to as just "The Gathering" and a big behind-the-scenes player in local Dalaian politics and economy, quietly funnel weapons and other resources to the Crusaders. A giant realm of chaotic world-consuming horrors is terrible for trade and business, after all.
The Aetherial occupation and the general tainted wickedness within the Black Qhanganate continues to put pressure on the local slugmen population. Those not able to escape but lucky enough to not be massacred turn to various coping measures to deal with day to day life. Religion is of particular note. A secretive monastic Sand Oath sect led by the fanatical slugman Sanibah seize control of a number of abandoned mountain fortresses in the southern border region of the Great Desert. From here, Sanibah begins targeted recruitment of the oppressed population by advocating a doctrine of resistance. A former member of the Qhangantate's military elite, Sanibah trains his followers in the art of asymmetric warfare. A small scale insurgency begins as these so-called "Miragians" harass and assassinate before fading into the sandy desert winds, just like a miarge.
Post by: Strik3r on June 04, 2020, 11:06:26 am
Also, due to its scale, the battle system is going to look a bit different this time around... I know i know, i suck at consistency.)
YEAR 194.7
The Lizardmen have realized that they can not do everything by themselves and that they can't take everything they want by force. However the tribes are already trading amongst themselves, so the Elders figured that there have to be other peoples out there, that they could do trade with and that having hostile relations with everyone around them like they do with the Bleg wont get them far.
To that end, the Lizardmen tribes have sent out a large number of scouts out, to comb Dragolia for prospective new trading partners.
They have also begun to study the Flyrite stuff they've been digging up and trying to find out what to do with it.
Post by: TamerVirus on June 04, 2020, 11:09:35 am
Post by: Detoxicated on June 04, 2020, 11:15:51 am
The Sharkmen tribes stratified their government. More castes and different functions have been implemented and Underground volcanic Cents have been Used to Forge Metal and Obsidian. Everything ist geared towards war against the Aetherials.
Refugio Guerra sends out trade Parties to the lizardmen.
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on June 04, 2020, 11:48:59 am
Post by: Detoxicated on June 04, 2020, 02:05:31 pm
The Lizardmen find Out that Flyrite is verY Light but hard AS steel. They Begin dreaming to fly with the occasional Air dolphin or Dragon.
Post by: King Zultan on June 05, 2020, 07:36:49 am
Post by: Strik3r on June 05, 2020, 09:27:37 am
Code: [Select]
1d20=17On their second try prospecting for metal, this time only a little ways west of the monolith, the Bleg struck gold, literally in many cases. Rich ore deposits and native metal veins were often found not too far beneath the steppe.(https://i.imgur.com/bKKqJdH.png)
Refugio Guerra tries trade with Lizardmen:
Code: [Select]
1d20=14When a lizardman scout reached Refugio Guerra and it was discovered that the lizard was representing a potential trading parter, Refugio Guerra's leadership almost immediatly tried to establish a trade route with the lizards.And despite a few misunderstandings, such as attempts to buy various members of the trading parties, the lizardmen and Refugio Guerra managed to establish a functional trading relationship with the lizardmens' prime export being silk, a thing that apparently thus far has only been found in the lizardmens' homeland and they import various advanced tools from Refugio Guerra.
Gojira attacks, again:
Code: [Select]
2d20=17+6Gojira can't really eat sharkmen for whatever reason, probably too slippery for it to catch, so it is forced onto land, to snack on land-dwellers instead, and it does so with prejudice. More Coastal regions see entire towns demolished as the lizard destroys everything in its path, leaving only misery and slaughter in its wake in its search for food.
The Second Crusade
Spoiler: rolls and summary (click to show/hide)
For over two years, the first crusader state had been preparing to assault the occupied Qhaganate and retake it from the Aetherials. Armies had been gathered and the day had finally come for them to march on the Black Qhaganate, The Second Crusade, they called it. But they walked into it with no plan, its leaders foolishly thought that they'd face the Aetherials in a grand battle on an open field, they thought that the Aetherials would fight fair. No, they didn't. The Aetherials and their forces were entrenched deep, and Hagtai and the rest of their leaders accurately predicted the movements of their enemies and had laid traps, ambushes and set up flanks well in advance and the Crusaders? They walked right into it.
The Ash Raiders, well acquainted with shady practices ambushed and harassed the Crusaders' armies flanks, and retreated back into shadows when their enemy attacked back. The Slugmen of the 1st Crusader State took the brunt of these attacks.
Arythia and her Chaos Magi assaulted the High elves army with their magic, despite the Chaos magi being far fewer in number, they caused much damage to the High elves armies, while their magic only scratched the number of Chaos Magi
While Hagtai and his dreaded Black Sky-Legion were well known for the terror inducing and deadly aerial ambush attacks, it seemed that they did not fare so well when they were forced to fight head on.
Hagtai resolved to remove the mercenaries fighting for the enemy but the slugmen from dalai would not go down so easily and they were deadly with bows. The battle between them would claim many lives, Slugman, Aetherial and Chaos Dragon alike, but the battle was one without a victor.
The small auxillary force approached the Qhaganate from a direction that would lead them straight to the Aetherials' Chaos Rift and the Aetherials couldn't allow that so they attacked the small army, only to be faced with a force unlike they've ever seen before. Crossbows of the dwarves could easily rip apart an Aetherial and while they and the Manaketes were no more resilient to crystal swords, Miragians could attack from seemingly out of nowhere and vanish again without a trace. While the Aetherials managed to interdict the Auxiliaries' path, it came at a steep price.
While the Aetherials did have advantageous positions, they were still fighting against a numerically superior foe and they could not control everything.
The united armies of the Hrilithian Celestial Empire and the Slugman Duchies managed to break every trap, every ambush and every flanking maneuver that the Aetherials attempted, in no small part thanks to their proficient leader. They themselves managed to catch out the Mercenaries that were fighting for the Black Qhaganate and delivered the hurt, utterly devastating their numbers, perhaps as punishment for their greed and hubris of fighting for the Aetherials.
The Armies of Humans were united too, into one. This massive army of Humans caught the defensive armies of the Black Qhaganate unaware and faced them on the field of battle. The archers of the human armies shot thousands of arrows at the Chaos Dragons armored with red crystal. One of would always surely strike a weakpoint and bring the monstrosity to the ground along with its rider, and while the dragons burnt many men in return, the general balance was in favor of the humans due to their sheer numbers. At the same time, the human warriors clashed with the corrupted slugmen often come out on top.
At the end of the first assault, the Crusaders had taken a severe beating and given plenty in return but certainly were much worse off, if only because of their initial disorganized march into the Qhaganate that saw the Aetherials outsmart them at nearly every turn.
With their initial success, the Aetherials had stopped taking their enemy seriously and let their guard down while the Crusaders were rallying and recovering and soon resumed their campaign. While the Aetherials were not caught completely with their guard down, they were less prepared for the second wave than they could've been.
The Ash Raiders had grown too bold, making ever more risky attacks against the crusaders, all in the name of greed. And then the bandits made the mistake that would see them cut down to the last man:
They went for the vast, main force of the human army and before they knew it, they were surrounded. The army showed them no mercy.
The army of the 1st crusader state was already battered, but firm in their conviction, they marched toward the capital of Qhaganate, and the Qhaganate's army marched to meet them.
It was an utter bloodbath. The razor sharp fangs of crystal spiders tore them to shreds, the Chaos dragons clad in crystal burnt them by the hundreds and their own corrupted brethren cut them in two with blades. In all probability, the army of the Black Qhaganate simply grew bored of slaughtering the Crusaders of the First State because they stopped just shy short of killing every one.
The Dalaian Mercenaries had grown into a problem for the Aetherials, at least the ones fighting for the crusaders, so they sought to take care of the problem themselves, but they had severely underestimated their enemy and were already weakened from their previous battles with the auxillary forces. While the Aetherials were possible to replenish, it took time, time that they didn't have.
So, they were forced to fight at less than full manpower and paid the price for it. Many Aetherials were shot down with bows and while the Chaos Knights had no problem dealing with either bow or blade, they were far too few in number, and more fell as they were outnumbered.
Hagtai was also known for reckless, poorly planned attacks, but it seemed to have worked in his favor when he and his legion fought against the high elves. The elves' warriors could not reach them and their magic could not hit them due to their erratic movement while they burned every elf in their sights. Some lucky magical attacks did hit them and brought down some of their dragons, but their revenge was always swift and merciless. The high elves' army barely survived and managed to escape, but that too, came at the cost of many lives.
Despite the united slugman armies' incredible success before, it came at the cost of ending up in a poor position deep in the Qhaganate territory and cut off from support. The Dalaian mercenaries fighting for the Qhaganate were quick to capitalize on this mistake and attacked the armies from the rear. However, even with their superior position and the element of suprise, the Mercenaries were still vastly outnumbered compared to the united slugman armies and so suffered many deaths at their hands, yet the mercenaries took many more.
Arythia's Chaos Magi fared the worst out of the Aetherial armies in the middle of the crusade despite still winning their battles. This was mostly due to the Crusader's Exotic Auxiliary army, Chaos Magi were not proficient at hand to hand combat which is what the Auxiliaries excelled at. While chaos fire burnt them like any other when the Chaos Magi were at distance, but once things got up close and personal, most Chaos Mages had to resort to small swords or daggers made of Chaos crystal and thats nothing to say of the Miragians, the Chaos Magi couldn't burn what they couldn't see. It is likely they only won this battle due to the Auxiliaries still bearing scars from having to face the Aetherial gate guardians before.
As the crusade raged on, despite the strategic mistakes made by the Aetherials, they were still in a superior position, likely due to their performance early on in the crusade.
The crusade had worn on for years, the crusaders' armies were in shambles, their leadership disorganized and the morale low. The armies of the Qhaganate were only marginally better off.
But the greatest success of the war would come from the crusaders and from the high elf army. In a desperate attack, they marched straight into the chaos afflicted region surrounding the rift and faced the Aetherials and Chaos Knights in battle. Why they did this no one knows, but their success was immeasurable. Their magics destroyed countless Aetherials and the Chaos Knights were far too few in number to match blades with the elven warriors. The elves killed every Aetherial protecting the rift. The Aetherials could be replenished via the rift over time, yes, but it was not enough and the high elves seized control of the rift and dug themselves in, holding their ground. While the elves could not close the rift, it spawned no more Aetherials since them taking control.
Yet, the Aetherials would hit back in equal measure. The army of the 1st crusader state had the unfortunate position of being the main army of the 1st Crusader State right next door to the Qhaganate, and being set upon by Hagtai and his legendary Black Sky-Legion, from the skies. Already on its last legs due to their constant failures throughout the war, the army of the 1st Crusader State, stood no chance. All that was left of them by the end were charred corpses and smears of gore and ichor. And the few the few survivors that there were, that slaughter would haunt their nightmares every night to the last of their days. The few that survived ran as fast as they could, back to the lands of the 1st Crusader State. Upon news of their army's defeat, widespread panic sparked in the 1st Crusader State and people were fleeing the lands in droves.
The last days of the Crusade were filled with desperate attacks by the crusaders and like wild animals, they were at their most ferocious when cornered. No where was this more apparent than the Dalaian mercenaries' attack on the Qhaganate's defence army. In a sudden display of incredible prowess, the Mercenaries utterly outmatched the Black Qhaganate's army. Were it not for the mercenaries' small numbers, the battle would have likely been even more devastating for their enemies.
Another attack of similar caliber would be by the armies of the human kingdoms against the traitorous Chaos Magi. Already weakened by the previous battles with the Auxiliary Army and with little skill with blades, the Chaos Magi suffered many losses in the battle, and while many of the crusaders would fall to the chaos fire at range, the blades of the crusaders would make short work of the lightly armed and armored Chaos Magi.
The Dalaian mercenaries continued assaulting the united armies of the Slugman Duchies and Hrilithian Celestial Empire and were it not for their leader, the esteemed Elect-Emperor of the Celestial Empire, the armies would have been cut down to the last man. It is only by his wisdom in battle that saw the armies escape destruction.
The Exotic Auxiliary army of the crusader helped patch up many of the holes in the crusaders' ranks and even aided the united slugman armies' escape. But in the end it wasn't enough for the Crusaders to keep fighting. With the defeat of their war leader, the army of the 1st Crusader State, morale was at an all time low and the what remained of the armies retreated to the territory of the 1st Crusader State. The Black Qhaganate had scored a decisive victory against the crusaders!
In the aftermath of the Second Crusade:
Hagtai wasn't satisified with the retreat of the crusaders and wanted to see them crushed. In addition, it was the 1st Crusader State where they were now holed up and it was the same State that rallied the attack on the Black Qhaganate in the first place, so he called upon and rallied everyone in the Qhaganate that would heed his command and marched toward the 1st Crusader State for a final confrontation!
Code: [Select]
Advantage: Crusaders
+2 Last Stand
Hagtai and the Black Qhaganate: 1d20=18
vs
Crusader remnants 1d20+2=6
As the army of the Black Qhaganate marched toward the Crusader State, whatever remained of the armies of The Second Crusade saw Hagtai's army on the horizion and steeled themselves what was to come. The armies did whatever they could to muster a defence against the horde and it was a valiant one, but as the armies waded into eachother it quickly became clear that it would have never been enough. Soon the remnants of the crusaders' armies were routed and scattered into the desert and Hagtai and the army he commanded occupied the territory of the 1st Crusader State.
There was disagreement over what should be done with the lands, but in the end, it was decided what was the 1st Crusader State, would go to Arythia and her Chaos Magi, for her part in defending the Qhaganate. Arythia would come to be known as the Red Queen of the blood dunes and the land she ruled, named after her court of Chaos Magi: The Red Court. She had gone from the leader of a cult dedicated to Azerth, to ruler of her own kingdom. She decided, remembering the persecution she and her cult faced in the human nations, that this would be a place of learning, where there would be no "forbidden" arts. "Chaos is freedom, Order is a prison, neither is inherently good or evil, but how you use them is."
Meanwhile, in the lands of the Qhaganate:
When the armies of the Crusaders fled, the high elves were left behind, forced to hunker down and sit close to the Chaos Rift. While they knew that they could flee northward, they also knew that if they left the Rift, it would start spewing out Aetherials again and they'd likely be even more angry. As it is known, exposure to Chaos energy tends to corrupt individuals down to their very soul, but in the High Elves, the Chaos Energy mixed in their bodies with their natural magical energy and turned into something else entirely. The Elves exposed to the Chaos energy became something decidedly less corrupted than most beings. These ash-skinned elves with red eyes, while they looked unsettling, were not beholden to Azerth's will at all. Thus, these "Dark Elves" became a vanguard against Aetherial incursions, at least from that particular rift.
(https://i.imgur.com/W8x7PyI.png)
(OOC: This was hard to write, not only because there was so much of it... but also, i actually wanted the Crusaders to win.
it was fun to write, But still, lets not do this again in the near future, ok?
Also, because of the texts volume, i apologize if the text is a bit rough around the edges or too repetitive. I told you shouldn't trust me with writing stuff like this...)
YEAR 196
After sailing about for many years in the south, Captain Skullbeard discovers a massive tropical island chain. The Captain is not sure how he arrived there because he swore up and down that he had sailed that part of the ocean before and never saw the islands there, or maybe he has simply lost all sense of direction.
(https://i.imgur.com/akx0sw8.png)
Spoiler: Map Update (click to show/hide)
Post by: TamerVirus on June 05, 2020, 10:42:43 am
Meanwhile, the Dalain government moves to colonize and fortify the small unoccupied island off its northern coast. The goal is to convert the island into a singular massive fortress and a bulwark against any future incursions by sea, be it giant sea monster or naval invasion.
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on June 05, 2020, 12:19:07 pm
The Waterstone Clan, being called the Waterstone Clan, sends a ship off to the east. The ship in question, the Graniteboard, is something of a rickety vessel; after all, dwarves generally don't meddle with the sea as much as they do with the earth. The Graniteboard's name is rather ironic, considering its rickety quality. The Graniteboard encounters a somewhat swift south current in 198.05, diverting its route to the southeast. In 198.15, the Graniteboard and its crew unintentionally get shipwrecked on the island the Dalain government is making into a military fortress by a cyclone that steamrollered the ship. Roll for how the Graniteboard's crew react to the Dalains (no, I don't know what someone from Dalai is called) and how the Dalains react to the Graniteboard's crew. (are ship names written in italics?)
Post by: Lidku on June 05, 2020, 02:31:39 pm
Year 199-200
With the disaster that was the Second Crusade and the ever encroaching spectre of Chaos engulfing the Sandstone (Black Sandstone to the forces of Chaos) desert to near maximization, the various monarchs of all the civilized races in the same continent as the incursion are in an uproar of how to deal with it. Of the most afflicted is Dorath and the eastern Human Kingdoms because they rely on trade traffic through the desert. In a spark of curious pull through however, one Slugman duke suggests a new holy order be sponsored dedicated to establishing various fort-outposts in at and around the Sandstone desert. Even though this duke was of low influence his suggestion gets him high praise and agreement.
During the coming months in 199 with enough support, the order is officiated by the new HCE Emperor at the Zalalastan capital (the occurant meeting place as it seems). This order is called the Knights of the Broken Desert in lieu of the current state of the said region. Many veterans of the Second Crusade, both Human, Slugman, Dwarves, and even some Dark Elves- who with freewill of any possible control from Azerth despite being changed by the chaos- join as well. However most Dark Elves despite being sympathetic to the Knights of the Broken Desert feel that their duty is guarding the heart of the Rift itself.
By the year 200 the Knights of the Desert establish 12 forts in various places in the desert region to ensure trade is secure and further incursions of Chaos can be attempted to be slowed. Of all the benefactors for this order, Dorath funnels the most wealth into it due to the how close the threat is.
During this same timeframe, Funny Halloween, King of Arghila, and the Stand-Master of the Stand [YRR]- was close to retrieving most of the corpse parts of Valkyra. Jockeying around the continent looking for every part was helped due to the fact that all of his retinue were also Stand-Users who all possessed unique abilities that could help in almost any scenario. Once Funny Halloween would collect all parts of the fallen god, he'd be able to wield enough power to see to it that his nation would triumph to the top! The corpse part that was left of Valkyra that they had needed was her head and left foot.
One of Funny Halloween's men, Ritgos Malak, had a Stand that who's only special power was to sense divine essence. Of course however it was a Punch-type of Stand so it is lethal and very useful in many circumstances, but Malak's Stand's ability was always strange. Ritgos' Stand (its name being [Hierophants Divinity], a cheek one at that) had detected an Divinity wave. One of the corpse parts was in the city of Dalai, a city of sin, vice, and the edges of chaos. Funny Halloween set travel to it to find the next corpse part of Valkyra.
Post by: Strik3r on June 05, 2020, 05:10:08 pm
The prospering trade between the Lizardmen and Refugio Guerra has caused the Lizards' borders to grow significantly due to a significant influx of food, better building materials and beasts of burden.
(https://i.imgur.com/E8bB0xa.png)
Refugio Guerra seems to almost be the hub of the world, it has relations with every nation and goods from all over the world, even some things that they really shouldn't. And Lizardmen seem to have to turned out to be rather shrewd merchants.
On a related note, The Lizardmen, due to better tools and forging processes introduced to them by Refugio Guerra, have discovered how to produce gold leaf, hair-thin sheets of gold that they use to inlay things with gold.
And ever since their discovery of Flyrite, they've discovered the metal to be incredibly light and surprisingly strong. What they didn't know before, is that Flyrite can apparently make things lighter, and its based on surface-area, not volume of Flyrite. As soon as this discovery was made by a tribal smith, they immediately tried applying the leafing process to Flyrite, and surprisingly, it took.
A tiny bit of Flyrite could be used to produce a sheet that would cover a small table, and still resist superficial assault: scratching, poking, and even stretching. A sheet like this would essentially float, or at least sink so slowly that if the sheet was nailed to the table and thrown into the air, it would likely stay in the air for several minutes, and it would float down slowly enough for the table to land gracefully. In theory, these sheets could be cut and stretched between the limbs of someone, like the patagium of bats or dragons. While Lizardmen are still very far off from using the material to create any way to "fly", it is still progress.
Post by: Detoxicated on June 05, 2020, 05:44:36 pm
Refugio Guerra invited some lizardmen to live in their Main City and they Set Up an embassy for the two people to strengthen their relationship. The new lizardman District seems to flourish and the lizardman tongue has become one of the Many ibterests of the Refugio Guerrans.
Post by: auzewasright on June 05, 2020, 07:54:22 pm
While many of the Human military leaders are disheartened at their failure to rescue the Crusader state and are worried about the possibility of cultist incursions into Streamland (one even being narrowly stopped from suicide), other people have a plan. With the Sharkmen busy doing other things for the time being, the army has been entirely freed up for use. The Streamlander Himilgib the Clerk (actually a major military leader who was a bureaucrat who managed to prove his skill in Strategy, he is now well known as a strategist who is also a skill administrator) is leading a coalition of armies from Streamland, Zalalastan, and Karhan to invade and destroy completely the Coast of Cults and set up a new kingdom in its place. This will serve the double purpose of preventing any chance of incursion into the human kingdoms and also ensuring a safe water route between the kingdoms. At 204, he launches the attack with the blessing of the three involved kings and the backing of a large section of their armies.
Post by: Avetruetotheimperator on June 05, 2020, 08:01:00 pm
Shalzar and the Hasasin through infiltration and secretive means, have built up quite a information network. And from this, many secrets are gained, including the powerful Corpse parts. Thinking such things would be a good thing to collect, the Grand Tyjat sends forth a Hasasin Plunder Team, lead by the deadly assasin Tao Sab Sab, a warrior thought to be equal to Namek himself. And so they head into the city of Dalai to search, secretly rallying the local Ghoul syndicate to make Halloween's own efforts in peril.
Post by: King Zultan on June 06, 2020, 05:05:06 am
Post by: Strik3r on June 06, 2020, 05:06:19 am
It is apt to say that Dragolia is unstable.
A number of massive earthquakes occour on Dragolia, causing cave-ins in both Blegs' And Lizardmen's mines. However, these aren't just earthquakes, in the north, a series of large fractures have happened deep underground in a spiderweb-like pattern of fractures.
(https://i.imgur.com/PYV0ILd.png)
Although the damages to civilized lands from the resulting earthquakes is minimal, most of the damage has occurred on the underside of the continent, with massive chunks of earth dropping off the floating landmass into the ocean, further weakening the structure of Dragolia. The loosened chunks dropping into the ocean cause a tsunami that hits Refugio Guerra
In the aftermath, a giant, deep ravine has formed at the origin of the fracture, with the entire region becoming known as "The Scar".
(https://i.imgur.com/y3qjZNO.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/1cPCK4J.png)
Post by: Detoxicated on June 06, 2020, 06:25:38 am
After big parts of Refugio Guerra were Destroyed by the tsunami the Refugio Guerrans have begun to not only rebuilt the city to beat its former glory but also they have started to construct anti Tsunami Walls in the Waters surrounding the City.
Many lizardmen helped during this time and were verY valued for their ability to hold their breathe longer when underwater. This has led to a stronger interest in lizardmen culture.
Many lizardmen were brought to the city during this time. The trade between the two nations strengthened and led to the introduction of the domesticated Air dolphin to the lizardmen Lands.
Post by: Strik3r on June 06, 2020, 06:31:07 am
Year 206-209(heyeheyehey, don't get ahead of yourself, i still have to roll for how much damage Refugio Guerra actually takes, it may well amount to nothing lol)
After big parts of Refugio Guerra were Destroyed by the tsunami the Refugio Guerrans have begun to not only rebuilt the city to beat its former glory but also they have started to construct anti Tsunami Walls in the Waters surrounding the City.
Many lizardmen helped during this time and were verY valued for their ability to hold their breathe longer when underwater. This has led to a stronger interest in lizardmen culture.
Many lizardmen were brought to the city during this time. The trade between the two nations strengthened and led to the introduction of the domesticated Air dolphin to the lizardmen Lands.
Post by: Detoxicated on June 06, 2020, 06:41:33 am
Post by: Lidku on June 06, 2020, 07:05:34 am
An assembly of Human and High-Elf wizards find that in the state of the world as is now, magic is under utilized in societies around the world. Sure with Velodryn Kaas' discovery of Stands and its distribution around the world thereafter- Stands could be considered a form of magic, but studied mage scholars knew after years of extensive research that Stands were a psycho-soul phenomena, not magic despite Stands granting the particular user special abilities. Even then unlike magic, only a select few had the potential of unlocking a Stand while mana was a source within all in all races naturally just as Ki was.
Even when Ki existed along with magic, Ki was more used for its sheer destructive power and how it was tied to how physically well one trained- thus it being more popular among warrior types. Taking all this in account, the High-Elves and Human wizard-sages decide to take an initiative. Pooling in their resources they begin construction of a university that would be a center of learning for the arcane and knowledge dispensation in general. One eccentric professor by the name of Cromwell suggests they build the university at the newly formed natural geographic ravine dubbed "The Scar". There was a little confusion among the other professors of this, but they agree after Cromwell's extensive charisma and persuasion.
With gold they hired Lizardman natives to help in the construction of the university. They also had their own personal servants spread word of the university throughout the cities of the world to attract an initial student base. Not only that the Grand-Master of the university who was one of the individuals who thought of the idea of starting a university, Perse Ukal, is the 4th younger brother of the current King of the High-Elves- King Ulathior Ukal. Through this connection the university is officiated by a sitting monarch, which puts on a chain of other monarchs similarly paying official homage to the university.
In 213 the University is completely finished. It is called Scar Gate University, where all who are magically gifted or who wishes to establish their mana to a more adept route can come in learn.
Post by: Strik3r on June 06, 2020, 07:45:10 pm
Code: [Select]
2d20=1+15
The crew Graniteboard are appaled by the Dalaians' ongoing construction of the island fortress and mistakenly see it as a secret territory grab and a sign of sure future military agression by Dalai.And while the Dalaians could not convince the stubborn dwarves otherwise, they still offered them a ride to Dalai on an a vessel leaving the island, which was still unnamed.
Beyond that however, the construction is ongoing without further incident thus far, and the Free Cities of Dalai now own the rather large island in question.
Year 199-200The 12 forts are built, although calling them forts is a bit of a stretch. They're quite small, sparsely placed and don't hold a decent garrison, even a pathetically small army could rip any one of them to shreds. They're more of an early-warning system of any armies coming from chaos affiliated lands than an actual defence.
(I introduced an icon on the map for forts, a fort icon's BACKGROUND color indicates what nation they are owned by. NORMALLY it is the same color as the land it is on, but in case of a fort being on "neutral" land, the background color can be used to determine who owns it. These ones in question belong to the HCE.
202-204Human Empires vs. the Coast of Cults
Code: [Select]
Advantage: Human Empires
+2 Overwhelming Force
Human Empires 3d20=(20+2)+(15+2)+(20+2)=61
Coast of Cults 3d20=6+7+15=28
The persecution that the cultists of the various cults of the Coast of Cults fled in the human nations had followed the to their new home.All of the various cults and covens of the coast had always minded their own business, generally not interacting with anyone else and in turn being largely ignored by other nations, until that fateful day, that is.
They were utterly unprepared when the armies of their former home nations converged upon their covens. By the time they realized why the armies were there, it was far too late. Any defence they attempted was in vain that only saw their deaths hastened. Over the years that the Coast of Cults had existed, many people had made families there, to them, it was home first and a cult second. And the attacking armies slaughtered men, women and children alike, any who was in their path. They were all heretics, the invaders said.
Most people ran from the slaughter, and those who didn't, only stayed to slow down the invaders and to help others escape.
The "army" of the Coast of Cults rallied on the coast, with their backs to the water's edge. Only there was no army, just a few hundred poorly armed cultists, witches and druids. They knew they stood no chance of winning, so instead, they would take as many of the bastards with them to the afterlife as possible at any cost, and no cost was too great. The worst of the worst hexes and the most powerful of rituals were brought out, often at the cost of the cultists' own lives. Demons, the Undead, and horrors from beyond the Veil too terrible to describe all ravaged the invaders' armies. But the cultists were all dead and the Coast of Cults was no more.
In the aftermath:
Those cultists that survived, made their way toward the lands of The Red Court, a place that would not discriminate against their practices. They set up camps far from the existing cities, boosting the size of the Red Court's lands a little bit.
As envisioned by the invaders, a new kingdom was formed in the place where the old Coast of Cults had been, the Kingdom of Thairmar.
The Bleg attempt diplomacy with the lizardmen, take two:
Code: [Select]
1d20=16The Lizardmen have clearly mellowed out since their first contact with the Bleg, infact they're downright hospitable. While the Lizardmen weren't quite sure who should represent them in diplomatic negotations and in the end was decided it would be the elder of the largest tribe, and it would take weeks for him to arrive, so the Bleg diplomats were given the best accomodations that particular village could offer. And the negotiations themselves were rather pleseant, including a feast. It didn't take much for the Bleg to figure out that this was a ploy to patch up the formerly terribe relations.Still, the negotiations did result in a general peace agreement and other discussions, including talks of a possible trade route.
And true to the lizards' nature, the diplomats ended their stay lacking a few of the possessions they came with, in exchange for quite a lot of new baubles to take back to their own lands.
Related to that, Bleg sandals are too small for Lizardmen.
However, not all is well on Dragolia.
The second fracture hits Dragolia:
Code: [Select]
3d20=20+3+18Unfortunately, the Blegs' celebrations of successful diplomacy came to an abrupt end... disaster struck and without warning. something about the positioning of the Bleg's mines caused them to take the brunt of the damage caused by the earthquakes, maybe because they were closer to the edge of the floating continent. Almost every mine owned by the bleg took some damage, most caved in, the falling rocks killing many of the miners outright, and those that were not, suffered the far worse fate of being trapped in the mines and either died to dehydration or suffocated as the air in the tunnels ran out.Conversly, Lizardman mines took very little damage, there was no secret to it, they were just plain lucky. Their dragon priests thanked the deities, the dragons, to high heaven and back. The Lizardmen offered their aid to their new friends in the west.
(I guess you were right in your post)
But those ON Dragolia were not the only ones that suffered due to this disaster. As massive chunks of earth dropped off of the underside of Dragolia, they dropped into the ocean, causing massive waves and since Refugio Guerra was a nation that practically sat underneath Dragolia, the waves devastated large sections of the nation. Entire towns were washed away by massive tidal waves. It will be a long time until Refugio Guerra fully recovers from this.
Year 210-213
In just three short years, a bunch of humans and high elves managed to build a university on the northern side of The Scar, although they tried to get the Lizardmen to help them, even gold offered them little incentive in the wake of the devastation where their numbers were already stretched thin and they prioritized aiding their established trading partners and allies over some "University" built in what they far off and cursed land. Some still helped, but the university ended up being somewhat smaller than the grand one expected, though it still sports a decent sized town around it. Scar Gate University as it was known.
(I added a map marker for the university.)
YEAR 214
Years and years after the magical pulse produced by The Monolith that caused so many bizarre things to happen in the world, it still keeps on giving.
Although there is no one around to see it, a single, small white tree with slightly blue-ish leaves has been steadily growing in a forest on Elysium. The animals avoid it, for some reason.
In the early springs, the tree blooms with striking deep blue flowers.
(OOC: I don't really have a plan for the bunch of islands to the south east that i created. Anyone's free to do with them what they want.)
Post by: Lidku on June 06, 2020, 11:05:26 pm
Using the plunder gained from the conquest of the Coast of Cults, King Mahen of Thairmar becomes one of the new sponsor to fund the Knights of the Desert, allowing that order to improve various forts in the region. Some within the councilery of the Knights of the Desert scorn taking sponsors from King Mahen for his over murderous campaign instead of converting the Coast Cultists- but the majority of the council rationalizes it purely as anything to curb the tide of chaos.
However not everything was alright. The plunder gained from the campaign against the former Cult inhabited coast had garnered many artifacts of great make. The court mage of King Mahen, Yarlac Drem, had found a strange scroll one day in a tower belonging to a prominent chaos priest who either fled or was smited during the war. The scroll was a extensive study of necromancy, something even the forces of Chaos found little hard of accepting. Whoever this chaos priest was who owned this tower must've been a rough one, even among his chaos adhering peers.
So in secret Yarlac Drem while feigning doing important tasks for the young Kingdom, was actually getting to understand the secrets of life and death.
The High-Elves had realized that during all this time they never named their ever growing Kingdom despite the long time they have been around. It is named Ukalia, named after the current dynasty who thought of the idea of establishing a name for the Kingdom of High-Elves. In celebration Ukalia by the end of the year have their settlers expand to claim the entire island they are on.
Post by: TamerVirus on June 07, 2020, 12:20:27 am
The south is said to be home to an indigenous tribe consisting of animated wood and stone golems. Spawning out of the ground itself, these constructs, who call themselves the Moko are distinguished by their intricately carved wooden masks. Bands of Moko habitat in small village units, hunting and foraging native wildlife. Despite, not being biologically living per say, Moko are observed burning fruit and hunted creatures in periodic 'feeding' rituals. The village elder, and thus final authority in Moko village life is inevitably a massive but immobile living stone head centrally placed in the village gathering space. Interactions between the Moko and the outside world have been cautiously optimistic, as limited trade introduces exotic spices back into the mainland.
In the north there exists a much more unfriendly bunch of inhabitants. Sailors and explorers report being consistently attacked by large four-armed, primate like people who hurl spears, arrows, and rocks with extreme hostility. Any attempts at counter attack end with the islander tribe melting away into the dense jungle undergrowth. Not much is known about the Wharg people, so named after their bellowing cries, as they have steadfastly refused to engage in any sensible contact with the strange peoples coming on strange vessels. Soon, explorers choose to avoid Wharg island entirely.
Post by: Strik3r on June 07, 2020, 05:01:04 am
It seems that the witches of the Coast of Cults had one last little suprise in store for the invaders. In their last moments, the witches of the coast had collectively laid a curse on the land itself that would be their grave, the land which the Kingdom of Thairmar now sits atop of. Kingdom of Thairmar's lands are cursed, roll to determine HOW cursed they are.
Post by: King Zultan on June 07, 2020, 06:06:42 am
Post by: Lidku on June 07, 2020, 08:31:03 am
Since their separation from their original line, the Red-Elves, the High-Elves have built for themselves a highly advanced civilization on an island they had only occupied for a few years. King Ulathior Ukal finding a discarded parchment in the very back of his office cupboard realizes something from its discovery- the entire reason they had set forth out was to investigate the rumors of a land stifled full of chaos- one that predated the existence of the current corrupted land found in the desert region by the writ of what Ulathior reads from the old note.
As the contention of chaos had the High-Elves involved in a fairly recent crusade, he thought it was best to sent investigators partied with the specific purpose of scouting the region. Two of vassals of his with no lands are sent off to this task- as he didn't want any successive crises internally among his realm amongst his vassals, landless vassals would be no trouble if they unfortunately perished upon the mission assigned.
The two vassals were both Timin Rullok Sork and Grob Ritlin, "Timin" being the specific title among High-Elves denoting to be a lesser Lord under a King. Timin Sork and Ritlin bought both brought moderate sized forces with them- just enough to still stay under the radar, but big enough to find off another force if both their armies combined to fight said aggressor off. Both these Lords were.. unique for High-Elves. They were boisterous, loud, and were very quarrelsome. Most of the mentioned quarrels happened among Sork and Ritlin however as they were rivals. They equally sought to curry favor at Ulathior to see who would be granted land first among them- it was a contest of sorts. It was the reason why both of them were doing a mere survey assignment at the same time despite such as task needing stealth- they wanted to outdo eachother.
When they both finally made it to the Chaos wastes they were immediately assailed by the corrupted wildlife, natives (humans who have become grotesque mutants from the ambient corruption- they only have their moniker given to them by their former human kin, "Mutants"), and even a few Aetherials. The fighting through the land only invigorated them MORE however. It was so much cherished combat they've never had experienced being lords in a sleepy realm with no other nations to fight, they got carried away and stayed fighting in the Chaos wastes for months.
By the time Timin Sork and Timin Ritlin were done by the end of the year, seeking respite outside the Chaos Wastes- they had changed from the nature of how that region worked.
Sork and his army had grown more bulkier and larger, but at the cost of becoming medium height- High-Elves were the tallest race in the world, but not Sork's army anymore.. Their skin turned from golden yellow to ranges of deep grown to blackish-brown. The wildlife that they ate while in the Chaos Wastes made their teeth adapt to grow tusks. Their eyes become red- another mutant-adaption to see at night in an attempt to be alert for Aetherial raids on their camps at night.
Ritlin's army had an equally bizarre form of mutation, but decidedly more different than what Sork went through. They even went further down in height than Sork's army, around to the height of Dwarves! While Elves as a default had long ears, the mutation-adaption of Ritlin's force and himself caused their ears to grow longer than that! Their noses became more sharp and pointy as well, another change that decidedly was an adaption to smelling out for food during the times Ritlin's force was close to starvation. Their skin as predictably from what was seen from Sork also turn green to black-brown, but they don't gain red eyes- instead they gained purple ones.
Both leaders of these former High-Elven scout-armies were shocked by their changes! It was then that they both realized they were ultimately at fault for this. They had let hubris get to them and stayed too long for what was needed. Realizing that they'd probably never be accepted in High-Elven society as it put the value of purity above all else, Sork and Ritlin along with their army and camp followers split up for good- Sork going west and Ritlin going East.
Over the next two years after their great change in 218, both of them and the new brand of elves as a whole would become infamous for fighting and raiding across the land. These new "elven" races take up the leaders that initially "founded" them as their namesakes. The ones who followed Sork named themselves the Orks, while the ones who followed Ritlin take cues from both his first and last name- naming themselves Goblins.
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on June 07, 2020, 11:16:43 am
The Graniteboard's crew - a quite stubborn bunch, apparently - have finally been convinced by the Dalains to be transported to the Free Cities of Dalai; said crew had been hanging around the military island like a group of limpets, and the Dalains present were reluctantly providing for them since they hadn't shown any sign of leaving. The crew, however, is still paranoid as ever. On arriving at the Dalain capital, they are ushered into a chamber wherein they meet the Dalain diplomat (if the Dalains don't have a diplomat, the crew meets their leader instead). Roll for how Dalai-Graniteboard crew diplomacy goes, and for whether the Dalains extend their judgment to the rest of the Waterstone Clan.
Post by: Strik3r on June 07, 2020, 06:59:39 pm
Code: [Select]
1d20=9The curse of the witches was a hastily made and petty one. But the land of Thairmar is cursed nevertheless and it seems that any plants or fruits grown in Thairmar have the distinct taste of blood or ashes about them.Graniteboard crew does diplomacy with Dalai
Code: [Select]
1d20=9+1The Dalaian diplomat that the crew of Graniteboard met with was apparently none too pleased with the whole incident. Not the whole "shipwrecking on our island" deal, but rather their stubborn loitering on the island and their rather bad manners. The diplomat insists that this incident reflects very poorly upon all of the Waterstone Clan, infact, while the diplomat never explicitly says it, he does seem to think that all the dwarves might as well be the same: Stubborn, confrontational and with no sense of social etiquette.YEAR 221
Scholars at the Scar Gate University have organized and formalized all thus far known magical elements into a few broad categories:
There are of course the 4 natural magical elements:
FIRE: Fire, smoke, embers. Anything to do with fire, really.
WATER: Water, ice, steam. Things like that.
AIR: Winds and Lightning.
EARTH: Mud, Rocks, Plants and Poison magic.
Then there are the 3 Primal magical elements. Named so because they easily combine with other elements aside from eachother:
ARCANE: Pure, Raw magical energy. Probably the most "Powerful" single magical element but extremely limited in scope. In here you'll find mostly Arcane bolts, forcefields and also Telekinesis.
CHAOS: The exotic one. Everburning fires, Glowing darkness, Spatial displacement, its all there. Like Arcane energy, it is pure magical energy, except where Arcane energy is of limited scope but predictable, Chaos is the exact opposite of that.
SPIRIT: As the name implies, anything to do with Spirits, Souls or Minds.
And finally there are also the two rare elements that don't fit anywhere else:
LIGHT: Light is suprisingly a really rare element. There are few who know how to use Light magic. An interesting note is that the Cleansing Star, that is at this time in an unknown location, is a Light artifact.
DARKNESS: Darkness, Shadows, Void. Another rare magical element, darkness is actually even rarer than light.
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on June 07, 2020, 07:27:09 pm
As it turns out, the Graniteboard's crew really doesn't like this development. Like, really, really doesn't like this development. The captain, a red-bearded, hotheaded dwarf called Broth, pounds the Dalaian diplomat into the floor via tackling said diplomat. The diplomat is enraged. Guards are sent for and soon the Graniteboard's crew find themselves in a makeshift detainment center. Roll for whether the Dalaians declare war on/attack the Waterstone Clan for the Dalaian diplomat's clobbering.
Post by: Detoxicated on June 08, 2020, 12:07:19 am
Within the massive underwater temples of the Sharkmen a Ritual is Cast. the Sharkmen attempt to awaken the spirits of the great tidal wave to harness their power against the Aetherial enemies.
Edit:
Haggen Slime befriends many powerful streamlanders and attempts to Set Up a permanent embassy for Refugio Guerra in streamland.
In the meantime a wise sage of Refugio Guerra moved to the Scar Gate University. His name was Relodio Denninghall, one of the last Dolphinmen alive. He quickly gained a following in the University for setting up different schools of thoughts to how to Work Magic.
His classifications in how to Work Magic were:
Sacrifice: To Work Magic by sacrificing valued objects or beings.
Chant: To Work Magic by chanting
Choreography: to Work Magic by moving in Set patterns.
True name: Finding Out the true name of Things and patterns and applying the proper true adjective to them.
Calligraphy: using Signs and runes to Work Magic
Crystal: Using Crystals to enhance Magic.
While admitting that there were More ways to Work Magic He still thought classifications and Perfection of These systems would improve Magic using altogether. His studies implied that using More than one System would ultimately make working Magic easier.
Post by: Lidku on June 08, 2020, 03:49:12 am
Funny Halloween despite being assailed by other parties of interest who too had figured about the corpse parts of Valkyra, recovers the part he needed in Dalai- even though it took years of intrigue and back-alley fighting within Dalai. Now only one corpse part remains. This one last piece seems elusive to find for whatever reason. Not even Rigos' Stand [Heirophants Divinity] ability to perceive divine resonance seemed to have been working. Where could the last corpse part be after Funny Halloween and his men spent years collecting all the others?
Meanwhile one of Funny Halloween's recruits from Dalai defect due to low morale and lack of food amongst the party. This recruit in a bid to gain wealth tells the secrets of the last corpse part to various information brokers in the city of Dalai. After that the information brokers would relay this information throughout Dalai to their clients and any passerbys who sought to purchase information while traveling through Dalai. Soon the entire continent of the west knows of the last corpse part of Valkyra and the fact that Funny Halloween has the rest of the pieces.
This sparks another mad rush akin to the Rush Era of 175-181, where only this time one center artefact is the query of all the parties who wish to gain it instead of multiple ones as before.
-By the middle of the year Funny Halloween learns that knowledge of the last corpse part not in his possession was leaked! He and his men redoubled their efforts to try and find it before anyone else does!
-Velodryn Kaas is curious of the corpse parts. As the lore would have it, the death of Valkyra was the sole reason Vampirism came the be when her blood and Vahucci's blood had mixed into rain, falling down to the mortal world from her destructed realm. He doesn't personally make any moves to try and retrieve the last corpse part, but he has his Stand using Ghouls go forth. He also proxies other younger Vampires to retrieve the corpse part.
-Even after bouts of continuous losses, the Vahucci cult had still lingered on as the inner council that reigned the cult still persisted. The corpse part and the others in Funny Valentines possession was the utmost of priority to them! These artifacts were parts of the Goddess their venerated Vahucci had slay those many decades ago! The cult in an attempt to preserve the long deceased Demon Slugman's history have their own forces go and seek the corpse part- while sending in their most trained Hit squadrons after Funny Halloween for the parts he has.
-The Katari, an order centered around Demon hunting and loosely affiliated with the old hero guilds of old that were established by Valkyra have cause to secure the Valkyra corpse parts. They have teams activated to do two things: secure the last remaining unlocated corpse part and retrieve the ones already gained from Funny Halloween. Despite Funny Halloween being a monarch, the Katari knew that no one of great power as Funny Halloween should have possession of the corpse parts- it could be abused in ways imaginable.
-Erstwhile from these main factions, a plethora of adventurer groups from all the races seek out the last corpse part. Many different groups have different motivations, while even within the same adventurer group by itself many individuals had many differing goals and interests of what they'd do once they acquired all the corpse parts.
-Lastly a Demon by the name of Xerxes Trunimac is interested. He was one of the lead officers of Vahucci's military when he was just a mere Duke. Yes, Xerxes had served Vahucci faithfully even when he casted his entire land into Demonhood and sought to control the world. Now even with Vahucci long gone he was stuck as a Demon commanding remnants of his own Host. Xerxes decides to search for the last corpse part- if only as a means of closure and maybe eek out the power these parts promise. If he gains the last corpse part, he will head after Funny Halloween to acquire the rest.
Thus begins the Valkyrie Wars- a continent wide scramble for the last corpse part of great power.
Post by: King Zultan on June 08, 2020, 07:54:23 am
Post by: TamerVirus on June 08, 2020, 08:39:36 am
The Grand Mayor of Dalai, Ziani holds a grand display to celebrate the completion of The island Fort Ziani, obnoxiously named after himself. Locals mock the name in private company but are generally pleased with the new increase in coastal defense. The Graniteboard Affair continues to be a hot topic among the political elite as the diplomatic snafu risks spiraling out of control as the diplomat at the center of the controversy continues to push for outrageous reprisals
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
Still covertly harassing the powers that be in the Black Qhanganate and the recently established Red Court, the secret society of Mirgians have learned to harness wind and earth magic together in order to induce blinding sandstorms on demand; the perfect means of concealing important locations or providing cover for guerrilla assaults. Soon the powers of sand manipulation becomes a regionalized specialty school of magic as skilled Mirgians disseminate the art to local partisan resistance groups and to the order of Knights, with whom the Mirgians maintain good relations after their shared struggle in the Second Crusade
Post by: Lidku on June 08, 2020, 03:26:03 pm
With the increased urbanization of the human kingdoms, population increases to a point where quality of life is exceptionally lowered. With the high tax bases from these population booms, the various nobility of the three main human kingdoms raise taxes to unbearable margins. This causes a series of mini-revolts, corruption, famine from peasants not being able to afford food- and many more disasters.
All of this culminates in a series of exodus' that happen in small bursts, but gather up for these collectives to form into their own nations in their own right. The Republic of Elakmac (light blue) is formed on year 224- this nation being one of the first to ever organize a nation around the basis that all persons within the nation own the government jointly- not held within the sole hands of a monarch. To where they gained these ideals- from the genius of the human philosopher Texitus Lexitus, who was a wandering philosopher before he helped establish Elakmac. He held the ideals that a common people should be trusted within one another to form a government where those elected amongst the fellow citizenry can rule for a duration- before another is "voted" in as he phrased it. With most of the citizenry being non-highborn, they relished this idea for this republic to take seed!
The next nation to form is the Whitetusk Realm (dark green). It is a nation that was established by a half-orc barbarian named Gorn Whitetusk- hence the origin of the nation's name. He gained leadership through helping the human settlers find off bandit raids and teaching them on how to survive in the wilderness. Soon armed and adequately trained people among the human settlers began swearing fealty to him, eventually making him a de-facto Lord in the region he was in since he was the only reigning authority with an armed force. Chief Whitetusk is loose in rulership and can touch base with his human subjects quite well since he was half human. It also helped that for a time before living with his father, he used to live with his human mother in Zalalastan to understand the human tongue and etiquette. While many of his new subjects cherish Chief Whitetusk for saving them by teaching them to survive in the wilderness, many feel its as if their back to square one of another ruler after flying their original nations with monarchical governments. Some immigrate to Elakmack because of this, but most stay loyal however after becoming attuned to the wilderness.
Another nation had formed as well, the Sulimid Principalities (yellow). Lowborn peasants weren't the only ones leaving from the other kingdoms due to overpopulation- nobles were leaving too in a bid to claim free land for themselves before any peasants could get their hands on it. These nobles are of course scorned by their previous lands because what they're doing is seemingly desertation in the eyes of the of the other nobles and their former Kings. In a bid to ensure the lands they've acquired stay secure from any possible invasions of retaliation, these wayward nobles form together a new nation centering around a system similar to Elakmac- only this time the various nobles only had the republican rights of voting. Each individual lord would be titled "Prince." To follow this there was no central leader whatsoever, everything was voted on in council. If of course anything were to be considered a leader in this new realm- it would be the "Head Chancellor," a position held by a Prince voted in by his peers. The Head Chancellor, whoever it maybe while in office, must manage the high priority functions of the realm, improve infrastructure, and arbitrate fairly in disputes between to Princes. This whoever was in this position tremendous power, which would be an object for intrigue and contention for years to come.
The last new "realm" that was to flare up by 227 was simply a patchwork of people who've gone nomadic. This region has no particular name, but exonym name granted by the various merchants who pass through and trade in the place deem it as Vekla (purple), the major swamp the comprises the entire area. This place has no center leader, government, or set cities beside a few newly constructed villages and wandering bands of nomadic swamp dwellers who get around by reed boats. When a major force does attempt to invade the swamp however, the various clans form up under an appointed ad-hoc marshal, with the title being "Swampmaster." Only one Swampmaster so far has been invoked during the whole time of people settling the region- when a bandit host had tried to subjugate the swamp people to make them submit to tribute. This host was promptly defeated by the lethal marksmen and skirmishers of the swamp who have grown to know the swamp by a wide degree- given them an enormous home advantage.
Spoiler: Newly settled regions (click to show/hide)
Tensions rise between the human settlers and the foxpeople however, due to the obvious fact that the humans have begun occupying locales where they used to forage, hunt, and gather resources from. Border incidents become all too common, with the brunt coming from the Whitetusk realm.
Post by: King Zultan on June 09, 2020, 08:13:11 am
Post by: Strik3r on June 09, 2020, 10:01:34 am
Year 220.275 (sorry for posting twice in a row, but this wouldn't make much sense if it were much later than this)(Ehh, its forgiveable. But yeah, try to keep things in a rough chronological order.)
Dalaian response to Broth's assault of the Diplomat
Code: [Select]
1d20=3while the enraged Dalaian diplomat in his rage declared Broth's attack on him an act of war and cried that "There will be consequences", when everything had calmed down, the Dalaians realized that its not worth starting a war over an incident like that. However the slugmen's patience had clearly ran out and the Graniteboard's crew were exiled from Free Cities of Dalai, with a military escort, at the point of a spear.Meanwhile, a messenger was sent along on a merchant ship heading for the Waterstone Clan, carrying a message with the Dalaian Grand Mayor's own seal on it, containing a detailed retelling of the incident.
Months later the Grand Mayor received a correspondence from the King of the Waterstone Clan, thanking him for the enlightening account and condemning the crew of the Graniteboard as "a disgrace" and traitors, adding that should they ever make it back to the lands of the Waterstone Clan, they would be executed as such.
Year 221(Editing posts to add stuff within the same update is fine but edits may be ignored if they conflict with turns made before the edit was)
Sharkmen attempt to summon a tsunami to attack the Aetherials
Code: [Select]
1d20=13The Sharkmen succeed in summoning a tidal wave, a small one but one nevertheless. It hit the southern side of the lands of the Chaos Coalition and did some damage, but the fused crystalline constructions of the Aetherials and Chaos Giants proved highly resilient to the damage.Haggen Slime attempts to Set Up a permanent embassy for Refugio Guerra in streamland
Code: [Select]
1d20=14The setting up of the embassy goes fine but Haggen could not get a location anywhere close to the palace, which lies at the center of Portun, instead the embassy is situated in the outskirts of the city, barely avoiding it being in the slums.The second Rush Era
Code: [Select]
6d20=11+14+15+9+1+7The King of Arghila and his men have had little success in finding the head of the goddess, and even his most trusted friend's "Stand" could not locate it, only every once in a while pointing vaguely north.Velodryn Kaas took a more direct approach, having his minions comb for the corpse part and bribing and intimidating people for its location. Most of it led nowhere, but apparently an old slugman refugee from the Sandstone Qhanganate recalled once finding a strange head in the sands. In the dead middle of the land that now belongs to the Black Qhanganate.
The Vahucci Cult have similar success to Kaas and his men. Only finding vague hints about its location, supposedly something of importance had come into the possession of the scholars of The Red Court, and they've taken great care to prevent anyone aside from Queen Arythia's most trusted from laying eyes on it. They did have some more luck filching pieces from Arghila's King however, managing to over the course of months to acquire several pieces, including Valkyra's left hand.
Katari score no successes, chasing around leads that lead them only to dead ends. And their attempts to get any of the parts from Arghila's King are in vain, The Vahucci Cult always being just a few steps ahead of them.
The adventurers however, are inept. They spent months and months digging up random graves and patches of dirt.
Xerxes Trunimac has had no luck in finding any significant hints on the last corpse part's location. Being a demon, it wasn't easy to get anyone to talk to him, even torture didn't work, or maybe he just didn't interrogate the right people.
Bud vs. Gojira
Code: [Select]
Advantage: Gojira
+5 Insurmountable Advantage
Bud 1d20=2
Gojira 1d20=16+5=21
The battle between a drunk and a giant lizard monster went as well as one could expect. Bud dealt a few scratches to one of Gojira's feet and got promptly crushed under said foot like a fly. However through some ridiculous drunken luck, Bud, in all his drunken stupidity survived, despite being completely crushed and losing lost both his left leg as well as arm, they had to be cut off.Bud, was just one of thousands and thousands crushed underfoot by Gojira in its rampage. The lizard was hungry, very hungry.
Gojira's damage to Streamland.
Code: [Select]
1d20=20!In streamland, entire towns on the coast were reduced to rubble, including Portun, the Capital. All of the islands off the coast were completely emptied of life, plants and all, burnt. The Refugio Guerra embassy, due to being unable to setup near the palace, were spared of the destruction. Streamland's borders have shrunk considerably due to the attack.223-227(No, sorry, i cant accept this turn. On the basis of Rule 1.1. While i like that you included a map yourself of the territories (even though i would have had to trim them), its still too many changes at once...
space them out a bit more between different turns. Also, there is no more space on the map legend for nations on that part of the continent :P This also means that i've rolled the year back to 222.3)
Year 227.4:
Notice: this turn actually takes place in year 222.4 due to Lidku's 223-227 being invalid.
Blindbeard searches for treasure and adventure:
Code: [Select]
1d20=11Blindbeard and his crew, while they didn't find much in the way of treasure, they did have a one hell of an adventure. Random small islands that no one bothered to chart, that one time they were forced to run from a Lokhund Longship, Lots of pailing after a very agressive and very corrupted kelp smashed a hole in ship's hull. Lots of sea shanties and some alcohol was involved in the whole adventure. All in all, they returned home with a small but respectable haul of loot, some jewels, a bit of gold, a few maps, things like that..YEAR 223
With the ongoing search for Valkyra's parts, and the proliferation of and atrocities committed by the so called "Stand users", an order has formed of 4 groups each fighting to see the "Stand Users" gone, each for their own reasons. It was a effort that had been slowly growing over the course of years, but the formation of The Red Court and Scar Gate University is the thing that really kicked it off. These groups that make up the Stand Hunter Order are:
Purifiers, An Extremist faction within the Scar Gate University led by an High-Elf Arcanist(a mage who exclusively uses Arcane magic). Some within the Scar Gate University had poured months upon months of time trying to understand the "Stands" and how they fit into the magic of the world, and every angle they looked at? it came up to the same conclusion: They dont. "Stands" to them, were an aberration that had been allowed to propagate, a wound in the fabric of the cosmos, worse than any Chaos Rift. Some of the more assertive ones in the University, saw fit to take it upon themselves to rid the world of this cosmic mistake, they became known as "The Purifiers"
And they fight with a variety of magics, but all of the magic they use has some degree of Arcane magic within it too.
The Shadow Guard, a number of specialist Dark/Chaos mages partially trained by Queen Arythia herself. This arm is led by Eirn Serros, a "former" assassin. they ofcourse fight to rid the world of potential threats to Azerth and the Aetherials.
Originally intended to be counter operatives to the Mirgians, they instead became the stealth/assassination arm of the Hunter Order. Wielding Darkness and Chaos magic, they've got everything they need to do their work: Shadow Step, Shadow Meld and Dark Vision, to name a few.
Now, how did two groups that were on opposite edges of the world manage to coordinate and meet with eachother?
Theyrn Elros and the Red Hallow are the third arm of the Order. It was Theyrn that originally proposed the order to Queen Arythia. Theyrn himself and his cult frequently were frequently in conflict with various "Stand Users". And after the various attacks by giant monsters, the formation of The Red Court prompted Theyrn to move his cult's headquarters into The Red Court's lands, and while he still maintains a presence in nearly every nation, tribe and organization, thanks to his and his Inner Circle's ability to open and maintain Portals, still the only individuals known to be able to do so.
Theyrn reveres Chaos, so the entirety of his arm of the Order fights with pure Chaos magic and form the first-strike arm of the Order
And it is Theyrn's presence everywhere that saw the order gain its last arm:
They discovered that the foxfolk, being intimately tied with spirits, are none too happy about the existence of the "Stands". They see them as malignant spirits that tempt their "Users" to heinous acts, corrupts them with power. Even the word "User" rubs them the wrong way, they believe that spirits should be bonded with and treated like any other being, not "used", like a tool. There are none more of this mind than Alia Thessa, a community leader, a healer and a vixen with pure-white fur. She is said to be kind of heart yet firm of conviction. She believes that there are no good "Stand Users" and even if not evil to the core, all stand users are some degree of crooked or power hungry. Thus, she has rallied a group of like-minded spiritualists to act as the support arm of the Order. She herself is probably only one of her kind when it comes to mages: A Light/Spirit mage, and its been said that she has her own spirit guardian that takes the form of a white peacock, though no one knows for sure. She is less interested in killing Stand Users than she is simply removing the Stands from them.
Thus an uneasy alliance had been formed between the groups, united under a singular goal. They are the Stand Hunters, an order not backed by any nation and one without a permanent base that travel about via portals created by "Wayfinders", members of Theyrn Elros' cult that are unquestionably loyal and were taught how to make portals under an oath of death. That they would never reveal its secret, even at the cost of their lives.
Notices
This update was a bit delayed because i've been having troubles with power outages and lightning storms.
Post by: TamerVirus on June 09, 2020, 10:48:01 am
Until the letters just stopped coming.
By the turn of winter, a lone slugman, covered in grievous wounds and nearing death returned to the dukedom. He told of a great slaughter perpetuated by what was described as a group of bipedal bear-like creatures who cleaved, mauled, and brutalized all. Massive, incredibly tough, and naturally equipped with a set of crushing jaws and sharp claws, the Bearwalkers killed the expedition almost completely to the last man.
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on June 09, 2020, 11:12:32 am
The Graniteboard's crew, after getting quite amazingly lost after their being expelled from the Free Cities of Dalai, have managed to stumble into a desert - and an oasis with date palms, luckily for them (note: I'm assuming this is part of unexplored, unsettled territory somewhere near the Waterstone Clan or Free Cities of Dalai, which the crew doesn't realize - do correct my assumption, void this post, or otherwise modify as needed if the content of the post doesn't work). They soon realize that someone came by here not too long ago and apparently left a few tools behind. One of those tools is a pickaxe. Broth and his former crewmates set to work gathering sandstone whilst snacking on dates. In 224.8, however, five of the fifteen are killed when they forget to properly support a tunnel; they are suffocated by falling sand. In 224.975, they manage to complete enough houses for all ten of the survivors; Broth is one of these survivors. Roll for how well the houses have been constructed; do keep in mind that none of the survivors are architects. The ten soon begin spending their days whiling away their time playing simple games and eating dates, not having much else to do. They find the heat appallingly infernal, however.
(is this too much or too long?)
Post by: Strik3r on June 09, 2020, 11:50:12 am
Year 224.75-224.975:(No, thats absolutely fine. I'll just have to place the map marker in the right place, it may end up being a bit more to the south, though.
The Graniteboard's crew, after getting quite amazingly lost after their being expelled from the Free Cities of Dalai, have managed to stumble into a desert - and an oasis with date palms, luckily for them (note: I'm assuming this is part of unexplored, unsettled territory somewhere near the Waterstone Clan or Free Cities of Dalai, which the crew doesn't realize - do correct my assumption, void this post, or otherwise modify as needed if the content of the post doesn't work). They soon realize that someone came by here not too long ago and apparently left a few tools behind. One of those tools is a pickaxe. Broth and his former crewmates set to work gathering sandstone whilst snacking on dates. In 224.8, however, five of the fifteen are killed when they forget to properly support a tunnel; they are suffocated by falling sand. In 224.975, they manage to complete enough houses for all ten of the survivors; Broth is one of these survivors. Roll for how well the houses have been constructed; do keep in mind that none of the survivors are architects. The ten soon begin spending their days whiling away their time playing simple games and eating dates, not having much else to do. They find the heat appallingly infernal, however.
(is this too much or too long?)
also, please dont get all worried just because i voided a turn :P,
Allow me to Quote the rules in the OP:
*Only post once at a time with one or two additions to the setting.So, a single new location/state with a bunch of lore is totally fine. But a turn that just spawns, to quote, 17 random things all over the world, generally not.)
*Posts can of course contain any amount of lore you want to add, just don't change 17 different things at once.
Year: 224: The slugman Duke Yano IV, one of the many squabbling dukes of the independent ducal slugmen territories, tasks his ambitious son Mohiro and a dedicated caravan of soldiers, craftsmen, farmers, and settlers to carve out a new territory for himself. They head due west towards the poorly documented western coastal lands. Correspondence back to the court of Yano IV tell of a tranquil region of 5 beautiful lakes surrounded by nature's bounty. Mohiro referred to the region as the Bear Claw Lakes; as if a great bear slashed the land itself to form these bodies of water and also due to the unusually large population of bears observed. Periodic notes and letters detail the formation a development of a small village over the course of a few months. The letters were filled with brimming confidence and a palpable sense of future success.(Do you want me to make the Bearwalkers a tribe and give them their own territory? Also IIRC, Brudines are bear-like creatures, maybe? Don't remember precisely. I really need to write the second edition Encyclopedia ASAP.)
Until the letters just stopped coming.
By the turn of winter, a lone slugman, covered in grievous wounds and nearing death returned to the dukedom. He told of a great slaughter perpetuated by what was described as a group of bipedal bear-like creatures who cleaved, mauled, and brutalized all. Massive, incredibly tough, and naturally equipped with a set of crushing jaws and sharp claws, the Bearwalkers killed the expedition almost completely to the last man.
Post by: TamerVirus on June 09, 2020, 12:14:10 pm
Post by: Lidku on June 09, 2020, 12:15:56 pm
The Vahucci cult upon research of some parts they stole from Funny Halloween during a few minor victorious battles discovery that if each part is assembled together, whoever is the assembler of all the parts together will ascend to Godhoodship- along with the parts being able to grant whoever has all pieces whatever they wished. It was through this that the cult knew only one thing from learning this information- revive Vahucci!
However at the eve of when the appropriate agents were going to be dispatched to carry on their operations, their main fortress comes under assault! The Katari utilizing a mole they cultivated from within the ranks inside the cult allowed them to discovery the location of the Cult's headquarters. The Katari footmen would be highly trained of the order with the Stand-Users with the deadliest of Stands. Even with the home-ground advantage the Cult not renown for outright combat is having trouble relieving the fort from the strike force rampaging through the halls.
Meanwhile from the forest outskirts Funny Halloween and his men would reach the to the site as well after Rigos' Stand [Hierophants Divinity] detected the resonance trail of the various parts the Vahucci had stolen from them. They only ever managed to theft them because the Vahucci targeted their newer recruits who weren't experienced fighting trained assassins. Now Funny Halloween ensured the greatest of his Men-At-Arms were upfront in this coming battle, among them his most deadliest Stand-Users under employ. Funny Halloween by his own predictably possessed the strongest Stand, [Young Rich Royal], due to its ability of Context Manipulation- the power to change, manipulate, and modify anything within a localized area.
Roll to see which faction of the three is victorious in the battle.
Post by: TamerVirus on June 09, 2020, 02:30:39 pm
After weeks of travel, the group rediscovers the bloody ruins of the nascent settlement and begins counting the dead. Suspiciously, the body of Mohiro was nowhere to be found. Wary and warned, the group hastily constructs a ramshackle wooden fort as a sort of safe haven from any sort of unforeseen trouble.
By late spring, exploration and reconnaissance revealed the existence of a primitive tribal settlement occupied by the "Bearwalker Tribe" Surprisingly, this tribe consists not of the great bear beasts described by the delirious slugman survivor, but of simple humans in self-sufficient primitive circumstances. They are easily distinguished by the spiral tattoos imprinted on their bodies. It is here that they find Mohiro alive. He describes that on the night of a brilliant crimson full moon, a flood of large bear-like creatures easily overran the settlement; the same story told as before. Mohiro managed to stumble into the woods, surviving by just a hair before being discovered by the human tribe and nursed back to health. When asked about the bear-creatures, the humans would only tell Mohiro that it was "The Will of Bri". Bri being the name of the creator deity that the tribe worshiped. Scholars believe that Bri worship is actually the worship of Boran Boriborus distorted by the lens of time and isolation. While not confirmed, this theory has been given credence due to the oral tradition within the Bearwalker Tribe regarding how they spontaneously arose in the region hundreds of years ago.
Mohiro left the tribe to stay at the ramshackle fort by early autumn. He and a small group set out back for ducal lands soon afterwards in early winter.
In late winter, a blood drenched Mohiro returns to the court of Yano IV. Mohiro is distraught and troubled, speaking about how he woke up to discovered his accompanying party slaughtered and torn apart. Yet he was completely covered in gore but did not suffer a scratch. What caused this, he did not know. But the moon, oh how brilliant the moon was that night.
((So I turned the Bearwalker Tribe into the (Were)Bearwalker Tribe.... Should be diffrent enough now!))
Post by: Avetruetotheimperator on June 09, 2020, 05:07:08 pm
Year 225Year 225.3:
The Vahucci cult upon research of some parts they stole from Funny Halloween during a few minor victorious battles discovery that if each part is assembled together, whoever is the assembler of all the parts together will ascend to Godhoodship- along with the parts being able to grant whoever has all pieces whatever they wished. It was through this that the cult knew only one thing from learning this information- revive Vahucci!
However at the eve of when the appropriate agents were going to be dispatched to carry on their operations, their main fortress comes under assault! The Katari utilizing a mole they cultivated from within the ranks inside the cult allowed them to discovery the location of the Cult's headquarters. The Katari footmen would be highly trained of the order with the Stand-Users with the deadliest of Stands. Even with the home-ground advantage the Cult not renown for outright combat is having trouble relieving the fort from the strike force rampaging through the halls.
Meanwhile from the forest outskirts Funny Halloween and his men would reach the to the site as well after Rigos' Stand [Hierophants Divinity] detected the resonance trail of the various parts the Vahucci had stolen from them. They only ever managed to theft them because the Vahucci targeted their newer recruits who weren't experienced fighting trained assassins. Now Funny Halloween ensured the greatest of his Men-At-Arms were upfront in this coming battle, among them his most deadliest Stand-Users under employ. Funny Halloween by his own predictably possessed the strongest Stand, [Young Rich Royal], due to its ability of Context Manipulation- the power to change, manipulate, and modify anything within a localized area.
Roll to see which faction of the three is victorious in the battle.
While all this is going on, a faction intervenes. Tao Sab Sab, seeking revenge after Halloween eluded him last time, lies in wait with a elite headhunter squad of the Hasasin. These deadly hamersterfolk killers use the greatest of shadow arts along with ki enhancements. Capable of destroying entire armies with but their fists like the Ki users of old, they are like an ancient nightmare made even deadlier. Stand users best beware, even if Tao Sab Sab and the others don't risk alerting the gods by going for more flashier and destructive arts. And once the fighting strikes, they strike decisively. Due to dark politics, they themselves align with the Vahucci, though their leader's primary objective is to kill Halloween.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 09, 2020, 05:08:10 pm
Post by: Avetruetotheimperator on June 09, 2020, 05:26:23 pm
I think Ki was removed from living thingsI've already built on why the Hasasin have ki in previous years/worldbuilding.
Post by: Strik3r on June 10, 2020, 07:00:30 am
Code: [Select]
1d20=18Maybe it just comes with the territory of being a dwarf, but the sandstone houses built by the surviving crew of the graniteboard are built as well as they possibly could be, despite none of the crew members having any experience building a house. How did a bunch of dwarves leave port at the Waterstone Clan and end up in the middle of the desert oasis, historians will never know,(https://i.imgur.com/xk83qst.png)
but the houses built by the crew will likely stand long after they are gone.
Rumble in the Vahucci cult's fortress(Vahucci cult vs. The Katari vs. The King of Arghila and his men)
Code: [Select]
Advantage: Vahucci cult
+2 Home Field
Vahucci cult 1d20=18+2=20
The Katari 1d20=12
King of Arghila 1d20=20!The battle in the Vahucci cult's fortress was absolutely brutal with blood and ichor covering the walls. All sides fought ferociously but it was the The Katari that were the weakest, they were not prepared, to fight an ancient cult that had been involved in nearly every conflict in the world's history and were in their home territory nor s souped-up army that were not just "Stand Users" but the main fighting force of Arghila and whose leader can manipulate reality itself.The fortress of the cult was almost completely trashed in the fighting, The Katari were forced to retreat and did so barely, being nearly wiped out, but they did their fair share of damage to both forces.
The fighting between the forces of Arghila and the Cult was a bloodbath as both sides ripped each other to shreds, each with their respective powers. The fighting had ground to a stalemate, but the Vahucci cult had an ace up their sleeve, an unexpected ally: the Hasasins and their Tao.
Hasasin vs. King of Arghila
Code: [Select]
Hasasin 1d20=18
King of Arghila 1d20=7It was a strike that came out of nowhere. The Hasasins hit fast and without mercy. King of Arghila and his men gave everything to fight back but so did the Hasasins and the old ways of the Ki are still superior to the newfangled Stands. In the end, the King was left wounded and limping back in retreat, few of the king's men survived to accompany him back, the others were lost in their fight against the Hasasins or sacrificed themselves to help their leader escape.
The Hasasins had their own problem now, for the gaze of the gods was now upon them, the ones who escaped the purging of the Ki.
YEAR 225.4
All the "Stand Users" in the world had a new enemy to fear, one that does not care for borders or status.
As soon as the Stand Hunters learned of the hurried and wounded retreat of Arhila's King from the Vahucci Fortress all 4 heads of the Order agreed on two things:
That it would be incredibly reckless to strike without essentially any planning.
And this might well be the only chance they get to take down the King of Stand Users.
So, they resolved to intercept Arghila's King before he reached Arghila. They would not risk trying to capture him, for he was too powerful and likely break out of any confinement with ease and fury. It was a kill order.
So, a small force of Shadow Guard of the Stand Hunters was deployed to attempt to assassinate the King of Arghila in the middle of the woods.
Code: [Select]
1d20=14The assasins of the Shadow Guard were deployed well ahead on the King's route, near the Arghilan border. As soon as the king made it to where the assassins were waiting for him, a horrible chill ran down his spine, like somehow he knew something terrible was about to happen. Some of his men swore they could see shadowy figures jump from tree to tree. So the men formed a circle around their king, all of them facing outward, eyes warily looking for potential threats.The Shadow Guard, being of chaos, were selfish, yes, but this was their only chance. This situation wasn't anything they had trained for, but the assassins had a plan anyway, one of the assassins shadow stepped right in front of the group to distract them, make all the troops face him, then another shadowstepped behind the now distracted group and thrust his crystal dagger straight into the king's back.
The hit was solid, but not enough to instantly kill the king. The dagger went into the king's back, through the spine and then pierced his right lung.
The troops turned around just in time to catch the assassin's dagger arm with a sword swing and cut it clean off before he shadowstepped away again. The assassin that distracted the whole group recieved grevious wounds and perished. The king who could no longer walk, had to be carried by his men, and they passed over the border, trying absolutely everything to save their king, but in the end, it was in vain, the king suffocated as blood filled his lungs. The regicide was complete, the King was dead, but at least he died in his own kingdom.
Notices
This update was ONCE AGAIN delayed by power outage problems.
Also Naturegirl1999, you really should really post more often in this thread, of course, thats not an order, its an invitation ;) in fact to anyone who's just reading the thread, to play too.
This game isn't an invite-only club, everyone's welcome. The game does have rules, but they're easy to follow and are found in the opening post.
This update was ONCE AGAIN delayed by power outage problems.
Also Naturegirl1999, you really should really post more often in this thread, of course, thats not an order, its an invitation ;) in fact to anyone who's just reading the thread, to play too.
This game isn't an invite-only club, everyone's welcome. The game does have rules, but they're easy to follow and are found in the opening post.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 10, 2020, 08:10:41 am
Year 225.5
A random spot in the ocean gets hit by a meteorite
Roll for size of meteorite and what it’s made of
Post by: King Zultan on June 10, 2020, 08:19:57 am
Post by: auzewasright on June 10, 2020, 08:28:55 am
The Kingdom of Streamland focuses on gradually rebuilding much of the coast (especially Portūn). The King managed to survive, and now begins to plan out revenge with his surviving generals. They also take this opportunity to plan out Portūn as they rebuild it, this time with a new embassy for Refugio Guerra. He sets up the military, and sends them to attack Gojira wherever the creature is. It will take Streamland decades to rebuild from this, but they will eventually.
Post by: Lidku on June 10, 2020, 10:47:28 am
No one knew who assassinated Funny Halloween, but he was interned with a wide funeral celebration that went on for 2 months straight. After his death his son Ludicrous Sales-Halloween passed into successive. Of course he was also a Stand-User, his Stand being [Fireblast Scorn], a Punch-type stand that had the ability to manipulate fire. Funny Halloween's son was saddened, but not surprised his father was assassinated due to all the enemies he had garnered over the years. Ludicrous Sales-Halloween was tutored by Belethor Shirazi the whole duration during Funny Halloween's journey, as such Ludicrous was more reserved and regal than his father was. He had written off the mission to gain the corpse parts further even when his father's men wanted to continue- it was more trouble than it was worth. He has the corpse parts his father acquired during their journey and has them set in a secret chamber in the palace.
Ludicrous Sales-Halloween instead of wanting some esoteric power in the form of the Valkyra corpse parts, focuses and developing Arghila by natural means- good statesmenship. Despite his royal house and the Katari starting off on a bad foot with his fathers quest for the corpse parts, he funds and expands the Katari out of charity after much of their forces and equipment were squalored in the battle at the Vahucci headquarters. Even with this though the Katari are still suspicious of the Halloween household.
Orcs would continue to grow in number in the western continent, to a point where the original human and slugman bandits in the wilderness who used to readily "rule" it become displaced and more displaced everyday. To stop this a Stand-User bandit by the name of Mikey Two-Spears rises to become the premiere Orc hunter due to his natural fighting skill and the power his Stand possesses. It was called [Carths Bone] because it was a skeletal-iron humanoid type stand that could manipulate the bones of any target near it. This would translate to Mikey being allowed to instantly break the bones of any target near him with his "mind" (which was really being done by his Stand by technicality). It also allowed him to make light armor using the bones of the Orcs he defeats and kills in combat- which is superb since it was found that Orc bones are extremely strong.
Post by: TamerVirus on June 10, 2020, 11:08:32 am
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on June 10, 2020, 12:20:18 pm
Broth and two of his most trusted former crewmates (former, seeing as they don't own a ship anymore) are exploring the desert when they stumble upon a river. They follow it south, then west, and then south some more from 228.51-228.8, sustaining themselves by grabbing random plants that they hope are edible and eating them and drinking from the river. In 228.8, they quite literally run into a hamsterfolk - thus marking their unwitting intrusion into the territory of the hamsterfolk shamans. Roll for the following: whether Broth and his companions were poisoned by the food or drink they consumed (they don't have much experience with surface edibles, and who knows what's in that water); how the hamsterfolk they ran into reacts to them; and how they react to the hamsterfolk they ran into.
Post by: Strik3r on June 10, 2020, 01:45:24 pm
Lokhund raiders have discovered the Goblins that lie due south of their land, just over the sea, seeing them as weak and uncivilized, easy pickings for anyone looking for slaves. And it was just Lokhunds' luck, as there have been rumours that have reached as far as the Lokhunds' own land, of potential buyers in Refugio Guerra. Slave traders who paid in pure gold, intending to sell the slaves on in their own lands. And supposedly, they were in need of lots of them to build something big. These slave traders operated in Refugio Guerra freely and openly, while some individuals were morally opposed to slavery, yes, but nowhere was it outlawed. And no one would care if a bunch of green, ugly goblins were cast in chains and sold to the highest bidder.
Lokhund raiders attack the goblins, attempting to capture them as slaves and sell them in Refugio Guerra.
Meanwhile, the Stand Hunters have realized their need to have a base after all, if for nothing more than for holding any captives and storing provisions. Having learned of the somewhat recently discovered island chain far to the southeast, having no need to use boats and thus skipping the long travel times when they can just move about using portals, they've decided to set up a small base of operations on one of the islands in the southeast.
Post by: Lidku on June 10, 2020, 02:13:36 pm
Quote from: Strik3r
And no one would care if a bunch of green, ugly goblins were cast in chains and sold to the highest bidder.
Lokhund raiders attack the goblins, attempting to capture them as slaves
The various Goblin tribes before their corruption in the Aetherial wastes were skilled troopers under the best of the High-Elven regimens in Ukalia. While much or half of their equipment has been gradually lost, their powess still remains. The Lokund will have surprising difficulty in trying to raid and sell off some Goblin tribes.
Post by: TamerVirus on June 10, 2020, 02:21:14 pm
Post by: chaotick21 on June 10, 2020, 05:07:32 pm
A colony of Lizardmen Bounty Hunters migrate to deserts in the West, to form the Duskblades, a mercenary tribe.
They use scimitars and bows as weapons. Their leader is Xltor Ukt'ni [Pronounced Xultor Ooketni], a freakishly tall, yellow-skinned Lizardman. Xltor is an expert in combat, yet prefers to use cunning and planning to defeat foes.
Post by: Lidku on June 10, 2020, 09:16:29 pm
In the heart of the jungles of the eastern continent, a sapient species of biped Birdmen had lived in isolation from the other sapient entities of the world. This all changes when one clan, called the Jomon, while on a routine migratory flight (the Birdmen have their wings on their backs if you're wondering) had made contact with a group of traders from Steamland who set up a small resource gathering outpost on the coast of the jungle region. Easily with the convincing of the experienced traders, the Jomon would trade valuable ivory they collect from hunting boars and elephants in the jungle for the more advanced iron weaponry the Streamlander traders have in inventory.
All of the Birdmen tribes due to their isolation didn't advance much in tech- but as soon with this contact with the Streamlanders, thus breaking the isolation, the Jomon clan brings this new iron technology back to their tribe. With this wondrous breakthrough, the Jomon clan head is appointed chieftain of the tribe by vote of the other clan heads. Chief Yazuki of Jomon with their iron swords, spears, and javelins would go on a year long conquest of the other surrounding tribes. The campaign was so rigorous that the other clans decide to rally and assimilate into the Jomon from the sheer tribal prestige of the battles alone.
By the end of the year Chief Yazuki declares himself Emperor after he learns the understanding of what a "nation" is from his Streamlander merchant advisor- John Tammo. The Empire is called Avaria after the river that had sustained the various Birdmen tribes for generations.
Spoiler: Empire of Avaria (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Map Update (click to show/hide)
Post by: Strik3r on June 11, 2020, 08:17:01 am
Code: [Select]
2d20=17+20!(Hopefully you didnt have any big plans for the meteorite itself :PI feel that it is my duty as a GM not just to manage the game, resolve rolls and update the map, but also to help the players whenever they need it. Hopefully, this is help.)
The meteorite that came down from the skies was massive, not "world destroying" massive, but big enough that it caused a pretty big splash when it hit the sea, east of the western continent. And it didn't just hit the sea and break apart, it punched through the water and kept going, all the way down to the sea floor, when it impacted the floor it still had enough energy in it to cause a sizable tremor.
(https://i.imgur.com/pBbFu1J.png)
The meteorite itself is mostly just a normal iron meteorite, at least from the exterior, inside however, there are a wealth of incredibly rare minerals, most of which the inhabitants of this world can't even use, to top it all off, the core of the meteorite is hollow: it is a massive crystal geode, purplish crystals that emit a dim but pleasant glow.
All these minerals, dropped to the sea floor and lost forever.... well nearly. It turns out that the meteorite struck an ancient faultline, the very same one that the moss troll island is on.
(https://i.imgur.com/HkLU8OW.png)
The impact triggered a deep sea volcanic eruption to the north of the moss troll island, and bulging in the mantle, all in all, a number of islands have risen from the sea around the moss troll island, mostly to to the north, and the island got itself a few small sister islands as well.
(https://i.imgur.com/rVYmAUk.png)
((This is what i feel like the original southeastern islands should've been.))
However, it turns out that Gojira does not like its sleep being disturbed by meteorite impacts. And its was angry, and had set its course straight for Streamland, again. This time however, it had a bit of a surprise waiting for it, two actually.
Explosives' damage to Gojira
Code: [Select]
1d20=16The quantity of the black powder that the alchemists managed to produce was impressive. When Gojira attacked Streamland again, it felt the full force of the alchemists' work. A town had been completely emptied of people and loaded up with black powder. And as soon as Gojira was in the middle of it all, the fuse was lit! All the barrels of the black powder went off at once, turning buildings, into shrapnel that pierced Gojira's hide and it bled profusely from every wound caused by the flying bits of buildings or the explosion itself. While this in itself was not enough to take the giant lizard down, it had been weakened, greatly.Ready for the streamland's army to make their move.
Streamland vs. Gojira
Code: [Select]
Streamland 1d20=7
Gojira 1d20=1!
While as usual, the army fared poorly against the giant monster, their blades and spears having little effect on its tough hide, Gojira fared even worse! It wasn't a single hero or a powerful mage that was Gojira's downfall, but the coordinated plan of using the alchemists' new black powder to weaken the monster and just the sheer mass of Streamland's warriors, each cutting at the lizard, inflicting small wounds, but they added up, a death by a thousand cuts... well probably alot more. The thing was almost pathetic in its last moments, dragging its hulking mass over destroyed buildings, bellowing pained cries in its death throes, such a mighty monster, brought down so low.Many of Streamland's warriors perished in the battle too, but it put an end to an era that had cost many more people their homes, their families and lives.
Damage to streamland
Code: [Select]
1d20=15Still, before being put down, Gojira did manage to cause some further damage to streamland, as the abandoned town that would be its grave, was not the first on its path. But most of the damage to streamland this time around, was done by the alchemists, whose little black powder trap leveled an entire town, reducing it to rubble.Broth's adventures in the desert
Code: [Select]
3d20=3+15+11Broth and his bunch indeed have no knowledge when it comes to choosing what to eat, in fact they seemed to actively pick the worst things to eat, maybe because said things had pretty, vibrant coloration. Even when the most amateurish herbalist knows that it is often the most colorful things that are the most poisonous, the vibrant color being a warning.Thankfully, the river water turned out to be fine, normal freshwater as they unfortunately found out after they collapsed in the desert sands from their poisoning and by pure luck were found by hamstermen who hauled them back to a village on the river's edge, where they were nursed back to health.
While there were some grumblings of "I didn't need your help, y'know", from the dwarves, in the end, even Broth seemed to have been mellowed out by their mishap and perhaps remembering what happened with the diplomat at Dalai, thanked the hamstermen for their hospitality.
Lokhund raiders vs. Goblins
Code: [Select]
Lokhunds 1d20=13
Goblins 1d20=12It appears that the Lokhund raiders had underestimated their enemy a bit. The small ugly greenskins turned out to be much better fighters than they expected and every goblin that the Lokhunds captured, came at a high price to the Lokhunds, and thus at a high price to the buyers. The Lokhunds relished in the bloodshed but had no intention of fighting a war, they were only there to grab the less combative gobs and sail off for Refugio Guerra. In the end, the Lokhunds managed to grab far fewer goblins than they had hoped to before retreating back onto their longships and setting out. The greenskins had driven off the raiding force without them doing to much damage to the goblin's numbers.YEAR 229.1("West" in this context is a little fuzzy, I don't know whether you mean west of the lizardmen's current location, or on the west continent, so i will go with the more literal interpretation of "West" and place the new tribe on the western side of Dragolia(the eastern continent, that is actually floating, but that seems to be forgotten about alot, recently)
A colony of Lizardmen Bounty Hunters migrate to deserts in the West, to form the Duskblades, a mercenary tribe.
They use scimitars and bows as weapons. Their leader is Xltor Ukt'ni [Pronounced Xultor Ooketni], a freakishly tall, yellow-skinned Lizardman. Xltor is an expert in combat, yet prefers to use cunning and planning to defeat foes.
If you intended the new tribe to be in the deserts of the Western continent, tell me in OOC and i'll move it next update, no questions asked.)
Year 230
((Hehe, "empire" is perhaps a bit much, but i suppose a nation can call themselves whatever they want.
Even a tribe could call itself an "empire" if wanted.
A few adjustments had to be done, specifically, the color was changed to be less similar to the Lokhunds, to a more minty/jade green. Appropriate i think, based on the leader's name and the glyph(a pagoda)))
YEAR 231
With slaves from the west being expensive and hard to come by, the Lizardmen tribes' big construction's completion will still be a few more years off.
But with news brought back by the Duskblades of a newly formed "Empire" along a river to the north, the Lizards' elders have seen a prospective new trading partner.
Lizardmen attempt diplomacy with Avaria
Code: [Select]
1d20=8It seems that the birdmen of Avaria are a bit averse to diplomacy with the Lizardmen, maybe because the Lizards were a bit too hasty? Regardless, at least there were no flying spears and the Lizardman envoys left the lands with nothing but a taste of failure on their tongues.Notices
I have never been more excited to make an update.
Also, whatever happened to Detoxicated? Are you still around, friend?
I have never been more excited to make an update.
Also, whatever happened to Detoxicated? Are you still around, friend?
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 11, 2020, 08:43:30 am
After about a century peacefully farming the crops they received as well as the plants from their island, one of the moss trolls gets an idea to start using stone. Rumo noticed that the island itself is stronger than wood, and starts mining part of one of the new islands for stone. Roll for whether Rumo finds any ores during his mining.
It has been many years since Velma left for Streamland to help with fighting Gojira, some ships are sent with wood, building materials, and builders to help with any repairs to the area after Gojira’s attack. Roll for how successful/helpful the builders are
Post by: chaotick21 on June 11, 2020, 08:52:02 am
Post by: Detoxicated on June 11, 2020, 08:53:19 am
Year 231.2
Out of Obsidian and Raided gold, the Sharkmen armies construct a massive underwater Ritual circle. Upon its construction they Work to awaken the Underwater god Storm. Roll to know the Outcome of this Ritual.
The arrival of Goblin slaves in Refugio Guerra has created a political debate. Slavery AS such was unknown in Refugio Guerra so many Sides we're against the prolonged enslavement of the Goblins. Others pointed Out the Goblins violent tendencies so therefore they must be kept in Check. The third Side saw good in their tendencies and wanted to use them exclusively in the Military and opted to create a Battle Arena for the Goblins to Fight in.
Roll which Side wins the debate to shape the Future of Refugio Guerra
Relodio Denninghall, Scholars of the Scar University publishes several works on Calligraphic Magic systems.
He distinguished between Western Traditional Glyphs, coming from the oldest Slugmen societies, and Eastern Systems.
The Western systems have a General round Theme to them but differ in method of application. While the Duchies and HCE uses mostly pebbles and Bones painted with Pigment, the hamsterfolk almost exclusively use textiles with woven Signs. The Qhanganate and the Humans Sometimes use These systems but usually indulge in glyphic structures erected AS Well AS Sand Mandalas and Glass formed to resemble the Glyphs.
While one can observe many similarities in the Western Hemisphere, the Eastern Systems differ greatly. Dwarve and Lokhunds use quite distinctive and seperaten runes usually Hit in Rock or carved in Wood. The dragons Paint their clawsigns Into the verY Floor and Sometimes erect intricate Signhouses. Completely Mixed of all worldly Traditions you have the Ecclectic Refugio Guerra Style which Takes Elements of all stYles.
Underlying His studies He is promoting that since many different systems lead to similar results further Experiments and streamlined Research is to be applied to the Calligraphic Systems in an attempt to understand the underlying Principle of Magic altogether
Post by: TamerVirus on June 11, 2020, 10:26:14 am
As the explosive powder proliferates, locals begin hypothesizing different ways to utilize the substance. Dalaian weaponsmiths and soldiers stationed at Fort Ziani come to the conclusion that the substance is very effective in launching projectiles. Using rudimentary hollowed out tubes of wood, rocks, and a measured amount of blasting powder, the Dalains create a new device that shoot farther than the most skilled archer and yet be be able to cause more damage than a simple catapult.
Post by: Detoxicated on June 11, 2020, 10:52:46 am
Extensive studies regarding Calligraphic Magic systems are started within the Great Scar University. Different forms but also Materials for the writing system are tested and new Hypothesis about the Nature of Magic are created.
Refugio Guerra, upon hearing about the new gunpowder strengthens their trade Relations with the streamlanders and are working to create their own gunpowder based Military unit.
Post by: Lidku on June 11, 2020, 11:12:53 am
Somewhere in the desert of the western continent, lies a singular bazaar building in the middle of nowhere. Many adventurers, merchants, and various patrolmen of differing political entities go into the building in hopes of trading for water or simple baubles. Anyone who enters this building however curiously never return no matter what.
A few wayward desert peasant-scavengers from one of the castle-suburbs of a Knight of the Desert fortress happen upon the bazaar one day. Seeing an opportunity to make a few copper or silver to sell off some of the material comprising the outside of the bazaar, they attempt to break it down with their pickaxe and hammer tools. Try as they might however, nothing seems to work. A month later they come back with a Moss Troll that was "recruited" (press-ganged would be more apt), but even the Moss Troll with all its herculean strength could not break down the bazaar with its fists. Finally, with being highly confused with the anomaly of the building, the looter crew goes inside the bazaar- to ultimately suffer the same fate of never returning as many others that deigned to go inside.
No matter what, no one can escape once inside. The various Gods would be confused, of the most Eightstone as almost nothing was beyond his sight in the deserts as the very region was its Sphere. Hrvalda even has High-Elven arch-mages from her cult go inside the bazaar and try to teleport out- but it is no avail. Even the Gods fear to go inside this bazaar. What is its purpose and who made it?
Spoiler: The Bazaar (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Map Update/Location of the Bazaar (click to show/hide)
Post by: TamerVirus on June 11, 2020, 11:25:08 am
Post by: Strik3r on June 11, 2020, 11:28:03 am
YEAR 234.3
The White Tree of Elysium has been growing quite rapidly, it is now as large as the oldest trees, from long before it began to grow, with a thick trunk and a dense root system underneath. If it keeps growing at this rate, it will tower above any other tree on Elysium and would be seen from Avaria in 20 years. Another strange thing has occurred in regards of the Tree: it carries a large, glowing ball of blue energy between its uppermost branches.
((
Year 234Does the "Bazaar" belong to the HCE? if not, why does it have HCE's Background color?
Also, what anime is it this time, mh?
Year 234.2Damn, the crab titan is some ancient lore, im suprised anyone remembers that thing lol))
Post by: Lidku on June 11, 2020, 11:36:17 am
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on June 11, 2020, 12:50:53 pm
It takes some time for Broth and his companions to persuade the hamsterfolk to send a delegation to the Waterstone Clan, but they manage to persuade them nonetheless. In 234.7, they set out back to the oasis "settlement" Broth and his former crewmates had built. They arrive in 234.9, the navigation made slightly easier because the hamersterfolk know the terrain around them better than Broth and his friends do. Broth and his friends, with help from the hamsterfolk, manage to avoid getting poisoned on the way back. In 234.92, after a short rest spent at the oasis "settlement", Broth, his dwarven companions from before, and the hamsterfolk delegation set out for Waterstone Clan territory. They arrive in 236.05. Broth hopes to persuade the dwarves there to forgive him and his former crewmates by bringing the hamsterfolk delegation to the Waterstone Clan. Roll for whether Broth and his former crewmates are forgiven; how the Waterstone Clan diplomatic officials and whatnot react to the hamsterfolk delegation; and how well the hamsterfolk delegation manages to conduct diplomacy with the Waterstone Clan diplomatic officials and whatnot.
(the only reason this is such a large timespan is to account for the considerable distance between the oasis "settlement" marker and the Waterstone Clan marker on the map.)
Post by: Detoxicated on June 11, 2020, 02:15:21 pm
Many discoveries regarding Calligraphic Magic have been made. Apparantly there is an underlying magical geometry that creates effect, taking Energy from the Land and Material Used to apply the magical sign. AS the Many systems Used by the people of the world all have their own intricacies and niches a Young scholar and pupil emerges and discusses to further the seperate systems. His Name ist Trandocio Garris, a human of Streamland. Quickly He gains the following of a group WHO call themselves the Traditionalists.
Another bright minded youngster scholar named Bolboshin Saddleboon from the Hamsterfolk makes a Point to create a standarized Calligraphic System using the knowledge of Magic Geometry in a scientific Fashion.
He also gains a following WHO call themselves the Innovators.
The Nature of this discurse Marks a fundamental Point in magical Research and is therefore the object of a Rebellion within the University.
Relodio Denninghall Sees the Points of both schools of thoughts and stays neutral on the Matter.
Roll to determine what school of thought wins this debate (Tradition or Innovation)
In the meantime an University Expedition is sent Out to obtain one of the Titan eggs.
Post by: Lidku on June 11, 2020, 02:56:55 pm
Ludicrous Sales-Halloween with his astute management of Arghila has it become the premiere kingdom in the peninsula over the other two kingdoms. With Arghila's natural harbor becoming an epicentre of trade its various urban areas grow larger and larger to a point where it has an immense amount of population in dense areas. This comes with a glorious amounts of wealth that the Halloween dynasty can tax from with this increased urbanization, but it comes at the cost many unsavory gangs, low-life merchants, and various other groups to set up shop due to vastness of the newly growing sizes of each city center.
This phenomenon of villainy is most apt in the Arghilan city of Lotham, the largest of urban centres in the kingdom due to its favorable coastal position and flow of exotic trade goods. One faithful night an unknown peasant becomes a vigilante in Lotham. At first he is taken non-seriously, but the reality of his strange powess comes to light when he single-handedly took down an entire urban bandit-gang known for slaughtering city-militia all by his lonesome.
Nobody knows the identity of this strange man because he wears a strange leather-chainmail skintight suit along with a hooded helm that vaguely resembles a dinosaur in design. His acrobatics and hand-to-hand combat would be unmatched in the entire city, with each night he takes out thug after thug in Lotham. The locals have begun to call him the "Saur" due to his strange attire overall and his unique helm. The Governor of Lotham, Uka Tumble vehemently denies the existence of any such figure known as the "Saur" operating in Lotham- most presumably if only to save face seeing how this one man does a better job than the entirety of Lotham city-guard.
Post by: chaotick21 on June 11, 2020, 03:16:03 pm
The Duskblades start to run out of food, and so they call on the Gods to aid them. Eightstone answers, and blesses them with prickly pear cactuses. They begin to worship Eightstone, and decide to construct a temple in it's honor. Roll for how successful they are
Post by: Strik3r on June 11, 2020, 05:16:22 pm
With their small base built, the Stand Hunters have been looking outward, in search of targets, of "Stand Users" to eliminate.
Recently it has come to the Order's attention that a "Orc Hunter" Stand user was spotted in the northern part of the western continent. This criminal's power was the ability to manipulate bones, allowing him to break anyone's bones at will, a despicable and cruel power. And then he could use his Stand's power to form the bones of the slain into armor. The Order could not allow this sadistic bastard to live any longer.
But, he was an orc hunter, so orcs naturally despised him. So the Order came up with a plan to "kill two birds with one stone" as it were. They would teach the Orcs magic, and then sic them on the hunter, in droves. In doing so, they might well gain the Order its 5th arm, "The Direct-Assault" arm, composed of orcs. While the Purifiers were fine face-to-face fighters, they're still relatively fragile, compared to orcs, anyway. The orcs wouldn't be taught any complex magic, just the most basic and simple: Earth and Fire, That would be taught by the Purifiers and their High-elf leader. In addition, the orcs were to be taught a bit of Spirit magic by Alia and and her Spiritualists. Of course, the whole operation will have a sizeable force of Purifiers and Red Hallow members as escort as well as Shadowguard scouts on the lookout, the order knew that the Orcs were a dangerous bunch, if they weren't careful, they could end up dead, or worse.
The Order wasn't dumb of course, first they'd send in an envoy and if the Orcs refused or something happened to the envoy, they wouldn't try any further.
The Stand Hunter Order attempts diplomacy with the Orcs and subsequently to teach them magic
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on June 11, 2020, 05:19:21 pm
Post by: TamerVirus on June 11, 2020, 05:24:00 pm
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on June 11, 2020, 06:15:30 pm
Post by: Lidku on June 11, 2020, 06:57:26 pm
After its initial bout of conquests, the Avaria Empire focuses inward in developing their controlled regions just in the way how "cities" worked as explained by Chief Yazuki's advisor- John Tammo, an ex-merchant from of Streamlander origins. The capital of the empire, Syoko, has a year long development of urbanization. Markets places within the city are improved from shabbiness, the wooden walls are replaced with stone walls, and faster transport of goods is enabled within the city confines with the knowledge transfer of the "wheel" from John Tammo and his crew.
One Bird-man court official of the Jomon dynasty (Chief Yazuki's clan) while all this construction and improvements of Syoko were ongoing was promptly frustrated. No matter what, records of planned construction objectives, government ledgers, and general information that was written down all rotten away due to the material being written on was on sheep-skin. This caused many set-backs that could've easily been avoided if what was recorded could be recalled more easily, if not due to the constant rots that would take hold in stacks of records.
Himokko, the Bird-man official who was previously mentioned to be incensed by this problem, wanted to make a sheet material that would be nigh everlasting. He had his underlings collect jungle redwood bark, blue hemp grown from the plots of his peasants, and various stone shavings- from which he'd have his alchemists have all these collected ingredients mixed. Using specialty constructed rollers for this very task, the alchemists collect the mixed pulp of ingredients to then roll them flat. A few hours drying wrought a new invention that will revolutionize the Avarian empire- paper.
Post by: Detoxicated on June 12, 2020, 07:29:40 am
Upon arriving at the new Island Chain immediately the Expedition of University mages is Met with resistance. Huge waterspiders and crabs are defending the humoungus eggs. They have a hard time fighting the creatures.
Roll to See if the Expedition succeeds to obtain a Titan Egg and If they survive
Post by: auzewasright on June 12, 2020, 08:14:15 am
With Gojira defeated and practically all of Steamland's coast leveled, the kingdom then decides to organize some of its army levies into crews to rebuild the area with the help of the aid sent to them. To help with pay, the government-hired forges decide to stamp the weight onto the pieces of silver and electrum they are using for pay, inadvertently creating the first coins.
Post by: Strik3r on June 12, 2020, 08:34:57 am
Code: [Select]
1d20=3While Rumo dug up plenty of stone, none of it contained what could be considered "ore".Moss Trolls try to help rebuilding Streamland
Code: [Select]
1d20=12]The Moss Trolls that did arrive in Streamland were of great help in rebuilding wherever they went due to their strength and size. However, they were far too few in number to deal with the grand devastation that Gojira left in its wake, alone. Same deal with their building materials: Strong, exotic hardwood, but far less of it than was needed.Sharkmen attempt to awaken a god of the seas.
Code: [Select]
1d20=4Try as they might, despite attepting hundreds of permutations of the ritual, the calls of Sharkmen ultimately fall on deaf ears, or maybe there is no god to answer their it.The Refugio Guerra slavery debate:
Code: [Select]
No Slavery 1d20=17
Slavery Allowed 1d20=5
Gladiators Only 1d20=13The debate over whether slavery should be allowed in Refugio Guerra was long and heated, but try as they might, those that wanted all slavery permitted in Refugio Guerra could not justify their position, those that wanted the only allowable form of slavery to be gladiators (which some would argue is even worse) made some good points, especially regarding keeping populations in check. However in the end, it was the ones who wanted slavery completely outlawed that prevailed in the end, seeing slavery as an unjustifyable atrocity that can not be allowed.Thus, Refugio Guerra became the first nation in the world to outlaw slavery. The repercussions of this would be wide-reaching, with the nation being almost the hub of the world and a lot of trade flowing through there. The Lizardman slave traders in particular cursed Refugio Guerra's "Rule of the people", and its likely they wont be giving up so easily.
Graniteboard's crew attempt to get back into the Waterstone Clan
Code: [Select]
3d20=12+9+9Due to Broth and his bunch being with the hamsterman diplomats and thus subject to some form of diplomatic immunity, they were allowed to walk on Waterstone Clan land, without being executed on sight. However, the King was NOT pleased with Broth using the hamstermen like this to attempt to sneak himself and his crew back into the clan and this displeasure was reflected in the hamstermens' attempts to conduct diplomacy with the clan.In the end, Broth failed to convince the king to let his crew back into the clan and any members of the former Graniteboard were once again thrown out from the clan's lands. However upon learning of the crew's little village in the desert, the King decided to send some settlers into the area, to turn it into a proper settlement, and maybe even another clan. Broth would accompany these settlers on the way back to the oasis settlement, to make sure he'd arrive there. On the way back, Broth came up with a name for their new "nation": Sandpond, Thus they'd be known as the Sandpond Clan.
(I have turned the Oasis village into its own nation, the Sandpond Clan)
Scar University Tradionalists vs. Innovators debate
Code: [Select]
Tradionalists 1d20=8
Innovators 1d20=6The results of the debate are inconclusive, with neither side making a good case for why their system of Calligraphic magic is better. Neither the older, more freeform system of the the Traditionalists nor the more modern, standardized system of the Innovators prevails. This will probably cause confusion among those trying to learn a calligraphic magic style, with two sides teaching seemingly the same thing, but differently.Duskblades build a temple to Eightstone
Code: [Select]
1d20=11The Duskblade tribe succeeds in building a small temple to Eightstone out of sandstone, her favourite material. The size of the temple was limited a bit due to the tribe's lack of manpower but its a nice, quaint temple anyway.The Stand Hunter Order attempts to teach Orcs magic
Code: [Select]
1d20=13The Orcs, showing interest in magic (after a demonstration of course) were at least willing to hear the Order out and agreed to let the Stand Hunters teach them magic. Sadly, it turns out that Orcs don't take to magic as well as the Order would have hoped, despite the magic being taught to them being the most absolutely rock-bottom basic Earth and Fire magic. They didn't take to Spirit magic at all, instead repeatedly mocking the Foxfolk for being weak.While some Orc magi were produced, there are fewer than the Order hoped to make and less powerful.
Expedition to aquire a titan crab's egg
Code: [Select]
1d20=9The waterspiders and giant crabs prove too much for the expedition force and so they retreat without getting an egg of the Crab Titan. But at least every one on the expedition is alive, and without serious wounds.YEAR 242
It may seem that the Black Qhanganate has been dormant for a long time now, but the truth is, they've been biding their time, waiting for the eyes of their enemies to drift away from them and for them to grow complacent. But before they could make any moves, they would need to get rid of the forts that surround their territory. With them in place, there was no way they could move any armies out without being seen. Taking out the forts would also allow them to claim more territory. Their first mark would be the one that's already surrounded by their territory. The black wings would once again take flight.
Hagtai's Black Sky-Legion vs. Eastern fort
Code: [Select]
Advantage: Hagtai
+2 Large Army
+1 Veterancy Bonus
+1 Air Assault
Total +4
Hagtai's Black Sky-Legion 1d20=11+4=15
Eastern fort 1d20=8
Despite Hagtai and his Legion having grown a bit rusty over the years, they still took the fort, with a few losses, but nothing that can't be easily replaced with one of the Aetherials' regular deliveries of troops and resources.As soon as the fort's watchmen spotted Hagtai's forces in the sky, the fort's designated messenger was sent out to Streamland to warn of the impending attack. However, it was as an attack that never came. Instead by the time those in the fort realized that the force was heading straight for THEM, it was too late to run. And while they had ample warning and time to prepare, the Sky-Legion was just too much, and everyone in the fort was either killed, fled or was captured, for god knows what reason. However, Hagtai opted not to destroy the fort, but rather take it for themselves. All those that were captured in the attack are now held at the fort, surely waiting for to be taken away by the Aetherials.
Notices
This update took a little EXTRA long, because of the improvements made to the map's legend.
This update took a little EXTRA long, because of the improvements made to the map's legend.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 12, 2020, 08:49:29 am
Now the moss trolls begin building houses and tools out of stone, and send more ships, some containing the hardwood, and some containing stone. Rill for how much is built
Post by: King Zultan on June 12, 2020, 09:19:45 am
Post by: TamerVirus on June 12, 2020, 09:31:56 am
Post by: Lidku on June 12, 2020, 09:38:01 am
Yarlac Drem resigns from his position as court-mage in the King of Thairmar. His work of necromancy becomes his utmost of study nowadays, being in such of a position found that Drem was constantly distracted with other inane tasks for a household he didn't care for. King Mahen was confused at Yarlac's sudden resignation, but agreed on his release.
To go further in his studies, Yarlac Drem had to go some place where he could have a reliable source of bodies to work with.. then it hit him while he was travelling on the road- he was to move to the growingly wealthy, but notorious city of Lotham in Arghila. It would seem every week the Crier of King Mahen's court when Yarlac was still a court-mage would bring downright crazy words of the ongoings in that city- bloody field-battle worthy fights on the streets, numerous high profile smugglers lodging in the city, corrupt guardsmen, thousands dying a day- almost anything! Yarlac was sure to have an ample supply without anyone noticing strange going on with him or someone disturbing his studies.
When he arrives to Lotham he quickly purchases a meat shop property in the inner-city portion of Lotham that seemingly has an extensive underground storage network, which is a perfect place to set up his "lair" of a sort. Not being interested in actually running the shop, he rents out the store floor space to unassuming professional Butchers in his new neighborhood who lost their store to city-bandits. The rent money he will collect from them will help Yarlac along with his research, along with gaining some animal parts to study with, not only some taken from human bodies as he plans to do.
Further in the year when he gets settled in, Yarlac has the first successful reanimations- some skeletons he gathered from a cemetery and one full bodied Slugman. The Slugman was presumably a pirate of some sort due to his squabbled together lamellar-marine armor and scimitar Yarlac had found in his coffin. Yarlac has the simple skeletons equipped from cleavers from the shop level and has his Slugman pirate become his prime lieutenant due to still having his sapience somehow. Rightfully the Slugman is ever grateful to be brought back to "life" and is indebted loyalty to Yarlac.
With this coming all about, Yarlac studies into necromancy increases by an exponential mount as he gathers more and more dark tombs to read from..
Post by: TamerVirus on June 12, 2020, 10:02:28 am
Post by: Lidku on June 12, 2020, 10:47:52 am
Mikey Two-Spears would happen to owe a favor to the serial-killer prince, now jailed duke Mohiro II- the favor being gained when Mohiro had done away with a captain of the guard in a town Mikey Two-Spears used to be active in, being "done away" with a polite euphemism for being mysteriously ravaged to death- claw and bite marks everywhere. Mikey only knew of this because he had seen Mohira transform back into his original form at dawn when he was gathering intel on the guard house, which took care of his wanted status and investigation on him in the town he was operating in. Due to this favor Mikey Two-Spears and his crew attempt to break Mohiro out of his palace dungeon.
Bonus for Mikey Two-Spears possessing [Carths Bone] and another one for his experienced footmen that would have adept skills in sneakcraft and B&E.
Post by: TamerVirus on June 12, 2020, 10:59:32 am
Post by: Lidku on June 12, 2020, 11:15:45 am
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on June 12, 2020, 11:23:04 am
It takes Broth and the new settlers a much longer time to get back to the oasis village this time around, since the settlers are quite ignorant in the ways of the desert. Indeed, two settlers are a victim of death by cactus before everyone manages to get back to the oasis village; they arrive in 246.5. By 247, with the help of the new settlers and Broth's former crewmates that had been hanging around the area, houses have been built for all twenty new arrivals. The building operations were directed by Drilka, one of the new arrivals - she has some experience in building design. Roll for how well the houses are built; do keep in mind Drilka's admittedly small amount of experience.
The villagers quickly realize they'll need more food and water to support them. As a result, from 247.1-247.2, the villagers search for another oasis or similar area.
Post by: Detoxicated on June 12, 2020, 11:57:51 am
The Great Scar University sends out envoys to Streamland, Refugio Guerra and Council of Dragolia to gain a following for another hopefully More successful Expedition to obtain a Titan egg.
Through going bothways in regards of Calligraphic Magic, the University ist able to Research the niches of the individual Magic systems AS Well AS having the ability to obtain a broader use by using and refining the standarized system. Many new subjects are formed such AS, Draconian Architecture, Dwarven Runeology or Slugman Glyphography. The conflict from before remains but the brightest Minds can See the Advantage of having both systems in place.
In Refugio Guerra the Goblins enter many different fields of Life. Their innovative unconventional way AS Well AS their cruelty helps them to gain a Foothold Into the merchantry and guild businesses of the state.
Post by: Strik3r on June 12, 2020, 01:58:41 pm
With Refugio Guerra banning slavery, the constant stream of slaves from the west has dried up and the progress on Lizardmen's construction has slowed down significantly. But, as expected, the Lizardmen would not let their primary route of transporting slaves from the west go so easily. So, for the first time ever, the Lizardman Slave Traders have stopped their competition and have joined forces to get their source of slaves back.
They will attempt to get Refugio Guerra to at least let them transport slaves through Refugio Guerra and will bribe Refugio Guerran officials, call the banning of slaves discrimination against their culture or insist that most slaves would have a better life as slaves than as free men or anything really that might achieve what they want.
Lizardman Slave Traders attempt to open a route for transporting slaves through Refugio Guerra
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 12, 2020, 02:08:00 pm
((Ah I forgot about that. I slightly adjusted my post. Also a Slugman were-wolf? Now I want to see what that looks like, lol)((A Slugman werebear
I’m guessing the humanoid parts turn bear like and the slug parts continue being slug parts? So, if Iremember the picture correctly, which I. Probably don’t, a bear with tentacles for a mouth that trails mucus where it slides, bear eyes on stalks, and the arms turn into the front legs of the bear. Also has bear ears))
Post by: Detoxicated on June 12, 2020, 03:04:12 pm
The attempt of lizardmen trying to at least gain a trade Route for slaves through Refugio Guerra ist Met with resistance and many officials of their government Begin to actively campaign against these attempts.
Abolitionists of Refugio Guerra actively campaign against Slave routes through Refugio Guerra
Edit:
The Goblins RAID the borders of the Aetherials, of the orcs and the Firbolgs.
The orcs raid the Borderlands of the Goblins, the Firbolgs and the Bearwalkers.
The Hrilithian Celestial Empire expands northways to find new Lands to settle and refreshen their armies.
Post by: King Zultan on June 13, 2020, 06:51:06 am
Post by: Detoxicated on June 13, 2020, 07:48:11 am
An underwater volcano erupts in the Northeast.
An archipelago forms.
This prompts Donkebab to visit the Island bringing seeds of all plants and many animals there.
She Likes what she Sees and creates the Batpeople from Bark seashells and the Obsidian Floor.
Quickly they begin colonizing the archipelago. Many Familien of hunter-gatherer Batpeople make their living in No Time.
Post by: auzewasright on June 13, 2020, 10:43:28 pm
Repairing and rebuilding in Streamland continues using the help from Moss Troll Island. In more interesting news, Streamland gets the news about the fallen fort. They are not happy about it. Now, there is this little ideology post-2nd Crusade that has been popular in the more Western human kingdoms, that they failed the crusaders and so need to redeem themselves through multinational efforts known as "Redemption Crusades". For reference, the destruction of the Coast of Cults was considered the First Redemption Crusade. And now that an attack has happened, a second one is declared with the following goals:
-Drive back the Black Qhaganate from expanding outward
-Retake the fort
-Rescue any and all loyal prisoners
-Reinforce the defensive line
While the state of Streamland means that they can provide the close army they could just a few decades earlier, the Kingdom of Thairmar, Karhan, and Zalalastan have all made up for that.
The Tripartite and a few Streamlander retinues launch a counter attack.
Post by: King Zultan on June 14, 2020, 08:52:25 am
Post by: Strik3r on June 14, 2020, 09:05:02 am
Code: [Select]
1d20=16The Moss Trolls redouble their efforts in assisting the Kingdom of Streamland with rebuilding. While last time they didn't have enough materials or manpower to make a significant dent in the amount of work that needed to be done, this time around, they've remedied that. With an entire fleet of merchant vessels, laden with wood, stone and crew. Needless to say, this time they fared much better, and with better coordination, several small towns on the coast were rebuilt almost exclusively by moss trolls.Blindbeard sets out for treasure and adventure... again.
Code: [Select]
1d20=14Blindbeard has just about the same luck as he did last time. There doesn't really seem to be much in the northeast and the journey there was the usual fare. A few islands too small to put on any map, with an occasional shipwreck on the beach, some with their cargo still present. Notable finds include: An ancient human warship mounted with an Arcane Crystal seige weapon. One of the old prototypes, the weapon was still in salvageable condition. Of course, back then, magic wasn't well studied.
A more recent merchant vessel, carrying pure gold and small samples of Flyrite. Sadly, the silk was not recoverable.
and morbidly: A vessel with its entire hold filled with skeletons, in chains.
The orc-slayer and his crew attempt to break Mohiro out of his palace dungeon
Code: [Select]
(there are no bonuses in non-combat rolls)
1d20=2The orc-slayer's attempt to break Mohiro out of the dungeon goes disastrously wrong. The Palace dungeon and its doors are way more secure than the orc-slayer or his crew could've predicted and there is only one way in and out. The bandits get discovered by a guard while fumbling with the lock, who immediately calls for aid. While the bandit orc-slayer and his band attempt to run, they are quickly surrounded and tossed into and locked up in the very same dungeon they attempted to break into.Sandpond Village's new houses
Code: [Select]
1d20=20!Whether its the quality of the sandstone dug up by the dwarves, Broth's crew's apparently hidden talent for construction or Drilka's designwork, the new houses built by Broth's crew and the Sandpond Settlers and directed by Drilka make the admittedly impressive houses that were already there, look mediocre at best. These houses are absolute masterpieces of sandstone construction, each one a piece of art in and of itself, not to mention utterly weatherproof.In addition to all the new houses, a town hall has been built by the dwarves. The few dwarves there with engraving experience got inspired, too and decorated many of the houses with finely detailed carvings, afforded by the buildings' superior construction. The town hall even has the names of every dwarf who lived in the settlement at the time carved into one of its walls.
Sandpond villagers search for another oasis
Code: [Select]
1d20=8Unfortunately, the search for another oasis turns up nothing, these features being apparently exceedingly rare. However they do (re-)discover that there is a river to the southwest and its shores are filled with plentiful plants and fruits. The settlers curse themselves for wandering around the desert for a month looking for an oasis only to then discover that everything they want and more is just a little ways to the southwest. The Sandpond settlers have set up a small outpost on the river's shore.The Great Scar University attempts get additional help for another expedition
Code: [Select]
3d20=8+9+4Streamland, despite being closest to the islands, seems to have little interest in such an expedition, being busy with rebuilding and all. The best the envoys are able to get from Streamland are a few down-on-their-luck peasants who lost everything in the attacks by the giant lizard.
Refugio Guerra as a whole shows a little more interest but not much, the most that the envoys are able to get from Refugio Guerra are a few recently released Goblins, who really don't do so well on ships, but they are known to be good thieves and generally sneaky gobs.
The Council of Dragolia, the Dragons, are not really pleased with the envoys annoying them for assistance, despite the fact it would only take one dragon to capture one of the eggs, but nope, none of the dragons are up to it. Part of the reason may be that they don't want to waste Dragonstones, a rapidly dwindling resource, on such a pointless mission.
Lizardman Slave Traders attempt to open a route for transporting slaves through Refugio Guerra
and
Abolitionists of Refugio Guerra actively campaign against Slave routes through Refugio Guerra
Code: [Select]
DIPLOMACY
Lizardmen Slave Traders 1d20=13
Abolitionists 1d20=6
While the Lizardman Slave Traders did not succeed in getting Refugio Guerra to let them transport slaves through their territory and up the grand staircase, openly. With a few backroom deals and a bit of political corruption, they were able to secure a "backdoor" route through the lands, as long as no slaves were SEEN. This resulted in a plan to transport slaves in specially made and marked containers that Refugio Guerran officials will not inspect in accordance with the deals. This greatly limits the number of slaves that can be transported through Refugio Guerra and thus raises their price even higher, but is arguably worse for slaves than if they could be transported openly.While The Abolitionists did succeed in strong arming the officials into denying the Lizardmen an open route through Refugio Guerra, there was nothing they could do to prevent backroom dealings and in fact, many of The Abolitionists themselves were bribed into silence. Turns out that Lizardman gold is strong.
Goblin Raids:
Code: [Select]
3d20=2+5+8There was nothing to raid in the Aetherial territories but a bunch of mutated wildlife and the occasional Agglomate. Said mutated wildlife happens to be incredibly hostile to everything not afflicted by Chaos. The Goblins run out of the Chaos Coalition territories barely keeping their lives.As far as raiding their orc brothers goes, goblins are inferior in every way and even a weakling orc villager can easily choke out a goblin warrior. They do not fare well.
Messing with the Firbolgs goes only marginally better, the giants are largely peaceful and not used to raids from... anyone. However, most raids attempted against border villages still end poorly for the gobs, with many of the raids defeated by simple villagers. The firbolgs and goblins together inadvertently invented the world's first game of kick-ball. In this case, the goblins were the balls.
Orcish raids:
Code: [Select]
3d20=7+18+8The orcs do not have much luck raiding their goblin brothers, either. The little green bastards are too slippery to catch and have a habit of hiding anything of value beyond orcs' ability to find.They do however fare better against the Firbolgs, several border villages are sacked. And lit ablaze by Orc Hellraisers, orcs with skill in fire magic. Somewhere, a Purifier of the Stand Hunter Order is shaking his head in disappointment.
The orcs attempt to raid the bearwalker tribe, with little success. Their greatest enemy being bears, lots of bears.
The bleg hold an animal-sacrifice festival again in an attempt to get some sort of boon from the Monolith.
Code: [Select]
1d20=13The Monolith does activate again, with its whole red glow and whatnot. However, on first glance, The Monolith doesn't do anything beyond that. However it does release another energy wave, like it did the first time it was activated, that is sure to result in a variety of strange things happening throughout the world. In the aftermath, some weird things did happen:Some of the plants in the Bleg territories have taken on rather unusual colorations, and some plants have begun to grow faster or have an unusually high number of fruits. It'll be a good harvest this year. Rainfall has also seen a dramatic increase in the Bleg lands.
What was not expected however, was for The Monolith to cause an undersea volcanic eruption in the north east.
Streamland and co. vs. Black Qhaganate
Code: [Select]
COMBAT
Streamland 1d20=8
Black Qhaganate 1d20=18
It turns out that the little warning system of the forts works a lot better with a dragon-mounted corrupted slugman as both the watchman and messenger. The approaching armies of Streamland were spotted before they even entered Black Qhaganate land and the watcher immediately made for the capital, to call for Hagtai's aid while those in the fort dug themselves in. And those of Black Qhaganate returned in force, with the bulk of Hagtai's sky legion. In the ensuing fight, the crusaders gave it their all but there was little they could do against the terrifying might of the black wings. The Chaos dragons tore entire ranks of warriors to shreds with their claws or burnt them to ash with chaos flame, leaving the blood red crystals in the wake as a grim reminder of all the lives taken by the accursed flames. While some of the beasts fell to the arrows of the crusaders, the price paid for each kill was too high and what remained of the crusaders were forced to retreat.
Randor builds clay golems:
Code: [Select]
1d20=7Unfortunately, it turns out that getting golems to BUILD things is nigh impossible, they just don't have enough intelligence to grasp construction of complex structures. However, they are still somewhat useful in hauling materials in bulk, albeit, rather sluggishly.YEAR 252.1
Despite the numerous setbacks and increasing difficulty of aquiring slaves from the west, the Lizardmen have completed their construction, The Great Palace, in what is now, their capital city.
For a while now, the Lizardmen have had difficulties with leadership; When diplomats ask to see their leader, they didn't know who should meet them, until now.
Envisioned by the richest and the most influental of the Lizardman elite, the Grand Palace will serve as the seat of leadership for their newly formed nation and it is there that the leader of this nation shall be crowned, the Sultan.
With the completion of their Grand Palace and subsequent formation into a nation, the sphere of the Lizardmen has expanded greatly and all the disparate tribes have unified under this new banner and the nation that shall henceforth be known as the "Jahtari Sultanate". The word, "Jahtari" probably means something in their own language, though it is uncertain what, precisely.
Notices
Some RL stuff came up, so this update was heavily delayed(This is becoming a trend, isn't it?)
Also, no more grand island chains in the near future, ok?
Some RL stuff came up, so this update was heavily delayed(This is becoming a trend, isn't it?)
Also, no more grand island chains in the near future, ok?
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on June 14, 2020, 10:03:50 am
Broth and a few other Sandpond Clan inhabitants, with Broth guiding them, stop by the hamsterfolk shamans in 252.5 - having started their journey in 252.3 - and ask them how their lives have been going. While in hamsterfolk shaman territory, the dwarves notice that the river they've been following heads southeast, to an area they've never seen before. Keeping to the riverside, the dwarves manage to stumble straight into a Dorathian village in 252.8 (the Dorathians would build settlements on rivers' edges, yes?), built on the edge of said river. Roll for how the dwarves react to the Dorathians, and how the Dorathians react to the dwarves.
(also yes, Strik3r, delays do seem to be becoming an unfortunate trend of sorts.)
(edited to correct mistakes due to ignorance of mine.)
Post by: Avetruetotheimperator on June 14, 2020, 11:10:17 am
Year 252.3-252.8(The Dorathian kingdom is a hamsterfolk kingdom.)
Broth and a few other Sandpond Clan inhabitants, with Broth guiding them, stop by the hamsterfolk shamans in 252.5 - having started their journey in 252.3 - and ask them how their lives have been going. While in hamsterfolk territory, the dwarves notice that the river they've been following heads southeast, to an area they've never seen before. Keeping to the riverside, the dwarves manage to stumble straight into a Dorathian village in 252.8 (the Dorathians would build settlements on rivers' edges, yes?), built on the edge of said river. Roll for how the dwarves react to the Dorathians; how the Dorathians react to the dwarves; and how the Dorathians react when the dwarves mention the hamsterfolk living to the Dorathians' northwest. (note: I'm not sure whether the Dorathians and the hamsterfolk have met each other. If they have, you can safely disregard the third roll, or roll it anyway if you want, whoever updates the world next after this has been posted.) (another note: I don't know what someone from the Dorathian Kingdom is called, improvising here.)
(also yes, Strik3r, delays do seem to be becoming an unfortunate trend of sorts.)
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 14, 2020, 11:45:34 am
The moss trolls begin building houses on the nearby islands
Post by: Lidku on June 14, 2020, 12:19:43 pm
Quote from: Strik3r
(there are no bonuses in non-combat rolls)
(Huh, really? Even with a crew experienced specifically in a task like that?)
Year 252.8
With years of captivity in the palace dungeon, Mikey Two-Spears racks up a huge influence amongst the other dungeon-bound inmates of the place. After months of planning he starts a riot at that would consume the entire dungeon level of the palace, making an adequate diversion to continue his original goal along with his crew.
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on June 14, 2020, 04:28:27 pm
(The Dorathian kingdom is a hamsterfolk kingdom.)(Sorry about that! Didn't know that. Let me edit my post to reflect that.)
(edit: there, is that more logical now?)
Post by: Detoxicated on June 14, 2020, 05:02:22 pm
Post by: King Zultan on June 15, 2020, 07:34:29 am
Post by: Detoxicated on June 15, 2020, 08:11:42 am
The Batpeople tribes expands over the entire archipelago.
The occasional loud drum ist Heard from the highest mountain in the archipelago. The Drums inspires the Batpeople to build small wooden statues all around the islands. There they worship the Drummer.
Little do they know that it is Donkebab who has built a shed on said mountain.
Donkebab also Takes the time to create the Bachian Dragonfly. This Dragonfly species glimmers in gold and whistles mathematically compley sonatas.
Gracfall the Demon of Pride travels to the dragons and Begins spreading Legends that there is dragonstone in huge quantities at the original Aetherial Rift.
The University sends out a better equipped Expedition to obtain a Titan Egg yet again.
Haggen Slime write notoriously Long Stories about the Moss Troll honour for rebuilding the coastal lands. He even befriends a Moss Troll named Rikki Krock who aids the aging Diplomat to travel through the human Lands. AS expected the Refugio Guerrans are taken by the Moss trolls.
Refugio Guerra sends Gifts and the offer to Set Up a permanent embassy to Moss Troll Island.
In other News the Refugio Guerran abolitionist Push for a government Reform to make Slave trade even More difficult. The Outcome IS yet to be Seen.
Chaos, the Archdemon of Chaos whispers Into the necromancers ear, telling him that the lizardmen need abundant Work forces.
He then travels to the lizardmen and spreads Legends about a man WHO can raised the dead and how He could solve the need for abundant workers.
Post by: TamerVirus on June 15, 2020, 09:43:35 am
Grand Mayor Ziani of Dalai dies in a blast powder mishap when a prototype for a fabricated metal version of the wooden blasting cannon fails spectacularly during a demonstration. With his death, the other noble families jockey for power and influence; grand mayors are elected for life by the most powerful and influential members of the city's aristocracy. Nisvanis, masquerading as an honest entrepreneur, throws his lot into the ring. The vast majority among his gang follow in step but there is a growing discontent about the boss's public visibility and flaunting of wealth. Certain squads within Nisvanis's group begin secretively trafficking vision dust for a boost in income
Post by: Strik3r on June 15, 2020, 10:32:04 am
Notices
Sorry for the delays (again), but i promise, this time its worth it.
Sorry for the delays (again), but i promise, this time its worth it.
Rolls
Borth's crew meets some Dorathian Hamstermen
Code: [Select]
2d20=5+1!Already on first sight the Dorothian Hamstermen seem to rub Broth the wrong way, maybe it was something about their culture, and the feeling was more than mutual, it seems that the culture of the Dorathians is by nature far less hospitable to outsiders than that of the Shamans next door. It is a wonder how they've become the trading empire of the west, much like Refugio Guerra and the Jahtari are THE merchant empires of the east. Broth and his crew had spent only a few hours in the settlement before they were starting to be accused of all kinds of heinous crimes and a lynch mob formed, intending to "take justice into their own hands". Several of the dwarves with Broth met a gruesome end at the hands of the villagers, but Broth himself 2 guys managed to barely escape with their lives.The orc-slayer attempts to incite a riot
Code: [Select]
1d20=13While not a riot that consumed the entire dungeon, him and his allies make a big enough mess to allow the orc-slayer and a few of his closest buddies to slip out. However Mohiro remains locked far deeper in the dungeon, in a place with entrances guarded by guards with stone-cold nerves that didn't even flinch at the little riot caused by the orc-slayer. There is never a time where there isn't a guard watching the door and no one dares mess with them. It is likely that the worst of the worst are kept behind those doors and the only way in may be to be tossed in there, though only someone with a death-wish would want to be.Year 253.1((ok im gonna reel that back in a bit, more frequent territory increases means smaller increases each time.
The Batpeople tribes expands over the entire archipelago.
Also, you added your edits while i was composing the update and an excess of rolls, again.
I'll allow it for now, but pleaaaase space stuff out a little more, ok?))
Gracfall attempts to decieve the dragons
Code: [Select]
1d20=17The a large number of Dragons of the The Council of Dragolia, buy into the lie despite warnings to the contrary. Hook, line and sinker. The Dragons fly out in force toward the Aetherials' Domain.Dragons vs. Chaos Coalition
Code: [Select]
COMBAT
Advantage: CC
+ 4 Terrain: Entrenched Chaos
Dragons 1d20=19
Chaos Coalition 1d20=6+4=10Despite the suffocating Chaos of the Chaos Domain, The dragons are not so greatly affected, being airborne and all. Despite being limited in their abilities such as firebreath here on the Western continent, the dragons hit the Rift completely without warning. While the Aetherials are always prepared for an attack, they're not prepared for someone brazen enough to fly straight into the middle of their land, so many of the would be protectors of the Chaos Domain were out of position and too far to reach the rift on a moment's notice. The Aetherials attempted to scramble their forces, but they could never have been fast enough and the dragons absolutely rip into Aetherials, Chaos Giants and their own corrupted Bretheren without mercy. The Aetherials were forced to retreat from their own rift and wait while the dragons left or succumbed to corruption. The dragons, in their search for the non-existent Dragonstones absolutely tear the area around the rift apart before leaving the lands again, some carrying the taint of chaos back with them. This has set the Aetherials back greatly, but they will likely be bolstering their defences around the rift itself.
The university attempts to acquire a Crab-titan egg, again.
Code: [Select]
1d20=5This time the expedition does not go nearly as well. It seems that the Crab titan and all the creatures inhabiting the shallows around the titan's eggs don't take too kindly to repeated disturbances.And of course, the goblins are far more brazen than any scholar would ever be, many of the goblins taken along on the expedition lost their lives to either giant waterspiders or crabs.
Same with the few poor guys taken from Streamland, they didn't understand anything about discretion, and dragged many of the university's guys into the mess along with them.
Only a few people leave the island alive, and with no egg, again.
Refugio Guerra offers to give the Moss Troll Islands its own embassy within Refugio Guerra
Code: [Select]
1d20=3It seems that while those of Refugio Guerra like the Moss Trolls, the feeling is not mutual. Despite all the gifts sent to them, gifts that are apparently useless to the The Moss Trolls, they seem to have no interest in an embassy with Refugio Guerra.Chaos, the Archdemon of Chaos spreads legends about the necromancer to the Jahtari.
Code: [Select]
1d20=8While the Lizardmen are always in need of more workers, only the most desperate, degenerate and greedy among them would think of something such as enslaving the dead themselves. It seems that the Jahtari culture greatly respects its dead, all of their dead. As a whole the Jahtari believe that no matter who someone was in life, whether they be a noble or a slave, deserves dignity and to rest undisturbed in death.The Miragians attempt to blow up the eastern fort
Code: [Select]
1d20=10The Miragians succeed in smuggling some of the barrels of the explosive powder underneath the fort but they are discovered, and thus forced to detonate the explosives in a rush to prevent them from falling into the Qhanganate's hands. Sadly, there were not enough barrels to cause significant damage to the fort.YEAR 254
Over the last 20 years, The White Tree of Elysium has been growing rapidly and exactly as predicted, now towers above all the trees on Elysium and is in fact by far the largest tree in the world by a factor of nearly fifteen times. Its extraordinary blue foliage can be seen from a long distance away and the tree is now a permanent fixture in the north-western background landscape for anyone living in the Avarian Empire and on dark nights, the sphere of energy it carries between its upper branches casts a brilliant light that illuminates the landscape in dim blue light, even far away from Elysium.
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
The recent energy pulse by The Monolith did nothing to slow down its growth and it seems to have triggered something within the Tree and it has begun producing fruit... or rather, children, and i don't mean saplings.
Spoiler: Warning! VERY Image/Text heavy (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: VERY Condensed version (click to show/hide)
Post by: TamerVirus on June 15, 2020, 11:11:13 am
Year 254.2: Backroom politicking, bribery, empty promises, and other assorted trickery whittle down the candidates for the position of Grand Mayor of Dalai to just two: the shrewd and cunning Nisvanis, who made his fortune selling blasting powder to the masses and has the backing of an underground crime syndicate, and the stoic and steely slugman Eudes, a well-traveled merchant fleet baron who has cultivated numerous business contacts across the world. Who will become the Grand Mayor of Dalai?
Post by: Strik3r on June 15, 2020, 11:16:10 am
((I thought that the dragons were confined to their continent by the curse of 'star talk' or something? /forgotten lore, Year 95,outcome of the 'heavenly war')
((Yep, but sometime they got "Dragonstones" that let them visit the Western continent for a time, but also limit the dragons' magical abilities to be able to do so If i read the lore correctly))
Post by: Detoxicated on June 15, 2020, 12:09:15 pm
Post by: Strik3r on June 15, 2020, 12:42:48 pm
(( you almost Always fail the Rolls i call... Meh... Also Hunter gatherer tribes with the ability to fly should easily conquer an uninhabitted archipelago. Its Not that they have cities or such More Like extended huntong grounds))
((its more about the actual territory covered by a specific a faction over a specific period of time. Also, a faction needs to actually inhabit land in order to own it... maybe a system for weak/claimed territory is needed... not sure how i'd do that. If i can't figure it out, i'll give them the entire archipelago in my next update.
So if anyone wants do to something with the archipelago has a chance to bvfore the batpeople get the entire archipelago to themselves.
Also, i don't determine the outcome of rolls, good ol' Random.org does that. I'm sure if you averaged all the rolls i've made, it'll come out to roughly 10.))
Post by: Detoxicated on June 15, 2020, 01:22:20 pm
Post by: Strik3r on June 15, 2020, 03:51:10 pm
Having grown tired of The Migrarians' constant harrassment and enraged by their recent plot to blow up their precious new fort, Hagatai has sought to contact Queen Arythia of The Red Court. As she is probably the best Shadow mage and is the one who trained the Shadowguard, who are now part of the Stand Hunters, Hagatai hopes she can teach him and and his Watchers some shadow magic. Specifically Dark Vision, a spell that can allow one to see not light, but the vital essence of living beings, even through a certain amount of solid matter, such as walls, dirt or a sandstorm. A Watcher with Dark Vision on a Chaos Dragon would surely be a terrifying thing. Hagatai intends to use this to be able to better spot Migrarians and maybe with enough Watchers, even discover where they're operating out of.
Roll to see how their interaction goes
Post by: Detoxicated on June 15, 2020, 04:09:02 pm
The Batpeople Begin building Drums and Bamboo flutes and learn the compley harmonies of the "Drummer" and Bachian dragonflies.
Music becomes the favourite Pasttime of the Batpeople and AS they are keen in hearing they bring music to new highs.
The University is enraged by their recent failure to capture a Titans Egg. Quickly they apply their recent developments in Calligraphic Magic to actual use. New subjects Pop Up AS a result. Enchanted Metallurgy, being one of the fields, applied the principles of Magic Geometry in Casting weapons and Armor pieces with magical abilities. Runic embellishments to strengthen a Metal, sharpening Marks for swords, even writings of Shadow to conceal the Wearer.
Post by: TamerVirus on June 15, 2020, 04:18:10 pm
Post by: Detoxicated on June 15, 2020, 05:08:46 pm
The University sends out a few investigators to Karhan to find Out More about the Walking Worms Incident.
The investigators are Rakkem Sol, Dynamo Sandtino, and Flemming Susannary three hardened Warrior mages of the Hamsterfolk.
Post by: Strik3r on June 16, 2020, 03:28:56 am
Notices
Early update, since i've had so little to do this time around
I was going to use yellow borders as a way to indicate weak territory but I've decided not to implement it for the time being. This means the batpeople get their entire territory this update.
I don't want to turn this game into a hardcore strategy game but i will try to remember that most of the batpeoples' territory is weak. That means it can be overtaken by another faction without combat or even a roll. This is how the weak territory would have worked.
Early update, since i've had so little to do this time around
I was going to use yellow borders as a way to indicate weak territory but I've decided not to implement it for the time being. This means the batpeople get their entire territory this update.
I don't want to turn this game into a hardcore strategy game but i will try to remember that most of the batpeoples' territory is weak. That means it can be overtaken by another faction without combat or even a roll. This is how the weak territory would have worked.
Rolls
Election of Dalai's Grand Mayor
Code: [Select]
DIPLOMACY
Nisvanis 1d20=13
Eudes 1d20=15
After 2 years of campaigning and lots of political trickery, the merchant elite have cast their votes and the election has come to a close. The race was close, very close. Neither candiate truthfully held a lot of confidence in the eyes of the electors, but it was Eudes who came out on top, just barely edging out Nisvanis and thus becoming the new Grand Mayor of Dalai. It was almost certanly Eudes' numerous trading contacts that saw him take the win in the end, the guy owns an entire fleet of trading vessels so he clearly held more promise in the eyes of the elite that put him into power.Hagatai meets with Queen Arythia
Code: [Select]
1d20=5Hagatai's attempt to get Queen Arythia to teach him and his Watchers shadow magic has gone terribly for Hagatai. Rather than the pleseant meeting between two old war-buddies that Hagatai expected, the meeting devolved into Arythia insulting Hagatai; calling him weak and mocking him for coming to her hoping for a solution for a problem he can't solve himself.It seems that her ascension to the position of Queen has made Arythia rather disinterested in following her former god Azerth, and more power-hungry than ever. And if she percieves Hagatai and the Black Qhanganate as weak, there may be a desert conflict in the near future. It is uncertain why she is bold enough to be willing to risk defying her former masters. Maybe she has some massive ace hidden up her sleeve, or maybe she just believes that the Aetherials don't care about infighting.
YEAR 257
But it is true that the Aetherials have their own concerns.
With the recent air attack on their rift, the Aetherials have realized their need for even greater air defence. At the same time, the one of the reasons why the Aetherials wanted to incorporate Dragons into their ranks in the first place was due to the dragons' intelligence, a thing that is lost with the current process by which the Chaos Dragons are made.
As such, the Aetherials have stopped their hybridization experiments on the corrupted sharkmen, and have taken what they've learned and moved onto trying to see whether the Chaos Dragons can still have offspring and whether it may be possible to "cross-breed" Aetherials and Chaos Dragons. Thereby both getting intelligent dragons in their ranks, and effectively side-stepping the Star-Talk issue. How such a process would even work is questionable as Aetherials aren't "born", they're created from pure Chaos energy. But on the other hand, a crossbreed between dragons and humans already exists or has existed: The Manaketes, and maybe it is possible to hybridize Aetherials with Dragons too.
Post by: King Zultan on June 16, 2020, 07:54:56 am
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 16, 2020, 09:25:50 am
Post by: Strik3r on June 16, 2020, 09:35:36 am
Question, what species does the Moko tribe consist of? If Moko is the name of said species, what are Mokos?
((Here, this post (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8150614;topicseen#msg8150614) that made them describes them a bit))
Post by: TamerVirus on June 16, 2020, 09:51:12 am
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
Year 258.2- The Hamsterfolk delegation from the University arrive in Karhan to conduct further research into the mysterious Walking Worm Incident but are mostly given the run around. Kingdom officials are generally non-cooperative and there's a general sense that officials just want people to forget and move on. Independent researchers seeking to understand the incident for their own curiosity are more willing to collaborate with the Hamsterfolk. It is learned that the victim's parents have been exhumed and confirmed anomalous. Associated individuals have also confirmed nothing unusual in terms of personality or behavior. Sampled worms retrieved from the body reveal nothing structurally unusual. Though it is noted that all the worms were confirmed dead after they revealed themselves. There are two possible conclusions: One, that this individual was forcibly transformed into this state in an unknown manner, or, two, that this individual was always like this, somehow. Either way, the circumstances behind the incident remain unknown for now. The Karhanian independent researchers let it slip that this hasn't been the first incident, that there have been several other similar incidents in less public circumstance and thus more easily and successful covered up from the general public. The Hamsterfolk leave with a new found sense of unease and paranoia.
Post by: Detoxicated on June 16, 2020, 11:29:40 am
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 16, 2020, 11:38:38 am
A random citizen of the kingdom of Thairmar wakes up with a purple leaf on her arm. Roll for how fast these leaf multiplies, and whether the host survives long enough for someone else to touch the leaves, thus spreading their pollen
Post by: Strik3r on June 16, 2020, 03:48:51 pm
In Streamland, a son of a wealthy nobleman has been pouring inordinate amounts of time into learning Light magic, a type of magic incredibly rare in the human kingdoms, in hopes of using it to end the menace of Hagatai, The Black Qhanganate and the Aetherials.
Rheis Vairn the Second, so named after his grandfather who fought in the Second Crusade, grew up in the aftermath of the great lizard, Gojira's attacks on his home. Of course, his family has always been well off, even in the wake of the devastation. And while Gojira was a very real and immediate threat, over time, The Black Qhanganate has become a sort of a boogyman for Streamland, everyone is always told that they could strike at any moment, just like they did on the day that the Sandstone Qhanganate fell, and BECAME the Black Qhanganate.
So Rheis has been pouring over old tales and accounts of the various conflicts with Aetherials and Hagatai and came to a realization: Never has anybody ever been ready or prepared to fight them. No warrior is taught to fight an Aetherial or a Chaos Dragon and are almost always ill equipped. But in the tales of the survivors of the Battle of The Blackened Sky, he discovered that the single most effective weapon against the Aetherials was the Cleansing Star, a small star-shaped diamond that could cast a powerful ray of pure light and it burned every Aetherial it touched. The artifact mysteriously disappeard after the battle, and hasn't been found since.
He hopes that powerful enough Light spells will have the same effect, but one man, even with the world's most powerful Light magic could not defeat the Aetherial menace. No, he would need an entire army. But mages have fought Aetherials before and got completely demolished by their claws or blades at close range, so magic alone would not suffice, anyone dedicated to fighting the Aetherials would need to also be proficient in melee combat too. While Rheis had some training in swordsmanship, it would not be enough to fight Aetherials, whose knowledge and skill seem to be collective.
Thankfully, warriors are easier to come by than Light magi, and probably easier to teach Magic to warriors than vice versa. But before he could teach others, he would have to learn himself. He hoped that perhaps by praying to some God of Light, he could ask to be granted the powers of Light but alas, try as he might, there were no gods or goddesses of Light to answer his prayers. Truly the world is a dark place. But he would not give up so easily, and if there were no gods to grant him power, he would learn it entirely by himself. Thus he has been pouring inordinate amounts of time into learning Light magic, in hopes of using it to end the menace of Hagatai, The Black Qhanganate and the Aetherials.
And he's been making slow but steady progress and he's got the basics down.
Spoiler: is it just me or does he look kinda... Low-Poly? (click to show/hide)
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 16, 2020, 05:14:25 pm
Rheis Vairn wakes up some time after his prayers to find a small sphere of Light that follows him around. It seems his studying light magic, as well as his prayers have caused a Light Sprite to form. This sprite will help him in his studies, whispering advice. Rheis, curious how it formed, asked the light sprite how it came into being without any Light gods or goddesses. It mentioned that it formed from his thoughts, and that it hopes to eventually become a deity of Light, but that it needs to take whatever power the Aetherials have and convert it to Light magic to gain the power needed to turn into a god/goddess.
Post by: Detoxicated on June 16, 2020, 08:22:23 pm
Renzo Salvanis an archmage human of the University quite invested Into the Cleansing Star hears about the blossoming light mage Rheis. He immeadiatley stops bis current Work and travels towarxs Theiss to auf him with His knowledge.
The two meet finally at a Port City Tavern and Begin Planning their Cleansing Star Expedition.
Post by: King Zultan on June 17, 2020, 08:14:21 am
Post by: Strik3r on June 17, 2020, 09:15:01 am
Rolls
Flesh golems' effectiveness and how the public responds
Code: [Select]
2d20=18+15Compared to the failures of the Clay Golems, the Flesh Golems are a masterpiece of magics and alchemy. They're not only capable of taking commands and filling them to the letter, provided it is feasible to do so, they're also able make basic decisions, and even adapt to small differences in situations and enviroment, yet have no free will of their own. Of course, there's more maintenence than there is with a clay golem but it is an utterly minisucle drawback, as they CAN be told to diagnose and fix other golems. The only thing they cant do, is hold a conversation or talk at all for that matter.While morbid, sure, the general public seems to understand the reasons for their existance and while not nearly everyone is okay with these things running around, with a little bit of dressing up, they can operate freely in broad daylight, with only the occasional few being attacked by disgusted townsfolk and if not told to defend themselves, won't do anything about it.
The Purple Leaf disease
Code: [Select]
2d20=18+20!These purple leaves spread over the host's body at an alarming rate, nearly covering them in a matter of hours, and NEVER kill their hosts by themselves, instead at most reducing them into a near-comatose state with all higher thought processes shut down. The hosts typically expire from dehydration. The only reason this disease is even remotely containable is BECAUSE of how rapidly the symptoms become visible.The only reason why patient zero woke up with just a single leaf on their arm or woke up at all, could be because the disease may be magical in nature and does not spread while the host is sleeping?
For the time being, the disease is contained, with copious amounts of fireballs. And thankfully, the disease is very unlikely to spread fast outside Thairmar, as anyone who gets infected will never reach the lands of another civilization before the leaves turn their brains into mush.
(Depending on where this is taken, the Purple Leaf Disease might well get its own faction soon to track its spread. lol
Congratulations, by the way, on potentially starting this game's first plague.)
YEAR 260
Strange blue plants have been spotted growing on Dragolia. They're not dangerous, just strange, bearing resmblance to many of world's plants yet at the same time being unlike any of them. Their most notable feature being that where normal plants have green stems and leaves, these have pale blue stems and deep blue leaves. With any flowers typically having almost white, semi-transparent petals.
(https://i.imgur.com/xOQe67B.png)
Of course these plants are not just limited to flowers, all kinds of plants have been found, including a few tree saplings, although none of those bear the same orb of energy as Elysium's white tree, The White Tree of Elyium is UNIQUE in having the energy orb.
These plants are found with increasing frequency the closer one gets to Elysium, with many found in the Avarian Empire and some near the University, but individual plants have been spotted as far north as the Brudines' Territory and as far east as the capital city of the Jahtari and Refugio Guerra, as far south as the Blegs' territory and even very few on the Moss Trolls' Islands and as far West as the Goblins' territory. There is nothing remarkable about these plants beyond being blue, and seemingly being found where ever the White Tree's light shines.
(https://i.imgur.com/gbUVDKQ.png)
It is probably safe to assume that Elysium is absoulutely covered in these blue plants and it may be possible that them growing outside of Elysium may be an unintended consequence of them growing in the White Tree's light. The only reason that is known that they grow in the Tree's light, is because they grow with decreased frequency where Elysium itself casts a shadow and the tree's light isn't visible. The only reason any of these plants are found at all in Elysium's shadow, is because the light from the tree bounces off and is reflected by the terrain, trees and plants.
Notices
I swear, the summary section used to be longer.
I swear, the summary section used to be longer.
Post by: TamerVirus on June 17, 2020, 09:31:26 am
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 17, 2020, 09:47:22 am
Post by: chaotick21 on June 17, 2020, 10:22:44 am
The Kingdom of Thairmar begins to try and discover what the cause of the deadly Purple Leaf disease is. They order their top scientists and magicians to research it. They also sent couriers to the Foxfolk Shamans and the Kingdoms of Zalalastan, Arghila, Karhan, and Streamland to alert them of the disease and ask for aid. Roll for how each faction responds
Post by: Strik3r on June 17, 2020, 10:46:11 am
((Question to Strik3r: If I show you what rolls I do and explain their purpose, would you allow them? If not that’s ok, I was thinking of rolling a d10 for the percentage of purple leaves that develop a mutation of some sort, if you’d rather do the roll that’s fine too, I’d like to know the answer before doing my action, to avoid potentially breaking a rule))
((I've had a bit to think about this but yeah its a bit of an odd grey area. Technically, yes, it is my job as the GM to handle rolls, at least as far as the Updates are concerned and of course i would prefer if it stays that way.
However, If you want something specifc to happen, you dont have to call a roll at all. And i wont void a turn unless your turn literally breaks the game world, breaks any other rules(such as "too many actions") or forces me to do hours of work to accomodate the changes.
You should only call a roll if you want me to roll for the outcome and tell you what happens as a result. If you want to roll for something yourself behind-the-scenes, i cant stop you and you dont have to tell me that you rolled for something.
(and in fact would PREFER if you didn't tell me that you rolled for something. I probably wont discard a turn over someone telling me that they rolled for the outcome of something, but i wont feel very good about myself :P After all, the most of the fun i get from GM'ing this is from hitting that generate button and then getting to write what happens (even though i suck at writing), if you guys start rolling your stuff yourself, what am i left to do? :P)
In that case, i'll simply treat it as if no roll had taken place (meaning Map Updates and summary and whatnot), and normal turn rules apply(Don't break shit)
At least thats my view on the subject.
Also, this has given me a little chance to talk about how i interpet roll requests. Basically, wording matters(Look back to the thing with the dwarf stuck in a cave), If you ask me to Roll for whether Someone goes insane i will put them GOING insane on upper half of rolls, if you ask me to roll for whether Someone avoids death, their death will be on the bottom half of rolls(Actually, deaths typically only happen on 1's in almost every case)
AND yes, due to Chaoskl sniping your turn, you ARE allowed to put yours with a year number preceeding his. :P))
Post by: chaotick21 on June 17, 2020, 10:51:39 am
Post by: Strik3r on June 17, 2020, 11:00:23 am
(Oh shit my bad. Sorry about that :-\)
((It honestly was not even a problem at all. Dont worry about things like that lol, it was just a small note for Naturegirl1999, not something for you to worry about as if you had commited some horrible offence or sin :P))
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 17, 2020, 11:01:27 am
Year 260.41((Intended to be slightly after 260.4, but before 260.45, which would be halfway between 260.5, this makes sense, right? like, instead of it going from YYY.4 to YYY.5, YYY.41 to YYY.42 to YYY.43...YYY.48 to YYY.49 to YYY.5. Do you understand what I’m trying to say?))
6% of new purple leaves gain a slight resistance to fire, taking slightly longer to burn than others
Post by: TamerVirus on June 17, 2020, 11:22:07 am
However, lingering in the dark corners of the mind of Rakkem Sol, one of the researchers, is the disturbing paranoia of the Walking Worm Incident. Intrusive thoughts bubble up. Those two other researchers....could they be also walking worms? Roll to see if Rakkem embraces this outlandish paranoia!
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on June 17, 2020, 11:52:52 am
Not all that much has been happening in the Sandpond Clan in preceding years (well, actually, I couldn't think of anything to happen in there - if you want to chip in with something that happens in there, by all means do so).
Recently, however, Broth has taken to wandering the desert for seemingly no reason at all. Perhaps he's bored? Whatever his reasons, one day he wanders a bit too far in 260.9 and, in the words of his two most trusted friends, "was sprayed by this big ol' wormlike thing from the sands and fell dead on the spot!" (His friends were following him around.) Broth's friends hurry back to Sandpond Village and tell everyone else what happened.
This results in Drilka becoming leader of the Sandpond Clan.
Spoiler: This is what the "wormlike thing" is based on. (click to show/hide)
Post by: Strik3r on June 17, 2020, 12:23:32 pm
Year 260.9((Guess it really is worm week, huh?))
Not all that much has been happening in the Sandpond Clan in preceding years (well, actually, I couldn't think of anything to happen in there - if you want to chip in with something that happens in there, by all means do so).
Recently, however, Broth has taken to wandering the desert for seemingly no reason at all. Perhaps he's bored? Whatever his reasons, one day he wanders a bit too far in 260.9 and, in the words of his two most trusted friends, "was sprayed by this big ol' wormlike thing from the sands and fell dead on the spot!" (His friends were following him around.) Broth's friends hurry back to Sandpond Village and tell everyone else what happened.
This results in Drilka becoming leader of the Sandpond Clan.Spoiler: This is what the "wormlike thing" is based on. (click to show/hide)
YEAR 261
Drilka is an enterprising sort, her mind is constantly filled to the brim with grand ideas and designs. The construction of the masterwork houses under her supervision, for which she took all the credit, has only increased the size of her dreams, and with the brute... Broth out the way, she can finally run Sandpond how SHE wants and can begin putting her grandiose (construction) plans into action. The only problem? She's now the leader of a civilization consisting of a bunch of, admittedly well crafted sandstone huts, huddled around an oasis, (and a small outpost to the south, somewhere). If she has any hope of building any of her grand ideas, the clan would need more people. She sends a messenger to Waterstone in hopes of getting some more settlers.
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on June 17, 2020, 12:44:58 pm
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 17, 2020, 12:47:37 pm
((I haven't the slightest idea what worm week is... ???)(the person was maybe referring to this week’s actions pertaining to Worm walk. Search Worm Walk in this. Topic and it is an instance where someone who was scheduled for execution exploded into many worms, all that was left of the host was the skin)
Post by: Strik3r on June 17, 2020, 12:53:56 pm
((I haven't the slightest idea what worm week is... ???)((https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MsNHmf5jksA (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MsNHmf5jksA) Guess i just hang out in strange circles?))
Post by: auzewasright on June 17, 2020, 01:04:43 pm
The rebuilding of central Portun is completed in Streamland. A new palace and embassy have been constructed, and the distruction has been used as an opportunity to plan out the inner city better. With the ports all reopened and trade moving through, Streamland takes the opportunity to try and reclaim their islands in the sea.
Post by: Detoxicated on June 17, 2020, 03:46:00 pm
The Batpeople have begun using Stone Tools to easen their hunting and crafting burdens. Donkebab creates Trumpetibries, small nectar eating birds that Play complex mathematical melodies, as response.
The Great Scar University asks several nations to allow them to build Institutes in the respected nations. The nations are Refugio Guerra, Streamland, the HCE, and the Dorathian Kingdom.
Post by: Strik3r on June 18, 2020, 06:51:14 am
Rolls
Nations' response to the Purple Leaf Disease:
Code: [Select]
5d20=18+9+17+7+1!
In order:Foxfolk Shamans, Kingdoms of Zalalastan, Arghila, Karhan, Streamland The Folkfolk shamans take the disease dead-seriously and because of its supposedly magical nature, several Shamans and Spirit Healers of the foxfolk volunteer to travel to Thairmar and assist them.King of Zalalastan thanks the courler for the warning and promises that Zalalastan will look out for anyone carrying the symptoms, but offers no aid to Thairmar.
Arghila, despite being the farthest from thairmar of the contacted nations, offecrs significant aid to Thairmar. Perhaps seeing Zalalastan as a buffer between themselves and the disease.
Karhan considers themselves too far from the diseased lands of Thairmar for the disease to be a concern to them, but neither is the fate of Thairmar itself.
Streamland, having just defeated one crisis, was NOT interested in getting dragged into another one. As such Streamland has gone absolutely paranoid, has cut off all trade with Thairmar and has begun moving a lot of supplies and provisions onto their newly retaken islands that were completely stripped bare of life by Gojira. The Courier who delivered the message was thrown into a prison cell, in fears that he may be infected.
MEANWHILE, SOMEWHERE.
Does somebody somewhere go insane?
Code: [Select]
1d20=11Somewhere in the south between Karhan and Zalalastan, traveler has just experienced the worst thing in his life. He was camping for the night with his travel companions when his camp was attacked, by bears. All of his friends were torn up and he had to flee for his dear life, leaving everything and all the supplies behind. Such a traumatizing experience is sure to leave some scars. He can still hear the bears' roars, even when there is no bear, but the sounds, they're real to him and send him into a panic everytime he hears them, but beyond that, he's mostly ok, his dogs are still mostly barking.Does someone somewhere avoid death?
Code: [Select]
1d20=3Somewhere in Streamland, with the news of the outbreak in Thairmar, a horse drawn carriage was rushing toward the harbor with speed. People were scrambling to get out of the way of the speeding carriage, but one unlucky sod walked around a corner and right in front of the horses and the carriage. The driver didn't have enough time to stop the cart, even if he wanted to. The man who walked in front of them was first trampled by four hooves, breaking most of his ribs and then the carriage wheel rolled over his neck, crushing his spine and his windpipe. Someone in Streamland has died to asphyxiation after getting run over by a carriage.NOW BACK TO REGULARLY SCHEDULED ROLLING
Rakken and his paranoia:
Code: [Select]
1d20=11Rakken tries to stay rational and disregard the absurd notion of his friends being just a bunch of worms wearing hamsterman skins, and besides, even if they are "Worm-Walkers", they haven't done anything to condemn them for. But still, Rakken keeps a close eye on the others, he can't shake the feeling that not everything is... Right about them. He's begun quietly noting down every weird thing they say or every strange, abnormal movment or twitch.Drilka sends a messenger to Waterstone for settlers:
Code: [Select]
1d20=6It seems like Drilka and the other settlers sent to Sandpond were always a bunch of rejects that the Waterstone Clan didn't want anything to do with and never wanted to see again. So the king was not pleased when the messenger appeared before him, asking for settlers. The messenger was told to get out of the Waterstone Clan and live in their "sand pond". As for the news of Broth's death? The king was happy to know that he was dead.The Great Scar University's branches:
Code: [Select]
4d20=16+6+19+4
in order: Refugio Guerra, Streamland, the HCE, and the Dorathian KingdomRefugio Guerra has always been open to all kinds of diplomacy, so it is not suprising they were enthralled with the idea of an Institute in Refugio Guerra and welcomed the University to build a branch within their borders.
Unfortunately, Streamland is still in the middle of the rebuilding and with the recent outbreak, refuse the offer for the time being but have made it clear that they would be open to the idea in the future.
The Hrilithian Celestial Empire in many ways already considers itself the most advanced nation in the west, stating (falsely, mind you) that they already had planned to build a great university in their lands (even though they've never thought of it before) and welcome the collaboration with the Great Scar University.
The Dorathian Kingdom continues to be as inhospitable as ever, and the suggestions of a "University" in their lands are met with mockery and laughter by the Hamstermen.
YEAR 261.2
On their way back the messengers that were sent to the Dorathian Kingdom for the purposes of proposing a joint university in the Dorathian lands, accidentally cut through The Red Court's lands and
are intercepted by Sentries from The Red Court and are interrogated by the sentries. Upon learning of their purpose, the messengers are brought before the Queen. Arythia notes that she hasn't recieved any such messengers, intended for her. Surely the University wasn't going to leave The Red Court out of such an offer. She has always thought that the University was a place of learning and logic, not one of silly superstitions.
So, she sends the messengers back on their way, with an offer of her own: Since the Dorathian Kingdom foolishly rejected the University, her Kingdom can take Dorathians' place. She had always looked for an opportunity to collaborate with the University, wanting Chaos magic to become a valid and accepted school of magic, so that people may learn to use Chaos magic safely and responsibly.
As such, her kingdom would greatly assist in the construction of the University on her soil. All the university had to do was to take the offer and thus, accept that Chaos and Darkness are just as valid magic as Arcana and Light.
Summary
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Map and Legend Updated (click to show/hide)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: Detoxicated on June 18, 2020, 08:06:13 am
The University is thrilled by the Many acceptances for University branches and sends out expeditions and some of the wisest Scholars to the respected Locations. The scientific Minds of the Scholars are also quite interested to come in contact with Chaos Magic and darkness Magic as they both we're rather difficult subjects to aproach. The opening of a Branch in the Red Court Lands is a Welcome Proposition and die to this they actually send the Most versatile mages to Open this branch.
Streamland and the Dorathian Empire become the laughingstock of many wizards and mages for declining such a grand offer.
The Batpeople have begun constructing a round Plaza with a Rock Statue of "the Drummer" on the Central Island of their archipelago. This place becomes place of worship for the Batpeople.
(( The Red court Used to be the crusader state and is now Part of the Chaos coalition right? Managing to keep Up with all the races and such is becoming quite difficult... ))
Post by: Strik3r on June 18, 2020, 08:22:02 am
Year 263((Yeah, things are getting a little hard to keep track of. Another reason for me to update the Encyclopedia. but goddamn that will be a lot of work, with more work each turn.
The University is thrilled by the Many acceptances for University branches and sends out expeditions and some of the wisest Scholars to the respected Locations. The scientific Minds of the Scholars are also quite interested to come in contact with Chaos Magic and darkness Magic as they both we're rather difficult subjects to aproach. The opening of a Branch in the Red Court Lands is a Welcome Proposition and die to this they actually send the Most versatile mages to Open this branch.
Streamland and the Dorathian Empire become the laughingstock of many wizards and mages for declining such a grand offer.
(( The Red court Used to be the crusader state and is now Part of the Chaos coalition right? Managing to keep Up with all the races and such is becoming quite difficult... ))
And yeah, The Red Court WAS the 1st Crusader State, conquered in the second crusade by the Black Qhanganate and given to Arythia, yeah. Technically, The Red Court is still a vassal of the Chaos Coalition, but it its quickly starting to separate from it. No doubt Theyrn Elros, The First Chaos mage, has something to do with it, He kinda pioneered the idea that Chaos and The Aetherials aren't one and the same, even if they are closely tied, that and he's a crafty bastard.))
Post by: Detoxicated on June 18, 2020, 08:23:18 am
Post by: King Zultan on June 18, 2020, 08:58:36 am
Post by: TamerVirus on June 18, 2020, 09:11:18 am
Post by: Strik3r on June 18, 2020, 09:32:24 am
(( If you need Help with the encyclopedia i am willing and able))((Dont worry about it, i'll probably end up working on it bit by bit. And i'll probably make the post for the new Encyclopedia when i get at least the new info added, such as the new races and nations. Then i can move onto improving the current information with more details (birth dates for races and nations, short descriptions also for both, etc.) and then i can move onto adding some new things to the Encyclopedia as well.
Of course, if anybody does want to help somehow, go ahead, but there's really no rush.
((I've got an early post on PG1 that I can turn into an updatable encyclopedia anchor post, if needed))I was planning on linking back to the Encyclopedia every update post anyway (and to the newest update from the Encyclopedia), so the positioning of the actual Encyclopedia post doesn't actually matter that much, i think? But maybe link from that post to the updated Encyclopedia?, once i've got it posted that is :P. i'd be grateful.))
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on June 18, 2020, 11:23:19 am
Drilka sends out a messenger again, this time to the Dalaians, to see how they feel about her clan now that some time has passed. Roll for their response.
Also, a blue meteorite about the size of a small boulder slams into one of the Sandpond Village's old houses' roofs (old being one of the ones made by Broth/co. before Drilka came along). Roll for how much damage it does.
Drilka may be an architect, but that doesn't stop her from wondering what's in the meteorite - she's a dwarf, after all, and everyone knows dwarves like the earth, even when they aren't living in it. One of the settlers who had migrated to Sandpond Village alongside Drilka had once been a miner; despite considering himself retired from that profession, this miner by the name of Kalahar offers to plunder the meteorite. His offer is accepted. Roll for how well Kalahar extracts material from the meteorite; also roll for how useful said material is.
((am I asking you to roll too much, Strik3r/whoever updates next?))
Post by: TamerVirus on June 18, 2020, 11:35:15 am
Given how the University's original expansion plan only yielded two out of four sites, they accept this alternative proposal and begin construction on Lake Scar University, one of many in what would become the Scar Society System of Schools
Post by: Lidku on June 18, 2020, 12:06:43 pm
After years in the city of Lotham in Arghila, Yarlac Drem had expanded the underground lair-turned-all-out crypt that was under a butcher shop acting as a front. His advancement in necromancy ensured that his tenants who worked from the rented store part of the butcher shop would've already been mind-controlled by his magic, tying up any loose ends as to whether or not his activity would be sighted by his tenants one day.
Drem would build his base of influence up by resurrecting killed city bandits and thugs from gang-related skirmishes in the city as skeletons had their novelty, but weren't really powerful. He then used these semi-intelligent horde of undead of city bandits to do typical criminal enterprise stuff- establish protection rackets, corrupt officials to allow more leeway in his planning, trading in smuggled goods, and many other things.
This would finally spark a contact between the local vigilante of Lotham, the Saur, against the undead minions of Yarlac. This encounter happened at the docks, Saur had spotted a group of them taking out crates full of Vision Dust from a cog. The Saur engaged in them- only to find out something strange. These city bandits no matter what- was not reacting to his hits as they should. They were lumbery and very slow, yes, but no matter how hard he struck with his adept unarmed skills, the kept fighting- no of them even being brought down or seeming to be tired. When one of the thugs took a swipe at Saur with a hook blade, he feinted back and did a high kick on the hand holding the weapon.
When it was in the air Saur caught it then did his own faster counter swipe on the thug's left arm... it was clean off, but Saur had found that the thug infront of him did not react whatsoever.. he wasn't even bleeding. Saur had realized- he was fighting the undead! The fight carried on before when Saur didn't know this revelation, he kept fighting this group of undead but they would not tire or falter. Finally Saur made a mistake, which allowed one undead thug behind to trip him up on the ground- giving them the window they needed to almost beat him to death.
The Saur in a last bid of energy rolled away from a clumsy punch and through the wide stanced legs of one undead thug so he could fall into the nearby water of the dock. Being undead there was no way they could swim after him so they quickly grabbed the smuggled shipments of Vision Dust before they were seen by guards- the group didn't believe Saur would even survive with all his wounds the water.
It would seem Saur would've been a dead man.. however the extreme stress and near-death experience while Saur was gradually sinking to the depths of the city-dock sea unlocked his dormant Stand! The rush of the awakening of the Stand gave him enough energy to swim up and get to a nearby beach area of a waterfront.
Days passed with the Saur healing back up and most importantly figuring out the features of his Stand.. it had the ability to send out localized reality distortion orbs from its hand, erasing anything that would contact the orb while it was still active- each orb shot from the Saur's Stand last about 12 seconds each. This ability proves greatly useful in combating Yarlac's trove of undead city-bandits as they possessed nigh-durability. The Saur, only to himself, since no one else could see his Stand other than other Stand-Users anyway, calls his Stand the [Saurs Maw], aptly named because it could erase anything Saur wished at a range.
Eventually Yarlac notices that more and more of his resurrected minions were becoming less and less when sent out on missions- each squad reporting the samething- a strange man dressed in a dinosaur-armor costume with a deadly ability of wiping anything seemingly out of nowhere, would continuously assail Yarlac Drem's undead thugs.
The rivalry between Yarlac and the Saur has begun.
Post by: Strik3r on June 18, 2020, 02:48:10 pm
I really wanna see where this goes, so I'll mark this on the map, next update.))
YEAR 264.2
On a small trek to westward to map out their surroundings, a bunch of Birdmen of the Empire of Avaria have discovered an ancient subterranean network of tunnels, probably older than 200 years, they explored the interior and while most of the tunnels had collapsed, they still managed to make their way to the main, central chamber and inside, they found something truly strange, and extraordinary.
On a pedestal, A gigantic, absolutely humongous roughly-cut ruby(?), shaped like a dragon egg, and is about as big as one too, so it probably was intended to look like one. Except whoever cut this, clearly left the job unfinished, because the gem still has lots of rough edges and hard right angles and is completely unpolished and opaque. Not to mention, too spiky to be a dragon egg. Still, even in its rough state, a gem of this size is worth an ABSOLUTE FORTUNE, enough that if someone were to sell it, it would make them them incredibly rich.
The gem is carried back to the Avarian empire, though lingering questions remain: Where the did such a massive gem come from? What kind of craftsman would be capable of working this? and most importantly, what are the the Avarrians going to do with it, now?
Post by: auzewasright on June 18, 2020, 04:07:18 pm
Streamland okays the construction of a university branch in their country and offers a large donation on condition that the forces of chaos are purged from the university. That point is declared non-negotiable.
Post by: TamerVirus on June 18, 2020, 04:28:53 pm
over the moral implications of dealing this chaos tainted drug to the masses, Nisvanis is more concerned about not getting his cut. He demands the dealing groups to pay up. Those who refuse are messily purged; quietly disposed of in the harbor in the dead of night. This marks an about-face in criminal policy, as now trafficking the extremely expensive drug has been given tacit approval. The drug blight begins popping up in other coastal trading ports, covertly spread by shady gangsters who want to make a quick buck by tagging along with the merchant fleets
Post by: Strik3r on June 18, 2020, 04:29:30 pm
The Encyclopedia
Second Edition
=>Link to Latest Update<= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8178258#msg8178258)
The Chronicles, written by Yellow Pixel
=>Link to The Chronicles of the first century<= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8194329#msg8194329)
Latest Map:
(https://i.imgur.com/WuUISw1.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/G07Ylys.png)
Note: All names are as originally presented, making it easy to use the search function to find turns related to a specific subjects.
Second Edition
=>Link to Latest Update<= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8178258#msg8178258)
The Chronicles, written by Yellow Pixel
=>Link to The Chronicles of the first century<= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8194329#msg8194329)
Latest Map:
(https://i.imgur.com/WuUISw1.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/G07Ylys.png)
Spoiler: Game rules/Guidelines (click to show/hide)
Note: All names are as originally presented, making it easy to use the search function to find turns related to a specific subjects.
Spoiler: Gods (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Races (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Nations & Tribes (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Domains (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Major Historical Events (click to show/hide)
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on June 18, 2020, 07:28:51 pm
Post by: TheRedwolf on June 18, 2020, 07:52:54 pm
One Løkhund by the name of Fenris Bloodaxe unites the various bloodjarls in a series of bloody wars! Along the way he finds an ancient statue of a long forgotten løkhund god of BLOOD Jøtok Vinterjak. Along his conquests he gathers an army of bloodthirsty warriors and Upjær in anticipation of a great raid: the Ragnaruff.
Post by: King Zultan on June 19, 2020, 08:05:38 am
Post by: Detoxicated on June 19, 2020, 08:11:17 am
Post by: Strik3r on June 19, 2020, 08:37:59 am
Notices
This update took alot longer to do than most due to all the new stuff.
Also im trialing a system im calling "Domains". The Purple Leaf Disease is the first one. These "Domains" are rendered on top of the existing map at 50% opacity. You don't need to worry about me screwing up the map irrecoverably due to the map's limited color palette. I can always reverse any changes i make.
This update took alot longer to do than most due to all the new stuff.
Also im trialing a system im calling "Domains". The Purple Leaf Disease is the first one. These "Domains" are rendered on top of the existing map at 50% opacity. You don't need to worry about me screwing up the map irrecoverably due to the map's limited color palette. I can always reverse any changes i make.
Rolls
Drilka sends out a messenger to Free Cities of Dalai
Code: [Select]
1d20=9In the years since Broth and co. were thrown out from there, Dalai has had a bit of a change of leadership, so the response from the new Grand Mayor of Dalai is one of confusion, He has no idea as to whom this "Broth" or "Drilka" or "Sandpond" is. It seems that the original incident didn't really have all that lasting of an effect on Dalai and was forgotten quickly. And the messenger thought better than to reveal the whole story. But the Grand Mayor was generally polite in his response, welcoming the Sandpond Clan to trade with Dalai, "if Sandpond indeed is a nation and not an elaborate joke".Then again, Dalai trades with practically everyone on the Western Continent nowadays, aside from the Aetherials or the Black Qhanganate, for obvious reasons.
A blue meteorite strikes a house in Sandpond
Code: [Select]
3d20=17+11+7While the original houses were well built, for a bunch of inexperienced builders, they were nowhere near strong enough to survive a meteorite, the house hit by the meteor was practically demolished, with only parts of walls still standing. Most of the damage wasn't done by the impact itself, but rather by cracks in the structure that formed and broke apart in the aftermath of the impact.The meteorite is tough, with Kalahar had a fair bit of difficulty getting to and seperating anything of use from it, and it wasn't worth it. The meteor's contents were mostly low value gemstones that gave the meteorite its blueish look.
YEAR 268
With the Great Scar University's and it's surrounding city's rapidly increasing size, the requirement for greater management has become painfully obvious. As such, the university's leadership has decided that the University and the surrounding city shall become its own independent "nation", with its own borders, military and laws. All the decisions in regarding the "nation" shall be made by a council of 17 Archmages selected from the university for their intellect and knowledge of magic.
Officialy, the "nation" and the University aren't connected, but in reality, the two are very much tied together. As such the University branches in other nations, they are as much embassies now as they are places of learning.
The first decision that the council will vote on will the be the name of their newly formed nation. Everyone agrees that the nation needs a name of its own, but nobody can agree on what it should be.
Summary
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Map and Legend Updated (click to show/hide)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: TamerVirus on June 19, 2020, 09:33:20 am
Post by: Detoxicated on June 19, 2020, 09:47:23 am
During the Chaos of Nation building some innovative and wreckless thinkers of the University have decided to hunt for the kani-collou. To succeed, they thought, they must make take great steps and will need Help.
One group Begins to build the Aquatic Gondola, a Shop able to Sail underwater, with the aid of enchanted Tools Metals and calligraphy
The other group Ventures Out to recruit some Sharkmen to Help them on this mission
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 19, 2020, 02:28:16 pm
During the Purple Leaf Disease’s spread, a mutation in some of them occurs, where purple vines begin growing from comatose hosts to connect to hosts that can move. Roll for how quickly this mutation spreads among the purple leaves
Post by: TheRedwolf on June 19, 2020, 10:45:22 pm
Fenris Bloodaxe sends an offer to the leaders of the Brudine and the AOB
I, King Fenris Bloodaxe have an offer to make you. The time of the Grand Raid Ragnaruff is almost at hand, and I wish for the greatest warriors and sturdiest Longships of your kind to join us in bringing forth this grand raid upon the weak people of the south. Great loot and notoriety will be yours if you choose to aid us in this glorious raid! The world will know our names and fear us, for we are the lords of the north! Arooooo!
Signed
King Fenris Bloodaxe
Roll to see how the Brudine and Alliance of Blood react
Post by: Lidku on June 19, 2020, 11:15:49 pm
The Avarian Empire with its increased organization from discovering paper allocate the appropriate resources and manpower to expand.
Post by: Strik3r on June 20, 2020, 07:34:18 am
Notices
Rolls
Construction of the Aquatic Gondola
Code: [Select]
1d20=16The Aquatic Gondola is a resounding success, with a waterproof hull provided by an Arcane magical barrier and a submarine paddle wheel, also driven by magic, it has practically infinite range, as long as it is properly maintained and crewed by a specialized crew. It still does need to surface every few hours, lest the air within it run out and the occupants suffocate. At this time, the magical barrier has to be disabled, because it blocks EVERYTHING, for the better or the worse, including air. However, a strong enough force or impact can overwhelm the magical barrier. So a giant crab or sufficent pressure can still crush the ship, leading to the crew's grisly death.It is sitting in port in Refugio Guerra at this time, because building it on Dragolia would've been nonsense.
Sharkman recruitment attempt
Code: [Select]
1d20=7Unfortunately, the Sharkmen are not very friendly and do not like intruders. The researchers who attempted to recruit the Sharkmen were lucky to leave without getting attacked and skewerd by them.Purple Vines' spread rate
Code: [Select]
1d20=2The spread of this new muation is INCREDIBLY slow, if it spreads much at all, with the purple vines being only rarely successful in attaching themselves to mobile hosts, they mostly spread to incapacated hosts and often have to stretch rather long distances to do so. This mutation is very unlikely to have a significant impact on the disease or the ease with which it is contained.Brudines' and Red Elves' reaction to Fenris Bloodaxe's message
Code: [Select]
2d20=17+14A century has passed since there has been significant conflict between Brudines, Red Elves and especially Lokhunds, after their island seperated from Dragolia and dropped from the skies into the northern sea. Long enough that the two nations take the Lokhunds' offer into consideration, The Brudines show great interest in fighting alongside their Lokhund brothers, but they laugh at the notion of "ship" they don't even have a sea, let alone any ships. The Red Elves don't take that warmly to the offer, but nevertheless some Red Elves set out on the long trek back to the Lokhunds' lands. A bunch of Red Elves and Bear-people marching through Refugio Guerra raised quite a few eyebrows, they are after all, both peoples infamous for their raiding and pillaging. All the nations of the world will surely become aware of this anomaly in short order.Year 269
The Avarian Empire expands its borders, mostly to the north along the river. Toward Elysium, the northern territories of the Avarrians are a lush mixture of green and blue flora that grow on the great river's banks. There, even on the darkest of nights, the gentle, pleseant glow of the White Tree illuminates the landscape and shines through the windows of Avarrians' homes as they sleep.
YEAR 269.1
A small part of the original, unmutated population of the Purple Leaf Disease undergoes a mutation. This new mutated strain keeps more of it's host's mental faculties in place, mostly the survival instincts. While the hosts of this new strain do not actively seek out potential uninfected hosts, they are able to survive for much longer than the original strain, potentially decades and can even avoid obvious sources of danger, such as bodies of water, cliffs and fire.
Summary
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Map and Legend (click to show/hide)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: King Zultan on June 20, 2020, 07:41:35 am
Post by: Detoxicated on June 20, 2020, 09:38:36 am
The Aquatic Gondola is a great success but a mere First step to acquire a Titans child. The researchers Begin working on underwater suits using some of the Technologie acquired when building the Aquatic Gondola.
Roll to determine the success of their Diving Gear Project.
Post by: TheRedwolf on June 20, 2020, 02:34:01 pm
Umpjær row in unison and the scent of mead and seawater fills the air as the Løkhunds and their Brüdine and blood Elf allies sail out to sea, singing horrid howling shanties and praying to their god of blood.
Hundreds of Longships and thousands upon thousands of warriors embark (haha I said bark) upon a voyage southward towards the Goblins.
Ragnaruff. Has. Begun.
The Dogmen will pillage any coastal city they can, looting pillaging and slaughtering all they can. While stocking up on food and livestock to continue their grand raid.
Roll for how the raid on the Goblins goes
Post by: chaotick21 on June 20, 2020, 03:24:24 pm
The comatose victims of the Purple Leaf disease begin to show more lifelike behaviors such as twitching or making noises with their mouthes. Thairmar decides to ignore this for the time being and focus on finding a cure. Roll for if they make any progress
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 20, 2020, 03:32:01 pm
Year 272for whose progress? The purple leaves’s progress of getting their hosts to start moving again? Or the Thairmar cure efforts progress?
The comatose victims of the Purple Leaf disease begin to show more lifelike behaviors such as twitching or making noises with their mouthes. Thairmar decides to ignore this for the time being and focus on finding a cure. Roll for if they make any progress
Post by: Strik3r on June 20, 2020, 04:07:22 pm
((Thaimar's cure efforts progress, at least i think so. So unless Chaoskl edits the post to specify otherwise, that's what it will be.))Year 272for whose progress? The purple leaves’s progress of getting their hosts to start moving again? Or the Thairmar cure efforts progress?
The comatose victims of the Purple Leaf disease begin to show more lifelike behaviors such as twitching or making noises with their mouthes. Thairmar decides to ignore this for the time being and focus on finding a cure. Roll for if they make any progress
YEAR 272.1
A number of young Avarrians that hatched in the Avarian Empire's very northern reaches of their recently claimed territories have grown very distinct and strikingly vibrant deep blue or cyan plumage with complex, dark blue patterns instead of coloring more typical to avarrians, thier feathers are not unlike the blue plants that are quite common in those regions. There are no other apparent differences to other Avarrians beyond the abnormal feather colors.
Post by: chaotick21 on June 20, 2020, 05:42:09 pm
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 20, 2020, 06:12:04 pm
While researching the purple leaf disease, one of the researchers comes across one of the purple vines connecting two hosts together, the researcher notices what looks to be flower buds on the vine. When he attempted to take the bud off of the vine, his touch caused the bud to open, releasing purple spores into the wind
Roll to figure out if the researcher inhales some spores
Roll for how common this bud mutation becomes
Roll for how strong the wind is, and for which direction it is blowing, thus what direction and how far this bud’s spread is
((The reason why the wind roll and commonality roll might be different is thst maybe this is the first bud the researcher noticed, not necessarily the first bud spawned, there might be other buds on other vines the researcher missed, or he might have found the first one, this depends on the commonality roll, whether or not this was the first, the wind roll would still apply, that’s why they are separate rolls))
Post by: Strik3r on June 21, 2020, 06:53:26 am
Notices
Rolls
The Diving Gear Project:
Code: [Select]
1d20=1!The Researchers' attempts to produce usable underwater gear is an absolute disaster. Almost every material they tried for the suit was either too stiff, too porous or simply broke apart in the water and attempts to make a watertight seal between any two things on the gear through mundane means was a fool's errand, it was impossible to do. Attempts to miniaturize the force field that the Gondola uses to keep water out ended in several researchers dying in reckless experiemnts, seemingly the barrier became much weaker when applied to smaller surfaces, no where near strong enough to survive the crushing pressure of the deep seas, and even where it does hold, it can be used at most for a few minutes before the air within the forcefield runs out. Even just someone exiting the Gondola is an enormous risk to it, as IT'S barrier has to be disabled long enough for someone to slip out.
All in all, the Project to produce diving gear amounted to nothing but a waste of University resources. Still, some things were learned from the project if nothing else.
Lokhunds raid the Goblins:
Code: [Select]
Advantage: Lokhund raiders
+1 Superior numbers
Lokhunds 1d20=16+1=17
Goblins 1d20=3The Lokhunds and their friends hit the Goblins from the North like a tidal wave, the only warning of their approach, was the massive fleet of longships on the horizon. The moment the gobs saw the extent of the Lokhunds' fleet, they knew they had no chance. Many goblins, cowardly like they are, ran straight for the hills. The few who tried to fight back, their "forces" were promptly CRUSHED. Any Goblins who fought were killed, and those who didn't? They were captured and enslaved, or worse.
The Lokhunds rampaged through the goblins' lands, slaughtering goblins and looting their ramshackle villages to their hearts' content, taking whatever or whomever they wanted.
The goblins who ran, scattered to the seven winds, and ended up in all kinds of places:
Some ended up in lands of the Chaos Coalition, where they were ripped apart by mutated wildlife, some even headed to the Firbolgs' lands, but most went to the orks, whom begrudgingly allowed them in. Thus, the two that started from one have become one, yet again. The united tribes of Orks and Goblins are known as the "Greenskin Tribes". ((If you have a better name, tell me))
The goblins in the orc tribes are treated like everyone else: like utter crap, but at least its better than being sold off by Lokhunds. Still, the goblins quickly filled a niche with their superior cunning to their ork brethren.
Thaimar's cure efforts progress
Code: [Select]
1d20=8The researchers' attempts to cure the Purple Leaf disease do not bear much fruit. It was difficult for them to determine whether anything they tried had any effect in reversing the spread of the leaves or not, due to HOW fast they spread. Another problem was consistency, some times, some things did seem to cause the leaves to wither, die and fall off, other times they did not.However, they did discover that concious activity DOES play a role in the leaves' spread and incapacatating a host of the purple leaf disease slows or in some cases even halts, the spread over a host's body.
Purple leaves' vines' buds
Code: [Select]
in order:
Roll to figure out if the researcher inhales some spores[low=No<->high=Yes]
Roll for how common this bud mutation is[low=low<->high=high]
Roll for how strong the wind is[low=weak<->high=strong]
Roll for which direction the wind is blowing[low=uninhabited/sea<->high=toward civilization]
4d20=1!+18+13+3
As soon as the purple bud opens, the researcher almost instinctively covers his nose and his mouth with one hand, and invokes a fireball in his other, throwing it at the the bud. The fire spread quickly, burning many of the newly formed buds, further down that vine, the vine itself and any hosts connected to it. The wind was fair that that day, but what was on the wind that day, weren't spores and pollen, but smoke, ashes and embers, blowing toward the northern sea.
Summary
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Map and Legend Updated (click to show/hide)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: King Zultan on June 21, 2020, 08:18:51 am
Post by: Detoxicated on June 21, 2020, 08:46:15 am
The Freeman Goblins of Refugio Guerra are fighting and arguing for an Intervention against the Lokhunds.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 21, 2020, 09:52:22 am
One of the hosts of the purple leaves wakes up fully and stops the twitching he was doing
start moving to spread, you know mora about the moving then I do Uh, what? We need to spread, don’t try removing us, it’ll kill you too, Removing what? None of us are in your eyes, why is it dark?
The host opens his eyes and sees himself covered by purple leaves, surrounded by other people also covered in purple leaves, some still, some twitching, some looking around confused
Oh, how long have I been stuck here? We’re what you’d call plants, we don’t keep track of time like you. Makes sense. You didn’t hurt me did you? Do you feel pain? Well no, not much of anything. I want to move again, I’ve been still for too long. Yes, we need to move, that’s how we can find more to grow in. We hare the brain, otherwise I wouldn’t be able to think. Well we do share a body now, give me control of it and we can move. Right, you can have the legs. I thought I died. No, if you were dead I couldn’t continue growing. It’s been a while since I walked...
Roll for how well the host is able to walk
Roll for whether the host infects others with the purple leaves
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on June 21, 2020, 10:30:01 am
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 21, 2020, 10:33:15 am
((I haven't been posting recently because of, well... lack of ideas. I'm starting to feel like I'm running a nation here [Sandpond Clan], which isn't fun at all. And I doubt anyone else would want me doing anything with anything not Sandpond Clan... muttering))everything in the world can be messed with, that’s one of the rules in the original post, that there’s no reason to get attached because everything is subject to change
Edit: found the rule
Quote from: the rule’s exact words
*Don't get too attached, everyone can change everything!
Post by: Strik3r on June 21, 2020, 10:45:14 am
((I haven't been posting recently because of, well... lack of ideas. I'm starting to feel like I'm running a nation here [Sandpond Clan], which isn't fun at all. And I doubt anyone else would want me doing anything with anything not Sandpond Clan... muttering))
((Quite the opposite! one of the rules in the OP/Encyclopedia is "Don't get too attached, everyone can change everything" let me rephrase that as "Anyone can change anything, don't ever be afraid to do things with things created by other players".
Hell, i created The Great Ruby precisely so that people would pass it around between nations, to see where it would end up and how... but nobody's even touched it yet :(
Plus, i encourage players to not focus on 1 thing too much, but ofcourse, everyone plays differently.
EDIT: Ninja'd
ALSO, the ENCYCLOPEDIA (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079) has been UPDATED, with information on domains.
))
Post by: TheRedwolf on June 21, 2020, 12:15:38 pm
In a crypt on the island the Løkhunds came from, blood spilled on far away battlefields begin to trickle down from the walls as a presence begins to stir, old as the løkhunds themselves. With every drop of blood spilled, Jøtok Vinterjåk grows ever closer to reawakening.
Down south, the Løkhunds are Empowered by their ancestral deity’s awakening, pushing them even deeper into a bloodthirst, and filling them with strength to match. They row ever southward towards Ukalia, intending to raid the High Elven coastal cities. Ragnaruff continues.
Roll to see how the Raid Goes
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 21, 2020, 12:28:35 pm
Serlor Vivret, a crafter, came to where the Great Ruby is, and tries to smooth out the rough parts of the egg. While he works, he thinks he hears a humming, though he can;t figure out where the humming is from
Roll for how well he smoothens the ruby egg
Post by: Detoxicated on June 21, 2020, 12:56:16 pm
Year 273.6
The Batpeople have begun building huge Rocks at their place of worship. They are shaped in a way that when Wind strikes them they Release different Tones. While most Batpeople still live AS nomads, a circle of druids has formed to Help with Problems between families and to uphold the law of "the Drummer".
Post by: Lidku on June 21, 2020, 01:09:57 pm
Quote from: 273.6
Lokhund Raid
The High Elves advanced scout-galleons sight the approaching rowships of the Ragnaruff horde. King Ukalia's has his premiere officers along with an Arch-Mage named Dragos oversee the defense of the coasts. 2 battalions of High-Elven archers, 1 battalion of fire specialist mages (to burn their ships and have the fur of the Lokhund to catch fire), a company of 200 battle-mages lead by Arch-Mage Dragos, and 1 battalion of High Elven spearmen go to meet where the Lokhund will land.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 21, 2020, 01:33:57 pm
Year 234((The symbol that’s labeled ??? in the most recent update is the bazaar where people disappear, so next update, you can change ??? to Bazaar. I hope this was helpful))
Somewhere in the desert of the western continent, lies a singular bazaar building in the middle of nowhere. Many adventurers, merchants, and various patrolmen of differing political entities go into the building in hopes of trading for water or simple baubles. Anyone who enters this building however curiously never return no matter what.
A few wayward desert peasant-scavengers from one of the castle-suburbs of a Knight of the Desert fortress happen upon the bazaar one day. Seeing an opportunity to make a few copper or silver to sell off some of the material comprising the outside of the bazaar, they attempt to break it down with their pickaxe and hammer tools. Try as they might however, nothing seems to work. A month later they come back with a Moss Troll that was "recruited" (press-ganged would be more apt), but even the Moss Troll with all its herculean strength could not break down the bazaar with its fists. Finally, with being highly confused with the anomaly of the building, the looter crew goes inside the bazaar- to ultimately suffer the same fate of never returning as many others that deigned to go inside.
No matter what, no one can escape once inside. The various Gods would be confused, of the most Eightstone as almost nothing was beyond his sight in the deserts as the very region was its Sphere. Hrvalda even has High-Elven arch-mages from her cult go inside the bazaar and try to teleport out- but it is no avail. Even the Gods fear to go inside this bazaar. What is its purpose and who made it?Spoiler: The Bazaar (click to show/hide)Spoiler: Map Update/Location of the Bazaar (click to show/hide)
Speaking of the Bazaar
Year 273.7
Those who are in the Bazaar have no idea they are trapped, it uses illusions to keep people inside, and everyone in there has forgotten why they came, and the longer they stay, the more they forget, eventually the Bazaar becomes all they know. To those inside, they haven’t even spent a day there, no idea how much time has passed since they entered. Through exploring, they gradually get more tired, as if the Bazaar is taking their life away slowly. The bazaar will add new items, likely from those it’s drained.
Post by: Strik3r on June 21, 2020, 02:26:33 pm
Year 273.5((They will incur an additional combat roll against the western Dungeon that may prevent them from attacking the High-Elves, the dungeon is the only way onto Dragolia(which IS floating, in the sky) aside from Refugio Guerra. Mind you, no one has ever made it through the Dungeon. It will probably take some work, but for the next update, i'll try to give Dragolia a shadow/border, to indicate its floating, like Elysium has.))
In a crypt on the island the Løkhunds came from, blood spilled on far away battlefields begin to trickle down from the walls as a presence begins to stir, old as the løkhunds themselves. With every drop of blood spilled, Jøtok Vinterjåk grows ever closer to reawakening.
Down south, the Løkhunds are Empowered by their ancestral deity’s awakening, pushing them even deeper into a bloodthirst, and filling them with strength to match. They row ever southward towards Ukalia, intending to raid the High Elven coastal cities. Ragnaruff continues.
Roll to see how the Raid Goes
((while mostly people have been working with their own creations there has been many Situation where this wasnt the Case. So unless you Change the Nature of the creations entirely i think IT IS in the Spirit of the Game to Just do what you feel Like.))((The things that i like most about my own creations are all direct results of actions taken by people other than me. Like, the Black Qhanganate would have never happened without Hagtai coming in contact with the Aetherials, thanks to TamerVirus. The Jahtari Sultanate would have never happened without Gracfall meddling in the Lizardmen's society early on, a turn that you did. Thank you. :D))
((The symbol that’s labeled ??? in the most recent update is the bazaar where people disappear, so next update, you can change ??? to Bazaar. I hope this was helpful))((Actually it was named so on the map intentionally because i didn't know what its true nature was, and calling something a "Bazaar" might give the false impression that it actually is one, and would create even more confusion and voided turns. And i STILL don't know what anime is it from. Also it still needs to have a better name than just "Bazaar" lol))
YEAR 274
Queen Arythia of The Red Court has been pondering a solution to the Purple Leaf Disease for a while now. Not wanting the disease to potentially spread to her own Kingdom eventually, she and her Court of Magi have come up with an ingenious solution, albeit a risky one: Using a mixture of Chaos and Spirit magic, it could be possible to alter some of the leaves in a way that they will infect the unaltered purple leaves, rather than people. As is the norm with Chaos magic, if it goes well, it can go really well, but if it goes badly, it will go REALLY badly. Obviously, the Queen wont be doing the work herself, but rather it will be done by a specialist Chaos/Spirit mage, a rare thing indeed and recruited from the University's ranks no less.
Roll for whether the mage succeeds in creating an Anti-"Purple Leaf Disease"
Post by: Lidku on June 21, 2020, 02:43:41 pm
275
Some people in the Bazaar begin to realize that they are actually trapped in the never ending Bazaar, unlike the ones who eventually become mindless. Some form groups to survive and scavenge the items, others attempt to figure out how to leave, while some of the unsavory people who got trapped in Bazaar start raiding other groups who have collected a lot of items and foodstuff.
Eventually the people who became mindless from the effects of the Bazaar.. transform.. The Bazaar warps them to strange humanoid entities of various sizes- all of them without a face to speak of. They dress in plain tunics, stylized in a way where it seems they are "employees" of this strange Bazaar that never ends. The ceiling of the Bazaar hosts a series of lantern torches that blew out all by themselves, signalling "night time" in the Bazaar. When night time happens in the Bazaar, the "employees" attack any regular person they see saying "Please leave the Bazaar, the Bazaar is closed."
In the beginning troves of people are killed every "night" in the store, until the more cooperative groups begin form rudimentary village collectives to ensure survival against the Bazaar employees.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 21, 2020, 02:59:50 pm
275.1
The smallest Chaos rift begins to shrink and grow, shrinking by 1/4 for a day, then growing to it’s original size plus 1/4 for another day. This cycle of shrinking and growing can sometimes stop Aetherials from coming through, since during the size change the rift is unable to be entered. This prompts Aetherials from the Chaos realm and the material realm to attempt to figure out what is causing this
Post by: Strik3r on June 22, 2020, 08:24:35 am
Notices
Rolls
Purple Leaf Disease's new mutation's spread amongst animals
Code: [Select]
2d20=12+19The new strain has some difficulty infecting other members of the herd, as it seems that other animals seem to instinctively avoid the infected ones, However it is only a matter of time until the entire herd is infected by the new strain. However, the strain's mutation has made it capable of infecting almost any animal, readily jumping to squirrels, rats, foxes, everything, this includes sentient races, except slugmen. The disease is thus far still unable to infect molluscs and other invertebrates.(The Purple Leaf Disease will now actively spread outside of inhabited territories and it's core will likely become a deadland soon.)
The Freeman Goblins of Refugio Guerra campaign for an Intervention against the Lokhunds
Code: [Select]
1d20=19The goblins' efforts see incredible success, They succeed in getting Refugio Guerra to open dialog with other nations of the world regarding the growing Lokhund problem, and just about every nation agrees that a giant raiding party of Lokhunds and their friends is bad news for the nations' economies and trade routes, and thus, something that has to be dealt with. The biggest contributor to the counterforce is by far the humans, all human nations aside from Thairmar, send a decently sized force to Refugio Guerra, this includes a small force of Chaos Magi from The Red Court.Some forces from Dragolia have also sent small forces to Refugio Guerra, including Lizardmen of the Jahtari Sultanate and the Duskblades, they come equipped with glaives, scimitars and katars. Even some Bleg are spotted among the forces, equipped with gear forged in Refugio Guerra. Some Magi from the University are also present.
The Purple Leaf disease's conscious host
Code: [Select]
2d20=5+1!It seems that the Purple Leaf Disease has done significant and irreparable damage to the host's motor functions, he moves exactly like you would expect a ZOMBIE to walk: Dragging his feet sluggishly over the ground in small increments and stumbling over even the smallest obstacles and falling to the ground. But even if he could catch up to someone, he doesn't want to, his conscience makes him refuse to infect anyone with the disease, so he intentionally stays very far away from uninfected humans.Lokhunds and Co. vs the Dungeon
Code: [Select]
Lokhunds 1d20=8
Dungeon 1d20=10The Lokhunds and the rest of the raiders attempt to pass through the dungeon, thinking that their superior numbers will make short work of it. While none of the monsters offer much of a thread by themselves, its their numbers and the cramped corridors that prove a problem for the Lokhunds. That and the monsters know the layout of the dungeon while Lokhunds don't and there are traps and ambushes around every corner. In the end, the Lokhunds and the other raiders are rebuked from the dungeon and forced back out the way they came. While not many of the raiders were lost to the monsters, this will surely be an embarrassing blemish on history of the nation of proud warriors.
Serlor Vivret, a crafter attempts to smoothen the ruby egg
Code: [Select]
1d20=20!Serlor Vivret is an absolute master of a craftsman, delicately chipping away at the rough edges of the ruby, smoothing and polishing the surface with techniques passed down for generations, in a bid to finish the job that the last mysterious craftsman left unfinished over 200 years ago. He gets a little carried away and works the ruby down to exactly how he thinks it was meant to look like, turning the rough spikes of the gemstone down into perfect renditions of scales, exactly like those of a dragon egg, and smoothed to perfection too.
However, there is a bit of a problem, the ruby itself is still very opaque on the inside, although a certain.. orange? shine has become apparent in the gemstone. With his extensive knowledge of gems and crystals he was able to determine that the ruby has never been partitioned and that it likely "grew" from center outwards. Someone with a greater knowledge of geological processes may know more about the nature of the gemstone.
And there definitely is a "humming", although it is too faint for HIS ears to hear properly.
The Chaos mage's Attempt to create an Anti-"Purple Leaf Disease"
Code: [Select]
1d20=18The mage's efforts are a great success, using Chaos energy to mutate the leaves has produced a completely new disease, one that manifests as red leaves on the host, and infect only hosts with purple leaves on them. This isnt a cure to the original disease, and the hosts of the red leaves are no better off, although they do seem to behave more like hosts of Strain 5 of the Purple leaf disease, although they don't hunt down hosts with purple leaves, they are able to survive and keep spreading the red leaves for a very long time. And most critically, the hosts of the Red Leaf Disease are safe to be around, as red leaves cannot infect those not infected by the Purple Leaf Disease.
YEAR 275.2
With the Avarrians, being a highly conformist people many of the young Avarrians with the abnormal blue feathers are facing discrimination at the hands their peers. Some superstitions have also begun to spread in the northern communities regarding these Avarrians, some believing them to be cursed or demon children and some of parents of these Avarrians have gone as far as to kill their own offspring because of superstition.
Summary
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Map and Legend Updated (click to show/hide)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: TamerVirus on June 22, 2020, 08:33:23 am
Post by: King Zultan on June 22, 2020, 08:34:49 am
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 22, 2020, 09:28:22 am
Year 275.5
Serlor Vivret contacts Rasha Yorma, a geologist, about the ruby and asks her to investigate. Rasha is never one to turn down an opportunity to learn, so she heads with him to where the ruby egg is kept.
Roll for how much information Rasha’s able to gather about the ruby
Does Rasha hear the humming?
Post by: TamerVirus on June 22, 2020, 09:43:00 am
Post by: TheRedwolf on June 22, 2020, 12:03:53 pm
As the Crab Titan arises from the sea, so does a presence in a long forgotten Crypt filled with blood, as Jøtok Vinterjak rises from the grave and takes a look at what the løkhunds have become. The once jolly løkhundr warlike way of life, replaced by mindless bloodlust. What a shame, for these were his people once. Jøtok was disgusted by the Ragnaruff in his name, and repulsed by the slaughter of civilians that took place. He knew there was but one way to save his people’s true way of life, and that was to get rid of Fenris Bloodaxe. He blew oppon his warhorn, a sound that could be heard from the Quaganate and calls an army of warriors from the True Løkhundr afterlife and charges at both the Ragnaruff army and the Crab Titan.
He was no Blood god, but he was
The First Løkhund Jarl
Roll to see how Jøtok and his army fares against the other two forces
Post by: Strik3r on June 22, 2020, 03:51:07 pm
The Empire of Avaria has struck a deal with their long-term trading partners to sell the Great Ruby to Streamland. It was sold to Streamland's King to fuel the Avarian Empire's growth, with the great wealth gained from the sale going toward materials, food and tools to expand their empire's borders. The massive, inticrately cut oversized gemstone will be transported to Streamland by sea, and it will first go through Refugio Guerra, surely guarded by a large detatchment of the King's men to ensure it makes it to Streamland.
Post by: Lidku on June 22, 2020, 04:19:29 pm
Year 277
Veoldryn Kaas had been eyeing this mysterious ruby for sometime as of now. He would've attempted to have it acquired while it was more stable within the palace of the Avarian Empire, but he didn't want a chance of failure in having ghouls sent to such a highly secured area. Now with the ruby in transport, the centuries plotting Vampire can now make an attempted bid to procure this strange ruby. Roll to see how well Kaas' ghouls do stealing the ruby while its on route to Steamland.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 22, 2020, 04:43:45 pm
this isn’t working like we thought. Why would I help you? Are your thoughts still needed? We can just take over again. Other plants have stems and roots, maybe we could grow some? It seems your legs can’t move well. What are you going to do? Kill me? Can’t do that, what do think we use to grow? What will you do, then? I’m not going to help you. We can find a place to root, then try growing new organs besides leaves. I can still control my body. Sure, for now. You don’t need control of it to think though.
Roll for how well the purple leaves do at taking control of the host, while keeping the brain alive
Post by: Detoxicated on June 22, 2020, 05:00:18 pm
The Combined Arms against the Lokhund raid Sets Sail.
Roll to find Out how successful the Attack against the Lokhund Raiders is
Post by: TheRedwolf on June 22, 2020, 05:41:55 pm
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on June 22, 2020, 06:11:36 pm
A torrential hail falls upon the greatest mountain in Waterstone Clan territory with settlements near it, pounding it to dust in merely an hour. The locals watch, amazed. Roll for whether the hailstorm inspires the locals to do anything; also roll for whether the hailstorm hurt the locals as well as the mountain.
The locals are soon calling the event the Vanishmountain Hailstorm.
Post by: TankKit on June 23, 2020, 03:36:14 am
One of his first acts is to halt the unnecessary persecution of those who serve under him. Instead, he presents a simple choice to all he faces. Bow to him, and receive great power and the benefits of his conquest. Fight him, and you shall be forced to bow and accept lesser power. Interestingly his relatively 'lenient' approach has put him at odds with the more brutal forces of the Chaos Coalition, but it remains to be seen if these tensions will result in anything more open.
Regardless, with all the forces of the Qhaganate now behind him he now seeks to reassert its dominion of what he views as 'lost lands' - beginning with Gharlor's Folk. Gharlor, the military genius that successfully defeated multiple attempts at bringing his tribe into the Qhaganate, has long since died, and his successors now squabble over who should lead them. Khagatai means to show them who they should truly serve. (Roll for conquest of the nomads.)
Post by: King Zultan on June 23, 2020, 06:14:57 am
Post by: Strik3r on June 23, 2020, 07:19:07 am
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 23, 2020, 11:04:18 am
Post by: auzewasright on June 23, 2020, 01:11:04 pm
The Kingdom of Streamland sends supplies to bolster the defenses against the black Quaghanate. Karhan, realizing their danger, sends all of their best doctors to try and help treat and contain the purple leaf disease.
Post by: Strik3r on June 24, 2020, 12:30:17 pm
Notices
Y'know, its basically the norm at this point, if i have a delay, i'll probably have something big for the next update.
Rolls
Purple Leaf Disease's spread outside Thairmar
Code: [Select]
1d20=17The wilderness in the south-eastern borderlands of Thairmar seems to be home to a large amount of wildlife: Rabbits, Foxes, Squirrels, Deer and more. And with the Purple Leaf Disease being as contagious as it is, as soon as an infected animal comes in contact with one that isn't, the parasitic disease spreads to the new host. And as soon as the animals start feeling the symptoms of the disease, they run in whichever direction in a panic, potentially coming in contact with even more uninfected animals, repeating the cycle. Wildlife is thus far the most effective vector for the Purple Leaf Disease, at least for this strain, because of the hosts' behaviour. Still the disease as whole is very likely to stay contained in the grasslands to the south as a whole, due to the sparse wildlife and habitation of the deserts.(The Purple Leaf disease has spread a fair distance outside Thairmar, and a region in its eastern half has become uninhabitable.)
Rasha Yorma and the Great Ruby
Code: [Select]
2d20=2+5Rasha Yorma may be a good Geologist, but she's no Dwarf, and yet all her conclusions lead to the same place, she has NO IDEA how such a gem could have formed. And in the gemstone's cut state, it is nearly impossible to figure out what it looked like originally or what its nature was. All her knowledge and logic says that a gemstone THIS BIG is impossible have formed naturally by any Geological process she knows of.Rasha has always had a bit of a trouble hearing things so it is no it is no surprise she could not hear the faint humming. She heard alot of other things, but if any kind of noise emanates from the Ruby, it is too faint or blends too much into background noises to hear. Serlor Vivret insists that he hears the hum, and Rasha suggests that someone or something with a very keen ear might be able to discover more about this supposed humming.
Kaas' ghouls attempt to steal the Great Ruby.
Code: [Select]
1d20=17Well, steal is perhaps the wrong word. There is no way to steal something that well guarded on every step of its journey. There was only one way to get their hands on the Ruby, and that was by sneaking enough Ghouls onto the ship to kill every one of the King's men guarding it and commandeer the vessel. The critical mistake on Streamland's part was sending only one ship, loaded with troops and ballistae, yes, more than enough to take on an entire pirate fleet, but they did not expect an attack from within, picking off every one of their men one by one.And even though they did succeed in commandeering the ship, there was no way they could bring a Streamland warship into the port of any civilized nation, so it had to be intentionally beached east of Thairmar for the Ruby to be transportable to the Kaas' dungeon stronghold. Unfortunately for the Ghouls, they did not manage to kill everyone on the ship, a single young knight managed to survive by hiding out in the ship's hold and after the ship beached, he followed the Ghouls back to Kaas' dungeon from a distance, and then heading to report its location, and that of the ruby to Zalalastan, who have always had a problem with Kaas and his Ghouls.
Purple Leaves attempt to take control of The Host
Code: [Select]
1d20=12The purple leaves, with their rapid growth, manage to rewire The Host's motor functions, granting them control... partially. The old connections are still there, and the two nervous systems are constantly fighting over control of the body. Most of the time, its the Leaves that are in control, but The Host has some amount of control over the body, too, being able to, with significant effort, prevent the Leaves from doing some things, such as infecting someone.The Host himself has reaped some benefit from the Leaves: Having been a scholar before his infection, he lets the Leaves have control for most of the time, to do things such keeping the body alive and fed while he spends his time thinking and being just generally along for the ride, but as soon as the Leaves try to do something he doesn't like, he fights with the Leaves over the control of the body.
It is very likely that this constant Tug-of-War between The Host and the Leaves will see the The Host's control of the body increase over time.
The Battle of Four Armies.
(Lokhund Raiders vs Piyerta-collou and Kani-collou vs Jøtok Vinterjak and Lokhund Revenants vs The Combined Arms against Lokhunds)
(Lokhund Raiders vs Piyerta-collou and Kani-collou vs Jøtok Vinterjak and Lokhund Revenants vs The Combined Arms against Lokhunds)
Code: [Select]
Lokhund Raiders 1d20=13
Kani-collou 1d20=18
Lokhund Revenants 1d20=15
Counterforce Armada 1d20=16
Piyerta-collou 1d20=1!
(1=Death)
Jøtok Vinterjak 1d20=18
(1=Death)
The attack by the Kani-Collou on the Lokhunds was entirely unforeseen by the Lokhunds as the Crabmen swam up on the Lokhunds' Longships, climbed aboard and began to rip into the Houndmen, Elves and Bearmen with their large, strong and sharp pincers, the Lokhunds, always with their weapons at their sides were quick to retaliate but the hide of the crustaceans was tough and offered great protection against the weapons of the Lokhunds, yet many a hatchet and point of a sword or a bearman's fist found its mark in the soft parts of their shells.
Piyerta-collou, The mother of the Kani-Collou, crushed many of the Lokhunds' ships with her great claws, but the Lokhunds and Brudines, the ones to never to accept defeat, attempted to climb atop her and hack at her with their axes, no single Hound or Bear-man could do much damage, but with time, small cuts would begin to accumulate on her body.
Blood, both red and blue covered the decks that the sudden pouring rain did nothing to wash away. A terror from beyond the grave was on the horizon, its arrival marked by the black clouds and the fierce rainstorm. A second great fleet of Longships arrived to the field of battle, these ones, their sails were ragged and should have not carried any ship, destroyed hulls that should hold no water. Crewed by walking rotting corpses of ancient lokhund warriors that had no place to be doing so, carrying weapons rusted beyond the point of any repair by two centuries worth of time spent in the sea. The greatest one, at its helm was the First Jarl of the Lokhund, Jøtok Vinterjak.
He was on the quest for retribution for the innocent lives taken by the Lokhund Raiders and met their fleet on the seas with their own. But this was a battle with no allies and the dead were just as fair a game to the Kani-collou as the living ones. And when the Crabmen boarded the ships they found that the corpses that should crumble to the ground at the slightest touch, were powered by some unnatural force that made their decayed flesh as hard as iron and their rusted weapons as if forged by the best smiths of the world.
But the Kani-collou were numerous, far more than the Revenants, while many of the Crabmen were lost to the rusted axes of the undead Lokhunds, just as many of the Revenants were sent back into the sea. But there was one ship that the crustacean menace could not get a foothold on: The Great Longship of Jøtok Vinterjak. Whatever force powered the Revenants, was even greater within Jøtok, and any Kani-collou that dared board his ship were cut down swiftly by his axe, at times cutting many of the Crabmen in one fell swoop.
And when Piyerta-collou attempted to crush Jøtok's ship, she was met by the First Jarl himself, Just like the Lokhund warriors who climbed up onto her claw, so did Jøtok and began running upwards, with trailing his axe behind him, the difference? His axe cut deep, and he made it up halfway her back before she released a ear-piercing shriek and began to violently shake her body, tossing Jøtok off of her.
But the damage was done, a deep, long gash running from her the tip of her right claw all the way to the top of back.
Yet the Kani-collou were not the only ones to feel the bite of the Revenants' axes, The raiders from the north crossed blades with their undead brothers countless times over the course of the battle, sometimes on the ships of the living, sometimes on those of the dead. And for every fallen Lokhund warrior that was sent back to the afterlife by the weapons of the living, one of them would too be dragged along with them. And they all would meet on the eternal battlefield beyond life, or drink and feast at the same table in the great hall, no one's sure but whatever awaits warriors in the great beyond, it is not for the living to know. Piyerta-collou, when she threw Jøtok, threw towards one of the raiders' ships, and with speed. The impact punched a hole in the deck and Jøtok wasted no time in feeding the Lokhund on the ship to his axe. It was the first and last time they had felt fear.
But it wouldn't be just Lokhund and Crabman blood that would be spilled that day, the fleet assembled by the nations of the world for the purpose of stopping the Lokhund raiders sailed to meet them on the seas, but where they expected to find a fleet of Lokhund ships, they instead found a bloodbath, with wrecks of ships and corpses floating in the sea and three armies engaged in battle with eachother.
And they would make their presence known from afar, with a bolt of pure Arcane energy turning Jøtok Vinterjak's Longship into planks and splinters. They had officially entered the battle, and while the Counterforce there only for the raiders, but they had no allies in this battle.
The Kani-collou, as always climbed up onto the ships of the fleet, but on them, they found foes far more formidable than any Lokhund. The armor of Human crusaders was tough and their blades sharp, Magi, both of Arcana and of Chaos could turn a Crabman to ash before they got in close, the agile fighters of the Bleg and Jahtari could easily dance around their claws while cutting them to shreds with exotic weaponry. Still, Kani-collou had the numbers advantage, as no one of the nations was willing to commit a large force of troops to the endeavor of stopping the Lokhunds, and the Crabmen would take many of the alliance's ships in bloodied combat. Piyerta-collou attempted to crush their ships, but was always driven back by large siege weapons, both mundane and magical, some of the ships were specifically targeting her with their siege weaponry, seeing as she was already wounded and it was an opportunity to kill her. She took many hits from the ships' weapons and shrieked in pain with each shot that landed.
The Counterforce's orders were to kill Lokhunds, it was not specified that the Lokhunds must be alive. And they had no intention of letting the walking dead onto their ships. So they preferred to attack from range, with either bows, magic or balistae. However, many of the Revenants boarded their ships anyway and the united forces found the dead more than match for their blades and they would often shrug off a fireball. However, they could not get a foothold on the ships and the Magi and the archers of the alliance kept harassing them from range. Most attacks on their ships were driven off but of the few losses of ships that there were, one was the greatest. Jøtok Vinterjak was enraged by his ship being destroyed and was seeking retribution, and he would take the Counterforce's greatest ship for himself, an eye for an eye. He swam all the way to it in the ice cold water, his undead stamina unending and his rage only quenchable by the death of those who destroyed his ship. He climbed onto the ship and promptly emptied it of life with his axe, and took the the alliances greatest ship for himself. No armor of the humans or agility of the beastmen would spare them from his wrath, the most foolish ones of all threw themselves overboard, into the cold, icy waters, a coward's death.
Despite the loss of their largest ship in the fleet, the Counterforce was sent to kill Lokhunds, and Lokhunds did they kill. With blade, arrow and magic fire. Their forces were specially composed to counter the Lokhund raiders, not kill their undead brothers or bipedal crustaceans. The fur of Hound and Bearpeople burned easily, with a bright and violent flame and their ships would not stand up to a ballista shot or the rams of the larger human ships. But the Lokhunds were not at all helpless and while they lacked any Magi, their axes were still sharp. And when the Lokhunds did board the alliance's ships, the fighting spirit of the Lokhunds and Brudines was unmatched by any Human or beastman and any fight between the two forces ended many lives on both sides.
In the aftermath:
The Lokhund raiders' forces are completely decimated. The smarter ones fled, the foolish ones kept fighting a lost battle, and either died, or were captured by the forces of the alliance. Either way, this group of raiders will most likely never raid again. With the Lokhunds forces adequately trashed, the Counterforce to Lokhunds began making their exit, although breaking the Revenants' hostility was not an easy feat. The alliance turned their ships around and fired warning shots from their seige weapons at any ghost ships that tried to give chase. The Revenants soon got the message. The Kani-collou, Their mother, Piyerta-collou was gravely wounded in the battle and they broke their attack when they heard the last of her pained cries. Rather than react with even greater hostility as everyone expected, the Kani-collou instead all retreated from the ships at once, and swam toward her and crowded around her in mourning. Jøtok Vinterjak, through some means of psychic communication, ordered all of the Revenants to stand down, to let the the crab people mourn, to let the humans and their allies go. He had gotten what he wanted: Retribution. And so he sailed off toward the north, with whatever was left of his own fleet, and led in his new flagship.
After that battle Jøtok Vinterjak would become known as "Jøtok Vinterjak the First Jarl of the Lokhund, the undead god of Blood, Vengeance and Honor", the one who people call out to when they cry for vengeance, for blood for blood spilt. And the one venerated by the ones who would pass up a chance to kill their worst enemy when they are vulnerable. And blood, blood is more than just the red stuff that comes out when you cut someone with a blade. Our blood flows through our children, and our fathers' and mothers' blood flows through us and same goes for them, and it keeps going, all the way up to the very first one. In many ways, Blood... is kinship, family.
The Vanishmountain Hailstorm
Code: [Select]
2d20=20!+1!The hailstorm does not discriminate and destroys anything in its way, this sadly includes any dwarves and their settlements caught in its path and the carnage is absolute, after the incident, there are only a few survivors remaining as a result.The freak weather incident shocks a new realization into the dwarves that survived: All that dwarves have ever done is dig downward, but if the earth can not be trusted to protect them and a single cloud that can produce a hailstorm that can destroy said earth then the only way to be safe, is to put the earth above the clouds. Dragolia floats, surely an island big enough to support a city or two can somehow be lifted into the sky?
Khagatai and the Black Qhanganate vs. Gharlor's Folk
Code: [Select]
Black Qhanganate 1d20=6
Gharlor's Folk 1d20=16
Sandstone Qhanganate or Black Qhanganate, it doesn't matter to the nomads of Gharlor's Folk, and even though Gharlor is long gone, they carry on his spirit of indipendence and rebellion. In many ways, the attack by Khagatai unified the disparate nomads the same way that Gharlor did when he himself led them and once again they beat back the Qhanganate. They weren't as numerous the forces of the Black Qhanganate, but they moved quickly through the desert sands and struck from where Khagatai didn't expect them. Khagatai didn't have the military experience that his grandfather did, nor did he have the power of the legendary and infamous Black Sky-Legion behind him, a name that by itself causes terror in people and keeps crusaders up at night. While some believe that the Legion was "taken"
from Khagatai because of his soft approach to leadership, the truth is that the Legion belonged to and was given to Hagatai, his grandfather, and they do not obey Khagatai.
Khagatai's forces mostly consisted of corrupted Slugmen and various corrupted giant spiders. Gharlor's Folk was about the same, except not corrupted. but Gharlor's Folk, despite their inferior numbers, outmaneuvered Khagatai at every turn. There are rumors that the nomads of Gharlor's Folk received training from Miragians. Whatever the case, Khagatai could not pin down the nomads and was forced to return to the Black Qhanganate because of attrition.
YEAR 279
Despite never having come in contact with any other sentient beings thus far, Elysians have started doing some things, that may be the first steps toward civilization.
Up until now, Elysians have been sleeping under the bare open sky, basking in the Light of their "Mother Tree", The White Tree of Elysium. But sleeping out in the open, they've had no protection from the elements or predators, as the effect of repelling wildlife is not present on them, like it is for the White Tree. Unlike true sugar gliders, they can not make homes inside the branches of trees. The only tree whose branches would be large enough are those of their mother tree itself, and they absolutely refuse to harm it.
And so, they have taken to digging burrows and dens into the ground to sleep in, most typically near the bases of trees, where the roots of the tree provide structure and support to the earth. Where the land permits, the openings of the burrows are pointed toward the White Tree.
The burrows are almost always small, shallow and cramped, just big enough to fit into curled up and a bit extra to get in and out. This is largely in line with their nature as ascetic and cooperative foragers, as their diet consists almost entirely of fruit collected from the branches of trees and small invertebrates such as grubs, bugs or arthropods. They rarely care for personal possessions and are always willing to share food with others of their kind.
(https://i.imgur.com/UNpM7XY.png)
At the same time, they have begun to organize into small "packs" of individuals. It is uncertain whether this true or not, but supposedly, their "word" for these packs is same as the one for "twig" in their "language". These packs are always matriarchal in nature, meaning always headed by, what are assumed to be, females, even the "leader" of all Elysians, the "Arbormaid" or the "Tree Keeper" is, as the name suggests, female. The position of females is peculiar among Elysians, they are viewed by all Elysians as both strong and powerful and as something fragile and delicate that need to be protected, at once. It is probable that this, almost self-contradictory thinking results from their connection to the White Tree and their view of it as both a mother figure, as something that gave birth to them, something that towers above all others, yet at the same time, something that they protect by instinct, and this line of thinking extends to their own kind, and perhaps, if they ever meet any other races, to them as well. However as a whole, Elysians consider each and every Elysian equally important, and the position of leadership is just another role in the pack, a duty to fulfill, granted to those who are responsible enough to fulfill said duty and responsibility toward their peers.
(https://i.imgur.com/tVDRfFc.png)
As a curious side note, said leader almost always has the biggest crest, crest that is made out of crystal and grows over time, however Elysians' lives do not depend on these crystal growths and many Elysians trim or remove their crest crystals regularly with no ill effects, except the pack leaders. As the Elysians are still quite young as a race, the largest crests are still quite small, and it is unknown just how big they could grow.
Summary
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Map and Legend Updated (click to show/hide)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: Superdorf on June 24, 2020, 01:01:44 pm
Year 279.1
From the broken ruins of Vanishmountain, a mad-dwarf emerges. Clad in naught but a hairy loincloth and a hairier beard, the Angry Babbler wanders into the northern wilderness.
Post by: Lidku on June 24, 2020, 01:26:48 pm
Velodryn Kaas tries to understand the properties of the gem stone at all costs. He has lesser vampires under his jurisdiction travel and ghoul scholarly people from the multiple western Kingdoms to discover what is so special about this gem stone. Kaas hopes that something credible of worth can be gleaned with all the trouble the Vampire-Lord put into gathering it.
Meanwhile the Katari, through agents that are covertly employed within Zalalastan, hear of the location of Velodryn Kaas' tower deep in the wilderness. They know that the centuries old Vampire has one of the most deadliest Stands in the world- one with the ability of time-stop, [The World]. The Katari had some run-ins with Kaas' during the old time when he was in conflict against the Vahucci cult. Both of these Stand groups were in conflict over some scroll that had Vahucci the Demon involved..
The Katari send a squad of their most powerful Stand-Users to assault Kaas' tower and secure the mysterious scroll of ages old.
Post by: TankKit on June 24, 2020, 01:39:34 pm
After months of negotiating, he was able to reach a deal: The Chaos Coalition would return the forces granted to his grandfather, allowing Khagatai far more flexibility for his conquests, and would not kill any slugman living within the Qhaganates original borders. However, the Chaos Coalition would be the first to loot every land he conquered of whatever they desired and, should he ever do something to endanger their own position on the south of the continent, they would re-assume control over the loaned forces and continue the conquest on their own, regardless of whether or not his lands were in their way.
This situation wasn't much better than the one he had been in before, but now he at least had a powerful army on his side. Interestingly, he then began setting down a series of roads throughout the southern half of the Qhaganate, alongside a series of sandstone watchtowers at its two southernmost points. After a short period of quarrelling Gharlors Folk, guessing that he was trying to make his second attempt at conquest easier, have now begun cooperating with the local Miragians to organise raids on the twisted building crews and their guards. What's worse, they have elected a skilled military general called Gharlor to lead them, and some are beginning to say that he is Gharlor reborn! Khagatai can't risk insulting his main, possibly-treacherous Chaos Coalition force by making them deal with mere raids, but if he is unable to defeat them Gharlor may be able to unite the dissenting forces in his Qhaganate against him, regardless of whether or not this new Gharlor truly lives up to the legacy of the first. To this end, he once again marches south to confront Gharlors folk, though he takes care to avoid crossing into unfriendly territory, instead seeking to trick them into a more decisive battle that he can win with the advantage of fighting in land he knows. (Roll for success of raids against Khagatai's attempts to force them into battle and crush them.)
Post by: TamerVirus on June 24, 2020, 01:43:29 pm
Post by: Superdorf on June 24, 2020, 02:00:00 pm
Post by: TamerVirus on June 24, 2020, 02:17:24 pm
The Plan: disguised as curious scholars, smuggle and stockpile blasting powder in the University at the Red Court. Detonate it and leave enough 'evidence' implicating the Black Qhangate, surly causing a severing of relations or outright war.
Roll to see how successful the Mirgian scheme is
Post by: TheRedwolf on June 24, 2020, 02:18:14 pm
Jøtok Vinterjak gathers his forces of the living and dead And Completely reforms the Lökhund lands into the Jarldom of Nordica. The lökhunds once again return to their friendly yet warlike way of life from before the Bloodjarls. All enslaved captured people are set free and given full citizenship. The forgotten values of friendship and honor are reinstated, and the shrines of the old Lökhund pantheon once again gain visitors. A small number of Bloodjarls disagree with the Nordic Reformation and sail west and settle on the archipelago there, retaining the title of lokhundr bloodjarldom
OOC: Lökhundr redemption arc anybody?
Post by: TankKit on June 24, 2020, 02:52:36 pm
Post by: TamerVirus on June 24, 2020, 03:08:34 pm
Post by: TankKit on June 24, 2020, 03:13:50 pm
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 24, 2020, 04:02:50 pm
Post by: TankKit on June 24, 2020, 04:25:50 pm
Post by: Strik3r on June 24, 2020, 04:31:28 pm
Welp, here goes nothing. Hullo all!((O hai Superdorf, fancy seeing you here. Most of the time bolding is used to indicate a request for a roll. If i can't figure out what i'm supposed to roll for or if it clearly isn't meant to be one, i wont. But bolding stuff randomly still does cause me a bit of confusion. NOTE: NOT A CITATION, just a a bit of a hint on how stuff works. If you do accidentaly bold something that i CAN roll for, i will. :P consider yourself warned :D))
Year 279.1
From the broken ruins of Vanishmountain, a mad-dwarf emerges. Clad in naught but a hairy loincloth and a hairier beard, the Angry Babbler wanders into the northern wilderness.
Year 281.1-90
Jøtok Vinterjak gathers his forces of the living and dead And Completely reforms the Lökhund lands into the Jarldom of Nordica. The lökhunds once again return to their friendly yet warlike way of life from before the Bloodjarls. All enslaved captured people are set free and given full citizenship. The forgotten values of friendship and honor are reinstated, and the shrines of the old Lökhund pantheon once again gain visitors. A small number of Bloodjarls disagree with the Nordic Reformation and sail west and settle on the archipelago there, retaining the title of lokhundr bloodjarldom
OOC: Lökhundr redemption arc anybody?
((Damnit lol, i wanted to give the Revenants a territory myself but you beat me to it, oh well. First come, first serve, and i dont get any special privileges))
also
((Can we not do the decade long time skips? It really messes up narrative time line "He went to war, but, uh..., nothing happened for a decade"))
(I figured Strik3r would shorten it if he had a problem with it, but I will say again that it definitely feels weird for so incredibly little to happen in so much time.)
((Yeah, thats a bit of a two pronged thing. 10 years is bit much, yeah, but Its really only a timeskip if you make it one. Turns are generally ordered by the START year if you specify a timeframe, and it is perfectly legit to put your turn in the middle of the timeframe, year numbers aren't exclusive, almost every update for the last 5 or so there's been a turn with a duplicate year number, and all i've done is place a little (2) next to it in the summary. So yeah, if theres a timeframe, consider the first number the actual year number and the second one for when the event ends. Stuff can still happen during the timeframe and even interact with ongoing events. Just no time paradoxes ok? ;D (Dont place stuff in the past, ESPECIALLY if it would influence turns set after it.)
But yes, as of right now, TankKit's year 291(and any turns after it) will be shifted backwards by about 9-10 years or so. So you can consider ankKit's year 291, year 282 instead))
Post by: TankKit on June 24, 2020, 04:33:30 pm
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 24, 2020, 04:41:50 pm
Post by: Superdorf on June 24, 2020, 06:20:42 pm
Year 282.1
For perhaps a year now, the Angry Babbler has quietly grumbubbled a passable existence upon the shoreline east of the Chaos Coalition. Paddling about on a log-raft and fishing with a hook upon the end of its beard, the Babbler has had food enough to sustain its babblings-- but ah! The light of madness!
An inspiration from the goddess Perun!
Loading his raft with ample stores of sun-dried cod, the Angry Babbler sets off across the northeast channel! His voyage will take him to the elves of Ukalia, if the storm doesn't take him first.
Post by: Unraveller on June 24, 2020, 07:44:09 pm
Year 282.3
The bountiful waters of the wide gulf nestled between the lands of the Alliance of Blood and the Kingdom of Ukalia are dyed overnight an odd inky-black, a murk that is thick to the touch. Almost like a layer of watery tar. Humble fisher-folk of the area and beyond begin to harbor superstitious beliefs in regards to the area, and oft' avoid its offerings. Despite this, the gulf remains just as plentiful in its gifts as ever. In the common tongue it has been referred to as the Bleak Well, sometimes more colloquially as 'Myrkur Blettur' for its occasional gouts slowly encroach this streak in the northern seas.
Perhaps something stirs below?
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 24, 2020, 08:46:43 pm
Year 282.3
The purple leaves attached to the conscious host begin to form tubes made by having groups of 4 adjacent leaves curl into a cylinder. The hope is that when the leaf groups make pollen, the tube allows the grains to be pushed out at higher speeds, thus forcing them to travel farther to hopefully infect more hosts
((If the wording and explanation is confusing, tell me and I will explain better what I mean)
Roll for how well this goes
Post by: Unraveller on June 24, 2020, 08:50:28 pm
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 24, 2020, 08:52:26 pm
((Sorry! I just felt a little anxious joining a 37 Page thread. But I might be here to stay, it's comfy! I'm right around year 150 in my reading. I looooved the Climber Trolls, something so simple in the grand scheme of things, yet the picture in my head is kinda adorable. Lol.))((I’m glad you like them, I’m hoping others can expand on the moss trolls and climber trolls, after all, everyone can change everything.))
Post by: TankKit on June 25, 2020, 02:56:23 am
The Moss Trolls, after a long period of little activity, begin settling some of the surrounding islands.
Similarly, the Moko and Wharg tribes have begun expanding to the surrounding islands as their original islands become overpopulated.
Post by: Detoxicated on June 25, 2020, 04:47:59 am
From the druids of the Batpeople a regulating oral Tradition of Rules and Rituals emerges. With the aid of These Rules the Batpeople manage to band together Into bigger Bands of people. Furthermore the worship complex where the druids reside grows to be a town and the First small Plots of agriculture can be observed.
Donkebab ist quite happy with the Batpeople.
Donkebab Looks for the Most Moral batperson druid
Post by: King Zultan on June 25, 2020, 08:35:22 am
Post by: Unraveller on June 25, 2020, 09:16:58 am
As the Bleg's lavish celebration of culture brings the race together in harmony around the product of their long toil, the day ushers in a sort of golden age for the feline race. However, the dark stone of the unfathomable Monolith crackles and takes upon a bright crimson hue just as it had in the past. So too does the land about it.
It is not long thereafter that another pulse of vibrant force washes out across the land, drawing all eyes its way. Yet still the effects of such an anomoly are unknown, chalked up to be a sacred sign.
However, just as the Jahtari Sultante and its lizardfolk once dwelt in the mud and muck, so too has another caste of creatures been suddenly imbued consciousness -- Upon the twin islands 'mid the lake south east of the Monolith, all manner of serpents emerge. Within the bog they form loose bands and begin to form complex communications. Unlike the Lizardmen, they do not take upon humanoid qualities, nor a structured society thus.
Post by: auzewasright on June 25, 2020, 09:30:16 am
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on June 25, 2020, 10:56:56 am
Somewhere in the lands of the dark elves, a lemon tree goes berserk. Said tree begins attempting to clobber anything nearby with its branches, whilst throwing any lemons it might have on it at whatever happens to be the closest.
Roll for how much damage it does to the surrounding environment/living creatures/etc., if any.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 25, 2020, 11:00:07 am
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
Post by: auzewasright on June 25, 2020, 01:39:10 pm
Zalalastan invests as much as possible into stopping the spread of the Purple Leaf Disease, up to and including burning the area with wildfires. Roll to show how effective these measures are.
Watching as the disease spreads, the three other unaffected kingdoms decide to do something about it before they get screwed over and start sending aid as well. They feel as though they were going to get involved in a major event, but for some reason can't remember it. Roll for the effectiveness of their aid and for trying to find a cure
Post by: Strik3r on June 25, 2020, 05:03:03 pm
Notices
Yep, another freaking delay, sorry. Last update kinda wound me out.Rolls
Velodryn Kaas tries to figure out the properties of the Great Ruby
Code: [Select]
1d20=11Velodryn and his accomplices learn little about the nature of the ruby, despite his connections. There are no records of its existence even in the oldest of recorded history. No obvious differences to a regular ruby aside from its size and somewhat unusual coloration that can be chalked up to impurities that only serve to make the thing even more valuable. Of course, it is exquisitely cut, just a big status symbol for the rich and powerful, it is a thing best handled with care.It does not contain any of the Ki that is nowadays so rare in the world, as it very likely predates KI. And, Kaas does not employ any Magi, strictly "Stand users", Vampires and Vampire "Stand users"
, One of Kaas' friends who has a bit of skill with conventional Magicka remarked that he felt a faint magical energy within the room where the Ruby was stored, where there was none of it before. Though, he was unable to tell what KIND of magical energy. If the Great Ruby indeed has a magical aura, then it is barely perceptible, and only someone or something incredibly in tune with magic would be able to discern whether the ruby has magical power and what kind.
The Katari assault Kaas' Tower, for the Godkiller Scroll.
Code: [Select]
The Katari 1d20=8
Velodryn Kaas 1d20=18
Despite sending their best, The Katari are utterly unprepared to face Velodryn and his Ghouls, especially on their home territory. Velodryn knew of The Katari's arrival well in advance and had time to set up his defences and prepare ambushes and traps within the tower. The Katari were led to believe that the tower was sparsely defended for whatever reason. They entered the tower to find only a few Ghouls standing in their way that were easily dispatched, and Velodryn ordered the Ghouls to give it their all, to give the impression that he truly was as weak as it seemed. He let the Katari walk deep into the Tower and get comfortable. But it was then, when the trap was sprung, the Katari were surrounded. Every bastard in the Tower had been piled into a single large room and the exits were closed behind the Katari. The Katari were good fighters, in addition to being "Stand Users", but having to face such a large force was too much even for them and they were surrounded. If they stabbed one Ghoul and accidentally left themselves exposed, another would be right there to stab right back at the warrior. The Katari fought with all their might as the Ghouls tore into them and through concentrated effort and a bit of luck, they managed to open a way through their enemies and back out of the Tower, though it came at a high price. Most of the Katari that attacked the Tower were lost in the fighting or died afterward to their wounds.
Khagatai's attempt to lure Gharlor's folk into a battle
Code: [Select]
2d20=9+16Khagatai was far more clever this time around, electing to force those of Gharlor's folk to either raid his construction efforts or potentially risk having a deeply entrenched enemy forces right on their doorstep, and Garlor's folk took the bait. Khagatai even made sure to sufficiently support the construction crews with military units, to make the Garlor's folk take Khagatai efforts, and thus trap, seriously.In fact, the crews were even a little too well protected, in many cases the warriors of Gharlor's folk were unwilling to commit to an attack due to the military presence, until they found the very obvious weak spot, that Khagatai had laid out for them and where he was waiting for them, high above the clouds, a vague black cloud that seemed to shimmer against the bright desert sky. The pile of wood wasn't construction materials, but rather intended as a signal, and when the fire was lit, the raiders of Garlor's folk realized the mistake that they had made.
Khagatai's Black Sky-Legion vs Gharlor's folk
Code: [Select]
Advantage: Khagatai
+3 Sky Ambush (First roll only)
Khagatai's Black Sky-Legion 1d20=8+3=11
Gharlor's folk 1d20=2
And the plan was there: "Swoop down from the sky, just like your grandpa, slaughter everyone and instill yourself in the minds of the survivors as a nightmare that will haunt them for the rest of their days", But the execution... wasn't. The descent angle was TOO steep and several Chaos Dragons ended up crashing into the ground, but in many cases they still crushed warriors of the Gharlor's folk as they hit the ground. But the actual execution was of little concern, the raiders were utterly shocked by the ambush and went into a panicked retreat, but it was too late, and the Sky-legion was upon them and there was no way they could outrun a dragon, even on a giant spider. While some of Gharlor's folk attempted to defend themselves, a blade or a spear does little against crystal-hardened dragonscale and the shields made of chitin or wood do not hold up against Chaos Flame. The battlefield became just another wasteland of black sands and copious amounts of Chaos Crystals growing from it, some with dessicated corpse of Slugmen impaled upon them.
The ones who did make it out, ran toward their own lands, to tell of the Black Wings taking flight again and the nomads of Gharlor's folk in the northern part of their territory were sent into a panic and retreat to the south.
(The Black Qhanganate has taken a section of Sandstone Nomads territory)
The Miragians attempt to bomb the Red Court and frame the Black Qhanganate
Code: [Select]
1d20=20!The scholars and Magi, too preoccupied to notice the Miragians smuggling blasting powder underneath the University to level the whole structure, and the schemers' plan was masterfully executed copious amounts of the stuff on all of the structure's supports to make sure it crumbles, and causes the most damage possible to the surrounding areas. And the hidden stashes of explosives were never found before the fuse was lit. Just as planned, all the powder kegs went off, the university was turned into a pile of rubble, killing everyone in it. And when evidence was found pointing to the Black Qhanganate as the culprit, an ancient symbol of the Black Qhanganate, from the days of the Second Crusade, queen Arythia was furious beyond belief, and so were the archmagi of the University, many of their finest were lost in the explosion, those who wanted to learn about Chaos and things relating to the Aetherials.And with the recent military action by Khagatai, it wasn't hard to see how she might have thought that the new leader of the Black Qhanganate had set his eyes upon the lands of the Red Court, attempting to weaken it by destroying their university. Soon, Arythia began using her connections in the University to recruit an army of mages, not just Chaos magi, but mages of all kinds. But mages were not the only ones she wanted on her side, she sent a messenger to the Dark Elves, asking whether they will aid her, should war break out. The Shadowguard, officially part of the Stand Hunters, were also recalled to the Red court, to provide their espionage and assassination skills, and soon enough one of the elusive Shadowguard appeared before the Miragians too, bearing a message requesting Miragians cooperation, unaware that the Miragians were the ones who set them up the bomb in the first place.
Word even reached Arythias ear of a distant and secluded order of "Paladins" headed by someone called "Rheis Vairn the Second", Supposedly a self-taught Light mage and the leader of a sect of battlemagi especially trained to fight against the Aetherials and those corrupted by Chaos, and someone that had a Light sprite following him around, also hasn't aged at all for... years now.
the Angry Babbler attempts to sail to Ukalia
Code: [Select]
1d20=4What the Angry Babbler, in his angry babbling madness, failed to realize about his divine inspiration, was that the kingdom of the High Elves, is high above the seas, on the floating continent of Dragolia.
Many times did he sail beneath Dragolia near the western tip, longingly looking up toward it, and shouting incoherent and angry nonsense and profanities into the sky, that is, until a storm hit and his dingy little boat was toppled by the raging seas. He woke up sometime later, far to the south, on a northern-ish island on the Moss Trolls' island chain.
He was found less than a year later subsiding off of bugs and fruits and still babbling angrily, by Moss Troll settlers.
Purple Leaves attached to The Host attempt to make leaf-tubes
Code: [Select]
1d20=5The attempts by the Purple Leaves attached to The Host to launch spores further by creating leaf-tubes are thwarted by The Host. The process itself is successful, spores produced by these spore-tubes land significantly farther than they would otherwise. Its just The Host that is the problem, he caught on quickly and with his constantly improving control over his body thanks to the constant tug-of-war, he has retreated even further into the infected areas, into the deadlands in the east, where everyone is already infected or dead and the land is covered in purple vines.Donkebab Looks for the Most Moral batperson druid
Code: [Select]
1d20=9Donkebab's look for the most absolutely possible moral batperson is in vain, every one she looks at is guilty of some immoral sin, regardless of how small, Some cheat on their mates, some don't judge fairly and partake in favoritism, in exchange for favors or otherwise, some are liars, some use their positions for personal gain. In the end, Donkebab realizes a harsh truth: there is no one that is absolutely moral, so she has to pick the least sinful, rather than the most moral, and settles on an old druid, whose only true sin has been helping himself to extra food at times at times of abundance, food that technically belonged to others, but no one went hungry because of his appetite, but it does explains the other batpeoples' suspicion of his extra weight, because he isn't a good hunter.
A lemon tree goes berserk in the Dark Elves land
Code: [Select]
1d20=18Random lemon trees going on murderous rampages are great reminders of the fact that the area owned by the Dark Elves, is still a land corrupted by Chaos, that is becoming more corrupted with every day. The tree throws lemons out of its branches by shaking itself so violently that any normal tree would have been snapped in half, and these aren't normal lemons, these ones have been turned rock-hard by the Chaos Corruption, many dark elves die by the way of a rock-lemon to the skull, and any one that attempts to cut the thing down, gets crushed by the impossibly fast tree, soon the base of the tree is littered with corpses of dark elves. Supposedly, one of the dark elves who did try to cut the tree down survived, at the cost of his legs. His peers are now mockingly calling him "Legs McGee"...
The best that the elves could do was cordon off a large section of land with signs that said "Caution: Murderous Lemon Tree" and hope that the thing just... Stops, at one point... it hasn't, thus far.
Zalalastan attempts to stop the Purple Leaf Disease with extreme measures
Code: [Select]
1d20=19It is an extreme measure, but destroying the wilderness as to render it uninhabitable to ANYTHING, is a way to stop, or at least re-direct the spread of the Purple Leaf Disease. With the help of Fire Magi, Zalalastan has burnt a large section of wilderness to the west of their lands, but east of the current extent of the disease to the ground. This will act as a barrier, that will prevent the disease from crossing over it, but it can still go around it, eventually. And the land will heal over time, again allowing animals, and thus the disease, to survive there.The human nations aid against the Purple Leaf Disease.
Code: [Select]
2d20=10+20!The aid of the human nations doesn't really amount to much more than the aid already offered thus far, that is to say, beyond containing the disease with fire, or prodding Red Leaf hosts around, there really isn't much they can do.However, a thing that hadn't been tried before now, a thing too... Controversial to try, in desperation, had to be, and it turns out, unfortunately to be a staggering success.
Even though no one knows this, the Purple Leaves are a thing with their own consciousness, and consciousness can be altered, and the leaves feed on purity of thought, sanity. So, Vision Dust, when it comes in contact with the Purple Leaves, is like poison to them, they absolutely HATE Vision Dust, receding and withering if a sufficient dose is brought in contact with them, leaving their host alive and merely suffering from the typical effects of Vision Dust. Vision Dust, though, is an exotic narcotic, partly made of crushed Chaos Crystals, a thing that is becoming increasingly hard to get, and the only source of new chaos crystals? The baleful Chaos Flame of Chaos Dragons, a source that may well be extinguished soon, if the brewing war is to break out between The Red Court and the Black Qhanganate. Not even the most powerful of Chaos Magi, Arythia has ever successfully synthesized a Chaos Crystal, despite many attempts.
YEAR 284.1
Speaking of Vision Dust, an interesting thing has happened within Dalai. A washed-out slugman, who used to be a mage, thus, somewhat in tune with magic, was consuming Vision Dust, one of the Chaos Crystals had not been crushed properly, a larger chunk within the drug. The slugman didn't notice it but due to the improper processing of the crystal, and maybe the Slugman's magical background, the resulting visions from the dust were... abnormal, as far as the drug's typical effects are concerned.
Normally the drug results in delirious, rapidly changing visions, brief flashes, things like that, but the single uncrushed crystal piece caused something else entirely: A pure, unbroken, continuous vision.
The Slugman saw a vision, first he was above the clouds, then his vision tilted down, down there was a beautiful, large city in the middle of the desert, the vision tilted up again and looked around, around were black shapes, in the distance, flapping massive wings, and other smaller shapes, buzzing around like a bunch of flies around the larger shapes. After a brief moment he heard what sounded like a Slugman, yet decidedly different, darker somehow, yelling what sounded like a battlecry, although he could not understand them. The words were there, words he had heard before, but made no sense. And then, his sight was tilted down again, and he began falling, toward the great city in the sands. He could feel the wind rushing past his body. As he approached the city from above, he saw a massive crowd of people, all gathered for some kind of celebration, all slugmen. As they looked up toward him, they began to scream, they all did, and began to scatter in a panic. And then, he felt it, the burning heat passing through his throat and then a foul taste and then, a burst of crimson red flame burnt the terrified slugmen to ashes, Crystals sprouted in the flame's wake, Chaos Crystals.
He heard the yelling again, coming straight from behind him, no, from his back.
He banked up to catch a fleeing slugman, the slugman didn't make it far, and an "orgasmic" feeling rushed through his body as the fragile body of the slugman was crushed between his... Talons?
The vision ended there, returning to the effects typical of the drug.
Summary
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Map and Legend Updated (click to show/hide)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: Unraveller on June 25, 2020, 05:47:13 pm
Year 285
Six decades ago a meteorite rich with stellar and otherworldly materials sunk into the sea, striking a fault line that created the greater archipelago surrounding the ancestral home of the humble Moss Trolls. Due to their relatively sedentary lifestyle, long lifespans, and dull radiating fear of being overtaken by the red flowers that have plagued them for nearly two centuries, it has taken this long for them to emerge from their masoned huts to investigate and expand.
During the plodding colonization process, and growth of the fairly small population, the Moss Trolls discover the miniscule islands to be entrenched with glimmering gemstones and shimmering ores that warp light as they are gazed upon. It seemed perhaps the spatial object floated up along too with the volcanic isles.
Through the bond that has grown deeper and deeper still with Streamland, much of the nation's technological knowledge has passed through heresay amongst the Moss Trolls, though never put to widespread or practical use, for they are ever the complacent lot. Still, a brush of curiosity, the same streak that painted the revered Velma's journey long ago caused the colonizing trolls to wonder. They collect as much of these stellar materials, some attempt to work out techniques by which to utilize them. If not, the Moss Trolls will happily hand what remains off to their comrades in Streamland.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 25, 2020, 06:47:13 pm
The Purple Leaves on the conscious host attempt to edit the host’s dreams to convince him to travel West. ((Click the link and it will take you to Inception, a movie that also involves the editing of dreams to try convincing the dreamer that the idea was theirs, the link was provided in case anyone was confused about what I’m talking about)) (https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&rct=j&q=&esrc=s&source=web&cd=&ved=2ahUKEwjghIS8jJ7qAhWNBc0KHQJsD7oQFjABegQIIBAB&url=https%3A%2F%2Fen.wikipedia.org%2Fwiki%2FInception&usg=AOvVaw2ZN4RaPJAkS_u8hj4yb2Gd)
Roll for the success of this plan
Meanwhile on the small island in the Blood Alliance’s territory, some of the Red Elves go missing. A pair of Red Elves, Sorill and Rimil, investigate the disappearances. They eventually discover a new type of plant that looks like this, but green and about the size of a Red Elf (https://i.imgur.com/ZhHDnuh.jpg). However, when Sorill tried to take the plant, he got stuck to it and was slowly being pulled inside it. Rimil tried to pull Sorill out, but this didn’t work, and he, too was eventually engulfed by the plant. A week later, that plant doubled in size.
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on June 25, 2020, 07:28:38 pm
That berserk lemon tree? It's been thrashing the ground to no end in the one-and-a-quarter years since it went berserk. Now, however, some dark elves passing it by - at a safe distance, of course - notice small... tendrils? emanating from it, piercing the ground at the tree's base and emerging several feet away. Disturbed, they report the development to the nearest appropriate authorities.
Roll for whether the lemon tree manages to spread itself by these "tendrils", creating more berserk lemon trees, and if it does manage to spread, how effective the spreading mechanism is.
Also in 285.3, a miner in the Waterstone Clan discovers a piece of blackened basalt, pulsing yellow. When she tries to mine it, it explodes into dust, though she manages to get out of the way in time to avoid being hit. Once the dust clears, the miner finds a... thing left behind - an amorphous semi-ameboid metallic mass, seemingly made of gold, that begins moving around erratically. The miner reports the discovery. Roll for whether the miner or someone she reported to can figure out how the amorphous mass and its "container?" came to be; for how much damage the explosion did to the environment; and for whether the miner or someone she reported to can figure out what the amorphous mass is in fact made of.
((is this too many rolls/too many things at once? sorry, I like randomization))
((NOTE: amorphous mass is not based off of anything specific. Interpret it however you like. As per rules, you can of course modify it to your liking, I won't take offense.))
Post by: auzewasright on June 25, 2020, 08:07:50 pm
Post by: Unraveller on June 25, 2020, 08:12:05 pm
Post by: Lidku on June 26, 2020, 12:08:21 am
The Vahucci cult have bided their time long enough. After their near extermination at the hands of the Katari, they relocated their HQ to a secret location and slowly recovered their numbers. They also had numerous counter-agents placed within Ludicrous-Sales Halloween's court in Zalalastan after they gained information from interrogations of a few captive Katari that the King would have his set of corpse parts locked away in the Zalalastan royal palace. The Vahucci still had their own pieces of the corpse parts and they heard that the Katari recently took a beating from the organization's former rival- Velodryn Kaas, Stand-User of [The World].
With the Katari seemingly out of commission for atleast awhile, the Vahucci Cult send an elite team in an attempt to steal the corpse parts that the Halloween dynasty has in their possession.
Post by: TankKit on June 26, 2020, 02:06:39 am
Khagatai had succeeded in re-taking the lost southern lands of the Qhaganate, but it felt as if he had achieved nothing. After further intense preparations he had split his army into three forces, with one being sent to eliminate the small eastern pocket while the other two launched a pincer attack aimed at cutting the western pocket of nomads in half. Gharlor had anticipated this, however, and brought most of his people south after doing their best to scorch the lands that had once sustained them. Some were unable to escape south in time, but the vast majority of his people did escape. Realising that he couldn't hope to secure another decisive victory over Khagatai if he continued with this slow, steady movement south, he chose to make a new home for his people instead.
Long ago, Eightstone had travelled south to spread the desert there. Eventually they had reached the shores of the ocean and turned east, slowly spreading the desert as they went. By now, the un-corrupted desert had grown to encompass the entirety of the vast, unpopulated lands west of the human kingdoms - it was the perfect home for Gharlors folk.
There he made an announcement to his people. Five of the greatest slugmen among them would be elected to the position of Qhagan, and these 5 Qhagans would form a council dedicated to ensuring the prosperity and survival of their un-corrupted people. The Sandstone Qhaganate, which had been destroyed by Hagatai over a century ago, had been revived by the very tribe that had once successfully fought of its aggression.
Meanwhile, recent developments had left Khagatai in a delicate position. Someone had destroyed the Red Court University and framed him, and now it seemed like he might be forced to contend with a 3rd Crusade if he was unable to deal with this soon. However, he was also unwilling to relinquish this perfect excuse to bring the old lands under his direct control, so he then made a decision that must of seemed rather strange to those around him. He dedicated most of his offensive force to an all-out attack on the dark elves with a focus on its northern end so that they couldn't escape like Gharlor(Roll for success of the offensive.). Then, after ensuring his lands were safely under the control of those loyalest to him, he took a few dragons and his greatest mages and left north. He was last seen flying past the Free Cities of Dalai, but it is still unknown where he is travelling.
All the while the Red Courts army grows and, though the slugman nations of the west have little interest in fighting alongside a nation that took the lost lands, talks of Crusade and this mysterious 'Rheis Vairn the Second' continue to spread...
Post by: Detoxicated on June 26, 2020, 05:20:22 am
The University commissions several different Research Projects to Take Care of the Purple Leaf Disease.
Each Institute Takes Up their own aproach.
The Chaos mages of the Red court Begin researching ways to synthesize Chaos Crystals.
The Refugio Guerra Institute attempts to improve upon the Red Leaf Strain.
The Institute of the HCE attempts to Develop healing Waters infused with Chaos Energy to Take Care of the Problem. The University itself is researching protective clothing using technology of the Aquatic Gondola.
Donkebab infuses Tralole Meffille the batperson druid with knowledge about Magic and reaches him music to activate it. The Sudden understanding prolongs Traloles Life significantly. Donkebab expects a Life of ascetism from the batperson druid to repent for his sins.
Post by: Strik3r on June 26, 2020, 05:25:11 am
Post by: Unraveller on June 26, 2020, 07:59:08 am
Post by: King Zultan on June 26, 2020, 08:06:22 am
Post by: TamerVirus on June 26, 2020, 09:59:54 am
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
Grand Dalian Mayor Eudes has spent most of his term expanding the fleet and establishing new trade routes. Viewing the reorganization of the Lokhunders into the more internationally friendly Jarldom of Nordica, Eudes charters a company to establish formal trading ties with the Jarldom. Funded by intrepid merchants and the city treasury, the ships under the Dalian Mercantile Flow Company establish a relatively small settlement on the southern shores of the uninhabited large island to the south east of Jarldom territory. Named after the primary financier of the expedition, this new trading settlement is called Eudenland
Post by: auzewasright on June 26, 2020, 03:03:51 pm
For the last 50 years, despair has reigned supreme over humanity. The development of technology has steadily been slowing, the forces opposed to them have grown stronger, the places of learning that were founded have seemingly grown corrupt, and there has hardly been a decade in the 3rd century where thousands weren't dying of a new threat. And now there is a disease that will not stop, such that even when they successfully find a cure for it, it appears to be only a setback to curing it. Some of the leaders decide that something must be done and begin leading a group of policies, many of which are drastic, just to try and stop these threats:
- The governments first try to help cure and contain the virus by the measure of trying to spread the red leaf as much as possible, along with trying to use their supplies of vision dust to contain and eradicate the virus as defiantly as possible. Roll for the effectiveness of this policy
- The next action is one of reconciliation with the university, including having them set up branches in the kingdoms on the condition that they keep the chaos magic to the minimum
- Perhaps the most drastic measure, Streamland and the other kingdoms seek closer relations with the Red Court in order to secure a supply of vision dust. The human armies pledge the support of their full might in the upcoming 3rd Crusade/Great Redemption Crusade
- The human kingdoms declare a zero tolerance policy on cults, and begin the great purge. Roll for the effectiveness of purging these cults.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 26, 2020, 03:14:21 pm
Year 287.5((By magical cocaine, you mean vision dust, right? Let’s try keeping references to our world OOC))
For the last 50 years, despair has reigned supreme over humanity. The development of technology has steadily been slowing, the forces opposed to them have grown stronger, the places of learning that were founded have seemingly grown corrupt, and there has hardly been a decade in the 3rd century where thousands weren't dying of a new threat. And now there is a disease that will not stop, such that even when they successfully find a cure for it, it appears to be only a setback to curing it. Some of the leaders decide that something must be done and begin leading a group of policies, many of which are drastic, just to try and stop these threats:
- The governments first try to help cure and contain the virus by the measure of trying to spread the red leaf as much as possible, along with trying to use their supplies of vision dust to contain and eradicate the virus as defiantly as possible. Roll for the effectiveness of this policy
- The next action is one of reconciliation with the university, including having them set up branches in the kingdoms on the condition that they keep the chaos magic to the minimum
- Perhaps the most drastic measure, Streamland and the other kingdoms seek closer relations with the Red Court in order to secure a supply of magical cocaine. The human armies pledge the support of their full might in the upcoming 3rd Crusade/Great Redemption Crusade
- The human kingdoms declare a zero tolerance policy on cults, and begin the great purge. Roll for the effectiveness of purging these cults.
Post by: auzewasright on June 26, 2020, 03:40:07 pm
((That was completely unintentional, I just forgot to filter what I thought before I typed it. Will fix it.))Year 287.5((By magical cocaine, you mean vision dust, right? Let’s try keeping references to our world OOC))
For the last 50 years, despair has reigned supreme over humanity. The development of technology has steadily been slowing, the forces opposed to them have grown stronger, the places of learning that were founded have seemingly grown corrupt, and there has hardly been a decade in the 3rd century where thousands weren't dying of a new threat. And now there is a disease that will not stop, such that even when they successfully find a cure for it, it appears to be only a setback to curing it. Some of the leaders decide that something must be done and begin leading a group of policies, many of which are drastic, just to try and stop these threats:
- The governments first try to help cure and contain the virus by the measure of trying to spread the red leaf as much as possible, along with trying to use their supplies of vision dust to contain and eradicate the virus as defiantly as possible. Roll for the effectiveness of this policy
- The next action is one of reconciliation with the university, including having them set up branches in the kingdoms on the condition that they keep the chaos magic to the minimum
- Perhaps the most drastic measure, Streamland and the other kingdoms seek closer relations with the Red Court in order to secure a supply of magical cocaine. The human armies pledge the support of their full might in the upcoming 3rd Crusade/Great Redemption Crusade
- The human kingdoms declare a zero tolerance policy on cults, and begin the great purge. Roll for the effectiveness of purging these cults.
Post by: TankKit on June 26, 2020, 03:57:41 pm
In the traditional slugman lends of the west, the 3rd Crusade had already begun. Eager for the glory of defeating the Black Qhaganate and greedy for land, a combined Imperial-Duchy force began marching south down the old road connecting the slugmen with the hamsterfolk, and they had just began travelling through the rivers westward when devastating news reached them.
Through magic, cunning and the power of chaos, Khagatai had corrupted nearly the entirety of the Greenskin tribe and flung them into a violent frenzy, before directing them south to the slugman lands. Now, under the leadership of the powerful mage Zornaraugh, they had occupied the most northern part of the empire and begun large scale raids south. While it seems unlikely that they will survive this war, as their single-minded desire to pillage has completely halted the growth of their population, but it nonetheless presents a powerful distraction and has forced the slugman forces to retreat north, alongside an army of hamsterfolk from the shamans, to relieve their damaged territories. (Roll for Greenskins VS Slugmen.
Still, this presents a prime opportunity to any other nations seeking to take part in the crusade. Khagatai has left his nation in the hands of men who are clearly loyal but far from the most competent of rulers, and it will take time for him to march back south.
(By the way, quite a few of us do multiple posts between turns and it feels like this is starting to get difficult to manage for the GM. It might be best to make it so that we can only write 1 post each between turns, so as to avoid GM burnout.)
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 26, 2020, 04:09:42 pm
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on June 26, 2020, 07:17:02 pm
((Good idea. The world is getting very complicated))((I second that... then again, maybe that's just because I rarely if ever have more than one idea to put down in writing in the timespan between updates))
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 26, 2020, 07:37:34 pm
((Sometimes, if I‘m unsure of what to do, I roll a d[amount of nations/tribes], d[amount of domains], or d[amount of points of interest], depending on what I want to do something with, then start thinking of something for that region, that’s how I got the idea of the Purple Leaf Disease, counted the nations/tribes from top of column to bottom of column go the next column repeat for the number, rolled a d[number of nations/tribes], then thought, what doesn’t this world have? Parasitic plants are interesting, though the ones that exist in our world don’t use animals as hosts, this will be different And so the purple plants were born. I don’t use the dice rolls all the time, it started after I couldn’t think of anything for the Moss Trolls and thought I needed to add something new. I still have ideas for the Purple Leaf Disease, the carnivorous plants in the Blood Alliance’s island was another d[number of nations/tribes], as was the growing and shrinking Chaos rift, which I might do more with after the update, I did a d100, if an odd number, then a nation/tribe, if an even number then a domain/point of interest, I got an even, then rolled a d[number of Domains/points of Interest], landed on Chaos Rift, found 5 icons, assumed one rift of each size was present, rolled a d5 for which sized one I would affect, then rolled a 1, so I thought of something to do with the smallest Chaos rift, which I need to now find where it’s at. I hope you hearing how I figure out what to do will help you. You don’t have to use the system I used, I’m just telling you how I figured out ideas. I hope this helps in future idea making))((Good idea. The world is getting very complicated))((I second that... then again, maybe that's just because I rarely if ever have more than one idea to put down in writing in the timespan between updates))
Post by: Strik3r on June 26, 2020, 08:21:15 pm
Notices
This delay was because Lord_lemonpie is back after a long period of not having time to log in, i guess. So we have been communicating in messages regarding GMship and we have come to an agreement that i will be the game's GM for the foreseeable future, circumstances permitting and as long as interest lastsalso i accidentally wiped this entire update once, lets hope its the last time. So sorry for the update being a bit rougher than usual.
Rolls
Moss trolls attempt to work stellar materials
Code: [Select]
1d20=9The minerals are far beyond the Moss Trolls and perhaps any of the world's races to utilize in an effective way. The techniques required to refine the minerals are far far away. However most of the gemstones are quite ordinary and with a bit of practice the large gemstones can be shaped and cut into large pieces of simple but elegant jewelry that can then have a thick string passed through them and can then be worn wherever desired.As the Moss trolls had no use for the minerals, they gave them to Streamland, who couldn't do anything with them either, but were thankful for the Moss Trolls' gifts anyway, further strengthening the relations between Streamland and the Moss Trolls. Of course, Streamland started its own research into whether the minerals could be utilized in some way, but only time will tell if anything comes of this research.
Purple Leaves attempt to control The Host's dreams
Code: [Select]
1d20=4Ever since becoming infected with the Purple Leaves, The Host has been plagued by nightmares and any attempt by the Purple Leaves to manipulate his behavior through dreams is easily dismiss able as just another nightmare, especially when said dream involves going into uninfected areas and infecting people with the Purple Leaves.
The Host vows to never let that happen and has redoubled his vigilance against the Purple Leaves infesting his body.
Berserk Lemon Tree attempts to spread via "tendrils"
Code: [Select]
1d20=11In the absence of anything to bludgeon or rock-lemon to death, the tree attempts to spread itself by "tendrils" that are actually just mutated roots. However, the process is rather slow and were it not for the angry mother trees nearby, the small "saplings" would be easy to dispose of before they became a credible threat.
The amorphous "Gold" incident
Code: [Select]
1d20=16+10+5While the miner herself had no idea what the thing was, she was just a miner that knew only ores and that thing wasn't an ore. However an old, 90 year old dwarf, with extensive knowledge of the deep caverns and who was the only son of a dwarf called "Jothgar", suggested that perhaps it might have been deposited there by an ancient and unknown deep cavern creature. Maybe it was some kind of defense mechanism, or maybe the end product of the creature's digestive process that exploded because of gas build up inside that exploded when mixed with air, or even that the amorphous mass was the creature's offspring. He couldn't be sure, but if it indeed was left here by a creature, it is probably long gone.However, if the "container" was intended to explode, it was not intended to kill, rather merely disorientate or incapacitate, because the explosion only did damage to the immediate area.
Nobody that the mass was shown to could figure out what it was actually made of. It was not gold, but nobody had any idea as to what it WAS.
Vahucci Cult attempt to steal Valkyra's corpse parts from Zalalastan's Palace
Code: [Select]
1d20=9Obviously, Zalalastan's king stored something as potentially powerful as the bodyparts of the late goddess Valkyra, in the deepest, most secure vault within the palace, specifically built to stop anyone who might want to steal them. Many times the more pragmatic members of the king's court insisted that the king should do away with the corpse parts altogether, incinerate them by magic flame or something, so that no one could ever unite them and use them to cause harm. But of course the king held onto them, in the vain hope that he might be the one to unite them, despite not having nearly all of the corpse parts and the last part, the head, still being in an unknown location.The guards chosen to guard the vault were selected to be utterly incorruptible, by money or otherwise. And disguise wasn't an option, because all the guards were familiar with eachother and someone trying to pass themselves off as one of the guards would stick out like a sore thumb. There weren't all that many guards but there were enough that if any of them were killed their corpse would be found by another one within a minute at most. So, the Cult had to sneak in completely undetected, a hard job for someone without the ability to turn invisible or to shadowstep, but the Vahucci Cult's expert sneaks pulled it off anyway.
They managed to get all the way to the vault door without being detected and open it, disabling any traps or alarms on it as they went. But the Cult's members hadn't anticipated just how paranoid the king was, they hadn't expected him to booby-trap the corpse parts themselves. A pressure plate, linked up to a large bell that produced an unique sound when rung. In fact, all of the alarm bells intended to protect the vault were cast slightly differently and thus produced a different sound when they were rung and all the guards were familiarized with each of them, so they knew right away which alarm had been tripped. The king had commissioned dwarves from the Waterstone Clan to design this system.
The Cult member who had picked up the corpse part dropped it in a panic as the bell rung and the thieves began to make their exit as quickly as possible, not wanting to be boxed in by the guards and killed. The Cult members were spotted on the way out but all of them got out without any significant injuries.
War: The Black Qhanganate vs. Dark elves
Code: [Select]
The Black Qhanganate 3d20=18+20!+20!=58
Dark Elves 3d20=3+6+13=21
(Holy shit! I think this may be the game's first double crit in a war)
The matter of fact about the Dark Elves always was, that in a sense they had been a blessing in disguise, allowing the Black Qhanganate greater freedom and independence from their Aetherial overlords.But it seems that they had worn out their welcome to Khagatai, and crushing the Dark Elves was always just a matter of just doing it and Khagatai spared no expense in doing so.
The plan was... perfect, cut them off from any retreat, surround them, then crush their positions, and in typical Black Qhanganate fashion, they gave no warning of the impending attack and the Dark Elves could not dig themselves in fast enough. With no Aetherials exiting the chaos rift and the Qhanganate just leaving them be, the Dark Elves had grown complacent and it would be their downfall, it was a slaughter as armies of the Qhanganate marched toward their strongholds, the elves didn't have enough arrows or magic to put even a dent in the approaching armies, seeing what they were facing, they attempted to flee, but the corrupted spider mounts of the corrupted slugmen caught up to retreating elves with ease and ripped them to shreds, while the elves did attempt to defend themselves, they were far outnumbered and never were trained to fight against what they were facing, they couldnt kill enough to stem the tide and every elf that raised a weapon against the invaders was cut down in cold blood.
Utterly crushed and on the back foot the retreating Dark Elves were corralled to the Chaos rift by the invading armies, and it is there that the Dark Elves would make their final stand. They gave it all they had, they had to, if the rift activates again, it will start spewing out Aetherials, a foe far worse than any corrupted tyrant. And every last Dark Elf would die there that day, but they fought to their last, they took a nation's worth of corrupted slugmen to the grave alongside them. But it would have never been enough and as the last Dark Elf was vanquished, the Chaos Rift sprung to life again, spawning untold monstrosities into the desert once more. However, the land surrounding the Chaos Rift would not be granted to the Black Qhangante, but rather the Chaos Coalition would maintain direct control over it.
(The Chaos Coalition has replaced the Dark Elves, all the Dark Elves are dead and the Chaos rift in the south has been re-activated.)
286.4
The University commissions several different Research Projects to Take Care of the Purple Leaf Disease.
Each Institute Takes Up their own aproach.
The Chaos mages of the Red court Begin researching ways to synthesize Chaos Crystals.
The Refugio Guerra Institute attempts to improve upon the Red Leaf Strain.
The Institute of the HCE attempts to Develop healing Waters infused with Chaos Energy to Take Care of the Problem. The University itself is researching protective clothing using technology of the Aquatic Gondola.
It is not possible to synthesize Chaos Crystals, the theory is there: A very powerful burst of Chaos Energy, concentrated very densely in a Chaos Energy rich atmosphere should produce Chaos Crystals, however, thus far Chaos Dragons are the only living things that can produce an energy blast powerful enough to promote the formation of Chaos Crystals, and ambient Chaos Energy is, as is known, highly corruptive.
The research into improving the Red Leaf Disease are thus far inconclusive
The researchers discover very quickly, that infusing Chaos Energy into water, is a VERY bad idea. If ambient Chaos Energy corrupts over time, drinking something contaminated with it, mutates things rapidly. The Corrupted Reaver kills several researchers before it is put down.
A crazed cult attempts to spread the disease to other nations
Code: [Select]
1d20=14The cults process for transporting the infected hosts out of Thairmar was relatively straightforward, incapacitate someone and keep them that way using an potion, expose them to the disease, then put them in a box and transport them to wherever they wanted. However, it was inevitable that most of the cult's members themselves would succumb to the disease themselves, but it was a sacrifice willingly made.
Instances of the disease have been spotted in order in the lands of the Foxfolk Shamans, Free Cities of Dalai and finally Dorathian Kingdom. However, for now, all the infections in new lands are far from any major population centers, and are also of Strain 1, meaning it propagates outside of nations VERY slowly.
Human nations attempt to contain and cure the Purple Leaf Disease
Code: [Select]
1d20=14The supplies of Vision Dust are highly limited and thus used sparingly, and so, the amount of people that can be cured is also limited, as such efforts have been concentrated on curing the recently infected and preventing the disease from spreading further within populated regions. This has somewhat slowed down the growth of the disease within Thairmar's borders.
Their spreading of the red leaves again consists mostly of prodding and herding them, exploiting their danger avoidance and, hoping that they'll go in the direction of the purple leaves, although, they often don't obey or wander off to fulfill needs such as the need for food.
(The Red Leaf Domain has experienced increased growth in some directions)
Human nations attempt to get the University to set up branches in their nations
Code: [Select]
1d20=7It turns out, that the university will not bow to the superstitious demands of a bunch of nations with barely any magi over a nation that was founded on magic and is filled to the brim with magi, and a nation that may well be the key to eradicating the disease, if it survives long enough to do so. As such, they have begun to rebuild the Red Court's University.Perhaps the most drastic measure, Streamland and the other kingdoms seek closer relations with the Red Court in order to secure a supply of vision dust. The human armies pledge the support of their full might in the upcoming 3rd Crusade/Great Redemption Crusade
Most of the Vision Dust has up until now come from Dalai, but ever since the discovery The Red Court has been manufacturing it... However, Chaos Crystals remain the limiting factor, and are becoming increasingly harder to come by.
Human nations attempt to purge cults from their nations.
Code: [Select]
1d20=5Most serious cults hide themselves well, some underground, some in plain sight, but in general, "the great purge" is an objective failure, a bunch of resources and manpower spent on chasing leads to nowhere. Thats aside from the fact that there simply arent many cults left. They've always been persecuted and killed off, the only cults that are found are doomsday cults and whatnot that rave like lunatics about the end times and whatever else. They're cut down without mercy.Code: [Select]
Greenskin Tribes 3d20=5+6+6
HCE 3d20=15+7+18
The united army of the Empire and the slugman Duchies is fast on its feet(yes slugs also have "feet") It didn't take long for them to make their way back after they heard of the Greenskins' attack and with their superior weapons and better organization, the united army easily drove back the greenskin hordes from their lands. This marked the beginning of a sort of a "cold-war" between the two sides, where neither was willing to commit to an attack, the greenskins were regrouping and the united army sat in garrisons, waiting for their enemy to make a move, but mostly only small skirmishes happened at this time, this went on for months until the orcs and goblins had properly regrouped and foolishly attacked the united army's heavily defended positions and paid the price. The greenskins did very little damage to the united army, who massacred the greenskins and drove them out of their lands again and running back to their tribal lands.
YEAR 288.1
With many of the nations' leadership in uproar after the discovery that the only so far discovered cure to the Purple Leaf Disease happens to be the worst street drug in the world, manufactured mainly in Dalai by a criminal syndicate. A drug whose critical component is Chaos Crystals, something that is difficult to come by and risky to harvest. Some within the safe walls of the universities have begun to ponder whether there might be another way? Is Vision Dust really the only cure in the world, or maybe could the Chaos Crystals be substituted for something else? What is it about Chaos Crystals that causes them to be so effective against the parasitic disease?
Meanwhile, Velodryn Kaas, seeing no more use for the Great Ruby has sold it off on the black market, to a corrupt official in Dalai, why said official wanted the enormous gemstone is unknown, probably just to show it off... With funds acquired from the transaction, Kaas has been able to fortify his hideout into fortress.
Summary
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Map and Legend Updated (click to show/hide)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: Unraveller on June 26, 2020, 08:53:03 pm
YEAR 289
For the last few years, since the Monolith's latest pulse, greater numbers of sapient serpents have continued to emerge from the marshy islands upon the lake. While banding together to trap prey in greater numbers and growing thier nascent intellect, some of these serpents have begun devouring one another whole.
It seems, more so than mere size, these creatures evolve rapidly through their canabalism for reason unknown. Growing both greater and greater still as they feed, while their minds become sharp, and senses sharper still.
A devious spined viper of brilliant yellow scale has engorged itself greatest, and become the largest of its kind. How far has its strange canabalistic tendencies grown its stature amd wit?
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 26, 2020, 09:06:12 pm
Edit: found the Chaos Coalition’s other rift to the north of the continent, so now I’m looking for the other 3, if anyone can just say which nations/tribes they are near that would be good))
Post by: Lidku on June 26, 2020, 11:39:02 pm
Yarlac Drem, the former court mage of Thairmer turned Necromancer, became increasingly more influential despite the Saur's efforts to fight off his growing criminal empire within Lotham- the largest urban city in Arghila. It could even be assumed that Lotham was probably the first metropolis proper in the world so far due to it's lucrative position in coastal trade. However this year wouldn't be another preview of the Saur and Yarlac rivalry- it was about Yarlac Drem's newly appointed apprentice.
As a means of cover, the surface area of Yarlac's underground crypt-base was a unassuming butcher shop manned by tenants he mind-controlled with his magic years ago. At first he needed them as a means of revenue to carry on his necromantic research, but as his enterprises and connections expanded, he only ever needed them as cover. Though something of high value come from the tenant family under his magic-induced thrall, their son, Mi'akl Druun.
Magic users across the world can instinctively "sense" the resonance of moderate or high magic on an entity, item, or given place- unless of course the adept Magic user in question doesn't mask such resonances from detection. It's how Yarlac could even operate this long, hiding his Death-magic from royal Inquisitors of the Halloween dynasty trying to find his crypt or simply mask the resonances of his undead footsoldiers that do his bidding at night to carry on his tasks.
Even though magic dwells in every being, only a few have a high enough well of mana to put it in any workable form. Persons with high potential of natural mana do not know how to mask their resonances, which is how Wizards, Sorcerors, Spellswords, and Necromancers like Yarlac can find apprentices. His was to be Mi'akl.
Mi'akl was a natural at the arts of magic. Everything Yarlac learned from University he got all the concepts easier than Yarlac and any other of his peers at the time when he was that young as Mi'akl. The boy was a latent prodigy. However all wasn't well since Mi'akl disliked Necromancy. It didn't have anything to do with moral qualms, but he found the undead too malleable, to.. simplistic. Instead Mi'akl took a different route- summoning and binding magic. Mi'akl begins pioneering a new school of magic with the sole purpose of utilizing Demons for battle, a new school which he calls "Shaping", because it is easier to draw resonance from a Demonic realm and make one from scratch than trying to tame independent Demons.
Yarlac at first was aggravated that Mi'akl would choose a school not of his own, but later on he becomes receptive to it as the boy makes a plethora of bizarre and fearful intelligent Demons that work on Yarlac's behalf around Lotham- increasing the prestige and fear centering around his criminal organization.
Post by: Strik3r on June 27, 2020, 02:39:59 am
((According to the key, there are 5 chaos rifts of varying sizes, yet on the map I;m only finding one. Can anyone tell me where the other 4 are? The only one I’m finding is the one at the Chaos Coalition, near the Black Quagnate((I think there are really only two Chaos Rifts active at this time. There are are other things on the legend that don't exist in the world yet, for example there are no "Great Trees" and no Craters marked on the map yet, same is the case with Chaos Rifts of any level other than level 2. Level 2 is the level of most rifts opened by Aetherials, Level 1 is something openable by a human, with significant effort and Level 5 are apocalyptic super-mega rifts. The key is just there incase any of the other levels of chaos rift does happen. Of course if you need a rift somewhere, you can just place it there, but sure, lets say there are a few level 1 rifts situated in the wildernesses of larger, more significant nations, for espionage and observation purposes.))
Edit: found the Chaos Coalition’s other rift to the north of the continent, so now I’m looking for the other 3, if anyone can just say which nations/tribes they are near that would be good))
YEAR 290.1
The Aetherials in south, near the Black Qhanganate have discovered the berserk lemon tree, amused by the thrashing tree with a killcount, the Aetherials have noted that such trees might be good defensive measure back at their main domain in the north. Roll to see how successful the Aetheirals are at creating more murderous fruit trees in the north.
Post by: TankKit on June 27, 2020, 02:44:18 am
Khagatai hurried back to his lands as quickly as possible after deploying the greenskins against the slugmen - it would keep the slugmen distracted for long enough, but the greenskins would also hold a deep hatred for him once the spells wore off and they realised what he had done to them. Besides, he had much bigger things to worry about.
After many years of planning, the 3rd Crusade had begun. A combined force of all the human kingdoms except Thairmar joined with a sizeable army of Dalaian mercenaries eager to secure their own crusader state in the Qhaganate launched an offensive on the fort at the far east of the Qhaganates border(Gharlor was offered a chance to reclaim some of the lost Sandstone lands, but didn't trust the crusaders to actually return all of the land to him and was more concerned with ensuring the security of his new state). If they could secure that fort quickly and without having to put it under siege, which had grown to be quite sizeable and built of stone, they would be able to use it is a base of operations for their further conquest of the rest of the Qhaganate. (Roll for the success of the first assault.)
In the west, the Red Court army was far smaller than the eastern crusader army. However, it was mostly made up of powerful mages, with a variety of races from all across the world forming the primary melee fighting force. It immediately began marching towards the portal - if they could somehow disable or even destroy it, that would greatly hamper the Qhaganates ability to reinforce any casualties they took.
Finally, there were the mysterious paladin and the Miragians. Over time, they had come to an agreement - Khagatai was the head of the snake that was the Black Qhaganate and he still had no heir. If they killed him, there was a very good chance that the entire Qhaganate would completely collapse. Still, they couldn't risk attacking him when he was in a strong position - they would wait to see how the situation developed and, if they saw the opportunity, they would throw the entirety of their force towards Khagatai and whatever was between them. (I'm not sure if a conditional roll like this is allowed, but if the Qhaganate rolls a 5 or lower then the Miragians attack and roll for success of assassinating him.)
Meanwhile, Khagatai had little outside help. He had been able to gather together a few especially greedy mercenaries , but for the most part he would have to rely purely on what he had already. Slugmen made up sizeable portion of his army, as he had spent a great deal of effort to put more of the military under his control in case the Aetherials ever abandoned him, but for the most part his strength was in the numbers granted to him by the Chaos Coalition. He had a vast army of corrupted beasts and a steady stream of reinforcements came pouring through from the portal, and he had reinforced his eastern fort to the point that the crusaders couldn't ignore it, so he decided to focus his efforts on the people who had begun this fight - the Red Courts army would have to go soon if he was to win this so-called 'crusade'
Rather than face the Red Courts army directly in battle, he trusted in the time his eastern fort would give him. He spread his forces out over a great distance, ordering them to slowly pull back from lands the hostile army was entering and return to lands the army was leaving, effectively surrounding it and cutting it off from any hope of reinforcements or resupply. The army allowed it to happen.
This unnerved Khagatai. Worried that they might have something he hadn't anticipated, he decided to be careful and slowly wear down the army as it travelled towards the portal, constantly ordering small raids from any random direction he could think off and destroying supplies as the Arythia got closer to them. As it turned out, Arythia and her army of mages had managed to secure a portable, constantly refilling source of food and water through the use of complicated magically enchanted wagons and buckets - while Khagatai's army was forced to slowly go through its supplies and eventually leave to resupply like a normal army, she didn't have to worry about it at all, leaving her army well fed and in high morale. She also began raising more and more beasts from corpses they found and even the very sand itself, growing steadily larger as it got closer to the portal. It would be very difficult to wear her army down through attrition. (Roll for success of Khagatai's raids with a negative modifier to Khagatai's roll.)
(Anyone else think it would be kind of ironic if the Red Court, which was established in the 2nd Crusade, was destroyed in the 3rd Crusade?)
Post by: Strik3r on June 27, 2020, 03:40:38 am
Year 290.6((You sure you wanna do this? Even if the third crusade fails, any potential line of non-hostile communication with either the Black Qhanganate or the Aetherials will be cut off, and should the crusade succeed, whatever masses of Chaos Crystals the crusade will surely produce will be the last accessible ones in the world. If the Crusaders are successful early on, and the Aetherials are feeling especially spiteful, and think that Khagatai has no chance they may abandon him, and take their armies of Aetherials and Dragons with them.
Khagatai hurried back to his lands as quickly as possible after deploying the greenskins against the slugmen - it would keep the slugmen distracted for long enough, but the greenskins would also hold a deep hatred for him once the spells wore off and they realised what he had done to them. Besides, he had much bigger things to worry about.
After many years of planning, the 3rd Crusade had begun. A combined force of all the human kingdoms except Thairmar joined with a sizeable army of Dalaian mercenaries eager to secure their own crusader state in the Qhaganate launched an offensive on the fort at the far east of the Qhaganates border(Gharlor was offered a chance to reclaim some of the lost Sandstone lands, but didn't trust the crusaders to actually return all of the land to him and was more concerned with ensuring the security of his new state). If they could secure that fort quickly and without having to put it under siege, which had grown to be quite sizeable and built of stone, they would be able to use it is a base of operations for their further conquest of the rest of the Qhaganate. (Roll for the success of the first assault.)
In the west, the Red Court army was far smaller than the eastern crusader army. However, it was mostly made up of powerful mages, with a variety of races from all across the world forming the primary melee fighting force. It immediately began marching towards the portal - if they could somehow disable or even destroy it, that would greatly hamper the Qhaganates ability to reinforce any casualties they took.
Finally, there were the mysterious paladin and the Miragians. Over time, they had come to an agreement - Khagatai was the head of the snake that was the Black Qhaganate and he still had no heir. If they killed him, there was a very good chance that the entire Qhaganate would completely collapse. Still, they couldn't risk attacking him when he was in a strong position - they would wait to see how the situation developed and, if they saw the opportunity, they would throw the entirety of their force towards Khagatai and whatever was between them. (I'm not sure if a conditional roll like this is allowed, but if the Qhaganate rolls a 5 or lower then the Miragians attack and roll for success of assassinating him.)
Meanwhile, Khagatai had little outside help. He had been able to gather together a few especially greedy mercenaries , but for the most part he would have to rely purely on what he had already. Slugmen made up sizeable portion of his army, as he had spent a great deal of effort to put more of the military under his control in case the Aetherials ever abandoned him, but for the most part his strength was in the numbers granted to him by the Chaos Coalition. He had a vast army of corrupted beasts and a steady stream of reinforcements came pouring through from the portal, and he had reinforced his eastern fort to the point that the crusaders couldn't ignore it, so he decided to focus his efforts on the people who had begun this fight - the Red Courts army would have to go soon if he was to win this so-called 'crusade'
Rather than face the Red Courts army directly in battle, he trusted in the time his eastern fort would give him. He spread his forces out over a great distance, ordering them to slowly pull back from lands the hostile army was entering and return to lands the army was leaving, effectively surrounding it and cutting it off from any hope of reinforcements or resupply. The army allowed it to happen.
This unnerved Khagatai. Worried that they might have something he hadn't anticipated, he decided to be careful and slowly wear down the army as it travelled towards the portal, constantly ordering small raids from any random direction he could think off and destroying supplies as the Arythia got closer to them. As it turned out, Arythia and her army of mages had managed to secure a portable, constantly refilling source of food and water through the use of complicated magically enchanted wagons and buckets - while Khagatai's army was forced to slowly go through its supplies and eventually leave to resupply like a normal army, she didn't have to worry about it at all, leaving her army well fed and in high morale. She also began raising more and more beasts from corpses they found and even the very sand itself, growing steadily larger as it got closer to the portal. It would be very difficult to wear her army down through attrition. (Roll for success of Khagatai's raids with a negative modifier to Khagatai's roll.)
(Anyone else think it would be kind of ironic if the Red Court, which was established in the 2nd Crusade, was destroyed in the 3rd Crusade?)
Because the decision whether to or not to launch the third crusade will probably shape the 4th century, im going to wait on this a bit. Regardless of the outcome, a sacrifice will be made to save the southern nations from one of the two threats. As such, the launch of the 3rd crusade has been postponed to year 300.6, if no intervention to stop the crusade is taken before then, the crusade will proceed as written, with minor alterations. im just giving a chance to others to do things before the 3rd crusade is launched and the south is left to the disease.))
Post by: TankKit on June 27, 2020, 04:04:35 am
Post by: King Zultan on June 27, 2020, 07:58:52 am
Post by: Strik3r on June 27, 2020, 08:19:26 am
Notices
Year 290-292Ok, im going to ask right away, is this an anime?
Mi'akl begins pioneering a new school of magic with the sole purpose of utilizing Demons for battle, a new school which he calls "Shaping", because it is easier to draw resonance from a Demonic realm and make one from scratch than trying to tame independent Demons.
Rolls
The Spined Viper's evolution through cannibalism
Code: [Select]
1d20=18With it voracious apetite and at times, outright hunting for others of its kind, The Spined Viper has been growing rapidly. And with every kill it makes, it becomes a better hunter, more capable at hunting down others of its kind and makes it desire the next kill even more for the boon it will surely grant it. Its a self perpetuating loop that has seen the Spined Viper far far outgrow its peers in both size and in wit, decimating an impressive amount of the islands' Serpent population in the process.
The Aetherials attempt to produce more murder-fruit trees
Code: [Select]
1d20=8Despite the Aetherials' AND the Chaos Giants' best efforts to mutate trees in their domain in a specific way using either pure Chaos energy or Wild Magic(Chaos/Earth) magic, their efforts yield few fruits. There are many mutations with partial success, trees that thrash around, but rips itself apart doing it, stone trees that produce very, very dense fruit... or amusingly in one case, a tree that screams incessantly.However, none of their attempts result in a proper murder-tree.
YEAR 290.2
Aquatic Gondola has been a curiousity for the Lizardman traders within Refugio Guerra. From what they've been able to gather, its been mostly sitting in port gathering dust and that it was an experimental submarine ship created by the University. And during one of the Sultan's grand feasts, one of the heads of one of the merchant's guilds suggested an interesting idea to the Sultan: "If one ship may sail underwater, why could not another sail in the skies? a sky-ship?" With too much wine in his system, the Sultan thought it was a brilliant idea and vowed to build a ship that can "sail on the clouds", an oath. And drunken or not, the Jahtari take their oaths dead seriously.
Now the brightest minds of the Jahtari Sultanate are left to figure out how to do just that. Thankfully, they've collectively come up with a plan:
Even though their knowledge of Flyrite is limited, they're almost certain that large "wings" could be made of sheets of the material, Attached to the hull of a typical water-borne ship but the hull should be big, there is no point to building a small vessel if you can just build one of them, they would need the finest shipwrights in the world to build a suitable hull.. Finally, they would need a way to actually lift and keep the ship in the sky, and they suspect that the University may be able to help them with that. Finally they would need to build a sky-dock for the ship, a big tower that an airship can dock at, because such a ship could not be landed just anywhere, only on designated sky-docks or on the edges of floating islands and they will need someone to design the sky-dock to make sure it is well made and safe. While they could dock the ship on the edge of Dragolia, above Refugio Guerra, the Lizardmen intend to recoup the costs by using it as a transport vessel for goods and passengers. So the skydock will be built on neutral land between the land of the Sultanate, the Bleg, Refugio Guerra and the Avarian Empire (who they're hoping will take it as a sign of goodwill and open trade with them).
Over the coming years, they will be contacting other nations to request their collaboration with building the Sky-Ship and its dock.
Meanwhile
One of the Jahtari's mystics has awoken from his meditation in panic, babbling ominous nonsense like "It will be our end", "the last voyage", "they wont let it continue" and "the gravest offence imaginable" over and over again.
(The Sky-Ship is marked on the map because they're essentially dreadnaught hulls fitted with everything need to make them fly, as such, they are unique. The Sail Color indicates the nation it belongs to, and the wing color indicates whether it is a economic ship(Green) or a military one(Red)
Summary
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Map and Legend Updated (click to show/hide)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: TamerVirus on June 27, 2020, 08:34:58 am
In the recent years, the crime-lord Nisvanis has hidden himself further and further from the public eye; even refusing personal audience with his own lieutenants. Communicating primarily through letters and missives, it has been years since anyone has personally seen the slugman. This rise in decentralized authority, coupled by the skyrocketing rise in price for vision dust has given rise to factional infighting within the criminal enterprise as different crews jockey for a decreasing supply coming out of the Red Court. New recruits occasionally question how it’s even possible that Nisvanis still leads, what with organizational lore asserting his leadership since The Gatherings founding over a hundred years ago. This line of questioning always goes nowhere and is promptly forgotten , without fail. How bizzare.
Post by: Detoxicated on June 27, 2020, 11:20:27 am
After several years of researching the different branches of Research to Fight the Purple Leaf Disease have become more advanced. The Chaos coalition has come Up with several theoretical methods on how to create synthesized Chaos Crystals, though many of them require massive amounts of resources. The improvement of the Red Leaf Strain has been successful too, AS with the right arcane ointments its spreading rate can be greatly improved. The healing Waters of the HCE are possible too, though they need massive structures for their creation yet.
AS the use of the new protective suits becomes feasible, the University Holds a Vote on what Project to Support wholeheartedly.
Roll for which Research will get Access to More research,: Red Strain, Synthetic Chaos Crystals, Healing Waters
Refugio Guerra, inspired by the Lizardmen, is delighted with the Idea of an air Shop and Begins their own construction of a humoungus Transporter ship.
Under the Guidance of the Batperson Druid, music based Magic is honed and improved within the batperson tribes. This creates the ability to settle the Land More easily which bringa its own Problems. Soon different Factions emerges and a shism between the tribes ist created. One Side is interested in becoming godlike architects of the universe. The other Side rather wants to use Magic to be Used for healing and good and have IT ne Used by few Well adjusted people WHO can hold this responsibility.
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on June 27, 2020, 11:30:50 am
Jothgar's 90-year-old son, Inlavar, one of the dwarves who got involved in the "Gold" incident, is walking along a corridor in a library in his home settlement when he hears loud, incomprehensible crackling to his right. Upon investigating the crackling, he stumbles through a blue vortex - a portal of some kind. On the other side is, oddly enough, the Great Scar University (which Inlavar has never heard of). Much confused, Inlavar asks the locals, "What's going on? Where am I?!"
As far as they know, the University's head teachers/magi/whatnot didn't make it. Thus, some of the University's more competent magi investigate the portal. When they attempt to decipher what it is, however, the portal begins sputtering; it seems unstable.
Roll for whether the portal stays open; also roll for how much information said magi are able to gather.
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on June 27, 2020, 11:35:04 am
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 27, 2020, 11:41:26 am
((Also, whatever that rune is directly below and to the left of the rift near the Chaos Coalition, I can't find a nation for it on the map legend. Said rune seems to have a w and a ^ in it, with the ^ above the w. What does said rune signify, and is it in fact on the legend and I'm just unobservant?))((The Black Quagnate, look under the South Legends section))
Post by: Lidku on June 27, 2020, 12:42:19 pm
Quote from: Strik3r
Ok, im going to ask right away, is this an anime?
((No, not everything I add has to do with anime. Even if it was related to some concept from anime I'm not sure how it would be relevant regardless))
Year 292
Archwizards from the Kingdom of Ukalia attempt to devise a cure of the Purple Leaf disease after news of it reach the Kingdom proper. They will utilize potent Restoration magic to achieve this, going around to every village, town, and city of the continent south of Ukalia.
Roll to see how successful they are
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on June 27, 2020, 12:48:21 pm
((The Black Quagnate, look under the South Legends section))((I am indeed unobservant. Ah well. :())
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 27, 2020, 12:54:47 pm
((It’s ok, I thought there were more Chaos rifts because I assumed that the key had only what was on the map, I did something with a “smallest chaos rift” that turned out to not exist, so good thing the invalid thing was ignored))((The Black Quagnate, look under the South Legends section))((I am indeed unobservant. Ah well. :())
Year 291.86
The Purple Leaves on the conscious host connect to one of the purple vines, allowing it communicate with the ones connected to two hosts. It can be possible to control hosts, causing us to spread better by making hosts move. My current one is getting better at preventing me from spreading, are you, through these vines, able to coordinate? Share thoughts? Information? Or is this only getting to the hosts connected by the vines I’m connecting to? Moving our host? We’re connected to another.Yes, in our case, it seems one vine connects us to each other. The idea was to spread towards uninflected potential hosts, but that didn’t work, just connecting to those already having another of us. I suppose we could try moving our hosts, hopefully without giving control to them in the process. You mentioned your host waking up? Yes, the idea was to get it to start moving and infecting others in the process, however, mine is a scholar, and thus has lots of will and resists my attempts at control when it comes to infecting others. Eventually, I think he might render me unable to control him eventually. My host heard about non-hosts trying to find ways of killing us. I remember I tried growing bulbs to spread pollen through the wind, however one of the non-hosts covered its face before pollen could get in, then burned them. I remember that too, it was painful. My host knows about something called Vision Dust, she heard that it was dangerous and scrambles thoughts into smaller ones. It doesn’t sound good. I’m glad there’s no scrambler drugs here, or any drugs, for that matter. You said your host is awake, but it’s not moving right now. That’s sleeping, I think your hosts are doing that too, though for much longer, mine will wake up in hours, whatever those mean. Can we remain connected when your host wakes up? If he doesn’t struggle right when waking up, sure, how far away are your hosts? Maybe one of them can move towards the other one, allowing a thicker vine between them? As it stands I worry mine could break your connecting vine, which one of your hosts is closest to mine? Maybe I can use my host’s body while he sleeps to help with making it so your connecting vine can be thicker. I can try waking my host up, my vine partner can keep their host asleep. Can you help me wake her without letting her have control? I can try, so from what I figured out, if you block a chemical from getting to the brain, the host will wake up shortly. What’s this? What’s this purple thing? Careful, that’s me. What? You’re that voice that’s been talking to another, now there’s a third one? Can I go to where you connect to the other one? There’s a lot of vines here. Yep, a third voice, be careful where you step. Ugh...why am I stuck to...Cool it, I’m helping another of my kind learn how to work with a moving host. Why, so they can leave the area and find other people to infect? Hi, are you the host who resists control the third voice is talking about? It seems the voices have failed in some plans? Their plan is to have everyone have these purple leaves and vines and such stuck to everyone. At least here, everyone already has them so I can’t risk spreading it. Oh hi, so you’re the scholar with high will your plant’s been talking about, right now, my vine partner is helping their host reach mine so we can make a thicker, albeit shorter vine.Be careful, let me thicken the vine gradually as you walk. Sorry, there seems to be someone there. “Hi, you’re not the vine partner, are you?” “Vine partner? How long have you had these? No I’m not a vine partner, my infection connected to it though.” ”Infection? This is a plant, a weird plant, but still a plant. Do you think of plants as infecting the ground? Mr. Scholar?” “That’s not my name, it’s...” *sigh* “I forgot it while thoughts wandered, when I was unable to move, unable to call for help, I never thought I would ever move again until my “plant” let me. I guess you can call me Mr. Scholar now since I don’t have my name anymore and I doubt my plant bothered to remember it. Sure we can meet your “vine partner” and wake him up”
They follow the vine to where the other host is connected, when the vine partners saw each other, the vine was about 6 feet away from host to host, and 3 feet in diameter. Shortly after, the other host woke up. “It seems no one’s coming then, we need to stay here then, connected with...Oh, this is my mouth now?” The newly awakened host stands and turns towards this vine partner. ”So you’re the one who I’ve received bits of dreams from? Who’s the one who doesn’t have a vine?” ”Yep, I’ve seen some of your dreams as well, mostly about the vines connecting us” “I came here so that these new leaf tubes can’t spread pollen and infect other people. I think you two should disconnect that vine.” What? No, we need it! The vine is what holds us together, without it, we’ll be lost. You mentioned a name, We tend not to need those since we connected, but your connection seems temporary if you move wrong. Mr. Scholar, I was a construction worker before the pollen found me, so I shall be Mr. Constructor.” ”Keeping this new name finding method, I’m Miss Botanist.”
Mr. Scholar breaks the small stems connecting him to the vine.
“Well, at least we’re not alone anymore”
Post by: Strik3r on June 27, 2020, 01:15:45 pm
((Actually it wasn't.... Since the main rift in the north was the ONLY active rift at the time, the action targeted THAT one, since it was technically the smallest one that matched the conditions :P((It’s ok, I thought there were more Chaos rifts because I assumed that the key had only what was on the map, I did something with a “smallest chaos rift” that turned out to not exist, so good thing the invalid thing was ignored))((The Black Quagnate, look under the South Legends section))((I am indeed unobservant. Ah well. :())
I mentioned that in the turn's summary.
Can i get some correspondence here: Does anyone actually read the summaries? Even if nobody does, i'll still keep them around because they're good reference for me.
Should i just start quoting each post to affirm them and explain things when needed? It would be alot more work, but at least then i'd get all the information to people that needs to get to them.))
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 27, 2020, 01:28:27 pm
Yes, keep the summaries, I’ll start reading them more, also, added a thing to my previous post, would you rather I make it in a post to itself?((Actually it wasn't.... Since the main rift in the north was the ONLY active rift at the time, the action targeted THAT one, since it was technically the smallest one that matched the conditions :P((It’s ok, I thought there were more Chaos rifts because I assumed that the key had only what was on the map, I did something with a “smallest chaos rift” that turned out to not exist, so good thing the invalid thing was ignored))((The Black Quagnate, look under the South Legends section))((I am indeed unobservant. Ah well. :())
I mentioned that in the turn's summary.
Can i get some correspondence here: Does anyone actually read the summaries? Even if nobody does, i'll still keep them around because they're good reference for me.
Should i just start quoting each post to affirm them and explain things when needed? It would be alot more work, but at least then i'd get all the information to people that needs to get to them.))
Post by: Strik3r on June 27, 2020, 01:35:17 pm
Yes, keep the summaries, I’ll start reading them more, also, added a thing to my previous post, would you rather I make it in a post to itself?((Actually it wasn't.... Since the main rift in the north was the ONLY active rift at the time, the action targeted THAT one, since it was technically the smallest one that matched the conditions :P((It’s ok, I thought there were more Chaos rifts because I assumed that the key had only what was on the map, I did something with a “smallest chaos rift” that turned out to not exist, so good thing the invalid thing was ignored))((The Black Quagnate, look under the South Legends section))((I am indeed unobservant. Ah well. :())
I mentioned that in the turn's summary.
Can i get some correspondence here: Does anyone actually read the summaries? Even if nobody does, i'll still keep them around because they're good reference for me.
Should i just start quoting each post to affirm them and explain things when needed? It would be alot more work, but at least then i'd get all the information to people that needs to get to them.))
((Nah that's fine, i read through the stack of posts anyway one at a time when im making the updates, so as long as any edits aren't done while im doing my update, it doesn't matter.
But please, keep the text easy to read))
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on June 27, 2020, 01:38:18 pm
Can i get some correspondence here: Does anyone actually read the summaries? Even if nobody does, i'll still keep them around because they're good reference for me.((1. Yes, I read the summaries.
Should i just start quoting each post to affirm them and explain things when needed? It would be alot more work, but at least then i'd get all the information to people that needs to get to them.))
2. assumes expression communicating indecision))
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 27, 2020, 01:41:27 pm
((The reason why some were italicized vs not, and some were shadowed in different colors is so that italicized is thoughts, non italicized is not thoughts, and the shadows and purple are for when the plant thoughts are there and from which host they’re on, the shadow text on white is so it is known which host is talking/thinking. ”I am Mr. Schoar’s plant,” “I am Mr. Constructor’s plant,” “and I am Miss Botanist’s plant.” “I am Mr. Scholar,” “I am Mr. Constructor, And I am Miss Botanist.”Yes, keep the summaries, I’ll start reading them more, also, added a thing to my previous post, would you rather I make it in a post to itself?((Actually it wasn't.... Since the main rift in the north was the ONLY active rift at the time, the action targeted THAT one, since it was technically the smallest one that matched the conditions :P((It’s ok, I thought there were more Chaos rifts because I assumed that the key had only what was on the map, I did something with a “smallest chaos rift” that turned out to not exist, so good thing the invalid thing was ignored))((The Black Quagnate, look under the South Legends section))((I am indeed unobservant. Ah well. :())
I mentioned that in the turn's summary.
Can i get some correspondence here: Does anyone actually read the summaries? Even if nobody does, i'll still keep them around because they're good reference for me.
Should i just start quoting each post to affirm them and explain things when needed? It would be alot more work, but at least then i'd get all the information to people that needs to get to them.))
((Nah that's fine, i read through the stack of posts anyway one at a time when im making the updates, so as long as any edits aren't done while im doing my update, it doesn't matter.
But please, keep the text easy to read))
These are our we are making
would this be a better speech/thought purple for the plants?))
Post by: TamerVirus on June 27, 2020, 01:49:58 pm
Post by: Unraveller on June 27, 2020, 01:50:41 pm
It was not long, a few years at best, before the great spined viper was fat upon the blood of its brethren. Its breadth had grown long indeed, as had its unnatural lust for blood. Yet so too in turn did it come to value introspection, and as the serpents turned inward their esoteric knowledge grew.
They found little bits of olde lore in between the cracks of their growing minds. Piecing together their origin, their mother of slate whom birthed and gave them their thoughts. And it was through this collectively knowledge that the snakes were connected.
The spined viper, far more monsterous in size now knew full well that supping upon the flesh of lesser serpents would do it little, greater prey with greater vitality would be needed. And why? It asked itself this question but could find no answer other than, 'it must!' To grow and ascend was merely its birthright, granted by the dark Monolith. Or so it believed perhaps in delusion.
In this realization, it halted its wanton feasting, coiling about the lake isles with a regal gaze. ' βασιλεύς' ( Basileus ) it named itself, called so by their unmet stone progenitor. And to its kind, the viper granted them the name, ' βασιλίσκος' ( Vasilikos ) after itself. The domiance among the serpents of the lake by βασιλεύς was unchallenged, and so, fearing its venom and fang alike, they bowed their heads in gathering.
Though perhaps one could not call the serpents a 'nation' in the most direct terms, nor were many even aware of their newfound sapience, certainly it could not be argued that the snakes banded together 'neath the shadow of their lord.
The gaze of βασιλεύς now turned elsewhere.
(( I appreciate the summaries, I read every post but they really do help me keep the pure simple facts in my head as I move forward. I think they're very useful! ))
(( Also just wanna say that though I keep messing with these snakes, I dont mind at all if they're meddled with. I wanna leep up the spirit of the game of course, so everyone should feel free reign over anything I do. That probably doesn't need to be said. Either way I'm loving this~))
Post by: TankKit on June 27, 2020, 02:53:48 pm
Post by: Strik3r on June 27, 2020, 02:58:25 pm
((The reason why some were italicized vs not, and some were shadowed in different colors is so that italicized is thoughts, non italicized is not thoughts, and the shadows and purple are for when the plant thoughts are there and from which host they’re on, the shadow text on white is so it is known which host is talking/thinking. ”I am Mr. Schoar’s plant,” “I am Mr. Constructor’s plant,” “and I am Miss Botanist’s plant.” “I am Mr. Scholar,” “I am Mr. Constructor, And I am Miss Botanist.”
These are our we are making
would this be a better speech/thought purple for the plants?))
((As long as i can at least get the general idea, it doesn't actually matter that much. Truth be told though, im looking forward to having a front-row seat into the Red Leaves' "Mind"... :P))
Year 292.5
It was not long, a few years at best, before the great spined viper was fat upon the blood of its brethren. Its breadth had grown long indeed, as had its unnatural lust for blood. Yet so too in turn did it come to value introspection, and as the serpents turned inward their esoteric knowledge grew.
They found little bits of olde lore in between the cracks of their growing minds. Piecing together their origin, their mother of slate whom birthed and gave them their thoughts. And it was through this collectively knowledge that the snakes were connected.
The spined viper, far more monsterous in size now knew full well that supping upon the flesh of lesser serpents would do it little, greater prey with greater vitality would be needed. And why? It asked itself this question but could find no answer other than, 'it must!' To grow and ascend was merely its birthright, granted by the dark Monolith. Or so it believed perhaps in delusion.
In this realization, it halted its wanton feasting, coiling about the lake isles with a regal gaze. ' βασιλεύς' ( Basileus ) it named itself, called so by their unmet stone progenitor. And to its kind, the viper granted them the name, ' βασιλίσκος' ( Vasilikos ) after itself. The domiance among the serpents of the lake by βασιλεύς was unchallenged, and so, fearing its venom and fang alike, they bowed their heads in gathering.
Though perhaps one could not call the serpents a 'nation' in the most direct terms, nor were many even aware of their newfound sapience, certainly it could not be argued that the snakes banded together 'neath the shadow of their lord.
The gaze of βασιλεύς now turned elsewhere.
(( I appreciate the summaries, I read every post but they really do help me keep the pure simple facts in my head as I move forward. I think they're very useful! ))
(( Also just wanna say that though I keep messing with these snakes, I dont mind at all if they're meddled with. I wanna leep up the spirit of the game of course, so everyone should feel free reign over anything I do. That probably doesn't need to be said. Either way I'm loving this~))
((I'll make the "Vasilikos" a tribe then and give them the two islands as territory since they have a name now. If you want them to move anywhere, you can.))
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 27, 2020, 04:02:43 pm
Spoiler: Hypothesis on how Red Leaves work within the brain (click to show/hide)
Post by: Strik3r on June 27, 2020, 04:14:59 pm
((Considering Red Leaves share the host with Purple Leaves instead of using the purple leaves themselves as hosts, and that the Red Leaves can’t grow on Purple Leafless hosts, I’m inclined to think that the Red Leaves also feed on thoughts from the host, filtered through the Purple Leaves, maybe the Red Leaves have roots in the purple leaves’ roots in the host?))((While the leaves are on the host, maybe the roots need to grow on the roots of Purple Leaves. I’d like to hear thoughts on this))Spoiler: Hypothesis on how Red Leaves work within the brain (click to show/hide)
(( I haven't really thought about it that deeply, but however they work, they somehow leech off of the purple leaves and neutralize them at the same time. *shrug*))
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 27, 2020, 04:23:10 pm
((Hmm...maybe Red Leaves cause growths of what would normally be Purple Leaves to turn into Red Leaves instead? They would need a mechanism to keep some of the Purple Leaves still alive, not necessarily growing, since they can’t feed on the Purple Leaves’ host directly; maybe they need the Purple Leaves to produce the pollen so the Red Leaves can then modify the pollen into Red Leaf Pollen? Like maybe the purple leaves use a chemical the red leaves need but can’t produce themselves? When you say neutralize, do you mean kill the purple leaves or prevent the purple leaves from growing further?))((Considering Red Leaves share the host with Purple Leaves instead of using the purple leaves themselves as hosts, and that the Red Leaves can’t grow on Purple Leafless hosts, I’m inclined to think that the Red Leaves also feed on thoughts from the host, filtered through the Purple Leaves, maybe the Red Leaves have roots in the purple leaves’ roots in the host?))((While the leaves are on the host, maybe the roots need to grow on the roots of Purple Leaves. I’d like to hear thoughts on this))Spoiler: Hypothesis on how Red Leaves work within the brain (click to show/hide)
(( I haven't really thought about it that deeply, but however they work, they somehow leech off of the purple leaves and neutralize them at the same time. *shrug*))
Post by: Strik3r on June 27, 2020, 04:26:35 pm
When you say neutralize, do you mean kill the purple leaves or prevent the purple leaves from growing further?))((Considering Red Leaves share the host with Purple Leaves instead of using the purple leaves themselves as hosts, and that the Red Leaves can’t grow on Purple Leafless hosts, I’m inclined to think that the Red Leaves also feed on thoughts from the host, filtered through the Purple Leaves, maybe the Red Leaves have roots in the purple leaves’ roots in the host?))((While the leaves are on the host, maybe the roots need to grow on the roots of Purple Leaves. I’d like to hear thoughts on this))Spoiler: Hypothesis on how Red Leaves work within the brain (click to show/hide)
(( I haven't really thought about it that deeply, but however they work, they somehow leech off of the purple leaves and neutralize them at the same time. *shrug*))
((Merely prevent them from infecting anyone with the purple leaves
EDIT: Maybe the word "Sterilize" would've been the more correct word to use there))
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 27, 2020, 05:26:15 pm
((So a host could hear thoughts from both the red leaves and the purple leaves. Perhaps the Red Leaves “eat” the purple leaves’ pollen by absorbing it when it hits them, and produce their own pollen as well, which converts purple pollen into red pollen on contact, or the red leaves grow so close to the purple leaves that pollen gets crushed as it’s produced? So many different possibilities, maybe the red leaves make something that just stops the purple leaves from producing pollen in the first place, possibly routing that pollen production to the red leaves instead, or, inserting some genetic code into the purple leaves to cause them to produce a Red Leaf pollen instead of Purple Leaf pollen. Sorry for the ramble, parasites are fascinating and can have various ways of messing with their hosts. Anyway, time to get writing on the Red Leaf mind))When you say neutralize, do you mean kill the purple leaves or prevent the purple leaves from growing further?))((Considering Red Leaves share the host with Purple Leaves instead of using the purple leaves themselves as hosts, and that the Red Leaves can’t grow on Purple Leafless hosts, I’m inclined to think that the Red Leaves also feed on thoughts from the host, filtered through the Purple Leaves, maybe the Red Leaves have roots in the purple leaves’ roots in the host?))((While the leaves are on the host, maybe the roots need to grow on the roots of Purple Leaves. I’d like to hear thoughts on this))Spoiler: Hypothesis on how Red Leaves work within the brain (click to show/hide)
(( I haven't really thought about it that deeply, but however they work, they somehow leech off of the purple leaves and neutralize them at the same time. *shrug*))
((Merely prevent them from infecting anyone with the purple leaves))
Year 292.6
Need to find a host with purple leaves to spread to. Why can’t I spread? A host is right there! No, that won’t work, I need a host with purple leaves to spread, that non-host has a cutter
After running from the person with a knife, this red leaf host found herself surrounded by other people with purple leaves
What are we doing here? Finding a host. this won’t work, the’re invalid. No, these are valid hosts, stop trying saying otherwise
As they walk, the host bumps into a person with purple leaves, causing the red leaves to make red pollen which lands on the new host.
You like talking, right? Yes, why? ”Hi” ”I thought I got away from you, taking a host we have and stopping us from getting others? Why can’t you be like us and get new hosts yourselves?” ”Same reason you can’t grow on rocks. Is there any food around here?”
She walks in search of food, touching purple leafed hosts along the way.
Meanwhile in the mind of the newly red leafed host...
Perun, why do I now have two types of plants in me, am I a garden now? If you count two plants as a garden, then yes. How long’ve you grown the purple ones? It’s difficult to track time when you’re stuck in your head and can’t use your body. It’s not just yours anymore. Now I can’t control it anymore either. It’s nice here, the lack of the constant screams or the things that have more limbs than they should. It’s good to be calm.
((The idea is that the red leaves have a *somewhat* opposite personality than the purple leaves, while the purple leaves don’t care about the world beyond getting more hosts, the red leaves are fascinated by the world that exists, while knowing that they do need hosts, it’s not their only thought.))
Post by: Strik3r on June 27, 2020, 05:46:17 pm
((So a host could hear thoughts from both the red leaves and the purple leaves. Perhaps the Red Leaves “eat” the purple leaves’ pollen by absorbing it when it hits them, and produce their own pollen as well, which converts purple pollen into red pollen on contact, or the red leaves grow so close to the purple leaves that pollen gets crushed as it’s produced? So many different possibilities, maybe the red leaves make something that just stops the purple leaves from producing pollen in the first place, possibly routing that pollen production to the red leaves instead, or, inserting some genetic code into the purple leaves to cause them to produce a Red Leaf pollen instead of Purple Leaf pollen. Sorry for the ramble, parasites are fascinating and can have various ways of messing with their hosts. Anyway, time to get writing on the Red Leaf mind))When you say neutralize, do you mean kill the purple leaves or prevent the purple leaves from growing further?))((Considering Red Leaves share the host with Purple Leaves instead of using the purple leaves themselves as hosts, and that the Red Leaves can’t grow on Purple Leafless hosts, I’m inclined to think that the Red Leaves also feed on thoughts from the host, filtered through the Purple Leaves, maybe the Red Leaves have roots in the purple leaves’ roots in the host?))((While the leaves are on the host, maybe the roots need to grow on the roots of Purple Leaves. I’d like to hear thoughts on this))Spoiler: Hypothesis on how Red Leaves work within the brain (click to show/hide)
(( I haven't really thought about it that deeply, but however they work, they somehow leech off of the purple leaves and neutralize them at the same time. *shrug*))
((Merely prevent them from infecting anyone with the purple leaves))
Year 292.6
Need to find a host with purple leaves to spread to. Why can’t I spread? A host is right there! No, that won’t work, I need a host with purple leaves to spread, that non-host has a cutter
After running from the person with a knife, this red leaf host found herself surrounded by other people with purple leaves
What are we doing here? Finding a host. this won’t work, the’re invalid. No, these are valid hosts, stop trying saying otherwise
As they walk, the host bumps into a person with purple leaves, causing the red leaves to make red pollen which lands on the new host.
You like talking, right? Yes, why? ”Hi” ”I thought I got away from you, taking a host we have and stopping us from getting others? Why can’t you be like us and get new hosts yourselves?” ”Same reason you can’t grow on rocks. Is there any food around here?”
She walks in search of food, touching purple leafed hosts along the way.
Meanwhile in the mind of the newly red leafed host...
Perun, why do I now have two types of plants in me, am I a garden now? If you count two plants as a garden, then yes. How long’ve you grown the purple ones? It’s difficult to track time when you’re stuck in your head and can’t use your body. It’s not just yours anymore. Now I can’t control it anymore either. It’s nice here, the lack of the constant screams or the things that have more limbs than they should. It’s good to be calm.
((The idea is that the red leaves have a *somewhat* opposite personality than the purple leaves, while the purple leaves don’t care about the world beyond getting more hosts, the red leaves are fascinated by the world that exists, while knowing that they do need hosts, it’s not their only thought.))
((Beautiful. Just, Beautiful. I mean not the leaves that invade people's minds and take control of them, but the writing is. I like the idea that they somewhat have the opposite personality to the purple leaves and also like the little reference to Chaos corruption in there.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 27, 2020, 05:59:23 pm
((Glad you like it, I thought it would make some sense to have some memories of the chaos given that((So a host could hear thoughts from both the red leaves and the purple leaves. Perhaps the Red Leaves “eat” the purple leaves’ pollen by absorbing it when it hits them, and produce their own pollen as well, which converts purple pollen into red pollen on contact, or the red leaves grow so close to the purple leaves that pollen gets crushed as it’s produced? So many different possibilities, maybe the red leaves make something that just stops the purple leaves from producing pollen in the first place, possibly routing that pollen production to the red leaves instead, or, inserting some genetic code into the purple leaves to cause them to produce a Red Leaf pollen instead of Purple Leaf pollen. Sorry for the ramble, parasites are fascinating and can have various ways of messing with their hosts. Anyway, time to get writing on the Red Leaf mind))When you say neutralize, do you mean kill the purple leaves or prevent the purple leaves from growing further?))((Considering Red Leaves share the host with Purple Leaves instead of using the purple leaves themselves as hosts, and that the Red Leaves can’t grow on Purple Leafless hosts, I’m inclined to think that the Red Leaves also feed on thoughts from the host, filtered through the Purple Leaves, maybe the Red Leaves have roots in the purple leaves’ roots in the host?))((While the leaves are on the host, maybe the roots need to grow on the roots of Purple Leaves. I’d like to hear thoughts on this))Spoiler: Hypothesis on how Red Leaves work within the brain (click to show/hide)
(( I haven't really thought about it that deeply, but however they work, they somehow leech off of the purple leaves and neutralize them at the same time. *shrug*))
((Merely prevent them from infecting anyone with the purple leaves))
Year 292.6
Need to find a host with purple leaves to spread to. Why can’t I spread? A host is right there! No, that won’t work, I need a host with purple leaves to spread, that non-host has a cutter
After running from the person with a knife, this red leaf host found herself surrounded by other people with purple leaves
What are we doing here? Finding a host. this won’t work, the’re invalid. No, these are valid hosts, stop trying saying otherwise
As they walk, the host bumps into a person with purple leaves, causing the red leaves to make red pollen which lands on the new host.
You like talking, right? Yes, why? ”Hi” ”I thought I got away from you, taking a host we have and stopping us from getting others? Why can’t you be like us and get new hosts yourselves?” ”Same reason you can’t grow on rocks. Is there any food around here?”
She walks in search of food, touching purple leafed hosts along the way.
Meanwhile in the mind of the newly red leafed host...
Perun, why do I now have two types of plants in me, am I a garden now? If you count two plants as a garden, then yes. How long’ve you grown the purple ones? It’s difficult to track time when you’re stuck in your head and can’t use your body. It’s not just yours anymore. Now I can’t control it anymore either. It’s nice here, the lack of the constant screams or the things that have more limbs than they should. It’s good to be calm.
((The idea is that the red leaves have a *somewhat* opposite personality than the purple leaves, while the purple leaves don’t care about the world beyond getting more hosts, the red leaves are fascinated by the world that exists, while knowing that they do need hosts, it’s not their only thought.))
((Beautiful. Just, Beautiful. I mean not the leaves that invade people's minds and take control of them, but the writing is. I like the idea that they somewhat have the opposite personality to the purple leaves and also like the little reference to Chaos corruption in there.
a) Chaos Magic was used
and b) chaos crystals gave the memory of the dragon that made it to someone else that ingested it, so my guess is maybe chaos magic contains bits of memories of chaos creatures, and since the Red Leaves, being Purple Leaves infused with Chaos magic, also use the host’s brain to think, and thus the host would view the chaos creatures as mutants. I am now curious if chaos creatures can get the Purple, and thus Red Leaves, since the purple leaves seem to only affect land vertebrates, ( probably aquatic vertebrates too, though so far, the purple leaves haven’t tried infecting aquatic hosts yet), and chaos creatures are sometimes vertebrates, (like the Chaos Dragons) Could they get infected? Assuming they don’t burn them first? Can Aetherials get infected? Do they have vertebrae? It might make sense for the Purple Leaves to think about why they can infect some hosts and not others... I’ll save that for after this update, though. Thinking about things more, I am curious why I, a free living organism, seem to have better ideas about parasites than about free living organisms? Probably just the civilization making part))
Post by: Strik3r on June 28, 2020, 09:57:58 am
Notices
goddamn heatwave is making it hard to do stuff, brain is addled and constantly tired.Rolls
The University's project funding vote
Code: [Select]
in order: A new Red Leaf Strain, Synthetic Chaos Crystals, Healing Waters
3d20=8+8+9Despite intense debate, the university could not reach an agreement, on which of these projects to undertake, even by vote, as 13 of the 17 archmagi voted to not undertake ANY of these projects as all of them would require resources beyond what the University is willing to commit. 2 voted to undertake the project to produce the "Healing" waters, "Healing" though was an euphimism for Chaos poisoned water, at least thats what the original brief on the project suggested, and indeed, experiments had been performed on this idea, experiments that resulted in the death of several researchers. 1 voted for the project to attempt to refine the Red Leaf Disease. And finally 1 voted for the project to try and create Syntheric Chaos Crystals, perhaps still in vain hope that Chaos Crystals could be synthesized.
Instead the University will be looking into the potential of finding another cure to the Purple Leaf Disease or a substitute to the limiting factor, Chaos Crystals, to do that however, they must find out what about the crushed Chaos Crystals in the drug make it so effective against the disease.
Year 291.5((did you mean a Sky-Ship or just a normal, very large ship? If you mean a Sky-Ship, then sadly RG is too small to put a Skydock onto(literally, there isn't enough territory to fit the icon into)
Refugio Guerra, inspired by the Lizardmen, is delighted with the Idea of an air Shop and Begins their own construction of a humoungus Transporter ship.
The Lore explanation being that due to Refugio Guerra's location it would be impossible to manuver Sky-ships in and out of Refugio Guerra.))
Inlavar and the blue portal.
Code: [Select]
2d20=20!+1!The sputtering seems to be a temporary artifcact produced by someone passing through it, otherwise the portal is exceptionally stable, and will only close when whoever or whatever made it closes it themselves. However, the university's mages dont know even THAT much about the portal, infact portals are an almost totally unknown thing within the world in general, most of the Magi who see the portal, are seeing a portal for the first time. They can't even figure out what kind of energy it is emitting or how the heck it even works.(A permanent portal has opened between Waterstone clan and The University's lands. Also portals are now formalized, and each portal network has a "Key" a small 5x5 symbol signifying to which portal network a portal belongs to.)
Ukalian Archwizards attempt to fight the Purple Leaf Disease
Code: [Select]
1d20=11The Archwizards from Ukalia greatly underestimated the hardiness of the Purple Leaf Disease, while the magic of the wizards is potent, the Purple Leaves bounce back from any attempt to remove them from a host with frightening speed if they are not removed completely and it is often hard to tell when a host is free of them. The archmages make little headway in the grand scheme of fighting the disease and are unable to significantly slow the spread of the disease.YEAR 292.8
The Menagerie of Oddities has been recieving many visitors, with many people admiring the Great Ruby. However for P. M. Martin and those who run the museum, a concerning thing has happened regarding the ruby. When the Ruby came in, it was inticrately cut and its surface perfectly smooth, however ever since arriving, the ruby's surface has been accumulating small imperfections, not pits or scratches, but rather tiny angular bumps, ridges and extrusions.
Summary
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
)Spoiler: Map and Legend Updated (click to show/hide)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: TankKit on June 28, 2020, 10:15:52 am
The Waterstone Clan suddenly begin to colonise the island just off their coast, pushing a great deal of resource into fortifying it and digging a tunnel deep underground to connect to the original tunnels they came from. Rumours say that the Mithril Clan is fighting a coalition of Clans lead by the Ironswords clan in yet another attempt to expand their underground empire.
This is only the latest in a series of wars instigated by the Mithril Clan and is unlikely to actually threaten the Waterstone Clan, but the influx of more friendly dwarven refugees may see the Waterstone clan prosper and expand into the surrounding wild lands under the leadership of their Clan Chief Murbem.
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on June 28, 2020, 11:11:43 am
Year 293.5
The Waterstone Clan has begun investigation of the portal from their side, after Inlavar went back through and mentioned its existence to the clan leader. Roll for how well they do.
The Great Scar University's Magi meet and, after a considerable amount of debate, decide to try investigating the portal again. Roll for how well they do.
Post by: Strik3r on June 28, 2020, 11:22:53 am
((remind me what the Mithril Clan is?))((Nothing that has been mentioned before AFAIK, though context implies they're a subterranean clan of the dwarves, as is the "Ironswords clan".))
Post by: TankKit on June 28, 2020, 11:23:14 am
Post by: TamerVirus on June 28, 2020, 12:36:30 pm
Meanwhile, Martin enlists the aid of a local alchemist to inspect the Great Ruby and possibly explain what is causing the imperfections. Roll for success
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 28, 2020, 12:37:22 pm
Post by: Strik3r on June 28, 2020, 12:53:30 pm
((Question about Aetherials, do they eat chaos energy?))
((I like to think that they don't "starve" without it, but for sure they're more powerful and stronger in any place with plenty of ambient Chaos energy.))
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 28, 2020, 01:38:52 pm
The king and queen of Thairmar legalize Vision Dust, send a diplomat to the Black Quagnate to try and get them to give Thairmar chaos crystals for the production of Vision Dust to cure the Purple Leaf Disease, while in return Thairmar will send an army to assist Kagatai during the coming Crusade, since if things go wrong, the Chaos Dragins could go extinct, which would mean no cure for the Purple Leaf disease. The diplomat promises that lands taken using Thairmar’s troops will belong to the Black Quagnate, not the Chaos Coalition. ((If you can’t tell, Thairmar’s getting desperate, since like half their lands are infected)) Meanwhile, some herbalists and botanists are sent to Dalai to figure out which herbs are used for Vision Dust production, and whether any of the herbs can be grown in Thairmar/already exist there. ((The plan with these is to hopefully start vision dust production in the western(not infected) part of Thairmar))
Post by: Strik3r on June 28, 2020, 03:43:40 pm
Through contacts in Refugio Guerra and through simple observation of ships coming in and going out of Refugio Guerra, the builders of the Jahtari Sultanate that are working on building the sky-ship have determined that the ships of the Kingdom of Streamland are likely the largest and most advanced. One of their trading vessels has agreed to take some of them aboard, including a diplomat and his bodyguards, so that they could have an audience with Streamland's King to ask for the assistance of his nation's greatest shipwrights to aid in the construction of their sky-ship's hull.
Roll to see how well this goes
Post by: Unraveller on June 28, 2020, 04:06:18 pm
βασιλεύς (Basileus) is pleased as it begins to garner worship and praise from the Vasilikos. However, the serpents paltry sacrifices, and undersized domain do little to sate the Great Viper's enourmous stomach. Not merely for the sake of food itself, but the allure of yet greater evolution prickles at its mind.
It looks to the Monolith towering over the horizon, surrounded by the Bleg. Insolent beasts that treat the stone like a rote idol, and do not even think toward the secrets of life holds. Their flesh is not on Basileus' mind however, especialliy so considering their wariness to the lake isles.
To the Vasilikos it commands, 'The gift of brilliance, the gift of size, the gift of strength. To those whom treat me to the most meat of the Lizards to the north.' Words unspoken like the tongues of men, but understood no less.
The Jahtari too were children of the Monolith, and Basileus hungered, yearned to grow closer to the dark stone's source of power. Carefully, the rapidly growing Vasilikos attempt to pick off and steal away solitary or small groups Lizardmen with their cunning hunt, and return them to the lake as meals. Without making themselves greatly known.
Post by: Superdorf on June 28, 2020, 06:06:19 pm
Year 294.5
A strange alteration begins in the heart of the Great Ruby, some time after its foray under the alchemist's lens: a steady increase of size by perhaps half a centimetre every year. Its bumps and ridges continue to develop, converging in unsettling patterns along the gemstone's surface.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 28, 2020, 06:34:58 pm
((βασιλεύς-- emperor. βασιλίσκος-- plurality of the emperor. What lovely linguistics. :))))((will you let me continue onto this, or would it probably take longer?))
Year 294.5
A strange alteration begins in the heart of the Great Ruby, some time after its foray under the alchemist's lens: a steady increase of size by perhaps half a centimetre every year. Its bumps and ridges continue to develop, converging in unsettling patterns along the gemstone's surface.
Year 294.5
Eventually, one of the dents fills with an orange eye, to the alchemist, it looks like just an orange piece in the dent, but whatever stirs within the ruby is now looking back
Post by: Superdorf on June 28, 2020, 06:58:15 pm
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 28, 2020, 07:02:20 pm
Post by: Unraveller on June 28, 2020, 07:29:30 pm
Even seven years after their failed waagh upon the Empire just to their south, the Greenskin tribes, still under the rare Orc Magi Zornaraugh, they harbored utter hatred. Not merely for the Empire, but a lesser extent toward Khagatai and Slugmen in general.
The brutal Orcs and cunning Goblins remainined in their northern grazelands, refilling their population to a much greater score, for the mage-chief weilding flames of divination bore these words, "Rest, lick the wounds and breed. We, one day shall cast a tide of green across the land."
In the intervening years, the Greenskins expand, in the direction of the isolated Firbolg High Kingdom, growing their territory. Just how successful are they?
Post by: TheRedwolf on June 28, 2020, 09:08:47 pm
Nordica expands to cover the entire island the Løkhunds call home.
In other news, the escaped warlord Fenris Bloodaxe leaves the Nordica jail and escapes on an Umpjær to travel the world as a mercenary, taking the name “The Good Boi”
Post by: Lidku on June 28, 2020, 09:56:59 pm
The Vahucci Cult after their numerous mishaps with trying to get all the corpse parts, begin to only start working with what they already have, putting the parts in their possession through numerous tests to get a better understanding of its properties. It was then found out that the pieces of Valkyra's body are natural wellsprings of Ki. When the Gods worked together to dim out the Ki of mortals to non-existent mortals, their powers didn't work on Valkyra since as a Goddess she was peer to them- so the divine magics couldn't cleave the Ki from it. The parts the Vahucci Cult have are her torso, two arms, and two hands, and her knee.
From these nascent parts the Vahucci Cult investigates as way for this Ki to be extracted so the days of old- where Martial Artists reigned supreme and only the ones who put in the most training- can rule and influence the world again. If they succeed, they will finally get to not utilize Stands anymore as there is a significant camp within the Cult feels Stand-Using is a facsimile of the potential of the days of old held.
The cultists who have grown to cherish Stand-Using however are displeased with this way of thought. While the whole formation of the Vahucci Cult was assuredly established through the worship of Vahucci, a mere Slugman Duke who rose to be a Demon-King that slew a God through his sheer mastery of Ki and Martial-Arts, the cultists who were the most fervent of Stand-Using when it started to become phenomenon found that Stands in general had more utility and variance in the different types each individual Stand-User has. Not only that Stands couldn't be seen by anyone who also didn't have a Stand, which made operations easier for the Vahucci Cult.
This difference in thought mounts contention with everyday the mainstream camp of Ki advocates unlock a new discovery concerning the corpse parts of Valkyra. Meanwhile Boran Boriborus, the God who created Mankind, was interested in the fact that the Vahucci Cult had discovered that the Ki energy from Vahucci's Godkiller technique was still inside the corpse parts of Valkyra. He had only ever noticed because his favorite creation, of course Humans, had steadily joined the Vahucci Cult at high rates over the years to where it was practically almost all human (but the high ranks of the cult were still headed by Slugmen).
He was the only God to know so far, but didn't want to tell the others because he secretly wanted Ki to come back- it was fun watching the mortals duke it out in dramatic high-explosive battles all over the world. Besides some among the Vahucci Cult still prayed to and believed in him- he agreed with the ideology of the Vahucci Cult's reasoning of having Ki back, anyone who works hard enough in channeling their innate power should be held in high regard. So he egged them on from the sidelines, but didn't do anything to intervene directly.. yet.
Post by: TankKit on June 28, 2020, 11:14:56 pm
While plague and war bother the lesser kingdoms, the glorious Dorathian Kingdom continues to prosper. Now, under the efforts of Dorathine the 12th, "the Settler", the hamsterfolk have begun to expand further into the valley. Already this has resulted in some minor conflicts with the hamsterfolk shamans in the west and, though efforts are being made to settle this peacefully, many are worried that this could escalate into all-out war. (Roll for success of diplomatic peace talks.)
Post by: Detoxicated on June 29, 2020, 06:04:55 am
The Batpeople have begun building several Towns in their many Islands. High Towers are the way for Batpeople, each Tower adorned in a way so that the Wind can Blow Tunes through adorning holes within those buildings. Each town eventually develops their own distinct melody in this way and Batpeople are quite happy with Ambient music Magic unfolding within each City.
Post by: King Zultan on June 29, 2020, 08:40:30 am
Post by: Unraveller on June 29, 2020, 09:26:36 am
Post by: Strik3r on June 29, 2020, 09:41:34 am
=====UPDATE CUT-OFF!=====
Any turns beyond this point will be handled in the update after this one
Any turns beyond this point will be handled in the update after this one
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 29, 2020, 09:46:16 am
((this is a good idea, it will limit confusion, I hope, also, the king and queen of Thairmar legalized Vision Dust in the turn, that edit was made before the cutoff was posted))=====UPDATE CUT-OFF!=====
Any turns beyond this point will be handled in the update after this one
Post by: Strik3r on June 29, 2020, 01:01:13 pm
Notices
Good god this update was rough and took alot of time for some reason. But i did update the map system, now i can layer heaps of crap on top of one another without a worry in the world, since i now have the entire thing as a GIMP project, neatly split into layers.
(( The turn if the century is so close. Historic! ))Yeah, and the war, toward which the world has been happily barreling with no attempts to stop it.
There's scantly a year to prevent the war between the Black Qhanganate and the Red Court from happening, and if it does, it WILL doom the south, regardless of its outcome.
Sure, its still worldbuilding, but is this really the worldbuilding that is wanted?
Of course, its up to the players how the world to proceeds, and if this is how its meant to go, then so be it.
I'm going to enjoy it either way.
/villanous monolouge
Rolls
The Dwarves and the University try to investigate the portal
Code: [Select]
2d20=1!+18The Dwarves being dwarves have no idea about anything regarding magic, let alone something as complicated as a intra-dimensional gateway, although some would argue that the portal is just a magical tunnel, and that is roughly the dwarves' analysis of it.
However, such a simple view does not do it justince. With plenty of time to inspect and prod at the portal, the magi of the University have come up with a thesis on what the portal is, although several blanks remain in their understanding of it. But what they do know, is that the portal emits Arcane energy that seems to come from nowhere, however, it is known by the University that Arcane energy is fairly predictable, so spontaneous creation of the energy by the portal itself is unlikely, what is more likely, is that the energy is coming from somewhere, and the portal is somehow linked to that somewhere. As Arcane energy is stable and predictable, the portal probably does not need any maintenence, and the sputtering that happens when something passes through, is what the researchers investigating the portal are now calling the "pendulum effect": Energy is needed for something to go through the portal, and that energy is taken out of the entry portal and transferred into the exit portal, and both of the portals pass will the energy back and forth until the energy between them reaches equilibrium due to the losses inherent in the process. The portal itself is less like a "tunnel" and more like a "room", where all of the portals' interiors exist in the same place. "a room you can enter at the University and exit at the dwarven halls, but you can not actually be inside the "room"."
The three big mysteries that remain are: "How was a portal created using Arcane magic?", "Where is the energy to power this portal coming from?" and "How does the portal know where you want to go?"
P. M. Martin hires an alchemist to inspect the Great Ruby.
Code: [Select]
1d20=11No matter how much the alchemist poked and prodded at the great ruby, the results are conclusive AND inconclusive at once: It is infact, just a Ruby, that seems to be "growing", which made the Alchemist even more frustrated, because there is no reason an ordinary ruby should be "growing" anything, especially under ordinary circumstances. The Alchemist has no familiarity with magic, but that's the only plausible explanation he had; its magic.
Year 294.5
A strange alteration begins in the heart of the Great Ruby, some time after its foray under the alchemist's lens: a steady increase of size by perhaps half a centimetre every year. Its bumps and ridges continue to develop, converging in unsettling patterns along the gemstone's surface.
As the days, and even months wore on, the Alchemist grew ever more frustrated. He was hired to deliver an explanation for the ruby's strange behaviour, but he didn't have one. The alchemist has a bit of a short temper, and everytime he'd calm down from one of his verbal outbursts, almost as if to mock him, he noticed another bump or crystalline growth on the ruby that wasn't there before.
if there are any "Patterns" on the ruby, they are almost certanly a result of random growth, rather than any directed process.
A curiosity he did notice about the ruby, is that it was always SLIGHTLY warmer than whatever room the Ruby was in, and if he caught one of the growths, mid-growth, then that spot was even warmer for a moment.
Year 294.5((I was unsure whether to simply void these two turns or to try and work them into the ongoing plot of the Great Ruby i have planned out... sorta.... I've chosen the latter.))
Eventually, one of the dents fills with an orange eye, to the alchemist, it looks like just an orange piece in the dent, but whatever stirs within the ruby is now looking back
((Also, you don't have to add a year number and in fact should not when adding onto another turn, just qoute the original turn.))
Far be it that the Alchemist even noticed the curious eye-like pattern in the ruby in the midst of his verbal outbursts. If there indeed was an eye, he never saw it, and if there IS something living inside the ruby, it closed its eye(s?) again long before the Alchemist had the chance to see it. The only plausible explanation being, that the Alchemist's enraged shouting temporarily woke it, if there is something in there.
Thairmar tries to get an alliance with Black Qhanganate
Code: [Select]
1d20=11While Khagatai is mostly unaware of the purple leaf infection, he offers for his black sky-legion to scorch Thairmar with Chaos Flame, (the un-infected parts of course) should Thairmar assist him and the Black Qhanganate in winning the war that is surely brewing, and only should they win, will Khagatai fill is half of the deal, putting Thairmar in a precarious position of having to potentially commit more troops to assist the Black Qhanganate than they would be comfortable with.Thairmar herbalists try to discover ingredients for Vision Dust
Code: [Select]
1d20=7Unfortunately, the production methods and ingridients for Vision Dust are a secret closely guarded by the Syndicate, especially now, where the drug is becoming rarer and thus more lucrative, even more since a large amount of the stock goes to fighting off the disease in their own lands, the infection that was caused by the cultists some years ago. They could not get anyone who is involved in the production of the drug to reveal anything about the components, However, they did imply that producing the drug is their current main priority, and they could always use more manpower to assist in the drug's production, especially the kind of manpower that knows what its doing, since most of the rookies they recruit wouldn't know an apple from a potato.The Jahtari Sultanate tries to get Streamland to help it bulild a Sky-Ship
Code: [Select]
1d20=19Streamland's king, after hearing of the Lizardmen's plan to build a flying ship (and of the drunken oath to do so) had to ask whether the Lizardmen were serious. The Lizardmen gave the king a copy of the plans for both the Sky-ship and the Skydock to convince him to send his nation's greatest shipwrights to assist the Lizardmen in building the ship's hull. Upon seeing these plans, the King remarked that such a thing, if completed would surely revolutionize commerce and that if the Jahtari need his nation's help with bringing to fruition, then his nation's best shipwrights shall assist them in doing so.The king did notice that according to the plans, another Skydock would be required for the ship to land anywhere on the western continent, and said Streamland will have the first Skydock on the western continent, and that the Dwarves of the Waterstone Clan may be the ones to ask for assistance with designing such a thing.
Vasilikos attempt to sneakily bring back Lizardmen to their island as meals
Code: [Select]
1d20=14The Vasilikos are great, stealthy hunters able to easily sneak up on even some of the most observant and vary of the Lizardmen, not to mention peasant farmers on the fields or herbalists out in the woods. However, the Vasilikos overestimated themselves and whatever means they used to bring back the Lizardmen, whether it was alive and incapacitated or dead, it was imperfect and many of the Lizardmen they thought wouldn't be going anywhere aside from their stomachs, got up and escaped while the serpents weren't looking or busy consuming another of their kind. Some of the foolish ones even tried to fight their captors, to varying degrees of success, but none of them that tried to fight made it out alive.
Still, many Lizardmen had to bear watching their kin be consumed by the serpents and visbly grow in size and change in apperance after doing so. Those that did make it out, it's surely a thing that will haunt them forever. The survivors went back to the Sultanate to tell of these massive snakes to the south to the Sultan. In the tongue of the Lizardmen, the Vasilikos would become known as the "Jahtgaro", "Great Snake".
The Greenskin Tribes attempt to expand northward
Code: [Select]
1d20=16In the wake of their failed assault on the Celestial Empire and under the guidance of Zornaraugh the need for greater numbers, and territory was obvious.Thankfully to the north, animals were plentiful and so was wood to build with. Orcs seem to breed rather quickly, some say that it is their constant state of internal rage that fuels this seemingly ceaseless mating and orc children grow rather quickly, meaning nearly every day there are more orcs that are able to work. Goblins... well they're scrawny, but they multiply about just as quickly.
All in all, the Greenskins make a large expansion northward.
Year 296(Nope, sorry. its too much, they would literally more than quadruple in size. They can't take an entire continent at once. (Yes, Nordica is a continent, technically, due to its size)
Nordica expands to cover the entire island the Løkhunds call home.
Typically, a nation can get anywhere from 50% to a 100% increase in size, if they haven't expanded in a while.)
Year 297
Meanwhile Boran Boriborus, the God who created Mankind, secretly wanted Ki to come back- it was fun watching the mortals duke it out in dramatic high-explosive battles all over the world.
(Yeah that sounds like the exact opposite of Boran haha. He IS the god of mundanity in some sense, after all. If anything he'd want KI, The Stands AND Magic all gone from the world, and just have a nice, boring world without all this fancy schmancy magic crap :P)
Dorathian Kingdom attempts diplomatic peace talks with the Hamsterfolk Shamans
Code: [Select]
1d20=8The Hamsterfolk shamans are highly displeased with the Dorathian Kingdom's agressive expansionism, and while the Hamsterfolk shamans are typically peaceful and do not condone war, the Shamans demand that the Dorathian Kingdom stop building settlements practically on top of their borders and retract their recent territorial claims bordering their nation. It is yet to be seen how the the Dorathian Kingdom responds to these demands.
The Bleg try to form a joint anti-giant-snake defence with the Jahtari
Code: [Select]
1d20=8The Jahtari do not seem to see the giant snakes as much of a threat, despite facing attacks from them in recent years, certanly not enough to dedicate a military force to such a task. A part of the reason may be their massive ongoing construction project to build the Sky-Ship and the skydock, which needs its own defence, from giant snakes, or from bandits. Though it is implied they may well join such a joint-defence if the threat becomes severe enough. Regardless, they promise to at least stay in contact with the Bleg regarding the situation.
Summary
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Map and Legend Updated (click to show/hide)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
===== UPDATE COMPLETE =====
===== UPDATE COMPLETE =====
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 29, 2020, 01:50:55 pm
Thairmar starts sending troops to assist the Black Quagnate, and sends more herbalists to Dalai to assist with Vision Dust production.
Post by: TankKit on June 29, 2020, 01:59:17 pm
The world was quickly heading towards the 3rd Crusade, a war that promised to force a devastating and rapid change to the political situation of the eastern continent and, as preparations neared completion and armies began to march, an unexpected player entered the field.
The Dorathian Kingdom had been established over 2 centuries ago, and had expanded little over the years. Various rulers had advocated for war or the settlement of further lands but, over the years, it had begun to stagnate. The gods had barely interacted with the world for so many years and this had taken a toll on the heavily religious Dorathian Kingdom most of all. The military was one of the few things unaffected by this stagnation, as the constant struggles outside of their borders and a steadily growing belief in their own superiority had left them fearful of attack from the squabbling creatures beyond their borders.
Dorathine the 12th, "The Settler", had been the first to truly establish his control in over a century. While he had no intention of going to war, he was a skilled politician and ruthless at dealing with his enemies. He had reformed the the kingdom greatly, establishing a greater level of centralisation and proclaiming that he would choose his own successor. However, his skill alone couldn't of achieved this. He was a friend of a certain general in the Dorathian army, a fierce warrior who stubbornly and ruthlessly wiped out all resistance to his kings rule before it could ever break out into open conflict and secured the loyalty of the military.
Now, Dorathine the 12th, "The Settler", had died in his sleep. Now, this strong general took his place as Dorathine the 13th, "The Warrior", the first general to do so. Almost immediately all diplomatic talks with the shamanic folk to the north were halted. The kings of the Dorathian Kingdom had been chosen to rule over the hamsterfolk by Dorath himself, and it was about time that they proved their superiority on the field of battle. As the lesser kingdoms talked of 'crusades', they would prove their might with a crusade of their own - the Dorathian Crusade to unite all the hamsterfolk under their enlightened rule!
Calling upon their treaties with the Emperor and the various dukes of the Slugmen Duchies, the traditionally stubborn shamanic hamsterfolk gather together a combined army in a temporary 'Coalition of the Lakes' perhaps able to rival the Dorathian Kingdom in size and proclaim their intent to liberate the people of the Dorathian Kingdom from their ruler and bring back the traditions of old to the misguided. With both sides deciding that the best course of action is to decisively defeat the opposing army before the war begins dragging on, it seems as though the war could be decided by a single battle. If not, who knows how it will go, but it seems highly unlikely that this coalition will last after the crusades conclusion, regardless of which way it goes.(Roll for Dorathian Kingdoms VS Coalition of the Lakes)
Meanwhile, with the worlds eyes turned towards the brewing conflicts in the south, the Greenskin population continues to expand at an increasingly rapid rate under the leadership of Zornaraugh, who organises the settlement of land further and further north. (Roll for success of continuing Greenskin expansion.)
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on June 29, 2020, 02:25:42 pm
The Sandpond Clan, with Drilka still as its leader, has heard rumors of trouble with the hamsterfolk shamans. Wondering what could possibly be going on, Drilka sends a messenger to the hamsterfolk shamans; since the messenger was from that near-forgotten outpost, getting to the shamans' lands and back proved quite easy. Having heard of the trouble with the Dorathians, and not being particularly fond of them herself, Drilka agrees to lend the hamsterfolk shamans what little help she can in the event of an altercation, including accepting refugees from the shamans if worse comes to worst.
Meanwhile, the Great Scar University continues its investigation into the portal, as several Magi have put forth the idea of replicating the portal. The University sees use in a portal transport system, and attempts to refine their understanding of the Arcane portal. If they refine their understanding enough to get a grasp on how such a portal might have been created, the Magi attempt to create a "test" Arcane portal of their own, hoping to confine it to within the University's boundaries for now.
Post by: TamerVirus on June 29, 2020, 02:47:01 pm
This year Martin also funds a major undertaking by the Adventurer's Guild: Two large ships, the Vandino and the Vivaldi will first go to Refugio Guerra, stock up as much supplies as possible, before heading East. As far East as possible. Why? Adventure, that's why! A crew of hundreds of able-bodied sailors, adventurer, and the like set off into the unknown.
The easily irritated Alchemist, having accomplished little during his time with the Great Ruby, is relieved of his services by Martin and The Menagerie of Oddities whom instead opt to embrace the changes the Ruby continues to undergo. Now the strange and undetermined growth is advertised to the public as an inherent characteristic of the oddity on display. Meanwhile, the alchemist struggles to accept that he no longer has any business with the Ruby. So brilliant... So beautiful...
Roll to see if the alchemist develops an unhealthy obssession with the Great Ruby!
Post by: Lidku on June 29, 2020, 04:22:58 pm
Ludicrous-Sales Halloween hears news of a brewing 3rd Crusade and merely sighs when he gets the news from the royal Crier at court in the Arghila Palace. He remembers the history quite well of the previous Crusades and wonders why a desert, especially inhabited by Slugmen (who honestly were the most important species on the world currently in terms of history and influence, but Halloween's human arrogance wouldn't accept that), was so important in the first place. In the end though he was called to armed by the fellow human Kingdoms, so he had to answer it to save legitimacy, especially considering Arghila had the largest human population on the planet and it was important his numer in forces will come to bare in the Crusade.
Ludicrous-Sales Halloween remembers on thing however- that his father before him, Funny Halloween's journal told that one of the heretic Kingdoms of Chaos, the "Red Court", had possessed the head of Valkyra- decidedly one of the most important part of the corpse parts. Lock in dynastic vault in the Palace were only two legs, minus the her right knee, a left should, and her right elbow. The other pieces that would complete the assemblage were in the hands of the dreaded Vahucci Cult- Boran knows (irony) what they would do with it if acquired all parts.
In some honor of his father, Ludicrous-Sales Halloween will join the Crusade himself to see if he can get the head. He was average in fighting, but his strong bond and control over his Stand {Fireblast Scorn} was unmatched in the entirety of the southern Kingdoms.
When the fighting of the 3rd Crusade begins, Ludicrous-Sales Halloween will have his forces focus on the Red Court. He will try to negotiate first for the head of Valkyra
Meanwhile in the same month:
Mikey Two-Spears, the bandit with the Stand {Carths Bone} - the Stand with the ability to manipulate bone matter from a mid-range, enlists as a mercenary for the Dorathian Kingdom after it was hiring, the Kingdom learning of news that the more shamanistic branch of the Hamster-people are planning their OWN Crusade against it.
Also in the same month:
Yarlac Drem learns that another Crusade is happening.. this is perfect for Drem, knowing the amount of bodies that will be available from the high casualties that will sure to happen. It will further along his research in necromancy, so he decides to the join the mustering forces in the various recruiting halls in the Kingdom of Arghila. He joins as a "Mage Medic," because even though he was a necromancy, he had to know restoration magic to regrow flesh parts he would work with back in his crypt at any given time. Mi'akl, his apprentice that specializes in Demonology and Demon summoning, joins him of course - to act as a body guard (Mi'akl recently became a trained boxer before the news of any new Crusade was about to happen) and to gain field research with his master.
Quote from: Strik3r
Yeah that sounds like the exact opposite of Boran haha. He IS the god of mundanity in some sense, after all. If anything he'd want KI, The Stands AND Magic all gone from the world, and just have a nice, boring world without all this fancy schmancy magic crap :P
Eh, I'd think that would be a more Dorath thing since he was the God that put in the motion to have Ki remove in the first place. Boriborus just made humans.
Post by: Strik3r on June 29, 2020, 04:43:48 pm
Year 299.7((So they'll be fighting on which side? Red Court or Black Qhanganate?))
When the fighting of the 3rd Crusade begins, Ludicrous-Sales Halloween will have his forces focus on the Red Court. He will try to negotiate first for the head of Valkyra
((also, the "Third Crusade" is going to work differently from the second one, since writing that was HHHHHELLL.
Here's the gist:
The players will be choosing what army attacks where or does what, and they'll be written out as single battles/rolls as part of the larger Crusade. Any taken territory is marked with the Occupied domain, and the crusade ends when it winds down and becomes a cold war, a peace is negotiated, or one side is no longer able to fight. Then all occupied territories will become permanent territories. This way, we get more action, and i don't have to write out another 2nd Crusade))
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 29, 2020, 04:50:03 pm
((this sounds like a good idea))Year 299.7((So they'll be fighting on which side? Red Court or Black Qhanganate?))
When the fighting of the 3rd Crusade begins, Ludicrous-Sales Halloween will have his forces focus on the Red Court. He will try to negotiate first for the head of Valkyra
((also, the "Third Crusade" is going to work differently from the second one, since writing that was HHHHHELLL.
Here's the gist:
The players will be choosing what army attacks where or does what, and they'll be written out as single battles/rolls as part of the larger Crusade. Any taken territory is marked with the Occupied domain, and the crusade ends when it winds down and becomes a cold war, a peace is negotiated, or one side is no longer able to fight. Then all occupied territories will become permanent territories. This way, we get more action, and i don't have to write out another 2nd Crusade))
Post by: Unraveller on June 29, 2020, 07:58:29 pm
Post by: Lidku on June 29, 2020, 08:19:42 pm
Year 299.7((So they'll be fighting on which side? Red Court or Black Qhanganate?))
When the fighting of the 3rd Crusade begins, Ludicrous-Sales Halloween will have his forces focus on the Red Court. He will try to negotiate first for the head of Valkyra
((also, the "Third Crusade" is going to work differently from the second one, since writing that was HHHHHELLL.
Here's the gist:
The players will be choosing what army attacks where or does what, and they'll be written out as single battles/rolls as part of the larger Crusade. Any taken territory is marked with the Occupied domain, and the crusade ends when it winds down and becomes a cold war, a peace is negotiated, or one side is no longer able to fight. Then all occupied territories will become permanent territories. This way, we get more action, and i don't have to write out another 2nd Crusade))
((I thought Dalai and the Miragian Order along with "all the Human Kingdoms" except Thairmir were assaulting the northern part of the Qhaganate as separate third party?))
Quote from: TankKit {p. 40}
A combined force of all the human kingdoms except Thairmar joined with a sizeable army of Dalaian mercenaries eager to secure their own crusader state in the Qhaganate launched an offensive on the fort at the far east of the Qhaganates border(Gharlor was offered a chance to reclaim some of the lost Sandstone lands, but didn't trust the crusaders to actually return all of the land to him and was more concerned with ensuring the security of his new state)
Post by: auzewasright on June 29, 2020, 08:34:42 pm
Spoiler: unrelated stuff for last turn (click to show/hide)
299.8
The Kingdoms of Streamland and Zalalastan, realizing how screwed they are if they fail to contain the Purple Leaf Disease, formulate a plan to come out of this Crusade victorious while still ensuring a constant stream of Vision Dust for as long as needed. They pool their armies together, and then from the most skilled of the ranks of diplomats and lawyers assemble The Great Diplomatic Army. Their plan is to use this large army to march in from the north and force a negotiation of a favorable treaty from the two sides with the following things (prioritized in order of most essential to least):
1. Peace and reliable supplying of Vision Dust for as long as needed to wipe out the Purple Leaf Disease
2. A human controlled territory free from corruption through which such trade can be conducted
3. Containment of the expansion of the forces of The Qhaganate (not really considered a priority so much as something to be disposed of at the right time as a "compromise" in return for the above terms).
((I assume that's only one force from all the human kingdoms, and the human kingdoms all have their own forces that they reserved for their own purposes))Year 299.7((So they'll be fighting on which side? Red Court or Black Qhanganate?))
When the fighting of the 3rd Crusade begins, Ludicrous-Sales Halloween will have his forces focus on the Red Court. He will try to negotiate first for the head of Valkyra
((also, the "Third Crusade" is going to work differently from the second one, since writing that was HHHHHELLL.
Here's the gist:
The players will be choosing what army attacks where or does what, and they'll be written out as single battles/rolls as part of the larger Crusade. Any taken territory is marked with the Occupied domain, and the crusade ends when it winds down and becomes a cold war, a peace is negotiated, or one side is no longer able to fight. Then all occupied territories will become permanent territories. This way, we get more action, and i don't have to write out another 2nd Crusade))
((I thought Dalai and the Miragian Order along with "all the Human Kingdoms" except Thairmir were assaulting the northern part of the Qhaganate as separate third party?))Quote from: TankKit {p. 40}A combined force of all the human kingdoms except Thairmar joined with a sizeable army of Dalaian mercenaries eager to secure their own crusader state in the Qhaganate launched an offensive on the fort at the far east of the Qhaganates border(Gharlor was offered a chance to reclaim some of the lost Sandstone lands, but didn't trust the crusaders to actually return all of the land to him and was more concerned with ensuring the security of his new state)
Post by: TankKit on June 29, 2020, 11:29:30 pm
With all the war and chaos going on in the west, little attention is paid to the floating, slowly cracking eastern continent. (Roll to see how much the eastern continent has cracked over the years since the Great Scar formed.)
Post by: Unraveller on June 30, 2020, 12:20:43 am
Year 300
O' Sultan~
O' Dorath~
O' Foreus~
O' lords of peace.
O' father let me be. Take me away, let me dance upon the deck up above! Let wind and weald go with me and--
"Kha'tra!" A gruff hiss came from the kitchen, a leathery old Lizardman tending carefully to a clayware oven and his products. He commanded without even turning a slit eye by way of his daughter. A young Lizard woman, she crept as silent as she could and just barely, barely let her nails cast themselves across the door of their little abode.
She froze, unable to set her sight aside from the curving handle. . .
So many talons marching across the street, great drums pounded in unison all while chants and songs carried themselves up to the heavens. Kha'tra could hear it, and hear it all so vividly, picturing it with complete clarity in her elongated head. Eventually she found the will to glare upon her old father, baking away. "Never will there be another century faire in my life!" She hisses. "Nor yours. . ."
"Haven't I told you, girl? You are not leaving this house." The old baker spits, with little venom toward his daughter.
"There's still time! Please can we just go and see the lights in the s--?" Kha'tra practically begs, having already asked this question a thousand times before the weeks leading up to this day.
"No!" He cuts the girl off and at last turns her way, stepping forward with a rickety cane in hand. "You've heard the tales. You know what came of Sahtii the Younger!" He continues, more fury in each step. "Until I hear the Sultan is dealing with the Jahtgaro, we are staying SAFE! Understand?"
She scoffs, gripping the door handle all the more tightly. "Jahtgaro this! Jahtgaro that! You don't really believe all that, do you?" Kha'Tra doesn't let him reply, "You will just keep me locked away just like you did my sisters until we all finally abandon you!"
"Kha'tra, I just don't. . ."
"I HATE you!" She spat, venom and all, storming off, leaving deep scratches by her talons in the stairs as she did. Leaving a tear or two to meet the gruff old baker's eye, who again returned to his oven. He felt the weight of his care for the family, it burdened his shoulders well. But even so, be could not blame her. Nor her sisters for running off. "My darling clutch. . ." He mumbled to himself.
Let me be~
Fair and fun, and happy and free~
O' father, O' faaather~
Please. Let me beeeeeee.
Kha'tra rest upon a gold leaf inlaid chair, before a window upon the second story, hoping her troubled thoughts would float away. She could her it then in the distance. Great pops and blasts, what colours she wondered could the powders produce? And what majesty mustit be to witness the sailing skyship in the horizon, sailing after those new 'fireworks'. . .
Her eyes were closed, picturing the century faire and all that she would miss.
When at last they opened, she became frozen in fear. For they had met with two great goldenrod eyes and slit, slate pupils gazing intently back. She could not even scream.
"Child of the Monolith." A rumbling sound and understanding welled up inside her as those words made themselves clear, bellowing silently from the mind of the many spined viper that rest head-level to her window. Coiled ever so gently around their outskirt home. "To devour thy hearth and home did I come. But it is thine voice from which I drink deep."
"Never before have such tones made themselves known to me or mine kin. I could not mar such beauty." It spoke wordlessly and refined.
Fear turned only to trepidation, and ever the obstinate one, the young woman replied without regret. Introducing herself to the Jahtgaro before her. "I am called Kha'tra." She says quite simply. Unable to think of anything else.
"This I know. And your father, Fehtaa. We are bourne of the same mother, thine people can hide no secrets from mine."
There are moments of silence. Followed again by the dull roar of the faire in the distance. Again, the serpent spoke, Basileus its name, "Come. I know of what thou seek, and wouldst grant thy wish for return of thine song again.
Kha'tra was drawn by the great serpent's gaze, and found she could not look away. Something deep within her realized it spoke no lies, that she had a connection to the creature despite this chance meeting. So like any reckless youngling, she climbed out upon the ridged head of Basileus whom spoke, "Be wary, for I am fickle, and would just as soon swallow thee whole. . ." Kha'tra however was unabated, and so they slithered into the open fields where they could see bursts of sparks and colours alike in the dark skies high above the Sultante proper. All while the young lizard sung, her words like honey, lulling the great beast.
At the time perhaps it was not forseen, but this event on the turn of the prosperous new century for the Jahtari was also the night that the eventual, 'Jahtgaro Cult' could be traced back to. . .
Post by: Strik3r on June 30, 2020, 01:57:06 am
(( Felt like writing a short, underdeveloped story in the dead of night for the turn of 300. As I have little else meaningful to add to the third crusade. Hopefully it's at least readable. ))
Year 300
((I feel like im stating the obvious here but i guess you're a writer? at least a hobbyist, if not professional. I've always had that impression.))
((Humorously, i also had plans for the Lizardmen to start a cult after the attacks, but im glad you got to it first, i would never be able to write something of that caliber))
((Anyway, if people go month by month, there's still a few turns before 300.6 , but for all practical purposes, this post can be considered the cutoff.
It doesn't mean that people have to stop posting, but The crusade will be kicked off in the update after this one.))
Post by: Lidku on June 30, 2020, 04:15:04 am
A few Hamsterfolk explorers discover a race of giant humanoids, similar to the Firbolg, far west to the coast near the Dorathian Kingdom. The similarities with the Firbolg end there however, as these giants are completely composed of part water and part rock. At first there was extreme hostility as these giants were very territorial, almost killing the Hamstermen explorers that made first contact, but over time the giants acquiesced to diplomacy after some gold was given as gifts to the local chieftain.
The explorers learn that these giants call themselves "Wi'ali," translating to the particular spell that brought them into existence- it was learned that these giants were elementals that were mass summoned by a bandit-wizard vs another band of bandits in a war for territory.
The wizard while of potent magical power was arrogant and treated the Wi'ali terribly with lists of abuses- making them make camp in the fringes of the desert where the Wi'ali loathe the heat, using parts of their body of as a drinking source, and pressing Wi'ali childlings into combat despite the protests of the Wi'ali. Eventually they mutineed, killing the bandit-wizard and his forces. They even hunted down the bandit force of their former master just for sport of battle- the Wi'ali loved it, but didn't wish to take orders from humans or any other race for that matter.
After that the Chieftain would continue to relay, telling the Hamstermen explorers that they then moved to the coast to be near what they cherish the most- water. Eventually however the Wi'ali split up into various skirmishing tribes, raiding each other atleast once or twice a week for sport of combat- not skirmishes of animosity.
With more gold given to let the Hamstermen explorers to leave the Wi'ali camp the explorers would go back to their home nation, the Dorathian Kingdom, to report their discovery. This gains the explorers hefty commissions from the royal offices and a few cartographer guilds.
Spoiler: Wi'ali Tribes (click to show/hide)
Post by: Unraveller on June 30, 2020, 05:16:58 am
((I feel like im stating the obvious here but i guess you're a writer? at least a hobbyist, if not professional. I've always had that impression.))
((Humorously, i also had plans for the Lizardmen to start a cult after the attacks, but im glad you got to it first, i would never be able to write something of that caliber))
(( Certainly not a professional, I wish I had the personal drive to pursue that some days, but I realize that I'd never complete a work. All in all I just like writing and language. Possibly another reason I enjoy this concept a lot, every post and every update is a new interconnected prompt from which to bounce off of.
Also! Don't put yourself down dummy, all that you've put together has certainly had a good effort in it. I especially like your in depth look at the Elysians whenever it comes up.
And the cult thing is probably pretty tropey, but I still like the idea, great minds think alike and all. :P ))
Post by: Strik3r on June 30, 2020, 06:23:47 am
Notices
(( Certainly not a professional, I wish I had the personal drive to pursue that some days, but I realize that I'd never complete a work. All in all I just like writing and language. Possibly another reason I enjoy this concept a lot, every post and every update is a new interconnected prompt from which to bounce off of.
Also! Don't put yourself down dummy, all that you've put together has certainly had a good effort in it. I especially like your in depth look at the Elysians whenever it comes up.
And the cult thing is probably pretty tropey, but I still like the idea, great minds think alike and all. :P ))
You like the Elysians? I thought they'd be too unapproachable and too alien as most things that come out of my mind are. Well if you like them, then i hope i'll get some inspiration and a chance to do some stuff with them soon.
Rolls
Dorathian Kingdom vs. Coalition of the Lakes, the first battle
Code: [Select]
Dorathian Kingdom 1d20=16
Coalition of the Lakes 1d20=11((Thank you for giving me a chance to trial the Occupation system))The Dorathian kingdom, intending to unite all of hamstermen under one banner, marched straight north, intending to take the capital of the Shamans in one fell swoop, but the Shamans had foreseen this and coalition of the lakes formed between the Hamsterfolk Shamans and the Slugman Duchies were waiting just beyond the border, the fighting took place in the prairies west of the great valley. There the blades of the two hamsterfolk nations would meet for the first time and it would mark the beginning of the Dorathian Crusade proper. Despite the coalition matching the Dorathian Kingdom in number, they did not match them in training. Where the Shamans were largely peaceful and the Slugmen unconcerned, the Dorathian kingdom's troops' training was bordering on obsessive.
And it is this training that saw them occupy the area west of the the valley, but it was not without blood being spilled on both sides, but more of it of the Shamans and their slugman allies, yet they fought fiercely regardless, stopping the Dorathians far before their their capital.
Greenskins attempt to expand further north
Code: [Select]
1d20=3In the wake of their previous large expansion, the primary resource the greenskins need to expand, manpower, had been stretched thin, they could not muster enough of orcs to expand further north without leaving other parts of their territory undefended.They tried to anyway and all attempts to gain new territory failed, and some of their recently taken territories have become too sparsely populated to consider "their territory"
(A part of the northern part of the Greenskins' territory has become Weak, meaning it can be taken without conquest)
The Magi of the university attempt to further research the portal
Code: [Select]
1d20=17(sorry about being over-long with this one, but i absolutely love writing stuff like this.)Thanks to their consistent and persistent research into the portal and its operation, the Magi of the University believe they have further unlocked the portal's secrets. Normally, the creation of portals is not the domain of Arcane magic, as spatial displacement and similar odd hyperdimensional topology is more the domain of Chaos magic but by exploiting quirks in the properties of Arcane energy, it is possible to "Superimpose" two or more locations on top of one another( the "room"). However to do so, requires an "Anchor", a powerful source of Arcane energy that can feed all of the portals at once and tie them to itself. While both the creation and maintenance of the portal require RELATIVELY little energy, The Anchor itself has to be an incredibly powerful source of Arcane energy, it would require a theoretical "Arcane Reactor", a pipe dream, something far beyond the University's resources to make or to maintain.
The opening of the portal requires a burst of Arcane energy to "tether" to the Anchor, by exploiting said quirks to "entangle" that point in space with that of the Anchor. The travel between portals depends on a previously undetected component of Spirit energy to select the destination. "The portal KNOWS where you want to go, but if you don't neither does the portal"
The only way that the University could make its own portal, is that it will have to be tied to the existing Anchor, and they've got a pretty good hunch on what that is. The only source of Arcane energy ANYWHERE on the world powerful enough, is sitting on the floating island to their south, on Elysium. There, The White Tree, and the blue... star of Arcane and Spirit energy she carries between her branches. The White Tree has been there for a long time now, always silently there, like a beacon of light that shines anywhere one goes. Did the White Tree make those portals, and if so, was it intentional, or is the Tree causing anomalies within the fabric of reality?
Once the method by which the portal could be made was discovered, the making of the test portal was a relatively easy, merely requiring the most powerful Arcane mage of the University to perform the spell to open the portal, which requires a big part of his energy reserves to do so. But with it, they confirmed their hypothesis and the White Tree is IN FACT the original portals' anchor, as they could travel to the Waterstone Clan's lands from their newly made portal. They also discovered how to close these arcane portals, requiring about just as much energy to close as it takes to open. The closing of the portal exploits the Pendulum effect to drain the portal of all of its energy in an instant. No energy, no portal.
Creation of remote portals has been discovered too, by feeding the Arcane energy THROUGH the portal network along with a small packet of Spirit energy to tell the Anchor where the second portal should go. However, this requires far greater amounts of Arcane energy than creating a local portal, again due to the Pendulum Effect and the rapid degradation of the energy within the "network", likely requiring the cooperation of multiple very powerful Arcane Magi to produce.
Regardless, the Magi researching the portal have put forth a proposal to open a remote portal on Elysium, something that has always been there, but always has been out of reach, until now.
The Alchemist's obsession with the ruby
Code: [Select]
1d20=20!The Alchemist has become completely obsessed with the Ruby and unlocking whatever secrets it holds. So obsessed that he poisons every guard in the museum and steals the ruby on the night before the two adventurer ships are to sail out in the morning. He set up the plan perfectly, preparing everything in advance to get the Great Ruby, and himself out of Dalai aboard the Vivaldi. He had a crate on a horse drawn cart out front, he put the Ruby in there and rode off toward the harbor and placed the crate among the last that would be loaded onto the ship in the morning before it would set sail and then hid himself in there along with the ruby. He would spend the trip hidden in the hold, and would get off once the ship reaches Refugio Guerra to stock up on supplies, there he could continue his work on the Ruby.
Along the way, the Ruby was his only companion and he would whisper to it frequently and even quietly sang to it. The Ruby would respond only by growing yet more little crystalline growths on itself, with the little songs and whistling seemingly causing the biggest growths.
(The Ruby has been moved to Refugio Guerra)
Dragolia's ongoing cracking.
Code: [Select]
1d20=15(ha ha this is actually something that has been in the plans for a long time, but it kinda got sidelined)Somehow, it never occurred to the Magi of the University that the Scar their University is on the edge of, is a symptom of something much worse. Unbeknownst to said magi, the northern half of Dragolia has been slowly accumulating subterranean fissures with the Scar as the centerpoint. It is not known WHEN it will happen, but it can be said with certainty that it will: Dragolia's northern half will split into several seperate floating islands. It is not yet even known how big the islands will be or how many of them there will be. It will happen within the coming century, but the exact date can not be predicted.
Summary
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Map and Legend Updated (click to show/hide)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: TankKit on June 30, 2020, 06:48:26 am
Zornaraugh's attempts to maintain the Greenskin's previous rate of expansion may of failed, but his determination to get revenge for the violent actions of the slugmen was legendary. Rather than rely solely on his own people's manpower, he began organising a series of small raids against the slugman lands furthest to the north, capturing slugmen and bringing them back to serve as slaves to further the growth of his own realm. While this was still significantly slower than the first time, he was able to gradually reassert dominion over his north-western and even push slightly further into the wilderness.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 30, 2020, 07:21:07 am
Due to the high amounts of infection, those who are uninfected go to the very westernmost part of Thairmar, the hope is that if people no longer live near those who have it, it won’t spread
Post by: Lidku on June 30, 2020, 08:32:57 am
After finishing their celebrations of the turn of a new century, the teams of Arch-Mages from Ukalia continue their attempts of curing the Purple Leaf Disease with their restoration magic.
Post by: Strik3r on June 30, 2020, 08:38:10 am
With the attack planned by Arythia of the Red Court only a month away, a new force would be joining the conflict, to assist Arythia's efforts in dealing with the threat of the Black Qhanganate and the Aetherials. A force only whispered about until now, a force thought to be a myth. From their mountain fortress they've come, wearing steel trimmed with gold and wielding great swords and spells of golden light.
Headed by a warrior said to not have aged a day past his 21st year, they are the warriors of sunlight, the Paladins, the magic knights with a mission to purge all that is unnatural, whether it be the Aetherials, those corrupted by them or the undead.
Over the years where Rheis Veirn the Second hasn't been heard from, he's been teaching himself Light magic, especially designed to destroy evil monsters, and learning the way of the blade. At the same time he's been building up the Paladin order, teaching all he learns to the others, their fortress secluded in an unknown place. Although they're not religious by nature, in some ways, they worship the little orb of light that follows Rheis around.
Spoiler: Yep, he's still low-poly (click to show/hide)
After hearing of the Red Court's plan to destroy the Black Qhanganate, Rheis agreed to bring his Paladins to help her efforts. Although Rheis' and the Paladins' true goal is to feed as many of the wretched bastards' souls to the little orb of light as they can, so she can take their essence and turn into her own power, and perhaps even ascend to godhood, and maybe finally the world will have a goddess of light.
And after hearing rumors of Arghila possibly having a Necromancer within their ranks, they have sworn to hunt him down and put him to the edge of a sword, and if his supposed apprentice truly can summon demons, he will not be spared either.
((Okay, im trying to figure out all the factions and armies going on in this conflict, correct me if im wrong:
The Red Court and the Army of Mages
The Desert Shades, united force of the Miragians and the Red Court's Shadowguard
Rheis and his Paladins
vs
The Black Qhanganate and Khagatai's Black Sky-Legion
The Aetherials (although they'll be mostly passive, probably)
and Kingdom of Thairmar
vs
Kingdom of Arghila
Kingdom of Karhan
vs
Kingdom of Streamland
Kingdom of Zalalastan
(With their Great Diplomatic Army)
))
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 30, 2020, 08:46:11 am
Post by: King Zultan on June 30, 2020, 09:10:00 am
Year 300.5: With increased reports of lizardmen disappearing and increased activity from the giant snakes the Bleg have formed a small militia to protect its outer territories from potential giant snake attacks and to watch for snake activity in their lands.
Post by: TankKit on June 30, 2020, 09:27:24 am
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on June 30, 2020, 09:28:16 am
Post by: Strik3r on June 30, 2020, 09:43:26 am
Also, you can make turns past 300.6 if you want. 300.6 will be only the initial moves, not the entire crusade. If you want to do stuff not related to the Crusade, feel free to go past 300.6, Wars are a thing that take a bit of time anyway, they usually last more than a month.))
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on June 30, 2020, 09:45:37 am
((Okay, i guess its good then, hopefully.((this is true, though the results of the first moves will likely determine future moves))
Also, you can make turns past 300.6 if you want. 300.6 will be only the initial moves, not the entire crusade. If you want to do stuff not related to the Crusade, feel free to go past 300.6, Wars are a thing that take a bit of time anyway, they usually last more than a month.))
Post by: TamerVirus on June 30, 2020, 10:20:43 am
With the Great Ruby gone, P.M. Martin is forced to close the Menagerie of Oddities until he can obtain another centerpiece artifact for his collection. Scouring the history books for any leads, Martin begins to look over literature detailing the Second Crusade. After all, the Third Crusade is on everyone's minds right now. Tales of a mysterious star shaped diamond, said to have been created by the Goddess of heavens herself, catches Martin's attention. Thought lost to the historical record after the Second Crusade, this Cleansing Star was said to have been hidden away by the Aetherials. Nevertheless, Martin pulls on his deep connections within the Nisvanis Syndicate, particularly those involved in the Chaos Crystal harvesting; contacts with ties within the Black Qhanganate and with close knowledge of Aetherial activity. And yet, through all that, Martin can only get vague details about a nonspecific island as its final hiding space. To that end, Martin invests in yet another expedition, this time to search for the Cleansing Star.
Roll for success of expedition
A call goes out to all the able-bodied killers of the Nisvanis Syndicate: A hit has been placed on a certain irritable Alchemist...
Post by: Lidku on June 30, 2020, 11:55:40 am
Ludicrous-Sales Halloween purchases a few of these innovated Ziani Cannons through his supplymen in the Arghila force. They will prove useful if the initial negotiations for the item he seeks doesn't go well. He also has a letter sent to his middle son- Mordicus Halloween, the one of his children that he trusts the most- to attempt to contact the Dragons of old to see if they wish to join the Crusade with his army. Since the nearest times of yore, the Dragons fought along with humans since the time of Vahucci before their sudden reclusion. Ludicrous-Sales Halloween wants and hopes that he can find a boon to his forces with the might of the Dragons backing him.
Roll to see if Mordicus is successful
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on June 30, 2020, 04:30:47 pm
What appears to be a walking, talking skeleton hefting a cannon suddenly appears on Great Scar University lands, apparently having come through the Arcane portal. The skeleton immediately demands tribute, in the form of treasure and other items of the wealthy. Roll for how the head(s) of the University react to this demand.
The University's Magi decide to figure out how this skeleton got onto University lands. Or try to, anyway. Roll for whether the Magi figure out how the skeleton got onto University lands.
Post by: Unraveller on June 30, 2020, 06:46:40 pm
Year 301
Something stirs in the Wharg collectives upon the southeastern archipelago. Long have the quad-armed ape men dwelt unchanging in their primitive ways in that tropical paradise. Yet after a freak thunderstorm, a chance lightning-bolt struck an old log from which the Wharg had carven their chronicle. As such, the ape-men discover fire! They do not bear fear or anguish toward the destruction of their oldest stories, but rather that it is some kind of animist sign, like the stories took life unto themselves. Quickly however they find that the flame dims, and it causes much worry about the tribe. With another, similar stroke of luck, they cast first bedding upon it in hopes to keep it warm and prevent the cold and the wet from snuffing it out. Much to their surprise it grows and burns higher! From thence, the Wharg bid to keep this 'first flame' alive, a noble position, 'Fire Tender' is highly regarded among the tribe. And all smaller flames are to be wrought from the first.
Do the Wharg make any notable advancements thereafter?
Year 301.1
With the Third Crusade underway, the ever loyal Moss Trolls bear their hearts by way of ship to the humans of Streamland. There, they offer their strong bodies and wise countenance for the sake of their allies. And ask nothing in return. During this sojourn, do any Moss Trolls contract the Purple Leaf Disease? And if so, does it affect their physiology much like that of the other hosts?
Post by: Strik3r on July 01, 2020, 07:35:13 am
Notices
Okay, time for a minigame. As you can see, i've set up the battle system. The Damage an army takes in a fight is determined by the opposing army's roll, and reduced by their own. To discourage long drawn out wars, Even armies at 1% can fight at full efficency, There is a Resupply roll that can be done, but like all rolls, it can fail and decrease the army's health. I dont worry about bad sportsmanship, because there is nothing that can be done to screw over any of the factions, due to the relaxed nature of the game, but i suppose i can allow claiming of armies(1 claim per update).
(( I freakin' LOVE your low-poly models. It's been something I've dabbled in here and there, yet find that I have very little talent for it. I keep telling myself I want to make a n64-style looking game one day. But never seem to put in the effort to learn it proper. What Software do you use Strik3r? Blender? ))Yeah, Blender. Truth be told, they aren't really THAT low-poly, i could probably push it a lot lower, if i had more skill. I've been trying to keep my skills sharp by making those small pictures.
Rolls
The Third Crusade
Karhan vs. Black Qhanganate, Eastern Fort.Code: [Select]
Black Qhanganate
Fort Defence: +3
Karhan 1d20=7
Black Qhanganate 1d20+3=9+3=12
The armies of the Kingdom of Karhan approach the Black Qhanganate from the east, with the intent to take the fort. It stands there on top of the desert sands, made primarily of sandstone, but still structurally strong and sound. After a long trek to the front lines alongside the forces of Arghila, who had split from them to attack the Red Court, chasing some supposed artifact under the direction of their king. The forces of Karhan were left alone, and paid the price. Despite the Qhanganate forces' reluctance to come out of the fort, it was still easily defensible with numerous ways for the defending army to fire at the attackers. The forces of Karhan got exactly what they were hoping to avoid, a long drawn out seige with a slow trickle of casualties on both sides as attrition wore away at them. In the end Karhan still couldn't take the bloody fort.
The Army of Mages vs Khagatai's Black Sky-Legion
Code: [Select]
The Army of Mages
Infinite Provisions: +1, Immune to Encirclement
The Black Sky-Legion
Veterancy: +1
Aerial: +3
The Army of Mages 1d20+1=13+1=14
Khagatai's Black Sky-Legion 1d20+4=4+4=8
The Army of Magi marched toward the portal, supported by their infinite wellspring of water and food. Khagatai was forced to intercept the Army of Mages on the desert sands, lest they simply march through their land. But the price of this attack was high, The magi have many ranged spells of magic with which to shoot down Aetherial and Dragon alike, and the blades of their fighters were empowered, too. While surely the flames of the Dragons were fierce and claimed many lives, the Magi had defence even against that: The arcane barriers of Arcanists could stop the flames for a time or even deflect them. The Army has set up camp for the time being at the site of the battle following Khagatai's retreat.
(The Red Court has occupied a small, surrounded area of the Black Qhanganate's land. Note: Encircled occupied territory can not become permanent territory.
Also, a small field of Chaos Crystals has been created there.)
The Desert Shades look for an opportunity to assassinate Khagatai
Code: [Select]
1d20=12Khagatai is rarely exposed, spending most of his time on the back of his Dragon since the war began, so when he WAS within reach, the Shades knew it may be the only opportunity. But he is still well protected, only a stroke of incredible luck would see them succeed.
(needs Crit to succeed)
Code: [Select]
1d20=20!Assassination, the Shadowguards' specialty. 100 yards in a single step like a shadow. a blade through the heart, and before anyone could turn their heads, the assassin was gone again in a cloud of black mist. But this would not be the end of the Black Qhanganate and the Sky-Legion, someone will surely inherit Khagatai's title, if not his experience. The one who took his life shall surely become a legend in time.(The Black Sky-Legion has lost its Veterancy Bonus)
The Great Diplomatic Army vs The Black Qhanganate, North.
Code: [Select]
(half damage to the Black Qhanganate, Anti-bashing protection)
The Great Diplomatic Army 1d20= 19
The Black Qhanganate 1d20=9
The Great Diplomatic Army marches in from the North east, the lands of Streamland, with the intent to force a peace treaty between all the nations fighting so that the Purple Leaf disease may be cured.
And they hit the hot desert sands in force and the Corrupted of the Black Qhanganate marched to meet them. Already battered by the fight with the Karhans over the Fort, the Defence armies of the Black Qhanganate fought cautiously, and perhaps that was their downfall, because the Armies of Streamland and Zalalastan showed the wretched beasts no mercy. Due to their cautious fighting however, the Black Qhanganate was able to limit the losses they took in the battle. The Diplomatic army has set up camp on the site of the battle, after the armies of the Black Qhanganate were routed, taking a large chunk of the land for themselves.
(The Great Diplomatic Army has occupied a large swathe of land in the northeastern part of the Qhanganate. If it ever becomes a permanent territory, it will have to be decided whose territory it will become.)
Kingdom of Arghila vs. Rheis' Paladins, in the Red Court, south.
Code: [Select]
Kingdom of Arghila 1d20=11
Rheis' Paladins 1d20=9
The King of Arghila and his forces attacked the Red Court from the south, having walked around the Black Qhanganate along its south border, after leaving its ally Karhan to deal with the eastern fort, while chasing after apparently some artifact supposedly held by the Red Court. The Paladins of Rheis were there to meet them, with blades drawn, having heard of Arghila supposedly harboring a Necromancer, whom they very much wanted dead. Unfortunately for the Paladiins, they had learned to fight the evils of the world, not regular troops, figuring they would learn as they go.
At the same time, the blades alone of the Arghilans had little purchase against the hardened knights wielding brilliant rays of light as weapons. In the end, the paladins retreated backward, not wanting to die not having killed a single Aetherial and the Arghilans took a small section of the Red Court's lands in the south.
Greenskins raid the Slugmen and attempt to take slaves, expand their territory
Code: [Select]
1d20=16Indeed, the anger of Zornaraugh was great, and it is in this anger that he ordered the farmsteads of the slugmen to the south to be raided, burnt and their inhabitants to be brought back to the tribe's lands as slaves to toil and expand the greenskins' territories. Of course some tried to fight, but it did little against the horde of green-skinned monsters. Soon, families began to flee their homes in droves and head south in an attempt to escape this cruel fate that Zornaraugh had condemned them all to.
(All of The Greenskins' territory is strong again. and they've expanded further to the northwest.)
(Meanwhile, the HCE's Northern tip has become Weak, but it will be repopulated, in time.)
Year 300.3Unfortunately, due to the presence of Strain 6 of the Purple Leaf Disease, the migration away from the east does little to slow the spread, as that Strain readily infects wild and domestic animals alike, it merely makes THAT strain of the disease more prominent.
Due to the high amounts of infection, those who are uninfected go to the very westernmost part of Thairmar, the hope is that if people no longer live near those who have it, it won’t spread
P.M. Martin launches an expedition for the Cleansing Star
Code: [Select]
1d20=9A vague non-specific island somewhere far from any coast isn't a whole lot to go on. The expedition mostly sails around in circles, and although they find several uncharted islands, most too small to put on a map, none of them even has a hint of the Aetherials or the star. However, a few small treasures are found along the way, including another early, crude, pre-University Arcane Magic-Cannon mounted on a ship. It seems like a lot of those early ships intended to fight the sharkman invasions somehow ended up beached on uncharted islands.
However, a previously undiscovered island some ways south-east of Karhan is discovered, and this one is even big enough to put on a map.
Year 300.7Ziani Cannons are now AVAILABLE, to ALL SIDES. They can be used to produce either powerful Anti-Air forces, or Artillery. (To do so, tell me the percentage of health that you wish the new force to have, and which force will supply that health. The new force will be on the same faction as the force that supplies the troops, and will inherit certain properties of the supplying force.)
Mordicus attempts to recruit Dragons to help with the crusade
Code: [Select]
1d20=1!He can't. He really, really just cant. Ever since being inflicted with the curse of Star Talk, they have been unable to be on the Western Continent(which is still unnamed, for some reason), without the aid of Dragonstones. And slowly the ways in which these "Dragonstones" are made, are being forgotten, even by those that still make them. And for a good reason too. The will of the gods, will not be violated.In using of even just ONE of these Dragonstones, makes the dragons... Mortal, and overuse shortens their lifespan further. Now every Dragon that has ever used a Dragonstone has an expiry date, and as such Dragons have largely stopped using them, to prolong their lives as much as they can. The children of these Dragons, are not spared the detremental effects of their parents' use of the Dragonstones either. Now only the few purists who have resisted the temptation for over two centuries to use them are the only true Immortal Dragons, left. This is only being found out about now because the Dragons have exceptionally long lifespans, even when it has been shortened by the Dragonstones, and the first of the worst over-users of the Dragonstones are just now starting to die of "old age"...
Now those few "Immortal Dragons" have started to look down on the others as lessers for giving into the temptation.
(Sorry, i just wanted to do something with the Dragons, they've been stagnant and dormant for such a long time.)
A skeleton with a cannon invades the University, demands tribute.
Code: [Select]
2d20=5+20!The University does not respond well at all, at all. The skeleton is in fact, just a skeleton, a magical one, yes, but still a skeleton. The University laughs at its demands and locks it up to be studied later.
Whats more concerning for the University however, is where did said Skeleton come from? It wielded a weapon so new, that the University, which is several steps ahead of the world's technological progress had not heard of it yet. If it did indeed come through the portal, that must mean there is in fact a third portal somewhere, somewhere where such a weapon could be gotten. But how did the Skeleton know about the University's portal, since such knowledge is required to exit the portal at the University. This has resulted in two distinct hypotheses:
That some beings intuitively can "see" inside the portal network. Which means that there indeed is a third portal, somewhere.
or that the Skeleton simply... appeared on the university's land. But then there is no way to explain the Cannon.
There is no consensus, and a third hypothesis has been discarded, that this Skeleton is in fact not from this world. It was discarded because Arcane portals can ONLY transport things Intra-Dimensionally.
Wharg and the Fire
Code: [Select]
1d20=3Despite the best efforts of the Wharg to maintain the first fire, as they did for so many months through harsh winds and raging tropical rainstorms, a particularly fierce and lengthy storm would be the one to extinguish the flame that they had kept alive for so long. As the days wore on, with no end to the the rains in sight, as all that they fed to the fire before became damp and seemed to only hasten the fire's demise when thrown onto it or held above it, the Wharg and the firekeeper that was appointed could do naught but watch as it grew smaller and smaller. When the storm was at its end, so were all the fires that the Wharg had cultivated, there was nothing left of them after but smoldering ashes and charcoal. As the the Wharg wept over the remains of the fires, the tears as they hit the still warm coals would turn to steam. The Spirit of the Fire had left them, they thought, or perhaps the one of Storms did not wish them to have the warmth and light of the fire, long had they known the Spirit of the Storms to be vicious and cruel.The Moss Trolls and the Purple Leaf Disease.
Code: [Select]
2d20=3+17Unfortunately it does turn out that the moss trolls are suceptible to the disease, especially so, possibly because they occupy a strange divide between plant and animal, and it affects them just about the same way as it does everyone else, with one notable exception. The Disease takes hold of them MUCH slower than members of any other race thus far. Those trying to cure the disease are still unsure what is the cause, whether its something that could be useful in some way, and whether the slower spread over moss trolls is a good thing, or a bad one.
The Researchers get a bit of a fright when they spot several Moss trolls with BLUE leaves on them, thinking its a new Strain of the Disease, until the Moss Troll assures them that its NOT the disease, and they've been slowly accumulating various blue plant-things on them over the last fifty or so years...
YEAR 301.2
The Third Crusade: After being beaten by the Magi of the Red Court and their allies and the subsequent loss of Khagatai, the Black Sky-Legion realizes its need to lick its wounds and regroup.
Resupply roll for the Black Sky-Legion
Code: [Select]
Easy
1d20=16Despite the beating dealt to them by the Magi and assassination of Khagatai having dealt a blow to both their numbers and morale. The Qhanganate still had the upper hand and the Legion was within its own borders, all they'd have to do is bounce back and pull some extra forces from the reserves, and they'd be ready to take on the invaders once more.
(The Black Sky-Legion has gained 10% health back)
After the Skeleton incident at the University, the mages researching the portal at the university are making preparations to open the remote portal to Elysium.
Roll for how long it will take to get the portal opened
Code: [Select]
1d20=11It is fair say that it will probably take a few years until the Researchers gather enough powerful Arcanists and get approval from the University to open said portal. After all, Elysium is unknown territory, something that no one has seen before, and no one knows what to expect from it.Post by: Lidku on July 01, 2020, 09:20:23 am
Quote from: Strik3r
(Sorry, i just wanted to do something with the Dragons, they've been stagnant and dormant for such a long time.)
((I know, that's why I even mentioned them in the first place. lol. Also BRILLIANT mechanics you brewed up here to handle warfare))
Year 301.2
With some sort of "breach head" established in the Red Court land holdings, Ludicrous-Sales Halloween quickly has his forces set up a war camp. He also has his foresters and camp caravaneers set up a supply route leading to the the Dorathian Kingdom, which was pertinent considering the near come uppance from the strange "mercenaries" the Red Court has hired, though Ludicrous-Sales Halloween doubts that what they are despite what his advisors tell them considering the holy magic they seem to be utilizing.
Resupply Roll for Kingdom of Arghila
((The new yellow part of the Red Court is where Arghila is occupying right?))
He knows however that he it would be doubtful that he will hold this territory for too long, so he has a messenger contact the current ruler of the Red Court with a message of wanting to meet in a neutral area to discuss a separate negotiation.
The Arghilean King was also hearing of a rumor that their was some sort of malign "presence" amidst his army. This was a sighing matter for Ludicrous-Sales Halloween since he had the most populous human realm in all of the world, so it was almost impossible to keep track of who enlists. Upon the details however, he hears that the individual seems to be a significant in the criminal enterprises in Lotham, Ludicrous-Sales Halloween's most prized holding. Having someone of that calibre in his army wasn't good whatsoever, so he has camp internal security try an investigation.
Roll to see how well camp internal security investigates
Meanwhile, Yarlac with the excess bodies to attend to from the previous battle and the wounded he pretends to care about healing, is jovial in the progress he is making with his research. Did not share the same sentiments as his master, he was worried. The strange men under the employ of the Red Court spread rumors that there is a supposed "necromancer" in the midst of Arghila's army (which was a true rumor, but one quite unbelievable to the common person), which means that someone must have tipped off on both him and his master.
Was it the Saur? No.. It wasn't his style.. Also Yarlac was a major crime lord, so he's well-known among the underbelly across the world. If Yarlac ever leaves Lotham for ANYTHING, a buzz is bound to go on. Regardless Mi'akl assures that if anyone tries to harm his master, he'll go out with his demon summoning and fire-magic.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 01, 2020, 10:38:08 am
The Thairmar army attacks the Red Court from the East.
Meanwhile, the thoughts of the plants has eventually given rise to Plantira, a large flower in the center of infected lands. It has 4 petals, one green, one red, one purple, and one blue, each petal matching the colors of the leaves of plants that currently exist. Here, the purple petal is the largest, the red petal being smaller than the purple one, but larger than the green and blue ones. The scholar when he has control, eventually finds this plant and tries to rip off the purple petal, mistaking the flower as the source of the disease. ”Why are you damaging me?” The Scholar jumps back, startled. “Are you the source of these purple leaves? I want them gone. What are you?” ”No, I’m not the source, I sprouted here not long ago, actually. I have a feeling that killing them will hurt me as well. It seems you’re living with them fine, why do you want them gone?” ”He wants us gone because we grow on humans.” “You are a disease, you not only grow on us but use us to infect others. You feed on thoughts.” ”While I can’t kill what made me, I could” “What do you mean what made you? What are you?” ”I grew here because of the thoughts from plants, not just the ones here, but from the world as a whole. We can think too, not all of us have something like you that’s able to quicken the pace of thoughts. I am called Plantira, according to the thoughts of the purple plants, humans tend to give names for things, so I named myself. I am what you might call a brain for the plants. While there are blue and green leafed plants, I can’t hear their thoughts because they aren’t near here. The plants that share your body found that according to stories you’ve heard, deities were formed by thoughts, The Stranger was born by thoughts of the unknown. If I was also born of thoughts, the thoughts of plants, I guess by this logic I’d be a deity of plants?” “So, you’re not the source of this, you were born because of this?” ”Yes. Hurting me won’t help you.” The scholar starts walking among the purple leaves, leaving Plantira be, and eventually finds a cat with purple leaves all over it. He feels a combination of loathing and joy, well, his loathing that the disease affects other, creatures, the plant’s joy at learning that humans aren’t the only host. Can I ask the one on the cat whether it saw other species that have us? It would be good for both of us to know what we can and can’t grow on, obviously for different reasons, but the knowledge could help both of us in different ways. Nope. Is there anything that would help at all? a bird with the purple leaves flies overhead. Something’s wrong, I thought only people were this deep in, why can I see the coast? He turns back, hopefully towards the center. It seems that, even though he’s able to control his body, the purple leaf disease is still eating his thoughts, which in this case caused him to temporarily forget where he was headed. While heading for what he hopes to be the center, he finds some people with red leaves. Avoid them, they won’t help you. ”Hey, you’re the first one to actually come towards one of us.” “Are those people without the leaves?” ”Oh, non hosts? Yeah, we can stop purple leaves from infecting others. Are you the host controlling yourself?” “Yes, so you can stop the purple leaves from spreading?” ”Yep, let’s shake hands, or a high five or something” The scholar notices the purple leaves trying to take control again, but he easily resists their control and gives the red leaf host a handshake. “So, now I don’t have to worry about spreading the purple leaves?” Nope, non hosts are safe from infection, I can only infect others with purple leaves.
Post by: Strik3r on July 01, 2020, 10:50:27 am
Year 301.3
The Thairmar army attacks the Red Court from the East
((Just an FYI for everyone:
Moves related to ongoing wars can be taken in addition to normal actions. So you can do stuff not related to the crusade and play the war minigame at the same time and don't have to choose between the two.))
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 01, 2020, 10:52:48 am
Ah, alright, I will add somethingYear 301.3
The Thairmar army attacks the Red Court from the East
((Just an FYI for everyone:
Moves related to ongoing wars can be taken in addition to normal actions. So you can do stuff not related to the crusade and play the war minigame at the same time and don't have to choose between the two.))
Post by: TankKit on July 01, 2020, 11:01:19 am
Khagatai's death without an heir so early in the war was a devastating blow to the Black Qhaganate. A Black Council was swiftly formed, made up primarily of the Qhaganates finest generals to lead them to victory in the crusade. However, they had mostly reached their position for their loyalty to Khagatai, and were far less competent than he had been. Still, they tried their best, moving their defensive forces to threaten the siege in the east while they concentrated the entirety of their force on an all-out assault the Red Court army encamped in their lands. This was a reckless decision that they knew would be costly in lives, but they hoped that the Aetherials would be more willing to assist the Qhaganate if they proved their determination to continue fulfilling the pact he had made with them - otherwise they could very well lose everything. (Roll for intimidation of besieging forces(difficult) and all-out assault on the Army of Mages(Easier due to overwhelming force against small elite force, but also costlier due to overwhelming force against small elite force, if it's not too bothersome.))
Meanwhile, Dorathine the 13th "The Warrior" decided to personally lead his army further into the shaman lands. While he was a skilled and experienced general and a great inspiration to his troops, his bravery was also quite dangerous, as he had a tendency to charge directly into battle whenever he deemed it necessary for a more decisive victory. (Roll for success of continued Dorathian conquest of the shaman lands - Dorathine straight up dies on a roll of 5 or lower but inspires and leads his troops well.)
Dorathian engineers also begin studying these new cannon designs, looking for a way to improve up on them in their own unique Dorathian way. (Roll for attempts to prove cannon.)
Meanwhile, Zornaraughs raids against the slugmen become larger and more aggressive, pushing deeper into their lands seeking more labour to continue their expansion. The slugmen begin fortifying even small settlements in an attempt to halt the raids. (Roll for Greenskin raids VS Slugmen fortification efforts.)
((I would also just like to say that I'm really liking the look of this new war minigame, it's a really good way of doing it.))
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 01, 2020, 11:59:18 am
((What do you think?))Year 301.3
The Thairmar army attacks the Red Court from the East
((Just an FYI for everyone:
Moves related to ongoing wars can be taken in addition to normal actions. So you can do stuff not related to the crusade and play the war minigame at the same time and don't have to choose between the two.))
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on July 01, 2020, 12:09:48 pm
The Great Scar University has had the skeleton locked up for some time now. Said skeleton has, however, mostly been yelling profanities at any Magi who come near it, probably because its cannon was confiscated. The Magi, after some debate, decide to see whether the skeleton will tell them anything meaningful.
Roll for whether the Magi successfully interrogate the skeleton.
Meanwhile, a few of the more engineer-like people on University grounds study the skeleton's cannon. They attempt to copy it - having heard that there's a war going on, they consider such a weapon useful if the University were to be attacked. Roll for how well the cannon is copied.
Post by: Strik3r on July 01, 2020, 01:26:58 pm
Year 301.4
Khagatai's death without an heir so early in the war was a devastating blow to the Black Qhaganate. A Black Council was swiftly formed, made up primarily of the Qhaganates finest generals to lead them to victory in the crusade. However, they had mostly reached their position for their loyalty to Khagatai, and were far less competent than he had been. Still, they tried their best, moving their defensive forces to threaten the siege in the east while they concentrated the entirety of their force on an all-out assault the Red Court army encamped in their lands. This was a reckless decision that they knew would be costly in lives, but they hoped that the Aetherials would be more willing to assist the Qhaganate if they proved their determination to continue fulfilling the pact he had made with them - otherwise they could very well lose everything. (Roll for intimidation of besieging forces(difficult) and all-out assault on the Army of Mages(Easier due to overwhelming force against small elite force, but also costlier due to overwhelming force against small elite force, if it's not too bothersome.))
Meanwhile, Dorathine the 13th "The Warrior" decided to personally lead his army further into the shaman lands. While he was a skilled and experienced general and a great inspiration to his troops, his bravery was also quite dangerous, as he had a tendency to charge directly into battle whenever he deemed it necessary for a more decisive victory. (Roll for success of continued Dorathian conquest of the shaman lands - Dorathine straight up dies on a roll of 5 or lower but inspires and leads his troops well.)
Dorathian engineers also begin studying these new cannon designs, looking for a way to improve up on them in their own unique Dorathian way. (Roll for attempts to prove cannon.)
Meanwhile, Zornaraughs raids against the slugmen become larger and more aggressive, pushing deeper into their lands seeking more labour to continue their expansion. The slugmen begin fortifying even small settlements in an attempt to halt the raids. (Roll for Greenskin raids VS Slugmen fortification efforts.)
((I would also just like to say that I'm really liking the look of this new war minigame, it's a really good way of doing it.))
((I like that the new War system has been seemingly well recieved, but it was designed to be pretty streamlined(and a bit more "gamey") compared to the rest of the game.
Heres how it generally is meant to be played, maybe i should've put that in the update post, oh well, i suppose i can edit it:
1 move per player, per war, per update.(which are the Wargame's "Turns") and each army can only take 1 action per update.
You need only tell me which army/force/unit you want to do what, and i'll handle the rest, including determining the difficulty of the rolls, if needed.
Don't forget to include WHICH army you want to do WHAT, else i'll just get confused and have to try to figure it out myself.
(the previous turn by naturegirl1999 is great example of a wargame turn. Fluff can be added, but make sure what you want to be done and by which army is clear.)
((What do you think?))Year 301.3
The Thairmar army attacks the Red Court from the East
((Just an FYI for everyone:
Moves related to ongoing wars can be taken in addition to normal actions. So you can do stuff not related to the crusade and play the war minigame at the same time and don't have to choose between the two.))
((I like it. I've always kinda liked your turns that deal with the Purple Leaves and their mind and the Plantira is an interesting touch, shall i make her as you said "a deity of the plants"?
I also just realized something, the Blue plants do have their own niche in all this. The Purple Leaves eat the conscious thoughts of humans, Red ones eat those of the Purple ones, but Blues are the odd ones out, and since they are related to Elysium, so are they to dreams, since they all look like something in a vivid dream, like they're mostly correct but SOMETHING is off about them. Oh yeah, Elysium and Elysians have some stuff going on with dreams, hopefully i'll get to elaborate on it soon, in whatever way.))
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 01, 2020, 01:35:46 pm
Post by: Strik3r on July 01, 2020, 01:42:20 pm
((Yes, Plantira would be the deity of plants. The reason the petals are different sizes is because of which leaf color the plants directly around her have the most of. Currently, that’s the purple leaves, and less so the red leaves. Is this making sense?))
((yeah it makes plenty sense. And i will make her a goddess in the next update, then
EDIT: and maybe give her a icon on the map, too.))
Post by: Strik3r on July 02, 2020, 05:48:42 am
Notices
Combat
Dorathian Crusade
Dorathian Kingdom vs. The Coalition of the LakesCode: [Select]
Bonuses
Dorathian Kingdom
Reckless Attack +2 Attack, -3 Defence
Dorathian Kingdom 2d20= (18+2=20)+(19-3=16)
vs.
The Coalition of the Lakes 2d20= 4+16
The Dorathian Kingdom's army continues its march forward, toward the capital of the Hamsterfolk Shamans. Continuing along the valley and the alongside the great river, they marched once more into enemy territory to find their enemy entrenched deep. Dorathine the 13th attacked the Coalition forces with a wild, reckless attack but much of the attack was mitigated by the Hamsterfolks' almost clairvoyant defence of their land. The Hamster folk returned little in the way of damage, instead opting to hold their ground against the oncoming tide and only exploiting the few openings that the enemy's recklessness caused. In the end, the Coalition Retreated backward as the casualties began to pile up.(The Dorathian kingdom Occupies more of the Hamsterfolk Shamans' land)
The Third Crusade
Kingdom of Arghila attempts to ResupplyCode: [Select]
1d20=11The forces of Arghila loot the land they occupied but the small southern section of land they took from the Red Court bears few resources, and certainly not enough for a sustained campaign. They've had to supplement their income of supplies with ones brought in by their old allies, the Dorathian Kingdom, what little they could supply them.(the KIngdom of Arghila's army health has increased by 5%)
The Thairmar army vs. Red Court's defensive armies, Eastern attack
Code: [Select]
Bonuses
Red Court's defensive armies
Larger Force +2 attack, +2 defence
The Thairmar army 2d20=10+9
vs.
Red Court's defensive armies 2d20=(16+2=18)+(16+2=18)
The Thairmar Army attacks the Red Court's lands from the east, intending to capture their capital. The Red Court's capital city is in middle of the desert sands, still bearing the scars of previous conflicts fought on this soil. But when last time the city was attacked it marked the end of a nation, this time the defence held firm. The army of Thairmar attempted to besiege the city but they are far from home and in unfamiliar lands and around unfamiliar people, where their enemies had the advantage in every regard. The army of Thairmar took great losses in attempting to take the city and were still sent into a retreat back into the Black Qhanganate's lands and the Red Courts garrison took almost nothing in the way of casualties.The Black Sky-Legion vs. The Army of Mages, Occupied lands.
Code: [Select]
Bonuses
The Black Sky-Legion
Aerial: +3 Attack, +3 Defence
Reckless Attack: +2 Attack -3 Defence
The Army of Mages
Infinite Provisions +1 Attack, +1 Defence, Immune to encirclement
The Black Sky-Legion 2d20= (14+5=19)+(17-2=15)
vs.
The Army of Mages 2d20= (12+1=13)+(11+1=12)
The Black Sky legion attacked the occupied lands where the Army of Mages had set up camp with a reckless attack. The black sands still covered with the red crystal that marked the attack of the Legion.The Death of Khagatai filled the Legion with rage and they held nothing back in the attack. The Army of Mages was unprepared for the onslaught and were decimated in the attack, their encampments burnt and their forces driven out of the Qhanganate's land. The Army of Mages could do little against such a violent assault and the few successes they scored were because of the enemy's recklessness.
(The Red Court has lost the occupied lands)
Rolls
Arghila's security investigation
Code: [Select]
1d20=19After a large amount of cross-referncing and consulting with his advisors, the King of Arghila manages to root out Yarlac Drem, the crime-lord. However, they are unable to verify whether he does infact possess Necromantic power or not. Still, a sneaking suspicion remains: What is a major crime lord from Arghila doing in a crusade pretending to be a healer. However, it is largely irrelevant, because Yarlac is still a criminal with a bounty on his head in Arghila, as such, he was locked up and bound in chains, waiting to be transported back to Arghila and probably executed. His apprentice was left untouched, as he is considered a nobody.Dorathian Kingdom attempts to improve the Ziani Cannon
Code: [Select]
1d20=20!The Cannon's design is generally relatively simple, with some alterations to the design, a smaller even more portable cannon has been experimentally trialed. These "Hand Cannons" are wieldable and fireable by single person, barely. Although they fire smaller cannonballs which are especially designed for it, the damage these weapons deal is still staggering, far outclassing any bow or crossbow.However, such weapons are probably far off from actual production and even then they would be specialist weapons.
Greenskins attempt to raid the Slugmen AGAIN...
Code: [Select]
1d20=15The Attempts by the slugmen to fortify their lands against further greenskin invasions has had some effect of slowing and stopping their raids, however it is not enough and the greenskins just keep raiding and taking slaves to further their own expansion. However, someone still needs to keep watch over the slaves too lest they run away and they can not be sent into the wilds alone to settle further territories, for obvious reasons. As the Greenskins' numbers are still somewhat stretched thin, they've been unable to further expand their territory for now.University attempts to Interrogate the Skeleton.
Code: [Select]
1d20=14The attempts by the University researchers to interrogate the Skeleton only results in the skeleton in question only becoming more agitated and spit out even more profanities at the researchers, mostly because it is frustrated by the fact that it itself has no idea how it got there, either.University attempts to copy the Skeleton's cannon.
Code: [Select]
1d20=20!The problem isnt with the cannon, the cannon itself is incredibly simple, almost trivial for the researchers to replicate, the problem is with the blasting powder it needs to fire. Namely, it is expensive and hard to get, especially on Dragolia, with the only supply coming from Refugio Guerra. While supply is expected to improve once the Jahtari complete their Sky-ship, the Magi have come up with an ingenous solution to the problem: Why not fire MAGIC out of the cannon? Crawling through some older plans and prototypes of the humans and their warships. The Magi of the university believe they can miniturize the Arcane cannons, and make them small enough to be used by a single operator and simple enough that even the dumbest oaf can fire one. The resulting prototype is a magical device that looks like a smaller cannon at first glance but actually contains an Arcane crystal that it draws power from to fire, a "Mana Blaster" if you will. The cannon is small enough to be wielded and fired by a single person, barely.A working production model is probably far off, and even then it will be a specialist weapon.
YEAR 301.6
The Third Crusade: After their failed attempt to find and kill the necromancer, Rheis' Paladins instead focus on their main objective, and begin marching toward the Aetherials' Portal. But first they intend to take back the occupied land that was lost with the Defeat of the Army of Mages with furious, zealous attack.
Rheis' Paladins attack the Black Qhanganate from the Red Court and toward the portal with a Reckless attack.
Rheis' Paladins vs. Black Qhanganate, from the red court toward the portal.
Code: [Select]
Bonuses
Rheis' Paladins:
Reckless Attack: +2 Attack -3 Defence
Black Qhanganate:
Larger Army: +2 Attack +2 Defence
Rheis' Paladins 2d20= (15+2=17)+(20!)
vs.
Black Qhanganate 2d20= (19+2=21)+(4+2=6)
Rheis' Paladins marched out of the Red Court's lands with a bitter taste in their mouths and a thirst for blood unquenched by the previous battle. Everything within the Black Qhanganate hated and feared them, even the black sand seemed to attempt to avoid them as the paladins' steel boots landed on the sands. It took mere hours after stepping into the Black Qhanganate's lands for its defenders to assault them in mass, and the numerically inferior Paladins slaughtered the corrupted monsters in droves, their wretched flesh and twisted armor offered little defence against the light of the Paladins or their blades. The Attack of the Black Qhanganate was one of a ferocity and scale never before seen in any war, but no weapon of the Qhanganate could even so much as scratch the armor of the Paladins, whether it was the magical barriers of light or some greater force was watching over them, not a single Paladin fell in the battle, despite being attacked from all sides. Soon the defenders of the Black Qhanganate finally realized their mistake and retreated. Legends would soon spread of the Warriors of Light being invincible among the Qhanganate's ranks.(The Red Court has occupied a large section of the Black Qhanganate, Taken by Rheis' Paladins.)
With the hull and the skydock of the Sky-ship well and truly done, the Jahtari need just one last part before the Sky-ship is complete:
The lift system, something to bring the airship into the sky and keep it there and also to descend.
The Jahtari Sultanate asks the University for help with the Sky-ship
Code: [Select]
1d20=13The University's apparently having manpower problems, what with the war going on and numerous other projects, however the Jahtari are able to convince some of the Magi who originally worked on the Aquatic Gondola to help them make a propulsion system for the sky-ship. However, it will likely still take a while before the sky-ship is truly finished and can finally take flight, at last.
Auto-Combat
Dorathian CrusadeThe Orc-Slayer bandit and his bandits Attack the Hamsterfolk Shamans, Along the eastern side of the great valley
The Orc-Slayer bandit and his bandits vs. Coalition of the Lakes, from the south, east side of the great valley.
Code: [Select]
The Coalition of the Lakes takes half damage, Anti-Bashing protection.
Bonuses
The Orc-Slayer bandit and his bandits 2d20=8+13
vs.
Coalition of the Lakes 2d20=17+11
The Orc-Slayer and his bandits do not succeed in taking any territory from the Hamsterfolk Shamans. They deal little damage and recieve a lot in return.Coalition of the Lakes attempts to Resupply
Code: [Select]
1d20=2instead of looking for provisions, some of the Coalition of the Lakes' troops desert the army, instead.(The Coalition of the Lakes has lost 5% army health)
The Third Crusade
It is not known how, but The Aetherials seem to have somehow aquired a bunch Ziani Cannons and split off 20% of their forces to turn into an Artillery force.
The Desert Shades attempt to sabotage the supplies of the Kingdom of Arghila's army
Code: [Select]
1d20=12The Desert Shades succeed in depriving the Kingdom of Arghila's army of some supplies.(Kingdom of Arghila gains a -1 debuff to both attack and defence for the next turn)
Kingdom of Karhan attempts to resupply after its failed siege on the Black Qhanganate's fort
Code: [Select]
1d20=7Despite trying their best to find extra supplies, they could come up with none.(Karhan gains no army Health)
The Great Diplomatic Army attacks the Black Qhangante toward the south west
The Great Diplomatic Army vs. Black Qhangante, from the northeast
Code: [Select]
The Black Qhangante takes half damage, anti-bashing protection.
The Great Diplomatic Army 2d20= 16+7
vs.
Black Qhangante 2d20= 9+10
The Great Diplomatic army takes some land further to the southwest in the battle. The Great army does a lot of damage to the Black Qhanganate and takes little in return.The Black Qhanganate attempts to Resupply after the massive beating its taken
Code: [Select]
1d20=2Instead of looking for provisions, some of the Black Qhanganate's troops desert the army, instead.(The Black Qhanganate has lost 5% army health)
The Army of Mages Attempts to Resupply
Code: [Select]
1d20=12The Army of Mages succeeds in recruiting some additional forces(The Army of Mages gains 5% army health)
The Red Court attempts to fortify their positions
Code: [Select]
1d20=1!Somehow, in an attempt to shore up their defences, the Red Court has made its defences far weaker than they were before(The Red Court gains a -3 Defence debuff for the next turn)
Post by: Unraveller on July 02, 2020, 05:52:36 am
The Wharg have bourne enough sorrow, have they not? Yet still they weep upon the ashes of the first flame and no steam comes forth, yet still they heep bundles of sticks, dried grasses, and all manner of tinder upon the pile. The bones of the Wharg grow chilled, already accustomed to the warmth of fire. So too do they hurl curses upon the wind, the rain, and the clouds. All the while creating a new caste within their society, tribals you or I might call Stormseekers.
The apemen banded together and bore waving, carved sticks, shaped like their idealized version of the lightning bolt that created their flame and rose to the highest tree tops, waving them in the air along with sacred Wharg chants. The storms might have forsaken them, so maybe they would steal the power of fire from the very skies themselves!
Does the conviction to see flame again bear fruit for the Wharg?
Post by: TankKit on July 02, 2020, 06:20:30 am
The Dorathian Kingdoms military industry churns as it begins mass-producing Ziani Cannons. It will take years before there are enough for them to be fielded as part of a proper military force, and even more years before the Dorathian Hand-Cannons are employed in their military at all, but they will no doubt be a formidable force one it is completed. For now, however, Dorathine the 13th "The Warrior" surrounds the capital of his enemy and lays siege to it without these tools. (Dorathian Kingdom offensive army besieges the enemy capital.)
Meanwhile, with the Coalition forces exhausted, the newly crowned Kaiser Garidius of the Celestial Emperor begins asserting his control over the slugmen duchies to his east and west. Citing the Celestial Empires borders before the Heavenly War, during which these lands were unjustly taken from them by the dragons and then conquered by the Slugmen Duchies, he demands that they abandon their foolish 'Archduke' and swear subservience to him instead. If they don't, he will take the rightfully Celestial Imperial lands by force.(Roll for success of Garidius intimidating the old lands into rejoining him. If it doesn't succeed, he declares war on them.)
Meanwhile, the New Qhaganate enjoys a period of healthy peace and prosperity. (Roll to see how prosperous the New Qhaganate is.)
Post by: auzewasright on July 02, 2020, 06:30:22 am
The Great Diplomatic Army decides to resupply with more soldiers and diplomats while they wait for the diplomatic agreements below to be negotiated.
The first diplomatic message is sent to the Kingdoms of Karhan & Arghila, requesting them to cease-fire on all Armies once Streamland forces them into peace, starting with them and the Black Qhaganate.
The second one is sent, in light of recent victories, at the Black Qhaganate. The terms of the ceasefire is that the Qhaganate will agree to the following conditions:
1. Peace and reliable supplying of Vision Dust for as long as needed to wipe out the Purple Leaf DiseaseAs well as the allowing of the occupation of a corridor going to the Western attacking armies, for the purpose of forcing peace through aggressive diplomacy there as well.
2. A human controlled territory free from corruption through which such trade can be conducted
3. Containment of the expansion of the forces of The Qhaganate (not really considered a priority so much as something to be disposed of at the right time as a "compromise" in return for the above terms).
Post by: Lidku on July 02, 2020, 08:32:37 am
With the some of the army supplies seemingly becoming sabotaged by some outside force, Ludicrous-Sales Halloween takes it that the Red Court hasn't taken heed to his message to broker a separate peace of negotiation. He supposes that the only way to open up talks is to increase the martial presence he has in Red Court lands as of now.
Roll for Kingdom of Arghila offense on the Red Court
Quote from: auzewasright
The first diplomatic message is sent to the Kingdoms of Karhan & Arghila, requesting them to cease-fire on all Armies once Streamland forces them into peace, starting with them and the Black Qhaganate.
Meanwhile while the forces of Arghila assemble to stage an assault, King Ludicrous-Sales Halloween replies to Steamland: "The Crusade I primarily have is with the Red Court as they possess an artefact of great importance- a piece part of a greater collage. The Black Qhaganate was never the priority of mine, only the Red Court. Besides is it not that both of these realms are ones wrought of Chaos? If the Black Qhaganate is forced to a peace, my part of the war will continue unless the Red Court wishes to come to a peace."
The King of Arghila also sends a falcon with a letter to Rheis asking him why is he serving under the employ of the Red Court despite both the Black Qhaganate and Red Court being aligned with Chaos. The letter also tells that he has captured the Necromancer they seek, which he will give to them to see fit if they relinquish loyal to the Red Court.
Mi'akl knew this was a horrible idea, joining a campaign of this calibre with his master so notorious the way he is. Luckily the camp internal security didn't pay Mi'akl any heed and thought him to be a common medial aide, so he was spared capture. With this in mind, Mi'akl summons a Chameleon-Demon in the dead of night and has it try to free Yarlac who would be chained in a large tent next to the barracks which serves as the camp prison.
Roll to see how successful the Chameleon-Demon is
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 02, 2020, 08:58:50 am
Thairmar attacks the Red Court again, in light of their decreased defenses.
Meanwhile the Sandpond Clan, fearing the battles in the southeast might reach them, begin building a wall around their city.
((If the second action isn’t allowed due to it involving the war, indirectly, tell me and I will change it))
Post by: Strik3r on July 02, 2020, 09:23:20 am
301.9
Thairmar attacks the Red Court again, in light of their decreased defenses.
Meanwhile the Sandpond Clan, fearing the battles in the southeast might reach them, begin building a wall around their city.
((If the second action isn’t allowed due to it involving the war, indirectly, tell me and I will change it))
((No that's totally fine, it'd be fine even if it did directly interact with any of the ongoing wars. Armies and Nations are largely seperate from one another. You could totally build a fort during a war, and i encourage trying it. it'll take a while, but as you know from Karhan vs Eastern fort, forts are incredibly powerful. Even totally new armies can be added to an existing war as long as it makes sense.
Even the rules aren't really hard and fast. I have no problem bending the supposed "rules" for the sake of the game and the players.
The rules are there for those who would go out of their way to violate them. A good example would be bashing an army repeatedly within the same post with every other army. Or erasing an entire continent from existence.))
Post by: TamerVirus on July 02, 2020, 10:37:51 am
The Aetherial Cannon Artillery test out their new weaponry by bombarding the positions of the Great Diplomatic Army
Back in Refugio Guerra the irritable alchemist, Kore Jonhara, has been taken completely by the mesmeric qualities of the Great Ruby and constructs a small shrine to it in his home. He begins deluding himself into thinking that the mysterious growths on the Ruby demonstrate a divine nature and so begins preaching that the Ruby will give birth to a new god and that he is the rightful shepherd
Roll to see if anyone in Refugio Guerra actually buys into this manic preacher talk
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on July 02, 2020, 11:31:39 am
The University releases the skeleton, having nothing more to gain from it. Unfortunately for them, the skeleton appears to really not like Magi. Which results in the skeleton attempting to punch nearby Magi to death. While doing this, the skeleton happens to catch sight of the "Mana Blaster" and just about goes berserk as a result, yelling about theft, designs and gold. In the ensuing melee, the skeleton somehow manages to grab the "Mana Blaster" and starts trying to shoot people with it. Roll for whether the skeleton manages to hurt anyone.
Post by: Detoxicated on July 02, 2020, 12:05:01 pm
The Batpeople have begun building Sound producing Monuments all over their Island chains. The distinctive magical music produced by the islands leads to a Higher magical resonance in the area. Interesting phenomena can be observed. Plants take in weird colourations and Form magical fruits and Pollen. The Sky Takes on differing colours depending in the mood of the Batpeople and the direction of the Wind blowing. Feral Beasts of weird Form and shape have begun appearing and even Rocks can be Heard whispering Strange tongues.
This leads to an alchemical Revolution AS the new plants and Materials can be applied in various areas. Furthermore the druids and mages have formed a Council to rule over the Lands. Abundance of food and medicine have Made the Batpeople Population explode.
The Land Ruled by the druids and mages has become known as the Grand Batpeople Magocracy. A palace Tower for the ruling mages has been planned and construction is on its way.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 02, 2020, 02:32:05 pm
More Red Elves on the small island go missing due to mysterious circumstances (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8159170#msg8159170), while hunting, a group of Red Elves find large bulbous plants pulling in other animals. The hunting squad shoots some of these plants with arrows, causing them to break apart, revealing bones and partially digested carcasses. The squad notices that there are skeletons of Red Elves among the other skeletons. The squad returns and reports what they found. Red Elves are now warned against going to the edges of the island where these plants are, and to not go near them if found.
Post by: Unraveller on July 02, 2020, 07:31:07 pm
Since the century faire in the Jahtari Sultante, entertainment has become a cultural focus amongst the Lizardmen, and the sultan is willing to invest thanks to the prosperous peace and sprawling cities they've built. Recently, a new game has enraptured the scale folk, from clutchlings to the eldest ones. Breakthroughs in the use of Flyrite alloys bave allowed a much greater breadth of use to the material.
One such use is creating small alloyed balls that bear the heft of steel, yet in a practiced hand can fly gently. Combined with bracers and leggings of the same material, Jahtari athletes are able to leap ever further and plummet ever slower. This new and perhaps first spectator sport consists of fourteams of four within a circled arena made of four quadrants. Multiple horizontal hoops line the center of the field and each teams quadrants. The goal is to end the game (which takes place over a full hour without pause.) With the highest total score. The central hoops increase the score of the team that slings a ball through, while scoring in another team's main hoop reduces their total point value. There are always six Flyrite balls in play, and limited regulations aside from the purposeful drawing of blood.
The game has come to be known as Gaht'Gurro.
Post by: TankKit on July 03, 2020, 01:45:41 am
The Moss Trolls continue spreading to the rest of their islands.
The High Elves attempt to expand further through the dungeon into the western island. (Roll for High Elf attempts at clearing out the western half of the dungeon and colonising it further.)
Post by: King Zultan on July 03, 2020, 08:12:19 am
Post by: Strik3r on July 03, 2020, 11:53:55 am
Notices
I admit, the bulk of the update today was taken up by me faffing with the update format.
Also, this game's updates will from this point on now regularly break the forum's BBcode lol.
Revelations
The Wharg attempt to make fire again.
Code: [Select]
1d20=17It was a bolt of lightning in a storm that started the First Fire, and it was a storm that extinguished it, now it would be relit yet again by another bolt of lightning during a storm. Dark clouds formed overhead, but there was no rain, just clouds where lightning bolts could be seen within, jumping around inside the clouds. one of the Wharg waved his "Lightning Stick"(or maybe it is a "Fire Stick"?) above his head, hoping to call down one of the bolts. He was successful, but not in a way he expected. The bolt of lightning struck his stick, and went through him, lighting both him and his stick on fire. The unlucky Wharg died on the spot and fell to the ground. But there it was: Flame! The Wharg who witnessed this did not let the sacrifice be in vain, and once again lit the First Flame and once again would there be fire across the Whargs' Islands, once again to be extinguished by a rainstorm. Of course they tried their best to make sure the fire survived for as long as possible, as to them, their brother's soul was within that flame, but in the end it would still succumb to the rains.
Thus, a cycle formed, Wharg would climb atop the tallest trees when the black, twisting clouds came, waving their sticks, and invariably one of them would be struck by a lightning bolt, some survived the bolt only for the fall to be their end, or for the truly "blessed", the fire. Then weeks or months later, the one rainstorm that extinguishes the flame would come again. And again, when the rain cleared, the Wharg would climb atop the tallest trees when black, twisting clouds came. The extinguishing of the First Flame wasn't some act of cruelty by the Spirit of the Storms, but part of the cycle of life, for the fire, and for those who light them. But there was always a storm. One that would mark the beginning of the cycle and one that that would mark its end, the Cycle of the Fire.
Garidius attempts to intimidate the Slugman Duchies into rejoining the HCE
Code: [Select]
1d20=11The Archduke insists that such ultimatums are unproductive and that attempting to exploit the ongoing war in this way is dishonorable and as such beneath the Kaiser and that this matter should be discussed after the war. He also throws all kinds of flattery at the Kaiser as a delay tactic. At the same time making it very clear that yes, although the army in the south is struggling, the Duchies are hardly defenseless.
(The Slugman Duchies have not joined the HCE, but neither has the HCE declared war on the Duchies.)
The new Qhanganate's prosperity
Code: [Select]
1d20=19Ever since fleeing from the Black Qhanganate in the west, the New Qhanganate hasn't been struggling, with plenty of trade flowing through their lands from the nearby humans and the foxfolk, in just a few years, the New Qhanganate has built up a fully fledged nation from basically nothing. They're mostly peaceful traders and that probably helps. Although some do not like the name "New Qhanganate".(the New Qhanganate's borders have seen a significant growth.)
Mi'akl's Chameleon-Demon attempts to free Yarlac Drem
Code: [Select]
1d20=20!The Chameleon-Demon's attempt to free Yarlac is absolutely flawless, not a single trace is left behind of the Demon's work, not even identifiable footprints, no claw scratches on the metal chains, infact the chains were completely untouched, almost as if Yarlac had simply vanished, everything was there as it was left there, except for Yarlac. However, he could not continue operating within Arghila's army anymore, too much heat on him, he, Mi'akl and the demon had to flee, far away, as far as he could.In fact it would be better if he was not seen in civilization at all, for a long time after the disappearing act he pulled. The best option thus, was to go toward the small settlement of dwarves known as Sandpond.
Although Yarlac Drem was a man of short stature, he was no dwarf, but the dwarves there generally don't discriminate based on someone's race, but they will surely take notice if Yarlac attempts to perform his Necromancy experiments there. The Chameleon-Demon was dismissed, and the two arrived in broad daylight, apparently being the first of refugees from the Red Court from the recent dust-up between Arghila and The red Court.
Kore Jonhara and the Great Ruby
Code: [Select]
1d20=16The words of Kore make sense both to layman and to scholar alike, after all if such a thing as the Great Ruby exists and it does indeed grow all on its own, it must harbor great power, right? Even Magi would be convinced that it is divine, after all, growing magical crystals is a difficult process that takes a great deal of energy, and if it can grow them at such a rate BEFORE it is born, well only the power of a god could do that. If only they could SEE the Great Ruby, which was difficult, because Kore was so protective of the thing, but obviously for good reason. While the initial reach of his word is small, Refugio Guerra is in many ways the center of the world. Word would surely travel of the Great Ruby, first within Refugio Guerra and then, all over the world. It will surely over the years draw many people to it, all wanting it. Some just to see it, to perhaps join Kore in worshipping it, some to steal it, some to study it.
But all those that do believe that it is in fact the egg of some divine being... are right, it is. Most simply don't believe it, yet don't know it, yet. A kind of schism has formed within the ranks of those that believe in the Divine Egg, regarding as to what will actually hatch from it. One side believes that it harbors the greatest evil in the world yet, that will consume all of existence, others believe that in there is a being of great beauty and love instead. No one can know for sure, one of them is right, but not in the way they think. Whats in the EGG, was there that way long ago, but whether it will BECOME the destroyer of the world, or its protector, is not.
The magic skeleton and the Mana Blaster
Code: [Select]
1d20=4The Skeleton takes the Mana Blaster and just starts firing it wildly. Some people are hurt, most by getting whacked in the face by blaster as the skeleton was swinging it around. Eventually the Magi are able to blast the skeleton with a magic bolt and grab the Blaster while the skeleton is stunned. It is put away safely and the skeleton is caged, hauled far away from any settlement and then released and it is left there, alone.High elves attempt to clear the dungeon, AGAIN.
Code: [Select]
1d20=8Just like every attempt at clearing the dungeon thus far, it only ends with those attempting to do so being forced back out the way they came with fewer men they went in with. Although this time, the high elves got back out relatively unscathed. The dungeon really does not like people trying to go through it seems and has become legendarily infamous for its ability to stop even large armies trying to pass through it, let alone small squads. YEAR 302.5
The Third Crusade: Rheis' Paladins attack the Black Qhanganate to the north of the lands occupied by them
Warfare
(This wont be here when there are no ongoing wars.)
(Updated)
Guide to the Art of War
(Updated)
(This wont be here when there are no ongoing wars.)
(Updated)
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
(Updated)
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
Post by: Strik3r on July 03, 2020, 12:44:20 pm
i fucked up by creating the Battle System. Its great on paper but it is unrunnable by a human, especially IN ADDITION to the normal updates.
with a little refinement, it could very well be a standalone game, but thats exactly the problem, its almost a complete game, grafted onto this one.
But i cant change it right NOW, because the wars are still ongoing, it'll get a little easier once armies start dying off, but still.
Even if i could make a template/spreadsheet for it, it would obviously drop the quality... because it'd be templated))
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 03, 2020, 12:48:33 pm
Year 301.7
The Dorathian Kingdoms military industry churns as it begins mass-producing Ziani Cannons. It will take years before there are enough for them to be fielded as part of a proper military force, and even more years before the Dorathian Hand-Cannons are employed in their military at all, but they will no doubt be a formidable force one it is completed. For now, however, Dorathine the 13th "The Warrior" surrounds the capital of his enemy and lays siege to it without these tools. (Dorathian Kingdom offensive army besieges the enemy capital.)
Meanwhile, with the Coalition forces exhausted, the newly crowned Kaiser Garidius of the Celestial Emperor begins asserting his control over the slugmen duchies to his east and west. Citing the Celestial Empires borders before the Heavenly War, during which these lands were unjustly taken from them by the dragons and then conquered by the Slugmen Duchies, he demands that they abandon their foolish 'Archduke' and swear subservience to him instead. If they don't, he will take the rightfully Celestial Imperial lands by force.(Roll for success of Garidius intimidating the old lands into rejoining him. If it doesn't succeed, he declares war on them.)
Meanwhile, the New Qhaganate enjoys a period of healthy peace and prosperity. (Roll to see how prosperous the New Qhaganate is.)
301.9
Thairmar attacks the Red Court again, in light of their decreased defenses.
Meanwhile the Sandpond Clan, fearing the battles in the southeast might reach them, begin building a wall around their city.
((If the second action isn’t allowed due to it involving the war, indirectly, tell me and I will change it))
Year 302- A more focused expedition sets out to explore the previously uncharted island off the coast of Karhan. Covered in thick jungle, the island is home to lots of wildlife but little else at first glance. Explorers stumble upon the ruins of a small tribal settlement with a colossal stone head as it's centerpiece. These adventurers, lacking detailed knowledge regarding the Moko and their society, excavate the head, load it up on one of their ships and set sail back to Dalai and the mainland.Or are the results already shown in the map and I just missed them?))
The Aetherial Cannon Artillery test out their new weaponry by bombarding the positions of the Great Diplomatic Army
Back in Refugio Guerra the irritable alchemist, Kore Jonhara, has been taken completely by the mesmeric qualities of the Great Ruby and constructs a small shrine to it in his home. He begins deluding himself into thinking that the mysterious growths on the Ruby demonstrate a divine nature and so begins preaching that the Ruby will give birth to a new god and that he is the rightful shepherd
Roll to see if anyone in Refugio Guerra actually buys into this manic preacher talk
After Strik3r’s post
((You didn’t fuck up. It’s easily understood, at least for me, I think.))
Post by: Strik3r on July 03, 2020, 12:54:22 pm
((I didn’t know faffing is a word, is it a synonym for changing? Also, what were the results of the other attacks?))Year 301.7
The Dorathian Kingdoms military industry churns as it begins mass-producing Ziani Cannons. It will take years before there are enough for them to be fielded as part of a proper military force, and even more years before the Dorathian Hand-Cannons are employed in their military at all, but they will no doubt be a formidable force one it is completed. For now, however, Dorathine the 13th "The Warrior" surrounds the capital of his enemy and lays siege to it without these tools. (Dorathian Kingdom offensive army besieges the enemy capital.)
Meanwhile, with the Coalition forces exhausted, the newly crowned Kaiser Garidius of the Celestial Emperor begins asserting his control over the slugmen duchies to his east and west. Citing the Celestial Empires borders before the Heavenly War, during which these lands were unjustly taken from them by the dragons and then conquered by the Slugmen Duchies, he demands that they abandon their foolish 'Archduke' and swear subservience to him instead. If they don't, he will take the rightfully Celestial Imperial lands by force.(Roll for success of Garidius intimidating the old lands into rejoining him. If it doesn't succeed, he declares war on them.)
Meanwhile, the New Qhaganate enjoys a period of healthy peace and prosperity. (Roll to see how prosperous the New Qhaganate is.)301.9
Thairmar attacks the Red Court again, in light of their decreased defenses.
Meanwhile the Sandpond Clan, fearing the battles in the southeast might reach them, begin building a wall around their city.
((If the second action isn’t allowed due to it involving the war, indirectly, tell me and I will change it))Year 302- A more focused expedition sets out to explore the previously uncharted island off the coast of Karhan. Covered in thick jungle, the island is home to lots of wildlife but little else at first glance. Explorers stumble upon the ruins of a small tribal settlement with a colossal stone head as it's centerpiece. These adventurers, lacking detailed knowledge regarding the Moko and their society, excavate the head, load it up on one of their ships and set sail back to Dalai and the mainland.Or are the results already shown in the map and I just missed them?))
The Aetherial Cannon Artillery test out their new weaponry by bombarding the positions of the Great Diplomatic Army
Back in Refugio Guerra the irritable alchemist, Kore Jonhara, has been taken completely by the mesmeric qualities of the Great Ruby and constructs a small shrine to it in his home. He begins deluding himself into thinking that the mysterious growths on the Ruby demonstrate a divine nature and so begins preaching that the Ruby will give birth to a new god and that he is the rightful shepherd
Roll to see if anyone in Refugio Guerra actually buys into this manic preacher talk
After Strik3r’s post
((You didn’t fuck up. It’s easily understood, at least for me, I think.))
((i think its from some YouTuber, TheSpiffingBrit possibly? not sure.
And yeah, certain colors over others are hard to see.
And as the rules state, Artillery Bombard doesn't take land.
Its easy to understand, but hard to maintain))
Post by: TankKit on July 03, 2020, 12:54:47 pm
Meanwhile, the Greenskin raids against the slugmen intensify and rumours speak of the mass mobilisation of the Greenskin people. Something major is going to happen soon...
((there is a time in every person's life where they must admit that they fucked upI want to help with that if it's too bothersome to run on top of everything else, it really is a fun system that you clearly put a lot of effort into so I'd hate to see it go.
i fucked up by creating the Battle System. Its great on paper but it is unrunnable by a human, especially IN ADDITION to the normal updates.
with a little refinement, it could very well be a standalone game, but thats exactly the problem, its almost a complete game, grafted onto this one.
But i cant change it right NOW, because the wars are still ongoing, it'll get a little easier once armies start dying off, but still.
Even if i could make a template/spreadsheet for it, it would obviously drop the quality... because it'd be templated))
((I didn’t know faffing is a word, is it a synonym for changing? Also, what were the results of the other attacks?))All of those are shown in the warfare spoiler.
And I think the problem he's getting at isn't the warfare system being too difficult for us to understand, the problem is it effectively tripling the amount of work the GM has to do.
Post by: TamerVirus on July 03, 2020, 12:56:18 pm
((You didn’t fuck up. It’s easily understood, at least for me, I think.))Me thinks he's saying it add quite a lot to the GM workload
Perhaps collaborate with a co-Gm when there's giant wars going on?
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 03, 2020, 01:04:12 pm
The dwarves of the Waterstone clan colonise the small peninsula just to the south of their island. Here they also experiment with various methods of cutting it off from the mainland and making it an island too.Maybe one of us players can function as the War roller, not making war related moves ourselves to avoid bias. Tankkit, you mentioned you wanted to help,
Meanwhile, the Greenskin raids against the slugmen intensify and rumours speak of the mass mobilisation of the Greenskin people. Something major is going to happen soon...((there is a time in every person's life where they must admit that they fucked upI want to help with that if it's too bothersome to run on top of everything else, it really is a fun system that you clearly put a lot of effort into so I'd hate to see it go.
i fucked up by creating the Battle System. Its great on paper but it is unrunnable by a human, especially IN ADDITION to the normal updates.
with a little refinement, it could very well be a standalone game, but thats exactly the problem, its almost a complete game, grafted onto this one.
But i cant change it right NOW, because the wars are still ongoing, it'll get a little easier once armies start dying off, but still.
Even if i could make a template/spreadsheet for it, it would obviously drop the quality... because it'd be templated))((I didn’t know faffing is a word, is it a synonym for changing? Also, what were the results of the other attacks?))All of those are shown in the warfare spoiler.
And I think the problem he's getting at isn't the warfare system being too difficult for us to understand, the problem is it effectively tripling the amount of work the GM has to do.
if you are currently running one of the armies in the war, TamerVirus, I or one of the other players could run the army(ies) in your stead while you focus on the rolling. Strik3r, what do you think of this?((there is a time in every person's life where they must admit that they fucked upI want to help with that if it's too bothersome to run on top of everything else, it really is a fun system that you clearly put a lot of effort into so I'd hate to see it go.
i fucked up by creating the Battle System. Its great on paper but it is unrunnable by a human, especially IN ADDITION to the normal updates.
with a little refinement, it could very well be a standalone game, but thats exactly the problem, its almost a complete game, grafted onto this one.
But i cant change it right NOW, because the wars are still ongoing, it'll get a little easier once armies start dying off, but still.
Even if i could make a template/spreadsheet for it, it would obviously drop the quality... because it'd be templated))
Post by: TankKit on July 03, 2020, 01:05:14 pm
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 03, 2020, 01:08:24 pm
You quoted me twice. Did you want to quote TamerVirus the second time?yes, sorry
((You didn’t fuck up. It’s easily understood, at least for me, I think.))Me thinks he's saying it add quite a lot to the GM workload
Perhaps collaborate with a co-Gm when there's giant wars going on?
Post by: Lidku on July 03, 2020, 01:34:58 pm
Ludicrous-Sales Halloween, still battered from the horrid stalemate in an attempt to take Red Court lands leading to the capital, would be at his royal household tent inside the Arghilan camp reading through the various writ of reports and letters sent to him. Upon coming upon Rheis' response- the one he was waiting for days- he quills another letter quickly to make time before any other army makes another move.
Ludicrous-Sales Halloween's letter to Rheis' Paladins
The artefact I seek from the Red Court is part of a greater collection, one of divine providence. Admittedly I don't know much of the artefact myself, but it is one my father and previous King of Arghila looked for years of. Whether through diplomacy with the Red Court or force, this artefact is of world importance and must gained in Halloween household hands. If you wish to form a new nation out of the conquests of the Black Qhaganate, as a fellow human, Arghila will guarantee your nation. It is sure that the Slugmen, the proudest and longest lived species of this world will rebel often after the Black Qhaganate clears up into your fold- I will provide military assistance to quell such future rebellions... the lucrative trade lanes and oasis' of this desert shall be yours.
In return I ask that in a time of if the Red Court is uncompliant with negotiations for the artefact.. ARTEFACTS rather, that we both seek, that we coalescence into a force that strikes down this unholy nation of chaos once and for all. The lands of that I hold of the Red Court and the ones of if the Red Court is hostile and we take them, will be relinquished unto your incorporation of your Kingdom if agreed to terms of this.
With the letter stamped, rolled, and tied to a messenger falcon, Ludicrous-Sales Halloween now makes a diplomatic plan for the Thairmir in the north. After the close defeat Arghila had faced, Thairmir took the opportunity of assault and took the lands Arghila was about to acquire. They succeeded- but at the dastardly contention of the entire army being rendered into smithereens. Seeing an opportunity, Ludicrous-Sales Halloween puts out a treatise that Arghila and Thairmir should consolidate the lands and forces they have now to better uproot the Red Court.
Roll for persuasion
((Also I just want to say that you do AMAZING write-ups Strik3r and I agree with you- the system you scrambled together is a beast onto itself. Based on d20 alone, goes well with freeform RP, everything. There is just one thing I'm confused about though, how do the percentages (health) exactly work?))
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 03, 2020, 02:29:33 pm
Thairmar attempts to resupply
((The persuasion roll will still apply, they’re not going to ignore the letter))
Post by: Strik3r on July 03, 2020, 03:12:23 pm
((Also I just want to say that you do AMAZING write-ups Strik3r and I agree with you- the system you scrambled together is a beast onto itself. Based on d20 alone, goes well with freeform RP, everything. There is just one thing I'm confused about though, how do the percentages (health) exactly work?))((you're right, it is a beast, but i wouldn't have it any other way, i created it for wars to be more granular, more interactive. I would have never even used it if i didn't like it, so please don't stop making moves, i'd rather spend a day writing out the moves than do nothing but auto-combat, and even then i try to sneak in some silly things in there, so even auto-combat isn't machine readable lol.
but for the health system, i guess i better post the formula then, its actually pretty simple, mostly just a conversion from d20 to percentages. Im 100% sure that theres a better way to do this but whatever:
a-(((b*5)*(1-((c*5)*0.01)))/d)
This, is the formula for how much health a force has left after battle or a bombardment.
'a' is the force's current health
'b' is the ENEMY force's attack roll
'c' is the defending force's DEFENCE roll
and 'd' is the divisor, typically 1, but 2 if anti-bash is in effect, or the attacking army is Guerilla or Artillery. 4 if both anti-bash is active and the army naturally deals half-damage.
The system has some fun quirks: Rolling a 20 means 100% damage but because the minimum roll is 1, the most amount of damage a force can take in a hit is 95%, under normal conditions. but if a roll passes over 20, for example due to bonuses, a force IS capable of one-shotting a force from full health. Im not sure if this formula will handle negative defence or attack, but knowing my math skills, probably not.
I also did consider the co-GM option, while im certain this IS something that can be ran asynchronously it also takes a bit of doing, the number crunching and of course the writing part.
im actually sort of glad that such a large battle was the first test of this system, because it really puts it under strain and shows where the cracks are going to form.
1 thing im certain about: The system needs a degree of automation. having to constantly switch between windows to get all the info in, is really a detriment to productivity.
Also heres some interesting Did ya' knows: Originally the system was going to be closer to Risk, but the enlarged map of the Qhanganate that i made with all the regions got lost :P, the area taken from Gharlor's folk by the Black Qhanganate was the only region that got a name: "Gharlor's Folly".
My goal was a battle system with as simple rules as i could, and one that results in epic tales. Ones where a single battle changes the course of the entire war, incredible comebacks, everything.
Anyway, gotta make that spreadsheet now, its gonna speed up at least the combat calculations by a bit))
Post by: Lidku on July 03, 2020, 03:23:03 pm
While in the previous month after the biggest bouts of fighting were seizing down in the desert lands of the continent, back in Lotham city at Arghila- all hells breaks loose this month. With Yarlac Drem gone for such a long time without attending to all his undead, all his zombie and skeletal minions begin rampaging across the metropolis of Lotham- the city of the highest human population in the world. The Intelligent Undead variants of Yarlac Drem's criminal faction attempt to stave the horde, but without the potent necromantic powers of Yarlac, an all-out zombie outbreak happens in Lotham. Mordicus Halloween despite being only the middle-child of the Halloween household, was the acting regent-governor of Arghila as Ludicrous-Sales felt he was the most responsible.
As soon as he heard of the outbreak of undead, he has the entire city cordoned off- even with people still inside in some effort to stop the spread of the undead going throughout the whole kingdom and beyond. King Ludicrous-Sales himself was horrified of this news, making him want to hurry with some sort of consensus with the Red Court so he can deal with matters brewing in Lotham.
News of this spreads like wildfire throughout Arghila, then to the neighboring human kindgoms then everywhere else. Currently the city would still be under undead siege with urban survivors fighting for their very lives each day. The dispatched Arghilan guard forces cordoning off the city hold survivors who make it to the outskirts of Lotham in separate camps to see if any are infected or who can be let go. In truth however, Mordicus is paranoid and has standing orders for all escapees to be held indefinitely. Some unfortunates who seemed to have been wounded were ignored at first, as zombies in general in this world as of now weren't known that well.
This causes multiple mini outbreaks in the escapee camps which brings new never before general knowledge to this world: anyone who gets bitten or scratched seems to acquired the affliction of zombification. Of course Yarlac Drem as the pioneer of undead knew this before anyone, but of course with his deliberate absence, many people are dying and are still left in the general dark.
In the midst of this month of chaos in Lotham, there are some prominent survivalists in Lotham:
Reon M. Hennedy: He was just a simple recruitee for the guardsman force in Lotham. On his first day of scheduling for Reon however, the zombie outbreak had begun. So far who only survived fighting with his standard guardsmen spear and dagger along with the guardsmen light armor being his only grace of safety ducking and weaving across the many allies of Lotham.
The Saur: This was practically his city since dawning his costume and fighting night by night against Yarlac's undead crime organization. Fighting the undead for years and his Stand, {Saurs Maw} being able to erase anything at a medium range with a swipe, he makes quick work of any undead he comes across. However no matter what, the numbers continue to grow as more and more people within the enormous city of Lotham succumb to being eaten outright or just killed enough but still having enough scraps to come back as zombies.
Nal'za: A Lizardman smuggler who was just on a regular job until shit hit the fan in Lotham. He is the first to spread general knowledge that dispatching the head of zombies or crushing it enough is the way to permanently kill them, as he fights with a giant Jahtari war-axe.
One of the most troubling aspects of this outbreak is that some people in sick wards or other places that were infected with the Purple Leaf Disease and zombify become putrid plantlike humanoid monstrosities that aren't undead- the Purple Leaf Disease fuses with the host to save it from the zombification process- making them still alive in some sense, but still monstrous as if they were nonetheless.
Generally this unholy fusion is a vague humanoid covered to the seem with thorny vines and other foliage from neck to toe. The head? It would resemble a flowerhead of some sort with jagged petals. The center bud of the head of this fusion has a singular circular maw with razor sharp teeth that thirsts for biomass to consume upon. Over the continuously trying days of the outbreak, Lotham survivors call this "zombie" variant species Sapzods- due to the fact that their plantlike but still act as savage and monstrous as the zombies.
What will be the fate of Lotham city?
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 03, 2020, 03:59:46 pm
The dwarves in the Sandpond Clan ask if Mi’aki can help with building a wall around their territory, to protect against the armies. Roll for whether Mi’aki decides to help.
Roll for how much of the wall is built.
The cracks near the Great Scar University get larger. Roll for how much larger the cracks get
((If these are too many rolls, tell me and I’ll switch them to things that don’t require rolls.))
Post by: TankKit on July 04, 2020, 04:34:58 am
Dorathine the 13th 'The Warrior' leads a full-on assault against the capital with the main Dorathian army, hoping to take it before the Coalition armies are able to resupply.
Negotiations also begin between Dorathine the 13th 'The Warrior' and Kaiser Garidius, who both seek to form a temporary alliance against the Coalition. Kaiser Garidius greatly values his honour, but with the Greenskins getting more aggressive than ever and the Slugmen Duchies completely unwilling to assist him after his previous threats failed he desperately seeks the resources and manpower necessary to properly counter the Greenskins.
Post by: King Zultan on July 04, 2020, 08:53:57 am
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on July 04, 2020, 09:38:22 am
The Great Scar University's Magi debate, debate, and debate, over the issue of whether to try opening a portal to Elysium. They can't come to a conclusion, so they debate one last time, as a tie-breaker of sorts. Roll for whether the Magi decide to attempt to open a portal to Elysium.
((not worldbuilding: IIRC they considered opening a portal to Elysium at some point... right? if I'm wrong, well, I or the GM can change the destination location to somewhere else I guess.))
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 04, 2020, 09:55:59 am
Year 303.2((you’re right, they considered it before, I am currently thinking of a possibility of where the skeleton might have come from, I’d like to discuss with whoever created the skeleton to discuss an origin that makes sense))
The Great Scar University's Magi debate, debate, and debate, over the issue of whether to try opening a portal to Elysium. They can't come to a conclusion, so they debate one last time, as a tie-breaker of sorts. Roll for whether the Magi decide to attempt to open a portal to Elysium.
((not worldbuilding: IIRC they considered opening a portal to Elysium at some point... right? if I'm wrong, well, I or the GM can change the destination location to somewhere else I guess.))
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on July 04, 2020, 10:14:38 am
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 04, 2020, 10:28:43 am
((that was me...))((oh, ok. Should have checked the username. An idea I had was maybe one of the skeletons raised by Yarlac stumbled on the portal by accident and since skeletons are reanimated via magic, the portal might have taken the skeleton’s memories. Of course the skeleton wouldn’t know this because of the memory taking, I’d like to discuss a way for it to have happened, think like connecting ideas to the world, since the portals are only transport. What do you think of my idea? What’s your idea for how the skeleton found the portal/where it came from?))
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on July 04, 2020, 11:09:49 am
((oh, ok. Should have checked the username. An idea I had was maybe one of the skeletons raised by Yarlac stumbled on the portal by accident and since skeletons are reanimated via magic, the portal might have taken the skeleton’s memories. Of course the skeleton wouldn’t know this because of the memory taking, I’d like to discuss a way for it to have happened, think like connecting ideas to the world, since the portals are only transport. What do you think of my idea? What’s your idea for how the skeleton found the portal/where it came from?))((I have literally zero idea how the skeleton got there, myself. Was just a random thing I threw out. So do whatever! I didn't even realize Yarlac was reanimating anyone...))
Post by: Strik3r on July 04, 2020, 11:39:51 am
Notices
I apoligize if todays update is sloppy. I've got some real RL shit going on right now...
But it still, it shouldnt have taken THIS long.
Hopefully i got everything correct
also these two turns were retroactively fulfilled, i just forgot last time
302.15
The Batpeople have begun building Sound producing Monuments all over their Island chains. The distinctive magical music produced by the islands leads to a Higher magical resonance in the area. Interesting phenomena can be observed. Plants take in weird colourations and Form magical fruits and Pollen. The Sky Takes on differing colours depending in the mood of the Batpeople and the direction of the Wind blowing. Feral Beasts of weird Form and shape have begun appearing and even Rocks can be Heard whispering Strange tongues.
This leads to an alchemical Revolution AS the new plants and Materials can be applied in various areas. Furthermore the druids and mages have formed a Council to rule over the Lands. Abundance of food and medicine have Made the Batpeople Population explode.
The Land Ruled by the druids and mages has become known as the Grand Batpeople Magocracy. A palace Tower for the ruling mages has been planned and construction is on its way.
Year 302.31
The Moss Trolls continue spreading to the rest of their islands.
The High Elves attempt to expand further through the dungeon into the western island. (Roll for High Elf attempts at clearing out the western half of the dungeon and colonising it further.)
Rolls
The Waterstone clan colonizes a peninsula and experiment with turning it into an island.
Code: [Select]
1d20=18The dwarves of the Waterstone clan come up with various ways to turn the peninsula into an island.
Digging is the obvious one, its what the dwarves are best at, and the land connecting the peninsula to the mainland is JUST thin enough that it may be possible to simply dig a channel through the land at the thinnest point.
It will take a lot of work still, but it may be possible, then the channel can be widened further over time.
Another may be to use magic to dig the channel, infact most solutions to the problem involve magic somehow... its not an easy problem to solve. Something like Chaos magic may be able to "eat" the land away.
A more exotic solution may be to move the peninsula, by the way of magic. Dwarves don't know much about magic, and it would take god-levels of power to do so, but with enough Arcane energy, it may be possible to simply rip the peninsula away from the mainland.
Greenskins raid the Slugmen with increased intensity.
Code: [Select]
1d20=15Despite all the attempts by the Slugmen of the HCE to stop the greenskin raids agaisnt their territory, most of their efforts are in vain. The Orcs are just too numerous and Goblins just too crafty.But the raids themselves are standard fare that the Slugmen have come to expect from the greenskins. Attack defenseless homesteaks, burn them to the ground and enslave anyone that is still alive afterward.
But a small shift that has happened in the Greenskins' strategy is that they seem to field larger amounts of Hellraisers, Orc Berserkers with an ability to wield fire magic, to a degree.
They've been turning up the heat on that front for a while now.
The King of Arghila attempts to persuade Thairmar to join forces.
Code: [Select]
1d20=5Thairmar's conviction remains firm, to them, the goals of the two Armies differ far too much to accept such a proposal. The only way they would fight on the same side in this war, is if Arghila would be willing to fight for the Black Qhanganate.The fate of the three survivors of the Lotham zombie outbreak
Code: [Select]
3d20=6+1!+15The guardsman is an obvious novice, he is just a fresh recruit into the city guard and doesn't have experience fighting... anything. And he's just surviving thus far just barely. While he hasn't been bitten by a zombie YET, he is barely scraping by in terms of resources such as food or water. There are of course other survivors that need those things too.
The "Saur" although he might've been a powerful "Stand User", it seems that even those "Stands" have their limits. One act of heroism too bold, saw him overwhelmed by a horde of zombies and torn to shreds, the Saur wont be coming back, even as a zombie.
The Lizardman smuggler is perhaps the only one who is surviving and is faring better than anyone else, but even then, barely. Wielding a large glaive and well over the height of a human, he's naturally in a position to sweep the heads off of multiple undead at once. And no one dares mess with a six and a half foot tall lizard.
Sandpond tries to build a wall, also tries to enlist Mi'akl's help with it
Code: [Select]
2d20=17+14Mi'akl agrees to help the dwarves build a wall around their territory, seeing Sandpond as a potential base of operations for him and his master. His exact words in response to Drilka was, after a bit of deliberation:
"As long as you don't mind a few demons running about" along with a grim smirk.
Even with the help of Mi'akl and some of his demons, build a wall around such a, what is still comparatively a large piece of land, at least when compared to a town, is no easy feat.
Thus far, only short sections of the wall are complete. The Dwarves started with the sections that would be facing any directions where a hostile army might come from.
The Scar's continued expansion.
Code: [Select]
1d20=5It seems that The Scar and the cracking of Dragolia is progressing slowly. While small subterranean cracks are starting to form, for the most part, Dragolia is still fairly stable. At this rate of progression the northern half of Dragolia is unlikely to shatter before the second half of the century.The negotiations between Dorathine the 13th and Kaiser Garidius
Code: [Select]
2d20=5+4It seems like the negotiations for a temporary alliance and mutual military assistance go quite poorly for both sides indeed.
Dorathine dropped out of the negotiation under the guise of insufficient forces to aid the Kaiser with... in reality, he sees himself and his nation too far from the brewing greenskin horde for it to affect him, and is more than willing to let them continually decimate the Celestial Empire.
At the same time, he made utterly ludicrous demands of the Kaiser, such as ceding any lands occupied by the Kaiser in the Dorathian Crusade to HIM instead.
The Way of The Leaf attempts to spread the Purple Leaf disease in the foxfolk shamans' land.
Code: [Select]
1d20=15Despite continually losing members to the Purple leaf disease the Way of the Leaf continues to operate and spread the disease. For now they've focused their efforts on the Foxfolk shamans' land. The method for spreading the disease hasn't changed much. Expose to the disease, Drug them, bag, transport and release. They've managed to transport several infected foxfolk to the other end of the territory and also encourage the disease's growth where it already existed.
The Third Crusade:
Rheis' Paladins Cautiously Attack the Aetherials' Rift
Year 303.2((no need for a roll, it was going to happen anyway. So might as well not put it off anymore))The Great Scar University's Magi debate, debate, and debate, over the issue of whether to try opening a portal to Elysium. They can't come to a conclusion, so they debate one last time, as a tie-breaker of sorts. Roll for whether the Magi decide to attempt to open a portal to Elysium.
((not worldbuilding: IIRC they considered opening a portal to Elysium at some point... right? if I'm wrong, well, I or the GM can change the destination location to somewhere else I guess.))
After months of gathering the world's most powerful magi for a ritual to open a remote portal on Elysium, a place that nobody had been on before, they were ready to finally do it. For the first time ever, would humans and elves set foot on Elysium after it lifted into the sky, after the White Tree began to grow. Of course, the most powerful magi would not be going in first, no telling what was on the other side.
The ritual was lengthy and required concentration throughout. An unbelievable amount of Arcane energy was fed to the University's portal. As soon as the first packet of Spirit energy was sent in, the Portal began to glow white, almost as if confirmation that a remote opening of a portal was in process, and it was waiting for enough energy. And it took alot of energy. When the portal had finally eaten enough, it returned to its usual blue look. Figuring that the portal had been created, the explorers that were ready to go in, were sent into it and instructed to think about "Elysium", so that the portal would take them there. That's when the floating island earned its name.
They exited the portal on the other side, to find themselves in an almost dreamlike landscape, filled with plants never before seen, blue plants mostly. As they began to explore around, soon enough they would notice white shapes moving through the undergrowth and rustling in the leaves, Outsiders were about to make contact with Elysians for the very first time.
Roll for how Explorers react to the Elysians and how Elysians react to the Explorers
Code: [Select]
2d20=14+16When the first little Elysian had the courage to exit the undergrowth and attempt to interact with the explorers, the explorers were a bit wary at first of the little white... oversized bipedal sugar gliders? with four ears and small crystalline growths on their heads? Each with a unique pattern on their back. The world had never seen anything of this nature before... so the Explorers were understandably a bit cautious.But the little Elysians were almost made of curiosity, the explorers were as alien to the Elysians as Elysians were to them. But they were far less cautious, coming up close to the explorers and doing all they can to make themselves look as non-threatening as possible, including drooping all 4 of their ears. They would sniff and poke at the explorers playfully. At times they would make curious chirping sounds at each other and at the explorers. And even though the explorers didn't understand their chirps and squeaks, one of them ran away to soon come back with a different looking Elysian, it was smaller and the spots and patterns on its body were much more red than the others, and the crystalline growth on its head formed a bit of a crest.
The crested Elysian was... Assertive to say the least. It grabbed the hand of the explorer in front of the group, firmly and began to tug, as if to lead him in some direction. After a bit of discussion between the present explorers, it was agreed that they would follow the Elysians, where ever they wanted to lead them, they seemed friendly enough after all. Soon it became obvious what they would be walking toward, it was clearly visible in the distance. Giant and standing tall and proud, The White Tree of Elysium. A thing which had been only seen from so far away, and now they would be taken all the way under its leaves. It was an incredible feeling. As they made their way toward it, the crowd of Elysians that walked alongside them gradually increased, filling the air with their ceaseless squeaking and chirping.
When they reached the trunk of the tree, they saw many more Elysians there, a few of them had crests just like the one that was leading the explorers, still by the hand. Some of them were small, completely white without any spots, and one, just one, had a crest much larger than any of the others. Most Elysians were very energetic, but the crested ones were generally much more mellow, especially the one with the big crest, the one that was probably the leader of all Elysians. It calmly looked up at the explorers, inspecting them. A thing that the explorers found humorous was that the Crested One carried around a stick, like a wizard would a staff, but it was just a stick, a white one, but still a stick, yet took itself dead seriously, apparently.
After spending some time on Elysium, spending their time in the company of constant chirping and squeaking, sampling the cuisine of Elysium (Fruit, Berries and Insects), the explorers successfully managed to tell the Elysians that they wish to be led back to the portal, and thus, back home. While the one that led them there was nowhere to be found, one of the (slightly) larger ones with blue spots led them back and they went back through, but they didn't do so without company. Some of the Elysians had decided to be the explorers for their race, it seems. The humans had seen their world, now it was time for them to see the human world.
But how? it looks like that the theory of some of the researchers was proven true. Some creatures CAN indeed look "into" the portal network.
Its also possible that some went to the Waterstone clan lands...
Warfare
(This wont be here when there are no ongoing wars.)
(Updated)
Guide to the Art of War
(Updated)
(This wont be here when there are no ongoing wars.)
(Updated)
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
(Updated)
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 04, 2020, 12:42:14 pm
((Does anyone have ideas for what the deity of light should be called?))
Post by: TankKit on July 04, 2020, 12:50:29 pm
Year 303.7
This war had begun due to conflict between Khagatai and Arythia. Both were now dead, with each nation now serving under the temporary guidance of council of various generals, lords and advisers who had served their ruler loyally. War had devastated the lands and people of both nations, and it still seemed as if neither side was any closer to winning. And yet, neither side was willing to back down - the Red Court was seemingly getting the better of a superior foe and the Black Qhaganate still felt that it had the advantage in this war, despite how it had gone so far. This sentiment was not shared by everyone, however, andthe kingdom of Thairmar now left the war. It had been a catastrophic failure for them and, as the tattered remnants of their army returned home, the kingdom began to collapse as civic unrest reached an all-time high. The government tried to maintain order, but it seemed unlikely they would succeed under current conditions.
Meanwhile, negotiations now began between the Dorathian Kingdom and the Coalition. It had become clear to the Coalition that they would not be able to secure victory against the overwhelming military might of the Dorathian Kingdom, but they still hoped to at least secure the semi-independence of the northern half of their lan. Rather than being completely integrated into the Dorathian Kingdom, it would become a vassal state paying tribute in gold to the ruling Dorathine and aiding it in times of war. Dorathine the 13th 'The Warrior' wasn't entirely against this idea either, as it would make the transition of government easier for the locals to bear if they at least believed they had some say in what was going on, but he wanted to ensure that they didn't try to sneakily weaken his power through this deal.
Far north, Kaiser Garidius was getting increasingly desperate. He mobilised his entire army to the north of his Empire to halt the Greenskin raids and finally met some success in beating them back, even managing to re-take some lands previously thought lost, but it quickly become apparent that something was wrong. The raids had halted completely. Though Garidius did not realise it immediately, Zornaraugh had managed to completely uproot the vast majority of the Greenskin tribe and begun marching it south in a mass migration. The sheer size of the Tribe and the resources required to maintain such a migration stripped the land they passed through completely bare of all life, and the deadlands created would be known forever after as Zornaraughs Scourge.
When they reached his land, Garidius realised, he would not be able to defeat them or even force them back to their old lands, as those had now become too devastated for the Greenskins to willingly return to them. Nonetheless, he was determined to force them to halt their migration before they travelled any further south. He begins fortifying a small fort on a hill roughly in the centre of his northern lands, hoping to turn it into a truly great castle before Zornaraugh arrives. He has at least a year before Zornaraugh arrives, and there is no doubt that the weakest of the Greenskins will not survive the journey, but he needs a proper castle if he is to have any hope of achieving victory.
((It's WAAAAAAAAAGH time!))
Post by: Lidku on July 04, 2020, 10:04:54 pm
303.8
With Arythia heard to be deceased and the Red Court unmanned, Ludicrous-Sales Halloween attempts one last diplomatic motion to try and secure the corpse part. He attempts to contact the provisional council in charge of the Red Court and see if he can convince the sitting council to give him the corpse part, with the promise he will withdraw his army from the occupied Red Court lands. He wanted to hurry along with this as he heard that the horde of undead in Lotham city is growing exponentially every passing day and he wants to deal with it as soon as possible. While he waits for a response for any practicing authority in the Red Court as of now, he attempts to organize a resupply of Arghilean forces.
Post by: Strik3r on July 05, 2020, 06:32:53 am
Notices
Year 303.7
((It's WAAAAAAAAAGH time!))
((*Engages Microsoft Sam Voice* well fuck
Its my fault, i should have never made that joke in the first place. Also, im not actually that big a fan of Warhammer, not my cup o' tea.
Im gonna assume you want another war... Can we wait till the other two are resolved? There will also be a small delay as i refine the rules of the wargame further.
Which side will you be playing in the coming war between the greenskins and HCE?
Also, please don't go too crazy big with your turns, especially with an excess of rolls. I do have to write out every one. As such, i'll only be writing shortly about the outcomes of all the rolls in your turn.))
Due to there being so few turns this time around i spent a bit of time expanding further on the Elysians.
Rolls
The Waterstone clan attempt to make an island.
Code: [Select]
1d20=7The digging of a channel long enough to seperate the peninsula from the mainland is a massive undertaking that will take a long time, especially with the setbacks that the dwarves are encountering, including leaks in their barrier walls/dams, hard bedrock and other annoyances.The Kingdom of Thairmar tries to quell unrest
Code: [Select]
1d20=9With the Purple Leaf Disease ravaging their lands and the failure of the army in the war, the tensions are running high in the Kingdom of Thairmar, what is left of it. With everyone in the kingdom fleeing to the western tip of it, it has caused a bit of overcrowding and unrest, as refugees from the east are suffering in poor conditions, are being accused to carrying the disease, and there isn't enough food to go around for everyone. The officials are doing their best to quell unrest, but its a battle they are slowly losing.Dorathian Kingdom and the Coalition negotiate for peace
Code: [Select]
Difficulty=Trivial
1d20=16The Hamsterfolk shamans and the rest of the coalition is in no position to refuse the demands of the Dorathine, and all occupied lands have now formally become the territory of the Dorathian Kingdom.The remainder of the territory not taken by the Dorathian Kingdom remains as the Hamsterfolks' territory, at least officially, but the Dorathian Kingdom will almost certanly be harrassing what remains of the Hamsterfolk Shamans for tribute. The Orc-Slayer bandit has taken his pay for his part in the war, and has gone off to do whatever he was doing before. Its probable that he will show up again, in the surely brewing siege of the HCE.
The war is over. Whether conflict was worth it for Dorathine remains yet to be seen.
((i love that the timespan of the war actually makes sense, about 3 years or so))
HCE attempts to fortify a fort to a fortress
Code: [Select]
1d20=20!The threat of the greenskins was a very apparent one, The Kaiser mobilized all his forces and resources into fortifying a small fort to the north, not much more than a watchtower, into a powerful fortress that may be the only way to stem the green tide. The construction was finished in record time, turning the once small fort into a fortress meant to withstand an assault by any force in a mere few months.
The acting leader of the Great Diplomatic Army finds a mysterious letter on his field desk, it is written with an unsteady hand:
Go west. They're too spread out to hold the lands. You'll have your channel. The golden orb will give you what you need, protect it.
Do not waste the lives of your men needlessly. Peace is on the horizon. Hold out.
The letter is unsigned.
YEAR 303.9
Since the opening of the portal to Elysium, some Elysians have "joined" The Great Scar University. Well "joined" is a bit of a wrong word. They just came through the portal and began to run amok inside the University.
They don't really cause much damage to the University, at least not intentionally. But being the overly curious creatures that they are, they often disrupt research work and classes while young magi are trying to learn magic, they also have done an impressive amount of damage to the landscape of the University city's great gardens by digging their dens despite there being only a few Elysians in and around the university. Elysians are seemingly innately drawn to the most dangerous or fragile things on the University grounds, The University's mages have to constantly be alert for Elysians trying to play with or eat anything dangerous or important that they can get their hands on. And if the Magi yell at the Elysians, they just get scared and drop whatever thing they're playing with, often with disastrous consequences for both the University and the Elysian in question. And if the Elysian in question isn't hurt, they just droop their ears and stare at the Mage with puppy eyes. At least the mess has resulted in some valuable information regarding Elysians: They do in fact seemingly have a sense of guilt, it doesn't help much, but at least that much was learned.
It has in fact resulted in an internal review of the University's safety protocols, and now potentially hazardous objects in the University have hazard signs, prominently featuring Elysians on them. In fact in some ways, Elysians are slowly becoming the mascot for the University, with their boundless curiosity that should be an inspiration to all magi, as well as their discovery being perhaps the crowning achievement of the University.
But while it has helped the issue, it would still be a lot better if the Magi could communicate with the Elysians properly. And its not as if they couldn't speak, they're more than capable of mimicking speech, they just don't know what the words mean.
Roll for the University's attempt to develop a way to communicate with the Elysians
At the same time, a bunch of Elysians have also found themselves in the Dwarven halls of the Waterstone Clan.
Roll for how the Dwarves respond to the Elysians
the University attempts to develop a way to communicate with the Elysians
Code: [Select]
1d20=11With a little bit of effort, the Magi of the University have developed a simple language that is easy to teach, and can convey most concepts with with a combination of words. The language was developed largely FOR the Elysians in a way that matches their nature, the words of the language are as short and as simple as possible and sound bright and cute. Despite that, it is incredibly difficult to teach the Elysians... Anything, at least in an organized fashion, they're just not capable of sitting still long enough to be taught anything. Thus far they've managed to teach the language to ONE Elysian. And even that had to be done through drastic measures, that the magi are afraid that they may have traumatized the poor creature with.((If you want to get a rough idea, look up "Toki Pona"))
It was possibly one of the least ethical experiments performed in the university thus far, but it bore results. A single Elysian was caught and collared and was put on a chain that was anchored to the ground inside a locked room. The Elysian was given a few days to adjust to its situation before starting their experiments. The Elysian wailed and cried for a while but eventually calmed down. It did show some aggression toward the Magi, but not being able to reach them on the account of its chain being too short caused it to quickly cease its futile attempts to get at the Magi... that, and the hunger.
While the magi tried their best to maintain the innocent creature's dignity, their experiment soon began to depend on metering out food and entertainment to the Elysian. When the Magi gave it plenty of food and and small, sometimes magical baubles to play with, it would refuse to learn, probably out of spite. So the only way was to take away its toys and reward it with food and toys for learning, to create a positive feedback loop. All that, just to teach an Elysian to speak, but of course, in the end, they succeeded... at teaching just ONE Elyisian to speak a simple and limited language.
A curious thing however that they did notice, is that as that as the Elysian was learning the language, the small crystalline growth on its head began to grow and eventually form into a small crest. The first one of the ones with blue markings to have a crest. The Elysian could not adequately explain it to the magi. Not because it didn't know, but because the language was too limited.
The Dwarves' response to the Elysians
Code: [Select]
1d20=16Since the Dwarves never saw any of the Elysians exit the portal, they just assumed that it was some barely-sentient and thus far unknown cavern creature when they appeared in their halls. They seemed to harm nobody and while they were stubborn and overly curious little troublemakers, the dwarves found some kinship with them in that especially after it was discovered that they can dig through dirt incredibly well with just their bare hands. Not to mention their shared love for food, with which the Elysians could be easily lured with. Although it was discovered that drunk-Elysian singing... well its actually a lot less singing and more... Howling... whatever it was, it is incredibly unpleasant.Overall, the Dwarves mostly just let the few Elysians that roam their halls be and do whatever they want. Although they do find the one that sleeps on top of the statue of a former king that stands behind the throne... somewhat disrespectful, but the Elysian doesn't really know anything about the history of the dwarves, to it, its just the highest place in the halls, so its an ideal place for napping on.
Warfare
(This wont be here when there are no ongoing wars.)
(Updated)
Guide to the Art of War
(Updated)
(This wont be here when there are no ongoing wars.)
(Updated)
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
(Updated)
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
Post by: TankKit on July 05, 2020, 06:48:35 am
Sure thing, any delay in the march can be easily explained by logistical difficulties.Year 303.7Im gonna assume you want another war... Can we wait till the other two are resolved? There will also be a small delay as i refine the rules of the wargame further.
((It's WAAAAAAAAAGH time!))
Which side will you be playing in the coming war between the greenskins and HCE?
Greenskins are my choice, this sounds interesting.
Year 304
The Dwarves of the Waterstone Clan continue their lengthy project.
Meanwhile Kaiser Garidius decides to engage in scorched earth tactics, splitting his army into groups that are sent out to empty the lands the Greenskins are about to enter of all food and water. This makes sustaining the migration more difficult, forcing the Greenskins to slow down and spread out over a wider area as they travel.
Post by: Lidku on July 05, 2020, 07:23:41 am
Reading over the letter sent to him earlier a month ago, Ludicrous-Sales Halloween still doesn't buy the message at all. The only way to be sure succinctly is to fully secure the capital of the Red Court once and for all in a bid to look for the corpse part he needs. He writes a letter to the reigning General to prepare for a final assault on the Red Court- the Black Qhaganate for the most part has been subdued by Steamland and Zalalastan to point where only its aerial force remains, but Ludicrous-Sales Halloween is sure the battle-mages and archers of both aforementioned armies can hold back an assault considering how withered the Black Qhaganate morale has become.
While he waits for his forces and the forces of Karhan to prepare for the next assault on the Red Court, Ludicrous-Sales Halloween wasn't a fool and knew something was afoul with the continuous mishaps he was having in terms of supply disappearances and sabotaged equipment. It was sure the work of an enlisted professional corp of the Red Court, of whom Halloween doesn't know however. With this acknowledged, hires out an entire assassin organization based out of Zalalastan who deem themselves as the "Vipers," who arrive to region within a month in full force. They specialize in poison dart, saber wielding, and frost magic combat. For now Ludicrous-Sales Halloween does not have them mobilize for any particular purpose- for now they merely act as a guard counter against any further attempts of sabotage against his army.
He just hopes to wrap this war up soon to attend to Lotham city, but given reports to him on the city are saying that the undead in the city having become considerably less active for the time being- which was extremely good for the Kingdom.
[A new Guerilla army called the Vipers has joined the 3rd Crusade]
Post by: auzewasright on July 05, 2020, 08:07:03 am
The Great diplomatic Army marches south-west to occupy that area all the way to the chaos crystals.
Messages of diplomacy are sent to Karhan offering the same peace agreement that was sent earlier (which never got responded to). They send a second negotiation to the forces of the Black Qhaganate and their allies with the third condition struck out, and them pointing out how they'd be happy to deazl with the Red Court if they just signed the damn agreement.
Post by: King Zultan on July 05, 2020, 08:59:00 am
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 05, 2020, 11:56:47 am
304
The Waterstone clan dwarves pray to Perun to help with splitting the island.
Roll for whether Perun answers their prayers, and if she does, how much she helps them.
Post by: Strik3r on July 05, 2020, 12:39:43 pm
Although, due to coincidentally falling on the same year number, these two rolls will be combined together :P
Year 304
The Dwarves of the Waterstone Clan continue their lengthy project.
304
Roll for whether Perun answers their prayers, and if she does, how much she helps them.
To ensure coherence of the timeline, these turns have been moved to 304.85 and 304.9L(Late?) respectively.
Year 303.85
The Great diplomatic Army marches south-west to occupy that area all the way to the chaos crystals.
Messages of diplomacy are sent to Karhan offering the same peace agreement that was sent earlier (which never got responded to). They send a second negotiation to the forces of the Black Qhaganate and their allies with the third condition struck out, and them pointing out how they'd be happy to deazl with the Red Court if they just signed the damn agreement.
Year 303.9L: The Way of The Leaf were quite happy with the spread of the disease amongst the foxfolk turn their attention to the east and start to spread it amongst the major population centers of the eastern kingdoms. Roll for spread in the eastern kingdoms.
Dont cause time paradoxes, please :P))
A hooded man walks up next to the King of Streamland, who is leading the Great Diplomatic Army on a march toward their next objective, taps him on the shoulder and presses a scroll into his hands:
You did exactly the opposite of what was asked of you. Am i your enemy?
If the court gets their hands on the golden light, the paladins' sacrifice will have been in vain.
But its too late now, the enemies have begun consolidating their forces. Lay now in the bed that you've made for yourself.
And indeed the words on the scroll were true.
The Black Qhangante is in the process of consolidating both the remaining Aetherials and The Black Sky-Legion back into a defensive army, leaving only a small Aerial Guerilla force as the only remaining offensive force.
and Red Court will merge the Army of Mages with Red Court's defence army, leaving the Desert Shades as their offensive force.
((all of this will happen at the start of the next turn, any current moves wont be affected.))
The Hooded Man was nowhere to be found afterward.
YEAR 305
The light of the golden sun of the desert that was born in the wake of the Paladins' assault, and sacrifice, shines on the desert sand, and Crystals of Light have begun to grow wherever the light strikes, but most of all from the dead bodies of the Paladins that lay scattered about at the site of the battle that took place.
(The golden light has formed a Crystal Field (Light) around itself)
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 05, 2020, 01:16:26 pm
Post by: Strik3r on July 05, 2020, 01:22:20 pm
((I saw 303.9L and assumed it was the latest since it was the most recent post. I assure you I am not trying to create time paradoxes. Thank you for resolving the turns taking place in the same year, that won’t happen again))
((I didn't imply anyone was TRYING to create time paradoxes. :P Merely that the stuff happens, occasionally... y'know someone's finger slips and they accidentally post 303 instead of 304 and then bam, everyone follows suit and you've got a whole row of turns taking place in the past going on.
Also posting stuff on the same year as another turn is fine, typically, and if they interact, they'll just be rolled into one turn/roll like this time.))
Post by: Lidku on July 05, 2020, 01:26:20 pm
Despite their continuous efforts of dispelling the Purple Leaf Disease, it carries on at exponential rates due to the nature of the diseases' method of spore reproduction host to host the High-Elven arch-mages from Ukalia find. With word that Lotham, one of the biggest human cities and first metropolis in the world has suffered through an outbreak of undead- the thing of the news that interests them the most is evolutional adaption of the Purple Leaf Disease to subsume a host that was infected at the time of becoming undead- taking control completely to become what survivalists in the locked down city are calling "Sapzods."
With the rate of how this disease adapts and spread, the High-Elves decide to fully dedicate themselves to study, research, and hopefully eradicate the Purple Leaf Disease due to how dangerous it is and becoming. Even though the disease seems to only be endemic in the human realms, it is sure to spread across the entire world the High-Elves surmise- they of course weren't doing this for any perceived love of humans of course. The group calls themselves the Yardmowers, in reference to very nature and name of the disease they have a goal against.
The Yardmowers send some units to Lotham despite the undead outbreak- they needed some live specimens to research on before some sort of conclusion comes where Arghila lifts the cordon off order and sends troops to clear out the horde in the city- which would mean any specimens they wanted their hands on would be deceased (though even in that state it could be sure they could gain some insights from cadavers alone).
Next the Yardmowers send teams to the lands of the Fox shamen to investigate reports and rumors of some mysterious malign order that is said to be deliberately spreading the Purple Leaf Disease.
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on July 05, 2020, 01:32:02 pm
A nondescript dwarf, in traveling clothes, with an overly long beard, staggers into the Great Scar University. A few days later, he is reported to have exploded. It seems he got his hands on the skeleton's cannon and... misused it.
Post by: auzewasright on July 05, 2020, 02:23:29 pm
Post by: Strik3r on July 05, 2020, 02:33:55 pm
((Sorry for the mistake, now I’m completely confused about what is going on. What did I do?)((nothing wrong. Its just a year number problem.
If you're referring to the letter... well nothing in the world is forced to follow any set path, even if i've laid one out. It'll probably be more interesting this way, anyway.
EDIT: For example like the whole thing with Rheis' Paladins or Arythia dying. None of it was planned, thats whats so great about this game
The message was to Streamland's King, not to you as a player.
If i have anything to say to a player, i say it in OOC, i don't scold people in-character :P. Not that i do anyway really, i think?
That whole thing can just be written off as the King of Streamland not trusting the Hooded Man.))
Post by: Unraveller on July 05, 2020, 07:18:28 pm
Kha'tra, the young Jahtari woman whom serenaded Basileus whilst enjoying the once in a lifetime sight of colours bursting in the night sky five and a half years ago, has slowly fallen into the fringes of her society. Though the Lizardwoman had not laid her eyes upon the piercing yellow slits of the Spined Viper as she had before, her obsession has grown great indeed.
In the intervening years, Kha'tra has left the embrace of her father and slipped into the darker places of the Sultante. So too has she treated with the odd Vasilikos now and again on their hunts, soothing their spirits and denoting herself by song as ever. Much has the lizard learnt of their ways, and of the true origin of both races.
One thing was certain, Basileus had left its mark upon the young songstress. . . She has begun to amass followers in clandestine meetings with her kind, always presided over by a single Vasilkos. How successful has she been?
Elsewhere, upon the twin isles, the lord of the Vasilikos has grown fat indeeed, outsizing their home. Yet all the while it grows old in kind, and begins fearing its mortality. Basileus turns it's gaze to the south. . .
Post by: TankKit on July 06, 2020, 03:25:44 am
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 06, 2020, 03:37:28 am
What are the portals and why are they growing bigger?Are you talking about the Chaos Rifts? (Portal to the realm of Chaos) or are you talking about the 3 portals that allow transportation between Waterstone, Elysium, and the University at Refugio Guerra?
Post by: TankKit on July 06, 2020, 03:53:44 am
Post by: Strik3r on July 06, 2020, 04:01:20 am
I'm talking about the things growing in the foxfolk shamans and the Dorathian Kingdom and the Black Qhaganate. Or are they leaf diseases?((oh yeah, i didn't specifically mark, them as such, my bad. They are indeed the Purple Leaf Disease.
Also, update in progress))
Post by: King Zultan on July 06, 2020, 05:43:32 am
((Hey King Zultan, what’s the L after the 9 in the year date? Is it towards the beginning, halfway point, or end of the .9 area?))(The L is where I messed up typing the : and didn't get rid of the L.)
Post by: Strik3r on July 06, 2020, 06:33:55 am
Notices
Please dont be afraid to mess with the Dragonic Enclaves, they were specifically created as blank slates so that everyone could do things with them.
Rolls
The Waterstone Clan's continue to dig, and also pray to Perun for help.
Code: [Select]
2d20=12+7the dwarves continue to make slow but steady progress, with numerous setbacks as before, the digging of the channel is a massive undertaking where the work only seems to increase as they inch closer to completion.One of the greatest problems the dwarves seem to be facing is one of manpower, there is no denying that extra hands would never hurt.
However, they have dug up enough dirt and stone and carted it northward to increase the size of the peninsula by a tiny amount.
Perun sadly does not help the dwarves in their endeavor aside from offering a few vague words of wisdom about change and upheaval.
Way of the leaf attempts to spread the Purple Leaf Disease in the eastern Kingdoms
Code: [Select]
In Order: Zalalastan, Arghila, Karhan
3d20=9+17+2The Way of the Leaf succeeds in transporting a few infected hosts into the capital city of Zalalastan, however, the cultists are discovered, and escape from the clutches of Zalalastan authorities. The crates were accidentally opened, causing a small outbreak in the capital city, but it was quickly snuffed out with liberal application of Vision Dust, causing a dip in Zalalastan's supply of the stuff.
Arghila however, being in the middle of another crisis, was not able to discover the cultist's attempts and they managed to transport an large number of infected hosts into the very heart of Arghila, it has caused an large zone of infection. it has effectively become the second large outbreak of the disease, that is poised to take all 3 of the human kingdoms if not stopped fast.
For what its worth however, Karhan was able to catch onto the cultists incredibly quickly, both the cultists and the hosts they were transporting were burnt to ash with magic fire.
Kha'tra attempts to recruit followers into the Jahtgaro Cult.
Code: [Select]
1d20=3The efforts of Kha'tra go almost entirely unsuccessfully, most potential recruits and members backing out upon learning of the cult's dedication to a bunch of giant snakes who eat eachother... and them.And when they do escape, they inevitably alert the city's guard of the existence of the cult, reports that are starting to slowly pile up on the desks of guard captains.
If Kha'tra does retain any members, they are only the most gullible or the most insane, one way or another. Not even her beautiful song could mesmerize them.
It seems that in many ways, the Jahtari(yes, the name's LITERAL translation would be along the lines of "Great Lizard", but the "ari" component has no equivalent in other languages and thus what its real meaning is, is not known. A bit of a misnomer nowadays, when compared to the Vasilikos at least, but it shows that the Jahtari have at least some degree of respect for the great snakes.)
Are in many ways the opposites of the Vasilikos.
YEAR 305.6
After it was discovered by the Dragons that the usage of the Dragonstones not only made them mortal but also weakened their power with each use, a number of dragons who abstained from the usage of the Dragonstones, the self-titled "Immortal Dragons", began to see themselves as superior to the the ones who had used the Dragonstones and thus damned themselves to mortality as "Lesser Dragons".
Due to growing and often bloody tensions between the numerous Lesser Dragons and the incredibly rare Immortal Dragons, the Immortal Dragons have begun to retreat from the greater lands of the Elder Council of Dragolia and begun to form enclaves, along with whatever Lesser Dragons worship them and see them as the idealized versions of themselves. They have settled in either unsettled wilderness, in the less populated regions of the Elder Council of Dragolia's lands or within other nations on Dragolia, with most nations having one enclave, the exception being the Jahtari Sultanate, which due the Lizardmen's continuing undeservedly favorable view of the dragons as a whole, has three known enclaves.
It's not impossible that more enclaves will form in the future. The Immortal Dragons' enclaves are not directly a benefit nor a hindrance to the nations they inhabit, but their favor or ire may be gained, depending on each Dragon's personality and goals.
Currently the Enclaves are undifferentiated, but they will each surely grow into their own culture and personality, to align with whatever goals their leading Immortal Dragon or Dragons, in some cases, have.
Each of the Immortal Dragons has an elemental affinity, which is often reflected in their forms, as aspects of their elements begin to manifest themselves on their bodies.
As mentioned, the Immortal Dragons are highly limited in number, and each has a different goal they want to achieve. Some see themselves as the rightful owners of Dragolia, some as the protectors of it and everything on it, others desire to cure themselves of the curse that had been afflicted on them so long ago.
The Immortal Dragons are much more powerful than their lesser cousins, having avoided the use of the Dragonstones and being "pure" in that sense, but still not free of the curse. Any dragons born to two Immortals ARE Immortals themselves, however, the only problem is, that dragons generally mate rarely, and now, the Immortal Dragons are sure to do so even more rarely, and if they do, it'll be a historic event. But they wont be in a hurry. However, as a result of the Dragonstones' side effect, the Lesser Dragons are likely to begin breeding more.
Warfare
(This wont be here when there are no ongoing wars.)
(Updated)
Guide to the Art of War
(Updated)
(This wont be here when there are no ongoing wars.)
(Updated)
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
(Updated)
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
Post by: TankKit on July 06, 2020, 07:03:15 am
The Waterstone Clan continue digging away.
Meanwhile, maritime trade flourishes as the Moss Trolls finish colonising the central islands and begin to shift their focus towards trade and naval pursuits.
The Free Cities of Dalai benefit greatly from this increase in trade, and are able to expand and establish two small exclaves further to the east.
Post by: auzewasright on July 06, 2020, 07:38:32 am
The Arghilans rapidly make an effort to try and contain and hopefully destroy the outbreak with fireballs and vision dust and crap like that. The kingdoms make an effort to purge from their lands the Way of the Leaf and other such cults again (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8159724;topicseen#msg8159724). They also question why what is essentially a plague of plants even HAS or needs a doomsday cult.
Post by: Lidku on July 06, 2020, 08:32:29 am
Hearing that the Purple Leaf Disease is growing out of control due to the efforts of a cult, Ludicrous-Sales Halloween wants to hurry this war to some sort of conclusion. Realizing that the artefact may or may not even be in the Red Court, the Arghilean King sends word for the forces of Karhan to merge with his army despite some murmurings of push-back considering Arghila could've consolidated in the beginning against the Black Qhaganate in the beginning. Though Ludicrous-Sales convinced them that he had thought Zalalastan and Steamland had them handled, but the Black Qhaganate seems to have reconsolidated. With less thought put on getting the corpse part artefact, the forces of Arghila and Karhan determine to side with The Great Diplomatic army- getting the source of the cure for the disease was more important at this point.
The King of Karhan (void this if Karhan already has a set King, but I don't anyone has made one for it yet), Dexius Consortia, definitely wanted a human realm in the heart of the desert region as prescribed in the Diplomatic Army's treatise- having a non-chaos aligned human realm in the lucrative trade routes of this region will benefit all the eastern human Kingdoms.. especially Dexius since out of all the Kings, he was heavily invested in state owned enterprises that concerned trade. He wants the Vision Dust under his monopoly under a some puppet dynastic he can easily influence- maybe some random soldier uplifted to nobility or a few minor nobles already in his cadre.
While Zalalastan, Arghila, Karhan, and Steamland- essentially the major human realms deliberate on the next course of action, Ludicrous-Sales Halloween sends strike teams of Vipers to infiltrate the capital building of the Red Court and try to acquire the head corpse part of Valkyra. If it really isn't there as they say it is, the Vipers will instead just make attempts on the council echelon of the Red Court to put it in disarray.
Roll to see how successful they are
Meanwhile with the discovery of the Way of the Leaf under the authorities of multiple realms, the Yardmowers are quick to begin zeroing in on their holdings and movements. The units dispatched from the Yardmowers are adept and expert High-Elf battle-mages, footsoldiers, and warlocks.
Roll to see how successful they are
Post by: Detoxicated on July 06, 2020, 10:12:54 am
The Batpeople have begun scoping the Island for Metals after Finding a few ores. Metal is an Innovation of quirkyness to the More magically focused Batpeople. However its hardness and shinyness has taken them and they would Like More of IT to integrate IT Into their magical Rituals.
Furthermore the druids town, known as Songsmith Den, has been improved with more carved Rocks so that the Wind can Blow into them. The Resonanz Magic is quite high and at Special ponds arcane Crystals are forming. The isolated Great Batpeople Magocracy does indeed follow a developmental path unseen before.
With great Innovation also comes the struggle of unrest. The druidic faction is quite ubhappy with the Open use of Magic in such excessive fashion, while the bardic mages Push to More Innovations on all fronts. Where will this struggle lead the blossoming Nation.
Appalled by the unethical Experiments on the elysian, the Committee of Ethical Experimentation on Magical Fauna has been created. They are pushing for the creation of an Elysian Habitat on University grounds, where IT IS tried to recreate an optimal Environment for the Elysians to live in.
Many mages Push for this project AS IT would aid the Research about Elysians and perhaps other fields of studies.
Post by: TamerVirus on July 06, 2020, 11:16:48 am
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
Far away, on the islands of the Moko, tribal villagers become alarmed as the sacred mountain Loa Loa rumbles violently. Billowing plumes of smoke rise into the skies, observed by many on the mainland and by various sailors. This once dormant volcano, occupying most of the central island halfway between Moko and Wharg territories is celebrated in Moko oral tradition as the prison of Agamo, a titan said to have 'created the land'.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
The eccentric gangster P. M. Martin, not fully satisfied with the profitability of the Menagerie of Oddities, elects to sell his majority stake directly to the government of Dalai. In the recent years the Menagerie had been showcasing old arcane weaponry and the giant stone head, but attendance never returned to heights seen when the Great Ruby was on display. Previous funding associated with the ships Vandino and Vivaldi, whom have since lost contact with the mainland and presumed lost with all hands, had put P.M. Martin in a tough position. Now with backing of the government, the Menagerie of Oddities is renamed as the Grand Dalian Museum as artifacts from the state vault goes on display. As for P. M. Martin, he relocates to Eudenland to oversee the construction of a grand estate.
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Kani-collou populations have been disappearing from the surface. Individual members are observed dropping whatever it is they were doing and walking directly to the water, disappearing beneath the shores. People aren't sure what to make of the situation.
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Kore Jonhara's worship of the Great Ruby, once a small fringe cult, has grown slowly but steadily in recent times. The mad Alchemist takes his faith down a dark path as he invites one of his most devote and fanatical followers to disembowel himself, 'feeding' the Ruby with 'the lifeforce of the faithful'. Roll to see if anything happens from this 'experiment'
Post by: Unraveller on July 06, 2020, 05:11:32 pm
"What, praytell, hath the Dragolians wrought to garner worship from thee? Their great size? Their piercing gaze? The fires in their belly? Strength? Immortality?!" The Spined Viper, old now with a beard of horns bellows, a miasmatic fog billowing out from the pit of its full stomach along with the haunting cries of the souls it had consumed all fit to burst within it. Those chilling ethereal eyes cut through to the hearts of the congregation of Jahtari, bent forcibly on knee to the massive snake. Any movements even the slightest of fidgets are met with the collective hisses of the countless Vasilikos that surround them, as well as a few sharp jabs by the very few royal purple robed Lizardmen that give their deference to their serpent masters.
"SPEAK!" Basileus roars, bearing its dripping fangs. But the bent Jahtari, garbed in robe and cloth themselves emblazoned by Dragolian symbols and bearing draconic fetishes, they cannot utter a word before the spined one. "Aaahh. Fear is it?" The creature gurgles, its angular head coming down slowly to the level of the shaking Dragon cultists. "Dost thou not fear me?" the viper asks, gentle in tone. Again to no reply. A wicked serpentine grin came upon Basileus' face, until a young Jahtari spoke up.
"We. . . We wish only to be as they are!" He stands but is quickly brought low by an older Lizardman, who still bears his head downward in a nervous reverence.
That grin immediately melted away, "To be stagnant, ever-living tyrants too high upon their fumes to see the reality of this world. . ?"
Basileus rears back, a movement that elects the Vasilikos abound to do the same, "Thine people wouldst do well to remember that we are kin much closer than that of those primordial filth. Go! Call thine masters. . . They will not come!"
It is said that the soul-stirring cries that night carried themselves from the twin isles of the Vasilikos to the very island of Elysium and beyond.
To the near east. . .
An immortal Copper Drake stirs for the sake of its race, gazing out to the seas beyond and bearing witness to the continent of the west bearing no name for the Dragons have nary set so much as a talon upon it. Only they bear the gumption to command a designation for the land as a whole. These three centuries they have been little more than blind to the goings on of the world below the floating land of their birth, countless mortal souls poised in constant conflict. Slaughtering themselves wholesale for they lack the guidance of the immortals.
Grøþhväld weeps for the mortals of the world, doomed to their cycle of violence without dragonkind to guide them. All the same, his cloister bears many of the 'lesser' drakes, whom unlike others of his race, do not look down upon them for the unseen circumstances of their fall. The wyrms of Grøþhväld's realm stretch from the sea to about the midpoint of the eastern Dragolian mountains, loosely together, but together none the less. With all this in mind, the Copper Dragon spends nigh on ever moment of every day delving into the strange ever-present 'Star Talk.'
Yet for countless years every result to ablate their affliction turns up the same, the repugnant aether of the Chaos Realms.
Under brush and 'tween crack and crag, the great Spined Viper and a cadre of the most grown Vasilikos creep, slink, and otherwise slither into the dark places of the east. Between the mountain ranges where the Copper Dragon's cloister ends they lay in wait. A valley where lesser drakes have been known to mate.
It is not every day when you are the largest fish in the sea that you contemplate the fear of being prey. It is rare perhaps then that the impregnable monsters that even the mortal dragons are would guard their clutch of eggs or wyrmlings even. Yet, as the Vasilikos snake into the deep recesses of mountain caves, they find one such clutch, and one such drake upon it. They are quick to act.
Serpents pour out of the walls of the cavern and strike in unison at the wyrm's legs in but a moment's notice. The dragon, about the size of the spined viper if not larger, thrashes around in the dark at the sudden pain coursing in every direction through its veins. But it is far from subdued, threshing the Vasilikos dead with its sword like talons and barreling out through the cave to defend itself from the sky. Only, in its mad dash, Basileus itself greets the drake at the mouth of the cavern. As it takes flight, the lord of the Vasilikos drives its dripping fangs deep into the underbelly, hanging on for but a few moments as it leaps into the sky. Basileus tumbles into the valley with a great crash.
The drake grows ever more distant yet. . . It's wingbeats flutter and slow, its trajectory veering off. And inevitably, the beast too comes crashing down into the valley brought low by the combined venom of the serpents. It is there that it becomes easy pickings for the monstrous serpents, and its clutch of eggs too, brought back to the twin isles for feasting amongst their few ardent worshipers. Which would only grow in time as Basileus and its congregation rapidly mutate ever more, the lesser dragons power flowing throughout them where Jahtari have become like stale bread.
Basileus takes upon a more youthful appearance as its size swells even more, "The Dragons are our prey!" It commands with a billow, a miasma, a deep fog enraptures the lake islands eternally ever more. . .
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 06, 2020, 07:35:56 pm
Post by: Unraveller on July 06, 2020, 07:56:54 pm
Post by: Strik3r on July 07, 2020, 05:55:30 am
It doesnt mean anyone has to stop making turns, but i may have to play a bit of catch-up.))
Post by: Unraveller on July 07, 2020, 06:38:48 am
Post by: Strik3r on July 07, 2020, 06:49:16 am
Theres not really much else to do with Elysians with a lack of external influences acting upon them, aside from bio stuff and similar.))
Post by: Unraveller on July 07, 2020, 07:03:20 am
Post by: King Zultan on July 07, 2020, 07:20:45 am
Post by: TamerVirus on July 07, 2020, 11:24:30 am
tl;dr The Wharg are now in possession of otherworldly technology, but their stone-age level of development prevents them for using it to its full potential. Or even a third of its potential
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on July 07, 2020, 11:31:58 am
A somewhat lunatical dwarf decides to build a tower to a) the/a moon (if this world has moons) or b) the heavens (if this world doesn't have moons). In the name of this endeavor, he attempts to recruit architects from the Great Scar University to help him. Roll for the following: whether said lunatical dwarf can find or procure the required materials to build his tower; and, if he finds/procures the required materials, how well he and his assistants, if any, build the tower.
((is this too many rolls? oh well, now we have a literal lunatic))
Post by: Strik3r on July 07, 2020, 01:11:14 pm
Notices
Year 307.2 -A letter arrives on the desk of a prominent Hamsterman researcher based at Lake Scar University
No
Year 307.32-307.35
Yeah, a lot of rolls, I'll backfill this next update. And i mean, you can try anything, but im telling you right now, ya' cant build a tower to the moon, even if these rolls all crit.
Rolls
The Waterstone Clan continue digging
Code: [Select]
1d20=3The Dwarves, in an attempt to speed up the channeling work, bought some Blasting Powder from Dalai. However, their attempts at using the stuff ended in disaster, they used too much of the stuff and the resulting explosion caused a chain reaction that blew up most of the stores of Blasting powder, turning the shed they were stored in into a big flying bunch of shrapnel, killing many workmen and causing a landslide that filled in a previously dug out section of the trench, setting the work of the dwarves back considerably.
Arghila attemps to eliminate the outbreak in their lands
Code: [Select]
1d20=18Arghila pulled out all the stops used everything they had to eliminate the Purple Leaf Disease from their lands. The price paid was beyond any other so far, the supply of Vision Dust that Arghila had stockpiled was almost entirely used up to cure those that could be and vast amounts of gold were paid to powerful Fire magi to destroy those that could not be cured, without mercy. They sorched the infected, along with any trace of them, and then every piece of land that the disease had touched within Arghila's land turning entire towns and forests to ash, to a dead land.The land will heal, but it will take many years.
Human Kingdoms attempt to purge the Way of the Leaf
Code: [Select]
1d20=20!Recognizing the incredible threat that the Way of the Leaf cult presented, an entire army of inquisitors was drafted to not just track down the Way of the Leaf, but to hunt them down wherever they might have been.No matter what cave or abandoned structure the cult fled to were found in mere hours, as the inquisitors were always hot on their tail, went in with blades drawn and took no prisoners. By all accounts all that's left of the cult are rotting corpses and destroyed hideouts.
The Yardmowers attempt to destroy the Way of the Leaf
Code: [Select]
1d20=17The Yardmowers went out in full force to track down and kill any members of the Way of the Leaf cult, but every hideout they discovered was already torn to shreds and the members within it killed. The Yardmowers themselves were impressed with how thoroughly the job had been done, by whoever did it. There was no trace of any living members, none of the infected, nor any surviving plans for any lunatic to take and continue the work of the Way of the Leaf. The very few members that were missed, were done in by the Yardmowers.The Way of the Leaf attempts to spread the Purple Leaf Disease
Code: [Select]
1d20=11With each cell of the Way of the Leaf dying to an enemy unknown, one who left not a single cultist alive, not even those that pleaded for their lives. The remaining cultists grew ever more desperate and knowing that their days are numbered, were preparing to cause perhaps the last outbreak the Way of the Leaf would. They were in the final stages of preparation, the infected were ready for transport. But it was too late! The ones who had killed all their Brothers and Sisters of the Leaf were already on the last cell's doorstep and were raiding their hideout. One of the cultists, one in charge of the infecteds' cages, upon being confronted by the attackers, released the infected hosts and one managed to get close enough to come in contact with one of the attackers. The cultist's throat was cut by a sword, but his last moments were filled with screaming, that is the screaming of the one who came in contact with the host as his comrades lit him ablaze with a ball of flame and he burned to death. The cultist died with a little smirk on his face and a warm feeling inside, and not just from the burning inquisitor.The inquisitors that attacked that hideout began showing symptoms of the Purple Leaf Disease hours later. And by the time that the symptoms were noticed, it was already too late for all of them and they were soon overtaken by the disease. They were later killed by the Yardmowers, who had always been just a few steps behind the inquisitors.
Kore Jonhara's follower commits ritual suicide in his devotion to the Great Ruby
Code: [Select]
1d20=16Turns out that gutting oneself is an incredibly painful process that even the most devoted of the Kore Jonhara's cult wasn't prepared to handle. His shrieks and screams of pain were loud enough to once again awaken whatever slumbered within the Ruby Egg. Kore was staring intensely at the ruby and this time he happened to catch the eyes of the creature within opening its eyes briefly, yes, two little bright yellow/orange eyes.
Awake being perhaps the wrong word, its eyes were open for a little while, yes, but it wasn't really... aware. It's merely responding to stimuli, nothing more. Whatever is in the Egg is still clearly underdeveloped, even Kore could realize that... or maybe he can't and will instead see this as a sign that he should "feed" more lives to the Great Ruby to fully awaken whatever is within.
Whatever is within the egg hasn't developed at all since being found, and likely from long before that or it just develops so slowly that it would not even be noticeable... but its more likely that it is waiting for the right kind of spark to continue its development, the same kind that started its development in the first place.
Afterward, the egg does its usual routine of growing its crystalline exterior. the fact that this ruby was at one point even cut is hardly noticeable anymore.
YEAR 307.5
((Guess i lied a bit about the Elysian thing not being ready yet...))
The Great Scar University's project to construct an Elysian Habitat was completed less than 2 months ago, as a way to provide a comfortable and familiar environment for the University's Elysians to live in as well as a way to observe and research them. Known as the "Elysian Gardens" for now, it is a mini-Elysium made from a former stretch of unused and magically fertilized land, By the way of Nature magic. The hardest part of the whole process was getting the Elysians' favorite blue plants in there, as they do not respond as well to magical growth as other, normal plants.
Like Elysium, the Elysian Gardens are a forbidden place to most, in this case, so that Elysians wouldn't have to constantly deal with interrupting and disruptive oafs gawking at them and could live as they do on Elysium, making observing them in their natural habitat that much easier. This has resulted in another important discovery: When they're not in a playful or energetic mood, Elysians can be quite shy when it comes to other races, and in extreme cases, other Elysians, it depends on the Elysian, some are more brave than others. They somewhat prefer being amongst others of their kind. To prevent wanton loitering into the Elysian Gardens, the whole area has been walled off. Its not there however to keep the Elysians IN, however, as there is no way the wall will stop them, they can happily jump over it, and do, if curiosity strikes them and they want to explore the university and its surroundings. In fact, the existence of the Elysian Gardens has made the Elysians in the University that much more docile and unwilling to cause trouble, they now seem to almost have a "respect" for the things in the University and wont just do whatever with them.
Despite the Gardens only having been complete for a short while, thanks to it, those researching the Elysians have already made a groundbreaking discovery related to them... well somewhat. Its certainly a thing that had been puzzling them for a while: Three kinds of Elysians have been seen:
The ones with blue spots, who, for convenience's sake, the researchers call the "males", due to their larger size and more prominent observed guardian instinct.
The smaller ones with reddish/crimson or purple spots, who the researchers termed the "females", due to seemingly bing more "feminine" if such a term can be applied to Elysians, but they also show maternal behavior toward the other two kinds. Curiously, it is often the "females" that are more "assertive".
The third and smallest one, that lack any kind of marking at all, alongside lacking the Elysians' distinctive patagium altogether. These are assumed to be the "children" of Elysians, but again, nothing is certain with Elysians.
However, the Researchers have never observed an intermediary stage between any of these three, until now. They assumed that Elysians grow up over time like most creatures, in hindsight, they should've expected something abnormal, as is the norm with Elysians. One day, while the park keeper was doing his rounds around the Gardens when he stumbled upon a peculiar organic object... glued to the underside of a horizontal wooden beam supporting one of the constructed shaded areas in the Gardens, originally intended to serve as a place where people could spend time interacting with (willing of course) Elysians, on THEIR territory, where Elysains are much more comfortable.
Rather than do anything himself, the groundskeeper told the Researchers, the ones focused on Elysians, about it. They rushed to where it was found, and as soon as they saw it, they realized that they may have stumbled upon the "missing link", and were proven correct by using a trick usually used to determine the viability of eggs to determine the internal structure of the chrysalis.
Holding a light source, such as a candle, behind or below an egg causes some of the light to pass through the shell, that will then be mostly absorbed by anything within the egg itself. When this was done with the object, in this case using a Spirit Light, it revealed a small Elysian within, thus Elysians dont "grow" because they metamorphose, like butterflies. What they had stumbled upon, was an Elysian pupa, a Chrysalis, if you will.
Now it has been left there for a while, and it began to grow more transparent as the pupal skin was stretched, revealing the young female that is growing within.
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
There are many things that the researchers still don't know about the process, but they have theories covering certain aspects, although certain less... flattering components of the theories are always redacted by the researchers, possibly to preserve the "purity" of the Elysians, something talked about only on a need-to-know basis. The Researchers believe that the process of pupation is entirely voluntary to the Elysians. It is surmised by the researchers that the Elysian in question felt comfortable and safe enough within the Gardens to pupate. The Chrysalis is believed to be constructed by secreting a kind of "sap" from pores all over their body, that gradually hardens and becomes the Chrysalis. There is no indication before pupation whether an Elysian is, or maybe even becomes, a "male" or a "female".
Imagoes or the "adult" Elysians do not lose the pores that produce the sap, and thus, theoretically can make another Chrysalis at will, possibly to survive various dangerous circumstances. Elysians, being Elysians, it is not even impossible that Elysians might be able to REVERSE their form back to that of the "larval" stage. How the pupa actually got where it was is well, its one of those retracted parts, left to the readers of the theses to imagine. It is believed that in nature, the Elysians would attach the pupa to the underside of thick and strong branches, preferring shaded areas. The only place in the Elysian gardens deemed suitable was the aforementioned wooden beam. Since the first pupation there, the area has been completely enclosed and out of sight, and the entrance has been marked with a drawn picture of an Elysian pupa, thus has become the de-facto area for Elysians to pupate, a thing that is... infrequent to say the least, with that chrysalis there being the only one thus far.
When emerging from the Chrysalis, the Elysian first begins to secrete... something that weakens the chrysalis, thus freeing it from the chrysalis, it then flips itself over within the chrysalis, so that it is essentially sitting inside the Chrysalis and will then cut an opening in the upper tougher part of the chrysalis using either the crystal growing from its forehead or its teeth. The Elysian can then climb onto whatever supporting branch, or in this case, wooden beam the chrysalis hangs from. Pupating Elysians are essentially blind as their eyes are literally glued shut, the chrysalis however is permeable to air, thus they are able to breathe, and a special air pocket is formed around the nose and mouth, to ease breathing. It is believed that the Elysian spends most of its time in the Chrysalis asleep.
(TL;DR: Biology)
Warfare
(This wont be here when there are no ongoing wars.)
(Updated)
Guide to the Art of War
(Updated)
(This wont be here when there are no ongoing wars.)
(Updated)
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
(Updated)
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
Post by: TamerVirus on July 07, 2020, 01:16:41 pm
NoTamerVirus will remember that
Spoiler: Internal Memo from Dionysus Sol, Department of Unexplained Phenomenon (click to show/hide)
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 07, 2020, 01:30:43 pm
((Lake Scar isn’t the place, it’s called Great Scar. Maybe that was the problem?))NoTamerVirus will remember that
Post by: TamerVirus on July 07, 2020, 01:43:34 pm
((Lake Scar isn’t the place, it’s called Great Scar. Maybe that was the problem?))Nah, I flew too far out of bounds on that one. Even if this world has Ki, stands, SCP-3008, and a 2001 Space Odyssey Monolith
Lake Scar University is an affiliated branch of the University, located on the trade roads between Hamsterman Valley and the Slugman Duchies (lore, year 264)
Post by: Lidku on July 07, 2020, 01:52:18 pm
((Also I guess it was my mistake- I should've have originally specified the Vipers were supposed to be a Guerrilla AND Spy unit so I wouldn't have gotten that Near Impossible Crit. only thing. Put them as a Guerilla and Spy unit like The Desert Shades are. If that's not allowed, leave them as Guerilla.))
307.6
The mission, while not a success at all since the artefact wasn't in the Red Court to the knowledge of Ludicrous-Sales Halloween with the after-action report of the Vipers, was still good for him however since most of his reconnaissance hadn't bit the dust infiltrating the capital of the Red Court. For now he will wait for officer, royalty, and general portion of The Great Diplomatic Army to make a move- even with the merge with Karhan, their forces still needed some recuperation.
Roll for Resupply
Meanwhile King Consortia of Karhan, wanting to wrap of the war quickly tirades to King Halloween that they should send their forces immediately to either push in Red Court or Black Qhaganate (especially the Qhaganate for Dexius as that realm housed the lucrative chaos crystal deposits- deposits he wanted staked to the newly minted human realm that is being planned so it can come under his puppetry) with the thought that The Great Diplomatic Army will take note and join any drives that'd embark upon. In the end both Kings compromised- for now Ludicrous-Sales Halloween has the Vipers dispatched to take out the Artillery division of the Black Qhaganate army while their own army is busy resupplying.
Roll for Viper attack on Aetherial Artillery
((Also for a case for Sci-Fi elements in the game- the original OP stipulated that the setting has to be "Fantasy." Fantasy alone doesn't have to only stay in the medieval age- Fantasy genres CAN have technological progress or technology embedded in the stories as well. Look at the Netflix movie Bright for example, the one that had a little wave when the time it was out- it was fantasy, but in the era of modernity and urbanism. Also DC & Marvel have extensive use of Sci-Fi and Fantasy put together into one. Marvel more than DC however))
Post by: TamerVirus on July 07, 2020, 01:58:59 pm
Post by: Strik3r on July 07, 2020, 03:08:58 pm
((Lake Scar isn’t the place, it’s called Great Scar. Maybe that was the problem?))Even if this world has Ki, stands, SCP-3008, and a 2001 Space Odyssey Monolith
ehhh... yeah.
The Monolith, well it fits fine enough i guess. I know where the Monolith is from but i've never actually seen the movie. Are there any reasons the Monolith doesn't fit in this world? Was it a technological artifact in the movie? it can be written off as a magical one here.
SCP-3008... i had no idea at first what it would become. Besides, it's wrapped in a medieval skin well enough that i dont really consider it too out-of-lore.
KI... it was supposed to be dead, but somebody brought it back.
Stands... I will admit, the Stand Hunters are a pretty transparent attempt at getting rid of them. But i will not poof Stands out of existence as i would rather restrain myself and fail, than violate the rules of the game myself.
((lol))
((Also I guess it was my mistake- I should've have originally specified the Vipers were supposed to be a Guerrilla AND Spy unit so I wouldn't have gotten that Near Impossible Crit. only thing. Put them as a Guerilla and Spy unit like The Desert Shades are. If that's not allowed, leave them as Guerilla.))
I suppose thats one difference between the main worldbuilding game and the wargame: The main part of the game, you can be really vague about things, and will find a way to make it work. The war game, you want to be as SPECIFIC as you can and not omit any critical details.
Speaking of the wargame: Once the Third Crusade is concluded, it will enter a small transitional period where i will refine the rules a bit, and probably split the updates for the wargame from the rest of the game.
((Also for a case for Sci-Fi elements in the game- the original OP stipulated that the setting has to be "Fantasy." Fantasy alone doesn't have to only stay in the medieval age- Fantasy genres CAN have technological progress or technology embedded in the stories as well. Look at the Netflix movie Bright for example, the one that had a little wave when the time it was out- it was fantasy, but in the era of modernity and urbanism. Also DC & Marvel have extensive use of Sci-Fi and Fantasy put together into one. Marvel more than DC however))
There's rather big difference between Star Wars and Lord of the Rings, even though both are fantasy. The former is Sci-Fantasy, the latter is Medieval Fantasy. Even though it was never explicitly stated in the rules, it has always been kind of implied to be Medieval Fantasy, specifically Western Medieval Fantasy.
((Realistically, all that supposed to be was to give the Wharg ramshackle weaponry: scraps of fancy UFO metal tied to wood. Maybe a chieftain type character decked out in fancy tribal gear. No matter, it's just weird miscellaneous lore now))
Broken ship chunks today, Laser guns tomorrow. :P then, BAM soon enough we've got Tanks, Planes and planetkiller weapons lol. Its a slipperly slope waiting to happen. Otherwise, if its never mentioned again, it'll just get memoryholed and forgotten.
Actually, now that i think about it, Laser guns are already on the horizon anyway, but they're MAGICAL laser weapons :P.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 07, 2020, 03:12:38 pm
Post by: Strik3r on July 07, 2020, 03:13:46 pm
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 07, 2020, 03:16:49 pm
(ive beguun to dpend to mch of autcrect)((mmm yes, my autocorrect likes to add a semicolon and a t after contractions that end in t))
Post by: Detoxicated on July 07, 2020, 03:22:14 pm
Year 307.8
With the ongoing magification of the Batpeople society many new Professions are born. Magical tailors weaving shimmering singing clothing, chantmasons able to construct high Towers, icemen creating permanent mirrors of ice. The Magocracy Sure has developed a Taste for exquisite goods.
Post by: TankKit on July 07, 2020, 03:50:53 pm
Business as usual in the Waterstone Clan. Hopefully they learn something about safety from all of this.
Meanwhile, Dorathine the 13th "The Warrior" pushes ahead Dorathian colonisation of the river valleys by granting various economic benefits to the colonisers. Many of his soldiers in particular are rewarded with free housing in the form of various surprisingly comfortable military outposts dotted throughout the rest of the river valleys. While their hold over these areas is very weak for now, the next few years should see their hold on these rivers strengthen. The priest-king himself is wildly popular throughout the kingdom for a series of well timed economic reforms and recovering lands that had been lost to their rightful owners for centuries. It seems he has no intention of stopping soon either, as he has begun to integrate cannons into his army as unique shock forces, dedicated to bombarding enemy lines right before a charge. He may well plan to continue his conquests in the future, and it seems unlikely that the hamsterfolk shamans will be able to stop him on their own if he tries again...
In other news, the New Qhaganate(Officially calling itself 'The Second Sandstone Qhaganate') continues to prosper under Gharlor, who effectively has complete control over the Qhaganate as his fellow Qhagans are completely loyal to him for his wise decisions which saved his people. He is getting old, however, and poor luck could see this prosperity come to a screeching halt if he were to die.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 07, 2020, 04:15:05 pm
Perun notices that some creatures aren’t going through as much change as others, the Bearwalkers haven’t been up to much compared to some other species, so she causes it to rain a random liquid with random effects on the Bearwalkers’ territory
Roll for how much it rains, and the effect the liquid has on what it hits, as well as what the liquid itself is
((If you’d rather I come up with the type of liquid just say so and I’ll try thinking of one))
Post by: Lidku on July 07, 2020, 04:25:59 pm
Even with the Way of Leaf annihilated, the Purple Leaf Disease itself persisted in Thairmir and the Foxmen shaman lands. Units of Yardmower personnel will be sent to these regions to deal with the epidemics, while the main portion of the Yardmowers head to Lotham city where a unique mutation with the Purple Leaf Disease has evolved into a biological "living" undead called the Sapzod by the survivors within the metropolis. It was of great pertinence that the Yardmowers secure these specimens before they can multiply or spread the unique strain of the Purple Leaf Disease in general.
Despite being High-Elves and their initial presence being distrusted by the Human cordon guards of Lotham, a measured amount of bribery and equal validification of their credentials as a budding research organization, the forward personnel of the Yardmowers get access to the years-long blocked off Lotham. They set up a base in an abandoned mage guildhouse and incorporate a merchant warehouse next to it to house future captured subjects.
Meanwhile, Reon Hennedy gains more and more experience as a zombie slayer throughout his years surviving in zombie infested Lotham. Despite him being part of the guard himself, the Lotham cordon guards- who have practically made a quasi-military settlement around Lotham to secure it adequately- would not let him out as inner-city guardsmen of Lotham who make it to the safezone outskirts usually hide that they've been bitten or scratched, shaping policy that city guards who come to the outskirts will be denied passage until the undead outbreak can be confirmed to be eliminated completely. The project of culling the undead from Lotham was a steady inch-by-inch reclaim by the cordon guard force, but it was slower than what the still living survivor-residents of Lotham would've liked.
Reon himself one day makes contact with the Yardmowers, allying to the organization if just in the case of ensuring the outbreak is dealt with more speed and full frontal than what is being given by the cordon guards. This coming together is shaky however as the Yardmowers seem tight-lipped about status reports to Reon and seem equally more tight of giving supplies to him when he's running low.
Post by: auzewasright on July 07, 2020, 10:46:42 pm
Post by: King Zultan on July 08, 2020, 08:07:43 am
Post by: auzewasright on July 08, 2020, 08:12:49 am
The Great Diplomatic army decides to meet with the forces of Karhan and Arghila. They send a message proposing an alliance and explaining why the Black Qhaganate cannot be destroyed. They also choose to resupply.
Post by: Detoxicated on July 08, 2020, 09:06:51 am
The University has begun new techniques of teaching language to the Elysians. Few empathic mages are selected to Develop Games which teaches the Elysians Basic words. Though Not much Progress has been made yet, the researchers have found Out that the Elysians do enjoy playing fetch and hide and seek Kind of Games and are looking to employ these games for Further attempts to teach them words. So far some Elysians have learned that they Receive sweet berries when they return the rock.
Furthermore the aquatic Gondola has been outfitted to find Out what happened to the Titan Spawn crabs that entered the ocean.
Post by: Lidku on July 08, 2020, 09:13:08 am
Quote
308.4
The writ for alliance sent to the combined forces of Arghila and Karhan is readily accepted- with Ludicrous-Sales Halloween wanting to ensure they'd have all the manpower that can mustered as possible. Dexius Consortia, King of Karhan, was little miffed that Ludicrous signed off on the agreement so readily due the plans he wanted with the Black Qhaganate lands concerning the profitable chaos crystals. Though he supposed with the Black Qhaganate leaderless at this point with it only running off a provisionary government, some person of interest among the Slugmen of the Black Qhaganate can be raised to head it under Dexius' manipulation.
Post by: Strik3r on July 08, 2020, 11:17:18 am
Notices
Rolls
A mad dwarf attempts to build a tower to the moon
Code: [Select]
4d20=12+7+6+18Most in the University dismissed the dwarf's plan to build a tower to the moon as pure lunacy and rightfully so. However, a few more eccentric ones saw the potential in the dwarfs ambitious and grand plan and thus agreed to help him design and build a tower to the moon, or at least as high as they could. But dreams alone dont make for great towers, they needed materials.
No one would willingly give the madmen anything to build the tower for free, and the resources that the University was willing grant for the acquisition of materials for this lunatic plan were rather limited, thus the mad dwarf and his equally mad friends were able to acquire very few materials, not nearly enough to build a "tower to the moon", or even a very tall tower for that matter, with careful management and additional materials dug up out of the ground, it might reach the height of Elysium. That is, if they had a proper construction and mining crew, which they dont, its an insane plan that everyone they tried to hire dismissed as a joke, but of course, money talks, a thing that the mad dwarf and his mad compatriots had very little of after negotiating for their supply of materials, which will be supplied from the Jahtari Sultanate, due to its proximity to the construction site and also because they were cheap, probably mined by slave labor. Maybe the mad dwarf should've hired an accountant to manage the limited funds they had. Regardless, with the gold they did have, they enlisted the aid of a Jahtari slaver guild to build the tower. It seems like all great constructions by the Jahtari are built on the back of slave labor.
With what they had, they began to build their tower, with few hiccups. It seems that the Jahtari slaves are well disciplined, a lot more skilled and obedient than would be expected, but i suppose if a nation is built on slavery, they surely must have slavery down to a science. The tower, that is now being called the "Moon Tower", is nowhere near complete, even in relation to how high it will actually reach, which is as previously stated, about as high as Elysium... eventually.
The Dwarves of the Waterstone clan continue their digging
Code: [Select]
1d20=17It seems that the dwarves have caught their lucky break, with the constant setbacks and what not. The Dwarves are stubborn, yes, but despite their stubbornness even they needed to admit that they needed outside help to help with their digging efforts, it was then realized that they have a portal straight to the University, the mages will surely be able to help them, so they sent a dwarf that knows how to travel through the portal to the University to see if he could convince some of the magi there to help.
The Head Mage of the Chaos wing saw it as an opportunity for everyone in the Chaos wing to take their studies out of the classroom and put it into practice in the real world, and earn a bit gold for the University. Of course the dwarves were a bit wary of the help of Chaos Magi, knowing the damage that Chaos has done to this world, news of which have reached even the Dwarves. In the end the Dwarves hired the help of the Chaos Archmagi and their students to magically dig the channel.
To do this the Chaos magi used a spell known as "Entropy Beam", it replicates the little known effect of the Chaos rift (formerly Rifts) of (very slowly) destroying matter and concentrates it into a beam of energy.
While the spell does it MUCH faster than the Chaos rifts, and in a controlled manner, the process is still not all that fast, but with a bunch of Magi, they dig through the earth at an impressive pace.
The only downside of digging with Entropy Beam is that it does not leave any matter behind to be carted away. Because the Archmagi were often also teachers for the University, they would happily explain the fundamentals of Chaos magic to any curious dwarves, with some even succeeding in casting weak Entropy Beams themselves. Seeing the effectiveness of the Magi's efforts compared to their own, some Dwarves actually became quite interested in magic themselves. It was discovered too late that Earth or Arcane Magi would have been able to help them too, since either could just MOVE the earth, magically, using different techniques. Arcane Magi using "Telekinesis", and Earth Magi using "Command Earth", a spell that makes dirt or stones literally move by themselves and with a small Spirit kick, can become golems, which can then be ordered to dig, but Spirit Magi are generally rare and Earth/Spirit magi even more so.
(Sorry, theres only so many times i can write about dirt being dug before i lose my mind.)
The situation regarding Gharlor's health
Code: [Select]
1d20=15While the Gharlor leading the New Qhangante is getting a bit old and his health is beginning to reflect this, for the time being he has no serious or life-threatening illnesses and he is in generally good health, for an old man.
Perun causes stuff to rain on the Bearwalkers
Code: [Select]
In order: the amount, the effects (Low=Bad High=Good), and the liquid itself (Low=Bad High=Good)
3d20=10+4+15The amount of rain that Perun causes to come down on the Bearwalkers' territory is not much, its certainly no rainstorm, more like a light drizzle, except its not water. Whatever it is, its tasty, and fermented, yep its mead, its the bearwalkers' lucky day, or would be if even touching the cruel liquid didn't turn any spot on the skin it hits into petrified wood. Its not hard to guess what it does to one's insides.
Year 308.2((Why do i get the distinct feeling that the Yardmowers will become this world's equivalent of the Umbrella Corporation? Oh wait, that's the Aetherials. Still, should i be keeping my eyes open for an "Kalbert Hesker"?))
The Yardmowers attempt to tackle the Purple Leaf disease in Thairmar and the Foxfolk lands
Code: [Select]
2d20=9+18The Purple leaf disease in Thairmar is too widely spread for the Yardmowers have a significant effect on, especially with only a small part of the whole Yardmowers' force. Despite their best efforts, The disease continues to spread faster than the Yardmowers can deal with it, or the Red Leaf Disease. It may be that the infection within Thairmar is beyond the critical mass needed to be effectively unstoppable, in fact that may be the case for the disease as a whole. and unless a revolutionary solution to the problem is discovered, the western continent may well be lost. And while the Red Leaf Disease will eventually theoretically infect all of the Purple Leaf disease carrying hosts, By the time the Red Leaves do so, there will be nothing left to save. And there is no guarantee than a strain of the Purple Leaf disease wont mutate that is immune to the Red Leaf Disease. Had the Third Crusade never started, perhaps everyone could cooperate and focus on curing the disease together, as there is no one that the Disease does not present a threat to.Not everything is so gloomy however, as the Yardmowers headed to the Foxfolk Shamans land have demonstrated that it IS possible to fight back against the disease with concentrated effort, with ample supplies of Vision Dust that is, and magical fire. They have managed to significantly reduce the infected area in the foxfolks' lands and do so without scorching the land. The Upside: The land is usable, the Downside: the disease can still spread there.
The Third Crusade: The Desert Shades attack the Kingdom of Arghila occupied territory to the south.
YEAR 308.6
Tragedy has struck the Elysian Gardens.
There are ever few devoted enough to journey across a continent to please their masters, but a zealous member of the Jahtgaro Cult who is always looking for new things to feed to his ever hungry masters, a Seeker of sorts. The mad dwarf, with his grand plans of the Moon Tower has brought knowledge of the Elysians to the south along with him. They were wonderful creatures after all, who could resist talking about them, and like that the word spread among the Jahtari about the Elysians, first to the Slaver Guilds, who were working with the Dwarf on the construction, and then from there to the rest of their nation, and soon enough, the word of them reached the ears of the Seeker.
Surely, they must be truly exotic delicacies, if only now they are being learned about. He hired a few less than moral trappers to aid him in his quest and they traveled all the way north, to the University and more specifically to the Elysian Gardens to capture a few, just a few Elysians and bring them south. Luckily for them, the Gardens are left largely unguarded, probably for the Elysians, getting in isn't too difficult, especially for Lizardmen. And Elysians, being the naive and curious creatures that they are, readily approached the poachers with friendly intentions, only to be restrained and shoved into a cage way too small for them.
While the Elysians attempted to free their captured friends by the way of magical attacks, it turns out that their natural magic is too weak to do significant damage and the Seeker along with the hired thugs made off with several cages with Elysians in them. For those that were captured, however, the nightmare had only just begun. They were carted all the way to the south, and given an excess of food along the way, The Elysians, being the optimists that they are, figured that they would probably become someone's pet, however, the reality is far more grim.
The Poachers eventually split from the Seeker, having done their job and went back to the Sultanate, blissfully unaware and unconcerned with what would become of the captured Elysians, although a lingering sense of guilt nibbled away at them, that perhaps they had condemned the little creatures to some horrible fate.
And such was the case, the Seeker brought them all the way south, to the Vasilikos' Twin Isles and before his masters. At first, the Vasilikos thought that it was some kind of joke by the Seeker. These creatures were far too small to be a decent meal, and were about to eat the Seeker himself, but the Seeker explained that these were special creatures, showing the small patch of burnt scales he received during his escape from the Garden. The Vasilikos didn't buy it, but figured that there was no point letting what was brought to them go to waste. This was the first time the Vasilikos and the Elysians had met each other and sadly for the captured Elysians, they were to be that day's dessert. Never has been an Elysian been more scared than when looking one of the great snakes in the eye and realizing what its fate was.
I will not go into gratuitous detail describing the horror that the little creatures were forced to face, but by the time only one of the Elysians was left, it laid there silently curled up, having accepted its fate, and only hoping that its end would be painless.
However in a strange twist, it is the Elysian that would have the last laugh, even though like all the others, its life ended in the belly of one of the snakes, it had instilled an emotion in the snake that she had never felt before: Regret. Shortly after consuming the Elysian, the snake fell unconscious as the memories of the little Elyisan filled her mind as visions. Playing in the trees, basking in the sun, running amok in the University, A childhood, innocence, something that the Vasilikos had no concept of. And then she was hit with the horrors that the Elysian had faced in its last moments, and as the playback of its memories caught up to the present, the very last memories of the Elysian were one with those of the snake.
When she woke, she discovered that she had undergone some rather extreme mutations, her scales were pale white, and as she peered at her reflection in the water surrounding the twin islands, she saw that she now had the hood of a cobra, decorated on the dorsal side with patterns not unlike those of the Elysians themselves, the patterns had a distinct crimson coloration to them. And soon she discovered that her venom had become infused with magical energies, venom that she could now spit like a projectile, effectively introducing magic to the Vasilikos for the first time. The White Cobra is the only one of the Vasilikos to undergo this mutation.
How this incident will affect the Elysians of the Elysian Gardens remains yet to be seen. Same goes for the Vasilikos.
After the attack on the Gardens, the panicked Elysians managed to adequately describe the ones who had captured their friends and the University's magi managed to figure out that the Elysians were describing the Lizardmen, and they told of this to the heads of the University, and they were furious, the Jahtari were enslaving Elysians now?! How low will the stoop they thought, the university launches an investigation into the incident.
Roll for whether the University discovers the truth
Code: [Select]
1d20=13The Sultan of the Jahtari, after being contacted with accusations by the University's mages, responded by stating that he didn't even know what these "Elysians" were, much less that if they truly are as small as they are, nobody would want them as slaves, pets maybe, but the Jahtari themselves make better slaves. The University tried to perform an investigation itself within the Sultanate, but sadly the territory was too large to investigate, but they could discover no evidence of any Elysians within the Jahtari Sultanate, but at least this cleared the Jahtari Sultanate itself of any accusations of kidnapping Elysians. Sadly, the investigators reached a dead end with their investigation. And could not discover the truth of what had happened to the Elysians.Warfare
(This wont be here when there are no ongoing wars.)
(Updated)
Guide to the Art of War
(Updated)
(This wont be here when there are no ongoing wars.)
(Updated)
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
(Updated)
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
Post by: Superdorf on July 08, 2020, 11:43:25 am
Somewhere in the trackless wilderness, and then again, nowhere in particular, the Angry Babbler (its bushy beard now flecked with grey) grumbubbled to itself in a malcontent sort of manner.
Some obstreperous skulldugger had just barged past him with a cartload of... cat-monkeys? Sapient cat-monkeys?
Whatever they were. He'd heard the wailing.
There would be vengeance.
Greatly disturbed by the raid on the Elysian Gardens, certain of the more militarily inclined Waterstone dwarves begin to wonder about training and outfitting a contingent of Elysian soldiers. The creatures have hands, after all-- surely they can be taught to wield a spear?
Post by: TankKit on July 08, 2020, 11:43:46 am
Having discovered just how useful magic is and recovered from their previous setbacks, the Dwarves set into a comfortable, safe schedule that will gradually complete their project with no chance of extreme setbacks or advances. They have also begun bringing over more magic users to help them learn it, with a particular focus on the Earth magic that holds so much potential for the Dwarves.
Dorathine the 13th 'The Warrior', having rewarded his soldiers for their victory and thoroughly secured his position, has now turned his attention to the Purple Leaf Disease growing throughout his northern lands. While news of it is kept relatively quiet, his majesty has completely cut off the affected areas from the rest of the kingdom and stationed a great deal of his military at the edge of the affected areas to stop the disease from spreading further. With violence, if necessary.
((By the way, my previous post talking about Dorathine was meant to give him weak territory around the unowned rivers just to the kingdoms east. Sorry, I now realise I didn't make that very clear lol.))
Post by: Strik3r on July 08, 2020, 12:02:35 pm
Year 308.9
Having discovered just how useful magic is and recovered from their previous setbacks, the Dwarves set into a comfortable, safe schedule that will gradually complete their project with no chance of extreme setbacks or advances. They have also begun bringing over more magic users to help them learn it, with a particular focus on the Earth magic that holds so much potential for the Dwarves.
Dorathine the 13th 'The Warrior', having rewarded his soldiers for their victory and thoroughly secured his position, has now turned his attention to the Purple Leaf Disease growing throughout his northern lands. While news of it is kept relatively quiet, his majesty has completely cut off the affected areas from the rest of the kingdom and stationed a great deal of his military at the edge of the affected areas to stop the disease from spreading further. With violence, if necessary.
((By the way, my previous post talking about Dorathine was meant to give him weak territory around the unowned rivers just to the kingdoms east. Sorry, I now realise I didn't make that very clear lol.))
((ohshit, i saw that, but i forgot to add it, im so sorry. I'll backfill that next update. Im clearly in over my head, im starting to forget things.))
Post by: TankKit on July 08, 2020, 12:15:10 pm
((ohshit, i saw that, but i forgot to add it, im so sorry. I'll backfill that next update. Im clearly in over my head, im starting to forget things.))((Again, don't worry about it. If it starts getting too complicated we won't mind if you take your time with updates or ask someone to co-GM. The consistent quality you provide is already top-notch, so don't worry about being a bad GM because of such a small mistake.))
Post by: Lidku on July 08, 2020, 12:24:36 pm
With Ludicrous-Sales Halloween killed in battle, Dexius Corsortius takes helm of his own forces, while the forces of Arghila wait for the new King to arrive- his coronation was quick and without much pomp as the Crusade was still in action and the army needed his presence; King Kareteon Halloween arrives to the territory held by The Great Diplomatic army. For now it is decided all the human realms active in the Crusade will join up as force finally- which means Arghila and Karhan merge with The Great Diplomatic army.
Kareteon Halloween was of course the oldest of his brothers in the reigning Halloween dynasty as of now. He wasn't as ministerial as Mordicus or peace-loving as the more younger ones however, he reveled in the Crusade as was saddened that his father didn't bring him along into the war initially. Kareteon keeps the Vipers on payroll and puts them on an assignment: Hunt down the Desert Shades in an effort to put them out of the war or atleast lower their effectiveness. They needed to be out of the way while the Human non-chaos Kingdoms continue to broker an agreement with the Black Qhaganate. Once some sort of treatise is made with the Black Qhaganate, they are sure in a combined force they can knock out the Red Court and install a non-chaos aligned Human Kingdom- part of the initial agreement outline by Zalalastan and Steamland.
((Is anyone still doing the Black Qhaganate still?))
Lotham City with the effort of the Yardmowers and the Lotham guardsmen continue to beat back the horde in the urban metropolis. Large sections of the city have been secured, allowing many parts of it to be functional again for civil purposes. With this fact in mind with word of Lotham getting to safer levels, migrants of all kinds from the parts of Arghila that was badly effected with the Purple Leaf Disease flock to the renowned city due to the astronomical low rents put up by property owners trying to revanche some money with everything being shut down for so long.
It was if everything was slowly coming back to normalcy- but the zombie horde still lurked in the deepest parts of the city. New and old residents of Lotham call this part of Lotham the Deadzone where the undead still stir freely- it is also an area where runaway outlaws and other vagabonds begin to set up bases to escape the law or just generally lay low from other parties.
The Yardmowers use this excuse of undead still being in Lotham as a way to keep the property they acquired while the city was still in anarchy- much to the ire of the previous mages guild they got their "HQ" from. The influence of the Yardmowers is too great however and the corrupt Lotham courts are quick to side with the more lucrative Yardmowers in the land seizure case. From here they continue research on the Sapzods in secret, wishing to getter better understanding of this unique strain.
Reon Hennedy, feeling the nightmare finally over, promptly quits his post within the Lotham guard force- feeling that their work was slow and horrendous, they could've saved more lives if they were quicker. Now he works as a mercenary around the three Kingdoms.
With Ludicrous-Sales Halloween dead, this was the perfect time for the Vahucci to try and get the parts of Valkyra in possession of the Halloween dynasty- well the faction within the Vahucci Cult that still cared about acquiring all the parts. The work of the Vahucci of restoring Ki from the few parts they have has had many breakthroughs to a point where little care is being rendered to the greater part of the Project surrounding all the parts of Valkyra. This faction within the Vahucci however felt that restoring Ki without gaining ultimate power or reviving Vahucci would be moot altogether. In truth though many individuals within the faction had their own goals for the corpse parts.. but that would be resolved when they all it had together to begin with.
Roll for the Vahucci attempt to steal the corpse parts in possession of the Halloween dynasty
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 08, 2020, 12:46:46 pm
The Black Sky Legion attempts to raze the southern part of the Red Court
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on July 08, 2020, 01:17:25 pm
The lunatical dwarf continues to build their tower, or try to. They have been seen wielding a pickaxe, staring at rocks for no good reason.
((FYI, calling them lunatical on purpose. Did you know that the word "lunacy" originated in the belief that Earth's moon was insanity-related?))
((
Quote from: Wikipedia article
History))
The term "lunatic" derives from the Latin word lunaticus, which originally referred mainly to epilepsy and madness, as diseases thought to be caused by the moon. The King James Version of the Bible records "lunatick" in the Gospel of Matthew which has been interpreted as a reference to epilepsy. By the fourth and fifth centuries, astrologers were commonly using the term to refer to neurological and psychiatric diseases. Philosophers such as Aristotle and Pliny the Elder argued that the full moon induced insane individuals with bipolar disorder by providing light during nights which would otherwise have been dark, and affecting susceptible individuals through the well-known route of sleep deprivation. Until at least 1700, it was also a common belief that the moon influenced fevers, rheumatism, episodes of epilepsy and other diseases.
Post by: Unraveller on July 08, 2020, 03:37:49 pm
Year 309.5
Careful is she, whom is the White Cobra, for the words she chooses.
Conscious is she, whom is the White Cobra, for the rancor of her kin.
Passionate is she, whom is the White Cobra, for a Vasilikos future steeped naught in blood and miasma.
Yet yearning still is she, whom is the White Cobra, for the alluring Monolith, and yet too the island high above the floating continent.
As Basileus and its most ardent cabals seek the hearts of dragons, the White Cobra, naming herself, 'Επιστάτα', seeks out the Bleg. For whom the Vasilikos have purposefully avoided, naught for sake of fear, but for savoring the 'last' hunt. She speaks unto those whom have garrisoned themselves against the growing serpents and the threat they pose to peace upon Dragolia. "To cast thee as prey is the game of Serpent cowards and cutthroats. All is not so!"
Perhaps naievity grew in the White Cobra, for she came on to the Bleg without plan and without an alliance within her kind. Seeking only to be an envoy to the felines or perhaps even to build a greater trust in the name of Vasilikos. Foolish as the ethereal-looking creature was, were she successful, it played only ever more into the Basileus' eventual 'coronation.'
Post by: Superdorf on July 08, 2020, 03:48:04 pm
Post by: Unraveller on July 08, 2020, 03:58:10 pm
Post by: Strik3r on July 09, 2020, 06:07:22 am
Todays update is late.
Reason?
A small render for this roll. Like everything i do, it ended up taking much longer than i expected.
Year 308.7I honestly wish i could make a render for ALL turns, but i'd need to be able to make them at beyond-superhuman pace lol. Also, i wish i could make renders of things other than Elysians.
Greatly disturbed by the raid on the Elysian Gardens, certain of the more militarily inclined Waterstone dwarves begin to wonder about training and outfitting a contingent of Elysian soldiers. The creatures have hands, after all-- surely they can be taught to wield a spear?
As a side note, Im probably the slowest person on Earth when it comes to doing things.))
Post by: auzewasright on July 09, 2020, 06:52:18 am
The Great Diplomatic Army attacks to the west in the hopes of meeting up with those of Karhan and Arghila.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 09, 2020, 08:49:30 am
((you already know what im going to say:((don’t think every post requires renders. Your renders are good, but don’t burn yourself out))
Todays update is late.
Reason?
A small render for this roll. Like everything i do, it ended up taking much longer than i expected.Year 308.7I honestly wish i could make a render for ALL turns, but i'd need to be able to make them at beyond-superhuman pace lol. Also, i wish i could make renders of things other than Elysians.
Greatly disturbed by the raid on the Elysian Gardens, certain of the more militarily inclined Waterstone dwarves begin to wonder about training and outfitting a contingent of Elysian soldiers. The creatures have hands, after all-- surely they can be taught to wield a spear?
As a side note, Im probably the slowest person on Earth when it comes to doing things.))
Post by: Detoxicated on July 09, 2020, 04:01:45 pm
The Aquatic Gondolas First Expedition has returned and they come Back with unexpected disturbing news.
They haven't found Traces of the Titan Spawn, but instead they found vastly agriculturized ocean floors. Apparantly the absence of the Sharkmen has to do with a partial industrialization of their society. Vast floors are Used to grow seaweed to feed underwater dwellers to feast on and surrounding several volcanic vents the researchers have found growing cities using the volcans to Power their forges. They did Not come Close though as some heavily armed Sharkmen started to Chase the Aquatic Gondola Out of their Territories. Refugio Guerra is quite disturbed by their findings and sends Letters to the human Kingdoms informing them about the News.
Post by: Strik3r on July 10, 2020, 05:43:20 am
Notices
Since i missed the update window yesterday, i decided to take some extra time to make sure the update is as good is it could be.
Rolls
The Angry Babbler attempts to exact vengeance for the kidnapping of the Elysians
Code: [Select]
1d20=17The Angry Babbler followed the Seeker's He managed to catch the Seeker just as he was leaving the isles again, immediately recognizing the Seeker as the one who had driven the cart with the... Cat-Monkeys? or whatever they were, The Angry Babbler screamed profanities at the Seeker from far away, interspaced with something about cat-monkeys, loud enough that it could be heard all the way to the twin islands. The Seeker only had a brief chance to make a confused lizardman face before the angry dwarf running toward him at breakneck speed reached him and tackled him straight to the ground, and proceeded to pummel his ugly lizard snout with fists as hard as rock.
The skull of the Seeker must've been shattered into little bits by the time the Angry Babbler was done with him and drowned him in the waters surrounding the Twin Islands. But the Babbler Wasn't done yet, oh no. The Babbler didn't know whether there was a bridge onto the islands, but he didn't care, he just jumped in and began to swim. One almost has to feel sorry for the Vasilikos that THIS was the first dwarf that they would meet. But this is one they would not get to eat.
Several of the Vasilikos died in the attack by the Angry Babbler on their home, some in some rather confusing ways. One died with one of its own fangs driven through its eye, another was skewered on a large, sharp, very tall boulder, one was killed by its brethren after it somehow got tied in a knot in such a way that it could no longer move, one died to starvation as it could no longer eat after its stomach was destroyed, from the inside, and a few other, less notable deaths happened too.
Even though the Angry Babbler could never find the Cat-Monkeys that were kidnapped, he felt that vengeance had been adequately served and swam off the island.
After he got off the island, the Angry Babbler was hungry and in an ironic twist, one of the Vasilikos would serve as his meal, well a part of one anyway, one's tail, more than enough to keep a dwarf fed and still have enough left over to share with others, but the Angry Babbler was alone, and continued to babble angrily.
((If you cant tell, this one is a bit less serious than most of the stuff i write.))
militarily inclined Waterstone dwarves attempt to train Elysian soldiers
Code: [Select]
1d20=19Getting the Elysians to wield and use a spear was the easy part, getting them over their aversion to fighting, hurting others, getting hurt themselves AND teaching them to not misuse that knowledge all at once was the hard part. Teaching all that to an Elysian, with who they could not properly communicate, seemed to be a task even beyond the stubborn dwarves, especially over a short timespan. The dwarves realized that they might have the wrong approach to the situation, that they should look for something that already exists inside the Elysians themselves, and they immediately recognized the guardian instinct as a potential way to get Elysians to fight. After all, that's exactly what its there for, to protect their home, the tree and their friends. It worked, if an Elysian felt threatened, even if the threat was a simulated one, such as an image painted of a monster on wood, even though the Elysians clearly recognized it as such, as just an image, it could still be used to stimulate (and simulate) their threat response. The Elysians would readily attack it, but as before, they really didn't have their heart in it.The dwarves recognized that something was missing from the equation, and dwarves being dwarves, to them it was: Anger. The dwarves are really, REALLY good at getting angry and worked up. All they had to do, was show the way, and after a few tries, it took hold. And even though the dwarves at first thinking that they had failed again when the Elysian dropped the weapon that it was givem, only when they saw a ball of magic form in its hands did they realize what was going on. The Elysians still preferred magic over steel and the results were... Devastating...
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
The Dwarves and Elysians had discovered something together that even the researchers of the University could not: The magic of the Elysians comes from their hearts, it's power is dependent on the Elysian's emotions and how strong the emotions are.
An angered Elysian it turns out, is a fearsome thing. While the Elysians have no distinct spells, instead they seem to draw upon and manipulate pure energy with their mind and heart alone.
Thus the Dwarves did not need to worry about teaching the wrong lesson to the Elysians, the Dwarves merely unlocked something that was within Elysians already, something that just needed to be found, and from there, their own instinct, threat assessment and morality will take over. Outwardly, The Elysians haven't changed a bit as a result of the Dwarves' actions, generally still being the chipper little creatures that they always were, but woe onto those that would try to take their friends or hurt them.
Of course, the Elysians were taught to handle all manner of conventional weaponry too, it just turns out that they prefer magic. Armor is a problem, Elysians generally can not wear... anything, due to their Patagium getting in the way. There is only one thing that the Dwarves had no way to teach them, was how to face down the fear of death, so it is unlikely Elysians will ever enter into a war willingly, but they will fight if they have to.
The Dwarves also seem to have accidentally also solved another problem the Elysians of the Garden were having: Ever since the raid on the Gardens, a kind of an emotional "rot" has been spreading through the Elysians of the Gardens, they were slowly starting to become more withdrawn and apparently "depressed". However, blowing off some steam seems to have helped with the situation greatly.
Another curious side effect of the Dwarves interaction with them, is that Elysians in the gardens have been spotted playing a bit more roughly with each other, on multiple occasions the researchers have spotted Elysians pouncing on each other, play-fighting and wrestling, and it seems like none of them seem to come out of any of it worse for wear. Perhaps in a sense, the Dwarves taught more to the Elysians there than just how to fight, they taught them hope, along with it. As well as how to get really angry and fired up.
((if anyone wants to know what a really pissed-off Elysian SOUNDS like: They produce loud, ear-piercing high pitched screeching noises that are only partially audible to humans, the other, inaudible part is in ultrasonic frequencies. Something similar, but softer is used to find each other over long distances. Even if this world has no concept of sound frequency, the hearing of Elysians goes up to around 58kHz. Part of the reason most other races will never be able to "speak" the Elysians native "language" is because part of their communication is in ultrasonic frequencies, though most of it still near the human range of hearing.))
The Dwarves of the Waterstone Clan attempt to learn magic
Code: [Select]
1d20=17The dwarves, having seen how useful magic can be, had become interested in it and the Archmagi of the University were proficient teachers, and so a large number of Archmagi were hired to teach the dwarves magic, the largest number of them were Earth Magi, but in the bunch were also magi of other schools, such as Fire, with dwarves recognizing the potential in fire magic to be a boon to smithing. Water, because they ARE the waterstone clan, it would make no sense if they had no water mages. Light, because even a Dwarf needs to see underground and a flameless light is often useful when there are potentially volatile gasses in the air, that, and many Cavern creatures hate the light. Arcane, for its predictable, mathematical rigidity appealed to many dwarves. The rarest of the Archmagi were those of Spirit and of Darkness. Perhaps the single most notable Archmage was a Light/Spirit one, he was followed around by creature a bit smaller than a dwarf, that the likes of which some of the dwarves had seen before in their halls but didn't know what they were, an Elysian. This one had deep red patterns on its back and the mage told that the little creature had bonded to him after the raid on the Elysian Gardens months ago, remarking that she was exceptionally small for a female.
The dwarves had already hired many Chaos magi to aid with the digging work, but some were reassigned to teach the Dwarves Chaos magic. "Entropy Beam" of course seemed the obvious holy grail of Chaos magic to the dwarves, for its use in digging, but they were soon taught that Chaos could transmute existing metals into those exotic and at times, out of this world. Dwarves were... intrigued to say the least. But one must be careful, the magics of Chaos are the most unpredictable of all.
The Earth magics were the ones the Dwarves were obviously the most interested in, they lived in and around earth, to them earth was everywhere, so Earth magic was an obvious choice, but learned that Earth magic is more than just pulling rocks out of the ground and hurling them at enemies, Earth is also the magic of nature, it could make things grow, it could heal, it could poison, depending on who was the one doing the teaching.
Indeed, Earth is perhaps the school of magic with the greatest variety, even Chaos magic barely comes close to Earth Magic's versatility, but that also means that there was a lot to learn. Thankfully, it seems as if Dwarves took to Earth magic naturally, they quickly got a grasp on Earth magic.
For a long time, a debate has raged in the University over which school of magic the dark art of necromancy falls into, while its largely a moot point as Necromancy is unlike any other magic, the Magi in their endless effort to categorize everything have struggled to "find a home" for Necromancy.
Some people think that it is Dark magic, however Darkness largely deals with shadows and perception and does not touch topics even related to Necromancy.
Others think it is Chaos, however, Chaos' main domain is Improbability and Entropy. It is too chaotic to do something as willful as controlling the dead.
a few more eccentric people think that Necromancy is actually Earth magic, due to Earth magic's relation to healing, whos to say it could not animate the dead?
However, it is generally agreed that Necromancy is a "Dark Form" of Spirit magic, as spirit magics are the ones that deal with Will, Dreams, Animation and Thoughts. And it is with Spirit magic that the dwarves underestimated as to how many students it would have. They expected limited attendance, however, there were not enough Magi to teach all the Dwarves that wanted to learn it. After all, there is nothing that Spirit magic doesn't make better. From simple Spirit Lights to enchanted minecarts that move themselves to mechanisms that operate themselves, it was all within the purview of Spirit magic. Where Earth magic had the greatest versatility, it was Spirit magic that had the greatest potential, but it requires creativity and mental fortitude of its users to use it's full potential. The Dwarves were largely uninterested in the Dream Manipulation and Psychic parts of the Spirit curriculum, focusing mostly on the Animation aspect and imposing their Will on the nonliving world.
Light Magic is almost always taught nowadays as a companion to Spirit Magic, because Light alone is highly limited in scope and it is unknown whether there is much new pure Light magic left to discover. Almost all of Light deals with offensive spells, aside from the few utility ones like magical lights, most of all the Spirit Light spell, a simple spell that can be taught to anyone, which almost EVERY mage knows, regardless of their actual school of magic, and even many Non-Mages who are in contact with magi on regular basis, even kids can be taught this spell. There were rumors at one point of an order of magical knights that wielded exotic, complex Light magic.
Fire is well, fire. Fire, like light, is mostly made up of offensive spells with a few utility ones mixed in. Fire magic is highly popular right now in light of the Purple Leaf Disease that is worsening with every day so teachers for fire magics are a bit hard to come by. Like Earth magic, Dwarves seemingly take to fire magic almost naturally.
Arcane magic was surprisingly boring for the dwarves. Arcane magic's scope is highly limited but that doesn't mean there aren't useful things there, Arcane Blast is the most obvious, an offensive spell. But Arcane magic also contain arcane barriers and Telekinesis. Its another type of magic where its power comes from the creativity of its users rather than the variety of spells. There have been talks of opening an university branch in the Waterstone Clan's lands, but as one of the Magi explained, the University is right next door to the great hall of the waterstone clan, but also far away at once. The dwarves had difficulty making sense of the confusing explanation.
The Vahucci Cult attempts to steal Valkyra's corpse parts from Arghila, again.
Code: [Select]
1d20=3Ever since the last attempt to steal the corpse parts by the Vahucci Cult, it seems that the security of the vault has been tightened considerably, Vahucci Cults' infiltrators got barely to the section of the grand castle where the vault was, before they tripped an alarm by stepping on a pressure plate.
The guards' response time was in seconds, and before the Cult's members could do anything about it, they were surrounded by guards, recognized as Vahucci Cult members, and put to the edge of a blade.
The lunatical dwarf continues to build their tower
Code: [Select]
1d20=4"Or try to" is the correct wording here. The Dwarf has been spending an excessive amount of time just holding a random tool, and just staring at what he's supposed to be doing. Worse yet, at times he seems to forget what tool is used for what, when he does try to do work. Its less of problem when he messes up a few hammers by banging them on rocks, but its outright dangerous when he goes to MINE the tower they're building with a pickaxe.The lunatic dwarf seems to have become more of a liability to the construction effort than help. But his slightly more sane compatriots have largely taken over managing the construction.
The White Cobra attempts diplomacy with the Bleg
Code: [Select]
1d20=8Despite coming to the Bleg with seemingly friendly intentions and insisting that the Bleg were not the prey of the Vasilikos, said catpeople wanted nothing to do with the Vasilikos, of course the Bleg were as polite as they could be, one has to be when facing down a giant snake that could swallow them whole, but the message was clear. Even if Επιστάτα, The White Cobra, was the gentlest and most beautiful of her kind, the Bleg still saw the Vasilikos as little more than monsters, but one of them coming to the Bleg in peace shook them, so they at least were willing to hear what she had to say, even if nothing that would be considered friendly relations came from it.For just a moment, dark thoughts, like those that ruled over her before her transformation, swam through her mind, but the train of thought was broken by a soft voice in her mind, thoughts that weren't quite her own. "Be humble" were the only words that the voice said. While these were not truly her own thoughts, neither were the other, dark ones, not anymore.
The Third Crusade: A strange, hooded man has been spotted loitering around the Kingdom of Arghila's camps, apparently without any weapons.
YEAR 310
Both of the skydock of the Kingdom of Streamland, and the sky-ship of the Jahtari Sultanate, the first sky-ship in the world have been completed almost simultaneously and the Skyship of the Jahtari will now begin making regular rounds between the two skydocks, it is by far faster than sailing by sea.
The Sky-ship is used by the Jahtari to export expensive silk, gold and other things from Dragolia to Streamland and to the western continent, bypassing Refugio Guerra and its taxes, it is also capable of taking aboard a truly impressive number of passengers each trip.
At the same time, the Sky-Ship takes goods from all over the western continent transported to Streamland and take them to Dragolia. Rumors of the Jahtari using the Sky-Ship to transport slaves from the Western Continent are as of yet unconfirmed.
While the Sky-Ship is nowhere near as fast as walking through a portal is, the portals can not be used to transport large quantities of goods and are still hard to operate.
Warfare
(This wont be here when there are no ongoing wars.)
(Updated)
Guide to the Art of War
(Updated)
(This wont be here when there are no ongoing wars.)
(Updated)
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
(Updated)
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
Post by: TankKit on July 10, 2020, 06:41:37 am
Year 311
The Black Qhaganate has not responded to any messages sent by the diplomatic army, but has instead organised another, more sophisticated attempt at razing Red Court lands. Now the cannons bombard the Red Court before and after the Sky Legions attack. It seems that the goal of the war has shifted - they no longer want to retake the lost lands, they want to completely annihilate the Red Court.
Meanwhile, Eudenland continues to expand across their little island.
Post by: Strik3r on July 10, 2020, 06:57:26 am
((I think this is my second most favourite update so far. Keep up the good work!))
Year 311
((Second most favourite? Then what's your most favourite update thus far?
Also, i think im going to have the Aetherial Cannons Bombard the Red Court after The Black Sky-Legion's attack, that way at least the Sky-Legion doesn't risk its hp for only 1/4th damage, one of them is going to deal only quarter damage, its better that the Artillery take the damage hit.))
Post by: TankKit on July 10, 2020, 07:18:50 am
((My most favourite update so far is the Second Crusade because it was cool to read and I like the way you handled the rolls.((I think this is my second most favourite update so far. Keep up the good work!))
Year 311
((Second most favourite? Then what's your most favourite update thus far?
Also, i think im going to have the Aetherial Cannons Bombard the Red Court after The Black Sky-Legion's attack, that way at least the Sky-Legion doesn't risk its hp for only 1/4th damage, one of them is going to deal only quarter damage, its better that the Artillery take the damage hit.))
And that does make sense, yeah.))
Post by: Detoxicated on July 10, 2020, 07:21:47 am
For a Long Time the Sharkmen tribes Had been forgotten. They were almost reduced to being a Legend of the human Kingdoms. They still exist and are flourishing. After years upon years trying to go for a Spiritual path they realized that only little could be gained from this. They are their Leaders and began settling the ocean Floor. With settlement CAME the seaweed fields and Coral farms. Domesticated whales and other Fisch became their stable food. Metallurgy and Obsidian Casting with the Help of oceanic volcano vents have allowed them to become armed with powerful weapons and Armour. Soon the united Sharkmen Front will Strike at their foe, the Aetherial menace. This endeavor was their driving force for all These years afterall.
Post by: Strik3r on July 10, 2020, 07:36:03 am
((My most favourite update so far is the Second Crusade because it was cool to read and I like the way you handled the rolls.
((Damn, really? i thought it was rushed and hastily cobbled together... plus, writing that was a total nightmare. I guess it shows how far putting in serious effort can really take someone.))
Year 312I guess you're gonna want a war. Again, no new wars until the Third Crusade comes to its conclusion. However i'm exicted to see what an underpowered force like the Sharkmen can actually do against the Aetherials, especially when the Aetherials are on defence.
For a Long Time the Sharkmen tribes Had been forgotten. They were almost reduced to being a Legend of the human Kingdoms. They still exist and are flourishing. After years upon years trying to go for a Spiritual path they realized that only little could be gained from this. They are their Leaders and began settling the ocean Floor. With settlement CAME the seaweed fields and Coral farms. Domesticated whales and other Fisch became their stable food. Metallurgy and Obsidian Casting with the Help of oceanic volcano vents have allowed them to become armed with powerful weapons and Armour. Soon the united Sharkmen Front will Strike at their foe, the Aetherial menace. This endeavor was their driving force for all These years afterall.
Also, i wanna give the Sharkmen a territory underwater, but i dont know where to put it.))
Post by: Detoxicated on July 10, 2020, 07:58:39 am
Post by: Lidku on July 10, 2020, 08:31:40 am
Kareteon Halloween was a brash warrior at heart, but he at times had a significant bout of scholarly curiosity. While King Dexius was communing with the generals for the next plan of action, Kareteon had some Arghilean court-wizards test the properties of the "purified" crystal deposits- the anomaly eked out from the strange Paladins that worked for the chaos adhering Red Court, or at least what the court scribes had told him so when he arrived with the pressing sitrep concerning the region.
To be truthful, the only reason why he was doing this was because of that mysterious force that spoke out to the entire army after they had finished beating back part of the Red Court. Dexius dismissed it as some sort illusion by the Red Court and the sitting generals of both Steamland and Zalalastan agreed. Kareteon however suspected much more. The portal in the area acquired by the human kingdoms was cordoned off. While it had seemed to have changed entirely from its more dark nebula into one of light, it wasn't trusted at all.
His court-wizards would study the Crystal of Light fields for months, until one particular court-wizard fines something eureka inducing - the crystals, of light and not of chaos, had the exactly same affects of curing the Purple Leaf Disease when tested into contact with a skin sample marred by the disease! Not only that when moved to live subjects, of which a small amount of soldiers in the crusade force was ill with a moderate stage of the Purple Leaf Disease, it had seemed to possessed amplified effectiveness than its chaos derived counterpart - without any of the unwanted side-effects of regular vision dust that gives the receiving hallucinations and a addicted need for it afterward.
When Kareteon brought news of this, the entire crusade force is in an uproar of revelry and merriment. Of the most happy was Dexius Consortia who was relieved that now the Black Qhaganate didn't have to be deal with at all and now he can enact his plans of enterprise independent of the putrid Slugmen. Now all they had to do was hold out until the Crusade "officially ends" and he'll have the greatest influence of choosing the human Warden-Monarch of the lands they have under their control. He doubted Kareteon, as young as he is cares much of politics - which is good for King Consortia. Entire battle plans now outdated are thrown to the campfires and the command of the humans begin restrategizing.
The Great Diplomatic army will have its engineers begin constructing advanced archery emplacements, small fortresses, and the beginnings of a wall (https://i.imgur.com/iPaXW5o.png). It was started at the south-east part of the Crusader occupied territory to they can't be flanked from the held fort of the Qhaganate. Mages from Zalalastan, as sorcery was the most advanced in Zalalastan out of the human kingdoms, muster out fire runes (https://i.imgur.com/oRLZu4n.jpg) to supplement the defenses of the engineers are building.
While the Diplomatic army digs in, Arghila and Karhan simply begin acquisitioning more equipment and mobilizing more men from their Kingdoms to the held position. The newly minted Sky-Ship of Steamland greatly ups the supply threshold of what is realistically possible do to its speed compared to land based caravans.
Amidst all this the Vipers will act as an overwatch for both forces. They will preemptively intervene against any force that tries to attack the human armies.
While this being done back in the desert region, a commission of doctors and court-wizards affiliated with the discovery of the cure the Light Crystals possess go to Thairmir in a bid to to completely or if by some, wipe out the Purple Leaf Disease from that realm. It is the most badly effected of the human realms despite the purge inacted by a team of Inquisitors a few years ago throughout the human Kingdoms.
Post by: King Zultan on July 10, 2020, 08:35:24 am
Year 312.3: With the appearance of the giant snake wanting to speak to them made some of the Bleg realize that maybe not all of the snakes were monsters, and with that realization the Bleg decided it the snake came again they would be more willing to hear it out.
Post by: Strik3r on July 10, 2020, 08:45:42 am
((When did the Draconic Enclave in the Bleg's lands show up, and does that mean dragons are living there now?))
((No new Enclaves have been added since the first batch. And yeah, its a small group of dragons led by an Immortal one. Until they're "Activated", Enclaves don't really do anything, they're just... there, and dont really pose a threat, they dont really care much for borders :P
This post has more info (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8163564#msg8163564)
The only "Active" Enclave right now is the one east of the Vasilikos islands))
Post by: TamerVirus on July 10, 2020, 08:52:49 am
Today, a lone Kani-Collou was sighted on the shores of the Moss Trollian Archipelago. On the second largest island, recently colonized by the Moss Trolls in years past, a Kani-collou unusually larger in size and sporting a never before seen dazzling gold and crimson carapace stood on the beachhead, still and alone. When approached by curious Moss Trolls, the lone Kani-collou calmly retreaded back into the water.
Post by: King Zultan on July 10, 2020, 08:56:56 am
((Oh I guess I should have paid more attention to the map when that happened as I didn't notice it until now, I might mess with them after the next update.))((When did the Draconic Enclave in the Bleg's lands show up, and does that mean dragons are living there now?))
((No new Enclaves have been added since the first batch. And yeah, its a small group of dragons led by an Immortal one. Until they're "Activated", Enclaves don't really do anything, they're just... there, and dont really pose a threat, they dont really care much for borders :P
This post has more info (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8163564#msg8163564)
The only "Active" Enclave right now is the one east of the Vasilikos islands))
Post by: Lidku on July 10, 2020, 10:06:57 am
After a few years of staying in the Dwarven settlement of Sandpond, Yarlac Drem's necromancy would reach to considerable heights. The Dwarves of Sandpond already knew of his and Mi'akl's magical prowess, but they only knew the nature of Mi'akl's magic of Demon Summoning and Binding. They didn't particular know Yarlac's school of choice; which was entirely good for the necromancy since he didn't want to push his luck any further. Especially with the fact that news of the years long zombie outbreak in Lotham city spread like wildfire. Anyone associated with death magic from now on will be feared. He had that Ludicrous-Sales Halloween had fallen in battle recently, but he is sure that the new King has already been informed on Yarlac Drem's identity and magicks by the previous internal security that outed him. Going back to the human realms is out of the question.. for now.
Mi'akl also during the time of staying in Sandpond had also developed his Daemology to a higher degree, since he could practice openly. Still it wasn't as if he did the summons in the main village, Mi'akl did so in the desert wilderness as to not rouse the hospitable hosts of Sandpond. He gained enough practice that he could summon a Great Vistage of Wrath, a powerful type of demon native to the realm of the Underworld.
The demon was a flyer atop of a circular throne-like bone structure adorned with three-fleshy heads that spit either bouts of magma or acidic glop. Going up from that, the Great Vistage of Wrath was a large skeleton with razor sharp clawed hands on four separate arms. Just like its bottom portion, the demon had three heads itself, making its line of sight extremely considerable.
It was a glorious demon to Mi'akl, but it costs him a considerable portion of mana to summon- so he could practically only summon one at a given time. Which was all that could probably be needed anyway considering the power a single one even has.
The next favorite summon of Mi'akl were the entities called Soul Watchers. They were mid-level in the bureaucracy concerning the affairs of the Underworld, but they were quite powerful in their own right. Each was equipped with a scythe that could not only rend the flesh of its opponent, but cleave a portion of their soul. The Soul Watchers didn't take much mana to summon, so at a given time Mi'akl practiced to summon at least 50 at once.
Great Visage of Wrath
(https://i.imgur.com/sNOAZOW.png)
Soul Watcher
(https://i.imgur.com/xdb3I88.png)
Mi'akl also used his mana to develop sand based offensive magic due to the area he found himself in. He could construct long spikes of sand that could be flung, can raise large spheres of sand that could be crashed down into an opponent, and glide on the sands to increase his mobility over any potentially opponent - letting him be able to quickly lay a slash and cut barrage with his dagger.
Yarlac had witnessed Mi'akl's trainings sometimes and he was extremely proud at how far his apprentice has come along. He was the son Yarlac had never bothered of having before.
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on July 10, 2020, 10:15:42 am
The lunatical dwarf is found pushing a pickaxe through his eye with surprising dedication, whilst chanting about the moon in Dwarvish. He doesn't seem to be quite dead... yet. Roll for how far his pickaxe gets.
Post by: Strik3r on July 10, 2020, 11:25:23 am
Year 312.6
The lunatical dwarf is found pushing a pickaxe through his eye with surprising dedication, whilst chanting about the moon in Dwarvish. He doesn't seem to be quite dead... yet. Roll for how far his pickaxe gets.
((??? wtf? why?))
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 10, 2020, 11:26:35 am
((Maybe he thinks the moon wants his soul))Year 312.6
The lunatical dwarf is found pushing a pickaxe through his eye with surprising dedication, whilst chanting about the moon in Dwarvish. He doesn't seem to be quite dead... yet. Roll for how far his pickaxe gets.
((??? wtf? why?))
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on July 10, 2020, 12:14:25 pm
((??? wtf? why?))((He's just about stark raving mad. Don't worry, unless the roll goes really high, he probably won't end up dead, just a little more insane.))
Post by: Superdorf on July 10, 2020, 01:34:19 pm
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on July 10, 2020, 02:28:15 pm
Post by: Strik3r on July 10, 2020, 02:47:42 pm
((And Strik3r, you know, you're the GM. At least right now. If for some reason you find that particular turn of mine to be completely anathema, well, you do have the authority to void it.))
((i dont really like voiding turns, because i know it sucks to get a turn voided, so i try to avoid it whenever possible.
I was just a bit thrown off by how... small, how... insignificant and trivial, it seems compared to all the other rolls. But technically ANYTHING may be rolled for... How much i can write about the results is another matter entirely.
The subject matter itself is... ehh i do get e bit squeamish when it comes to stuff done to eyes.
But no, im not gonna void your turn :P I just thought you were fucking with me, like my first reaction was "are you serious? you want me to roll for that?", but in hindsight, it doesn't really matter.))
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on July 10, 2020, 03:25:52 pm
((i dont really like voiding turns, because i know it sucks to get a turn voided, so i try to avoid it whenever possible.((In case you can't tell already, I'm apt to ask for a roll for most things that could be reasonably randomized...))
I was just a bit thrown off by how... small, how... insignificant and trivial, it seems compared to all the other rolls. But technically ANYTHING may be rolled for... How much i can write about the results is another matter entirely.
The subject matter itself is... ehh i do get e bit squeamish when it comes to stuff done to eyes.
But no, im not gonna void your turn :P I just thought you were fucking with me, like my first reaction was "are you serious? you want me to roll for that?", but in hindsight, it doesn't really matter.))
Post by: Strik3r on July 11, 2020, 07:16:31 am
Notices
Kind of a lack of turns today. :(
Rolls
Eudenland attempts to expand
Code: [Select]
1d20=4It seems as if Eudenland is starting to face harsh times, Trade with Nordica has slowed considerably and many that depend on imports from Nordica for their prosperity have had to close up shop and move away from Eudenland, typically leaving aboard any of the ships that make regular trips starting from Dalai then going to Streamland, to Moss Troll Islands and finally to Eudenland and back.The reasons for this slowing trade are not certain, Nordica's main exports are fish and furs, it may be that one of these two is becoming harder to come by. The Traders from Nordica have on occasion mentioned something about "black waters", citing it as a reason for low yields. Whatever the case, Eudenland's borders have shrunk somewhat due to these difficult times.
doctors and court-wizards attempt to fight the Purple Leaf Disease in Thairmar
Code: [Select]
1d20=16The arrival of the healers bearing the promise of a new cure to the Purple Leaf Disease is celebrated in Thairmar and they are welcomed with much fanfare. And the Healers get right to work, moving in on the disease from the west. While the Light Crystals are not necessarily more EFFECTIVE at curing the disease, they just have such an abundance of them that the healers can afford to be less frugal with the stuff and distribute it by the wagonloads, destroying the disease wherever it is found.Their efforts are highly effective however, greatly pushing back on the disease in Thairmar, but their limits are in manpower, and distribution rate. The healers have drafted a potential solution to the problem of distribution: The Lizardmen's Sky-Ship could be used to distribute the dust over a much greater area and from the safety of the sky-ship in the air. But they would need to hire out the Sky-Ship for this purpose, and that means paying more gold per year, than the Jahtari make from the trade route, which is a whole lot of gold.
lunatic dwarf tries to shove a pickaxe through his eye
Code: [Select]
1d20=8The lunatical dwarf doesn't get the pickaxe even too far into his eye to completely blind that eye of his before the pain stops him from going any further. If he wasn't good at doing work before, he's even less so, now that he only has one good eye and can only barely see anything with the other.YEAR 313
The Lizardmen's sky-ship is an astounding success, bringing wealth to the Jahtari Sultanate like never before, as a result, various permanent settlements have been foundend around the Skydock.
The rapidly increasing wealth of the Jahtari Sultanate has caught the eye of one of the Draconic Enclaves' leaders. Aurehia(YES, im bad at names, do not mention it :P), An Immortal Dragon with golden scales. The increased trade flowing through the Sultanate seems to please her greatly, as she herself is seemingly mostly concerned with acquiring and hoarding as much wealth as possible, and good trade within her host nation is also good for her. Her element is one of Air and she is shrewd and cunning, but unwilling to acquire her wealth through illegitimate means.
her efforts from here on out will most likely be to further the Sultanate as a center of trade on Dragolia, as doing so will also increase her own power.
Warfare
(This wont be here when there are no ongoing wars.)
(Updated)
Guide to the Art of War
(Updated)
(This wont be here when there are no ongoing wars.)
(Updated)
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
(Updated)
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
Post by: TankKit on July 11, 2020, 08:00:59 am
Over a decade ago the leader of the Black Qhaganate, Khagatai, had been assassinated during battle by a single opponent. Over the years there had been multiple attempts at discovering the identity of this mysterious assassin by those seeking revenge or a tool to serve their own needs, but each attempt had failed. As the Third Crusade continued and the focus of the warring factions shifted, this assassin had shifted out of focus. Many had already begun to question the truth behind Khagatai's death, and some had already begun to embellish the truth and form a small legend out of this assassin. But for the most part, especially among the people of the Black Qhaganate, it had simply become accepted that this mysterious figure had slunk into the shadows of history, never to be seen again.
This was the worst mistake the Black Qhaganate's temporary war council ever made.
In the middle of the night, a mysterious dark fog descended on the castle at the heart of the Black Qhaganates capital, where the council resided. As the various mages at hand rushed to dispel this mysterious magical fog, they found that it was far more difficult to dispel than anything they had dealt with before. By the time the fog was finally lifted 3 hours had passed, and three quarters of the war council alongside most of the guards stationed there were dead. Those who were left spoke of the waking nightmare they had been subjected to, desperately trying to mount a defence against a mysterious foe who seemed to walk the length of entire hallways in single steps and strike down even the mightiest of warriors with a single strike of his dagger. All of the increasingly desperate attempts at catching it that followed over the course of the next few months failed to even find a trace of this being and, thoroughly shaken, the remnants of the council have finally pulled back their forces and announced their willingness to negotiate a peace with both of their foes. How the Red Court and the Diplomatic Coalition will respond to this remains to be seen, but it seems like the Black Qhaganate has finally lost its fighting spirit after over a decade of constant, devastating war, and a new legend has arisen among the oppressed Slugmen living there.
((I think it's about time we wrap up the Third Crusade so actual conflict has a chance to develop elsewhere in the world.))
Post by: Lidku on July 11, 2020, 08:26:53 am
The Great Diplomatic army tried, but general engineering incompetence marred the efforts of fortification. Foremen were off drinking half the time, shipment manifests got lost, and the cargo-hands meant to transfer supplies around were inexperienced. The generals of The Great Diplomatic Army opt to resupply instead.
((Also can you fix the army summary chart? It still lists "Army of Karhan." Put it down as Arghila & Karhan please))
The healers continue using the Light Crystals to heal the population of Thairmir from the Purple Leaf Disease. They also only utilize the Sky-Ship from Steamland as it is a human realm and practically closer. The head doctor of the commission in Thairmir is confused on who rented out the Sky-Ship of the Jahtari. ((If Steamland doesn't have a Sky-Ship in actuality, just void this part. Thought I believe I remember both Steamland and Jahtari had gotten Sky-Ships))
King Zargoss of Zalalastan hears reports about the wonderous development of Sky-Ships and is very intrigued. While his neighbors were out on Crusade, he was only content to peacefully development portions of his Kingdom while wasting unnecessary manpower and resources. With his projects free of doing, he decides to draft up the various local mechanics and his own native court engineers to begin construction of his own Sky Ship and Dock. He hires out advisors from Steamland who are already versed in Sky technology to aide in the development.
Meanwhile a Zalalastan priest realizes one day how unorganized day keeping exactly is. As he is the direct personal priest of all the eastern monarchs at once through his traveling clergy that goes around to ensure peace among the human kingdoms, he has significant weight in indirect policy. With this in mind he develops a 12 month system that will make up a year. It is drafted and presented like this:
Month 1, Noq
Month 2, Plyzu
Month 3, Qruqiz
Month 4, Qrudegh
Month 5, Ivumm
Month 6, Soucius
Month 7, Sratob
Month 8, Qliuhs
Month 9, Gnuxik
Month 10, Gliqaw
Month 11, Vlyfep
Month 12, Apin
There is some deliberation and afterwards the human Kingdoms ratify the conception of months into society for better organization of certain documents, keeping adequate time, and so ceremonies can be appointed in a general more coherent manner.
EDIT:
Year 314
Over a decade ago the leader of the Black Qhaganate, Khagatai, had been assassinated during battle by a single opponent. Over the years there had been multiple attempts at discovering the identity of this mysterious assassin by those seeking revenge or a tool to serve their own needs, but each attempt had failed. As the Third Crusade continued and the focus of the warring factions shifted, this assassin had shifted out of focus. Many had already begun to question the truth behind Khagatai's death, and some had already begun to embellish the truth and form a small legend out of this assassin. But for the most part, especially among the people of the Black Qhaganate, it had simply become accepted that this mysterious figure had slunk into the shadows of history, never to be seen again.
This was the worst mistake the Black Qhaganate's temporary war council ever made.
In the middle of the night, a mysterious dark fog descended on the castle at the heart of the Black Qhaganates capital, where the council resided. As the various mages at hand rushed to dispel this mysterious magical fog, they found that it was far more difficult to dispel than anything they had dealt with before. By the time the fog was finally lifted 3 hours had passed, and three quarters of the war council alongside most of the guards stationed there were dead. Those who were left spoke of the waking nightmare they had been subjected to, desperately trying to mount a defence against a mysterious foe who seemed to walk the length of entire hallways in single steps and strike down even the mightiest of warriors with a single strike of his dagger. All of the increasingly desperate attempts at catching it that followed over the course of the next few months failed to even find a trace of this being and, thoroughly shaken, the remnants of the council have finally pulled back their forces and announced their willingness to negotiate a peace with both of their foes. How the Red Court and the Diplomatic Coalition will respond to this remains to be seen, but it seems like the Black Qhaganate has finally lost its fighting spirit after over a decade of constant, devastating war, and a new legend has arisen among the oppressed Slugmen living there.
((I think it's about time we wrap up the Third Crusade so actual conflict has a chance to develop elsewhere in the world.))
Hearing news of this, the forces of Arghila and Karhan head south to seize the capital of the Black Qhaganate. They quickly install a provisionary council of Slugmen comprised of the non-chaos aligned nomads of before that were still remnants inside the Qhaganate. This provisional government is called the Sandstone Government. With only the command of the Black Qhaganate dispatched, the army itself still remained so King Kareteon re-enlisted the army as a defense, sending them to the border of the Red Court and having them fortify. The Vipers will overwatch that army. Arghila and Karhan head to the chaos Crystal fields.
The Aetherials hearing news of the capitulation of the Black Qhaganate destroy the artillery equipment and head north to the Chaos Coalition as all their interests in the Qhaganate have reigned down to nill.
The Black Sky Legion being the close force of Khagatai was extremely pressed to work with the humans and Sandstone government, but the diplomats of the Sandstone government manage to convince a portion to still remain, while the rest went off in desertion - taking their dragons and choosing to ride elsewhere (Take 10% of Black Sky-Legion). The rest that were convinced to remain are ordered to act as defensive overwatch for both the Vipers and the Black Qhaganate turned Sandstone army.
While this is all organized, King Kareteon and Dexius supposes it is time to end the war. They send a ceasefire writ to the council of the Red Court. It is hoped that they accept it so the internal matters of the land acquisition can be promptly ordered about.
Post by: TamerVirus on July 11, 2020, 08:34:54 am
The result: a sprawling manor estate decked out in the finest amenities with dedicated amphitheater, a hot springs recreational area, dozens upon dozens of bedrooms both in the manor itself and in additional annex buildings. It had the largest drinking hall and gambling hall on the island. But unlike other filthy rich nobility who build these huge estates for personal use, Martin had other ideas. Leveraging his expertise in running taverns and gambling halls for the Nisvanis syndicate and knack for showmanship gained from managing the Menagerie of Oddities , P.M.Martin had envisioned and constructed the world’s largest all-inclusive tavern/gambling hall. A destination in unto itself. Here, any peasant, any merchant could come and be treated like a king. He named the complex The Grand Puffin, after a common seabird found around Eudenland.
P.M. Martin stood proud before his creation, but a few others knew the truth. He was standing on the edge of the void. Cost overruns and other unforeseen expenses had decimated all of his finances, forcing Martin to take out loans said to be guaranteed by Nisvanis himself. Many within the syndicate believed Martin’s days were numbered; chasing a fever dream with zero basis in reality. And they had a point! The slow decline of prosperity coming out of Eudenland had not been ignored, and creditors stood hungry, demanding repayments. Perhaps the opening of The Grand Puffin would reverse the decline. Word had gone out far and wide across the trade routes before hand. The grand opening was at hand and this was P.M.Martin’s biggest gamble yet.
Roll for how successful opening day is and if it revitalizes trade interest in Eudenland
______________________________________________________________________
Kore Jonhara, mad alchemist and head priest of the esoteric cult that worshiped the Great Ruby, continues to suss out potential ways to incubate the gem. Blood sacrifice had produced results, yes, but too much of that would cause folks to ask questions. No, for the next sacrifice they would need something more potent and powerful.
The cultists attempt to track down, subdue and sacrifice an immortal dragon!
Post by: Strik3r on July 11, 2020, 09:10:09 am
Year 314((even IF the war could be ended in such a simple way, there's STILL gonna be a delay before the next war as i hammer out the mechanics of the war machine version 2.0.
I don't know exactly what V2 of the War System will entail exactly, but here's what i'm thinking of right now:
Army health will become a general "supply" mechanic, and will no longer be capped at 100.
All factions will get a certain number of supplies at the beginning of a war to make armies with.
Different factions will have access to different traits.
Armies can no longer resupply themselves, need a new "Convoy" force to resupply or need to Raze a territory. Resupply can no longer fail.
Coalitions will be renamed to "Raiders" or something like that, will get a +3 to attack but also -3 to defence, stacks with attack styles.
Guerillas will get renamed to "Rangers" or something, same as right now: Take and Deal half damage, immune to most enemy bonuses.
A new "Resistance Fighter" force will be introduced, for territories that don't have a force defending it. They'll have a -3 to attack and deal half damage to discourage relying on them, but cant die.
Forces will in generaly become more dynamic, can swap between defensive and offensive at will, takes 1 turn to do so.
There will be an offensive force cap, shared between all offensive Armies, Raiders, Rangers and Legendaries. I'm thinking it'll be 3 per faction, typically.
I also really wish i could get a racial traits system in, but that'll probably have to wait for War System V3
I'm also considering reducing overall damage in a war that forces can deal in a single attack, but im not really sure about any of it...
Also, must the world always be at war?))
((If Steamland doesn't have a Sky-Ship in actuality, just void this part. Thought I believe I remember both Steamland and Jahtari had gotten Sky-Ships))
((You're correct, Streamland doesn't have a Sky-Ship, yet. Only a Sky-dock, if a nation has a Sky-Ship, it's icon will TYPICALLY be above that of the nation's Sky-Dock, unless it is temporarily parked somewhere else, the ship-icon's sail will always match the primary color of the nation who owns it, unless its in the nation's own territory, in which case the sail is white.))
314 Plyzu - Ivumn
King Zargoss of Zalalastan hears reports about the wonderous development of Sky-Ships and is very intrigued. While his neighbors were out on Crusade, he was only content to peacefully development portions of his Kingdom while wasting unnecessary manpower and resources. With his projects free of doing, he decides to draft up the various local mechanics and his own native court engineers to begin construction of his own Sky Ship and Dock. He hires out advisors from Steamland who are already versed in Sky technology to aide in the development.
Meanwhile a Zalalastan priest realizes one day how unorganized day keeping exactly is. As he is the direct personal priest of all the eastern monarchs at once through his traveling clergy that goes around to ensure peace among the human kingdoms, he has significant weight in indirect policy. With this in mind he develops a 12 month system that will make up a year. It is drafted and presented like this:
Month 1, Noq
Month 2, Plyzu
Month 3, Qruqiz
Month 4, Qrudegh
Month 5, Ivumm
Month 6, Soucius
Month 7, Sratob
Month 8, Qliuhs
Month 9, Gnuxik
Month 10, Gliqaw
Month 11, Vlyfep
Month 12, Apin
((i don't think it'll take off, i can't memorize the months' names for the life of me... But i wont stop you from trying anything.))
Post by: TankKit on July 11, 2020, 09:15:41 am
Also, must the world always be at war?))Yes, it wouldn't be a Bay12 forum game if the world was safe.
Post by: Detoxicated on July 11, 2020, 09:18:18 am
Post by: Strik3r on July 11, 2020, 09:25:26 am
((Love the Sharkmen added to the oceans, also what do the Purple Linea represent i cant find them on the Legend))
((oh those, they indicate connections between portals, they're mostly there to just visualize the portal network.))
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on July 11, 2020, 09:34:04 am
The lunatic dwarf is becoming more and more agitated at his failure to build the tower. As a result, he ends up throwing a tantrum - a rather problematic one at that, seeing as he swings his pickaxe at anything nearby. Roll for how much damage he does, with 1 or more maluses applied due to reduced sight if necessary.
Post by: TamerVirus on July 11, 2020, 09:57:50 am
Also, must the world always be at warWAR!
HUH! WHAT IS IT GOOD FOR?
ABSOLUTELY interesting world-building and a catalyst for change.
I mean just look at what happened to poor old Black Qhanganate
Post by: Detoxicated on July 11, 2020, 10:01:59 am
The Sharkmen are sharpening their spears, halberds, scimitars and teeth. They attempt to sink ships passing by their lands
The Batpeople Magocracy has begun building an observatory to Gaze at the Stars learning More about the universe. Their society has evolved to a highly cultivized Empire in complete Isolation. Their music based Magic and the magical Landscape of their archipelago Holds many Wonders and Horrors alike.
Lynfindel Siddenburgh, a Dwarven archivar of the University has gained the Lust for adventurer. He is intrigued by the Cleansing Star. He calls all over the world for people joining His Expedition to find the famous artifact.
Post by: Strik3r on July 11, 2020, 11:13:32 am
Also, must the world always be at warWAR!
HUH! WHAT IS IT GOOD FOR?
ABSOLUTELY interesting world-building and a catalyst for change.
I mean just look at what happened to poor old Black Qhanganate
((i suppose you've got a point, actually. But you were the catalyst for the Black Qhanganate in the first place :))
))
YEAR 314.9
The Magi of the Great Scar University have had two problems for a while regarding the portals:
How to make portal travel easier for those who don't know how to use them, because of thrm not knowing the locations of the portals, on which the portals depend to select their destination.
And how to keep Elysium's existence and reachability secret from the general public as the Portal Network expands, as the Mages have been planning. It is inevitable that someone will accidentally discover how to travel to Elysium using the portals, someone with evil intentions, who will then wreak havoc in the Elysian paradise.
These problems were resolved by the Mages' concentrated research effort that yielded "Portal Stones", small stones, that are typically inscribed with the destination and the maximum "load" in people that could travel through it, before the portal would revert to its "inactive" state, and imbued with Spirit energy.
It was discovered that if a portal was fed with a burst of Spirit energy with the desired destination contained in the burst, it would "Program" the destination into the Portal and it would temporarily "Hold" that destination, the greater the amount of energy, the longer it would hold.
It was easy from there to realize that if an object was imbued with that same burst, the programming of the portal would trigger as it touched the portal, and the charge within the object would be consumed. Thus, Portal Stones were born, and these stones could be handed out or better yet, sold, as tickets to the portal network, and would allow ANYONE to travel through the portal, while omitting Elysium as a potential destination. Of course, Portal Stones aren't needed to travel through the portals, but people could be led to believe that they in fact are the only way to travel through the portals. This way, the portal network could actually be a lucrative source of revenue for the University, as a personal transportation method. The Portals however, are unable to move large objects or in fact anything not carried by someone, due to the aforementioned destination selection problem, although, with Portal Stones, at least small carts can be moved through the portal network.
Post by: King Zultan on July 12, 2020, 07:32:40 am
Post by: Strik3r on July 12, 2020, 08:46:04 am
Notices
If you dont like the names for the Immortal Dragons, feel free to change them lol, i wont mind.
Dead serious, im bad at names anyway, so i welcome anyone to give the things i name, better names.
Rolls
[/center]
314 Plyzu - Ivumn(Construction started. Sky-ships take a while to build, more than 10 years, typically)
King Zargoss of Zalalastan hears reports about the wonderous development of Sky-Ships and is very intrigued. While his neighbors were out on Crusade, he was only content to peacefully development portions of his Kingdom while wasting unnecessary manpower and resources. With his projects free of doing, he decides to draft up the various local mechanics and his own native court engineers to begin construction of his own Sky Ship and Dock.
Healers' continued attempts to fight against the Purple Leaf Disease
Code: [Select]
1d20=8Due to a hiccup with a supply caravan that resulted in an entire shipment of Light Crystal being intercepted and stolen en-route by bandits, The healers were forced to tap into their reserves of the Light Crystals that are meant for emergencies, to keep the disease at bay, however, a few of the healers have been infected by the disease, putting the rest in a difficult position morally, whether to leave their friends and continue to fight the disease, or to cure their friends and allow the disease to spread.Due to their hopefully temporary supply issues, the healers could not make any progress against the disease's spread. However, this could mark the beginning of a disturbing trend of these shipments being raided by those who don't care about the disease, only about wealth, after all, the Light Crystals, whose supply is tightly controlled are incredibly beautiful and exotic in their looks, looking almost like partially transparent white gold and emitting gentle golden light.
P.M. Martin's opening of the The Grand Puffin
Code: [Select]
2d20=20!+17The opening day of The Grand Puffin was an incredible one, with fliers posten all over Eudenland and this being the land's largest leisure establishment, it drew people form all over Eudenland and some from Nordica for The Grand Puffin's grand opening ceremony. There were many, many guests on the first day, so many infact that it got rather crowded in the estate and the surrounding areas. It probably helped that for the first day there was a DISCOUNT on many things within, while it did reduce the profit margins, its a day that'll be remembered for many years to come by those that were there. And those that weren't, they curse themselves for not being there.With the amazing opening day that The Grand Puffin had, its no surprise that word spread quickly of it. The Grand Puffin, being as grand as it is, has grand needs in terms of goods, thus imports a great amount of things. Various suppliers in Nordica are struggling to keep up with the demands of not just The Grand Puffin, but Eudenland as a whole.
(Eudenland's borders have grown)
Kore Jonhara's cult attempts to track down, subdue and sacrifice an immortal dragon!
Code: [Select]
1d20=4Tracking down an Immortal Dragon is not that hard of a feat, They have enclaves all over Dragolia, and most of them, it is known where they are, or at least their locations are suspected, so it didn't take much for Kore Jonhara and his cult to track down one's nest. However, subduing and killing one, is a matter even beyond the Great Snakes of the south. Even if they somehow had managed to subdue one, no dull dagger or other implement of theirs would likely even go through the scale, let alone seriously wound the gigantic creatures. And if they were hoping to burn it, most dragons are highly resistant to fire, especially fire dragons, like the one Kore went after.
Because there was no way The Cultists could transport an Immortal Dragon, they had to carry the Ruby Egg to the dragon's lair and perform the sacrifice there, but the Cultists even lacked a plan for subduing the dragon, after all, how would a human subdue a dragon? Nothing that they would use against a human would work: Poison? Would need a whole barrel's worth of the strongest stuff. Blunt Trauma? Only if they could somehow drop tons of rocks on them. They had no plan, and to make matters worse, only moments after the cultists caught sight of the Immortal's lair, were they themselves caught, by one of the enclave's lesser dragons, a female. She quite literally herded the cultists into her master's lair to face him. Explaining to him that she had found them trespassing, the great red dragon, lazily and apathetically turned his head to face toward the Cultists, but as soon as he saw the Great Ruby that Kore was holding, his eyes lit up, and he mockingly remarked that the cultists must have brought him tribute and ordered him to gently place the gemstone down on the ground
After a few threats of burning the cultists alive, Kore finally complied. Inspecting the "Ruby" the Immortal Dragon quickly realized that it is in fact not a ruby at all, but rather a cluster of the same kind of crystals that grew from his back: Fire Crystals, that served as an eggshell for whatever is growing within. With the cultists' "tribute" delivered he ordered them ejected, remarking "Whatever your intentions in coming here, i wont stain my pride by killing something as pathetic as you. Leave.". The cultists were escorted back out by the same female that herded them there in the first place. On the way out, they heard various remarks from the great dragon, his booming voice could be heard from afar, even when he tried to whisper.
"It is ill-fitting for a male to incubate eggs, nor are you a dragon, but still a child. And one of fire no less, thus a child of mine and like me in many regards, i suspect." It did not come as a surprise to the dragon when the egg responded to his booming but gentle voice by growing a few more little crystalline growths.
Indeed, Irahan, the Immortal Fire Dragon, would have much time to spend with the little crystal egg while he waited for a worthy opponent to rise and meet him in battle. He's had nothing to challenge him for what must be a century now and he's been growing more disinterested and apathetic to the world ever since, but the cultists accidentally bringing the crystal egg to him may have lifted his spirits and made him care a bit more for the world again. WHile Irahan is a warrior at heart, who seeks to challenge and defeat the mightiest that the world has to offer, he also has a soft spot for those much weaker than him, seeing himself as something of a guardian to those too weak protect themselves from the greatest horrors of the world.
Lunatic Dwarf goes mad with a pickaxe
Code: [Select]
1d20=16The Lunatic Dwarf goes wild with the pickaxe, swinging at anything and anyone within reach. Due to his self-caused injury he cant see all that well anymore, but one doesn't need good eyesight to swing a pickaxe around wildly. Anyone attempting to stop and restrain him gets smacked in the head with a pickaxe, often fatally. He wasn't exactly in the best state of mind considering that he failed to recognize that swinging a bloody(literally) pickaxe at the thing you're trying to build does not help in its construction, whatsoever.
Multiple large stones will have to be carefully replaced at the very bottom of the tower due to the Lunatic's tantrum. He only stops his tantrum when he hears the voice, the very very angry voice of an old friend, one he he hasn't heard in a long time. Some say that he is actually the sanest dwarf in the world, and that he caused an entire tribe of orcs to go to war, with itself. But no one knows for certain who he is, only that he is: The Angry Babbler... to most.
The Angry Babbler was just returning from the south from his little vengeance trip and had reached the almost started Moon Tower, when he spotted his old friend swinging around a pickaxe wildly and in his typical Angry Babbler fashion, began yell profanities and run at super-dwarvenly speed at him, grabbing the pickaxe out of his hand and scolding him. It is not exactly known what the Angry Babbler said to the Lunatic Dwarf, but it is believed to be something akin to "Ya' bloody moron, 'ave ye forgotten how to use an hammer?!"
Sharkmen attempt to sink ships sailing over their territory
Code: [Select]
1d20=9The Sharkmen do not really have a lot of luck sinking any ships, a few small schooners perhaps, however, the several large trading vessels were damaged by the attacks, requiring lengthy repair that will surely slow down the trade between the Western continent, The Moss troll islands, Eudenland and Nordica, and Refugio Guerra by a bit. Refugio Guerra in general is an interesting case, as trade from the western continent to RG has decreased somewhat due to the Jahtari Sky-Ship.Lynfindel Siddenburgh, a Dwarven archivar of the University, Calls for an expedition to find The Cleansing Star
Code: [Select]
1d20=17The Cleansing Star is a thing of which stories have come up somewhat infrequently but still constantly, throughout the world. Thus many Scholars are quite interested in discovering the truth about the artifact, some of them with rather deep pockets. Many of them think that perhaps by pooling their resources together, they might have a greater chance to find it now, where others have failed before, by preparing a proper, large scale expedition to find it. They have agreed to meet up at the University to plan out the Expedition.The Bleg attempt diplomacy with their local Draconic Enclave
Code: [Select]
1d20=4It turns out that the dragons living on roofs of the Blegs' largest structures are a bunch of stuck up, self-righteous bastards that view themselves as so far above the Bleg that the Bleg are but rodents, scurrying about, to the dragons. If the Bleg understood the dragons correctly, they have decided to live on top of the Bleg because they view the Blegs' worship of The Monolith as fascinating, like one would find a monkey attacking its own reflection in a mirror "fascinating".It mostly stems from their leader, an Immortal Black Dragon, named "Tahar", who views himself above all mortal races and believes that they all should be subjugated under one ruler, under him.
As his title would imply, his scales are black, and he's a dark dragon, although he does have some green highlights, here and there.
However, he isn't really violent, but rather views his role as more of that of a "father" to those of mortal races, someone that needs to discipline them when they step out of line.
His personality is largely calm, cold and assertive, and views the world through the eyes of scientist looking down on an experiment, and himself as the "catalyst" for that experiment.
He doesn't like it when lesser races try to go against his will, but he is generally amicable to those under him, even if he does tend to belittle everyone else, aside from other dragons, Immortal or Lesser.
He's not really hostile nor does He hinder the Bleg, but ejecting him will probably not earn the Bleg much favor with him.
YEAR 315
Recently, incredibly good and large fox pelts have been arriving in the western part of Karhan in astounding numbers, which has driven the price of fox pelt so far down that it has made it unprofitable for trappers and fur traders to keep operating and many have been forced out of business trying to compete with this. The enraged merchant guilds have demanded that the town guard investigate. Upon investigation, it turned out that they are not fox pelts at all, but rather foxPEOPLE pelts, and small ones, possibly to not make it totally obvious. A man who was caught selling these pelts was arrested and questioned. He denied any knowledge of this, saying that he just buys the furs from a band of trappers.
The perfection with which these pelts are prepared is disturbing, there is absolutely no damage on them anywhere and they're always full pelts and the numbers in which they come in mean that this isn't the work of a single person, but rather a group of disturbed individuals who are kidnapping young foxfolk and... skinning them, alive.
Thus, this group is called the "Skinners" for now, by the authorities, and they will continue to monitor the market stalls for these atrocities, but until the Skinners themselves are caught, these horrifying acts are unlikely to stop, as they will just move onto selling to other regions.
Warfare
(This wont be here when there are no ongoing wars.)
(Updated)
Guide to the Art of War
(Updated)
(This wont be here when there are no ongoing wars.)
(Updated)
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
(Updated)
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on July 12, 2020, 09:55:24 am
Post by: TankKit on July 12, 2020, 09:56:50 am
Much of the Black Qhaganate war council had been nearly annihilated and intimidated into submission by the brutal culling of its members by the mysterious assassin, this was true. However, the powerful military of the Black Qhaganate had been far from cowed, and it now had a single leader to rally behind. The young general Chagatai, now claiming to be the secret son of Khagatai and the rightful successor to the Black Qhaganate, had gone against the councils orders and executed a brilliant ambush against the invading enemy. As the remnants of the council panicked at the sudden loss of their army and gaped in awe at the massacre of the crusading forces, Chagatai entered the castle and had every member of the council executed for attempting to betray the Black Qhaganate and give it away to the invading crusaders. He has now assumed control over the Black Qhaganate and ordered a continuation of the war - there will be no surrender, only complete and total victory. Some still worry that the mysterious assassin will strike again, but rumours say that Chagatai is a mage himself who has already discovered a way to ensure the death of the assassin if he ever tries to strike at the new Qhagan.
For now, Chagatai has assumed direct control over the Black Sky-Legion and led a fast-paced, reckless push north through the lands on the old border between them and the Red Court, seeking to cut off the occupied lands from the primary lands of the Red Court itself. Meanwhile, the Aetherial artillery has begun ruthlessly bombarding the Great Diplomatic Army and the Black Qhaganates main defensive army has been pushed forward again, ready to defend against any push made into its lands.
As for the New Qhaganate, it continues to prosper and expand, in no small part due to slugmen escaping the Black Qhaganate and attempting the long journey east to the much safer land.
Elsewhere, in the significantly more peaceful Kingdom of Ukalia, the High Elves have begun experimenting with simply bypassing the dungeon through a series of cleverly placed platforms, portals and small cleared sections of the dungeon cut off from the rest. The idea is to make a system that allows the High Elves to safely pass the dungeon while keeping the natural defences it and its inhabitants provide and making sure the alternate path is also easy to defend in case of invasion.
Post by: Strik3r on July 12, 2020, 09:57:20 am
((Does the summary thing not work in Firefox? It's been showing up as a blank rectangle with a dotted outline recently.))((i haven't been filling them in. I usually intend to backfill them after i post the update, but it gets left that way on occasion.))
Post by: Detoxicated on July 12, 2020, 12:16:58 pm
The loss in Trade worries Refugio Guerra and in an attempt to Change that fact they send Out trade envoys to the Jahtari Sultanate to secure special trade rights with their airship.
The Sharkmen, unimpressed with their ship sinking in the recent years Begin using their giant squids in their raids. They Focus the big vessels with stronger Units than before.
The University is impressed by the Sharkmen Progress and sends out a diplomatic Mission to them.Roll to See how successful their diplomacy attempts are.
Post by: Strik3r on July 13, 2020, 07:35:21 am
Notices and Summary:
WOW so MANY of you playing, i can hardly believe it!
ok, for real. we've hit an all time low in the number of turns for an update... 2 turns.
I'm going to naively assume that everyone is just busy, rather than that everyone is abandoning the game due to hating how i run it.
Of course if ANYONE DOES have any grievances, do tell me, i cant peek into your brain and I can't do things better if i don't know what's wrong.
TURNS:
(TankKit, Year 315.5)
The new Qhanganate is NOT prospering, with migrants dying en-route, political infighting and loss of trade to Streamland, their northern territory has become sparsely populated, while Streamland has grown.
The High-Elves clear and fortify a route through the Western Dungeon, finally having a way through for the first time in the history of the world.
(Detoxicated, Year 315.6)
Refugio Guerra acquires certain special trading rights with the Jahtari Sky-Ship, but Aurheia, The Golden Dragon, makes them pay for those rights.
Sharkmen destroy several large trading vessels sailing over their territory taking their goods for themselves.
The University succeds in making peaceful contact with the Sharkmen, a miracle in and of itself.
WARFARE:
Chagatai's Black Sky-Legion attacked The Red Court dealing 38,25% damage and taking 14,625% damage in return. The Red Court has -3,1875% army health remaining and Chagatai's Black Sky-Legion has 29,125% army health remaining. The army of the Red Court has been shattered. The Black Qhanganate has retaken the western border. A large amount of Chaos Crystals have formed across in the wake of the battle.
The Aetherial Cannon Artillery bombarded The Great Diplomatic Army with artillery, dealing 3,75% damage. The Great Diplomatic Army has 50,25% army health remaining.
WORLD STATE:
The Digging project of the Waterstone Clan has progressed.
The Moon Tower project is still stalled.
The Dorathian Kingdom has grown into some of the weak territory along the rivers.
Rolls
WOW so MANY of you playing, i can hardly believe it!
ok, for real. we've hit an all time low in the number of turns for an update... 2 turns.
I'm going to naively assume that everyone is just busy, rather than that everyone is abandoning the game due to hating how i run it.
Of course if ANYONE DOES have any grievances, do tell me, i cant peek into your brain and I can't do things better if i don't know what's wrong.
TURNS:
(TankKit, Year 315.5)
The new Qhanganate is NOT prospering, with migrants dying en-route, political infighting and loss of trade to Streamland, their northern territory has become sparsely populated, while Streamland has grown.
The High-Elves clear and fortify a route through the Western Dungeon, finally having a way through for the first time in the history of the world.
(Detoxicated, Year 315.6)
Refugio Guerra acquires certain special trading rights with the Jahtari Sky-Ship, but Aurheia, The Golden Dragon, makes them pay for those rights.
Sharkmen destroy several large trading vessels sailing over their territory taking their goods for themselves.
The University succeds in making peaceful contact with the Sharkmen, a miracle in and of itself.
WARFARE:
Chagatai's Black Sky-Legion attacked The Red Court dealing 38,25% damage and taking 14,625% damage in return. The Red Court has -3,1875% army health remaining and Chagatai's Black Sky-Legion has 29,125% army health remaining. The army of the Red Court has been shattered. The Black Qhanganate has retaken the western border. A large amount of Chaos Crystals have formed across in the wake of the battle.
The Aetherial Cannon Artillery bombarded The Great Diplomatic Army with artillery, dealing 3,75% damage. The Great Diplomatic Army has 50,25% army health remaining.
WORLD STATE:
The Digging project of the Waterstone Clan has progressed.
The Moon Tower project is still stalled.
The Dorathian Kingdom has grown into some of the weak territory along the rivers.
Rolls
New Qhanganate's Prosperity
Code: [Select]
1d20=2To say that the New Qhanganate is prospering would be a lie. most of the uncorrupted slugmen attempting to escape from the Black Qhanganate perish along the way, their dessicated corpses littering the path to the New Qhanganate's land. The problems that plagued the first Sandstone Qhanganate at the very beginning seem to be repeating themselves now in the New Qhanganate, with multiple slugmen leading the nation, it seems that they are all now vying for sole control over the New Qhanganate. A great deal of trade has also started to bypass the New Qhanganate, it is more of an out-of-the-way destination than the center of trade that it was becoming.Streamland and their Sky-Dock, along with the Jahtari Sultanate's Sky-Ship is the likely cause of that. Many people living near the borders of the New Qhanganate have either moved back toward the center, or have left for Dalai or Streamland, and the regions have become sparsely populated.
(streamland's borders have increased while some of the New Qhanganate's territory, mostly in the north, has become weak)
The High-Elves attempt to bypass the Western Dungeon
Code: [Select]
1d20=15The High elves' plans for platforms didn't really work out, the construction is just far too difficult. Portals the same, there are only a few people in the world that actually know how to make portals, Some Magi in the University know how to make Arcane Portals but that requires an "Anchor", an incredibly powerful, stable and permanent source of Arcane Energy, the only source powerful enough right now is the White Tree of Elysium, which is already used by the University for their developing Portal Network, a system which will connect a bunch of portals together and is hardly "defensible", if your enemy knows how to operate the portals without Portal Stones. there have been sparse rumors of a Chaos mage that knew how to make Chaos Portals, but thats really it as far as making portals goes.The idea was considered that two Arcane Portals could be opened on either side of the Dungeon, effectively bypassing it, then simply dealing with the problem of the portals' connection to all others by just fortifying the portal through mundane means, however, the Magi of the University consider opening a portal within the reach of the Chaos Domain an incredible risk, as the spreading corruption does not care for fortifications.
However, opening a portal in Ukalia would grant the High-Elves their own entry point into the network, and would be the first new portal since the Elysium one, but that one does not exist, officially, especially after then raid on the Elysian Gardens.
The Resulting solution so far was to go into the dungeon with an incredibly powerful and concentrated force that would clear the way for builders to seal off sections of the dungeon to create a tunnel through the dungeon to the other side. The costs of the project were astronomical, considering the force and the amount of materials that went into it. It isn't really defensible, aside from the fact that the tunnel doesn't begin until some way into the dungeon, and any forces unfamiliar with the tunnel wouldn't know to look for the entrances. Several small outposts have been set up within the tunnel to handle its maintenance, as monsters still occasionally find their way into the route, and also constantly claw away at the built walls.
Refugio Guerra attempts to acquire special trade rights with the Jahtari Sultanate's Sky-Ship.
(Ok, its time to show what Immortal Dragons actually DO
They interfere and meddle in the affairs of other races and nations, according to their personality.
Of course, they are part of the world, anyone can do stuff with them if they want. The Immortal Dragons do not "belong" to me.)
Aurheia, The Golden Dragon opposes this, believing that taking such a deal will negatively affect profitability of the Sky-Ship, she has insisted to aid the Sultan in the negotiation. One can't exactly refuse an Immortal Dragon.
Code: [Select]
Refugio Guerra and Jahtari Negotiations over the Sky Ship.
Refugio Guerra 1d20=12
Aurheia, The Golden Dragon 1d20=14
The Envoy from Refugio Guerra put the Jahtari Sultanate in a difficult position, in their desperation threatening to cut off the Jahtari Sultanate from trading with them if they would not be granted the special trading rights that they wanted. Aurheia recognized that this would cost the Jahtari more profit than actually granting the rights that they seek. Seemingly having to choose between two bad options, Aurheia came up with a solution: Press the Refugio Guerrans for compensation to partially make up for the revenue lost from taking this deal. With the Jahtari Sultanate in a precarious position, the compensation they asked for wasn't actually that large.
The results are thus: The Jahtari have granted Refugio Guerra the special rights that they sought, as long as Refugio Guerra pays for those rights.
Sharkmen continue attempting to sink ships
Code: [Select]
1d20=16Now that the sharkmen have started using giant squid in their raids, as well as focusing the more vulnerable parts of the larger trading vessels, they have been significantly more successful in sinking several large merchant vessels, most of them heading toward Eudenland, if this continues, the prosperity brought to Eudenland by the opening of The Grand Puffin may be short-lived, if captains start considering the trip too dangerous to make.Of course, the wares lost for the Merchants was loot gained for the Sharkmen, not to mention all the tasty humans and slugmen that drown when the ships are sunk.
The Great Scar University sends a diplomatic mission to the sharkmen.
Code: [Select]
1d20=19Surprisingly, the University was able to get the Aquatic Gondola into the Sharkman territories, the trick was putting a flag with the Sharkman glyph standing for "Peace" on the outside of the Gondola. The Sharkmen must have been amused and intrigued by this little trick, as they let the ship into their territory and even guided them to their "Leader". Communication was difficult to say the least, the Gondola just wasn't equipped for this kind of mission.Despite letting the University's expedition talk to them, the Sharkmen were still violent creatures that ate just about anything that was edible. It was understood that the Sharkmen have been in conflict with "Crabmen", The Kani-Collou, recently. The Sharkmen have no idea where the "Crabmen" actually nest, and for the sake of the Kani-Collou, its better that the Sharkmen never find out. There were some other talks about Sharkman "culture" and whatnot, but generally there wasn't really much to discuss. The Gondola was allowed leave the Sharkman territories without incident.
Warfare
(This wont be here when there are no ongoing wars.)
(Updated)
Guide to the Art of War
(Updated)
(This wont be here when there are no ongoing wars.)
(Updated)
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
(Updated)
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: Unraveller on July 13, 2020, 07:59:44 am
Interestingly all the threads I participate in have come slown to a crawl. Must be something in the water. ))
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 13, 2020, 08:10:06 am
The Foxfolks try killing the Skinners, and try to take out the Purple Leaves in their land
Post by: Strik3r on July 13, 2020, 08:18:15 am
On my end, work is kicking my ass, but I've also been somewhat at loss for what I'd like to do in the world at the moment.
Interestingly all the threads I participate in have come slown to a crawl. Must be something in the water. ))
((Then its probably the case for everyone. Work, School, whatever.
and yeah, the lack of ideas, a problem for sure, even for me, but my creative energy is emptied every day by writing the updates. And im okay with that. One of my duties as GM is to help my players whenever possible
The most generic advice i always give for the lack of ideas is to look at recent actions and try to imagine how it would affect someone else.
The first thing i thought of was the Light Crystals and Nisvais or w/e. and his gang. They were dealing Chaos Crystal dust laden Vision Dust and then BAM, there's a whole bunch of the Light Crystals that lack most of the negative effects of the Chaos Crystals when consumed.
But of course you also have the Vasilikos and we really haven't seen a look into what goes on inside the snakes' collective itself, in a while, if anything goes on there at all. You also are pretty involved with the Jahtari, and the Sky-Ship caused a big big shift in the world, the Sky-Dock is also pretty close to the Duskblades, so there might be some border friction in the near future. :P))
Post by: TamerVirus on July 13, 2020, 10:15:08 am
One night, as he leaves a back alley tavern, a large-bodied man blocks his way.
"You. I've been looking for you." The man takes out a dagger and strikes! "Nisvanis sends his regards"
Roll to see how Kore Jonhara fares against the hitman!
Post by: TankKit on July 13, 2020, 11:01:27 am
In the Third Crusade, Chagatai turned his advance eastward and suddenly slowed down, moving into the occupied lands with caution to avoid unnecessary casualties and slowly tightening the noose on what few Red Court soldiers were left to guard them. Meanwhile the artillery continued to ruthlessly bombard the Great Diplomatic Army while the main defensive force remained close by to intercept any assault made by the crusaders against their own forces. Others may doubt the usefulness of the cannons in this war, but as far as Chagatai is concerned every life they take is one less life that will be fighting back when he sets out to retake the Black Qhaganates northern lands.
The High Elves begun studying the idea of a specific 'portal magic'.
Meanwhile, the Waterstone Clan colonises the two islands closest to it.
Post by: Superdorf on July 13, 2020, 12:32:48 pm
Under the influence of its draconic captor, the Great Ruby begins to grow again-- this time, faster. Spikes and claws protrude from its crystalline surface, and an eye in the gemstone's core twists its gaze wildly about.
Roll for rate of growth. Could be an inch a day-- could be half a mile. The dice will decide.
Post by: auzewasright on July 14, 2020, 05:34:52 am
The great Diplomatic Army cautiously attacks the Aetherial Cannon Army while they let the Arghilia/Karhans resupply.
Meanwhile, Diplomats are sent to the Red Court, offering a ceasefire to work on ending the threat of the Black Qhaganate together.
Post by: Detoxicated on July 14, 2020, 06:20:09 am
After the recent diplomacy with the Sharkmen tribes the University again Takes Up the Research to Develop underwater breathing suits AS Well AS developing new ships Like the Aquatic Gondola. The vast Sharkmen industrialization becomes a topic to discuss amongst antropologist mages and some enthusiasm has been gained from the fact that the University we're the First to successfully speak to the Sharkmen Outside of Battle insults.
In the meantime, the Batpeople have finished the construction of their observatory and begun categorizing and exploring the movements of the Stars. Donkebab quite taken by its subjects interest in the Heavens creates a stellar Formation of nine Stars known as the Greater Bat.
The shipsinking becomes a Sport for the Sharkmen again, and they feel that the destruction of the Aetherials will soon come. The Fangs and Spears are awaiting this great war to come for a while now.
Post by: Unraveller on July 14, 2020, 07:28:29 am
The Vasilikos stir.
Something deep and ephemeral rumbles within their stomachs. Amaranth flames belch from the toxic breath of the serpents whom drink deep of dragon blood. The cloister of Basileus, and the 'emperor' itself grows evermore. The slavering Spined Serpent rivals now the size of great dragons in its long quest of purposeless evolution.
The immense snake encircles the twin isles twofold, surrounded by the coming Jahtari whom throw off the yoke of their lands and too drink deep, and feast. Basileus is a generous ruler it seems. . . The lizardmen of the Jahtgaro Cult just as well begin to experience change, within and without, attuning further to the distant Monolith, all of which growing ever more resentful of the felines whom keep it.
To that end Basileus says only this, "Grow! Multiply! Mine is the progeny whom shall inheret the earth! And the sky! And the seas! Jahtari, if true followers thou art, an army for my splendour thee shall raise! Go now, be unto the land as Vasilikos true!"
To this, the mature Kha'tra and her ardent cult once again return to the lands of the Jahtari, and seek to swell their following, for the word of their emperor is absolute.
Post by: King Zultan on July 14, 2020, 08:08:48 am
Post by: Strik3r on July 14, 2020, 11:23:46 am
Notices and Summary:
Sorry for being a bit late again, i was slow and had to do some catch-up.
TURNS:
(Naturegirl1999, Year 315.6)
The Foxfolk try eliminating the skinners, discover a compound in Karhan, Adventurers are sent in and are scarred for life by the horrors they witnessed.
The Skinners' leader escapes.
Several Foxfolk kids are rescued.
Foxfolk try to fight the Purple Leaf Disease but their traditional medicinal techniques are ineffective against the disease.
(TamerVirus, Year 315.7)
Kore is assassinated by P.M. Martin's hitman. His cult makes him a martyr and uses his death to legitimize their religion.
(TankKit, Year 316)
The High-Elves perform research into portals, lay the foundations for future "Portal Magic"
The Waterstone Clan colonises the two islands closest to it.
(Superdorf, Year 317)
The Crystal Egg continues to grow at a slightly accelerated pace, because Irahan is bored and has started singing songs of old Dragolia to it.
(Detoxicated, Year 317.2)
The Great Scar University has restarted research on the Aquatic Gondola.
The Sharkmen become a topic of interest in the University.
The Batpeople have built an observatory.
The shipsinking becomes a Sport for the Sharkmen.
(Unraveller, Year 317.5)
The Vasilikos have evolved further by consuming dragons and the Jahtari of the Jahtgaro Cult have begun to experience changes too.
The Vasilikos and the Jahtgaro Cult have begun to resent the Bleg.
The Jahtgaro cult has begun to slowly but steadily accumulate new members.
(King Zultan, Year 317.6)
The Bleg ask for assistance from Tahar's enclave, surprisingly, Tahar agrees, because the Bleg are too interesting to let die by giant snakes.
Tahar's emotions are impossible to decipher, so its unknown whether he was serious when he implied the Bleg's obligation to serve him and his enclave in exchange for his protection.
(If the Vasilikos attack the Bleg, an extra 100 point force of Aerial Rangers will be joining on the Bleg side.
Tahar will be a Legendary Aerial Researcher Unit with 100 points of health and +1 to all research. (Research works a bit like construction, it can be used to get Traits for the duration of a war.))
WARFARE:
(Chagatai's Black Sky-Legion attackedThe Red Court dealing 8,5% damage and taking 12% damage in return. The Red Court has -8,5% army health remaining and Chagatai's Black Sky-Legion has 17,125% army health remaining. Chagatai's Black Sky-Legion has reclaimed a large chunk of the land taken by the Red Court. Chagatai has won two battles, and now provides a +1 Veterancy bonus, as well as "Leave caution behind", which grants +1 to attack and -1 to defence. The Remaining territory occupied by the Red Court is Encircled! They will gain -4 to both attack and defence when defending this territory!)
((Yes, i know, bonuses are incredibly powerful in this war. While i LOVE bonus stacking, MOST modifiers will be changed to +1 or -1, Including Aerial and attack styles. This does not include terrain modifers, Such as fort defence and captial defence which will remain +2 and +3 to both respectively.))
The Aetherial Cannon Artillery bombarded The Great Diplomatic Army with artillery, dealing -1% damage. The Great Diplomatic Army has 50,25% army health remaining. The Diplomatic Cannon Artillery, A new Artillery force has joined the conflict on the The Great Diplomatic Army's side with 1% health
The Black Qhanganate has begun to intercept enemy attacks.
(The Great Diplomatic Army attack on The Aetherial Cannon Artillery was intercepted by The Black Qhanganate, to whom they dealt 22,5% damage and took 2,5% damage in return from. The Black Qhanganate has 54,25% army health remaining and The Great Diplomatic Army has 47,75% army health remaining.)
(The Armies of Arghila and Karhan has been shattered due to Resupply failure)
(The Red Court has joined the side of THe Great Diplomatic Army. The Red Court's remaining occupied territory is no longer Encircled!)
WORLD STATE:
Zalalastan scorched earth wall against the Purple Leaf Disease has shrunk
The Purple Leaf Disease has grown in unmitigated regions, the disease has reached the Hamsterman Shamans
The Red Leaf Disease has grown
Rolls
Sorry for being a bit late again, i was slow and had to do some catch-up.
TURNS:
(Naturegirl1999, Year 315.6)
The Foxfolk try eliminating the skinners, discover a compound in Karhan, Adventurers are sent in and are scarred for life by the horrors they witnessed.
The Skinners' leader escapes.
Several Foxfolk kids are rescued.
Foxfolk try to fight the Purple Leaf Disease but their traditional medicinal techniques are ineffective against the disease.
(TamerVirus, Year 315.7)
Kore is assassinated by P.M. Martin's hitman. His cult makes him a martyr and uses his death to legitimize their religion.
(TankKit, Year 316)
The High-Elves perform research into portals, lay the foundations for future "Portal Magic"
The Waterstone Clan colonises the two islands closest to it.
(Superdorf, Year 317)
The Crystal Egg continues to grow at a slightly accelerated pace, because Irahan is bored and has started singing songs of old Dragolia to it.
(Detoxicated, Year 317.2)
The Great Scar University has restarted research on the Aquatic Gondola.
The Sharkmen become a topic of interest in the University.
The Batpeople have built an observatory.
The shipsinking becomes a Sport for the Sharkmen.
(Unraveller, Year 317.5)
The Vasilikos have evolved further by consuming dragons and the Jahtari of the Jahtgaro Cult have begun to experience changes too.
The Vasilikos and the Jahtgaro Cult have begun to resent the Bleg.
The Jahtgaro cult has begun to slowly but steadily accumulate new members.
(King Zultan, Year 317.6)
The Bleg ask for assistance from Tahar's enclave, surprisingly, Tahar agrees, because the Bleg are too interesting to let die by giant snakes.
Tahar's emotions are impossible to decipher, so its unknown whether he was serious when he implied the Bleg's obligation to serve him and his enclave in exchange for his protection.
(If the Vasilikos attack the Bleg, an extra 100 point force of Aerial Rangers will be joining on the Bleg side.
Tahar will be a Legendary Aerial Researcher Unit with 100 points of health and +1 to all research. (Research works a bit like construction, it can be used to get Traits for the duration of a war.))
WARFARE:
(Chagatai's Black Sky-Legion attacked
((Yes, i know, bonuses are incredibly powerful in this war. While i LOVE bonus stacking, MOST modifiers will be changed to +1 or -1, Including Aerial and attack styles. This does not include terrain modifers, Such as fort defence and captial defence which will remain +2 and +3 to both respectively.))
The Aetherial Cannon Artillery bombarded The Great Diplomatic Army with artillery, dealing -1% damage. The Great Diplomatic Army has 50,25% army health remaining. The Diplomatic Cannon Artillery, A new Artillery force has joined the conflict on the The Great Diplomatic Army's side with 1% health
The Black Qhanganate has begun to intercept enemy attacks.
(The Great Diplomatic Army attack on The Aetherial Cannon Artillery was intercepted by The Black Qhanganate, to whom they dealt 22,5% damage and took 2,5% damage in return from. The Black Qhanganate has 54,25% army health remaining and The Great Diplomatic Army has 47,75% army health remaining.)
(The Armies of Arghila and Karhan has been shattered due to Resupply failure)
(The Red Court has joined the side of THe Great Diplomatic Army. The Red Court's remaining occupied territory is no longer Encircled!)
WORLD STATE:
Zalalastan scorched earth wall against the Purple Leaf Disease has shrunk
The Purple Leaf Disease has grown in unmitigated regions, the disease has reached the Hamsterman Shamans
The Red Leaf Disease has grown
Rolls
Foxfolk try to eliminate the Skinners
Code: [Select]
1d20=17When they became aware of the Skinners' operations, the Foxfolk started laying traps and ambushes in hopes of catching out the Skinners. They succeeded in killing a group of bandits they thought were all of the Skinners, but when the kidnappings continued, they opted to capture the next group instead and extract the location of the Skinners' main hideout through torture. Although the Foxfolk normally would not sink that low, knowing what the Skinners do to their kids, it was well justified in their eyes. One of the bandits eventually revealed the location of the Skinners' main operation before dying, and it turns out that it was a full compound, walls and everything. It was small enough, easily taken out by a small military force, but the only problem, was that it was on Karhan lands, and they couldn't risk a political incident by sending an army into Karhan.So, a small band of adventurers was sent to destroy the Skinners and rescue anyone that can be. The Skinners didn't pose much threat, being apparently just a bunch of poorly equipped bandits, easily dealt with by the much better equipped and experienced Foxfolk adventurers. They killed every Skinner they came across as they made their way into the heart of the compound, a large, rectangular building made of wood, the stench of death wafted from it.
Inside they faced horrors that scarred everyone that entered that building for the rest of their lives, except the Skinners apparently. Dead, skinless foxfolk children hanging from hooks with tubs full of blood and viscera beneath them. Mutilated bodies and bodyparts strewn about, chunks of meat, cut neatly and ready to be carted off and sold. They eventually reached the central chamber or room of this house of horrors and came face to face with the Skinners' apparent leader.
But this was no raggedy bandit, no, their leader was well-dressed and charismatic man with a smooth, commanding voice. His monologue consisted of him remarking that the foxfolks' discovery of his compound was "quite damaging" to his business and telling them to leave. Then there was the comment about how the Foxfolk population had become "too great" and how its "upsetting the natural balance of the land" that really angered one of the adventurers, she tried to take a shot at the man with her bow only to have him deflect the arrow, with a flourish of his blade.
The adventurers had been surrounded by the Skinners and by the time they managed to defeat every one of them, the man was nowhere to be found. This is surely not the last time the foxfolk would hear of the Skinners.
A few foxfolk kids were rescued from the holding cells of the slaughterhouse, the foxfolk adventurers covered the little foxfolks' eyes with blindfolds made of folded rags and carried them in their arms, hugging them tightly as they made their way out of the compound.
Foxfolk try to fight the Purple Leaf Disease
Code: [Select]
1d20=6The foxfolk do not have much luck fighting against the Purple Leaf Disease. It turns out that they rejected the usage of Vision Dust and instead try to fight the disease using their traditional medicinal techniques, involving rituals of little power and mundane herbs, all of which do little against the exotic and resilient Purple Leaf Disease. Although they've made little progress, they also have not significantly worsened the infection.
Kore's fight against the assassin.
Code: [Select]
1d20=3Kore Jonhara really was not a fighter but his assailant on the other hand, this was what he did for a living. Even though Kore tried to fight him off, drawing a dagger of his own, the hitman merely waited for Kore to take a stab at him, at which point he grabbed Kore's right forearm with his left hand, pulling him in close while at the same time bringing his dagger held in the right hand to his left shoulder with his dagger held in an icepick grip then drove the dagger hard into Kore's neck before pulling it out again and pushing Kore away, who fell backwards onto the stone road, bleeding profusely out of the wound. All of this took place over the course of three seconds.His attacker merely turned and walked away, his job complete.
In a strange twist of fate, with Kore's death, he became sort of a martyr to the cultists, whose faith in the Crystal Egg had now only strengthened because it seemed like everyone was suddenly after the egg. To them, Kore was right all along, it was a divine artifact and his death affirmed it. The cultists strangely enough went public with their religion, using Kore's death to validate it and say that he had been killed for his beliefs and because he alone knew the truth, and someone wanted to silence him. It wasn't the truth of course, but it worked to turn the little cult into a legitimate religion.
The High-Elves study the idea of "Portal Magic"
Code: [Select]
1d20=20!Many theories rise up about the idea of portal magic, although the magical elements of Arcana and Chaos remain the foundation for the these theories, as magical elements are the foundation of magic. But the High-Elves look at ways of using these elements in a way that hasn't been used before for their portal magic. And despite the incredible success of the High-Elves and their research into creating portals of their own, portals remain perhaps the hardest thing to do magically, with each technique having its own downsides and weaknesses, there is no one universal solution that has no downsides. Regardless of that, the Elves have drafted up several ideas and conclusions regarding portals:As mentioned repeatedly Arcane energy is able to create meta-stable portals that need no maintenance, but the portals need a central "Anchor", an incredibly powerful source of Arcane energy and all of the portals are linked together.
If the High-Elves wish to chase this line of research, they will need to find a way to create their own Arcane Anchor, to make a network separate from that of the University.
The High-Elves managed to independently replicate the Chaos Portals of the First Chaos Mage, now known to be named "Theyrn Elros". Although Theyrn could open these portals over vast distances, it turns out that his abilities are an anomaly caused by his close tie with Chaos, High-Elf magi were only able to open a portal if they saw the destination, no matter how far. The Portals of Chaos need constant maintenance by the way of energy being poured into them by magi, no way to create permanent Chaos portals has been discovered, but all Chaos Portals are point-to-point, they are not networked like Arcane portals. They also depend on "bouncing" the portal off of the "veil" of the Chaos Realm, basically creating a window for otherworldly entities to look straight into the world.
If the High-Elves wish to pursue using Chaos Portals as a basis for their portals, they will need a way to be able to see anywhere they want to open a portal to, and experienced, dedicated Chaos Magi will be needed to open and maintain the portals, lest they close.
There is an oft-overlooked theory that parallel to this world, exists a "spirit realm" or even many spirit realms. It is not impossible that if such planes exists, they may be used as a way to travel between locations by temporarily passing through one of these realms. To explain it, the magi created the "Crate Analogy": "imagine if you climb into a crate, the crate is then moved somewhere, and when you open the crate, you're in a different place, but the crate doesn't actually move, because the spirit realm is in all places at once and nowhere at the same time. In this case, the Gates are who transport you, The Spirit Realm is how you are transported". While everyone was confused by this explanation, what was understood was that such a method would depend on specific structures, so called "spirit gates" that are deliberately linked together by Spirit energy. These gates would be linked together, like Arcane Portals, but it would be much more defensible, because the gates are "keyed" in advance using spirit energy and if one doesn't know the key to an existing network, they can not add additional gates to it. The gates use the energy from the spirit realm to operate.
If the High-Elves are to follow this line of research, they will need to determine the validity of the "Spirit Realm" theory, discover a way to enter a spirit realm and also build spirit gates.
The weakness of this system is that if anything lives in the spirit realm used, they will be able to enter this world through the gates, which may either be an incredible risk or an incredible boon.
Once one of these ideas is developed further, the knowledge gained may be used to further advance the High-Elves knowledge of portals and develop a fully-fledged "portal magic".
For the first time ever, High-elves have looked into the possibility of combining Primal Elements, for their portal magic idea.
Arcane/Chaos seems almost paradoxical, but it is a thing that MAY be possible, it is not known what would result from such a union.
Arcane/Spirit supposedly already exists in the world, through Elysians. Result is a form of Arcane magic with a Psychic component, such as an arcane blast that can follow and track its target.
Chaos/Spirit may also already exist in the form of the Aetherials. This type of magic seems to be same as Arcane/Spirit, except its Chaos instead.
Several other portal related ideas are brought out. The idea of "Micro-Portals" is largely dismissed as their usefulness would be limited. An idea of some kind of "Far-Sight" using Spirit magic is thrown around.
The growth of the Crystal Egg
Code: [Select]
1d20=12If the Crystal Egg's crystalline shell is growing any faster than it was before, it only does so because of how Irahan, the Immortal Fire Dragon interacts with it. The great dragon is unsure why any of the magical crystals grow the way they do, not of the ones on his own back or those of the Crystal Egg. But he has figured out that the Crystal Egg seems to react most noticeably when he sings to it, not lullabies or something, mind you, he mostly hums hymns and songs of the old Dragolian Council times. It turns out that Irahan is highly patriotic and misses his homeland, but is also saddened by what it has become, if the lands of the dragons can ever be re-awakened, they would need a new, strong leader, the council to him, was always weak.And if the Crystal Egg is growing structures that might look like something, it is by pure chance, rather than any directed process, although Irahan does think that the crystals on the shell might clipping a bit, they are getting quite large.
Kha'tra and the Jahtgaro Cult attempt to acquire more followers.
Code: [Select]
1d20=15For the longest time Kha'tra could not recruit or retain many followers, but with age, comes wisdom. Kha'tra has learned to "dress up" the Jahtgaro Cult a lot better, while many still reject her message. The message being of the Basileus being the "true emperor", those that do join are not exposed to the Cult's true nature, not before they are far too deep in to back out. And of course, if any do have second thoughts, an use can be found for them. Overall, the Jahtgaro cult is slowly but steadily accumulating new members.The Bleg attempt to enlist the aid of Tahar's Enclave, in case of attack by the Vasilikos.
Code: [Select]
1d20=20!One cant really ask anything of the dragons of the Enclave without going through Tahar himself, the hierarchy of his enclave is probably the most rigid of all the known Enclaves, and no decision is made without him.Tahar responded by stating that the Bleg are far more interesting than the Vasilikos, and could not let his favorite objects of study be swallowed by a giant snake. He shares the Bleg sentiment that the Vasilikos are little more than out-of-control animals that have become dangerous to civilized people.
Tahar has agreed, should it come to that, to provide military aid to the Bleg by the way of his dragons, but stating very clearly that the Bleg WOULD NOT be allowed to ride on their backs.
He himself will not join in any fighting, instead will provide assistance from the back by the way of battlefield research.
In exchange for his enclave's protection, Tahar has implied that he expects him and the dragons of his Enclave to be personally tended to by the Bleg, though it might have been a joke, but with Tahar's monotone voice, one can never tell.
(If the Vasilikos attack the Bleg, an extra 100 point force of Aerial Rangers will be joining on the Bleg side. Tahar will be a Legendary Researcher Unit with 100 points of health. (Research works a bit like construction, but it will grant bonuses till the end of a war.))
Warfare
(This wont be here when there are no ongoing wars.)
(Updated)
Guide to the Art of War
(Updated)
(This wont be here when there are no ongoing wars.)
(Updated)
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
(Updated)
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on July 14, 2020, 11:29:04 am
Post by: TankKit on July 14, 2020, 01:23:33 pm
Chagatai found himself in a surprisingly troublesome situation. He had essentially wiped out the Red Courts army, making future conquest much easier, but continuing his conquest he kept hitting nothing but roadblocks. His artillery was powerful and theoretically more than capable of grinding his enemy into paste, but the distance at which they were bombarding the crusaders and the sheer inaccuracy the cannons suffered from at that range rendered them useless for such a role. His Black Sky-Legion was the most powerful force in the world, but it had been brought down to less than a fifth of its original size and would struggle dealing with a force large enough to counter any attack it made through sheer numbers. The main Qhaganate army just about outnumbered the Great Diplomatic Army, but it had been kept on the defensive throughout the entirety of the crusade so far for good reason - if it fell, the Black Qhaganate would be completely open to attacks from within and invasion from the crusaders.
Chagatai was not the sort of person to be worried about failure, however. In his mind, if defeat meant the total collapse of the Black Qhaganate, he would simply have to win. To that end, he organised all that remained of the Black Qhaganates military into a single army and began to march straight east, disregarding long-term supply chains and re-occupation of the lands they entered in favour of speed, hoping to prove the Great Diplomatic Army into battle as soon as possible. And he succeeded, in a sense.
The Black Qhaganate Army met the Great Diplomatic Army not far from the fields of Light Crystals, just as a sandstorm was brewing. The crusaders had prepared for this battle. The majority of the force was positioned at the base of a large sand dune in a defensive stance, with the lines of archers and mages and a few cannons higher up on the dune and the cavalry organised into two large groups on either side of the main battle line. What Chagatai didn't see was the combined forces of the Viper Guerillas and Desert Shades hidden further to the west, behind another sand dune. The Great Diplomatic Armys plan was to force as much of the Black Qhaganates army to engage their main defensive line as possible while the cavalry kept their flanks protected and the majority of their ranged troops fended off the Black Sky-Legion and any other tricks that Chagatai tried to pull, with the cannons and less experienced archers and mages doing their best to attack the Black Qhaganates army from afar. Once Chagatai had fully committed to the battle, the Viper Guerillas and Desert Shades would suddenly attack them from behind, demoralising the enemy and allowing the Great Diplomatic Army to force Chagatai on the back foot. The cavalry would then charge into the Black Qhaganate Armys flanks while the infantry went on the offensive, forcing their enemy into fighting against an attack from uphill. Ideally, this would end with a massacre and their foe being routed. All in all, they had been cautious enough to almost match Chagatais recklessness.
Of course, they knew how beloved Chagatai was by his men and how capable he was of inspiring them, not to mention how genuinely skilled he was as a general. For as long as he was alive this battle would be incredibly difficult, but killing him before the battle could of given the remaining generals second thoughts about charging deeper into enemy territory. Therefore they had enlisted the help of the mysterious, still unnamed assassin who had killed Khagatai and the Black Qhaganate war council, giving him the task of killing Chagatai when he was personally engaged in combat with them.
Meanwhile, Chagatai has his own plan for dealing with the Great Diplomatic Army. His artillery and Black Sky-Legion had always been relatively small forces compared to the main armies each side used, but when combined with the already larger Black Qhaganate Army he significantly outnumbered his opponent. However, the unknown position of the crusaders more secretive combat forces combined with the brewing sandstorm and the defensive stance his enemy had taken potentially put him at a significant disadvantage. Eventually, he decided to make his plan under the assumption that some sort of ambush or assassination would be attempted. With that in mind, he made the rather unorthodox decision to put his most experienced troops at the wings and rear of the army - they would respond more sensibly to a surprise attack and, hopefully, be able to keep the less experienced troops at the front from breaking too easily. The armys archers and mages were split into two groups. One, made up of the more experienced troops, was placed in the rather vulnerable position of the armys rear flank with orders to fire on the enemys ranged troops and do their best to negate any retaliatory attacks. The second group was placed on a nearby sand dune with the artillery, who were similarly ordered to focus their fire on the enemys ranged troops - this could result in friendly fire if Chagatais forces were more successful than he expected, but he was more than willing to suffer casualties caused by being too successful. Finally, the cavalry were organised into one large group on the left flank. While his infantry engaged the enemy infantry and his two ranged forces were ordered to fire on the enemys ranged units and any attempted ambushers respectively, his cavalry force would attempt to engage one of the Great Diplomatic Armys own cavalry forces and wipe it out before attacking the main army from behind. He would personally lead his Black Sky-Legion in wiping out the other cavalry force. After that, he would fly above the battle and observe the situation, smashing into the enemy wherever it would damage them the most and encouraging his troops further forward at every opportunity.
And if he was ever attacked by that mysterious assassin, he had a trick up his sleeve. He was a mage who, unlike most, specialised specifically in manipulating magic in just the right way to stop other mages from finishing their own spells, as well as knowing enough defensive magic to survive a hit or two. It was highly likely that the mysterious assassin would strike again during this battle, and Chagatai was determined to end this threat once and for all.
The sandstorm is raging, and Chagatais army is heading directly towards the Crusader army despite it, determined to take it out before it has time to gather together any more advantages against him. This clash may very well end the crusade - if the Great Diplomatic Army is wiped out, the crusade has failed and the Red Court will be completely open to invasion. If the Black Qhaganate Army loses or Chagatai dies, morale will be completely shattered and the entire nation could finally collapse under the strain of war, allowing the invaders to carve it up however they desired. Let the battle commence!
((I figured it would be nice for the Third Crusade to end with a bang instead of petering out until there's just two groups of guys punching each other out in the desert to decide the fate of the Black Qhaganate lmao. If it's too much, tell me and I'll write a few normal warfare actions instead.))
The High Elves decide to research the idea of a spirit realm and its usefulness in making portals. The High Elven King Eamonn is especially interested in this idea, as he has always been a major proponent of the Spirit Realm and wants to learn just how useful it will be to the High Elves.
Post by: Strik3r on July 14, 2020, 02:14:21 pm
((I haven't been doing much due to lack of ideas :-\))
((Anyone remember those dwarves that barely survived vanishmountain and then swore to make a sky island?
Also whatever happened to that dwarf that found the portal, originally? Also his father's best friend was a giant spider, said spider is probably very much alive to this day.
Sandpond's around too, and they have some new friends there, in the form of a necromancer and a demon-summoner. Also the area that the Dorathian Kingdom has claimed includes Sandpond's outpost.
and of course then theres the generic advice, have a look a little ways back and try to imagine how some of the stuff may have affected someone else or how that someone might react to it, "Someone" in this case being anything from a person to an entire nation...))
Year 318.5
((I figured it would be nice for the Third Crusade to end with a bang instead of petering out until there's just two groups of guys punching each other out in the desert to decide the fate of the Black Qhaganate lmao. If it's too much, tell me and I'll write a few normal warfare actions instead.))
Its a hard problem, it really is, i created the war system to make wars more granular and avoid having the entirety of the war determined by a single roll.
At the same time, the war system was also made to be streamlined and with giant damage numbers precisely to avoid dragging wars out, and i also understand that not everyone likes playing the war game. But its gotten bloated and drawn out, exactly what i wanted to avoid. And its only going to get more bloated with V2, i can already tell.
Since i can not come to a decision, i'll actually leave it up to others' opinion. Also regarding the war system in general.
Should i keep the war system around, in all its bloatedness? i will try to refine it for V2 but no guarantees.
Should i cut it entirely, go back to the old system?
Should i try to SERIOUSLY streamline the war system? Im thinking no unit types, no resupply, no special actions, no percentage health, meaning whatever an army rolls is the damage they deal and all armies get some hp and whoever is left at the end is the winner, taking whatever lands they occupied during the war.
The University has begun to put its plan of building a portal network into motion, starting off by connecting other branches of the University to the portal network, with the Lake Scar University being their first port of call, it is on neutral ground and not too far from the portal of the Waterstone Clan lands. While the University Branch in the HCE is closer, it is also a politically unstable region.
The University also wants to build a branch of the University in the Waterstone Clan lands, AROUND the existing portal. Roll to see whether the dwarves accept
During the war with the Dorathian Kingdom, many of the hamstermen fled to Sandpond, and now when they're returning, they find that the land that they used to call their own no longer belongs to the Shamans, infact the land of the Hamsterfolk Shamans has shrunk considerably due to that war, so the Shamans have decided to connect their seperate territories, claiming the entire stretch of land between their two territories for their own, including the remaining unclaimed part of the great river that is just to their west.
(EDIT damnit timeline stupidity, i tell others not to create time paradoxes and then im creating portals before the University is even founded?!? not setting a good example here >:()
Post by: TankKit on July 14, 2020, 02:27:38 pm
Post by: Strik3r on July 14, 2020, 02:36:54 pm
((It just needs to be refined and more allowing of creativity - if two nations are fighting with one offensive army vs one defensive army and the offensive army is down to a quarter of its original size while the defensive army is still mostly intact, for example, it makes no sense for the entire defensive army to not push the advantage just because its a defensive army, that's not how war works. Otherwise, I'd say you've done a pretty good job.))
((That was actually a part that was going to change in V2, you could switch forces between offence and defence at will... well almost. There would be an offensive force cap per faction, and others would just remain in "reserve" as defences.
But even if i dont go to an oversimplified system after the Third Crusade, i might go to a straight damage system anyway, the math is easier to understand and i want to keep things as simple as possbile.
Im also thinking a move away from just d20... but again, im unsure about all of this.
How would Defence work in a straight damage system? Damn if i know.))
Post by: Unraveller on July 14, 2020, 02:56:40 pm
Year 318.7
The seas swell deep beneath the floating continent of Dragolia, ever so often licking at the deep bedrock that extends to the reaches below, yet all the while out of reach. To this, to the secluded jagged shore overlooking the descent into the ocean, and the west beyond it, Grøþhväld remains secluded, pondering the many metaphors of this sea toward his kin. With the Immortal dragons cast out upon the land, the Copper Wyrm languishes, *'What unity hast this world?'*
His brothers and sisters, those of stone scales and everlasting hearts, they beset themselves unto the land and toy with mortal kind, consumed in their own vanity and superiority.
Tarhar, amdist the Bleg, seeing all as his play pen.
Aurehia, amidst the Jahtari, seeks naught but a hoard, her greed must surely be her downfall.
The pride of Irahan, fool that he is.
The young Svikeðla, the amethyst drake of the arcane, too curious and immature for their own good. North of the twin isles lies his cloister of but a few close knit dragons, 'For thee I worry.'
Else, the crystalline Sjávarorm, alone in her lake to the west, merely a detestable hunter, no different than those the lizardmen call, 'Jahtgaro.'
To each and all of these fellow dragonkind, Grøþhväld bore great grudges, some ran far deeper than others. They lacked the visions that consumed him, of grand days of tranquility among the lands, and Age of civilization, and putting together all the mysteries still inherent within this world of theirs. To throw of the yoke of gods, and bring mortals under a banner of gold, together as one.
It was however, these visions that clouded the metallic dragon's mind, and his awarness. Considerably had the enclave shrunk in size, many of the lesser dragons had all but vanished in the dark places of the crags. Perhaps they sought to be admired elsewhere, perhaps they grew tires of Grøþhväld's prattling. Or perhaps. . . They were all but consumed. . .
A thick haze of rot clings to the air surrounding the entire lake, like that of a dark barrier unable to be passed by the chosen few. Hising away their vile acts, hiding away their black ambition.
"Επιστάτα. . ." rumbles so the lord of the Vasilikos, his voice along sifting the firmament if their isles, yet is soft and well mannered all the while. "Wise art thee, among mine kin." To the slab of stone from which the Whire Cobra lay did Basileus lower its now gold adorned head. Bands yet more of bronze hung loose about its neck, as if to command to all the world his evolution is not yet complete.
To her, the Elysium Serpent, her emperor is a goliath, having grown little in the intervening years, nor the entourage of Vasilikos whom share her sentiments.
Honeyed words continue to flow into her through her crest emblazoned body, disarming the humble snake. "I tire of mine people's lust of blood, and hunger of flesh. Truly can never they be slaked?" Slit eyes perk up from around the lord, many greater serpents raise their ridged brows from upon their Sun swept perches.
"Blessed are the peacemakers, Επιστάτα, envoy of our kind. Go unto the Bleg once more, as you had years ago, make yourself known to them, feel that which they feel, learn the ways of their people and what lies within. Only then may we know of them, and only then may we be at peace."
The White Cobra finds herself lured into Basileus' deceit. Perhaps it is his imposing size, and commanding presence. Perhaps it is her strange, childlike nature within. . . "I will do this o' lord of mine kin." She speaks in a meek tone, "For our sake and for the sake of all." With that she bows her wide flared head and slithers off the isle, by way of the west, taking but a few serpents along for the journey.
Again she seeks to merely talk with the feline folk, perhaps even enter their lands under supervision and show to them all that even the Vasilikos, or rather, 'Jahtgaro', are but fleeting mortal souls as they. All the while, Basileus himself deigns merely to use her nature to spy upon those whom he will one day devour wholesale.
Quote from: King Zultan link=topic.176398.msg8165360#msg8165360 date=1594388124
Year 312.3: With the appearance of the giant snake wanting to speak to them made some of the Bleg realize that maybe not all of the snakes were monsters, and with that realization the Bleg decided it the snake came again they would be more willing to hear it out.
(( This is of course despite their renewed cautious efforts. ))
Post by: Strik3r on July 15, 2020, 07:38:38 am
News from the battlefield
(Year 318.5)
The BLACK QHANGANATE goes
ALL IN!
"Everybody dies"
Initial health:
The Great Diplomatic Army (Army Coalition) (127,375%)
vs.
The Black Qhanganate (Army Coalition) (110,75%) +2 Attack
The Black Qhanganate attacks The Great Diplomatic Army, ALL IN!
The battle started off with caution from both sides, neither knew what to expect. With the raging sandstorm, the visibility was terrible but one could still occasionally catch a glimpse of the desert sun in the sky. Both of the massed armies met on the field of battle with a hail of cannon fire, arrows and magic spells from both sides, but both armies stood strong in the face of the assault, with the Black Qhanganate taking some ground from the Great Diplomatic Army, at the cost many lives.
(The Black Qhanganate attacked The Great Diplomatic Army dealing 12% damage and taking 5,5% damage in return. The Great Diplomatic Army has 115,375% army health remaining and The Black Qhanganate has 105,25% army health remaining.)
The Black Qhanganate attacks The Great Diplomatic Army, ALL IN!
As Chagatai's army pushed deeper into enemy territory, the Desert Shades and the Vipers struck them from behind with a vicious assault in the crimson light of the setting sun. The armies of Chagatai were surrounded, he thought he had his flanks guarded but the guerrillas kept harassing him from the rear and pulling back before the enemy could mount a proper counterattack, but their attacks were risky and often left them vulnerable, causing them to lose many warriors in the process. Chagatai and the Black Qhanganate had been forced back.
(The Black Qhanganate attacked The Great Diplomatic Army dealing 18% damage and taking 40% damage in return. The Great Diplomatic Army has 97,375% army health remaining and The Black Qhanganate has 65,25% army health remaining.)
The Black Qhanganate attacks The Great Diplomatic Army, ALL IN!
Chagatai's retribution was swift and merciless, with caution thrown to the wind, he concentrated his army into a spearhead, a spike to drive deep into his enemies. And as the sky flashed in bright green for just a moment as the sun passed beyond the horizon, their army charged. The Great Diplomatic army expected Chagatai to retreat but instead they charged forward in full force, and the Great Diplomatic Army was utterly unprepared for it.
(The Black Qhanganate attacked The Great Diplomatic Army dealing 67,5% damage and taking 10,5% damage in return. The Great Diplomatic Army has 29,875% army health remaining and The Black Qhanganate has 54,75% army health remaining.)
The Black Qhanganate attacks The Great Diplomatic Army, ALL IN!
Magic spells, cannonfire and the crimson flames of the Chaos Dragons all mixed in the night to create a light show from hell, but the darkness made it impossible to see the enemy, both sides relied on enemy fire to aim their attacks or pure luck, many a spell, cannon and fireball found its mark regardless, but neither side truly came out on top.
(The Black Qhanganate attacked The Great Diplomatic Army dealing 16,25% damage and taking 12% damage in return. The Great Diplomatic Army has 13,625% army health remaining and The Black Qhanganate has 42,75% army health remaining.)
The Black Qhanganate attacks The Great Diplomatic Army, ALL IN!
As the golden light of the morning sun peeked from beyond the horizon in the east, Chagatai's army had been reduced to less than half its size, but The Great Diplomatic army had been reduced to a fraction.
Chagatai, seeing victory in sight ordered his vastly superior army to charge, but the warriors of The Great Diplomatic army had nothing left to lose, knowing what remains of their lives is measured in hours, at most.
The Great Diplomatic Army decided to take as many of their enemies to the grave with them as possible, having entirely forgotten the reason that they had come to this land in the first place.
What was left of the The Great Diplomatic Army fought the Army of the BLack Qhanganate fiercely, far more fiercely than Chagatai had expected. But it was too late to back out now.
(The Black Qhanganate attacked The Great Diplomatic Army dealing 70% damage and taking 59,5% damage in return. The Great Diplomatic Army has -56,375% army health remaining and The Black Qhanganate has -16,75% army health remaining.)
And at the end when both armies had been ground to dust and Chagatai's great mount, last of the Chaos Dragons in south, crashed into the desert dunes that were covered in uncounted bodies and an soaked with an ocean's worth of blood and ichor and breathed its last and Chagatai, who was thrown from its back up high, landing next to the great beast, broken, was the war truly over.
As life was leaving Chagatai's body, he placed his hand onto the corrupted scales of his steed and looked toward the Golden Desert Sun, not the one far to the east, but the one just beyond the horizon in the north, the one that cast its brilliant light to the clouds.
Chagatai's only thoughts were of how this war had been fought for naught, nothing was won, only lost. A war started by deception and fought for a purpose long forgotten. Well, someone did win this war, the one who refused to fight. A lone paladin sat again on the edge of the crater that formed the Golden Light's cradle, his destiny fulfilled. To make the world bright where it had been dark before. No satisfaction filled him, only sorrow for all those whose lives were senselessly wasted in this empty war, including the lives of his friends. No justice could be delivered to those that started this war, they had been slain already. Although his destiny was fulfilled, he made it his duty to keep alive the memories of those that perished in the war, as did the Golden Light, with the crystals that grow from all those that died in her light, containing the memories of the dead.
"He will sit on the golden throne of this land as was promised to him" "If not today, then tomorrow.". A new day was dawning, "tomorrow" had come.
What will become of the Black Qhanganate or the remnants of the Red Court is yet to be seen.
After the war, the world has entered a period of uneasy peace. The greenskins seem to have at last turned back and returned to their lands, The Eye of Chaos, in its frightful crimson light seems ever more terrifying to the Sharkmen and the hunger of the Vasilikos for the blood of the Bleg seems to have subsided, for now at least.
The Golden Light wished only for peace, and even those who could not see her brilliant golden light could hear her plea, not one spoken in words but in feelings that each understood.
All active wars have concluded.
Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/zcTAoBa.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/P57idJ5.png)
((Okay, now to write the rest of the update :P Yes you can keep posting, i'll be playing catch-up anyway. An update might not even come today. Writing this took the wind out of me.))
(Year 318.5)
The BLACK QHANGANATE goes
ALL IN!
"Everybody dies"
Initial health:
The Great Diplomatic Army (Army Coalition) (127,375%)
vs.
The Black Qhanganate (Army Coalition) (110,75%) +2 Attack
The Black Qhanganate attacks The Great Diplomatic Army, ALL IN!
Code: [Select]
The Black Qhanganate 2d20=(10+2=12)+(18+0=18)
vs.
The Great Diplomatic Army 2d20=(11+0=11)+(16+0=16)
The battle started off with caution from both sides, neither knew what to expect. With the raging sandstorm, the visibility was terrible but one could still occasionally catch a glimpse of the desert sun in the sky. Both of the massed armies met on the field of battle with a hail of cannon fire, arrows and magic spells from both sides, but both armies stood strong in the face of the assault, with the Black Qhanganate taking some ground from the Great Diplomatic Army, at the cost many lives.
(The Black Qhanganate attacked The Great Diplomatic Army dealing 12% damage and taking 5,5% damage in return. The Great Diplomatic Army has 115,375% army health remaining and The Black Qhanganate has 105,25% army health remaining.)
The Black Qhanganate attacks The Great Diplomatic Army, ALL IN!
Code: [Select]
The Black Qhanganate 2d20=(4+2=6)+(4+0=4)
vs.
The Great Diplomatic Army 2d20=(10+0=10)+(8+0=8)
As Chagatai's army pushed deeper into enemy territory, the Desert Shades and the Vipers struck them from behind with a vicious assault in the crimson light of the setting sun. The armies of Chagatai were surrounded, he thought he had his flanks guarded but the guerrillas kept harassing him from the rear and pulling back before the enemy could mount a proper counterattack, but their attacks were risky and often left them vulnerable, causing them to lose many warriors in the process. Chagatai and the Black Qhanganate had been forced back.
(The Black Qhanganate attacked The Great Diplomatic Army dealing 18% damage and taking 40% damage in return. The Great Diplomatic Army has 97,375% army health remaining and The Black Qhanganate has 65,25% army health remaining.)
The Black Qhanganate attacks The Great Diplomatic Army, ALL IN!
Code: [Select]
The Black Qhanganate 2d20=(13+2=15)+(6+0=6)
vs.
The Great Diplomatic Army 2d20=(3+0=3)+(2+0=2)
Chagatai's retribution was swift and merciless, with caution thrown to the wind, he concentrated his army into a spearhead, a spike to drive deep into his enemies. And as the sky flashed in bright green for just a moment as the sun passed beyond the horizon, their army charged. The Great Diplomatic army expected Chagatai to retreat but instead they charged forward in full force, and the Great Diplomatic Army was utterly unprepared for it.
(The Black Qhanganate attacked The Great Diplomatic Army dealing 67,5% damage and taking 10,5% damage in return. The Great Diplomatic Army has 29,875% army health remaining and The Black Qhanganate has 54,75% army health remaining.)
The Black Qhanganate attacks The Great Diplomatic Army, ALL IN!
Code: [Select]
Modifiers:
The Black Qhanganate 2d20=(3+2=5)+(4+0=4)
vs.
The Great Diplomatic Army 2d20=(3+0=3)+(7+0=7)
Magic spells, cannonfire and the crimson flames of the Chaos Dragons all mixed in the night to create a light show from hell, but the darkness made it impossible to see the enemy, both sides relied on enemy fire to aim their attacks or pure luck, many a spell, cannon and fireball found its mark regardless, but neither side truly came out on top.
(The Black Qhanganate attacked The Great Diplomatic Army dealing 16,25% damage and taking 12% damage in return. The Great Diplomatic Army has 13,625% army health remaining and The Black Qhanganate has 42,75% army health remaining.)
The Black Qhanganate attacks The Great Diplomatic Army, ALL IN!
Code: [Select]
Modifiers:
The Black Qhanganate 2d20=(18+2=20)+(3+0=3)
vs.
The Great Diplomatic Army 2d20=(14+0=14)+(6+0=6)
As the golden light of the morning sun peeked from beyond the horizon in the east, Chagatai's army had been reduced to less than half its size, but The Great Diplomatic army had been reduced to a fraction.
Chagatai, seeing victory in sight ordered his vastly superior army to charge, but the warriors of The Great Diplomatic army had nothing left to lose, knowing what remains of their lives is measured in hours, at most.
The Great Diplomatic Army decided to take as many of their enemies to the grave with them as possible, having entirely forgotten the reason that they had come to this land in the first place.
What was left of the The Great Diplomatic Army fought the Army of the BLack Qhanganate fiercely, far more fiercely than Chagatai had expected. But it was too late to back out now.
(The Black Qhanganate attacked The Great Diplomatic Army dealing 70% damage and taking 59,5% damage in return. The Great Diplomatic Army has -56,375% army health remaining and The Black Qhanganate has -16,75% army health remaining.)
And at the end when both armies had been ground to dust and Chagatai's great mount, last of the Chaos Dragons in south, crashed into the desert dunes that were covered in uncounted bodies and an soaked with an ocean's worth of blood and ichor and breathed its last and Chagatai, who was thrown from its back up high, landing next to the great beast, broken, was the war truly over.
As life was leaving Chagatai's body, he placed his hand onto the corrupted scales of his steed and looked toward the Golden Desert Sun, not the one far to the east, but the one just beyond the horizon in the north, the one that cast its brilliant light to the clouds.
Chagatai's only thoughts were of how this war had been fought for naught, nothing was won, only lost. A war started by deception and fought for a purpose long forgotten. Well, someone did win this war, the one who refused to fight. A lone paladin sat again on the edge of the crater that formed the Golden Light's cradle, his destiny fulfilled. To make the world bright where it had been dark before. No satisfaction filled him, only sorrow for all those whose lives were senselessly wasted in this empty war, including the lives of his friends. No justice could be delivered to those that started this war, they had been slain already. Although his destiny was fulfilled, he made it his duty to keep alive the memories of those that perished in the war, as did the Golden Light, with the crystals that grow from all those that died in her light, containing the memories of the dead.
"He will sit on the golden throne of this land as was promised to him" "If not today, then tomorrow.". A new day was dawning, "tomorrow" had come.
What will become of the Black Qhanganate or the remnants of the Red Court is yet to be seen.
After the war, the world has entered a period of uneasy peace. The greenskins seem to have at last turned back and returned to their lands, The Eye of Chaos, in its frightful crimson light seems ever more terrifying to the Sharkmen and the hunger of the Vasilikos for the blood of the Bleg seems to have subsided, for now at least.
The Golden Light wished only for peace, and even those who could not see her brilliant golden light could hear her plea, not one spoken in words but in feelings that each understood.
All active wars have concluded.
Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/zcTAoBa.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/P57idJ5.png)
((Okay, now to write the rest of the update :P Yes you can keep posting, i'll be playing catch-up anyway. An update might not even come today. Writing this took the wind out of me.))
Post by: TankKit on July 15, 2020, 08:10:42 am
As the sun rose on the people of the Black Qhaganate and the Red Court, a new army arrived: The Army of Qhagan Gharlor the 2nd, 4th son of the Gharlor that saved his people from Khagatai, had come. He was not nearly as competent as his father when it came to military matters, but he was a clever diplomat and a determined administrator nonetheless, with the support of the rest of the reigning Qhagans, the military and his own people. With their armys completely annihilated by their leaders reckless warring and their spirits shattered, it quickly became clear that there would be no truly dangerous resistance to his rule. A few surviving generals tried to organise militias against him, but they were killed by their own militias as much as they were killed by Gharlors forces, and many of the higher ranking governmental officials were forced to simply flee to one of the neighbouring nations for help. When his army finally reached the Red Court he met some organised resistance, but even that crumbled away and he was eventually allowed into the capital itself. The people of the Red Court didn't necessarily want him as a ruler like many of the slugmen to their west did - they simply couldn't resist him even if they wanted to.
Proclaiming the rebirth of the Sandstone Qhaganate and ruling as Head Qhagan with the support of the rest of the Qhagan Council, Gharlor the 2nd has taken over the lands of the greatly weakened Red Court and the Black Qhaganate practically without a fight. While it remains to be seen if he will be able to keep control over this vast land when its people have recovered from the crusade, he has for now dedicated his efforts to organising a slow, orderly migration bringing all willing people from his eastern lands back to their homeland, as well as creating a more official, organised system of governance for the old lands of the Sandstone Qhaganate. This will take years to complete, and a portion of his people will no doubt insist on staying in the east and continuing their own small nation, but Gharlor is eager to prove himself as a ruler and determined to ensure the prosperity of these lands. He just hopes that dissent doesn't start rising before he can finish his reforms...
Post by: Unraveller on July 15, 2020, 08:12:57 am
Post by: King Zultan on July 15, 2020, 08:19:58 am
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 15, 2020, 08:31:19 am
The uninfected left in Thairmar heard of the war’s conclusion, and of the new light crystals. Some expeditions are sent out to where the light crystals are so some can be brought to Thairmar to hopefully cure some of those still infected with the Purple Leaf Disease. Roll for how well this goes. Roll for how many Thairmar citizens decide to stay in the area where the light crystals are. Roll for if any infected citizens follow on these journeys, and if any do, how much of the groups they infect
Post by: auzewasright on July 15, 2020, 09:36:40 am
The Streamlanders mourned the loss of their king, Ælfræd Gūþendiende (literal title translation: Alfred the Warending). They requested the return of the bodies of him and his men, and build a Mausoleum in Portun so that he may be interred and remembered as the man who fought to bring about a new kingdom of light. A monument to the Great Diplomatic Army is set up in Streamland, Zalalstan, and The Golden Kingdom; as they fought to end a war that could not be ended peacefully after all.
However, there is one event coming in a few years to celebrate: with the anniversary of humanity coming up, The Second Pan-Human Conference/Celebration will happen in 329
(Note: as Streamland uses a base-12 system, the anniversary of humanity comes every 144 years)
Post by: IncompetentFortressMaker on July 15, 2020, 11:40:17 am
The few survivors of the Vanishmountain Hailstorm really haven't been doing much, just eating rocks and drinking water. So they decide they'd better get on with trying to make their sky-island ambition come true. Doing that, however, would require sneaking onto - and commandeering - a sky-ship for their own uses, then filling it with everything one needs to make a floating island, and then actually building said island. It's rather nightmarish for what can't be more than thirty dwarves or so living at the base of the remains of that mountain. After some pondering, they decide to commandeer the most well-known sky-ship (well-known to them that is), with or without permission. There's a problem, though: none of them have any idea how to get to said sky-ship, let alone fly it. Roll for how well the band of survivors navigate throughout their journey.
((let's see what kind of insanity this cooks up... just hopefully not another war :|, we already have one in these few decades already))
((I'm pretty sure the owners of that sky-ship won't be happy if the survivors in question sneak off with it))
Post by: TamerVirus on July 15, 2020, 12:49:24 pm
The lone kani-collou looks at the crowd of Moss Trolls. Not just a blank stare, but a message.
Words begin flooding the thoughts of the Moss Trolls, seemly transmitted telepathically!
WE were born
WE had left
WE will return
WE will build
GIVE or TAKE
And with that ultimatum, the lone kani-collou disappears beneath the waves, leaving the Moss Troll observers frightened and confused.
This island was where the eggs of Piyerta-collou washed ashore almost a hundred years ago.
It appears that the kani-collou want the island for themselves!
How do the Moss Trolls react to this demand?
Post by: Strik3r on July 16, 2020, 07:19:11 am
Notices and Summary:
I had to dig back over 150 years to find the original glyph for the Sandstone Qhanganate And it made me realize how much the game has changed since then. The map system is over 25 times as complex, but half as difficult to update. I thank each and every one of you for every year that is added to this world and every turn that is made.
Also i made another little modification to the map system... see if you can spot it ;).
Day 2 of update:
Today was a slow day, with seemingly nothing getting done. I also seem to have hit a bit of a writer's block.
TURNS:
(TankKit, Year 318.5)
The High Elves research the idea of a spirit realm and its usefulness in making portals but hit a deadlock situation where they can neither access one nor have a way to know whether one exists.
The Black Qhanganate went all in the war, both armies were destroyed. The Golden Kingdom was formed in the wake of the war by Rheis Veirn.
(Strik3r, YEAR 318.6)
The University connects the Lake Scar branch to the Arcane Portal Network.
The University proposes a branch in the Waterstone Clan lands, but the Dwarves refuse because they're already working on one large project
Hamsterfolk Shamans claim the land between their territories and then some extra.
(Unraveller, Year 318.7)
Grøþhväld is lost in his dreams, his Enclave slowly shrinking, presumably being consumed by the Vasilikos.
Locations of two other Immortal Dragons are now known:
Svikeðla, Arcane Amethyst Dragon, North of the Vasilikos' Islands. The Curious one.
Sjávarorm, Crystalline Dragon, unknown elemental affinity. Next to the lake in the west. The Huntress.
((Goddamnit, Unraveller your naming of these guys is much better than mine MUCH better. I don't suppose i could ask that you give the other three more appropriate names too? After all, the names they have now are probably given to them by those of other races, they PROBABLY have true names from when they still lived in the Elder Council of Dragolia's lands,))
Επιστάτα, The White Cobra attempts to speak with the Bleg again and this time she is reluctantly allowed into the Blegs' land as an Envoy for the Vasilikos.
(TankKit, Year 319)
The Sandstone Qhanganate is reborn under Gharlor the 2nd, taking both the Red Court and Black Qhanganate with little resistance.
((i still dont know why everyone wants the Sandstone Qhanganate back... Besides, would anyone alive in the world right now even know of the existence of said nation?))
(King Zultan, Year 319.1)
A crack in the earth is slowly spreading underneath the University, unbeknownst to the Magi within.
(Naturegirl1999, Year 319.2)
Thairmar sends out expeditions for Light Crystals, They are highly successful in bringing back a large number of them and using them to cure the infection in Thairmar.
Some of the people that went along with the expeditions decide to stay in the Golden Kingdom permanently.
Many people on te expeditions were infected themselves, but could not infect many people before being cured or succumbing to the disease.
(auzewasright, Year 318.5-320)
Streamlanders build a Mausoleum in Portun in which king Ælfræd Gūþendiende, who was killed in the Third Crusade would be interred.
A monument to the Great Diplomatic Army is set up in Streamland, Zalalstan, and The Golden Kingdom.
(IncompetentFortressMaker, Year 320.2)
The surviving dwarves of the Vanishmountain incident decide to finally get to building a sky island, figure that they need a Sky-Ship for it.
The Jahtari Sky-Ship's wasn't going to give the Sky-Ship to the dwarves, so they sneakily took it while the crew was out.
Turns out they're really good at flying the thing.
(TamerVirus ,Year 320.3)
kani-collou demand an island from the Moss Trolls. However, Moss Trolls do not react well to the demands at all, and quickly form a militia to defend it should the crab-people really attack.
(STRIK3R ,YEAR 320.5, Update)
A prediction of the pattern in which the northern half of Dragolia will break apart is made by the Magi of the University.
The predicted date of The Shattering of Dragolia is put around from Year 350 to 370.
WORLD STATE:
Moon Tower construction has finally progressed.
The Waterstone Clan's digging project has progressed, they are nearing completion.
Zalalstan's Sky-Ship's and Skydock's construction has progressed.
Rolls
I had to dig back over 150 years to find the original glyph for the Sandstone Qhanganate And it made me realize how much the game has changed since then. The map system is over 25 times as complex, but half as difficult to update. I thank each and every one of you for every year that is added to this world and every turn that is made.
Also i made another little modification to the map system... see if you can spot it ;).
Day 2 of update:
Today was a slow day, with seemingly nothing getting done. I also seem to have hit a bit of a writer's block.
TURNS:
(TankKit, Year 318.5)
The High Elves research the idea of a spirit realm and its usefulness in making portals but hit a deadlock situation where they can neither access one nor have a way to know whether one exists.
The Black Qhanganate went all in the war, both armies were destroyed. The Golden Kingdom was formed in the wake of the war by Rheis Veirn.
(Strik3r, YEAR 318.6)
The University connects the Lake Scar branch to the Arcane Portal Network.
The University proposes a branch in the Waterstone Clan lands, but the Dwarves refuse because they're already working on one large project
Hamsterfolk Shamans claim the land between their territories and then some extra.
(Unraveller, Year 318.7)
Grøþhväld is lost in his dreams, his Enclave slowly shrinking, presumably being consumed by the Vasilikos.
Locations of two other Immortal Dragons are now known:
Svikeðla, Arcane Amethyst Dragon, North of the Vasilikos' Islands. The Curious one.
Sjávarorm, Crystalline Dragon, unknown elemental affinity. Next to the lake in the west. The Huntress.
((Goddamnit, Unraveller your naming of these guys is much better than mine MUCH better. I don't suppose i could ask that you give the other three more appropriate names too? After all, the names they have now are probably given to them by those of other races, they PROBABLY have true names from when they still lived in the Elder Council of Dragolia's lands,))
Επιστάτα, The White Cobra attempts to speak with the Bleg again and this time she is reluctantly allowed into the Blegs' land as an Envoy for the Vasilikos.
(TankKit, Year 319)
The Sandstone Qhanganate is reborn under Gharlor the 2nd, taking both the Red Court and Black Qhanganate with little resistance.
((i still dont know why everyone wants the Sandstone Qhanganate back... Besides, would anyone alive in the world right now even know of the existence of said nation?))
(King Zultan, Year 319.1)
A crack in the earth is slowly spreading underneath the University, unbeknownst to the Magi within.
(Naturegirl1999, Year 319.2)
Thairmar sends out expeditions for Light Crystals, They are highly successful in bringing back a large number of them and using them to cure the infection in Thairmar.
Some of the people that went along with the expeditions decide to stay in the Golden Kingdom permanently.
Many people on te expeditions were infected themselves, but could not infect many people before being cured or succumbing to the disease.
(auzewasright, Year 318.5-320)
Streamlanders build a Mausoleum in Portun in which king Ælfræd Gūþendiende, who was killed in the Third Crusade would be interred.
A monument to the Great Diplomatic Army is set up in Streamland, Zalalstan, and The Golden Kingdom.
(IncompetentFortressMaker, Year 320.2)
The surviving dwarves of the Vanishmountain incident decide to finally get to building a sky island, figure that they need a Sky-Ship for it.
The Jahtari Sky-Ship's wasn't going to give the Sky-Ship to the dwarves, so they sneakily took it while the crew was out.
Turns out they're really good at flying the thing.
(TamerVirus ,Year 320.3)
kani-collou demand an island from the Moss Trolls. However, Moss Trolls do not react well to the demands at all, and quickly form a militia to defend it should the crab-people really attack.
(STRIK3R ,YEAR 320.5, Update)
A prediction of the pattern in which the northern half of Dragolia will break apart is made by the Magi of the University.
The predicted date of The Shattering of Dragolia is put around from Year 350 to 370.
WORLD STATE:
Moon Tower construction has finally progressed.
The Waterstone Clan's digging project has progressed, they are nearing completion.
Zalalstan's Sky-Ship's and Skydock's construction has progressed.
Rolls
The High Elves research the idea of a spirit realm and its usefulness in making portals
Code: [Select]
1d20=9There's a bit of a deadlock situation regarding the usage of a spirit realm to make portals.The High-Elves do not not know how to access a spirit world because they do not know if spirit worlds actually exist, and if they do, how do they work.
And they don't know whether a spirit world exists or how do they work because they've been unable to access one.
Spirit energy is complicated and what can be done with it, is vast.
The High-Elves thus conclude that the best way to resolve the deadlock is to try and discover whether there is anything in THIS world that can already access a spirit world or comes from one natively.
Or they can just keep trying via trial and error, trying to open a gateway to a spirit world.
The University proposes a branch in the Waterstone Clan lands
Code: [Select]
1d20=7Despite starting to show interest in magic, the Dwarves are already working on one large project, thus turn down the University's offer because working on the University branch now would slow down their work on their digging efforts. Hoowever once their digging is finished they may consider undertaking the construction of an university.
Επιστάτα, The White Cobra attempts to speak with the Bleg, again.
Code: [Select]
1d20=14After the Blegs' first encounter with the White Cobra, some of them seem to have mellowed out a bit, willingly letting the Elysian Serpent among them and even vouching for her, to let her act as an envoy for the Vasilikos. But that is only some of the Bleg, most of them are still distrustful of the Vasilikos, even of the White Cobra, as beautiful and disarming as she looks and makes herself appear. Especially now, with the watchful eyes of Tahar's Enclave watching over the Bleg, is she too closely and constantly watched by the Black Dragon and his fellows, to the point she can hardly move her tail, without the drake that is at the time assigned to watch her, taking notice, with the "watcher" being rotated out twice a day, and having its own overwatch... To make things worse, Tahar has insisted that one of his dragons will accompany her back to her lands, should she ever leave as an envoy of their own and as Tahar brutally and honestly admitted: "To test the truth of her kind words that she speaks of her kind in."She figures Tahar and his Enclave must either be very bored, incredibly paranoid or highly fascinated by her if they have the resources to spare to watch her and the few Vasilikos with her.
They even watch her when she sleeps, something she's not been getting all that much of recently, getting only intermittent sleep and waking up frequently in the middle of it. And she's been told by some of the Blog that are fond of her that she at times makes noises ENTIRELY unlike what a snake should make while sleeping, that is, none. However, she doesn't remember any of these dreams, or many at all.
The continued cracking of Dragolia
Code: [Select]
1d20=13The crack underneath the University spreads some way, if the magi in the University were aware of it, it would be a cause for some concern, however its not enough to split the ground open quite yet or cause a massive sinkhole.Thairmar's expedition to acquire Light Crystals
Code: [Select]
1d20=18+14+18+4Acquiring Light Crystals isnt exactly difficult, they just lie out there in the open, ready for the taking and nobody is stopping them from taking the crystals, especially if for the purpose of curing the disease. Those sent from Thairmar to acquire Light Crystals are able to bring back an impressive amount of them, which they've used to significantly beat back the disease in Thairmar.
Some of the people that went along with the expeditions decide to stay in the Golden Kingdom permanently.
A great many of those that went on the expeditions were infected themselves, perhaps hoping for some kind of salvation. They do not manage to infect many that are uninfected, either being cured or in the worse case, becoming incapacitated before they can infect anyone.
Vanishmountain Dwarves attempt to commandeer and sail a sky-ship
Code: [Select]
1d20=11+20!The lizardman captain would not in a thousand years allow the dwarves to use his ship, but that didn't really stop them. The Crew of the Jahtari Sky-Ship has a bad habit of leaving the ship almost entirely unwatched when going on shore-leave, probably thinking that nobody would be able to steal it and fly it. Oh how wrong they were, the dwarves of Vanishmountain easily figured out how to release the ship from its moorings when it was docked at Streamland's Skydock. And flying it was a cake-walk for the dwarves, maybe because part of the ship is apparently dwarven in design, the work of many people went into building that ship. In fact the dwarves probably fly the ship better than the Jahtari do!And with it being the ONLY Sky-Ship in operation right now, they will have free reign of the skies for probably a very long time. Now they just need to figure out how to make a floating island...
The ship is gigantic, and probably could move a small floating island by itself, perhaps if a tug system, magical or otherwise, could be jury-rigged onto the ship, a floating island may be constructed by tugging a bunch of seperate pieces of floating earth to a location and merging them to make a larger floating island. And the hold of the ship is big enough to carry an entire small island's worth of dirt and still fly. If said dirt could only be made to float...
Currently the dwarves are circling in the sky with the ship, high above the Moss Troll islands.
(Lets not screw around too long, heres the sky-ship, lol.)
Moss Troll's reaction to the kani-collou's demands
Code: [Select]
1d20=1!The Moss Trolls dont react well, at all. This may the first time the Moss Trolls have been truly angry, but this incident has revealed something within the Moss Trolls that has thus far been hidden. They're normally quite friendly but are incredibly protective of things that they feel "belong" to them, what ever those things may be. The Moss Trolls have organized something resembling a military due to the nature of the threat, with the general sentiment being that they don't really want to fight the crab-people, but the island is THEIR island, and they will fight to protect it, if they have to.YEAR 320.5
Ever since the magi became aware of the calamity awaiting the northern half of dragolia, calling it "The Shattering of Dragolia", they have been trying to predict the scale, nature and timing of the imminent disaster.
Using some Spirit-based Clairvoyance spells and some mathematics, the mages have created a map, a rough approximation of the pattern in which Dragolia will shatter:
(https://i.imgur.com/BfGaYYa.png)
(The Green lines indicate where the boundaries of the islands will form.)
From this, some things may be ascertained:
The Scar will be the primary epicenter of the shattering, with the inland sea below Elysium serving as a secondary one, for reasons unknown.
The resulting islands will consist of a mixture of large, very large and small islands. Most of the Largest islands will be on the northern half. Some of the larger islands may undergo secondary fracturing in the years following the shattering, some islands may drop into the ocean and below the waves, or may disintegrate completely.
The islands are not expected to form along the clean, straight lines depicted, but rather form ragged and jagged borders. The Clairvoyance spells are not able to peer beyond the unpredictableness of chaos.
Some Nations will face damage from the event:
The University's lands will be split down the middle, however the main University itself is expected to survive, even if taking some damage. However, the half without the University will likely not survive long alone.
Some splits will occur in the Avarrian Empires lands, but as the birdmen are capable of flight, how much this affects them depends on how much the islands will move vertically.
The lands of the Blood Elves and the Brudines are the ones that will likely suffer the most.
The Largest remaining landmass on the northern half of dragolia will be the plains and forests west of Elysium. For some reason, every prediction says that area will be largely unaffected by The Shattering.
However, all landmasses will likely suffer some damage and shrink from colliding with others. But beyond that, the islands are not expected to move significantly horizontally during formation.
The Shattering will be a single, large calamitous event rather than a slow cracking of the land as the island is expected to shatter when the internal stresses build up beyond the breaking point, and when the first crack forms, it will propagate throughout the continent in a matter of days, breaking apart the entire northern half of the continent.
With the rate of the fractures forming currently, the event is expected to occur somewhere between 30 and 50 years from now.
Do note that due to how far off the event is, the predictions may not be entirely accurate, The Great Scar University welcomes all scholars and magi alike to make predictions of their own.
Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/vJr97cP.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/viAWgrT.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/vJr97cP.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/viAWgrT.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: Unraveller on July 16, 2020, 07:50:21 am
Post by: TankKit on July 16, 2020, 08:29:25 am
((i still dont know why everyone wants the Sandstone Qhanganate back... Besides, would anyone alive in the world right now even know of the existence of said nation?))((Yes. It's only been roughly a century and a half since it fell, it was quite large, and in very rare cases the sons of those who were alive before it fell will even still be alive today, as some of the oldest living slugmen. Oppressed cultures don't tend to give up on past glories very easily.
Also, the legend still shows the Black Qhaganate and I think the Encyclopedia is outdated in some areas?))
Year 321
Undeterred, King Eamonn decides to continue with trial and error. If the High Elves have to rely on others for their travel to this theoretical spirit realm, then that would render this whole endeavour pointless!
Elsewhere, the Free Cities of Dalai are experiencing a true golden age! War and disease had devastated many of the realms of the western continent, but a series of clever policies and competent choices in regards to the ongoing wars and diseases had allowed the nation to experience a significant growth in population and an abundance of wealth. For the most part this has been invested into infrastructure and the navy, but now a considerable amount of funds have been dedicated to colonising further inland. After several years of this, all of the land the Free Cities of Dalai control is connected and the nation has expanded considerably.
Post by: Strik3r on July 16, 2020, 08:33:23 am
((i still dont know why everyone wants the Sandstone Qhanganate back... Besides, would anyone alive in the world right now even know of the existence of said nation?))((Yes. It's only been roughly a century and a half since it fell, it was quite large, and in very rare cases the sons of those who were alive before it fell will even still be alive today, as some of the oldest living slugmen. Oppressed cultures don't tend to give up on past glories very easily.
Also, the legend still shows the Black Qhaganate and I think the Encyclopedia is outdated in some areas?))
((Damnit, i knew i'd forgotten something, and here i was thinking that i wouldn't need to update the legend this time.
Also, yeah i think the Encyclopedia is a bit outdated in some areas, but i cant figure out where that is, right now.))
Post by: auzewasright on July 16, 2020, 10:34:26 am
((Would the Third Crusade count as a major historical event? Considering it was about twenty years of for the most part constant fighting that destroyed two fairly important countries (unless the Red Court still exists in exile at the university or somewhere like there)))((i still dont know why everyone wants the Sandstone Qhanganate back... Besides, would anyone alive in the world right now even know of the existence of said nation?))((Yes. It's only been roughly a century and a half since it fell, it was quite large, and in very rare cases the sons of those who were alive before it fell will even still be alive today, as some of the oldest living slugmen. Oppressed cultures don't tend to give up on past glories very easily.
Also, the legend still shows the Black Qhaganate and I think the Encyclopedia is outdated in some areas?))
((Damnit, i knew i'd forgotten something, and here i was thinking that i wouldn't need to update the legend this time.
Also, yeah i think the Encyclopedia is a bit outdated in some areas, but i cant figure out where that is, right now.))
Post by: Strik3r on July 16, 2020, 10:38:08 am
((Would the Third Crusade count as a major historical event? Considering it was about twenty years of for the most part constant fighting that destroyed two fairly important countries (unless the Red Court still exists in exile at the university or somewhere like there)))((i still dont know why everyone wants the Sandstone Qhanganate back... Besides, would anyone alive in the world right now even know of the existence of said nation?))((Yes. It's only been roughly a century and a half since it fell, it was quite large, and in very rare cases the sons of those who were alive before it fell will even still be alive today, as some of the oldest living slugmen. Oppressed cultures don't tend to give up on past glories very easily.
Also, the legend still shows the Black Qhaganate and I think the Encyclopedia is outdated in some areas?))
((Damnit, i knew i'd forgotten something, and here i was thinking that i wouldn't need to update the legend this time.
Also, yeah i think the Encyclopedia is a bit outdated in some areas, but i cant figure out where that is, right now.))
((Yeah, but i'll be entirely honest, i have no idea what to write there, it was a saga in and of itself, with no part of it unimportant.))
Post by: TamerVirus on July 16, 2020, 03:00:40 pm
However, the Moss Trolls had been prepared and they weren't gonna give things up without a fight. The local militia quickly muster a response to fend off the invasion. Farmers and merchants and other irregulars gather weapons and set off in defense of the homeland.
Conflict could not be avoided! Will the Moss Trolls fight off the invasion force? Will the kani-collou carve out a territory for themselves?
Post by: Strik3r on July 17, 2020, 06:22:13 am
Notices and Summary:
TURNS:
(TankKit, Year 321)
The High Elves try to open a gateway to a spirit world via trial and error and accidentally open a Chaos Rift.
Free Cities of Dalai has connected all of its lands.
(TamerVirus,Year 321.3)
The Kani-collou try to take an island from the Moss Trolls, but suddenly become demoralized and flee back to the seas.
(Strik3r, YEAR 320.5, UPDATE)
The Remnants of the Red Court have begun to build the White Tower on the coast north of Streamland.
The Leader of the Skinners will be at the The Second Pan-Human Conference and will Attempt to spread Anti-Non-Human sentiment amongst the leaders and nobles of human nations.
WORLD STATE:
Rolls
TURNS:
(TankKit, Year 321)
The High Elves try to open a gateway to a spirit world via trial and error and accidentally open a Chaos Rift.
Free Cities of Dalai has connected all of its lands.
(TamerVirus,Year 321.3)
The Kani-collou try to take an island from the Moss Trolls, but suddenly become demoralized and flee back to the seas.
(Strik3r, YEAR 320.5, UPDATE)
The Remnants of the Red Court have begun to build the White Tower on the coast north of Streamland.
The Leader of the Skinners will be at the The Second Pan-Human Conference and will Attempt to spread Anti-Non-Human sentiment amongst the leaders and nobles of human nations.
WORLD STATE:
Rolls
The High Elves try to open a gateway to a spirit world via trial and error
Code: [Select]
1d20=1!The High-Elves have succeeded, in the worst way possible! They have successfully achieved something that Theyrn Elros has been trying to do for over a century and has continually FAILED at! The High-Elves have somehow accidentally opened a Chaos Rift, from this side of the Veil of Chaos, something not even the Red Hallow cult has ever succeeded in doing even ONCE. Now they need to find a way to CLOSE it, before they're overrun by Aetherials and Chaos Knights, although basking too long in the light of Chaos will likely transfrom the Elves, there's a distinct chance that the Dark Elves may be reborn from this, or something else entirely.
But something was learned from this disaster: Spirit Worlds do exist, The Realm of Chaos technically is a Spirit World and as such, could be used as the backbone of a "Spirit Gate" network, IF it didn't disintegrate anyone who entered it and its inhabitants weren't so utterly hostile.
As to HOW this disaster happened? The best guess the High-Elves have is that they found a "back door" into the Realm of Chaos bypassing the Veil and accidentally "dialed" the Realm of Chaos by pure chance and misfortune directly opening a gateway straight into the Chaos Realm by error.
The Immortal Dragon that lives in the High-Elf lands seemingly wants nothing to do with the Chaos Rift, thus has relocated the Enclave to the east.
(A level 1 Chaos Dimensional Rift has opened in the High-Elf lands.)
Kani-collou vs. The Moss Trolls
Code: [Select]
Kani-collou 1d20=1!
The Moss Trolls 1d20=16
As soon as they reach the shores of the island that they intend to take, a sudden wave of hesitation and doubt washes over all of the Kani-collou, as if they all suddenly realized that they had committed a grave mistake.
Try as they might to rouse their fighting spirit, every swipe they took was with hesitation. The Moss Trolls, even if they dont want to fight anyone, will seemingly strike their enemies with unbridled fury if pushed and a rock-club swung by an angry moss troll, is lethal.
It did not take long for the ranks of the Kani-collou to shatter and for them to scatter and scramble back to the waves from where they came, The Moss Trolls didn't bother to chase any of the fleeing crabmen. And when the island had cleared of them, the Moss Trolls went back to doing whatever they were before. This was probably the shortest battle in the history of the world and one with the lowest number of casualties.
YEAR 320.5
The remnants of the Red Court and the mages of the University branch that is now within the lands of the Sandstone Qhanganate, have fled eastward, intending to build a new nation of Magi on the western continent with a new University, greater than The Great Scar University to serve as its center and its seat of power. But it wouldn't just be another university, but a great wizards' tower instead.
They have begun building their tower, the tower that they're calling the "White Tower", on the northern facing shores, north of the Kingdom of Streamland, from where they hope to acquire aid for the construction of the tower. Although the Magi are uncertain what name the new nation will bear, but it will likely take shape long before the completion of the White Tower, which they are builing floor by floor, so that it may be used as its built. A great amount of magic is used in its construction: Arcane Magic to move heavy objects, Earth Magic to shape the land to their liking, and much more.
((note: I will be rolling all of the turns related to The Second Pan-Human Conference/Celebration that will happen in 329 at once, when that date arrives. So if anyone wants to do anything with it, feel free.
Prefix it like this so that i have an easier time picking out the actions related to it.))
The Second Pan-Human Conference: The Leader of the Skinners will be at the The Second Pan-Human Conference and will Attempt to spread Anti-Non-Human sentiment amongst the leaders and nobles of human nations.
Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/QHG8lFg.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/wEb484h.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/QHG8lFg.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/wEb484h.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: King Zultan on July 17, 2020, 07:22:29 am
Post by: TamerVirus on July 17, 2020, 10:51:58 am
Year:321.9- As the Nordica and Eudenland prospers, The remnants of the lokhunder Bloodjarls have been quietly biding their time. Once a great maritime threat, they had been reduced to a local nuisance exiled from their home continent. Nevertheless, the Bloodjarls have been slowly assimilating unoccupied territory on the wispy thin peninsula that they found themselves occupying into their domain.
It's almost a miracle how the lokhunder bloodjarls have yet to provoke the enigmatic and isolated Firbolg Kingdom, a regional power that has mostly keep to themselves for hundreds of years
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 17, 2020, 11:12:15 am
Thairmar continues to try curing their population using light crystals.
Some even try stealing light crystals from bandits.
Post by: Strik3r on July 17, 2020, 12:28:28 pm
((I spot timeline irregularities! The turns 320.5 and 320.7 should be 321.5/321.7))((You are indeed correct. Good catch!))
YEAR 322.5
With another giant amphibious lizard monster on the loose, The few Thaumaturges of Streamland, those that mix magic, mostly Arcana and Chaos with the mundane to create "miracles". Fearing that there may be no end to the giant lizards below the waves have furiously been searching for a solution. Inspired by the Alchemists that first created the blasting powder that defeated Gojira, in a sudden spark of genius, they have created a strange material that is sensitive to pressure. The material is not a powerful explosive in and of itself, but can be used to ignite the traditional, more powerful blasting powder.
It is a sort of a paste, whose stability heavily depends on the quantity of it, typical Chaos stuff. It can't be used to make a trap that would explode when stepped on, the pressure just isn't sufficent. It needs the pressure of the ocean to go off. But since blasting powder will not explode when wet, both need to be encased in a watertight shell that will survive to the ocean depths required, but will give away once it reaches said depth, and the balance is HAIR thin, too weak, and the blasting powder will be rendered inert, too strong and the explosive might not go off. Thus, making the casing is the most complicated as a two-part cast shel that is custom to every explosive is required and making them requires specialized tools. Due to the short timeframe in which this new material was developed, only examples of such explosives are experimental ones, relatively small with shallow detonation depths so that the explosion or lack of thereof may be observed.
The Thaumaturges have recommended that any actual production explosives be a few large ones rather than many small ones, as the quantity of the depth sensitive paste is the same, and they're currently the only ones who can somewhat consistenly produce the material, but can't produce it very quickly. Such examples will need to be "delivered" by ship.
As a bonus, the casing will act as shrapnel in the resulting explosion. The Thaumaturges also realized something: Blasting powder may be packed inside a small shell, prefrably made of either clay or iron and then fitted with a fuse. The fuse may then be lit and the device, which the Thaumaturges are calling a "Bomb", may be thrown toward the enemy. When the fuse runs out, the powder explodes, and turns the casing into a large cloud of sharp shrapnel. They're suprised that they're the first ones to come up with the concept.
Post by: TankKit on July 17, 2020, 12:55:12 pm
The Chaos Coalition. A coalition of Aetherials, corrupted races and chaotic creatures united under Azerth with the sole goal of bringing true chaos to this world. It had been far more than a century since they had last threatened a nation directly and in any meaningful way - even during the Third Crusade they had been remarkably apathetic to the loss of their influence in the south, rendering little aid to the Black Qhaganate or the Red Court as their petty squabbles escalated into open war. Then again, why would they? Sure, they might of lost their foothold in the south, but in the process they had created a truly impressive amount of chaos while barely expending any of their ever-growing resources. After so long of simply growing their power, their armies were even stronger than the militant Dorathian Kingdoms armies, and they were eagerly awaiting the time when they could invade another nation.
So when the Year of Eamonns Folly came and Azerth ordered a full-scale invasion of Ukalia, the invasion that struck the High Elves was truly monstrous in size as much as composition. At first he brought his entire army together to defend against the invasion and, for a time, he was able to stem the tide. But every wave that struck was better informed and more powerful than the last, and every wave the High Elves defeated saw their numbers dwindle even more than before. Realising that he could not succeed, Eamonn organised a mass evacuation of the western half of his kingdom, making even the unwilling travel even further west, into the dungeon. He had plans to get the elves on the eastern half of the island on to Dragolia proper as well, but his army shattered before the western half was even done evacuating, and the Chaos Coalition invasion force flooded the island completely. Many were able to escape in time, but many more were unable to leave the island in time and are now forced to live under the rule of the Chaos Coalition. Gradually, these once proud elves will gain the same features as the brave Dark Elves that once fought the Black Qhaganate - but this time they serve the Chaos Coalition rather than fight against it. Already the few descendants of the original Dark Elves that survived by joining the armies of other nations are seeking to distance themselves from the Dark Elves of the new 'Kingdom of Dark Ukalia'.
In the west, Eamonn had lead a truly massive horde of people into the dungeon. What finally emerged on the other side of the dungeon was barely a fraction of its original size, half-dead and made up primarily of the soldiers that had survived the battles against the Aetherials. Eamonn was nowhere to be seen - instead they were lead by Faeleach, a soldier that had used his strategic mind to their advantage when traversing the dungeon and dealing with the enemies they encountered. Under his leadership, the High Elves have already begun establishing themselves in the new home, and primitive fortifications have been built facing the entrance to the dungeon to deal with any stray monsters that come out. They now constantly live under the fear that the Aetherials will decide to finish what they started while knowing that there is nothing they can do about it except pray to the gods that the Aetherials don't come after them.
Meanwhile, the High Elves that managed to escape to Dragolia in the east have been subjected to a fate that many of their kind might see as being even worse than subjugation or annihilation - subservience to an immortal dragon. Zoithor, the dragon at the head of that particular Draconic Enclave, is a devious dragon concerned primarily with his own self-interest, a cunning opportunist in his words, a scheming coward in the minds of many others. Most of his non-dragon subjects had essentially been tricked into slavery even before he assumed control over the High Elves in the east. Anyway, being forced to relocate his enclave twice supposedly angered him greatly and he demanded that the surviving High Elves pay him for the 'unjust difficulties' he had been forced to endure because of their recklessness. When they understandably refused to pay him, he burned their leaders and soldiers alive and forced the survivors into slavery, announcing the establishment of 'Zoithors Realm.' His position at the head of this new nation is shaky, however - the majority of his population are slaves who detest him and he is the first immortal dragon to officially announce the creation of a state completely independent from the Elder Council of Dragolia, and they may take this announcement poorly.
To summarise:
The Chaos Coalition has invaded the High Elven Kingdom of Ukalia and replaced it with the puppet Kingdom of Dark Ukalia, and the elves living there have already begun to change into Dark Elves. No official king has been elected to rule over this new kingdom yet. The Chaos Coalitions sudden spike in activity has also gone just as quickly as it came - it seems they do not intend to continue their conquests.
A fraction of Ukalias population has survived and fled to the island west of the dungeon, where they have united under Faeleach and announced the continuation of the Kingdom of Ukalia. It remains to be seen how successful they will be, and if they will ever reclaim their lost lands.
The High Elves that managed to escape onto Dragolia or already lived there have all been killed or forced into slavery under the scheming immortal dragon Zoithor. However, his blatant disregard for old draconic customs and general unpleasantness makes it unlikely that the Elder Council won't react negatively to this. It's really just a matter of how they respond.
((Not a timeskip, by the way.))
Post by: Unraveller on July 17, 2020, 02:56:41 pm
Quote
Year 282.3
The bountiful waters of the wide gulf nestled between the lands of the Alliance of Blood and the Kingdom of Ukalia are dyed overnight an odd inky-black, a murk that is thick to the touch. Almost like a layer of watery tar. Humble fisher-folk of the area and beyond begin to harbor superstitious beliefs in regards to the area, and oft' avoid its offerings. Despite this, the gulf remains just as plentiful in its gifts as ever. In the common tongue it has been referred to as the Bleak Well, sometimes more colloquially as 'Myrkur Blettur' for its occasional gouts slowly encroach this streak in the northern seas.
Perhaps something stirs below?
Year 323
Five years after the battle of Four Armies, roughly five decades ago now, there appeared a deep dark abyss, one that lingered upon the surface of the sea. None dared to venture amid it, non dared to stray into those waters despite their abundance. Long had it been that the Myrkur Blettur was an ill omen, the Black Well was synonymous with metaphors for questioning gifts for naught. Now it seems the inky splotch truly did bear truths unknown.
At first, the gulf below the flying continent of the East grew warm, and then warmer still. The plentiful life among the black water dispersed and vanished, until all was laid bare and picked clean. Boils and bubbles formed at the surface, bursting like pustules of dark ooze. And before long the seas itself began to part, flowing downward in a notable split.
At last, it was risen.
Hewn from deep, reflective stone of the sea, an enigmatic ziggurat appears. Surfaces smoothest in the world, they are unable to be left stained or tarnished by the salt waters of the ocean, rather emboldened by them, ever did the glare if the light above refract off the glittering sea, seeming to disappear into the deep blue stone. Neither a blemish, nor a barnacle finds itself root upon the strange structure, a strangeness afforeded by its seemingly impossible geometry, and utterly ancient vibes. Indeed even the solid blocks themselves seemed to radiate and pulse. The massive structure itself dominates the horizon for all to bear witness, though it does not quite reach the bedrock of Dragolia beside and above.
There is one marking of note, something that makes itself clear as seawater deluges from each slate entrance and hall.
'Måh Ę-Gål'
To which a name is given by the first eyes laid upon it. Yet, the unknown palace remains silent as the grave. Even the waters themselves afford no wave or current, they are still. Stagnant.
Post by: Strik3r on July 18, 2020, 08:38:10 am
Notices and Summary:
TURNS:
(King Zultan, Year 321.7)
Minilla attacks streamland, dealing severe damage to both armies and towns alike. Is gravely wounded and forced back into sea.
(TamerVirus, Year:321.9)
Lokhund Bloodjarls expand their territory.
(Naturegirl1999, Year 322)
Thairmar continues its attempts to cure the Purple Leaf Disease with Light Crystals to great effect.
However, this comes at a cost of severely decreasing the amount of Light Crystals that are left to harvest.
Some from Thairmar attempt to steal Light Crystals back from bandits, however they are almost never successful.
(Strik3r, YEAR 322.5)
Thaumaturges in Streamland create a paste that ignites when excessive pressure is applied, "excessive" depending on how much of the material there is packed together.
They also draw up concepts for firebombs.
(TankKit, Year 322.5-325)
The Chaos Coalition invades the High Elven Kingdom of Ukalia and replaces it with the puppet Kingdom of Dark Ukalia, the elves living there have already begun to change into Dark Elves.
A fraction of Ukalias population has survived and fled to the island west of the dungeon, where they have united under Faeleach and announced the continuation of the Kingdom of Ukalia.
The High Elves that managed to escape onto Dragolia or already lived there have all been killed or forced into slavery under the scheming immortal dragon Zoithor. However, The Elder Council of Dragolia is largely apathetic to his exploits.
(Unraveller, Year 323)
A highly anomalous and gigantic ziggurat appears from the Black Well, in the gulf between the Alliance of Blood and formerly Ukalia lands. The only marking of note on it is 'Måh Ę-Gål', which will serve as its name, for now.
((i will admit, this was the hardest turn to do of the batch, im sure to have screwed something up...))
(Strik3r, Year 323.5, Update)
The Dwarves of formerly Vanishmountain have begun to make their Sky-Island by tugging chunks of floating earth behind their stolen Jahtari Sky-Ship with a magical tether system provided for experimental purposes by the University.
WORLD STATE:
The Dwarves of the Waterstone Clan have completed their digging work.
Hamsterfolk Shamans, Dorathian Kingdom and the New Qhanganate have grown some ways into their weak territories.
Purple Leaf Disease has spread within unmitigated regions. An uninhabitable deadland has formed within the Dorathian Kingdom as a result.
Red Leaf Disease has spread.
Rolls
TURNS:
(King Zultan, Year 321.7)
Minilla attacks streamland, dealing severe damage to both armies and towns alike. Is gravely wounded and forced back into sea.
(TamerVirus, Year:321.9)
Lokhund Bloodjarls expand their territory.
(Naturegirl1999, Year 322)
Thairmar continues its attempts to cure the Purple Leaf Disease with Light Crystals to great effect.
However, this comes at a cost of severely decreasing the amount of Light Crystals that are left to harvest.
Some from Thairmar attempt to steal Light Crystals back from bandits, however they are almost never successful.
(Strik3r, YEAR 322.5)
Thaumaturges in Streamland create a paste that ignites when excessive pressure is applied, "excessive" depending on how much of the material there is packed together.
They also draw up concepts for firebombs.
(TankKit, Year 322.5-325)
The Chaos Coalition invades the High Elven Kingdom of Ukalia and replaces it with the puppet Kingdom of Dark Ukalia, the elves living there have already begun to change into Dark Elves.
A fraction of Ukalias population has survived and fled to the island west of the dungeon, where they have united under Faeleach and announced the continuation of the Kingdom of Ukalia.
The High Elves that managed to escape onto Dragolia or already lived there have all been killed or forced into slavery under the scheming immortal dragon Zoithor. However, The Elder Council of Dragolia is largely apathetic to his exploits.
(Unraveller, Year 323)
A highly anomalous and gigantic ziggurat appears from the Black Well, in the gulf between the Alliance of Blood and formerly Ukalia lands. The only marking of note on it is 'Måh Ę-Gål', which will serve as its name, for now.
((i will admit, this was the hardest turn to do of the batch, im sure to have screwed something up...))
(Strik3r, Year 323.5, Update)
The Dwarves of formerly Vanishmountain have begun to make their Sky-Island by tugging chunks of floating earth behind their stolen Jahtari Sky-Ship with a magical tether system provided for experimental purposes by the University.
WORLD STATE:
The Dwarves of the Waterstone Clan have completed their digging work.
Hamsterfolk Shamans, Dorathian Kingdom and the New Qhanganate have grown some ways into their weak territories.
Purple Leaf Disease has spread within unmitigated regions. An uninhabitable deadland has formed within the Dorathian Kingdom as a result.
Red Leaf Disease has spread.
Rolls
Minilla vs. Streamland
Code: [Select]
Minilla 1d20=17
Streamland 1d20=18
When the first giant lizard was around, Streamland had no defence against it until the very end and even then victory came at a price. Now however, the new, still young "giant" lizard was met by with a hail of cannon fire from both ships and from the ground. However the rapid, violent response of Streamland seems to have terribly angered Minilla and it tore into ships and defending troops with vicious fury as the battle had been turned into one of "kill or be killed." for both the lizard and the troops of Streamland. Many soldiers met their end in the jaws of Minilla but the lizard was forced back into the sea with terrible wounds.
Minilla's damage to Streamland
Code: [Select]
1d20=18In the after math of Minilla's attack on Streamland's coast, hundreds of ships had been sunk or had been reduced to scattered, burning heaps of planks on the sea. Several large harbors and their surrounding towns suffered were practically ruined and have turned into havens for bandits, outlaws and wildlife.(A small part of Streamland has been reduced to ruins. It may be reclaimed as weak territory.)
Thairmar continues curing the Purple Leaf Disease
Code: [Select]
1d20=20!With most of the supply issues cleared up and all the previously delayed shipments seem to come in at once, Thairmar has suddenly come to have an overabundance of the precious golden crystals! Crystals, which they grind into dust and spread around with reckless abandon in an effort to cure their land of the disease, paying no mind to the fact that those crystals have come from somewhere.
Namely, the Golden Kingdom, and the over-exploitation of the precious resource has reduced the amount that is left in the fields surrounding the Golden Light. Replenishing of which needs memories, specifically memories of the dead.
(The spread of the Purple Leaf Disease has been greatly decreased in Thairmar. The amount of remaining Light Crystals has decreased.)
Attempts to steal Light Crystals from bandits
Code: [Select]
1d20=5Those that attempt to steal the crystals from bandits that took them from convoys are rarely if ever successful, with most of them meeting a grisly fate via the edge of a blade.
Elder Council's reaction to Zoithor
Code: [Select]
1d20=10The Elder Council of Dragolia's response to Zoithor forming his own realm and enslaving a whole lot of High-Elves is largely apathetic if, if slightly irritated. Zoithor was always a tyrant, schemer and a general nuisance, even when he was still part of the nation, they were already considering exiling him before the Endlaves formed, so they're probably glad to be rid of him.
But part of the reason may be that the Elder Council has far greater problems, such as the nation slowly tearing itself apart from within, as some Immortal Dragons that still live within the Council lands feel that the current council is ill-fit to rule the lands, being a bunch of lesser dragons, the Immortals think that lessers should not rule over Immortals. There have never been any plans made to replace any members of the council, as they expected to rule and remain the eldest forever. However as members of the ruling council start to succumb to the Dragonstones' curse, their numbers will thin and the council's control over the nation will weaken.
YEAR 323.5
the dwarves of formerly Vanishmountain have entered into a secret agreement with some magi in the University: They have agreed to test an experimental Arcane tether system, with which they are allowed to build their sky island. They begun to carry small floating islands from around and sections cut off from Dragolia to the site of their new sky island, in the sky east of the Waterstone Clan's lands. Due to the Arcane Tether, carrying the large chunks of floating earth around doesn't seem to slow the ship down much, and they are able to make a single trip much faster than a water-sailing ship ever could.
Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/X5h6IyX.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/cgEpkLa.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/X5h6IyX.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/cgEpkLa.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: TankKit on July 18, 2020, 04:46:43 pm
As the plague ravages the northern parts of the Dorathian Kingdom, orders are finally sent to the soldiers positioned at its outskirts to begin curing the people there - notably, they are specifically ordered to focus on curing the eastern parts first. With the construction of new bridges over the rivers underway, it seems like Dorathine the 13th 'The Warrior' plans to create a path for people to escape into the hamsterfolk shamans and spread the disease there, though this is obviously not clearly stated to anyone.
In the north, Foreus, God of Order, Peace and Earth, has made a move of his own. Traditionally a fox god of the Shamanic Pantheon, he has surprised the other gods by truly making his mark on this world for the first time in 2 centuries in a land far from where he originated. His motives are as of yet unclear, especially as these actions may well drain away all of the power he has accumulated in that time. Regardless, with Ukalia now severely weakened and essentially unable to expand east or west without incurring the ire of the Chaos Coalition, he has begun taking steps to ensure the safety of Ukalias remnants. For his first act, the mighty dungeon that once connected the two islands is torn asunder, separating Ukalia from Dark Ukalia and at least temporarily securing Ukalias safety. Now he has seemingly begun preparing for something bigger, as the island of Ukalia and the two islands to its west have all begun to experience mysterious underground tremors.
For their part, a considerable number of the High Elves of Ukalia have already begun to worship him, believing him to be their divine saviour. Those same worshippers have also begun to shun his opposing diety in the Shamanic Pantheon, Duenta, for her association with Chaos. On the other hand, Duentas warlike nature appeals to the many soldiers of this new Ukalia, and a general lack of knowledge about these mysterious fox gods has seen already confusing the two. There is a chance that their associations with Order and War respectively may begin to merge into a new, uniquely High Elven view of the Shamanic Pantheon as a single god, but it would require some luck for this to become widespread among the believers of the new gods.
Post by: Haspen on July 18, 2020, 04:56:03 pm
So basically, I make a 'nation' and then descibe its history from day (well, year) of creation?
Post by: TankKit on July 18, 2020, 05:01:12 pm
Post by: Haspen on July 18, 2020, 05:17:25 pm
In the middle ground of the Western Continent, between the Great Eye Lake and the Western Sea, the nation of Sicis is born! It came to existence after the twenty Toadmen marsh-hamlets were united under one particularily cunning and martial warlord, C'is, who has either killed other chiefs in ritual combat or took them in as brothers-in-law, after marrying his numerous sisters to them.
Sicis Toadmen are beastfolk that tend to be very respecting of their parents, and their parents, and their parents... and ancestor worship is strong within Sicis. To slight one's parents or assault them is as to slight or assault one's chief or village shaman - a crime punishable by death.
Toadmen, being greatly sedentary and not very exploration-minded, do not know of any other races beyond perhaps Slugmen that dwell east-northeast of them, the two races having met in recent years purely by chance in wilderness of the Weak Territories between their domains.
The Toadmen know of pottery, mudbrick construction, mathematics and pictographic script: Sicis Pictograms number over 360, and are etched into clay tablets by the scholars and spirit-talkers. Toadmen know little of metallurgy, smelting precious metals into simple trinkets to adorn their chiefs. Well, C'is and his family, nowadays.
C'is declares himself the Marsh King, and orders construction of a magnificent Ancestral Temple, made with mudbrick walls and gilded wood roof, where all Toadmen ancestors are to be venerated, with those of C'is considered the Great Ancestors.
Post by: Unraveller on July 18, 2020, 09:07:33 pm
Long have the heavens remained quiet, recinding deep in the clouds on high to allow mortals their free reign amidst themselves with very limited interaction of late. It was there that again they bore witness to the horrid crusades, and again, the will of the Gods to allow their budding creations and stewards to sieze their own destiny is thoroughly tested.
But now? As the spawn of Tiamat begin to turn the wheel of fate again, as the planes of Chaos continue to shift, as illness continues to ravage the already war torn lands, and as horrendous serpents swell in both ambition and size, Dorath, patron of order and industry again calls a great meeting of the divine.
For what has been wrought across these lands for the last centuries thrice; naught but woe and hardship.
Is this. . . Right?
Is this the child we call our own?
Meanwhile, in the mist swept marshes and jungles of the Southern tip of Dragolia, a pair of Vasilikos, known together as the Dioscuri, while separately as the twins Castor and Polydeukes, travel to the deep south. Together they are the most formidable of the Vasilikos, baring the great Basileus himself, for bith their size and strength rival that of lesser dragons, just as their appetite rivals the emperor's.
They are followed, no, heralded by an entourage of the Jahtgoro Cult, garbed in royal purples and bearing banners of gold. They do not come directly in war, no, serpents are not so brazen.
"We would. . ." Hisses the stout Castor.
". . . Have audience. . ." Continues the lengthy Polydeukes.
"With your Council." The Dioscuri bellow with a tremendous proclamation. Trumpeted along by their mutated Jahtari ilk. What could such a meeting mean for the world? Will it bear a most tumultuous fruit?
Post by: Superdorf on July 18, 2020, 09:16:16 pm
As if to punctuate the troubled words of Dorath, the Angry Babbler (now a very ancient creature) chooses that very moment to babble with unusual ferocity.
A dwarfish caretaker scurries in to shush the broken-down old dwarf back to sleep. The Waterstone psychiatric ward is coming along nicely.
Post by: Kakaluncha on July 19, 2020, 07:05:54 am
From the Eastern Sea, a series of flying spots grow on the horizon until eventually one can recognize their shapes and forms. These winged creatures call themselves the Griffons, a mixture between a lion and an eagle. The Griffons are a proud warrior race, but if one were to see them now, they wouldn't get that impression. They are exhausted, battered, and some are even wounded.
They have come from their "Home Beyond the Great Sea", fleeing something that can only be translated as "The Grand Cataclysm".
Unknown to the Races of this world, the "Griffonian Refugees" settle in the largest eastern island, which they decide to name "Hope's Claw". Their unknown arrival will affect the fate of both continents.
In case it wasn't clear, "Hope's Claw" is the biggest eastern island, located South of the Batpeople Magocracy, and South-East of the Jahtari Sultanate.
Post by: Strik3r on July 19, 2020, 07:51:19 am
Notices and Summary:
But as one of rules states, anyone can mess with anything.
Im considering flat out replacing that rule with one that says:
"Messing with others' creations is HIGHLY encouraged. As long you don't flat out destroy them." :P Stuff tends to stagnate without external influence as their creators run out of ideas of what to do with them.
So i would argue unless somebody says "DONT mess with this for now." Anyone's free to do anything with anything, mostly.
Speaking of rules, while this ISN'T a rule, allow me to qoute something from the OP of the "Titans of Creation" WBG that i like:
TURNS:
(TankKit, Year 324)
Dorathian Kingdom starts curing the Purple Leaf Disease, starting from the east side, with some success.
Foreus, God of Order, Peace and Earth destroys the Western Dungeon, separating Ukalia from its dark counterpart.
(Haspen, Year 324)
Toadmen form the nation of Sicis, west of the great lake of the western continent.
C'is, A Toadman, proclaims himself the Swamp King and orders the construction of an Ancestral Temple
Said temple is a highly impressive feat of construction, being made of mud brick.
(Unraveller, Year 325)
Dorath, appaled by what the world has become, calls for another meeting of the divine.
the two Vasilikos, Castor and Polydeukes, together The Dioscuri, meet with the Elder Council of Dragolia, it doesn't go all that well for them.
The existence of the councils' guardian, the so called "Shogun" becomes known, an obsidian dragon with an incredible affinity for lightning.
(Superdorf, Year 325.1)
As if to punctuate the troubled words of Dorath, the Angry Babbler (now a very ancient creature) chooses that very moment to babble with unusual ferocity.
A dwarfish caretaker scurries in to shush the broken-down old dwarf back to sleep. The Waterstone psychiatric ward is coming along nicely.
(copied verbatim)
(Kakaluncha, Year 326)
Griffonian Refugees settle on the largest island to the east of Dragolia.
(Strik3r, Year 326.2)
The White Tree of Elysium(?) pulls the smaller, northern island of Elysium to merge with the larger one.
WORLD STATE:
The Dwarves of formerly Vanishmountain have continued on their sky-island building.
Construction of the Moon Tower has progressed.
Construction of the White Tower has progressed.
Rolls
Year 324
Year 326Welcome! Always nice to see some new people :)). Remember: if its in bold and i can find a way to roll for it, i will :P
((Sort of? Theoretically anyone can do anything with any creation, but people tend to develop pet projects that other people don't mess with. So I doubt anyone would mind if you focused on a single nation of your own creation.))I would say: Unfortunately, you are correct.
But as one of rules states, anyone can mess with anything.
Im considering flat out replacing that rule with one that says:
"Messing with others' creations is HIGHLY encouraged. As long you don't flat out destroy them." :P Stuff tends to stagnate without external influence as their creators run out of ideas of what to do with them.
So i would argue unless somebody says "DONT mess with this for now." Anyone's free to do anything with anything, mostly.
Speaking of rules, while this ISN'T a rule, allow me to qoute something from the OP of the "Titans of Creation" WBG that i like:
You are free to go wild with your creations, but creating blatant expies of some existing franchise or meme creations is heavily frowned upon.
TURNS:
(TankKit, Year 324)
Dorathian Kingdom starts curing the Purple Leaf Disease, starting from the east side, with some success.
Foreus, God of Order, Peace and Earth destroys the Western Dungeon, separating Ukalia from its dark counterpart.
(Haspen, Year 324)
Toadmen form the nation of Sicis, west of the great lake of the western continent.
C'is, A Toadman, proclaims himself the Swamp King and orders the construction of an Ancestral Temple
Said temple is a highly impressive feat of construction, being made of mud brick.
(Unraveller, Year 325)
Dorath, appaled by what the world has become, calls for another meeting of the divine.
the two Vasilikos, Castor and Polydeukes, together The Dioscuri, meet with the Elder Council of Dragolia, it doesn't go all that well for them.
The existence of the councils' guardian, the so called "Shogun" becomes known, an obsidian dragon with an incredible affinity for lightning.
(Superdorf, Year 325.1)
As if to punctuate the troubled words of Dorath, the Angry Babbler (now a very ancient creature) chooses that very moment to babble with unusual ferocity.
A dwarfish caretaker scurries in to shush the broken-down old dwarf back to sleep. The Waterstone psychiatric ward is coming along nicely.
(copied verbatim)
(Kakaluncha, Year 326)
Griffonian Refugees settle on the largest island to the east of Dragolia.
(Strik3r, Year 326.2)
The White Tree of Elysium(?) pulls the smaller, northern island of Elysium to merge with the larger one.
WORLD STATE:
The Dwarves of formerly Vanishmountain have continued on their sky-island building.
Construction of the Moon Tower has progressed.
Construction of the White Tower has progressed.
Rolls
Dorathian Kingdom attempts to cure the Purple Leaf Disease
Code: [Select]
1d20=12Starting off from the East, the Hamsterfolk of the Dorathian Kingdom are mildly successful in reducing the spread of the Purple Leaf Disease. They aren't nearly as experienced in fighting the disease as other nations are and while its hard to fail in using the dust of the Light Crystals to cure the disease, the Dorathians do not yet know how to fight the disease most effectively. But most importantly they are now actively watching and preventing the disease from spreading eastward.
High Elves' view of the two fox gods
Code: [Select]
1d20=7Despite there being some confusion among high elves regarding the two gods of the foxfolk, they remain largely distinct in the eyes of the few High Elves worshipping the deities.The nation of Sicis is founded by Toadmen
Code: [Select]
1d20=15With the swamplands where the Toadmen live being large and uncontested or perhaps inhospitable to anyone but the Toadmen, the range of the territory they can claim as their own is quite decently sized, only really held back by the limited number of Toadmen, which is still quite a lot, with how large the marsh hamlets are and how prolific breeders Toadmen are.
The construction of the Ancestral Temple
Code: [Select]
1d20=17"Magnificent" is an appropriate word to describe the large temple built by the Toadmen to venerate their ancestors. The temple is quite an impressive feat of architectural work, considering the material its made out of: Mud Bricks. Its a structure the ancestors of the Toadmen who built it would be proud of, or maybe, ARE proud of?
The Dioscuri meet with the Elder Council
Code: [Select]
1d20=4The Dioscuri were allowed an audience with the Elder Council, under the supervision of numerous dragons.The attempt by the two to proclaim the greatness of the Basileus to the council didn't go well for them, at all. "We will hear no demands from beasts, no matter how "Great"" Said the eldest of the council. Being called "Beasts" didn't exactly sit well with the twins, they dared hiss at the council but shrunk back as soon as they saw one of the dragons begin winding up for an attack, one much larger and powerful looking than most, an Immortal.
Yes, it turns out there is a reason none of the disgruntled Immortals have dared to make an attempt on the council yet. Because the one who guards the Council, is himself an Immortal, a jet black dragon with obsidian scales, perhaps the most power living Immortal, only rivaled by Irahan and the like. He looses a terrifying roar as he prepares for his deadly attack, and a wave of lighting travels all the way from his snout down to the tip of his tail, jumping across the swept back tips of his obsidian scales, with some arcing to the ground around his feet, starting little fires wherever they hit. The council orders him to stand down before he could unleash his attack, he responds with only disappointment. The two snakes and their "heralds" are escorted out to the wilderness, and told not to come back.
Now, how could the Council retain such a powerful Immortal? Turns out that he is highly loyal to the council, having been practically raised by them. As soon as the dragon's abilities became apparent, the Council sought to claim him for themselves. Although he is officially subordinate to the council, the council grants him anything he desires as a way to buy his continued loyalty, anything from land, statues dedicated to him or females. Known to most only by a nickname that he is called by: "Shogun", He is vain, cruel and spoiled, only seeking his own gain, whatever it may be and discarding anyone no longer useful to him. And unfortunately, or fortunately... for the dragons living in the council's lands, his loyalty for the time being lays squarely with the council and only the council. But should the council for whatever reason earn his ire, he would likely have little difficulty disposing of them.
((I wish i could have written more stuff for the OTHER rolls, but it heavily does depend on whether a roll "clicks" for me or not... ))
Griffonian Refugees
Code: [Select]
1d20=13Many griffons arrive from beyon the great eastern sea, but many also perish after the long flight. There are enough Griffons remaining to adequately populate about half of the island.
YEAR 326.2
Those that could see the twin islands of Elysium have been subjected to a strange sight.
The large orb of light between top branches of the White Tree of Elysium briefly produced a bright flash before a large, snaking stream of energy erupted from the orb and streamed to the smaller island just north of the larger island and begun pulling the small island toward the larger one, taking about a week to merge the two islands.
While both of the islands have always been considered part of Elysium, until now, Elysians could not cross between the two islands, but now they have access to it. The new part of Elysium slightly differs from the part that was already there, being a land rife with streams, waterfalls and natural hot springs.
The few magi from the University residing in the Avarrian empire at the time surmised that the island-pulling stunt might have been a "practice run" for the White Tree, in preparation for something larger.
Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/nxvdDp3.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/VvonhHY.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/nxvdDp3.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/VvonhHY.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: TankKit on July 19, 2020, 08:01:22 am
Post by: Strik3r on July 19, 2020, 08:09:29 am
((Where did 'Year 365' come from?))
((shit, mybad. fixed.
Phew crisis averted))
Post by: Kakaluncha on July 19, 2020, 08:17:22 am
Post by: Strik3r on July 19, 2020, 08:19:19 am
((Is "Hope's Claw" a floating island? I wasn't sure in my previous post))
((Nope, Floating islands have a dark border and a shadow underneath them))
Post by: Unraveller on July 19, 2020, 12:04:50 pm
I try to put my hands in a good few things, but I could definitely be better about that, since I definitely have fallen into a focused area around the east. ))
Post by: Strik3r on July 19, 2020, 01:05:45 pm
For all the years that Irahan, the great Immortal Fire Dragon has been sitting, at times literally, on the Crystal Egg, he has seemingly forgotten about it, when he suddenly does remember to check it, he discovers that it has not shown any sign of doing... anything, aside from the crystal shell continuing to accumulate further crystalline growths, in fact it again now just looks like a massive, uncut mass of crystals... well massive as far as gemstones are concerned, the egg is actually quite small, especially compared to Irahan... its not hard to see how the giant dragon might have forgotten it exists... it is a surprise he hasn't crushed it yet, if that is even possible.
Seeing no apparent change in the nature of it, he decides to head out and take the egg with him to try and find answers to the two arguably most important questions regarding iit, those being "How to get the Crystal Egg to hatch?" and "What actually IS within the Crystal Egg?"(Roll to see how successful Irahan is in finding answers to these questions.)
Surely there MUST be someone on Dragolia who can give answers to these questions?
((These two are gonna be fun rolls, at least i hope so.))
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 19, 2020, 01:22:13 pm
The waters around Måh Ę-Gål begin to turn orange. The creatures in these orange waters are laying more eggs than they would have otherwise. Creatures within these waters also tend to grow faster than they would in ‘normal’ water.
Post by: Unraveller on July 19, 2020, 01:28:54 pm
Konungr Hvíturøld of the Brudine Bloodjarls has long acquiesced his people's urge to plunder and skirmish and war with their Red Elven neighbors, to the point of being heralded as king of the jarls. And though these tensions have just as long led the mighty bears to ruin more often than not, it has at least sated their desires. Still, the Gray Bear has grown old and tired of these petty squabbles, when indeed the Brudines know so very little of the world beyond their primordial forest, weaved long ago by Hrvalda.
So too it seemed the small world they knew of buckled under the weight of itself. Cracks and crevices had begun to form the ancient wood, breaking apart the grounds below, the floating lands trembled, perhaps under the violence, the chaos of the earth.
At least, this is how Hvíturøld and his people began to look upon it. And thus, they threw down the name of Bloodjarls, like the Løkhunds before them. And at last, with a great show of respect for the Red Elves, marched, Konungr at the head of their processions bearing no arms, nor armor. There they deigned to treat with Alliance of Blood. To form something new and join their peoples together, Bræður skógarins, the Brothers of the Forest. Maybe then, they could look upon the dire portents ahead with clear minds.
Post by: Kakaluncha on July 19, 2020, 01:29:44 pm
After several months of confusion, fear and disorder, the Griffonian Refugees reorganize into the Sha Matrifocalty, under the rule of Matriarch Sha'Ndara.
Her first order of business is to build a shrine for Nara, the Great Huntress, where her priests will pray for strength and courage for all the Griffons in Hope's Claw.
Ndara also sends her scouts eastwards to investigate the massive floating landmass in the sky, as no Griffon had seen such a thing before in their "Home Beyond the Sea". Ndara's orders are to avoid aggression with natives unless attacked, and to get a general idea of the nearby territories.
((I have three important questions. Whatever happened to
Post by: Strik3r on July 19, 2020, 01:49:36 pm
((I have three important questions. Whatever happened toDiothe Vampire Lord? How will the dragon curse work when the Eastern continent breaks into pieces? And what ever happened to ritual magic?))
((Good question.
For "Not-Dio", last i knew, he's still sitting in his fortress and is going to be hit by the Purple Leaf Disease, soon. And no, he's not immune to it.
The Dragon curse, i suspect is more of a "blacklist" than it is a "whitelist": Its not that dragons are allowed ONLY on Dragolia, they simply are NOT ALLOWED anywhere else. A subtle difference, but it's critical to it. Of course, Neo Dragolia's pieces will still be "made of" Dragolia.
Finally, for the ritual magic, i dunno. I wasn't even playing the game yet, when that was last mentioned. I assume it either has been replaced with more modern magic, or its still going in some form to this day. Maybe it got wiped out along with Ki?))
Post by: TankKit on July 19, 2020, 02:27:24 pm
After 5 years of preparations and underground tremors, the 3 islands between Dragolia and the western continent have risen into the air! It seems like Foreus was only a part of a plan created by multiple gods in response to the Chaos Coalitions sudden invasion of Ukalia, and Foreus was working with Donkebab to bring the islands into the sky! The three islands have now drifted north, combining into one and stopping close to the island the nation of Eudenland is on, where an earthen staircase similar to the one at Refugio Guerra connects this new sky island to the worlds surface. Finally, Dorath himself has gifted the High Elves with a talent for metalworking that will help greatly with rebuilding their army. All of this is done under the condition that the High Elves dedicate themselves to the worship and advancement of the Sphere of Order which multiple gods benefit from - something they are more than willing to do after this impressive display of their power.
Meanwhile, the sudden emptiness created by 3 islands rising into the air has very suddenly thrown the ocean into turmoil as it rushes to fill the gap. Duenta, unwilling to let Order benefit completely from all of this, attempts to amplify the chaos created by the absence of these 3 islands.
As if it wasn't enough that Donkebab and the Gods of Order and Chaos were suddenly becoming more active in the north, Streamland suddenly had a very severe problem to deal with in the south. Eightstone, the Goddix of Sand and Spreader of Deserts, had managed to convert vast swaths of land in the south of the western continent to sand. While it had so far managed to avoid coming into direct conflict with a nation, it has now entered the western part of the Kingdom of Streamland, where its abilities have the potential to wreak havoc on the local settlements. The Streamlanders have attempted to respond to this by evacuating the area and re-settling the local citizens elsewhere, but it remains to be seen how much Eightstone will damage their kingdom.
In other news, things are going well in the Free Cities of Dalai. They have begun another colonisation effort seeking to expand their borders further south and up the eastern coast.
Post by: Haspen on July 19, 2020, 02:55:16 pm
King C'is believes that the home marshes of Sicis, whilst comfy, restrain his people too much. He sends groups of less fortunate Toadmen to build new settlements for the Sicis, and most of the settlers go north or south from the Twenty Hamlets, to find suitable areas - be they marshlands, lakesides or river valleys.
Preparations take several months and the whole ordeal is the largest migratory project ever undertaken by the Toadmen, but C'is believes ancestors and gods favor his ideas!
Post by: Strik3r on July 20, 2020, 10:10:29 am
Notices and Summary:
TURNS:
WORLD STATE:
The Dwarves of formerly Vanishmountain have continued on their sky-island building.
Rolls
TURNS:
WORLD STATE:
The Dwarves of formerly Vanishmountain have continued on their sky-island building.
Rolls
Irahan seeks answers regarding the Crystal Egg
Code: [Select]
2d20=6+15Nobody that the great fire dragon brought the egg to seemed to have any idea as to how to trigger it's development, not the greatest scholars of the Elder Council of Dragolia, Tahar, Those of the Jahtari Sultanate or even the University, the best he could get were vague hints suggesting to "look at its nature" and asking "What makes it what it is?"However, the University would deliver to him some answers regarding the question of what actually is within the egg. With Clairvoyance spells, they were able to peer beyond the crystal shell, partially, to discover what is within it, however the Magi had to admit that there was a component to its little inhabitant that even they could not understand, a form of magical energy thus far unobserved, which seemed to obscure it from scrying attempts of the Magi. What they did find out however, is the physical part of the being within, apparently an avian, ALMOST fully developed, already having a few feathers, bright red, blue and oranges ones.
Irahan returned to his Enclave and to his Lair with more questions than answers. However, within the University, the news of the Crystal Egg and of the exotic form of energy within it is sure to spread like wildfire.
Brudines attempt a treaty with the Alliance of Blood
Code: [Select]
1d20=1!The attempt by the Brudines to forge a peaceful co-existence with the Red Elves has gone as bad for them as it possibly could have. Where the Brudines marched to the Alliance of Blood with peaceful intentions, with no weapons nor armor, the Red Elves saw only weakness in the Brudines and to the elves, the weak could not be allowed to live. All that marched into their lands were captured and brought before the red elves' great Well of Blood and lined up before it. And to a chorus of cheers, one by one, the throat of each was ritualistically slit and their blood drained into the red well, Konungr Hvíturøld was saved for the last and he was forced to watch the life drain one by one from all those that had walked into this fate alongside him.What will become of the Brudines now, is uncertain, but its clear that the Red Elves no longer just spill blood, but they revere the act of doing so.
((i have decided not to change the Brudine Bloodjarls' name for now. If you want it changed, tell me.))
Griffons attempt to build a shrine
Code: [Select]
1d20=4While the Griffons' claws are great for hunting, they fall short when it comes to holding a hammer and building things, not to mention, they can exactly stand on two legs to do their work and swinging a hammer while flying is more difficult than it seems. It didn't help matters that about half of the people assigned to build the shrine by Sha'Ndara just wandered off after doing a little bit of work... lazy bastards.Griffon scouts explore Dragolia
Code: [Select]
1d20=18The Griffon scouts' plan for exploring the large continent was straightforward: Start from the south and work their way north.But already at the southern tip of Dragolia did they happen upon a miraculous sight. A sea on top of a floating island, such a thing must surely be impossible, especially with the seemingly endless amount of water that seems to run off the sides of it, it must have had to dry long ago, but no, there it was. Of course, this was the territory of the Dragons, great winged lizards, many times the size of a griffon. Majestic creatures. Of couse, the dragons showed much interest in griffons, too, earning them many curious looks, but generally, the dragons remained passive toward the Griffons. The cities of the Dragons are simple and oversized, built by and for dragons.
Next, they headed further north, to the curious twin isles within the gigantic lake, they had flown past it on their way south. There they saw the great snakes, the Vasilikos. But it was clear that they showed interest in the Griffons for completely different reasons, with the hissing that could be heard from the clouds! There was hardly civilization there to speak of, but the stench of rot was nauseating. The Scouts had no interest in being some big snake's meal, so they moved on.
Next they headed to the north and west, toward the many large lakes, and flying further north they saw the Great Ziggurat of the Bleg. The Griffons had seen such structures before in their homeland, but never in this scale, it was a true marvel. Atop it rested... a dragon? What was it doing there? it stared at the Griffons as they stared at it, with utter confusion, trying to make sense of each other. But beyond the Ziggurat, much of the Cat-people's land were still simple villages with simple villagers living simple lives.
The Lands of the Bleg were pleasant, aside from the constant stares of the dragons. That lived there too... They continued heading north, after a bit of flying a great tower could be seen on the horizon, looking down however, they saw more villages and flew down to investigate. The villages had signs of simple fortification and many of the houses, made of sandstone, were decorated in a way that resembled the way that Griffons would themselves decorate their dwellings. This was a land of Warriors. Lizardman warriors... was everything on this continent a reptile, aside from the cat people?
Next they continued heading toward the tower... They half expected to find turtle-men there. However as they approached the tower they realized that this was no ordinary tower, its engineering was far, far beyond anything in their homelands. Much to their surprise, they found more lizardmen around the tower, but they were much better dressed, many in beautiful dyed silks. The Lizardman on top of the Tower pointed and gawked at the Griffons. They still had the eastern extent of the floating continent to explore so they flew east. There they discovered great cities... and more Lizardmen. This must be their main territory they thought, they kept flying east until they saw the massive, tiered city, the capital of the Lizardmen, no doubt. The Scouts also saw some more dragons fly about in the airspace of the nation, the amount second only to the nation of the dragons themselves to the south.
The scouts did take short detours to both the chain of islands, a strange place inhabited by bat people, and to Refugio Guerra, place where people of all races could be found, they paid almost no mind to the Griffons, seeming only to care about trade.
They then flew back up to the floating continent and continued to fly westward and in time, another large floating island came into view... a floating island floating above a floating island, with a gigantic tree on top of it? This world was getting stranger and stranger. The Griffons very much felt alien here, where they had flown from, their home. However they continued heading west, having seen signs of civilization there, along the great river. There, feathered people with beaks and wings lived in tall, tiered structures along the river, amongst forests of bamboo and fields of strange blue plants. Even if all people on Dragolia are not reptiles, then at least they all lay eggs, again aside from the Cat-people, they thought. Surely the cat-people must also feel alien here? However, the Griffons felt a certain degree of kinship with the bird-people.
As they got closer and closer to the island above them, these blue plants seemed to become ever more frequent, until they became less frequent again, in the shade from the blue light that seemed to come from on top of the island. There was only one thing left to do: Fly up to the island above... None of the birdmen seemed to go up there, for reasons unknown. As they reached the island, they were greeted with a landscape entirely covered in blue foliage. Compared to everything they had seen before on Dragolia, this place was TRULY alien, but it was also a peaceful place. The Light from between the branches of the White Tree seemed to fill the Griffons with a strange feeling of... Tranquility? They decided to fly up close to the great tree. When they landed at its base, they saw little white creatures scurry behind rocks, trees and into holes in the ground.
The griffons decided to no longer trouble the little creatures and flew further west. There they found more cities of the Dragons. But in the northwest, they saw a distant and small but a foul, red light on a large island. Despite feeling uneasy just looking at it, the Griffons decided to investigate it anyway. As they got close to the island, they saw strange creatures flying... well almost swimming in the air, strange red creatures. However, it was clear that these beings were not friendly, as they were greeted with a hail of magical fire. The Griffons fled eastward.
There, they found towns of tall, bipedal people, each of them looked utterly miserable, like they'd all want to run as far from this land as they can, but for some reason, they cant. The scouts did not wait around to find out what terrible fate this land was taken by.
They flew north, beyond the edge of Dragolia and over the gulf, there, a place where waters had seemingly turned orange caught their eye, they went in closer to investigate, to find a strange Ziggurat, one whose dark stone was impeccably smooth, that not even the claws of the Griffons could scratch. The aura of this place was strange, more like that of a seedy whorehouse than a massive and anomalous temple. It had the same effect on all beings in its sight, compelling them to breed. The Griffon scouts themselves barely resisted the temptation, even if it was quite romantic: On top of a great temple, with ocean waves beating against it in a rhythm and the red sky of the setting sun complementing and meeting the orange waters on the horizon, surrounded by the great floating continent on three sides...
The Griffons discarded these thoughts and flew back up to the floating continent, and eastward to eventually spot the gigantic scar in the land and a nation built on its northern edge, and of course its crowning jewel, the University. This was a nation of scholars and learning. Unfortunately for the Griffons, those of the University were endlessly curious and they were poked and prodded, often in rather uncomfortable places.
But it was worth it to see the many wonders of the University.
On the University grounds they also saw the same creatures running around that they saw on the floating island before, except here they seemed to be more brave, readily coming up to the Griffons, touching them and much to the annoyance of the scouts, climbing on top of them and riding them like one would a steed. If the University was the home for the curious, then these small beings might as well be the mascot for the university, which they were, there were many depictions of them in the university, they themselves barely paid attention to it, sighing at most. They seemed to be almost drawn to touch the wings of the Griffons, and even though the two races could not communicate, just as the griffons or these small creatures could not speak the languages of the races of the floating continent, the Griffons could see in their large eyes a sense of... longing. Not for their home in the clouds but for the world beyond it, which the Magi, for all their intellect, could not see. Instead the creatures had become little more than pets, with each one wearing a collar with a name on it, 'Aín','Tiél", "Seír", so on and so forth, so that they could be identified and enumerated. They were well treated, and comfortable, yes, but it was the University of all things that was holding them back, in their continually intensifying efforts to protect and study them, a gilded cage.
((i wanted to expand on the Elysians a bit.))
Having had enough of the University, the scouts continued heading north, toward the northern tip of the continent. There they found a nation with its towns decorated with bones of many beings and bowls of... blood? What a horrible place. And its inhabitants were downright aggressive, probably seeking to add the Griffons to their collections. They did head further north, and came upon the capital of this twisted "nation" and its great Well of Blood at its very center, its rim decorated with the numerous corpses of some kind of bear-like creatures. They left this place with haste.
Despite them not being part of Dragolia, the Griffons decided to explore the two large landmasses to the west, that could be seen from the floating continent. First they went to the smaller one in the south, to find another trading empire, and in many towns they saw posters for some kind of an establishment, until they finally found it, The Grand Puffin. The hot springs were relaxing, even if they did upset the owners by not paying to use them. But its not like any of the slugmen guards would dare to go toe to toe with a pack of Griffons.
When they had their fill of the hot springs and freaking out other patrons, they flew north, to the continent in the north. There in its western part they found a truly strange and morbid land. A place where seemingly the living and the dead walked hand in hand. Perhaps the great floating continent is not the only weird place in the world? Perhaps the whole world is full of oddities like this?
Regardless, they had explored everything there was to explore on and around Dragolia, it was time to fly back to Hope's Claw and report their findings.
The journey back was largely uneventful.
Duenta attempts to amplify chaos
Code: [Select]
1d20=12Seeing potential in the turbulent tides caused by the lifting of the islands and used her power to amplify this turbulence even further and keep amplifying. Many ships were forced to turn back toward either the south or the north upon seeing the colossal waves that had taken over that part of the ocean, if they ever made it back at all. Many did not, as a tidal wave caused by Duenta's meddling caught up with them. Said tidal wave hit Eudenland a few weeks later, causing damage to the nations many harbors that it depended on, as well as damaging the staircase connecting Eudenland and Ukalia, making it unsafe to traverse.Foreus was NOT pleased.
Eightstone walks into Streamland.
Code: [Select]
1d20=16Whatever prompted Eightstone to walk into the Kingdom of Streamland is unknown, but it is largely unimportant. It walked in from the western side, heading toward the Skydock. Apathetically walking through the lands and cities, turning the lands into a desert and covering the towns in sand, but turned sharply southward before reaching the Skydock proper. A large section of the Kingdom of Streamland has effectively become ruined, mostly due to the relocation efforts.Dalai attempts to expand
Code: [Select]
1d20=12Free Cities of Dalai manages to expand a little bit to the south but do not much along the coast.Sicis attempts to expand
Code: [Select]
1d20=14Many of the areas outside of the swamps of Sicis are less hospitable to the Toadmen, but they are still able to expand their nation's borders some ways both to the north and the south.The Second Pan-Human Conference
Code: [Select]
1d20=4The Second Pan-Human Conference was an utter disaster, many of the nations' leaders and nobles were constantly worried about the Purple Leaf disease still ravaging the lands, the sudden loss of multiple large trading ships, the Jahtari Sky-Ship being stolen by a bunch of dwarves doing gods knows what with it. Many accusations of people being infected with the Purple Leaf Disease were thrown around, some very heated arguments between nations' leaders, wine glasses being thrown and even in some cases, outright violence that resulted in a few deaths. The guy barging into the King's mess hall yelling something about Eightstone turning Streamland into a desert didn't help.The Skinners' leader attempts to spread anti-non-human sentiment at the Conference
Code: [Select]
1d20=16But there is one individual, who seemed to only benefit from the disaster that this Conference was: the sharply dressed leader of the Skinners, although nobody there even knew that the "Skinners" even existed, and he kept it that way.Whenever anyone complained about anything regarding the Conference, he'd be there to use his unnatural charisma to convince that it's the fault of some beastman or moss troll. Not everyone bought his lies but by the end of the event, there were were all kinds of ridiculous rumors going around between the humans, with no one knowing who started them, and the few beastmen or moss trolls that attended it soon became harassed and made feel unwelcome by humans, without question contributing to making the event worse.
And when the news came in of Eightstone's actions in the west, he realized that he had an opportunity unlike any other on his hands. After all, Eightstone was a concrete threat, not some nebulous "Foxman" or "Slugman somewhere" and he would not leave this opportunity unused.
YEAR 329.2
In the wake of the disastrous Second Pan-Human Conference and Eightstone's attack on Streamland, the leader of the Skinners has managed to convince the kings of human nations that they as a union must do what only has been done once before in the history of the world: To kill a god, to kill Eightstone, lest it do to all their nations what it did to Streamland and worse, turn the Western Continent... Nay the ENTIRE WORLD to sand. As it seemingly can't be reasoned with, the only thing that can be done to stop this grim future from becoming true, is to put it down. None of the Kings have any idea how such a thing may be accomplished...
Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/iYifK60.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/nA3d6cZ.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/iYifK60.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/nA3d6cZ.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: Unraveller on July 20, 2020, 10:48:07 am
For the malice of the Red Ones, the Brudines weep.
Crimson tears! Midnight storm!
Brüdines go to war!
Ancient wood! Old Elf God!
Brüdines go to war!
Bloodjarl song! Red Ones' fall!
Brüdines go to war!
Over the last three years, the olde race of ursine's have dwelt upon the wholesale slaughter of their first Konungr, and the greatest of their warriors and diplomats. Though born of the joining of Hrvalda and Brün, both the Red Elves and the Brudines were set against one another at the very start, it seemed as the Northen Pantheon took shape there became a commonality of faith amongst them as well as the Løkhunds.
But that faith broke apart and crumbled as did Valkyra fall. Now, after nearly three centuries of this minor conflict, true peace and brotherhood could never be attained.
Emboldened by the deaths of their king and clansmen, the Brudines cherish their titles, and the six Bloodjarls converge again, uniting their disparate peoples under the banner of the coming battle. Gathering together the tribes, and granting them the finest arms of their lands, meagre things albeit compared to the wide world at large. This transgression was unforgivable, unforgivable. . . And either the honored bearfolk would win out the day with the utter annihilation of Red Elf kind, or they would see themselves destroyed.
Brüdines go to war!
(( I just remembered we didn't want war for a while. Whoops. We can chill this one out if it's too much. Or just settle it with one roll since it's small scale. ))
Post by: Strik3r on July 20, 2020, 12:06:20 pm
(( I just remembered we didn't want war for a while. Whoops. We can chill this one out if it's too much. Or just settle it with one roll since it's small scale. ))
((I'll be entirely honest, i still haven't worked out how the V2 Warmachine will work, so yeah, i'll settle it using the classical 3v3 rolls system))
Post by: auzewasright on July 20, 2020, 12:47:29 pm
Post by: Kakaluncha on July 20, 2020, 01:26:37 pm
"...And the entire continent floated..."
"Reptiles, reptiles everywhere!"
"They were like us, Grand Matriarch! Chained somewhere they didn't belong!"
"...Best sauna I ever tried."
Grand Matriarch Ndara, of the Sha dynasty raised her claw, silencing the scouts.
"Your tales are indeed interesting, but I have a kingdom to rule. Request the scribes to write down your experiences."
Once the scouts left, Ndara moved towards the nearest opening, and observed the sea. Somewhere beyond the horizon, The One Who Brings the Circle was destroying their homes. The smell of ash suddenly was extremely present in her nostrils.
"Grand Matriarch?" Asked the First Daughter, Sha'Fimira. "Did you request my presence?"
Ndara returned to the present and nodded.
"I have three projects in mind, Fimira, and I want your opinion."
Fimira nodded as well, and followed her mother to the throne.
"First of all, since our population has increased ever since our arrival here, so I think it would be good to integrate the unclaimed northern territories to our nation"
"That's understandable so far, Grand Matriarch."
"The second proposal is to establish trade with the Dragons and with the cat-people"
"I'd like some explanation for those ones, Grand Matriarch."
"Since the eastern continent is called Dragolia, and the majority of species near us are reptiles, I reach the conclusion that all these reptiles are descendants from some dragons of old. They seem strong and prideful, something us Griffons can correlate to."
"Regarding the cat-people, Fimira, I believe that since we are both feline in nature, while surrounded by reptiles. They could greatly benefit from some aerial friendly friends."
Post by: TankKit on July 20, 2020, 02:10:32 pm
As Eightstone goes back through the ruined lands, making sure it is all thoroughly deserted, Streamland raises an army to confront it. The other human kingdoms react similarly and begin raising their own armies, but it could well take some time until they are ready to confront this beast. Various nobles and rulers begin spending their wealth looking for experienced adventurers and heroes to join their armies in confronting the monstrous Goddix. There is also talk among the people of the human nations - especially in Streamland and Karhan - of an ambitious young noble who plans to lead a great migration to a safer land. It remains to be seen how this situation will develop.
Foreus had to somehow deal with the aggressive actions of Duenta without escalating the situation further when pretty much any action he took directly against her would escalate it. Ultimately he decided to focus on repairing the bridge and working with the other two Gods to build a great city in the hole in the middle of the island, granting this to the High Elves as their new capital city. Having essentially saved the High Elves from potential doom and expended a lot of power giving them a ridiculous amount of assistance in settling in to their new home, the Gods have now taken a step back to observe the world once more, hoping that the High Elves prove themselves worthy of the gifts they have been granted. For her part, Duenta uses the momentum gathered in all the chaotic, constantly moving water to her advantage and unleashes a giant tsunami in Ukalias general direction.
Meanwhile, Dorathine the 13th 'The Warrior'(Who is getting very old now...) has begun using the previous 'vassalage agreements' to his advantage, promising protection and the cure only to those who forsake their shamanic league in favour of joining his kingdom. With the bulk of his army now positioned on the border of the hamsterfolk shamans, the implications of refusal are clear.
((I just realised it would be hilarious if Duenta rolled a 20 and just annihilated the High Elven island after everything that happened. They get given all of that stuff only to be sent right back down to the surface. Would definitely be a humbling experience.))
Post by: Strik3r on July 20, 2020, 02:26:39 pm
Year 332
As Eightstone goes back through the ruined lands, making sure it is all thoroughly deserted, Streamland raises an army to confront it. The other human kingdoms react similarly and begin raising their own armies, but it could well take some time until they are ready to confront this beast. Various nobles and rulers begin spending their wealth looking for experienced adventurers and heroes to join their armies in confronting the monstrous Goddix. There is also talk among the people of the human nations - especially in Streamland and Karhan - of an ambitious young noble who plans to lead a great migration to a safer land. It remains to be seen how this situation will develop.
Foreus had to somehow deal with the aggressive actions of Duenta without escalating the situation further when pretty much any action he took directly against her would escalate it. Ultimately he decided to focus on repairing the bridge and working with the other two Gods to build a great city in the hole in the middle of the island, granting this to the High Elves as their new capital city. Having essentially saved the High Elves from potential doom and expended a lot of power giving them a ridiculous amount of assistance in settling in to their new home, the Gods have now taken a step back to observe the world once more, hoping that the High Elves prove themselves worthy of the gifts they have been granted. For her part, Duenta uses the momentum gathered in all the chaotic, constantly moving water to her advantage and unleashes a giant tsunami in Ukalias general direction.
Meanwhile, Dorathine the 13th 'The Warrior'(Who is getting very old now...) has begun using the previous 'vassalage agreements' to his advantage, promising protection and the cure only to those who forsake their shamanic league in favour of joining his kingdom. With the bulk of his army now positioned on the border of the hamsterfolk shamans, the implications of refusal are clear.
((I just realised it would be hilarious if Duenta rolled a 20 and just annihilated the High Elven island after everything that happened. They get given all of that stuff only to be sent right back down to the surface. Would definitely be a humbling experience.))
((Just 2 quick notes: Generally, the more requests for rolls there are per post, the less attention i can give each one, just so that i can still reasonably hit the update window. Second: the center of Ukalia's island is a lake :P Theres ALWAYS a shadow if something is floating. Still, that doesn't stop me from putting a captial city icon there.))
YEAR 332.1
Having heard of the High Elves' success at opening a Chaos Rift. Theyrn Elros travels to Ukalia's new floating island to see if anyone involved in the opening of the Rift still lives and if so. interrogate them for information on how they did it.
Roll for how successful he is
Post by: auzewasright on July 20, 2020, 04:22:54 pm
The Streamlanders repair and rebuild the area along their coast. They prepare to try and kill Eightstone, as if he dies, the area he affected in Streamland would go back to being wetlands fairly quickly. The leader of the Skinners, meanwhile, makes the mistake of making the wrong group angry and flees into the uncontrolled area outside of the kingdoms.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 20, 2020, 04:39:29 pm
When the Skinners’ leader left the kingdom, the Foxfolk adventurers and militia try to kill him, hopefully ending the group for good
Post by: TamerVirus on July 20, 2020, 05:54:06 pm
Something had happened to The Keystone, an ancient elder hero from a time before time said in Moko oral tradition to be ‘holding back the shackles of Agamo’, Agamo being a primordial titan imprisoned deep beneath the volcano.
A Moko chieftain, M’Ova, sets out on primitive skiff in search of answers. Using old Moko star charts, the chieftain navigates his craft across the ocean seas to the island said to host The Keystone: the island due south of the kingdoms of Karhan and Arghila. Instead of finding The Keystone or any sort of old Moko settlement, M’Ova instead stumble upon the Kani-collou constructing some sort of settlement out of huge pieces of shell. The Kani-collou turn to attack the Moko chieftain
Will he survive this encounter?
((The Kani-collou have established the Kani Colony territory on the island))
Post by: Unraveller on July 20, 2020, 06:02:12 pm
The orange dyed sea about the Ziggurat teams with strange life as of yet unseen. Almost mutant, creatures of the deep emerge amidst the fractal like stone.
The ancient temple itself rumbles.
Post by: King Zultan on July 21, 2020, 08:23:34 am
Post by: Haspen on July 21, 2020, 08:45:37 am
Post by: Unraveller on July 21, 2020, 09:46:30 am
"I see now why we must return." The sharp coo of the White Cobra lingers in the morning sunrise. Her slit gaze into the dark stone of the Monolith stirs some inner part of her, whether that be Elysian or Vasilikos. That unnaturally refined surface beckons to her, glowing the dullest of crimson in her reflection, but she cannot reach out for it, not yet.
Nearly fifteen years have passed since Επιστάτα has become an envoy to the Bleg, and she shows it in age. 'Does the great Basileus yet live?' She wondered, emerging from the jewel and gold adorned tents for which the felines had generously offered up to her. That question played upon her mind, knowing full well her emperor's veracity and undeniable will to live. Yet. . . A strong, distant part of her believed perhaps it would be best that for all she had to return to was his bones.
"Epista! Epista! Epista!" Mewling voices knocked the cobra to her senses. Slithering through a bustlimg town center, still her strange form caught the eyes of the average Bleg, but especially so the fearless kittens. At the mere sight of her, she drew a crowd of the little tykes as always, who take it upon themselves to climb her serpentine body and ride, slide, or simply play about her.
It warms the beast's cold blood.
"It is Epistáta. Remember?" She coos, never tired of teaching the ways of her tongue. But to that she puts on a more serious face, "Now, now, but one more slide." She commands, "Today I will have to leave thee children."
"F-For good?" A calico asks.
"For a time." She holds her tongue, unsure of herself, or rather what her return one day could mean. "You know I must go back to my family, whom misses me so dear." When it seems they can bear the loss no more, she finally whispers, "The next time I come back, I want to see all of you grown big and strong, understand?"
A tearful goodbye to the kittens who'd sapped away her ferocity. Επιστάτα continued on, nodding her hooded head to the many folk whom passed her by, greetings and good tidings every one. These lands, she would cherish always.
"O' Lord Tarhar." To the grounds she knelt her head, unbecoming of a Vasilikos. "Long have I grown fat upon the generosity of thy people. It is time now I return home."
"Do as you will, Envoy." The immortal dragon replies, having lost any shred of interest in her or her people near a decade ago. "But I will keep my promise." To which he calls Vektar, a lesser drake of meagre size to act as envoy to the Vasilikos in kind. It is not long then that they are off, a short journey to be sure.
But when they arrive at the smog choked lake, they are met with melodious fan fare. Brass trumpets and Jahtari songstresses herald their arrival across a marbke bricked path to the central isles. All the while in the waters, just behind the veil of fog, lingered the thrice coiled body of the emperor. Then, at last they cane upon the palace of white stone, open and fit for the great serpents. Their the massive head of the spined viper lay.
" Επιστάτα." As he spoke, a gust of putrid wind came about them. "My child, thou must have much to tell me." He added, that mouth of his twisting into a crooked smile, eyeing the small black drake who'd taken upon a frightful visage.
Post by: TamerVirus on July 21, 2020, 09:47:16 am
Post by: Strik3r on July 21, 2020, 11:27:34 am
Notices and Summary:
Lets hope i didn't mess anything up too badly.
TURNS:
WORLD STATE:
The Dwarves of formerly Vanishmountain have continued on their sky-island building.
Purple Leaf Disease has spread within unmitigated regions. THe Dorathian Kingdom deadland has expanded as a result.
Red Leaf disease has spread.
Construction of the Moon Tower, the White Tower, and Zalalastan's Sky-ship and Skydock have progressed.
Rolls
Lets hope i didn't mess anything up too badly.
TURNS:
WORLD STATE:
The Dwarves of formerly Vanishmountain have continued on their sky-island building.
Purple Leaf Disease has spread within unmitigated regions. THe Dorathian Kingdom deadland has expanded as a result.
Red Leaf disease has spread.
Construction of the Moon Tower, the White Tower, and Zalalastan's Sky-ship and Skydock have progressed.
Rolls
Brüdine Bloodjarls vs. Alliance of Blood
Code: [Select]
Brüdine Bloodjarls 3d20= 17+18+5
Alliance of Blood 3d20= 3+17+19
Brüdines go to war!Clawed feet and iron spears atop ancient bones!
They marched onto the elves territory, no warning given, no declaration of war. The many ursine warriors march toward the Red Elves' capital, razing every town and village in their way, sparing not one elf's life that they met. The few of their brothers' blood that was shed only further emboldened the Brüdines' hunger for the red ones' own blood, blood for blood spilled. Even where the Red Elves were great warriors, many of them could do naught against the horde but run like cowards, toward the capital and warn whomever they could of the coming tide... if they escaped the wrath of the Bloodjarls, most didnt.
Brüdines go to war!
Fill the red ones' well with blood their own!
With the Brüdines carving a bloody path through the Red Elves' land, led by the Bloodjarls. Alliance of Blood took every elf that could wield a blade or spear for this was not just a war, but a call for annihilation that all Brüdine warriors heeded. There would be no victor until one of the two warring nations is drained of life. They were sent to face the coming horde in the fields beyond their walled capital city. The young, the old. men, women and children, all were made to face the slaughter, for the Brüdines would not spare even those that did not fight.
The meeting of the two armies was brutal beyond all measure. When the armies clashed, what remained afterward were fields of green turned crimson, covered with blood, the dead and the dying, of many, there was only a half remaining, with their remainders strewn about the crimson fields. Among the dead were both Elves and Brüdines in equal numbers. There were few who left the battle in one piece.
Only once the elves armies eventually shattered did the Brüdine Warriors take the crown jewel of the Alliance of Blood, their great city, with the obscene Well of Blood at its heart, where countless lives have been ended by the Red Elves.
Brüdines go to war!
The words carried by howling winds!
The Alliance of blood was broken, but so were the Brüdines. Few of the ursine warriors were left after the siege of the Red Elves' capital. What little was left of the elves' forces attacked the Brüdines held out in the capital, the elves may have been few, but the Brüdines were fewer. But for as few of them as there were, the Brüdines fought ferociously. The stones of the city were once more coated in fresh blood as almost every Red Elf and Brüdine was slain in the ensuing battle.
But in the end it were the Brüdine that delivered the final blow of this war. Gravely wounded, the warriors of the Brüdines would not be returning, but the Elves had nowhere to return to.
Still, there is no one in this war that did not suffer, much of the Brüdines' own land has become sparsely populated, with a great deal of the population having been drafted into the war.
"Brüdines went to war..."
Griffons attempt to settle the northern part of Hope's Claw
Code: [Select]
1d20=6Despite sending settlers to the northern part of the island, it was never actually settled properly, only resulting in an incredibly sparse population of Griffons in the northern half of the island, with according to the ones who actually settled on the land, the other ones just flew off toward Dragolia.
(The northern half of Hope's claw has become a weak territory of the Griffons.)
Griffons attempt to trade with Dragons
Code: [Select]
1d20=13The biggest part of succeeding in any diplomacy is communication and learning the Dragons' language has proved exceptionally difficult for the Griffons. It is an ancient, complicated language that has only grown more complicated with time as the dragons' own society has advanced. There were some difficulties and embarrassments for the Griffons as they attempted to negotiate a trade agreement with the Dragons. However they still succeeded in securing one, however, the Dragons made it clear that they could not deliver anything to Hope's Claw themselves, but would welcome the Griffons' trade, if they can do all the hauling themselves.
Griffons attempt to trade with the Bleg
Code: [Select]
1d20=4With the Bleg however, the Griffons have no success in getting any kind of a trade agreement. The Griffons' clumsy attempts at speaking the language of the Bleg seemed to only irritate them and the Griffons are fairly certain that they accidentally said that the Bleg diplomat's mother licks garden slugs, on at least one occasion.The great black dragon that lounged on top of the Bleg's great Ziggurat when the scouts visited this place decided to oversee the meeting, personally. Due to the diplomats' (somehow) slightly better understanding of the Dragons' language, they were able to catch a remark by him: "So, the Chimera have returned... Interesting."
Human nations attempt to raise armies
Code: [Select]
1d20=12The threat of Eightstone is an apparent one to the kings and nobles themselves, but to some it does not seem that much of a threat, after all, it is unknown WHY Eightstone decided to walk into Streamland the way it did. To others, it seems like a fools' errand: To kill a god. Still, if the call to mobilize is made, all will have to follow... even if it takes a while for everyone to get the message. Nobles attempt to recruit adventurers and heroes
Code: [Select]
1d20=15The opinions of adventurers, heroes and mercenaries seems to fall in line with the opinion of the general public, however it seems that the added incentive of gold does seem to make recruiting such individuals slightly easier, if only a little bit.Duenta attempts to send a tsunami toward Ukalia.
Code: [Select]
1d20=17The created tidal waves are large and powerful, if the previous one did not completely wash away the harbors of Eudenland, these ones surely will. Some of the great waves even reach as far north as Nordica.Would they know that it was a god that caused this, a certain undead god would surely have been awoken by cries for vengeance.
With the structure of the staircase between Ukalia and Eudenland already weakened this new series of great waves easily bring it crashing into the ocean.
Many people realize that they suddenly have another need for a portal, just hoping that it wont be a repeat of the previous incident. Maybe its best to just contact the University, with what they've heard, apparently the University is already planning on opening a portal to Eudenland, for the purpose of ease of access to The Grand Puffin, so that they could profit off of the success of the establishment by selling Portal Stones to there.
Dorathine attempts to get Hamsterfolk Shamans to join the Dorathian Kingdom
Code: [Select]
1d20=18Fearing both the disease and the Dorathian army, regions close to the current extent of the Disease's spread have begun flying the Dorathian Kingdom's flag willingly. However, the Hamstermen who did decide to join the Dorathian kingdom expect Dorathine to fulfill his promises... else there may be a rebellion in the future.The Hamsterfolk Shamans however, those who did not join the Dorathian Kingdom have seen through the Dorathine's schemes, now actively hindering the building of any bridges over the great rivers. They have also sent emissaries to other, unaffiliated nations, calling the Dorathians "oppressors" and asking them to send any amount of military aid they can to safeguard their independence.
Many nations agreed to send forces of various sizes to the Hamsterfolk shamans' land. These include: Slugmen from the Slugman Duchies, Magi from the University, Dwarves from the Waterstone and Sandpond clans.
The most... Zealous of these are those from The Golden Kingdom. Apparently the Dorathine received a message from the Emperor of the Golden Kingdom himself stating "An attack on the Hamsterfolk, is an attack on peace. An attack on peace, is an attack on us. We don't take kindly to tyrants." There have been rumors of strange, almost human, beings with talons, tails and wings of birds, transporting entire crates of Light Crystals to the Hamsterfolk Shamans' land and among the Golden Kingdom's ranks.
Theyrn Elros attempts to discover information about the Chaos Rift
Code: [Select]
1d20=4The destruction of Ukalia's staircase didn't really affect Theyrn, he had no intention of walking there anyway, as he could simply move about by chaos portals.However, once he started asking questions about the wizards in Ukalia and a few too many of Theyrn's red portals tipped the Ukalian High-Elves off that something was off about the guy and Theyrn was chased out of Ukalia, as in had to retreat by portal. If there ever was anyone left that knew anything of the Chaos Rift incident, Theyrn didn't find them and left with empty hands.
Foxfolk adventurers try to kill the Skinners' Leader
Code: [Select]
Foxfolk 1d20=9
Skinners' Leader 1d20=19
The enigmatic leader of the Skinners, a well dressed man whose name isnt even known because he tells everyone a different one, isn't just incredibly charismatic and utterly heartless but also a brutal, deadly fighter with his sharp, thin sword. Almost psychic at times as he was able to seemingly see attacks before they happened and move to dodge or parry well ahead of time, relatively speaking. The Foxfolk faced him alone with a hundred men and women, blades, arrows and spirit magic, all of it. The surviving Foxfolk ran as fast as they could, without looking back, only praying to whatever god they thought would listen that the "Demon in human skin" would not follow them to their home. He did not even view the attack as one, just a bit of a entertainment to improve his mood after being chased out of Streamland by some oafs... And his entertainment consisted of torturing the Foxfolk, none of them died quickly or painlessly, many were still in their death throes when the attack was over. The smart foxes ran the moment he caught the first arrow out of the air and drove it deep into one of the warriors' eye. The foolhardy ones, those that were allowed to run away, did so with their tails between their legs... often times without a tail, in fact most of the survivors ended up losing something in the fight: Eyes, ears, arms and... other things, an unlucky one even had his entire jaw torn off. And not all deaths did happen by his hand...The only thing that the Skinners' leader lost, was his fancy coat, which took a stray sword swipe, putting a hole through it. If he didn't have a name before to his enemies, he would surely be granted one now by them.
M’Ova encounters the Kani-Collou
Code: [Select]
1d20=7Encountering the Kani-Collou on the Keystone Island was not a good thing for M'Ova as he was chased around by the agitated crabmen with pincers, while he received few scrapes, he had ran far enough to run out of land with the Kani-Collou right behind him, he spotted a single large plank on the beach, probably had drifted there a long time ago, dragged it into water and held onto it and paddled toward a destination unknown.A few weeks later, he arrives on the southern coast of somewhere, onto a beach, freaking out a bunch of foxfolk in the process.
A meteorite lands in the Slugman Duchies lands.
Code: [Select]
1d20=20!The meteorite that hit the Slugman Duchies was a massive thing. Almost every glass window in the
It left an impressive crater in its wake, surely something for the Lake Scar University to study. The meteorite itself survived the impact... partially. The crater will probably become a lake, in time.
King C'is attempts propaganda
Code: [Select]
1d20=7While the Toadmen do believe that the falling star was an omen, they do not believe that the event signifies King C'is right to rule over all Toadmen, but rather a sign of something much more dark.Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/VnEfS4m.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/tLR3YQM.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/VnEfS4m.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/tLR3YQM.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: Unraveller on July 21, 2020, 12:01:14 pm
Brudines v. Red Elves.
(( That was rad. :) ))
Post by: Kakaluncha on July 21, 2020, 12:54:22 pm
After that failed attempt, Ndara organizes the second attempt of settling the Northern territories. Meanwhile, she sends scouts to the Batpeople's Magocracy, so that they may teach Griffons how to use magic. In exchange, the Griffons will teach the Batpeople about physical combat techniques never seen before in Dragolia.
Lastly, the priestesses try to build another shrine in honor of Nara.
Post by: Haspen on July 21, 2020, 01:29:22 pm
Seeing his people swayed away by wrong interpretations of the star-fall, King C'is begins an assault against the clergy, to break their power and install his subordinates as the new shamans and diviners of Sicis!
Post by: TamerVirus on July 21, 2020, 02:05:47 pm
Post by: Unraveller on July 21, 2020, 02:34:18 pm
As the few, scattered and remaining Brudines pick up the pieces of the furious campaign of the Bloodjarls, the land lays silent. This taiga, this forest, old and primordial in nature, having sprung up in the very second year of this world, more than three centuries ago, for the first time it lay quiet.
The Silent Year, it was known by the Brudine, whom both revelled in their pyhrric victory, mourned the honored dead, and looked within; was all this violence in retribution worth it? To the bear folk, whom first discarded their arms and were insulted in peace, perhaps it was. This grudge was too great. . . Ironic that they were borne of the the union of Hrvalda and her mount, Brün.
During this time, during the Silent Year, no great clouds of miasma waft across the lands, nor buzzards or parasites, it seemed the ancient wood took in the dead of the conflict. As if they returned from whence they came. The Well of Blood, the Burdine legion, the innumerable Red Elves, all of them consumed by the land. The taiga itself now took upon a crimson / orange hue, the trees grew tall, and their bark gnarled, yet strong. Only time would tell what this change would mean for the land, but for certain it had weakened the elven god of the hunt, with neither land, nor worshipers save the Lökhunds, it seemed the remnants of the Northen Pantheon were all but extinguished.
During this time, the Brudine converged, having located the remains if the first Konungr, Hvíturøld and dedicated their time to creating a great barrow at the heart of their land to be admired for all time. It is then, that the White Wyrm, Ljösofar set their eye upon them.
Post by: Unraveller on July 21, 2020, 02:34:40 pm
Post by: King Zultan on July 22, 2020, 07:43:01 am
Post by: Strik3r on July 22, 2020, 08:24:34 am
Notices and Summary:
TURNS:
(Kakaluncha, Year 334)
Griffons attempt to settle the northern half of Hope's Claw, with the exact same results as last time.
Griffons tried to get batpeople to teach them magic. They happily agree.
Griffons try to teach physical combat to Batpeople. The Batpeople it turns out, REALLY dont like physical combat.
Griffons try to build a shrine to Nara. This time with better oversight, they were more successful than expected.
(Haspen, Year 334)
C'is attempts to replace the Clergy of Sicis for interpreting the signs of the starfall correctly. Gets brutally executed for his attempts.
(TamerVirus, YEAR 334.1)
Slugmen Refugees fleeing from the devastation wrought by the wayward meteor head north. Most settle in the unclaimed territory south of the Slugman Duchies, creating a fully connected Slugaman Duchy territory.
(Unraveller, Year 334.3)
The northern lands of Dragolia grow silent.
Brüdines construct the "Kings' Barrow", a great barrow of epic size.
(King Zultan, Year 334.5)
A life consuming ooze emerges from the crashed meteorite and tries to absorb a nearby camp of researchers.
Turns out to be weak to magic and gets annihilated.
(Strik3r, Year 335)
In an effort to benefit off of the success of The Grand Puffin, the Magi of the University have opened a portal near it, so that they can sell Portal Stones with the establishment as a destination.
Due to Ukalia's crisis, the Magi have decided to undertake the difficult process of opening a remote portal to Ukalia's capital city.
Elysians living in the Waterstone Clan's lands are slowly integrating into the dwarves culture.
There are rumors however of Elysians growing restless within the Great Scar University's walls and the Elysian Gardens beyond.
The Northern lands of Dragolia become known as "The Silent Land"
WORLD STATE:
The Dwarves of formerly Vanishmountain have continued on their sky-island building.
Hamsterfolk Shamans have grown into their Weak Territories.
Dorathine Kingdom has grown into its weak territory.
Rolls
Im really glad that you liked it :) i was afraid you wouldn't but im happy to be wrong.Brudines v. Red Elves.
(( That was rad. :) ))
TURNS:
(Kakaluncha, Year 334)
Griffons attempt to settle the northern half of Hope's Claw, with the exact same results as last time.
Griffons tried to get batpeople to teach them magic. They happily agree.
Griffons try to teach physical combat to Batpeople. The Batpeople it turns out, REALLY dont like physical combat.
Griffons try to build a shrine to Nara. This time with better oversight, they were more successful than expected.
(Haspen, Year 334)
C'is attempts to replace the Clergy of Sicis for interpreting the signs of the starfall correctly. Gets brutally executed for his attempts.
(TamerVirus, YEAR 334.1)
Slugmen Refugees fleeing from the devastation wrought by the wayward meteor head north. Most settle in the unclaimed territory south of the Slugman Duchies, creating a fully connected Slugaman Duchy territory.
(Unraveller, Year 334.3)
The northern lands of Dragolia grow silent.
Brüdines construct the "Kings' Barrow", a great barrow of epic size.
(King Zultan, Year 334.5)
A life consuming ooze emerges from the crashed meteorite and tries to absorb a nearby camp of researchers.
Turns out to be weak to magic and gets annihilated.
(Strik3r, Year 335)
In an effort to benefit off of the success of The Grand Puffin, the Magi of the University have opened a portal near it, so that they can sell Portal Stones with the establishment as a destination.
Due to Ukalia's crisis, the Magi have decided to undertake the difficult process of opening a remote portal to Ukalia's capital city.
Elysians living in the Waterstone Clan's lands are slowly integrating into the dwarves culture.
There are rumors however of Elysians growing restless within the Great Scar University's walls and the Elysian Gardens beyond.
The Northern lands of Dragolia become known as "The Silent Land"
WORLD STATE:
The Dwarves of formerly Vanishmountain have continued on their sky-island building.
Hamsterfolk Shamans have grown into their Weak Territories.
Dorathine Kingdom has grown into its weak territory.
Rolls
Griffons attempt to settle the northern half of Hope's Claw, again
Code: [Select]
1d20=6The second time around, the results do not change. Again many settlers seem to leave without a trace, taking the food and leaving the building materials where they lay. They fly upwards, looking for the old flag, with their eagle eyes, following the trail laid out for those that seek it. They may have settled somewhere, just not where Ndara wants them to.Griffons try to get batpeople to teach them magic
Code: [Select]
1d20=19It seems that the language of the batpeople is quite simple, easily learnable by Griffon. the Druids of the Batpeople are eager to teach magic to anyone willing to learn, although most of their magic consists of earth magic, useful and versatile, but nothing special in the world of magic. And almost all their spells are cast by singing and music, it remains to be seen how Griffons will take to this form of magic, considering how much better hearing the Batpeople have.Griffons try to teach physical combat to Batpeople
Code: [Select]
1d20=1!The Batpeople consider the Griffons' attempts to teach them physical combat techniques an insult. As if one could teach combat techniques meant for a quadrupedal race to a bipedal one. Not to mention, the batpeople are highly proud of their magical prowess and largely peaceful lifestyle. Never has a conflict been fought by the Batpeople, all their differences have been settled with word or song alone.Griffons try to build a shrine to Nara, again.
Code: [Select]
1d20=20!This time with the Priestesses watching and keeping a close eye on the construction of the shrine, to make sure nobody runs off and everyone keeps working despite the difficulties in building for the Griffons, the shrine got built and with the stern eye of the Priestesses watching them, it ended up being much larger than expected as no one knew when to stop and the Priestesses didn't stop them either.Quite a grand thing, that shrine.
C'is attempts to replace the Clergy of Sicis
Code: [Select]
1d20=1!"The signs spoke truth!", they clergyman exclaimed. "The Great Tyranny of C'is arrived, just as they predicted!".
Whether there truly was a sign or not, does not matter. They had told all of these supposed signs, so King C'is' attempts to turn the people against the clergy backfired on him spectacularly as an angry mob stormed his home and dragged him to the center of town, where he was executed by the mob, skewered on a sharp wooden pole, vent-side first.
Toadmen are brutal...
Brüdines attempt to build a great barrow.
Code: [Select]
1d20=20!Unending was the Brüdines' sorrow for those lost in the war, in their quest for retribution and justice. So many proud warriors died in it, all of whom deserve to be remembered in the eyes of Brüdine who yet live.
Even if every warrior's body could not be brought to be interred in the great barrow, they could at least be interred in spirit. All those of the Brüdines that are left in the wake of the war, the old and the young all gathered to help in making the Barrow. It wasn't just a barrow for the Konungr, but a massive, subterranean labyrinth with statues of Brüdine warriors decorating every hall and room and names of those remembered, carved deep into the walls.
It was not a great dungeon bearing endless wealth, filled with traps and monsters, but a place of emptiness and great sorrow. With the Konungr's body at the very bottom. The place would come to be known as "Kings' Barrow" to most, but the Brüdines surely had a more elegant name for it. Now it sat there, still and unmoving, just like rest of the land had become, but still tended to by Brüdine that lived around it.
Ooze tries to absorb a camp of researchers
Code: [Select]
1d20=1!By the time the rolling ball of ooze reached the encampment, it had grown quite substantially in size, big enough to absorb a human. When the ooze and its increased size was finally noticed by the Magi in the camp, it was immediately realized that if the thing keeps growing, who knows how big it could get, and they realized how it grew, when it rolled over a piece of vegetation and absorbed it.
Without hesitation, those within the camp capable of wielding magic began pelting the ooze with spells and it was the luck of the Magi that the alien ooze was apparently incredibly vulnerable to this world's magics, specifically Arcane and Chaos magic. There were few Chaos Magi in the camp but the few that were, were plenty enough to whittle the ooze away with Entropy Beam, leaving nothing of it remaining, and they made sure that there was nothing left. Then Entropy Beamed the meteorite for good measure, just to make sure.
YEAR 335
In an effort to benefit off of the success of The Grand Puffin, the Magi of the University have opened a portal near it, so that they can sell Portal Stones with the establishment as a destination. In many ways the city where The Grand Puffin is located has become Eudenland's capital city, due to the success of The Grand Puffin. This move is mutually beneficial as it drives more business to The Grand Puffin, people who couldn't otherwise visit the place.
Due to Ukalia's crisis, the Magi have decided to undertake the difficult process of opening a remote portal to Ukalia's capital city. Portalstones between Eudenland and Ukalia are sold at a cheap price, to facilitate travel between the two nations. While there are growing concerns of someone malicious potentially marching an army through one of these portals, the Magi have assured that such a thing is impossible due to the nature of the portals.
While there are no Elysian explorers to these destinations yet, it is inevitable that they will find their way to these new destinations, too. Only time will tell how the people of the two nations will react upon seeing these creatures.
On that front, in the lands of the Waterstone Clan, where Elysians have become a familiar but uncommon sight, There have been first signs of them integrating with another people, at least one seems to be present on any expedition into the caverns, and the dwarves have apparently somehow succeeded in teaching them at least a basic understanding of the dwarven language. Perhaps, it is because of the Dwarves' stubbornness and refusal to give up. And let it be known that an Elysian speaking Dwarvish sounds absolutely hilarious and adorable. The Dwarves have also left an impression upon personalities of the Elysians that live there, for all intents and purposes an Elysian living in the Waterstone Clan can be expected to act like a Dwarf would but filtered through the Elysians' innocent and energetic nature. Aside from their presence on cavern expeditions, most Elysians in the Waterstone Clan, if they do anything, tend to do either simple or service jobs, cleaning, serving in the tavern, things like that... Some have a problem with this, but perhaps it is just the nature of things.
Elysians do not seem to find the Lake Scar University all that interesting, most Elysians that go there end up exploring the surrounding wilds, using the University itself as little more than a safe place to sleep and get food from. There are rumors however of Elysians growing restless within the Great Scar University's walls and the Elysian Gardens beyond.
In the wake of the Brüdines' bloody war, the land in the north was left changed, trees turned orange and red, their bark grew hard and twisted. All animals that once called these lands their home have left this place, A place where fruit rots on the trees and wildflowers wilt before one's very eyes. A place where nothing lives, always dying but never quite reaching that final threshold, a place forever in its sunset years, an eternal autumn.
There are many names that could be given this place, but only one is truly appropriate: "The Silent Land", for only the wind howls here.
Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/MfJ4bVR.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/CpQOXs8.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/MfJ4bVR.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/CpQOXs8.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: Kakaluncha on July 22, 2020, 10:38:22 am
"Once more settlers flee from their designated area. They are uninterested in the Northern Territories." Says Fimira, looking at the map.
"And our relationship with the Batpeople slightly soured after our attempt at teaching them to fight. It's understandable, but quite bad for our reputation." Says the High Priestess.
Ndara observes the map as well, her eyes narrow, a million thoughts on her mind.
"Their earth magic is apparently their type of magic is nothing out of this world. It follows complex patterns of singing and generating music..." Insists the High Priestess.
"Then let's develop our own style. I want all Griffons adepts in Earth magic to try and adapt the necessary steps from singing to dancing. Griffonian battle dances are ancient. If we could mix them with Earth magic..."
"We could have ground troops and aerial! Well thought, Grand Matriarch!" Says Fimira.
"Next, it's of the upmost importance to reorganize the settlers. I want scout parties sent to the settlers, and have them resettle in the Northern Territories. Inform them that they will be blessed as true Warriors in the shrine of Nara if they agree to come back."
"Understood, Grand Matriarch." Says the High Priestess.
"Lastly, we should resell some of the goods we recieve from the dragons to the Batpeople, and viceversa. Both races have likely never interacted with each other, and some of their products will be brand new. As the old Mistress of the Coin, I used this strategy several times with conquered races, and it's effective."
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 22, 2020, 11:18:23 am
“The demon in human skin, Torturer, Butcherer, has experience fighting. He seems to know when an attack is coming. It is clear melee combat is dangerous. We’ll need to improve our magic, and our archery for our next attack.”-A Foxfolk adventurer
The Foxfolk train archery and magic using. Roll for how well this goes.
Some Foxfolk pray to Duenta and Foreus to do something to help them fight the Butcherer
Post by: Haspen on July 22, 2020, 12:12:54 pm
Having killed the Demon King C'is, the shamans and diviners of Sicis declare that they're saviors and new leaders of the Toadmen. They proclaim that the place for Toadmen to expand to is not north or south, like the deranged King said, but to the east, where the Great Lake is. A new wave of migration and expansion follows!
Meanwhile, very similar to the one that fell at Slugman Duchies, a meteorite falls just west of Great Scar University!
Post by: TankKit on July 22, 2020, 12:36:28 pm
After half a year yet another meteorite falls from the sky, this time landing near the foxfolk shamans and human kingdoms of the far south.
Post by: Unraveller on July 22, 2020, 01:12:14 pm
(( In fact, here, I'll leave something REAL open ended for you to play with. ;P ))
Year 336.7
Long had it been since the Løkhunds of Nordica, once Bloodjarls, came in contact with the Brüdines above. Not since the Battle of Four Armies, it seemed. And even then it was a bond merely in bloodshed, things were different now. . . The houndmen were ever a merry sort, having driven off the shackles of malice, in Nordica to put it simply; they prospered. The vertical distance between themselves and their allies in war of old was the death knell of any continued relationship, indeed the Løkhunds knew nothing of the affairs of Dragolia, and little beyond their own sphere.
Still, in hopes to continue their Age of Ship and Song, the hounds decided that now was the time to look beyond their borders.
Jarl Wülfærd, first of his name, coated in shaggy shimmering blond fur took up this challenge, gathering countless good bois men to join him. Ever the warriors they were, the Løkhunds saddled up their ash longboats with arms and armor at their side, and set off from Nordica in hopes to find a way to connect their home with the lands of the Red Elves and Brüdine.
Some twelve ships were spotted sailing by way of Eudenland, far more than any diplomat needed, but the dogs were always just a little too cavalier. How fared the first leg of their journey?
Y̖̟̳͍͖͈̜̘̆ͭͩͧ͟e̐́ͨ҉͝҉̗̦͖a̵̷̦̳̖̝̩̭̗͈̰̐̿r̬͙̘̍̍̍̇͂ͮͤ ͖͕̪̟̪̦̫̏̽U̯͖̥̅͗ͫ̊̏̋͝͝n̝̹̬͉͎̮͈͖ͣͯ͞k̥̥͌͗̀͠ṉ̶͈̣̳̥̖̦́̌͊ͦͅo͎͔̺͓͔͇͙͊ͣ̍̃ͭͤw̴͎̦̭͉̆a̢̡̫̲̼̯͕͈̘̲̓ͨ̉̄̎̇ͥ͛ͫ͢b̯̩̝͖ͨ̒̈̑͋ĺͨ͂̾̾ͤ̔͐̉҉͎̥͖̤̱͡e̛͚̲̖̣͛̊ͤ͐̚ͅ
C̴͙͈̦͈̼̃ͭ̋̑ͨ̋͒̿õ͔͗ͣͤͣ͑͘͝m̧̹̥̫̟͓̔̾̂̚͘͠i̸̲̜͚̭̲͙̓̏̂̊̕ṇ̢͎̙̉͆̉̿ͧ̾̚͘g̴̦͇͖̻͚͇͎̜͒̿ͩ̚̕ͅ
̭̠̞̳̳̱͉͛̚C̣̋a̰͚͗̾͘l͈̘̻͍̲̙̲͓̻̽̉̈́̎l̵̵̮ͯ̎͑i͑ͪ͋̂̐ͦͣ̌͏̪̫n̜̠͙͑ͣ́͋̿ͤ́͝ͅg͊͗ͯͤ͆͛͋̅͋͏͇̫̝̪̗ ͖̩̼̫͉̠̤͔̹ͮ̆̄ͫ͝
͕̙̜͕̳̾̃ͧ̏͠C̿̇ͭ̽҉̹͉̩̝̟͠h̎ͩͮ̅̿͘҉̲̝̗̗̙̗̘̹i̽́͏͚͈̗̪l̯͙̗͎̘̔ͩ̈́̏̕d̶̨͎̠̫͓͉̲ͪ̏ͤr̦̞̝̥͓̈́̓͠ͅe̛͍̝͕̥͚͆̑ͯ͑ͩ̆̿ͦ͜͟n̛̫̼͚̩̠̬͔̪̊̆͂̒̽
̖̉͒̊̓͊ͧ̀̀Y̷̩̝͓̞̹̮̲͙̽̾ͥ͆ͥͩ͊̎̀é̡͓̪ͥ̋ͤ̑a̢̢͚͇̞͙̳̠̼͈ͬ͂͑͊ͧͮr̛͓̪ͨͨ̔̅ͮͭ͐n͗̍͏̴̹̲i̮͙̱̞͕̮̗͐̈́ͬ̌ͥͤ̊͜ͅn̸̙̰̫ͭ̋͒̿͠g͗͐̈̃ͦ͆ͬ̆͏̺̖̱̩ ̵̨͈̙͉͍ͬͨ̔
̧ͫͣͧ̏ͫ̓̎ͩ҉̦̼͓̣̥̹̠͜F̶̢͚̼̏̂ͦ͗̅ͦ͢a̶̤̖̠ͩ͊̿l̵̤̣͕̜̰͍̯̬̟ͤͥͦ͂ͤ̉͛͜l͚̠̗͙͈̫͍̺̼ͬ͐͋́͢ḯ̬̳͙̙̠͕̞̿͆̏͊ͫ̿̌n̋̆̍̆̑̎̏ͣ҉̣̱̥̤̤g̶̮͍̱̻̤̻̓ͩ́͠
̙͔̜͕̓̈́̎̃̋́͞ͅM̛̙̣̥̙̜̱͇ͦͮ̆ͨ̈ͥ̌ͭ́́å̴͕̟̬͕̱ͦ̆h͚̺͕̥̺̫̻͛͒́͝-̛͇̣͕̭͇͈ͯ̑̍͆ͭ͞Ę̵̼͎̣͉̦̜ͨ͜͠-̵̲̞͈͂̊̕͢G̭͕͖̝̝͔̑ͭͦå̗̝͛̿̓͂̐̾͘͢l̞̘̬͍͖̇̀
With a great heave of her battle cracked fist, and war torn muscles, Zchuld pummeled the grizzled face of the final challenger. Between her tusks, the beast of a woman rose both arms, streaked with the blood of the honorable dead, she let out a cry that shook over the great savhanna and tore at the firmament of the land. There was a quiet among the countless Orkish faces that gazed upon her effort and vibrant spirit. A reverant calm. It had been the first night in many moons from which the scattered tribes of the Greenskins came under one banner.
To witness the Great Choosing.
At last, the decrepit Zornaraugh laid down his crown. A number of goblinoids emerged from the woodwork, dressing the victorious Zchuld in a coat of fine furs, then placing the crown of the shaman upon her head of thick, braided hair. "You. . . Big Boss now." He sputtered to say.
To her new followers she spoke, voice like the howl of mountain wind, "Tribes? No more! I spit on name of Big Boss!" The woman roared, ambition unlike an Ork in her eyes. "I am Khan Zchuld! And all tribes are of my bosom!"
The first among the Greenskins to unite their races in more than mere battle emerges, naming her people now the Zchuldae Khanate. They immediately begin work centralizing under this new strength.
Post by: TamerVirus on July 22, 2020, 01:14:13 pm
Post by: Strik3r on July 22, 2020, 02:09:03 pm
Year 336.1
Meanwhile, very similar to the one that fell at Slugman Duchies, a meteorite falls just west of Great Scar University!
Code: [Select]
1d20=18This meteorite was slightly smaller than the one that landed on the Western Continent but not by much. The impact formed a sizable crater, and the earthquakes caused a secondary "Scar-like" fracture to form near the Great scar.With the incident report from the Lake Scar University, and the meteorite's similarity to the one that landed there, The Magi of the University took no chances. After verifying and confirming the meteorite's integrity, that it had not fractured before or after landing, it was annihilated with a Chaos Entropy Beam.
Year 336.6
After half a year yet another meteorite falls from the sky, this time landing near the foxfolk shamans and human kingdoms of the far south.
Code: [Select]
1d20=7This meteorite was much smaller than the ones that landed in the West or on Dragolia, probably having broken off from the main body long before appearing in the skies and most of the meteorite burned up in the sky before hitting the ground, which it did with some force, leaving a small but respectable crater and being completely vaporized in the impact.
map
(https://i.imgur.com/wytgkuz.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/CpQOXs8.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/wytgkuz.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/CpQOXs8.png)
Post by: King Zultan on July 23, 2020, 06:54:42 am
Post by: Strik3r on July 23, 2020, 07:09:39 am
Notices and Summary:
TURNS:
WORLD STATE:
The Dwarves of formerly Vanishmountain have continued on their sky-island building.
Streamland and New Qhanganate have grown into the remainder of their weak territory
Rolls
TURNS:
WORLD STATE:
The Dwarves of formerly Vanishmountain have continued on their sky-island building.
Streamland and New Qhanganate have grown into the remainder of their weak territory
Rolls
Griffons attempt to replicate Batpeople's Earth Magic
Code: [Select]
1d20=5The Griifons have discovered that Earth magic and Griffon do not really mix well. Nor does the Batpeople way of casting that magic, namely dancing and singing, which are highly specific and even small deviations from the form having at times, disastrous consequences. Deviations which are unavoidable by the Griffons due to their different physical build. Several budding Griffon Earth magi are hit square in the beak with rocks that suddenly shot out of the ground. Others die by suffocation after accidentally summoning dirt inside their lungs.Griffon scouts attempt to convince the runaway settlers to return
Code: [Select]
1d20=9The Scouts followed the trail of flags and other markings left by the runaways for the runaways, halfway across the continent. before reaching their massive encampment, which was led by a large, old Griffon that spoke in a strong but calm tone.He explained to the scouts that they would not be able to convince them to come back to a nation that does not respect them. The Griffon runaways only laughed at the mention of "Being blessed as true "Warriors" in shrine of Nara", with jokes regarding its troubled construction being thrown around. With their leader adding: "What kind of "True Warrior" prays to a god for strength?".
The Scouts were sent off being told that if they ever return, The Griffons wouldn't be here anymore.
The Griffons attempt to resell things between the Elder Council of Dragolia and the Batpeople
Code: [Select]
In order: Batpeople, Dragolia
1d20=19+20!The Griffons reselling of goods goes incredibly well both ways, allowing them to skim a significant profit off of each trade.
The Goods from the Elder Council of Dragolia are intensely interesting for the Batpeople as they're things they've never seen before, from a nation that has existed for far longer than they have.
At the same time, things fromt the batpeople are highly desired by those living in the council lands, often times being magical things of an highly exotic nature to the dragons.
Foxfolk try to train archery and magical skills
Code: [Select]
1d20=16With the "Butcherer" having become something of a bogyman for the foxfolk, many train and practice archery skills tirelessly, having become quite good at hitting smaller and smaller targets from further and further away, but lingering doubt remains in the minds of many, asking whether any amount of training will be enough against such a foe, one that seems to see every attack coming, if the stories are to be believed.
At the same time, those foxfolk adventurers inclined to magic have been practicing, trying to create new more powerful spells and trying to cast them. Foxfolk magic consists almost entirely of Earth and Spirit magics and sadly in their last fight, spirit magic proved completely useless, so they have been focusing on mostly Earth magic, its unlikely the Butcherer's blade will be able to cut a rock.
Some Foxfolk pray to Duenta and Foreus to do something to help them fight the Butcherer
Code: [Select]
In order: Duenta, Foreus
1d20=3+14Those praying to the twin gods receive some divine words from them of varying usefulness in response but that is all they receive.
Duenta refuses to offer any aid to the foxfolk, stating that she revels in the strife and discord, but did offer a nugget of wisdom: "Without conflict, nothing grows, everything stagnates. Look how his appearance has spurred you all into action where before his appearance, the fox kin had become dormant and content."
Foreus however reveals that he might not be able to do anything, as "The Butcherer" is the most zealous follower of his revered god, but does not depend on said god for his power, believing that gods do not give, only take and is happy to deliver his sacrifices to his god using his accumulated skills.
Toadmen try to expand eastward
Code: [Select]
1d20=1!Toadmen have grown sick of being constantly told what to do, constant decrees and orders. The settlers that were supposed to go eastward instead turn on the shamans and diviners, easily executing a brutal coup and leaving the nation of Sicis leaderless, as the rebels refused to take the seat of power, fearing the same fate befalling them too, instead proclaiming that Toadmen will no longer be ruled by any god or king, instead Toadmen will be the rulers of Toadmen.
This has resulted in the fastest downfall of a nation ever as it descends and returns into a bunch of separate tribes once more.
(Sicis has become "Tribes of Sicis" and is no longer a nation.)
Jarl Wülfærd sails out
Code: [Select]
1d20=20!In the wake of the great waves of the recent years, the ocean had grown exceptionally calm, the days sailing south were spent in revelry, songs of old, sea shanties and hymns, drink taken with them from home, the finest mead in the land and fish caught from the sea. Long gone were the days of oar, now replaced by sail and rigging. And as the days turned to night so did their songs to ones of haunting howls sung to the moon and the aurorae of the north, their way of calling out to those departed from this earth.
And howl did they too at the day when the moon "ate" the sun, turning it into a bright, burning eye in the sky. Even the Sharkmen dared not attack the ships that day for they feared its harrowing gaze.
But not the Løkhunds, they howled to scare the moon into returning the sun...
Somewhere on Dragolia, a pair of little orange eyes meet the great one in the sky, looking on from within the crystal that is its home.
The Children of Elysium could sleep in those moments, even if the great eye could not see them. They were wide awake, watching themselves sleep deeply.
Indeed, the hour of the red eye was strange, shadows cast by nothing, mirages of islands no longer there, visions of multiple worlds laid on top of one another. Some even hearing strange voices in their minds...
But soon, everything returned to mundane as the moon did "give back" the sun, continuing on in its eternal celestial journey through the sky and the Løkhunds cheered in unison at one more victory their own.
Zchuldae Khanate attempts to centralize
Code: [Select]
1d20=13With Khan Zchuld having united all of the greenskin tribes under one banner, both Goblins and Orcs have been concentrated, packed more tightly together and have begun working on serious construction efforts, starting with a capital city of their own, though it will eventually more resemble a very large fortress rather than the grand sprawling cities of Streamland or the Sandstone Qhanganate.
But orcs being orcs, creatures given form by Chaos, regardless of their unity, are still prone to confrontation, competition and infighting in all areas of their lives, many of which are ended over trivial matters, such as architectural planning. Regardless, they are making headway into becoming an actual nation, albeit a bloodthirsty one. As expected, the crowning of Khan Zchuld changed very little in regards to Greenskin culture.
(The Greenskin Tribes have lost some territory, but have become a nation: Zchuldae Khanate. The construction of a Capital City is also underway)
Lake Scar University attempts to build an observatory
Code: [Select]
1d20=4The convoys, with brick, glass and lenses everything packed and the researchers, magi and the construction crews ready, they set out from the lake scar university, but somewhere along the way they lost the map they were using to navigate and had to navigate from memory and guesswork alone, which they didn't do too well as they walked through endless forests and when they thought they had finally reached the crater, they instead found the sea staring back at them... they had walked all the way to the western coast... But they still have their resources and plenty of food.
YEAR 337
As predicted, with The White Tower growing, being built taller by the day, a need for more permanent residence has become necessary and a town is taking shape around the great wizards' tower
Although everyone agrees that calling the nation by the tower's name is less than ideal, no better name has been settled on, and the archmagi are welcoming suggestions from anyone near the tower.
Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/zP3gHRa.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/AIgslgw.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/zP3gHRa.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/AIgslgw.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: TamerVirus on July 23, 2020, 09:44:40 am
And speaking of portal nodes, the successful slugman proprietor P.M. Martin, now in the twilight of old age, petitions the magi of the university to connect the Free Cities of Dalai to their portal network: the boat trip between the two territories has become more and more difficult for the old slugman, but Martin also argues that there is definitely a market in Dalai for those portal stones. The wealthy upper-class folk would definitely pay for the convenience.
Post by: Kakaluncha on July 23, 2020, 01:01:44 pm
Ndara personally travels to the location of the scouts, and pronounces what will be known as "Ndara's Iron Speech".
Spoiler: Ndara's Iron Speech (click to show/hide)
Meanwhile, Prime Daughter Sha'Fimira rules as the regent queen while her mother is gone. As the economy improves, she decides to reform the northern territories into agricultural land, instead of settlements.
The Prime Daughter also orders the occupation of the northern Island, the Eastern Island, and the two southern islands, as trade outposts.
Fimira also decides to take a different approach regarding magic. Instead of adding variations to magic, she proposes that the Griffons create their own style of Earth magic, using ritualistic Griffonian battle dances.
Lastly, Sha'Fimira tries to diplomatically approach the Lizard people in the North-West.
Post by: Strik3r on July 23, 2020, 01:43:40 pm
Year 338-339((That is a Lot of rolls. Please dont go overboard with the amount of rolls, people
Ndara personally travels to the location of the scouts, and pronounces what will be known as "Ndara's Iron Speech".Roll for successSpoiler: Ndara's Iron Speech (click to show/hide)
Meanwhile, Prime Daughter Sha'Fimira rules as the regent queen while her mother is gone. As the economy improves, she decides to reform the northern territories into agricultural land, instead of settlements.
The Prime Daughter also orders the occupation of the northern Island, the Eastern Island, and the two southern islands, as trade outposts.
Fimira also decides to take a different approach regarding magic. Instead of adding variations to magic, she proposes that the Griffons create their own style of Earth magic, using ritualistic Griffonian battle dances.
Lastly, Sha'Fimira tries to diplomatically approach the Lizard people in the North-West.
Also, after reading that little text, a certain suspicion that has been growing in my mind for a while now...
I just want you to put my mind at ease;
Surely your Griffons are not wholesale copied or even heavily inspired by the ones in the land of small magical equines, right?))
YEAR 338.1
With the loss of their foothold in the South and recent acqusition of the formerly "Ukalia" now Dark Ukalia, The Chaos Coalition, as it is known, has been putting its focus inward, for the longest time now, it seems as if the Aetherials and the Chaos Coalition have been stagnant, despite Chaos being synonymous with change.
For a long time now, the size of the chaos domain has stayed relatively constant, that is because at its current size, the Chaos Rift does not discharge enough Chaos energy to have it at sufficient density beyond the current borders for it to corrupt the land and thus spread the chaos domain before dissipating. However, The Aetherials have begun pumping more Chaos energy back into the Rift, in an effort to cause it to expand, and thus widen the gateway between the two worlds, thus, causing more Chaos energy to spill out onto this world, increasing the size of the chaos domain. Not even the Aetherials themselves are sure how this process exactly works, but one can liken it to... an ongoing construction project.
At the same time, their other two projects are ongoing, too. They really are playing the long game...
The Agglomate Titan has been sitting about, largely completed for close to fifty years now, the Aetherials have seen no reason to wake it and send it on a warpath, for such an action would surely bring the wrath of the whole world upon them.
Their attempts to "crossbreed" Aetherials and Chaos Dragons... have hit a few snags. But they are slowly getting that done, too.
With the death of Arythia in the Third Crusade, much of the research on Aetherials has been lost, but a thesis apparently written by her has turned up in the Lake Scar University, concerning the unity of Aetherials.
The great spires of made of Chaos Crystal within the Chaos Coalition lands has been known for a while now, but their function has been unknown for just as long. Many times have people questioned, how can creatures born of Chaos retain any kind of order? The idea of an "Aetherial Consciousness" has been thrown around for a while now, but this thesis proposes an alternative answer, that all Aetherials share the same memories. With what Queen Arythia learned of the Chaos Crystals, she proposed that if all Chaos Crystals contained the memories of whomever created or grew the crystal the same, then the spires of Chaos Crystals may be MASSIVE repositories of Aetherial memories, each one containing the collective memories of every Aetherial that has ever touched it, adding all their memories to it as soon as they do, and simultaneously seeing every or at least a large amount of memory contained within the spire, thus adding them to their own. Thus, all Aetherials share the same memories and thus, think the same way, with their memories indistinguishable from others'.
Post by: Kakaluncha on July 23, 2020, 03:11:45 pm
((That is a Lot of rolls. Please dont go overboard with the amount of rolls, people
Also, after reading that little text, a certain suspicion that has been growing in my mind for a while now...
I just want you to put my mind at ease;
Surely your Griffons are not wholesale copied or even heavily inspired by the ones in the land of small magical equines, right?))
((First of all, yeah, I'm sorry for going overboard with the rolls. I will be more moderate next turn.))
((The second thing has taken me some actual research. I think you are talking about that series named My Little Pony? If not, congratulations, I just discovered that a show about horses actually has Griffons))
Post by: Strik3r on July 23, 2020, 03:30:47 pm
I think you are talking about that series named My Little Pony?
((I was indeed. The, i suppose coincidental(?), similarities then are unfortunate... Though once more im happy to be proven wrong in that the two aren't related.
Honestly, it was hyperbolic and based on assumption. I don't actually know what they're like in the show, i just extrapolated from what i DO know of the show, which is a little.))
Post by: Unraveller on July 23, 2020, 11:26:20 pm
Year 338.3
The journey of the Nordic Løkhunds is not one of dire urgency, nor a voyage of war. With their spirits high the hounds of Wülfhærd made landfall just after the great eclipse in Eudenland. Long trading partners with the mercantile nation, they spend a good month or two mingling in the population, fostering even greater relations between there people. A handful of the sea dogs even decided to remain, having found new an interesting threads and chapters to their lives.
The injection of yet more hard working Lökhunds into Eudenland mark another period of acceleration for bith growth and business. Still, the honorable Jarl pats them upon their backs and wishes them the best, those loyal hounds assure him that no matter the circumstance, they'll always remain loyal to Nordica.
Something else caught the shaggy Jarl's eye, something that certainly hadn't been there before, the floating island just a bit beyond Eudenland. It's not long before they learn of its origin, and even, how to ascend its heights. In the past unforgotten, under a different name, the people of Nordica may have raided the high elves, and sewn chaos amidst them. This day was different. Jarl Wülrfærd and two shield-hounds became perhaps the first Lökhunds to step through a portal. How fared their journey thence?
Post by: Strik3r on July 24, 2020, 06:49:45 am
Notices and Summary:
TURNS:
(TamerVirus, Year 337.2)
After ending up all the way on the west coast due to their poor sense of direction, the researchers from the Lake Scar University begin building the Observatory on the coast.
the old and successful slugman proprietor P.M. Martin, petitions the magi of the university to connect the Free Cities of Dalai to their portal network.
The Magi move in to open a portal in Dalai immediately.
(Kakaluncha, Year 338-339)
Ndara attempts to personally convince the runaways to return, but her "Iron Speech" is only laughed at, except for the Runaways' leader, he was infuriated by her.
Griffons finally settle the northern half of the island, but at the cost of it being largely farmland.
Griffons successfully settle two nearby islands as trading outposts, with the other two yielding typical results.
Griffons unsuccessfully attempt to create their own form of Earth Magic using using ritualistic Griffonian battle dances.
But they do get some interesting insight into magic in general.
(Strik3r, Year 338.1)
Aetherials have begun pumping Chaos energy into the Eye of Chaos in an effort to increase its size.
(Unraveller, Year 338.3)
Jarl Wülrfærd and the Løkhunds travel through the portal in Eudenland to Ukalia, get mistaken for a threat and get detained, held and interrogated before being released with only clothes and portal stones back to Eudenland.
(Strik3r, YEAR 338.7)
The Griffon Runaways have formed into the "New Griffonia".
WORLD STATE:
The Dwarves of formerly Vanishmountain have continued on their sky-island building.
The Construction of the Zalalastan's Skydock and Sky-Ship have progressed.
Purple Leaf Disease has spread within unmitigated regions.
Red leaf disease has spread, as a result, the Purple Leaf Disease is no longer present in Thairmar.
Rolls
(( Sorry about this one, I'm feeling totally out of it today. Just wanted to continue the Lökhund journey. Strik3r, your telling of their sailing voyage was a natural 20! :p ))Nothing there to be sorry for.
TURNS:
(TamerVirus, Year 337.2)
After ending up all the way on the west coast due to their poor sense of direction, the researchers from the Lake Scar University begin building the Observatory on the coast.
the old and successful slugman proprietor P.M. Martin, petitions the magi of the university to connect the Free Cities of Dalai to their portal network.
The Magi move in to open a portal in Dalai immediately.
(Kakaluncha, Year 338-339)
Ndara attempts to personally convince the runaways to return, but her "Iron Speech" is only laughed at, except for the Runaways' leader, he was infuriated by her.
Griffons finally settle the northern half of the island, but at the cost of it being largely farmland.
Griffons successfully settle two nearby islands as trading outposts, with the other two yielding typical results.
Griffons unsuccessfully attempt to create their own form of Earth Magic using using ritualistic Griffonian battle dances.
But they do get some interesting insight into magic in general.
(Strik3r, Year 338.1)
Aetherials have begun pumping Chaos energy into the Eye of Chaos in an effort to increase its size.
(Unraveller, Year 338.3)
Jarl Wülrfærd and the Løkhunds travel through the portal in Eudenland to Ukalia, get mistaken for a threat and get detained, held and interrogated before being released with only clothes and portal stones back to Eudenland.
(Strik3r, YEAR 338.7)
The Griffon Runaways have formed into the "New Griffonia".
WORLD STATE:
The Dwarves of formerly Vanishmountain have continued on their sky-island building.
The Construction of the Zalalastan's Skydock and Sky-Ship have progressed.
Purple Leaf Disease has spread within unmitigated regions.
Red leaf disease has spread, as a result, the Purple Leaf Disease is no longer present in Thairmar.
Rolls
Ndara attempts to personally convince the runaways to return
Code: [Select]
1d20=3Ndara's "Iron Speech" is only met by roaring laughter from the Runaways present, which is quite a few. Their leader however, the large an usually calm griffon, he's probably one of the laborers from the old home, has for the first time shown anger, having become infuriated most of all by Ndara trying to present herself as their equal, when in the Runaways' eyes she's done nothing but proclaim her superiority. The Runaways' Leader, he curses her, her sisters, mothers and daughters, exclaiming that Matriarchs like her and the ways of old are exactly the reason why their old home fell and they, the Runaways are determined not to repeat the mistakes of the past.
It seems that the Runaways are firm in their conviction and can not be made to return. Ndara is told to leave by their leader, adding on that if she truly has any respect for the Runaways, She'll leave them alone to forge their own destiny, a destiny that Ndara nor Nara will have any part in.
In hindsight the formation of such a faction was inevitable, in response to a great disasters, many start to question the ways of the old and look for new, sometimes radical solutions.
Sha'Fimira attempts to reform the northern into farmland
Code: [Select]
1d20=17Finally after multiple attempts to settle the northern lands, the Griffons succeed, but it comes at the price of making grandiose promises of large estates with wide tracts of land to those willing to settle there.
This has however had the effect of still leaving the land quite sparsely settled and hard to settle further due to being largely farmland with a few small farming and fishing villages dotted around, but still less sparsely populated than before...
Griffons attempt to settle nearby islands as trading outposts.
Code: [Select]
1d20=11Sha'Fimira is successful in getting Griffon settlers to occupy two of the closest islands, with the other two yielding typical results, as far as Griffon settlement attempts are concerned.Griffons attempt to create their own style of Earth Magic
Code: [Select]
1d20=7Creating a style of magic is much more difficult than learning an existing one and the Griffons are unsuccessful in doing so, but a realization strikes them, that perhaps they are approaching magic from the wrong angle, and the Batpeople's form of casting may be an outlier rather than the norm. After all on the Scouts initial scouting of the Great Scar University, they did not find any mages dancing to cast their spells, the few spells that they did see cast, were mostly verbal incantations along with the occasional gesture, and some, more basic spells only a gesture, apparently being cast with one's mind alone.Griffons attempt diplomacy with the Jahtari Sultanate
Code: [Select]
1d20=12The Diplomacy with the Lizardmen goes generally fine, there were few communication problems, as Jahtari diplomats tend to be able to speak many languages, including Draconic and Bleg.They welcome the Griffons to trade with them, as their own trade has somewhat slowed down over the last few years, due to the apparent loss of their Sky-Ship, a fact that pleases neither the Sultan, nor a certain Golden Dragon...
Jarl Wülrfærd and the Løkhunds continue their journey in Eudenland
Code: [Select]
1d20=5Although the Løkhunds of Nordica may have once been the fearsome Bloodjarls, that is not the reason for the events that transpired, but simple fear of the unknown. The high elves had endured much over the last few years so the appearance of three well armed and largely unknown beings in their capital city on the great lake, was not taken to well by the high elves.
Despite arriving in the city with peaceful intentions, the three Løkhunds caused much panic in the city square where they had exited the portal and were subsequently detained by the city guards. Detained, held and interrogated, and the number of Jarl Wülrfærd's men held by the High Elves only grew daily as more and more of them ventured through the portal, having grown worried as to the fate of the Jarl and those that went in before them. Eventually they were all released, but not before being stripped of all possessions of note, especially their weapons, chief among them Jarl Wülrfærd's axe, an heirloom that has been passed down for generations. They were only spared portalstones back to Eudenland.
YEAR 338.7
With the "Sha Matrifocality"'s constant pestering of the Griffon Runaways, they have decided to officially declare themselves an independent nation and have sent envoys to the Avarrian Empire, the Jahtari Sultanate, Refugio Guerra and Great Scar University, bearing their declaration of independence.
They have taken up a territory just east of Elysium and have become known as "New Griffonia".
Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/HcdgARB.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/vBcVNNZ.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/HcdgARB.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/vBcVNNZ.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: Kakaluncha on July 24, 2020, 10:03:48 am
((Well fuck those guys. Bunch of pansy victims))
Ndara returned from her travel deeply affected. Despite their attitudes, she can't but feel that there's some truth to the words of the Runaways. She decides that some reforms are necessary.
Ndara's first task is the creation of philosophial schools across the island, which will provide education, and enrichment of ideas for all citizens, be it Griffonian, or from other races.
Ndara also decides to promote Griffonian culture through the creation of art schools across the island as well, which will promote creation of Griffonian art, be it through sculpture, painting, prose, literature... You get the memo. That way citizens of all classes and jobs will have a chance at expressing themselves.
Lastly, Ndara finishes the year with two final tasks. The first, is to recognize the indepence of the New Griffonians and declare that any unwarrented agressions against the newfound nation will lead to conflict with the Sha Matrifocalty. Ndara also declares that she will send supplies to the New Griffonians for the next five years, to ensure their stability.
((Can I request not rolling for this one? It's just a geopolitical move))
The other task is sending the most capable Griffons in theoretical magic to the Great Scar University, in order to learn more about magic, and how to use it.
Post by: Strik3r on July 24, 2020, 10:52:00 am
((Can I request not rolling for this one? It's just a geopolitical move))
((Of course! There are actually very few things that HAVE to be rolled for. Chief among them combat and also certain larger things. Most things do not have to be rolled for, if you dont want to.))
EDIT: Also, im going to use this post for something... later.
Post by: Unraveller on July 24, 2020, 11:28:53 pm
Banished for his failure to die a good death in the Great Choosing, and bearing naught but a dark grudge against Zchuld whom dares call herself a Khan, the once tribal chief, Gratz'nuut, flees with a small entourage to the east. The creature himself is a deeply twisted one, some kind of cross between the brutality of Orcs, the cunningness of Goblins, and strangely enough, the size and stature of the Firbolg.
One wonders how it came to defeat against the ascendant Zchuld, perhaps her will is great enough indeed to quell the chaos of the Greenskins.
Regardless, the small band of exiled ones cross, purposefully, into the scorched crystal lands of the Coalition. There, they deign to treat with Atherials for temptous power.
"Bridges are not built on vengeance." The gruff blond proclaims to his folk, gathered before the yawning threshold portal of Eudenland. There's a murmur, no, barks that grow into a cacophony amdist the crowd, many of the hounds raising what equipment they bore left as Eudenlanders looked on. Yet the jarl remains firm, unwavering. "'Tis but an axe." He says, "I can always get a new one! Bwaahaha!"
Both paws firmly upon his haunches, the Løkhund shines his smile bright before his gathered men. Most of which feel a well of disappointment open within themselves, theirs was a journey of peace and brotherhood, not of conflict. At this, every last hound, save for a sneaky few, lays down their arms, donating them to the trade city as a mark of solidarity with their leader.
"Now! To the east we sail!" Wülfhærd roars, followed by the countless howls of his procession. Only. . . They would never reach Dragolia by sea. A fact made clear by a man of Eude. It was then the Løkhunds learn these portals lead to more than just the land of High Elves. Even to the east.
And so, leaving their ships behind, the Løkhunds gather all the portalstones they can manage. And with that, upon the translocating highway they ride, a legion of hounds, all the way to Elysium!
Post by: Strik3r on July 25, 2020, 06:08:56 am
Notices and Summary:
Kind of a lack of turns recently... Maybe this game is in its last days. But as long as there is even one turn made, I'll be here too.
but I do wonder how did i offend people to make them leave like that?
TURNS:
(Kakaluncha, Year 339)
Ndara orders the creation of philosophical schools on Hope's Claw. They see some success.
Ndara orders the creation of art schools on Hope's Claw. They see little success or attendance.
Some Griffons go to the Great Scar University to learn about magic. They learn about all the elements and ways of casting magic.
(Unraveller, Year 339.2)
Gratz'nuut and his exiled band of orcs go to the Chaos domain and carve a path through the mutated wildlife all the way to the Eye of Chaos. The Aetherials were impressed and offered them the power of true Chaos.
Jarl Wülfhærd and his men somehow travel to Elysium, spend time with Elysians, run out of food, eat bugs and realize that they are stuck on Elysium. At least the hot springs are good.
(Strik3r, Year 339.3)
Elysians of the University and the Elysian Gardens suddenly take off to the south, becoming a roving band of Elysians known as "Elysian Nomads"
WORLD STATE:
The Construction of the Zchuldae Khanate's Capital, Chaos Coalition's Rift, the White Tower and the Moon Tower has progressed. The Moon Tower is close to completion.
Rolls
Kind of a lack of turns recently... Maybe this game is in its last days. But as long as there is even one turn made, I'll be here too.
but I do wonder how did i offend people to make them leave like that?
TURNS:
(Kakaluncha, Year 339)
Ndara orders the creation of philosophical schools on Hope's Claw. They see some success.
Ndara orders the creation of art schools on Hope's Claw. They see little success or attendance.
Some Griffons go to the Great Scar University to learn about magic. They learn about all the elements and ways of casting magic.
(Unraveller, Year 339.2)
Gratz'nuut and his exiled band of orcs go to the Chaos domain and carve a path through the mutated wildlife all the way to the Eye of Chaos. The Aetherials were impressed and offered them the power of true Chaos.
Jarl Wülfhærd and his men somehow travel to Elysium, spend time with Elysians, run out of food, eat bugs and realize that they are stuck on Elysium. At least the hot springs are good.
(Strik3r, Year 339.3)
Elysians of the University and the Elysian Gardens suddenly take off to the south, becoming a roving band of Elysians known as "Elysian Nomads"
WORLD STATE:
The Construction of the Zchuldae Khanate's Capital, Chaos Coalition's Rift, the White Tower and the Moon Tower has progressed. The Moon Tower is close to completion.
Rolls
Ndara orders the creation of philosophical schools on Hope's Claw
Code: [Select]
1d20=11Several such schools were opened and although their attendance is greater than that of the Art Schools, its still limited. But that isn't the main problem with them. With new ideas come new theories, theories that may be unfavorable to Ndara. Although little more than idle philosophical theories, there is a trend of laying a critical eye on all aspects of the Griffons' society, its traditions and its rulers, past and present.Ndara orders the creation of art schools on Hope's Claw
Code: [Select]
1d20=8Although art schools were opened, attendance has remained incredibly low, its unknown whether Griffons just aren't interested in art as a whole or they lack the time to practice...Griffons go to the Great Scar University
Code: [Select]
1d20=19When the Griffons arrived at the Great Scar University, they were surprised at being greeted in their OWN language. It turns out that after the scouts initial visit to the University, the Magi succeeded in translating the Griffons' own language, thanks in part to the overly talkative scouts and the Magi filled the blanks in their understanding of the language via magical trickery, a Spirit based translation spell, apparently developed in a hurry to better understand Elysians after they begun to get anxious and restless. Sadly the spell proved to be useless for that.Speaking of Elysians, the Griffons' presence seemed to have a bit of a calming effect on them.
The University welcomed the Griffons to study magic within its walls. And study they did.
They learned of all of 9 magical elements:
Arcane: The most rigid and limited of the magics, but also the most powerful in terms of raw power.
Chaos: The least predictable, but also the most versatile. There are few things that can not be done with Chaos magic. Most of the world's greatest magical achievements were done with Chaos magic.
Spirit: Equally as versatile as Chaos, but in a different way. Summoning spirits, animating objects, psychic spells and Necromancy are all Spirit magic.
Earth: Another extremely versatile element, just on the account of how much it encompasses.
Air: A rare element, but one likely sympathetic to Griffons. Wind, rain and lightning can all be called and manipulated with Air magic. The first spell that Griffons at the University made was an Air spell, known as "Slipstream", that allows Griffons to increase their flight speed.
Water: Mostly popular among explorers, as it can condense air into water and also freeze it into ice. Sharp spikes of ice hurt.
Fire: Obvious and simple, very limited in scope but powerful as fire is. Dwarven magi are capable of heating stubborn metals beyond the melting point using Fire magic alone.
Light: Anything to do with light, from magical light to beams of light. Favorite of the Golden Kingdom. Best mixed with Spirit magic.
Darkness: Despite its name, mostly deals with perception. Void spells also fall into this category. Best mixed with Chaos magic.
There are murmurs of a tenth element, but the magi have limited information on it.
They also learned of the different types of magical casting:
"Instinct": Requires nothing but one's mind, but spells are limited in scope and power. "Telekinesis", "Dark Vision", "Arcane Blast" and "Slipstream" are all Instinct spells. So far Elysians exclusively use Instinct based techniques and many are amplified by emotion. The most difficult spells to teach and copy.
Incantation: Requires one to speak out loud an incantation to cast a spell. "Fireball", "Light Ray" and "Entropy Beam" all fall into this category. Easy to learn, but one must know what the words actually mean to cast the spells, and each magical Element and combination of Elements has its own "Language" that it shares with
Runic: Any magic that works by inscribing the spell onto a surface, whether it be stone or paper. Most Incantation spells have a Runic counterpart. Enchantments also fall into the category of Runic Magic.
Ritual: The most difficult spells, some require multiple powerful magi to cooperate on a spell to cast it. "Remote Portal" is an example of one such spell. The Batpeoples' magic largely consists of ritual magic.
What is interesting about the different types casting, is that they build on each other, for example, Rituals often involve elements of Runic and Incantation magic, and one needs to have a feel for an element through Instinct to be able to correctly learn Incantation and runic magic needs understanding of the "Language" of an element that is learned along with Incantation.
Exiled Orcs attempt a treaty with the Aetherials
Code: [Select]
1d20=19The biggest part of any diplomacy with the Aetherials involves getting through the choking Chaos of their domain and holding off the various mutated wildlife and the Agglomates, which the Exiled had no trouble with, in no small part due to Gratz'nuut, his strength and cunning. They waded all the way down to the Eye of Chaos. The Aetherials were thoroughly impressed with the Exiles' performance, had this been an attack on the Chaos Coalition, the Aetherials would have been legitimately concerned.Not wanting to actually face the powerful Gratz'nuut and his Exiles in combat, and the loss of such a potentially powerful ally, the Aetherials offered to infuse them with Chaos energy, the Power of Chaos and thus complete the transformation that had been left halfway when the elves first came in contact with Chaos. These new Chaos Orcs were completely corrupted by Chaos, with blackened skin, glowing red eyes and bearing glowing red scars upon their bodies, but still largely of free will, just deeply inclined to Chaos, like most corrupted beings in their Coalition: The Chaos Giants, once Firbolgs. Chaos Dragons, infamous for their devastating power. Corrupted Slugmen and Humans, Dark Elves of Dark Ukalia and now the latest addition, the Orc Exiles.
But the Exiles were different, the Chaos was stronger within them and in many ways, Gratz'nuut was much like Hagatai, the slugman granted the same power many many years ago.
Unlike Hagatai, the Orcs were given no conditions in exchange for this power, only told to "Do what comes natural".
Løkhunds explore Elysium
Code: [Select]
1d20=14History is unclear on how it is that Løkhunds actually reached Elysium, as Elysium was not an official destination one could travel to by the way of portalstones. Perhaps it was the Will of the White Tree that saw Løkhunds reach Elysium.((Perhaps i should make the map more accurate. Also, the Portal network on the map is just a visualization, in reality, one could travel from any portal to any other portal. i.e. Its not a network of portals, rather portals networked together.))
However, what they found on the floating island, was a gentle, tranquil paradise... With no civilization of any kind in sight, even the portal was just in the middle of the wilderness with only trees and plants around and the White Tree of Elysium visible far off in the distance. Soon enough they came face to face with the island's inhabitants, the Elysians, the short white beings approached the Løkhunds cautiously at first but soon enough were coming right up to them to playfully inspect the Løkhunds, sniffing them, poking them and playing with their fur, the Løkhunds's beaming smiles only matched by the Elysians' own.
The two races shared many similarities, both were friendly, covered in fur, had a tail and walked on paws. Of course the Løkhunds lack the distinctive skin that is stretched between the Elysians' limbs, and the patterns on the Elysians' back. Like the explorers from the University many years ago, the Løkhunds were brought before the White Tree, and the Arbormaid; The Tree Keeper. She wasn't much different from the other Elysians, aside from having a massive crystalline crest bearing signs of having been trimmed and holding a white branch as tall as she was. She looked at Jarl Wülfhærd with the most bored face the Løkhunds had seen on an Elysian yet, before touching the end of her stick to the confused Jarl's forehead, apparently it was some kind of ritual.
The Løkhunds soon became quite familiar with the culture of Elysians, which was by far the most primitive of any of them on this world, as the Løkhunds had eaten through what remained of their supplies, and had to follow the Elysians' lead, that being: Eating fruits, berries and insects and drinking water from streams. Suddenly they realized that if they had kept their weapons, they could at least hunt. There was plenty of wildlife on Elysium, most of it admittedly strange, such as blue foxes with bird tails. The Løkhunds attempted to travel northward, because that's where they know the Brüdines and Red Elves to be, but as soon as they reached the edge of Elysium, they realized that they're utterly stuck! Even if they could find the portal again, they had no idea how to operate them without portal stones, and the island floated above a gargantuan inland sea, even if one could find a way down, they'd have to swim for many miles to reach the shore.
But at least the natural hot springs in that part of Elysium were pleasant, even better than those in The Grand Puffin and the Elysians seem to enjoy them too...
Year 339.3
After spending many years in the University, and the University's magi controlling the aspects of their lives and more obsessively watching them with every year. While the lives of the Elysians that lived in the University and the Elysian Gardens were good, pampered even, at this point almost every aspect of their lives was being lived for them and observed. But despite the obsessive observation, the magi never learned the most important thing about them: They wanted to be free and they wanted to be themselves. The Elysians who were at the University who had come through the portal, from the first ones to all those after them, had done so to explore the world beyond Elysium. Instead, they ended up in a gilded cage, so to speak, little more than pets.
They couldn't take it anymore. So over the last few months, with the Griffons arriving in the University, the Elysians started stashing food from the kitchens in secret hiding places throughout the University and getting every Elysian on board with the plan to leave the University and live life on their own terms and explore the world together. So in one night, all their supplies were taken from their hiding spots and they met up at the Elysian Gardens, which were on the southern side of the University, closer to the Great Scar and ran off, as fast as their legs could carry. Very fast that is. Small Elysians were carried by the larger adult ones. The University grounds were emptied of Elysians overnight, the Magi only noticed in the morning, and spent weeks running around searching for them.
The Elysian Nomads have reached quite far south, and will keep heading that way. Aside from the food they took, curiously the only other things they kept from the University were the collars around their necks that bore the name given to them by the University, even though they could have easily taken them off, they decided not to. Perhaps thats an example of culture...
Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/GElin8G.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/OyW30rL.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/GElin8G.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/OyW30rL.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: TankKit on July 25, 2020, 06:13:46 am
Eightstone has once more come into conflict with a nation, this time moving through the easternmost of the Free Cities of Dalai.
Post by: King Zultan on July 25, 2020, 07:00:30 am
Post by: TamerVirus on July 25, 2020, 09:59:28 am
Year 340.5- The repeated incursions from Eightstone on the various nations has become a major issue in recent years. The disruption in trade, the destruction of territory, and the displacement of large swaths of population has led to major headaches for many. Many seek solutions to prevent or avoid further destruction from the Goddess of The Deserts.
A band of scholars and adventures from the Dalai Adventurer’s Guild scour over old Slugman literature to potentially identify any methods of influencing Eightstone. A particular area of interest was literature pertaining to the original incarnation of the Sandstone Qhaganate, a period where slugman appeared to have the total favor of Eightstone. However, the century long rule exerted by the forces of Chaos in the area has resulted in a scarcity of surviving primary documents. After piecing together various scraps of information, they learn that there was a sort of grand alter to Eightstone constructed in the first century during the era of the legendary Gazdrubaal ‘Whiteshell’ , the first unifier of the Sandstone Qhaganate. It was here that Eightstone expanded the deserts and gifted the glass spiders to the slugman nomads. What happened to this grand alter during the years of the Black Qhaganate is unknown; was it destroyed? Defiled? Abandoned to the sands? An expedition to uncover this old alter sets out, but will they find anything?
As one group seeks to control or pacify Eightstone, another group brainstorm more violent solutions. The Grand Mayor of Dalai, Liani, had guided Dalai through a period of great growth and was not gonna sit back and watch all the people’s hard work and livelihood turn to sand. Looking over the current stock of Ziani artillery, he concludes that they are just to small to take on a threat as powerful of Eightstone. The Lokhunders had proved it years ago: they can be hurt, they can be killed, but expect many to die in the process. To that end, Liani goes to his chief fabricators and smiths with a simple design: Ziani cannons...but bigger!. Prototyping of what would be called the Liani Great Bombard begins, but is such a construct even viable?
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 25, 2020, 10:09:43 am
The blue feathered Avarians living in the region with blue plants notice small glowing creatures gather around some of them as they sleep. They look like mites, and they glow various colors. The Avarians these mites gather around don’t remember their dreams. These mites grow throughout the night, leaving when the Avarians begin to wake up. These creatures are called Dreamites, due to the fact they seem to feed on dreams and look like mites.
((Sorry for not posting, was unsure of ideas))
Post by: Superdorf on July 25, 2020, 10:22:56 am
Somewhere in the depths of Waterstone, an ancient dwarf breathes his last. There is contentment on his withered features-- peace, perhaps, for the ruins of Vanishmountain.
Year 341
A swirl of flame.
A coal-bright eye.
A keening cry.
The Crystal Egg is cracking. Will it hatch in a year's time? A decade? A century? Let the dice decide.
Post by: Unraveller on July 25, 2020, 10:39:03 am
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 25, 2020, 10:39:29 am
Year 340.6((Could we determine what shape the hatchling takes? Or is that to be rolled for?))
Somewhere in the depths of Waterstone, an ancient dwarf breathes his last. There is contentment on his withered features-- peace, perhaps, for the ruins of Vanishmountain.
Year 341
A swirl of flame.
A cracking shell.
A coal-bright eye.
A keening cry.
The Crystal Egg has hatched-- and somewhere, something is bound and determined to reclaim its young.
Post by: Strik3r on July 25, 2020, 10:56:40 am
((i had a qoute regarding that here (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8162456;topicseen#msg8162456)Year 340.6((Could we determine what shape the hatchling takes? Or is that to be rolled for?))
Somewhere in the depths of Waterstone, an ancient dwarf breathes his last. There is contentment on his withered features-- peace, perhaps, for the ruins of Vanishmountain.
Year 341
A swirl of flame.
A cracking shell.
A coal-bright eye.
A keening cry.
The Crystal Egg has hatched-- and somewhere, something is bound and determined to reclaim its young.
Kore Jonhara and the Great RubyCode: [Select]1d20=16
The words of Kore make sense both to layman and to scholar alike, after all if such a thing as the Great Ruby exists and it does indeed grow all on its own, it must harbor great power, right? Even Magi would be convinced that it is divine, after all, growing magical crystals is a difficult process that takes a great deal of energy, and if it can grow them at such a rate BEFORE it is born, well only the power of a god could do that. If only they could SEE the Great Ruby, which was difficult, because Kore was so protective of the thing, but obviously for good reason. While the initial reach of his word is small, Refugio Guerra is in many ways the center of the world. Word would surely travel of the Great Ruby, first within Refugio Guerra and then, all over the world. It will surely over the years draw many people to it, all wanting it. Some just to see it, to perhaps join Kore in worshipping it, some to steal it, some to study it.
But all those that do believe that it is in fact the egg of some divine being... are right, it is. Most simply don't believe it, yet don't know it, yet. A kind of schism has formed within the ranks of those that believe in the Divine Egg, regarding as to what will actually hatch from it. One side believes that it harbors the greatest evil in the world yet, that will consume all of existence, others believe that in there is a being of great beauty and love instead. No one can know for sure, one of them is right, but not in the way they think. Whats in the EGG, was there that way long ago, but whether it will BECOME the destroyer of the world, or its protector, is not.
so it was going to be a Phoenix from the very beginning, but whether he'd be a good guy or a bad guy, was not set.
Superdorf also caused a bit of a strange discontinuity, there was never going to be a mother to the Phoenix and the hatchling was going to be the first Phoenix in the world.))
Post by: Unraveller on July 25, 2020, 11:01:18 am
Post by: Superdorf on July 25, 2020, 11:05:54 am
Superdorf also caused a bit of a strange discontinuity, there was never going to be a mother to the Phoenix and the hatchling was going to be the first Phoenix in the world.))
((Oh dear, so I have. I'll just... make a quick edit :-X ))
Post by: Kakaluncha on July 25, 2020, 02:25:14 pm
Year 342
After several months of talks, Ndara creates the position of the High Voice, a figure whose job will be to connect the populace with it's leaders. The High Voice will take into account the problems of the common Griffonian, and will try to solve them with the help of the Nobles. Far'Derenli, a common Griffonian who has excelled at the philosophical school of Tran, is chosen for this position.
Sha'Ndara also decides to establish trade with the Jahtari Sultanate using the same strategy as with their other trade partners.
Lastly, Ndara decides to create magic schools that will teach Griffons Air magic. Some philosophers, and magic experts have develop a theory, different races may have more affinity to a certain type of magic than others, and Ndara wants to see how true this theory is.
Across the Righteous Ocean, a the remaining Minotaur forces of the Taurean Khanate, were fleeing in disarray, terrified to the point of near madness. They needed to reach the mountains, so that they could save themselves.
They never stood a chance.
A titanic shadow flew above them, and the terrorific abomination landed in front of them. One bloodcurdling screech turned their legs into jelly. And then the Three that are One roared, and it's roar left the battlefield with nothing but ashes, cinder, and burned bodies.
As soon as the fires disappeared, hordes of Manticores descended on the battlefield and started feasting.
There was the lingering smell of fear...A trace...It lead towards the West. Where those Griffons fled.
With thunderous hissing screech, the creature opened it's wings and started to fly. The Manticores followed the beast, and it's promises of carnage.
Post by: Superdorf on July 25, 2020, 02:29:51 pm
Righteous Ocean
Three that are One
Are these roll requests, or just names?
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 25, 2020, 02:31:15 pm
Post by: Strik3r on July 25, 2020, 02:50:13 pm
Righteous OceanThree that are One
Are these roll requests, or just names?
They sound like just names, am unsure why they are bolded((Ehh, Everyone's got a bit of a different way of handling things
For example, stuff that i normally would bold, i just write out in caps, so thats whats up with random capitalized words in my posts.
Italics SHOULD be for names of things, but most dont bother and i dont mind
Only thing one should be careful with bolding is as always: if its bolded, i might accidentally roll for things people dont want rolled for. :P))
Post by: Kakaluncha on July 25, 2020, 03:13:14 pm
By the way, would the inhabitants of the Eastern Continent from which Griffons come from call it the Lefteous Ocean? ???))
Post by: Strik3r on July 26, 2020, 05:19:48 am
Notices and Summary:
TURNS:
(Note: summary later, hopefully.)
WORLD STATE:
The Dwarves of formerly Vanishmountain have continued on their sky-island building.
The Construcion of the Observatory has progressed.
Dorathian Kingdom and Hamsterfolk Shamans have grown into their Weak Territories.
Rolls
TURNS:
(Note: summary later, hopefully.)
WORLD STATE:
The Dwarves of formerly Vanishmountain have continued on their sky-island building.
The Construcion of the Observatory has progressed.
Dorathian Kingdom and Hamsterfolk Shamans have grown into their Weak Territories.
Rolls
Eightstone walks into Dalai
Code: [Select]
1d20=16When sentries reported Eightstone approaching the Free Cities of Dalai from the east, those living on the shores of the sea began migrating southward in droves. Eightstone, as if directed by something, approached the very northern tip of the territories, turning it to sand and then when it reached the shore, turning straight south and marching all the way down along the shoreline.A frightening theory has sprung up among the idle, that when the Black Sky-Legion originally attacked the Sandstone Qhanganate, somehow, a seed of corruption might have been planted within Eightstone, perhaps it got hit by a Chaos Flame blast from a Chaos Dragon and it has resisted the corruption, until now?
Impact of the meteorite impact
Code: [Select]
1d20=8The Magi in the University are somehow unable to find the crater caused by the impact or even the fracture, despite the latter supposedly being massive. As such those in the University could only speculate what the effects of such an impact might have been. The records are there, but the thing itself just isn't.Regardless, it doesn't even matter, because all attempts at figuring out how the impact might have affected the approaching calamity arrive at the same conclusion: The Meteorite impact would not or has not significantly accelerated the continent's fracturing or may have possibly even slowed it down somewhat.
((Not that i could have made it happen right now anyway, the map isn't finished, yet.))
The Expedition to find the altar to Eightstone
Code: [Select]
1d20=16With the rule of the Black Qhanganate, much of the old Sandstone Qhanganate had been left to ruin or outright destroyed. Finding the altar was not easy, with so much of the old land in ruins, most of the landmarks mentioned on paper, long gone. After piecing together what little information they could, the archaeologists figured out that the altar was built in a city near where once was the border of the First Crusader State, and then the Red Court.A city long reclaimed by the sands, now nearly buried beneath it, the Lost City. Once a jewel of the Sandstone Qhanganate, destroyed by Hagatai's Black Sky-Legion and left to the sands, now rediscovered. It was a truly depressing sight, a place full of destroyed buildings, from homes to large temples.
Now, after months of arduous digging, they managed to find the old altar, abandoned and forgotten and falling apart, like the rest of the city. Hagatai and his Sky-Legion when they swept through this land, seemingly paid no mind to it.
The prototype Liani Great Bombard
Code: [Select]
1d20=6During a test fire of the current design of the prototype Great Bombard, it suffered a catastrophic failure. The barrel of the weapon was completely torn up by the amount of powder that had to be loaded to fire the massive cannonball. Nobody was hurt in the accident, but the prototype is beyond repair. In the aftermath, it was figured out that the wall of the barrel was far far too thin to withstand the explosion. However, making the walls of the bombard thicker would substantially increase the weight, requiring the rest of the cannon to be reinforced to compensate, making it even heavier. All this would cumulate in a truly great bombard, that is a nightmare to build, requiring large, powerful creatures or cranes to assemble on-site and a massive, reinforced wagon to transport the parts alone.And mounting it to any vessel short of a Sky-Ship would be a fool's errand.
The Crystal Egg
Code: [Select]
1d20=20!With the Crystal Egg already cracking, the hatching of the little creature within cant be far off. It looks like that the Eclipse somehow triggered it to start its development again. And with how close the egg is to hatching already, the world wont need to wait for another eclipse for it to hatch thankfully, as eclipses like the one in the Year 336, only come about once in three hundred and thirty six and a half years, or so.Irahan, meanwhile is running around utterly clueless as to what's he going to do once the egg actually hatches.
Sha'Ndara attempts to establish trade with Jahtari Sultanate
Code: [Select]
1d20=10The Jahtari Sultanated is largely willing to trade with anyone and trade anything, but there was a bit of confusion regarding a statement by the Jahtari diplomat asserting that other nations do not establish trade with them, they establish trade with other nations. What the Griffons think it means is that the Jahtari Sultanate wont buy goods resold to them from other nations.The Jahtari Sultanate is the hub of trade on Dragolia, nations such as the Avarrian Empire that dont trade with the Sultanate, are largely cut off from trade on Dragolia. With the approaching threat of the continent shattering, the Jahtari Sultanate has been recruiting dragons in increasing numbers to aid in hauling goods, continuing and solidifying their trade empire should the continent indeed break apart.
Sha'Ndara attempts to establish magic schools
Code: [Select]
1d20=4With so many different schools established over such a short timespan, there is a shortage of Griffons to actually run and staff these schools. It takes a certain amount of education to actually be suitable for the job and that goes doubly for magic, as one needs to actually have a knowledge of magic to teach it to others. Most Griffons are simple laborers who wouldn't know magic even if it hit them in the face. The only truly good Griffon magi are the ones that were sent to the University, but even they are nowhere close to Archmagi. For now, for the Griffons looking to learn magic, the University branch in Refugio Guerra remains the best way to do so.YEAR 342.1
In order to make trade with their new trading partners, the Griffons go more smoothly, the Jahtari Sultanate has expanded southward to establish a trading outpost on the outcropping closest to Hope's Claw.
In the same vein, they have claimed the lands to their northwest, those close to Refugio Guerra, and the two nations are in talks of a joint effort to establish a new way onto South Dragolia from Refugio Guerra.
The Elysian Nomads have continued their travel south, and have come in contact with the northern territories of the Avarrian Empire. It has been discovered by the Avarians that Elysians love eating Dreamites, this has resulted in several instances of break-ins at night by Elysians, looking for the dream-eating arachnid-like creatures. It should be noted that although Dreamites resemble mites, they are much much larger, being roughly the size of large tarantulas, with the size and the brightness of their glowing abdomens corresponding to how well "fed" they are.
Sandpond is getting quite full nowadays, and resources are starting to run scarce, and with the Dorathian Kingdom quickly expanding, they are set to take Sandpond's primary source of food and clean water and deny it to them, as such they have decided to send out a group of settlers to their old but still operating outpost and establish a new village around it, securing it as source of food and water for themselves.
Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/8GqJLk3.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/OyW30rL.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/8GqJLk3.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/OyW30rL.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: TankKit on July 26, 2020, 05:58:28 am
Eightstone continues its rampage through the Free Cities. Is Eightstone somehow corrupted by chaos? Is it executing some strange, unknowable plan? Or, more likely, is this simply the logical extreme of its one true goal? After all, Eightstone is the Spreader of Deserts and Goddix of Sand. Then again, that also presents a problem - how will it spread the desert if it has already spread the desert as far as possible? What would it do if it was unable to continue fulfilling its primary purpose? Would it simply settle into its role as Goddix of Sand, or would it desperately continue trying to spread the desert into the ocean and beyond? Would it go so far as to attempt invading another world to spread the desert?
Regardless of the truth, it needs to be stopped before it destroys civilisation. How far along is the creation of a coalition army to defeat it?
Post by: King Zultan on July 26, 2020, 06:58:37 am
Do to the lack of affect the shamans magic has on the purple leaf disease it has continued to spread in the Foxfolk's lands. Roll for how much it spreads.
Post by: TamerVirus on July 26, 2020, 09:00:20 pm
In the end, the expedition has to rely on an incomplete ritual; filling in the gaps with pure guesswork. According to the annals of history, the last time a proper ritual was conducted, Eightstone blessed the slugmen with glass. It is hoped, that a proper ritual will at least bring Eightstone back under a semblance of normalcy. In reality, the gesture was bound to be unpredictable. The sacrifice is lit! What happens?
Post by: Strik3r on July 27, 2020, 07:56:41 am
Notices and Summary:
I have largerly completed the map work for broken Dragolia, and as such, ive rolled up the date for Dragolia's destruction.
however, we'll have to reach it first ;P When will it happen? When it happens.
Oh yeah, note the large icon with a circle around it, that's Eightstone :P The Circle represents its remaining HP.
Also, i've been thinking about something for a while now...
Since we ARE on the forum for Dwarf Fortress, and some of us are modders of this game
Maybe we should take stuff from this game and make a mod for DF out of it, to immortalize this forum game, in a sense.
y'know distill it, expand and refine the ideas and fit 'em into DF.
Thats what i was planning on doing once this game dies.
TURNS:
(Note: to be filled later)
WORLD STATE:
The Dwarves of formerly Vanishmountain have continued on their sky-island building.
The Purple Leaf Disease has spread within unmitigated regions.
Red Leaf Disease has spread.
The Elysian Nomads have continued their journey south.
Rolls
I have largerly completed the map work for broken Dragolia, and as such, ive rolled up the date for Dragolia's destruction.
however, we'll have to reach it first ;P When will it happen? When it happens.
Oh yeah, note the large icon with a circle around it, that's Eightstone :P The Circle represents its remaining HP.
Also, i've been thinking about something for a while now...
Since we ARE on the forum for Dwarf Fortress, and some of us are modders of this game
Maybe we should take stuff from this game and make a mod for DF out of it, to immortalize this forum game, in a sense.
y'know distill it, expand and refine the ideas and fit 'em into DF.
Thats what i was planning on doing once this game dies.
TURNS:
(Note: to be filled later)
WORLD STATE:
The Dwarves of formerly Vanishmountain have continued on their sky-island building.
The Purple Leaf Disease has spread within unmitigated regions.
Red Leaf Disease has spread.
The Elysian Nomads have continued their journey south.
Rolls
Eightstone continues its rampage through the Free Cities of Dalai
Code: [Select]
1d20=4With Eightstone's motivations unknown and the Dalaians not wanting to see their nation destroyed, those in the path of Eightstone's destruction formed a ramshackle militia, using whatever weapons, blasting powder and cannons they could acquire to drive Eightstone off. Despite many being lost, this ad-hoc militia managed to divert Eightstone's path southward. Taking inspiration from how Gojira was once defeated by Streamland, the Dalaians set up traps in several towns, laden with blasting powder and detonated them as Eightstone was within and pounded it with cannonfire from the few, small cannons they had.Another theory has arisen: Perhaps there is a sort of a logic to Eightstone's behavior, maybe it is aware of the Purple Leaf Disease, and it hopes that by creating an "barrier" of desert that the Disease can't spread past, those on the other side of the "barrier" may be spared of the disease. The logic falls apart when one realizes that the disease already is beyond Eightstone's desert. If that truly is its motivation, then it likely intends to surround those outbreaks with a desert.
(Dalai takes little damage, Eightstone takes 2 points of damage.)
The Progress of the coalition army's formation
Code: [Select]
1d20=5The Progress on forming a coalition army to kill Eightstone is progressing exceptionally slowly, with a large amount of troops deserting and running for the hills upon hearing that they would be facing off against a god.What remain, are only the most loyal and brave warriors warriors, foolhardy perhaps, although hardly the most skillful or experienced. And all the desertation does nothing to raise the spirits of those that remain.
Purple Leaf Disease's spread in the foxfolk lands
Code: [Select]
1d20=20!Due to the foxfolk doing very little to combat the disease, it has now reached a major population center within the foxfolk lands. When the foxfolk began to flee from the city, many of them were already infected, causing a chain of infections that rapidly brought the disease far eastward. Much of the land in the disease's outbreak in the foxfolks' territory has become effectively uninhabitable, with the disease so deeply rooted, that venturing there would be suicide.The sacrifice to Eightstone
Code: [Select]
1d20=6The guesswork of the expedition didn't pan out, as in nothing happened, absolutely nothing, for the better or the worse. Those on the expedition could not even begin to guess what they did wrong due to the total absence of any result. Maybe this expedition was a total waste of time, they thought, or maybe should they try again? Was any potential success worth tempting fate like that?Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/w6tdAFV.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/WHUukh7.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/w6tdAFV.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/WHUukh7.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: Unraveller on July 27, 2020, 08:05:13 am
Svikeðla, the Amethyst skinned dragon, rife with immortality and an unending benign curiosity has vanished. Their small, yet loyal enclave has gone with it, save for but a single lesser drake. The creature fled to the Copper Drake of the east and effusively pled; 'In the night under moon and star without a trace they spirited away! Whence I returned all was for naught, they would not leave me behind in migration! How could this have happened?'
Post by: TankKit on July 27, 2020, 08:37:43 am
Eightstone continues west, this time coming close to one of the forts surrounding the Qhaganate, which it attempts to move straight through so it can reach the Free Cities again. Eightstone seems completely uninterested in the areas it has already converted to desert, lending credence to the theory that this is simply the next step in spreading its desert.
Post by: TamerVirus on July 27, 2020, 09:01:30 am
Post by: King Zultan on July 27, 2020, 09:33:59 am
With the recent increase in the area of the purple disease infection in the Foxfolk's lands, they have decided to start burning a line separating the uninfected lands from the infected in an attempt to stop the spread.
Post by: Unraveller on July 27, 2020, 09:56:12 am
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 27, 2020, 10:05:08 am
The Phoenix begins breaking the crystal growths. It’s orange beak can be seen poking holes and breaking off small chunks of the ruby shell.
The nomads have discovered something new about the dreamites. When they get big enough, they grow small spheres on their backs. These are dreamite eggs. The parent hides these eggs under leaves in the hopes that they won’t be eaten before they hatch. The hatchlings start off very small, about the size of a fingernail.
Post by: TamerVirus on July 27, 2020, 12:58:06 pm
The lone Moko sets off towards Dalai, but with zero knowledge of the mainland, the chieftain has to either relay on known trade routes, the generosity of others, or if all else fails, his own two feet. M'Ova sets off towards Dalai, how fares his journey?
Post by: Strik3r on July 28, 2020, 06:34:24 am
Notices and Summary:
TURNS:
(Unraveller : Year 343)
Svikeðla, the Amethyst dragon, the curious one, has vanished. Their small, yet loyal enclave has gone with it, save for but a single lesser drake. The creature fled to the Copper Drake of the east.
((Knowing you, you've probably got plans for this and aren't just going to unceremoniously kill off an Immortal like that. ;)))
(TankKit : Year 343.1)
Eightstone apathetically walks over a fort, doing some damage to it, and being only mildly hindered by it.
(TamerVirus : Year 343.2)
The first Liani Great Bombard, is hastily installed in the venerable Fort Ziani, mirroring the deployment history of Liani's ancestral predecessor, the Ziani cannon.
(King Zultan : Year 343.5)
The purple leaf disease in the unclaimed lands begins to spread rapidly towards the south after coming into contact with a large herd of migratory animals.
With the recent increase in the area of the purple disease infection in the Foxfolk's lands, they have decided to burn a line separating the uninfected lands from the infected in an attempt to stop the spread.
(Naturegirl1999, Strik3r : Years 343.6, 343.7)
The Phoenix finally hatches, is full of surprises.
Elysian Nomads form a "symbiotic" relationship with Dreamites.
(TamerVirus : Year 343.7)
M'Ova sets off toward Dalai, depending only on his own two feet and sense of direction to take him to Dalai.
WORLD STATE:
The Dwarves of formerly Vanishmountain have continued on their sky-island building.
Construction of the Observatory, Orcs' Capital City, the Chaos Coalition's Rift and the Moon Tower has progressed. The Moon Tower has been completed.
Elysian Nomads have continued their travel southward.
Rolls
TURNS:
(Unraveller : Year 343)
Svikeðla, the Amethyst dragon, the curious one, has vanished. Their small, yet loyal enclave has gone with it, save for but a single lesser drake. The creature fled to the Copper Drake of the east.
((Knowing you, you've probably got plans for this and aren't just going to unceremoniously kill off an Immortal like that. ;)))
(TankKit : Year 343.1)
Eightstone apathetically walks over a fort, doing some damage to it, and being only mildly hindered by it.
(TamerVirus : Year 343.2)
The first Liani Great Bombard, is hastily installed in the venerable Fort Ziani, mirroring the deployment history of Liani's ancestral predecessor, the Ziani cannon.
(King Zultan : Year 343.5)
The purple leaf disease in the unclaimed lands begins to spread rapidly towards the south after coming into contact with a large herd of migratory animals.
With the recent increase in the area of the purple disease infection in the Foxfolk's lands, they have decided to burn a line separating the uninfected lands from the infected in an attempt to stop the spread.
(Naturegirl1999, Strik3r : Years 343.6, 343.7)
The Phoenix finally hatches, is full of surprises.
Elysian Nomads form a "symbiotic" relationship with Dreamites.
(TamerVirus : Year 343.7)
M'Ova sets off toward Dalai, depending only on his own two feet and sense of direction to take him to Dalai.
WORLD STATE:
The Dwarves of formerly Vanishmountain have continued on their sky-island building.
Construction of the Observatory, Orcs' Capital City, the Chaos Coalition's Rift and the Moon Tower has progressed. The Moon Tower has been completed.
Elysian Nomads have continued their travel southward.
Rolls
Eightstone attempts to go through a fort
Code: [Select]
1d20=10Eightstone did indeed just simply walk through the fort, over walls and all, apathetic to those within both ways. The same could not be said for the troops stationed, who scrambled to get away from Eightstone who stepped wherever it pleased, without care for what's underneath. While it didn't specifically aim to damage the fort, it also did not care if it did, and damaged several buildings and the exterior walls on its way through. The repairs and the clearing out of sand will take some time, but the fort will generally be usable again in a few months at most. Eightstone suffered no damage, as the troops within the fort had no means to attack it, nor did they want to, but the fort itself did somewhat slow the spider down.
M'Ova journeys toward Free Cities of Dalai
Code: [Select]
1d20=11M'Ova did start walking toward Dalai, but to Dalai is a long way, with only roads to guide him, some rarely traveled and long overgrown. Relying mostly on his own senses and vague hints of "far to the North-West" given to him by the Foxfolk, he set out, directly northwest. While he had a good sense of direction, he had no idea where Dalai precisely was, but having been told that Dalai is a coastal nation, M'Ova figured that he'd head northwest until he reached the ocean and then follow the shoreline west until he reached his destination.For now however, he is still nowhere close to the Dalai or even the coast, yet. Unbeknownst to him, far to the north, but closer than ever before, the Purple Leaf Disease is slowly spreading in all directions.
343.6YEAR 343.7
The Phoenix begins breaking the crystal growths. It’s orange beak can be seen poking holes and breaking off small chunks of the ruby shell.
The nomads have discovered something new about the dreamites. When they get big enough, they grow small spheres on their backs. These are dreamite eggs. The parent hides these eggs under leaves in the hopes that they won’t be eaten before they hatch. The hatchlings start off very small, about the size of a fingernail.
With a final, strong peck at its shell, the little Phoenix broke an opening big enough in the shell to fit itself through and emerged from it. Irahan, being the great, firey and lazy bastard that he is, only noticed the bird's hatching when he heard little squeaks and short songs coming from behind him. The great drake looked at the little creature with great surprise and wide eyes. Where most would run for the hlls upon setting sight upon an Immortal's eye, the little bird only tilted its head and called out again, singing a small, distinct tune.
Irahan looked upon the small being in front of his face, no larger than the smallest tooth of his, yet remarkably brave, covered in golden yellow or slightly orange feathers, with some feathers such as the crest being a distinct, vibrant red and it's tail feathers a deep blue that seemed to slightly shift in hue depending on the angle. Irahan was hardly an expert on birds, but being frequently around his brother, Tahar, he has picked up certain pieces of... trivia, from his brother's frequent mumblings. From what he remembers of them, highly vibrant coloration with contrasting colors and distinctive crests are typically found on males among birds. Not that it mattered much anyway, there aren't exactly any others like him around... Whatever the little guy is... Considering that his egg was made of Fire Crystal and he seemed to become more active after the eclipse (Which Irahan missed, because he was sleeping), that to Irahan gave the creature a connection to the sun, Irahan decided to call these beings... Sunbirds... well right now it was just The Sunbird, but this was a title, not a name, something the little guy would need, very soon.((Im leaving this one up to you))
Eventually these great birds of fire would become known as "Phoenixes", it is believed that the word derives from and was morphed from the combined Draconic words for "Sun" and "Bird"
Irahan was again utterly clueless as to what to do with the small Sunbird. Well he tried to do something, he lowered his voice down as much as he could, but it was still a loud, booming voice of a great immortal dragon, however, the little Phoenix was utterly unfazed, only responding with... the hymn of the Elder Council of Dragolia, well a slightly sped-up and high-pitched version of the lead instrument part that Irahan frequently hums, anyway. But he still sung it better than Irahan could. It took Irahan by surprise, but he was just amused by it, it was the cutest version of the song that he'd ever heard...
While he still had no idea how one was supposed to raise such a creature, at least Irahan barely had to worry about feeding the little guy. The little Phoenix was already capable of flight and a vicious predator to boot, more than capable of feeding himself by way of bugs, caterpillars and occasionally a small rodent, yet never flew far from Irahan and when he slept, he did so on top of the great dragon.
Irahan however, in a moment of humility, possibly brought on by watching the little Sunbird sleep, he realized that he can't raise him alone, and as such, arranged for one of the female dragons of his Enclave to act as a surrogate mother to the little creature. While it is intended to be just a utilitarian relationship, so that the Sunbird would have both "parents" as one should, who is to say it wont develop into something more and the little bird wont end up growing up being the older brother of one or perhaps many dragons. While most would scoff at the idea of an Immortal together with a Lesser dragon perhaps Irahan may be the one exception?
Speaking of eggs, a strange kind symbiotic relationship has formed between Elysians and Dreamites, if one can consider it "symbiotic", when Elysians eat Dreamites.
When they left the northern parts of the Avarrian Empire, they took some Dreamites with them. The University could not figure out many things about the Elysians, one of those being the purpose, if any, of the marsupial pouch that all Elysians have. It turns out, its for storing things, eggs specifically. Some Elysians who ventured south carried Dreamite eggs within their pouches in large numbers. The Elysians' pouches are ideal places for the Dreamites eggs: Moist, warm and in shade.
Elysians carry the eggs of Dreamites around, dispersing the newly hatched ones wherever the Elysians camp, preferably close to civilization so that the Dreamites can eat dreams, and Elysians can eat the Dreamites, keeping a few around to produce more eggs and thus continue the cycle. Dreamites however, can not eat the dreams of Elysians for some reason, so the Elysians need to feed them dreams from other creatures.
But perhaps this behavior sheds a greater light on the Elysians' own reproduction itself, if they are indeed capable of it. It is unknown how and whether they do, as such a thing has never been observed, but perhaps if they so nonchalantly store Dreamites' eggs in their own pouches, it may be possible that Elysians themselves lay eggs as well and incubate them within their pouches, which would mean that they are monotremes, like platypuses, in addition to being marsupials. And with the Elysians' energetic movement, the issue of having to turn eggs would be non-existent, as Elysians pitch their torso down nearly parallel to the ground while running and in general make large motions frequently. Maybe now that the Elysian Nomads are going beyond the gaze of the White Tree's eye, they will begin to increase their numbers in the more typical way, rather than being born from... tree-pods.
Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/jc3pmAd.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/WHUukh7.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/jc3pmAd.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/WHUukh7.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: Unraveller on July 28, 2020, 07:31:14 am
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 28, 2020, 07:44:09 am
Post by: Strik3r on July 28, 2020, 07:55:09 am
((Maybe I can add something about the amethyst dragon. Where is the enclave like in relation to other enclaves or like town wise?))((was.
here:
(https://i.imgur.com/uR7lwzJ.png)))
Post by: TankKit on July 28, 2020, 08:14:39 am
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 28, 2020, 09:03:31 am
((Was the dragon that lives on this enclave determined yet or not? I wouldn’t want to suddenly change an existing dragon))
Post by: King Zultan on July 28, 2020, 09:11:16 am
Without anything to stop it the herd of purple leaf disease infested animals continues on its path to the south spreading the disease as it goes.
Post by: Strik3r on July 28, 2020, 09:16:10 am
(https://i.imgur.com/l4ibZY5.jpg)((All active Enclaves have a small icon next to them, like that one. And hey, anything can be changed.
((Was the dragon that lives on this enclave determined yet or not? I wouldn’t want to suddenly change an existing dragon))
But that Enclave in particular belongs to "Sjávarorm". The two, Sjávarorm and Svikeðla (The one whose enclave disappeared), may or may not be related to each other in some way, right now...))
Post by: TamerVirus on July 28, 2020, 09:26:13 am
Forces within Dalai attempt to drive away Eightstone!
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 28, 2020, 10:06:55 am
Svikeðla found himself at another enclave, near large snakes. He found an emerald dragon using lightning to strike at any of the large snakes that came toward her. Sjávarorm is surprised that another dragon came to her land. Svikeðla is happy to learn that there is another enclave so close to his own. He asks Sjávarorm to tell him everything she knows of the snakes, since Sjávarorm is much closer than him. Svikeðla learns of the fact that the larger ones hunt younger dragons and have tried numerous times to eat her. She asks Svikeðla to get back to his enclave and bring them here, to assist with the hunts and hopefully attacking the Vaskillos’ home. However, when Svikeðla returns, he finds no one there. He returns to Sjávarorm to tell her of this, and asks Sjávarorm if he can stay with her.
Post by: Kakaluncha on July 28, 2020, 10:24:13 am
The Griffons had been enjoying a good era of prosperity. The economy was booming, the education was high, and the standard of living was quite high.
But on 345, tragedy striked. The bells rang, as the Matriarch, who had grown ill, allowed her last breath to leave her body, and the Spirit of the Matriarch joined Nara in her grand hunt.
Sha'Fimira, the prime daughter recieved a nation that was doubtful of their future, now that their original ruler was gone. While controversial, the consensus was that Ndara had to start from zero, and while she made mistakes, Ndara wanted the survival of a United people, who cared about each other.
Fimira's first action was to enter the Great Shrine of Nara, and prayed to the Goddess for advice regarding the future.
Next, Fimira studied the Realpolitik of the famous Griffonian Obbo mon Tisvarck. Fimira directed the occupation of the Northern and the two Southern inhabitated islands, to mantain trade with their three trade partners.
Fimira also proposes to their trade allies to form a political alliance.
But where Fimira's interest was located was in magic. Fimira sended several parties of scouts and intellectuals to the Elysium, to try to learn to use their magic, while also learning about their culture and lifestyle, but as apprentices, not conquerors.
Lastly, Fimira will try to pressure the Great Scar University into taking a more passive stance to study the Elysians, as they should have a say in whether they want to be studied, or not.
Spoiler: From the Matriarch of the Griffons, to the Great Scar University (click to show/hide)
Post by: Strik3r on July 28, 2020, 10:59:12 am
Year 344.1
Svikeðla found herself at another enclave, near large snakes. She found an emerald dragon using lightning to strike at any of the large snakes that came toward her. Svikeðlathat another dragon came to her land. Svikeðla is happy to learn that there is another enclave so close to her own. She asks Sjávarorm to tell her everything she knows of the snakes, since Sjávarorm is much closer than her. Svikeðla learns of the fact that the larger ones hunt younger dragons and have tried numerous times to eat her. She asks Svikeðla to get back to her enclave and bring them here, to assist with the hunts and hopefully attacking the Vaskillos’ home. However, when Svikeðla returns, she finds no one there. She returns to Sjávarorm to tell her of this, and asks Sjávarorm if she can stay with her.
Svikeðla was referrred to as male in the post that introduced him.
(( I can offer very little by way of mechanical advice. In all honesty, I appreciate it from afar, yet rarely delve into the numbers aside from the result, as it's the narrative that mainly sparks my interest.))
Year 318.7
The seas swell deep beneath the floating continent of Dragolia, ever so often licking at the deep bedrock that extends to the reaches below, yet all the while out of reach. To this, to the secluded jagged shore overlooking the descent into the ocean, and the west beyond it, Grøþhväld remains secluded, pondering the many metaphors of this sea toward his kin. With the Immortal dragons cast out upon the land, the Copper Wyrm languishes, *'What unity hast this world?'*
His brothers and sisters, those of stone scales and everlasting hearts, they beset themselves unto the land and toy with mortal kind, consumed in their own vanity and superiority.
Tarhar, amdist the Bleg, seeing all as his play pen.
Aurehia, amidst the Jahtari, seeks naught but a hoard, her greed must surely be her downfall.
The pride of Irahan, fool that he is.
The young Svikeðla, the amethyst drake of the arcane, too curious and immature for their own good. North of the twin isles lies his cloister of but a few close knit dragons, 'For thee I worry.'
Else, the crystalline Sjávarorm, alone in her lake to the west, merely a detestable hunter, no different than those the lizardmen call, 'Jahtgaro.'
Year 345
Lastly, Fimira will try to pressure the Great Scar University into taking a more passive stance to study the Elysians, as they should have a say in whether they want to be studied, or not.Spoiler: From the Matriarch of the Griffons, to the Great Scar University (click to show/hide)
All of the Elysians took off from the Great Scar University a while ago and became the Nomads.
Year 339.3
After spending many years in the University, and the University's magi controlling the aspects of their lives and more obsessively watching them with every year. While the lives of the Elysians that lived in the University and the Elysian Gardens were good, pampered even, at this point almost every aspect of their lives was being lived for them and observed. But despite the obsessive observation, the magi never learned the most important thing about them: They wanted to be free and they wanted to be themselves. The Elysians who were at the University who had come through the portal, from the first ones to all those after them, had done so to explore the world beyond Elysium. Instead, they ended up in a gilded cage, so to speak, little more than pets.
They couldn't take it anymore. So over the last few months, with the Griffons arriving in the University, the Elysians started stashing food from the kitchens in secret hiding places throughout the University and getting every Elysian on board with the plan to leave the University and live life on their own terms and explore the world together. So in one night, all their supplies were taken from their hiding spots and they met up at the Elysian Gardens, which were on the southern side of the University, closer to the Great Scar and ran off, as fast as their legs could carry. Very fast that is. Small Elysians were carried by the larger adult ones. The University grounds were emptied of Elysians overnight, the Magi only noticed in the morning, and spent weeks running around searching for them.
The Elysian Nomads have reached quite far south, and will keep heading that way. Aside from the food they took, curiously the only other things they kept from the University were the collars around their necks that bore the name given to them by the University, even though they could have easily taken them off, they decided not to. Perhaps thats an example of culture...
But i suppose the least i can do, is to write up an in-character response to the letter, for the next update. Its probably gonna be pretty... hostile, you ok with that?
Post by: TamerVirus on July 28, 2020, 11:02:31 am
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 28, 2020, 11:05:21 am
((It’s fixed now))
Post by: Kakaluncha on July 28, 2020, 01:03:15 pm
((Perhaps news travels slowly in the Sha Matrifocalty :P))
((Indeed they do :D I knew Batpeople Newspapers weren't up to date!
Anyway, I'll take that out. Sorry for the inconvenience))
EDIT: Nevermind, Intellectual Drama against Eagle Furries sounds worth it. Otherwise, the Sha Matrifocalty doesn't face any outside challenges.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 29, 2020, 08:16:30 am
The dwarves of formerly Vanishmountain continue work on increasing the size of the sky island, as such, they’ve decided to call themselves the Sky Island dwarves.
The Phoenix grows larger each day. How much larger has the Phoenix grown since its hatching?
The light sprite that created the Golden Kingdom has begun to be called Lux.
Post by: Strik3r on July 29, 2020, 08:24:38 am
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 29, 2020, 08:40:21 am
Post by: auzewasright on July 29, 2020, 12:25:12 pm
Post by: Strik3r on July 29, 2020, 05:45:09 pm
Notices and Summary:
This is what i meant when i said that today was a slow day.
TURNS:
(King Zultan : Year 343.8 )
Bleg attack Vasilikos' twin isles at night by attempting to burn them down. But their efforts are hampered by the wet conditions of the swamp.
Still several Vasilikos die, most to burn injury related infections, some Bleg are lost and some prisoners escape.
Without anything to stop it the herd of purple leaf disease infested animals continues on its path to the south spreading the disease as it goes.
(Tankkit, TamerVirus : Year 344)
((You forgot the year number, Tankkit))
Eightstone attempts to walk into Dalai, again. But is driven back by Dalai's army. Eightstone suffers immense damage as a result.
(Naturegirl1999 : Year 344.1)
Svikeðla ends up at Sjávarorm's Enclave. When he returns to his own, he finds it empty, gone.
(Kakaluncha : Year 345)
Sha'Ndara dies of old age. Sha'Fimira takes her place as the Griffons' matriarch.
Sha'Fimira prays to Nara, the great huntress and recieves some useful words of wisdom.
The Griffons attempt to establish a political alliance with their trade partners, but all of them reject their attempts.
Sha'Fimira sends some Griffons to Elysium to learn from the Elysians.
Said Griffons got a little too into it and ended up staying on Elyisum.
Also sends a demanding letter to the University.
(Naturegirl1999 : Year 345.1)
The Dwarves of formerly Vanishmountain have continued on their sky-island building.
The Golden Light has finally been given a name, known now as "Lux"
WORLD STATE:
The Dwarves of formerly Vanishmountain have continued on their sky-island building.
Jahtari Sultanate, Hamsterfolk Shamans and Dorathian Kingdom have grown into their weak territories.
Elysian Nomads have continued their travel southward, they have reached the lands of the Bleg.
Rolls
This is what i meant when i said that today was a slow day.
TURNS:
(King Zultan : Year 343.8 )
Bleg attack Vasilikos' twin isles at night by attempting to burn them down. But their efforts are hampered by the wet conditions of the swamp.
Still several Vasilikos die, most to burn injury related infections, some Bleg are lost and some prisoners escape.
Without anything to stop it the herd of purple leaf disease infested animals continues on its path to the south spreading the disease as it goes.
(Tankkit, TamerVirus : Year 344)
((You forgot the year number, Tankkit))
Eightstone attempts to walk into Dalai, again. But is driven back by Dalai's army. Eightstone suffers immense damage as a result.
(Naturegirl1999 : Year 344.1)
Svikeðla ends up at Sjávarorm's Enclave. When he returns to his own, he finds it empty, gone.
(Kakaluncha : Year 345)
Sha'Ndara dies of old age. Sha'Fimira takes her place as the Griffons' matriarch.
Sha'Fimira prays to Nara, the great huntress and recieves some useful words of wisdom.
The Griffons attempt to establish a political alliance with their trade partners, but all of them reject their attempts.
Sha'Fimira sends some Griffons to Elysium to learn from the Elysians.
Said Griffons got a little too into it and ended up staying on Elyisum.
Also sends a demanding letter to the University.
(Naturegirl1999 : Year 345.1)
The Dwarves of formerly Vanishmountain have continued on their sky-island building.
The Golden Light has finally been given a name, known now as "Lux"
WORLD STATE:
The Dwarves of formerly Vanishmountain have continued on their sky-island building.
Jahtari Sultanate, Hamsterfolk Shamans and Dorathian Kingdom have grown into their weak territories.
Elysian Nomads have continued their travel southward, they have reached the lands of the Bleg.
Rolls
Bleg attempt to set fire to the Vasilikos Twin Isles
Code: [Select]
1d20=14The Bleg arsonists do succeed in lighting fires on Twin Isles, but the damp swamp land greatly hinders the fires' spread and fires have a bad habit of giving one's position away, even if vaguely.Very few Vasilikos actually died to the fire, although some did receive bad burns and without any kind medicine, died to infection later. Perhaps this is the Vasilikos way, all who die are weak, those that survive are strong? However, some members of the Jathgaro Cult did perish in the flames and the Blegs' sudden attack caused enough of a commotion that some who were held prisoner on the island could break free, mostly dragons.
However, many of the Bleg that attacked the Twin Isles, died too, killed by the Vasilikos or the cult that worshipped them.
Eightstone vs. Free Cities of Dalai
Code: [Select]
Eightstone 1d20=4
Free Cities of Dalai 1d20=17
Up until now Eightstone hasn't really faced much in the way of resistance on its quest to spread the desert, but those on the western continent are starting to see it as a threat and have started raising armies against it, with Free Cities of Dalai being the first to take a serious stand against Eightstone.
Perhaps expecting to simply walk all over Dalai and turn it into a desert, Eightstone was instead faced with the entire army of Dalai, equipped with blades, arrows, magic and cannons, lots and lots of cannons, with which they fired upon the great spider relentlessly, chipping chunks off of its body with each cannonball that found its mark.
Eightstone did not take the threat seriously, or perhaps it was so singleminded that it COULD not. Whatever damage was done to Dalai was by pure chance, or done by Dalai to itself, chiefly by the Liani Great Bombard on Fort Ziani. The Dalaians greatly overestimated the bombard's range, the shots fired at Eightstone's reported location in the best case splashed in the ocean, it the worst case, landed in the northernmost port city and destroyed a building or sunk a ship in the bay. Its a testament to bombard's engineering that it could even fire that far at all.
However under the combined assault, Eightstone was forced back, and out of the Dalai's lands, suffering immense damage in the process and dealing very little in return.
(Eightstone has taken 5 damage.)
Fimira prays to Nara
Code: [Select]
1d20=19The Matriarch prayed to her goddess, the great huntress, Nara and indeed did she answer, but her words were not what the newly crowned Matriarch Sha'Fimira was expecting.The goddess told her of how the Griffons had grown weak and had forgotten what made them the greatest warriors and hunters of their homelands but postulating that it may be for the best: "In this world, the lions and wolves who rule only by fear, The world makes them into frightened kittens and obedient dogs."
Nara advised her to be "Like an eagle" in all aspects, to be a hunter not just while hunting, but at all times, to look for and to seize opportunities wherever she goes.
The goddess did also did deliver an ominous warning:"When there is nothing left on your ancestral hunting grounds to satiate her desire for suffering, Three that are One will grow hungry and fly west following the Griffons' scent and the One that is Many will fly east to meet her. In coming to this land, you have invited that beast to follow you. But it will not be a battle that will be fought by Griffons nor any races of this land, but a battle between two great evils, one fighting for the right to rule it, the other for the right to destroy it..."
Fimira proposes an alliance to the Griffons' trading partners.
In order: ECD, GBM, Jahtari Sultanate
Code: [Select]
3d20=2+1!+5Elder Council of Dragolia stated that the only Alliance they would be willing to accept, is the one where Sha Matrifocality are vassals to the Elder Council. They called her young and unfit to rule any nation, implying that the Griffons would be much better off under the rule of the Dragons and the only reason that hasn't happened yet, is because dragons can not leave Dragolia.
The Batpeoples' druids took her offers of an alliance as an insult, it looks like they're still salty over the previous diplomatic incident. They said that they do not want to be dragged into Sha Matrifocality's problems, and as a precaution, have withdrawn their past agreements, stopping any trade they have with the Sha Matrifocality.
The Jahtari Sultanate was perhaps the least opposed of the three to an alliance but not by much. Their reasoning largely is that they simply don't take sides, but are willing to trade anything with anyone.
Historically, Jahtari Sultanate's only allies have been the Bleg, but even that alliance is starting to slowly fade due to the Bleg becoming ever more isolationist. The Jahtari suspect that the black dragon is somehow involved.
Griffons go to Elyisum to learn from Elysians
Code: [Select]
1d20=18It is quite difficult to learn much from a bunch of creatures who one cannot even begin to communicate with in any meaningful way. The Griffons learned that there is very little to Elysium's "Culture", Elysians live as ascetic foragers and their only object of "worship" is the White Tree of Elysium. At first the Griffons thought that this was a exercise in futility, but one of the Griffons convinced the others to give the Elysian way of life a try, perhaps they would learn more if they learned to live as they do. While Elysians ate fruits and bugs, the Griffons hunted wildlife, at first they refused to share their food with other Griffons or with Elysians, but over time they saw how Elysians were always willing to share theirs with other Elysians, but not Griffons. It was then they realized that there is much more to the Elysians than meets the eye, even just their sharing of food: Its a system built on mutual kindness, they share food with those with less luck in finding food, knowing that when they'll need a helping hand, their kindness would be returned. Of course they do at times offer food as a gift. Once Griffons began sharing, did the Elysians too with them.
In time the Griffons began to meld with the Elysians culture, there was a sort of tranquility and rhythm to the ascetic lifestyle of the Elysians, living day to day, doing the same every day, yet every day being different, as they travel around the isle of Elyisum, at times settling down in a place for a while, but always moving on once their surroundings become too familiar, the only constant being the Mother Tree, by looking at her, they always knew where they were. There was a sort of purity in being between... no being both a wild animal and civilized person at once, some might call those Griffons "feral". They have long ago discarded all that they brought with them to Elyisum and decided to stay theer indefinitely, even though they still could not properly communicate with Elysians.
At one point the Griffons came across a group of dog-people that had apparently gotten stranded on Elysium after coming through a portal. And had been living on Elysium just as The Griffons do. The Griffons could be the Løkhunds' ticket off of Elysium, if they so desire.
The Griffons did learn SOME Elysian magic, even if by pure luck. Elysian magic is hardly well developed, they mostly use it to launch themselves from tree branch to tree branch or to grab things from far away, using some kind of primitive Telekinesis, but other magic has been seen such as some Earth, Light and Spirit magic, however Elysians have a much greater natural inclination to magic than Griffons.
((Sorry, went a bit overboard.))
The Phoenix's growth
Code: [Select]
1d20=16The Phoenix, still unnamed thus far, has been growing quite quickly over the last few years, which is probably an indication that the Sunbird will be quite large once it reaches maturity, if it ever stops growing.While he will probably never grow to be as big as a lesser dragon but where Dragons tend to be slow and lumbering creatures usually, the Phoenix will be an implacable, utterly fearless, and a little hotheaded being, should his current personality hold, as Irahan does nothing to curb these aspects of Phoenix's personality.
The Phoenix has also steadily been learning the Draconic language, but still attempts to communicate with his "parents" by song... After a bit of research by one of Irahan's enclave members, it turns out that the little guy is able to sing the national anthems of the Avarrian Empire, Free Cities of Dalai, Refugio Guerra and Elder Council of Dragolia, perfectly. He also occasionally mumbles things in all these languages, as well as Arghilan, like a parrot, rather than actually understanding what the words mean. This has made teaching language to him quite a bit easier, however. Irahan also swears that the little Sunbird has some form of telepathic abilities, being, according to him instill certain feelings in him and react to things before Irahan does or says them.
Like all young children, he is highly curious and recently has been looking toward the floating island to the west, Elysium, but dares not dare to fly away from his "father", Irahan.
YEAR 345.2
A sixth petal has appeared on Plantira, in addition to the five it had before: Green, Purple, Red, Blue and Orange.
This one is a sort of a bluish green, best described as "Jade" colored.
When The Host, the one who remained conscious somehow despite being infected with the Purple Leaf Disease and then subsequently the Red Leaf Disease, asked the Deity of Plants about it. it provided a small summary on all of the different plants.
For the Green ones it said: "They have seen every bloody war, every triumph, all of the world's sadness and happiness. Beings of flesh tread on them, eat them and cut them down every day, and that is just the way of nature."
Of the Purple ones it said "They are truly alone with only eachother for company. They live only through beings of flesh and without dreams or memory."
In regards to the Red plants it said: "The red leaves that feed off of the purple ones were created, but are only a small part of them all, most red ones lie far to the north, in the land of the Uprooters. Red ones are ever changing, never the same that they were before."
For Blue ones it said: "They are born from the dreams of their mother, the one who slumbers high above the world. She dreams of paradise, a place known to all as "Elysium". Not all her children return to her, some dream of a paradise their own."
and for Orange ones: "Far to the north, they are trapped in an endless cycle, and yearn for meaning."
but for the Jade ones, it could provide very little: "They are young, so young that i do not yet know who they are."
With the chat with Plantira finished, the Red Leaves on The Host's body chimed in:
"Hey chief, you know if you don't want all of the fleshies in the world to be slaves to purple, maybe you should get a move on. If we start running now, we might still catch up. Lets go, we'll be your sword, bring the purples into our fold. South now, quickly."
The Host commented:"I would surely be much faster if i had the wings of a bird..." and began heading south.
Some time after sending her letter, Sha'Fimira received a response from the University, a scroll delivered by a Spirit Light.
The message read as follows:
Dear "Matriarch" "Sha'Fimira" the despicable tyrant, daughter of an unfathomable fool, leader of a miserable and discontent people.
Know first of all, that no Elysians have been on the University grounds for six years to the day and we have sought to find them again only to ensure their safety. Indeed, in contrary to your ill-informed misconceptions regarding our honorable guests' treatment here, everything was done to ensure their utmost comfort and dignity, we treated Elysians with nothing but the greatest respect. The Elysians were, and indeed continue to be a great inspiration to all within the University. This is why fear that they may have become victims to some vile and sickening plot. A plot we suspect to be perpetrated by you! It was your people that came to the University immediately preceding the Elysians disappearance and left after they were gone.
Even though there are no more Elysians in the University, we shall refute your misinformed and infantile demands point by point:
One, We have never so much as restrained even a single Elyisan ever for any reason, even including as a disciplinary measure. Doing so would have been counterproductive to all our efforts to form bonds with them and study them through mutual understanding.
Two, all our attempts to teach them a mutually comprehensible language were for their benefit, so that they could express themselves, their desires and troubles to us. Such teaching was never done under duress or involuntary conditions, instead being done through games enjoyed by both Elysians and those teaching them. It is regrettable that the effort eventually ceased and the Elysians regressed in their linguistic capabilities.
Three, We've never undertaken any effort to use Elysians or their magical abilities as weapons, on the contrary, everyone in the University took every measure to shield Elyisans from even witnessing violence. The University had never been a more peaceful place than when the Elysians were here. The only time anyone attempted to teach Elysians combat, it was the Dwarves from our allies, in the Waterstone Clan and that effort resulted in the greatest leap in understanding of magical casting at the time and few discoveries have come close since, to what the Elyisans taught us regarding how emotion affects magic. According to records from that time, Elysians only became happier thanks to those efforts.
Allow us to conclude our letter with an appeal:
If you truly care for Elysians, our friends, as much as you proclaim to and wish to clear your name of any wrongdoing. Please take to the skies and find out what has become of the lost Elysians, of those gone from the University. We promise leave the Elysians be where they are and adopt a strict "No Interference" policy in regards to Elysian study if you find them unharmed and we can confirm it.
Sincerely, █████ ████████, Head of Elysian Studies at the Great Scar University.
Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/bOXOY18.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/t8bXf5R.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/bOXOY18.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/t8bXf5R.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 30, 2020, 12:27:53 am
The Host travels south, hopefully infecting creatures who have the purple leaves with red leaves. Roll for how far the red leaves spread
The Lokhunds on Elysium are followed by a small group of dreamites.
The phoenix’s “mother”’s name is Yamaha. She has blue scales. Irahan and Yamaha decide to name the phoenix Irayam, combining the first three letters of each of their names.
Post by: TankKit on July 30, 2020, 02:40:35 am
Eightstone suddenly stops moving. For the first time since its creation, it had suffered severe damage at the hands of a mortal race. Rather than attempt to assault the Free Cities head on again, it seems to begin producing massive amounts of sand from within itself! Eightstone then sends a huge sandstorm north to weaken the Free Cities.
Meanwhile, the High Elves have now occupied the majority of their island and Zoithor attempts to aggressively colonise more land to the east.
Post by: Strik3r on July 30, 2020, 09:36:13 am
Year 345.8
Ever since The Golden Kingdom was formed in the aftermath of the Third Crusade, they have stayed relatively passive and reclusive, having little to no contact with the world outside and have been generally a big unknown factor. But that has changed, the Golden Kingdom and Emperor Rheis at its helm, have made their first move and a bold one at that.
With the Black Qhanganate gone, the need for the forts surrounding the territory has greatly diminished, but Rheis must have seen some value in using them to defend his own territory, or simply doesn't want the forts of a potentially hostile nation anywhere near his border.
The Golden Kingdom has sent a messenger to the Hrilithan Celestial Empire, one of the so-called "Winged Ones", beings that are mostly human, but have the talons, wings and tail of a bird, with the color of the feathers matching the color of their hair, frequently of light tones: gold, white, blond. These beings were supposedly created by Lux, the Golden Light, as her a race her own, like many gods have. They seem to be the upper echelon of the Golden Kingdom's society and serve as the elite warriors, law enforcers and judges of the Golden Kingdom.
The Golden Kingdom has demanded that the Hrilithan Celestial Empire cede the ownership of the three northern forts to the Golden Kingdom. It was explicitly stated that if the Celestial Empire refuses the Golden Kingdom's demands, they will take the forts by force.
Roll for how the Hrilithan Celestial Empire responds
Post by: TamerVirus on July 30, 2020, 09:54:27 am
And so the chieftain begins heading north. It's not before long that he starts seeing wildlife afflicted with the disease of purple leaves. The foxfolk who visited had mentioned the disease to him, describing the affliction in grim terms. Now the lone traveling Moko was seeing the effects himself. But what was he to do? This illness...is another aspect of nature, he thinks. M'Ova takes out his trusty club and begins attacking the infected wildlife.
He gathers the infected bodies and burns them as an offering to the nature spirits, but do they give him any new insight about the purple leaf disease?
Post by: King Zultan on July 30, 2020, 11:46:00 am
Post by: Kakaluncha on July 30, 2020, 12:40:27 pm
Fimira has done nothing but dwell on the words of Nara, and reach the conclusion that the goddess words are true. The Golden Age of Heroes ended due to the Griffons growing overly prideful. To rule through fear means nothing but to create a legacy of despair, while ruling through love creates a future in which which future generations may enjoy the efforts of those who came before.
The words of the Goddess are also worrying. A beast, equal in terror to the Three that are One? And it seems that the nightmare will follow the Griffons to these lands, as well.
Fimira raises her head. She has to act now.
First of all, it's clear that the dragons are far too arrogant and Fimira can't blame the Batpeople for feeling threatened by the Griffons. So the Jahtari Sultanate may probably be their best bet. Fimira will secretly inform the Jahtari that the Griffons will conduct an investigation on the change in Bldg policies. Send a party to secretly investigate the situation in the Monolith. Their objective is to discover any involvement of the black dragon in Bleg policies.
Secondly, Fimira will offer the Løkhunds of Elysium a chance to return to their home. If the Løkhunds were to adopt the lifestyle of their companions in Elysium, they would certainly be much happier. Roll to see the success of the Elysian Løkhund preachers.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 30, 2020, 12:42:34 pm
It’s been nearly 40 years since the rain of petrifying mead. Luckily, only 2 bearwalkers ended up drinking the stuff, their bodies like statues. Those that had petrified wood on them, not in them, have learned to use the stone-like substance to better break things like trees or rocks. For nearly 40 years they never drank mead, and will not again, fearing it will do what it did to the 2 that drank it. Those who are partially converted take the ones who can’t move on their own and begin traveling north, as some traders who pass their territory have mentioned creatures called Firbolg who are rumored to have powerful magic. Those who were petrified or partially petrified head to the Firbolgs in the hopes they can reverse the petrification process. Roll for how far they get
Post by: Strik3r on July 31, 2020, 08:48:09 am
Notices and Summary:
((Hey, the "Jade" plants that i created last update are currently a bit of a blank slate... if anyone wants to do anything with them, go right ahead. They were just an undeveloped idea i had floating around in my head for a while.))
TURNS:
WORLD STATE:
The Sky Island Dwarves have continued on their sky-island building.
Construction of the Observatory, The White Tower and Zalalastan's Sky Ship and Skydock have progressed.
Purple Leaf Disease has spread within unmitigated regions.
Red Leaf Disease has spread.
Rolls
((Hey, the "Jade" plants that i created last update are currently a bit of a blank slate... if anyone wants to do anything with them, go right ahead. They were just an undeveloped idea i had floating around in my head for a while.))
TURNS:
WORLD STATE:
The Sky Island Dwarves have continued on their sky-island building.
Construction of the Observatory, The White Tower and Zalalastan's Sky Ship and Skydock have progressed.
Purple Leaf Disease has spread within unmitigated regions.
Red Leaf Disease has spread.
Rolls
The Host attempts to spread Red Leaves
Code: [Select]
1d20=7The Host was indeed correct in his prior assertions, his progress southward is hampered greatly by terrain and the need for food and water. He has only barely reached beyond the border between the Purple Leaf Disease and the Red one, infecting whichever animals he encounters. At least he barely has to worry about food, many animals are incapacitated by the Purple Leaf Disease, thus easy pickings for food. The Red Leaves, some on his body that have undergone mutation and have begun to photosynthesize, help out wherever they can.
Eightstone sends a sandstorm toward Dalai
Code: [Select]
1d20=17The sandstorm summoned by eightstone is large and powerful, covering several villages and towns near the border in sand, some slugmen died by being buried in the sand and many of the supplies and provisions of the army stationed close to the border were fouled by the sand. Howver, the sandstorm alone was not enough to render the territory uninhabitable nor uninhabited, but it will probably take a while until all of the slugmen return to the towns and until said towns are cleared of sand.Zoithor attempts to expand to the east
Code: [Select]
1d20=20!There is nothing to the east to prevent Zoithor from expanding his realm and with his fearsome and absolute control over the elves that he treats like cattle, breeding them, forcing them to work, to fight, slaughtering them, and eating them, he has no lack of bodies to inhabit and work his newly expanded domain, with his lesser dragons acting as overseers, he has claimed a huge swathe of land, doubling the size of his territory.The Golden Kingdom demands the northern forts from HCE
Code: [Select]
1d20=17After some negotiations, the Golden Kingdom's messenger managed to convince the leadership of the Hrilithan Celestial Empire that the forts in question are no longer of much value to the empire, and being so far from their lands, are a drain on resources more than anything and that the Golden Kingdom would have a much easier time upkeeping them and would have more use for them than the empire does.In an unexpected turn of events, the leaders of the Celestial Empire conceded that the forts are now probably more trouble than they are worth and have sent sealed orders to all of the forts for them to be abandoned in their entirety. In the case of the forts requested by the Golden Kingdom, the handover went smoothly and the Golden Kingdom has already moved into them. The others however, remain uninhabited for now, waiting to be reclaimed.
M'Ova sacrifices infected animals to nature spirits
Code: [Select]
1d20=16It comes as little surprise that Moko are immune to the Purple Leaf Disease, allowing M'Ove to clobber the infected animals with impunity and feed their infested bodies to a bonfire, dance ancient Moko ritual dances around it in an effort to commune with the Spirits of Nature.The Spirits welcome M'Ova's offering and tell him more about the Purple Leaf Curse: " Called upon us all... A witches' curse... Cast upon their murderers... Changed and ran amok... The witches' legacy... Leaves those that mourn them... Memories wither them... Dreams burn them away..."
Tahar's opinions on the Vasilikos eating dragons
Code: [Select]
1d20=18Tahar wasn't unaware of the Vasilikos' consumption of dragons, as there is no way someone as paranoid as Tahar will leave the greatest dangers to him unwatched. The fate of Vektar only justified his paranoia. Indeed, it would have been unlike Tahar to send out Vektar without overwatch watching his back and an overwatch watching the overwatch. His only regret was that Vektar did not make it out, he underestimated HOW vicious the snakes were. Vektar was among Tahar's best and most trusted.Tahar thanked the Surviving Bleg arsonists for confirming his prior intel, but also reprimanded them for taking such a rash action that both needlessly wasted the lives of Bleg and may have made the Vasilikos even more hostile to them both. He speculated that now they might have to take care of the Vasilikos earlier rather than later and then kept going on, surmising that direct military action would be ill-advised, that they'll have to come up with a better plan, such as covertly destroying the Vasilikos' Islands and scattering them over the world, which would weaken them greatly. He made special note of the White Cobra, that any such operation should attempt to spare her.
He also began making plans for evacuating as much of the Blegs' lands as possible, perhaps toward the Jahtari Sultanate. The evacuation plans include everyone: the Dragons, Bleg and even the Elysian wanderers that have been spotted within the Blegs' lands.
Griffons investigate the Bleg
Code: [Select]
1d20=16The Griffons' investigation into the Bleg and Tahar, have yielded a significant amount of information.It turns out that the Jahtari diplomat was correct, it is largely due to Tahar that the alliance between the Jahtari and the Bleg has hit a bit of a rough spot. Tahar has been imposing stricter and stricter control and surveillance of... just about everything, from diplomats, trade and public events, over the years. Even if he didn't, a certain amount of Tahar's paranoia is bound to bleed over to the Bleg.
Goods coming in from other nations are subjected to a rigorous customs process to ensure that nothing dangerous or morally objectionable finds its way into the Bleg hands, but the investigators suspect that there may be other less benevolent motives at play.
Similarly, diplomats coming in are searched extremely thoroughly and subjected to excessive scrutiny and surveillance. And any festivals are seeing increased separation between persons of importance and common folk.
While they passed themselves off as simple visitors, The Griffons aren't even sure whether they succeeded in keeping their true purpose hidden.
The Griffons also discovered a large number of Elysians in Bleg territories, all wearing collars... yep there definitely will be a report regarding that.
Although these Elysians did not seem distressed at all, but rather quite happy, and some of them, especially the small, completely white ones have been spotted playing with Bleg kittens, even though the two races could not communicate.
Bearwalkers travel north toward the Firbolg
Code: [Select]
1d20=6The Bearwalkers have never really ventured outside their ancestral territory and the few traders that do dare to pass through territory only pointed them vaguely towards the north, and several times they ended up going in a wrong direction, until eventually reaching shore the western ocean. Their progress forward was also slowed by having to carry the two completely petrified ones and several others having difficulty walking, due to their knees being petrified or similar afflictions.Year 346.2The Løkhunds on Elysium had no interest in returning back to Nordica in light of their quest to find out what became of the Brüdines and the Red Elves. Said løkhunds were nowhere near as "feral" as the Griffons on Elysium had become, mostly because their personalities tend to naturally mesh with those of Elysians. The Løkhunds insisted that the Griffons drop them off on the shore of the lake above which Elysium floats.
Secondly, Fimira will offer the Løkhunds of Elysium a chance to return to their home. If the Løkhunds were to adopt the lifestyle of their companions in Elysium, they would certainly be much happier.
Just before the Løkhunds were about to depart Elysium on the backs of the Griffons, some Elysians approached them, in particular, one female Elysian drew close to Jarl Wülfhærd and looked up him, and much to the Jarl's surprise, asked... no stated in rudimentary Nordic, the language of the Løkhunds: "We will come too, join your twig". Not that the Elysian had to pitch her head much, Løkhunds are not as tall as humans, infact being significantly shorter, while still being taller than an Elysian.
The Griffons were confused by the word "twig" in there, but the Løkhunds weren't. Wülfhærd began laughing and pointed to his ear with a smile. It turns out that the Løkhunds were able to pick up a part of the Elysians' own language, and explained to the Griffons that "twig" in this context means "pack" or "group", "branch" can mean tribe and "tree" refers to an entire clan. Supposedly, the Løkhunds have heard the word "root" used in a similar way, but aren't yet sure what it means when referring to Elysians.
Regardless, the Løkhunds had no objections to the group of Elysians joining them, after all, Elysians were naturally incredibly talented foragers, were agile and had good eyes and ears, not to mention were a joy to be around. So, in short order, the entire pack composed of both Løkhunds and Elysians was transported down to Dragolia proper.
Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/YMzTSX7.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/xjbnrJJ.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/YMzTSX7.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/xjbnrJJ.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: TamerVirus on July 31, 2020, 10:37:49 am
To the Golden Kingdom a request for assistance is sent. The Free Cities of Dalai offers the Golden Kingdom a more favorable trading status as well as Dalain armaments and artillery for their newly acquired border forts in exchange for assistance and aid against Eightstone's continued attacks. Diplomacy!
Down in the harsh deserts of the Sandstone Qhanganate, a messenger arrives at the small archaeological excavation that has developed around the old Grand Altar to Eightstone. A handful of years ago, the initial attempts at sacrificial offerings had yielded a null result. Incomplete information was the most likely culprit. Now approval for another go at it has arrived and the scholars and archaeologists, now wielding knowledge gleaned from artifacts and old remnants dug up from the sand, begin gathering what they believe are the proper materials. Ritualism!
_______________________________________________________________________________________
M'Ova decides to head north, deeper into infected territory. It is mostly an attempt to find the coastline of this unfamiliar land, but it's also driven by M'Ova's growing curiosity about the Purple Leaf Disease. Nevertheless, the distant ash clouds from the volcano Loa Loa serves as a reminder of M'Ova's primary goals
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 31, 2020, 11:09:35 am
Post by: TankKit on July 31, 2020, 11:51:42 am
Eightstone once again attacks the Free Cities, and the brutal sandstorm shows no signs of stopping.
Post by: Strik3r on July 31, 2020, 12:48:00 pm
((Where are the jade leaves at?))
((Nowhere, yet.
They're so under developed and left so open ended that i didn't even place them anywhere in particular yet))
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 31, 2020, 03:30:57 pm
Vilutra the Immortal Dragon with an affinity to water who runs the enclave north of the Elder Council of Dragolia, notices new plants with jade leaves growing near her river.
Map (https://i.imgur.com/UqiXwx8.png)
Post by: Haspen on July 31, 2020, 03:39:27 pm
Years have passed since C'is and the Priests were dealt with by the angry Toadmen mobs of Sicis!
But a new, powerful chieftain, called 'Mumru', raises to prominence. He shall attempt to do what C'is did - unite the tribes under his rule... but with the whole ordeal with C'is, the elder Toadmen aren't very approving of his ambitions. Will the young Mumru succeed in uniting the disparate tribes, or fail gloriously!?
Post by: Kakaluncha on July 31, 2020, 04:08:26 pm
After much thought, Fimira diplomatically approaches the dragon named Tahar to talk about his problems, while offering Tahar Griffonian assistance in exchange of allowing the Bleg to be more open.
After that, Fimira travels to New Griffonia and Refugio invites them to their trade network.
At last, Fimira travels to the Batpeople Islands, and offers them a deal. If the Batpeople accept to turn into a trade protectorate under the Griffons, the Griffons will help them open up to the world.
Lastly, a letter is send to every kingdom, powerful groups, organizations, people...in the two continents.
"To my fellow rulers and leaders,
The Griffonian people are nothing but grateful for all the acceptance we have received. My ancestors would have loved meeting a land as diverse like your own.
It's time that we Griffons repay the debt.
We fled from our home due to a massive monstrosity which we call the Three that are One. This creature, and it's army of darkness, ravaged our lands with a fire so strong that melted the strongest castle, a screech so terrifying that even the bravest warrior became paralysed in fear, and a breath so toxic that killed everything it consumed.
We have reasons to believe that this beast may be coming here. It can't be reasoned with, and it will hunt and hunt until there's nothing left to consume.
But unlike us, you now know that this abomination is coming, and you can prepare for it. It may take months, years, or decades. But it will come. So we must set our differences aside, and work together. Because if we don't, all your beliefs, all your knowledge, and all of your culture will vanish into nothing.
~Fimira, Grand Matriarch of the Sha Matrifocalty, Current Ruler of the Griffonian people,"
All current influential figures, are invited to the neutral grounds of Hope's Claw.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 31, 2020, 04:51:00 pm
Post by: Kakaluncha on August 01, 2020, 03:39:48 am
((If the griffons are sending the letter about it’s coming, they do know, so it’d be like us, not unlike us))
((...No? The Griffons are saying that unlike them, everyone in the two continents knows that the threat is coming, since the Griffons themselves were caught off guard.))
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on August 01, 2020, 07:32:39 am
Post by: Strik3r on August 01, 2020, 07:46:39 am
Notices and Summary:
TURNS:
WORLD STATE:
The Sky Island Dwarves have continued on their sky-island building.
The construction of Zhculdae Khanate's Kapital and the Chaos Coalition' Rift has Progressed.
Rolls
TURNS:
WORLD STATE:
The Sky Island Dwarves have continued on their sky-island building.
The construction of Zhculdae Khanate's Kapital and the Chaos Coalition' Rift has Progressed.
Rolls
Free Cities of Dalai attempts diplomacy with the Golden Kingdom
Code: [Select]
1d20=3The Golden Kingdom denies Dalai's request for assistance, presumably not wanting to make an enemy out of Eightstone and possibly kick off a god war. From the negotiations between the diplomats, it can be inferred that The Golden Kingdom does not have a high opinion of Dalai, considering them cowards and greedy for their actions during the second and third crusades. They make it clear that they do not need Dalai's assistance in anyway, and offer none likewise.Scholars attempt a sacrifice to Eightstone again.
Code: [Select]
1d20=10Even though the scholars thought that they had the correct ingredients, the results are as before, just nothing. Maybe the scholars were mistaken and they did not use the correct materials once again. Or maybe Eightstone is refusing to respond... Or maybe the sacrifice did have some effect, that the scholars simply could not observe. Some pessimistic scholars believe that it is for the best that nothing happens, there is no telling what could happen...(Eightstone has recovered 1 hitpoint)
Eightstone vs. Dalai
Code: [Select]
Eightstone 1d20=10
Dalai 1d20=6
The raging sandstorm following Eightstone greatly hampered of Dalai army troops' vision, leaving Eightstone little a more than a giant, frightening silhouette in the sandstorm, making hitting it with any weaponry rather difficult for the first time. The troops did note that Eightstone's body had "healed" in certain places where it was damaged before. Eightstone itself again seemed to barely care about the soldiers attacking it, but did seemingly attempt to step on them intentionally as it marched through the Dalaian territory, turning it into desert as it went.Eightstone did take some damage from the defending Dalaian army, but dealt much more damage to Dalai.
(Eightstone has taken 2 points of damage.)
Mumru attempts to unite Sicis once more
Code: [Select]
1d20=5The Elders of the Tribes indeed did not take well to Mumru's ambition to sieze power over the tribes, much like C'is did. Not only did the Elders refuse to acknowledge Mumru's proclamation of rule over the Tribes, but also those of his own tribe refused to acknowledge his position as Chieftain, effectively having been stripped of the title by the tribe, and making him a pariah, a social outcast. Mumru had nothing to do but leave the lands of the Toadman Tribes in shame.Sha'Fimira attempts to make a deal with Tahar
Code: [Select]
1d20=2The Negotiations between Fimira and Tahar do not go well at all. Upon learning that the Griffons had been spying on them, Tahar bluntly told Fimira "Keep your little beak out of places it does not belong in."and made it clear that any Griffons in the Bleg lands would be considered spies and treated as such, telling her to leave before he does "find a use for her." and that even the Elysians deserve more respect than the Griffons, especially since he recently had a rather heated argument with an Archmage from the University as he thought that Tahar was keeping them captive, but the Archmage was eventually convinced that the Elysians had just wandered into the Blegs' land of their own accord. Tahar accused Fimira of telling lies to the University to destroy Tahar's reputation in the University.
Sha'Fimira attempts to secure a trade agreement with New Griffonia and Refugio Guerra
Code: [Select]
In order: New Griffonia, Refugio Guerra.
2d20=7+10Fimira could not successfully convince either of the nations to engage in trade directly with the Sha Matrifocality.New Griffonia has stayed true to their principles in not letting Sha Matrifocality have a part in New Griffonia's future. It seems that every time that Sha Matrifocality does try to interact with them, they only growm more irritated, seeing it as just another attempt to lure the Griffons of New Griffonia back into the fold of the Sha Matrifocality.
Refugio Guerra's answer was a bit simpler: Jahtari Sultanate is closer, there is no point for them haul goods directly to Sha Matrifocality when they can just trade with the Sultanate and it can trade with the Matrifocality.
Year 350.1
Jahtari Sultanate and Refugio Guerra have begun work on their joint project to connect the two nations directly together, The so called "Sky Bridge" project, it will surely take a while to complete. but once complete will allow much easier travel and transport of goods between the two nations, due to the advanced system of lift that has been developed for the tower on the Refugio Guerra's end of the bridge.
Wülfhærd's Group, of Løkhunds and Elysians has begun traveling north-east, toward the legendary Great Scar, but have encountered Irahan's Enclave during their travel and have decided to stay there for a while, with the dragons there being surprisingly welcoming. Regardless how welcoming they were, the Elysians felt visibly uneasy in the presence of the fire dragons, and especially Irayam, the young phoenix, even though the Elysians were encouraged to play together with him and the other young dragons, but the Elysians just seemed to back away from Irayam, who grew increasingly infuriated trying to understand "What's wrong with them", only adding to the uneasiness of the Elysians present. Irayam was already big enough to carry an Elysian on his back when Jarl Wülfhærd's group was there, so, rather large for a bird. With some difficulty it was figured out that Elysians were highly averse to fire, having NEVER encountered it before...
Another thing that was figured out was that the names of most of the Enclave's dragons come from the Avarrian Empire.
Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/OqnnhvP.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/omm7vIk.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/OqnnhvP.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/omm7vIk.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: King Zultan on August 01, 2020, 08:11:04 am
Post by: TankKit on August 01, 2020, 08:32:47 am
Eightstone continues its rampage northwest, heading directly for the capital of Dalai!
Meanwhile, the sandstorm continues to ravage the eastern Dalaian peninsula. It isn't getting any weaker, but it has stopped growing in intensity.
Post by: Superdorf on August 01, 2020, 10:36:17 am
Desperation.
A dwarfish alchemist.
Ten shiploads of gunpowder.
In a farflung settlement on the eastmost island of Dalai, construction begins on a truly monumental bomb.
Year 350.7
In the capitals of the Golden Kingdom and the Sandstone Qhanganate, hooded figures make their calls: emissaries from Dalai, seeking aid against their apocalyptic foe. How fare the pleas?
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on August 01, 2020, 10:41:01 am
The Host makes his way south, spreading the red leaves as he goes. Eventually he comes across a rock creature who calls himself M’Ova. M’Ova asks The Host to tell all he knows about the Purple Leaf Disease, which he does. The Red Leaves also supply information about themselves, that they were created by Chaos magic to combat the Purple Leaves.
Post by: Strik3r on August 02, 2020, 07:24:20 am
Notices and Summary:
Hey, Unraveller. I hope you're still reading this thread,.. Would you want to write the turn that breaks apart the northern half of Dragolia? I feel like i wouldn't do it justice.
I've almost got Dragolia's new map completed and we're still approaching that event...
Also, im expecting more turns this cycle, lets see if my intuition is correct...
TURNS:
(King Zultan : Year 350.3)
Some Bleg head to the Great Scar University to learn some magic
(TankKit : Year 350.5)
Eightstone attacks Dalai, attempting to reach the capital city, but was halted by Dalai's Army.
Eightstone's sandstorm heads eastward and weakens the territory there.
(Superdorf : Year 350.6)
A Dwarf alchemist, in collaboration with the White Tower, makes THE BARREL.
(Superdorf : Year 350.7)
Emissaries from Dalai ask for help from Sandstone Qhanganate, but the Qhanganate refuses.
(Naturegirl1999 : Year 350.8)
The Host makes his way south, spreading the red leaves as he goes. Eventually he meets M'Ova and shares his knowledge of the Red Leaves with him.
WORLD STATE:
The Sky Island Dwarves have continued on their sky-island building.
Construction of the Observatory has progressed.
Free Cities of Dalai, Dorathian Kingdom and the Jahtari Sultanate have grown into their weak territories.
Hamsterfolk Shamans has grown into the remainder of its weak territory.
Rolls
Hey, Unraveller. I hope you're still reading this thread,.. Would you want to write the turn that breaks apart the northern half of Dragolia? I feel like i wouldn't do it justice.
I've almost got Dragolia's new map completed and we're still approaching that event...
Also, im expecting more turns this cycle, lets see if my intuition is correct...
TURNS:
(King Zultan : Year 350.3)
Some Bleg head to the Great Scar University to learn some magic
(TankKit : Year 350.5)
Eightstone attacks Dalai, attempting to reach the capital city, but was halted by Dalai's Army.
Eightstone's sandstorm heads eastward and weakens the territory there.
(Superdorf : Year 350.6)
A Dwarf alchemist, in collaboration with the White Tower, makes THE BARREL.
(Superdorf : Year 350.7)
Emissaries from Dalai ask for help from Sandstone Qhanganate, but the Qhanganate refuses.
(Naturegirl1999 : Year 350.8)
The Host makes his way south, spreading the red leaves as he goes. Eventually he meets M'Ova and shares his knowledge of the Red Leaves with him.
WORLD STATE:
The Sky Island Dwarves have continued on their sky-island building.
Construction of the Observatory has progressed.
Free Cities of Dalai, Dorathian Kingdom and the Jahtari Sultanate have grown into their weak territories.
Hamsterfolk Shamans has grown into the remainder of its weak territory.
Rolls
Eightstone attacks Dalai again
Code: [Select]
Eightstone 1d20=9
Free Cities of Dalai 1d20=16
Without its protective shroud in the form of the Sandstorm, Eightstone is much more vulnerable to ranged weapons such as cannons and magic spells. and as it got closer to the capital, the amount of Slugmen firing upon it only increased and Eightstone's only answer was still stepping on its foes, which the Slugmen are having a bit of difficulty dodging... Moving quickly isn't exactly a slug's strong suit, nor is it Slugmen's, having no legs, there's a reason the Slugmen of the Sandstone Qhanganate prefer mounted combat...Still the volume of cannonfire is enough to slow Eightstone down considerably, but it still dealt some damage to Dalai's lands, but took a greater amount of it in return.
With reports of Eightstone's heading being toward the capital of Dalai, the Magi of the University have closed Dalai's Arcane Portal as a precaution. While Magi agree that Eightstone's form is FAR too big to fit through an Arcane Portal, it is still a god.
(Eightstone has taken 5 points of damage)
A sandstorm strikes Dalai
Code: [Select]
1d20=19Despite the sandstorm not having grown in size, the aftermath of it hitting the remaining eastern side of Dalai is devastating as it became a giant whirlwind of sand, rocks and whatever else it picks up on its destructive path through the coast of Dalai. Towns in its path suffer massive damage as buildings are torn to shreds by rapid and deadly winds and streets are covered in large amounts of sand after it passes...Even though the Sandstorm has dissipated, It is expected that the Dalaians will take a while until they can fix the damage.
A Dwarf alchemist attempts to make a bomb
Code: [Select]
1d20=20!((...You lucky Sonofabitch...))Ten shiploads of black powder, compacted, compressed into a cast iron casing the size of a barrel, some witchcraft was surely afoot in the construction of "THE BARREL" as it has been nicknamed.
The projected explosive yield of this "device" alone is unfathomable, and as mentioned before some wizardry was involved in creating it, wizards from The White Tower helped create it, exploiting quirks in Chaos magic to stuff all of the powder in there, and included a special surprise inside "THE BARREL", supposedly as an "experiment" to test something. It is not yet known what will happen once "THE BARREL" is detonated, but it is expected to level a town at the very least.
"THE BARREL" is so awesome, that no one in this world will EVER again replicate its expected destructive power, and all Magi involved have strongly advised against actually detonating "THE BARREL". It has warnings in every known language warning of the potential destructive power... As well as making it clear that whoever lights "THE BARREL", will not live to see the aftermath.
Emmisaries from Dalai ask for assistance from Sandstone Qhanganate
Code: [Select]
1d20=5The Qhangan of the Sandstone Qhanganate is deaf to the pleas of Free Cities of Dalai and is content to leave them to fend for themselves. The reasons are uncertain, but it may have something to do with the fact that the Slugmen who founded Dalai, in the very distant past, were from the Old Qhanganate.Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/TUINFTX.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/SJvCSu0.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/TUINFTX.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/SJvCSu0.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: TankKit on August 02, 2020, 08:21:39 am
Eightstone suddenly stops moving towards Dalai and retreats south-west, into the desert, where sand crawls up the Goddix and begins repairing its wounds! It has also stopped generating sand, seemingly using what sand it makes to repair itself as well. It really makes you wonder where the sand comes from.
Post by: chaotick21 on August 02, 2020, 02:10:49 pm
The Duskblades try to expand into the Jahtari Sultinates land.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on August 02, 2020, 02:41:59 pm
One of the younger dragons in Vilutra’s enclave grows curious about the new plants and takes a bite out of one. He now hears songs all the time, along with high pitched noise that hurts his ears when he tries to bite another one, he thus stops trying to eat them. Those who slept near the plants also hear songs all the time, without the high pitched noises. Each of them seem to hear different songs, of varying languages.
Post by: Strik3r on August 02, 2020, 04:56:55 pm
YEAR 352
Situated between Dragolia and the Western continent, the Moss Troll Islands are one of the farthest places on the planet where light from Elysium's White Tree may be seen, reflected from the clouds and the sky and it is well known that where ever the light of the White Tree shines, so do the blue leafed plants grow, and Moss Trolls are known for being walking gardens of various flora, so it should come as no surprise that blue leaves and flowers grow on the Moss Trolls too.
The Moss Trolls do not really worship anything as far as it is known, but some of the Moss Trolls who carry with them the blue leaves have apparently begun to... revere? the pale blue light, even though they don't know where it is actually coming from. Moss Trolls have a fairly good trading relationship with various coastal nations on the Western Continent. Using spherical glass orbs imported from Dalai, the Moss Trolls have begun setting up the orbs above the ground, either affixed atop poles or hanging, in an effort to "catch" the light.
And catch they did. The light of the White Tree has always been anomalous, so the glass orbs seem to store or amplify the faint light and shine as bright as a star, greatly illuminating their surroundings, even on pitch black nights, and causing a large number of the Blue Leafed plants to grow, far more than should this far from Elysium...
Post by: Superdorf on August 02, 2020, 07:20:33 pm
((...and it's a hallelujah-gigantic bomb.))
((You have made me so very, very happy :)) ))
Year 352.1
Never again will such power as that of THE BARREL be barreled. Never again-- but perhaps, by the careful employment of the principles by which THE BARREL was barreled, lesser replicates may be produced.
Again the Magi turn to their alchemies. Death to Eightstone!
Year 352.2
The pleas of the emissaries fell on deaf ears, among the councils of the Sandstone Qhanganate-- but one scholar-slug, concerned at the implications, takes it upon [him-her]self to poke a little deeper. Perhaps the libraries of the Qhanganate might offer enlightment on the origin and nature of this beast from afar... failing that, the worried slug-scholar will have to make something of a fieldtrip.
Post by: Strik3r on August 03, 2020, 06:09:39 am
Notices and Summary:
TURNS:
(TankKit : Year 351)
Eightstone moves southwest and spends some time healing itself.
(Chaoskl21 : Year 351.1)
The Duskblades expand toward the Jahtari Sultanate.
((Glad to see you back Chaoskl :))))
(Naturegirl1999 : Year 351.2)
One of the dragons in Vilutra’s enclave takes a bite out of Jadeleaf plant and now hears songs all the time, and painful high-pitched sound when he tries to eat another. Those who slept near the plants also hear songs all the time, without the high pitched noises. Each of them seem to hear different songs.
(Strik3r : Year 352)
Some of the Moss Trolls on whom the blue leafed plants grow seem to have begun revering the light of the White Tree of Elysium and have put up glass orbs to "catch" the light, causing them to illuminate the terrain an night and a large number of the blue leaf plants to grow.
(Superdorf : Year 352.1)
The dwarf alchemist attempts to make more of the compacted explosives, but fails to replicate the success of THE BARREL. Suffers an accident, losing his left arm and eye in an accidental explosion.
(Superdorf : Year 352.2)
A slugman scholar attempts to learn about Eightstone, but discovers nothing useful.
WORLD STATE:
The Sky Island Dwarves have continued on their sky-island building.
The Purple Leaf Disease has spread within unmitigated regions.
Red Leaf Disease has spread.
Rolls
TURNS:
(TankKit : Year 351)
Eightstone moves southwest and spends some time healing itself.
(Chaoskl21 : Year 351.1)
The Duskblades expand toward the Jahtari Sultanate.
((Glad to see you back Chaoskl :))))
(Naturegirl1999 : Year 351.2)
One of the dragons in Vilutra’s enclave takes a bite out of Jadeleaf plant and now hears songs all the time, and painful high-pitched sound when he tries to eat another. Those who slept near the plants also hear songs all the time, without the high pitched noises. Each of them seem to hear different songs.
(Strik3r : Year 352)
Some of the Moss Trolls on whom the blue leafed plants grow seem to have begun revering the light of the White Tree of Elysium and have put up glass orbs to "catch" the light, causing them to illuminate the terrain an night and a large number of the blue leaf plants to grow.
(Superdorf : Year 352.1)
The dwarf alchemist attempts to make more of the compacted explosives, but fails to replicate the success of THE BARREL. Suffers an accident, losing his left arm and eye in an accidental explosion.
(Superdorf : Year 352.2)
A slugman scholar attempts to learn about Eightstone, but discovers nothing useful.
WORLD STATE:
The Sky Island Dwarves have continued on their sky-island building.
The Purple Leaf Disease has spread within unmitigated regions.
Red Leaf Disease has spread.
Rolls
Eightstone attempts to heal itself
Code: [Select]
1d20=20!
With sand being everywhere in the desert and nothing disturb it, Eightstone could heal itself in peace, drawing up sand from the desert and merging it with its body. Still, the damage Eightstone has sustained is extensive and repairing it is a slow process.(Eightstone has gained 3 HP)
The Dwarf alchemist attempts to make more explosives
Code: [Select]
1d20=4
THE BARREL is a true anomaly, despite the best attempts of the Alchemist and the Magi to replicate it, none of the attempts are successful, even making small, extremely scaled down versions of it have proven to be futile. The magi are now seriously questioning how it was possible to be done the first time around, with some fearing that perhaps the hand of Azreth himself may have played a role in THE BARREL's creation.Regardless, THE BARREL remains the only example of such "compacted explosives", making it all that much more special.
During their attempts to make more of such compacted explosives, several accidents happened involving the bombs exploding spontaneously, sometimes with catastrophic results. The Dwarf Alchemist lost his left arm and eye in one such accident and all of the experiments were ceased following it.
A slugman scholar attempts to learn about Eightstone
Code: [Select]
1d20=9
While the scholar does manage to dig up some old information regarding Eightstone almost forgotten by time, Old rituals, poems and songs revering Eightstone, nothing that seems useful for defeating or pacifying the Deity of Deserts. In fact, Eightstone seems to be a big mystery, despite having a constant presence, unlike most gods. Curiously, there are some strange historical inconsistencies regarding Eightstone's actions in the past...His "field trip" doesn't bear even that much fruit as all Eightstone does is walk around, paying no mind to anything around it.
Year 351.2Indeed, even the wind blowing through the leaves of solitary Jadeleaf Trees seems to whistle little tunes far more coherent than wind and leaves SHOULD produce. In time this place would become known as the "Singing Valley" or "The Valley of Songs".
One of the younger dragons in Vilutra’s enclave grows curious about the new plants and takes a bite out of one. He now hears songs all the time, along with high pitched noise that hurts his ears when he tries to bite another one, he thus stops trying to eat them. Those who slept near the plants also hear songs all the time, without the high pitched noises. Each of them seem to hear different songs, of varying languages.
YEAR 353
Wülfhæerd's group continues traveling northwards, to the edge of the Great Scar, and discover that faintly warmer air seems to be rising from it, like a gigantic hot thermal vent, however it is incredibly faint and barely above the normal temperature in the surrounding grasslands.
The Scar itself is an incredibly beautiful sight, a seemingly bottomless giant hole, and one can barely see the other side of the ravine when standing near its edge, let alone from farther away. Over the hundred or so years that the Scar has been there, plants have begun to crawl down the sides, several trees can be seen on the cliffs below and vines and mosses grow along the walls. Looking beyond the scar, toward the University, one can faintly see the Elysian Gardens, situated on the northern edge of the Scar and the great city of the University farther beyond that.
Map and Legend
((Ok im experimenting with a new idea, the activity indicator, it indicates how much i think players have interacted with certain things and perhaps help people get ideas for turns, tell me what you think about it...
If its not well recieved i can just disable the layer and not render it. I will update it periodically.))
(https://i.imgur.com/rCpcuIN.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/GdCJ8VQ.png)
((Ok im experimenting with a new idea, the activity indicator, it indicates how much i think players have interacted with certain things and perhaps help people get ideas for turns, tell me what you think about it...
If its not well recieved i can just disable the layer and not render it. I will update it periodically.))
(https://i.imgur.com/rCpcuIN.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/GdCJ8VQ.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on August 03, 2020, 06:33:00 am
Year 353.1
The Foxfolk try to make a potion that stops the Purple Leaf Disease from spreading, maybe even causing it to shrink. Roll for success
The Firbolgs try using magic to make various items for trade. Roll for success
Citizens of Thairmar have started moving back east, since the Purple Leaf Disease was cured within its borders
Post by: Strik3r on August 03, 2020, 06:36:39 am
((So is the order from least to most activity red->yellow->green->blue? ))
((Yep that way
EDIT: Would the other way around make more sense?)).
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on August 03, 2020, 06:44:14 am
i like it the current way((So is the order from least to most activity red->yellow->green->blue? ))
((Yep that way
EDIT: Would the other way around make more sense?)).
Post by: TamerVirus on August 03, 2020, 09:37:41 am
_____________________________________________________________________________________
Elsewhere, the Moko chieftain M'Ova continues his journey on the mainland, unmolested by the plague of purple leaves. However, as he travels, the purple scourge gives way to the domain of the red leaves
______________________________________________________________________________________
After hundreds of years, the population of the Firbolg High Kingdom has reach a point necessary for expansion. The island off the coast to the north is selected as an ideal location. A convoy of boats carrying settlers, farmers, and the like set off. However, the boats are intercepted by Bloodjarl raiding party! Do the boats survive?
Post by: TankKit on August 03, 2020, 11:28:40 am
Eightstone continues regenerating.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on August 03, 2020, 12:23:24 pm
Eightstone continues regenerating.what year?
Post by: TankKit on August 03, 2020, 01:22:53 pm
what year?I really forget that way too often, huh.
Post by: Strik3r on August 04, 2020, 05:32:51 am
Notices and Summary:
TURNS:
(Naturegirl1999 : Year 353.1)
The Foxfolk discover how to make a potion that stops them from getting infected by the Purple Leaf Disease.
Firbolgs try using magic to make various items for trade, but their magic has fallen behind that of other races.
Citizens of Thairmar have started moving back east, since the Purple Leaf Disease was cured within its borders
(TamerVirus : Year 353.2)
Free Cities of Dalai begins efforts to reclaim its eastern, ruined territories.
M'Ova continues northward, toward Thairmar.
Firbolg attempt to settle an uninhabited island, but are intercepted by Løkhund Bloodjarls and force to turn back.
(TankKit : Year 353.3)
Eightstone attempts to regenerate but the sand just doesn't want to seem to join its body.
WORLD STATE:
The Sky Island Dwarves have continued on their sky-island building.
Construction of Zhuldae Khanate's Kapital, The Observatory, Chaos Coalition's Rift, The Sky Bridge, The White Tower and Zalalastan's Sky-ship and Skydock has progressed.
Construction of Zhuldae Khanate's Kapital, The Observatory, The White Tower and Zalalastan's Sky-ship and Skydock are nearing completion.
Deadlands have shrunk.
Rolls
TURNS:
(Naturegirl1999 : Year 353.1)
The Foxfolk discover how to make a potion that stops them from getting infected by the Purple Leaf Disease.
Firbolgs try using magic to make various items for trade, but their magic has fallen behind that of other races.
Citizens of Thairmar have started moving back east, since the Purple Leaf Disease was cured within its borders
(TamerVirus : Year 353.2)
Free Cities of Dalai begins efforts to reclaim its eastern, ruined territories.
M'Ova continues northward, toward Thairmar.
Firbolg attempt to settle an uninhabited island, but are intercepted by Løkhund Bloodjarls and force to turn back.
(TankKit : Year 353.3)
Eightstone attempts to regenerate but the sand just doesn't want to seem to join its body.
WORLD STATE:
The Sky Island Dwarves have continued on their sky-island building.
Construction of Zhuldae Khanate's Kapital, The Observatory, Chaos Coalition's Rift, The Sky Bridge, The White Tower and Zalalastan's Sky-ship and Skydock has progressed.
Construction of Zhuldae Khanate's Kapital, The Observatory, The White Tower and Zalalastan's Sky-ship and Skydock are nearing completion.
Deadlands have shrunk.
Rolls
Foxfolk attempt to make a potion to cure the Purple Leaf Disease
Code: [Select]
1d20=18
With the Purple Leaf Disease ravaging their lands, Foxfolk Druids and Spiritualists banded together to devise a solution to it. A solution that ended up being a carefully mixed concoction of various components, some of them rare, some poisonous and some outright disgusting, and a little bit of spirit magic. The potion is not capable of curing those already infected, but is effective at preventing the disease from taking hold for a long time after one such potion is ingested. With all the materials to make it present and a recipe on paper, making this potion isn't that difficult, even a novice Healer and Spiritualist should be able to produce it.Firbolgs try using magic to make various items for trade
Code: [Select]
1d20=7
While the magical inclination of the Firbolgs has always been noteworthy, over the MANY years of isolation, their magical knowledge has fallen behind that of other races, the best that the unrefined magic can produce are only primitive magical trinkets that would only be of use to those of other nations with a poor grasp on magic or as novelties from a distant land. Such objects are not comparable to advanced magical constructs and devices of most nations, let alone those of nations founded by Magi.Firbolgs are one of the "Old Races" who have been on the world for a long time and have stayed isolated for just as long, so much of what was once "cutting edge" in terms of magica is now considered to be archaic and primitive by others, especially after the magical revolution brought about by the Great Scar University.
Firbolgs attempt to colonize an island
Code: [Select]
1d20=8
Those on boats headed for the northern island were poorly armed and certainly not ready to take on a løkhund fleet. But with how big Firbolgs are, their ships have to be too and thus are able to withstand more assault than the boats of any other race. While only a few ships of the Firbolg were sunk, the Bloodjarls forced the Firbolgs to turn around and head back to their own land.Eightstone attempts to regenerate
Code: [Select]
1d20=7
Somehow this time, the sand that Eightstone attempts to use to heal itself seems to refuse to become part of its body, either falling back onto the dunes in great torrents of sand or disappearing within its body.YEAR 354
With The White Tower nearing its completion, the Archmagi of the tower have sent envoys to Streamland and Dalai to establish proper trade with the two nations, and declare its newly claimed territories further out from its current inhabited lands. It will take a while for those lands to become sufficently inhabited.
In addition, even after all these years, the Archmagi of The White Tower, are still looking for a name for their nation
Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/sYKionm.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/zAQr1MX.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/sYKionm.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/zAQr1MX.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: King Zultan on August 04, 2020, 07:15:50 am
The Jahtari Sultanate has finally after all these years decided to try and build a new sky ship after the devastating loss of the first one.
Post by: Strik3r on August 05, 2020, 05:19:40 am
Notices and Summary:
Kind of a slow day yesterday, huh? i wonder what happened?
No matter, 10 turns or 1, as long as someone plays, this game isn't dead yet, and i'll be here too, every day like clockwork. >:D
TURNS:
(King Zultan : Year 354.2)
Bleg attempt to build a wal in the south but the swampland makes it nearly impossible to build anything there.
The Jahtari Sultanate has written off its old Sky-Ship, effectively surrendering it to the Dwarves that hijacked it, now called the "Cloudrock Clan" and have begun building a new Sky-Ship.
WORLD STATE:
The Cloudrock Clan has continued its sky-island building.
Free Citis of Dalai, The White Tower and the Jahtari Sultanate have grown into their weak territories.
Rolls
Kind of a slow day yesterday, huh? i wonder what happened?
No matter, 10 turns or 1, as long as someone plays, this game isn't dead yet, and i'll be here too, every day like clockwork. >:D
TURNS:
(King Zultan : Year 354.2)
Bleg attempt to build a wal in the south but the swampland makes it nearly impossible to build anything there.
The Jahtari Sultanate has written off its old Sky-Ship, effectively surrendering it to the Dwarves that hijacked it, now called the "Cloudrock Clan" and have begun building a new Sky-Ship.
WORLD STATE:
The Cloudrock Clan has continued its sky-island building.
Free Citis of Dalai, The White Tower and the Jahtari Sultanate have grown into their weak territories.
Rolls
The Bleg attempt to build a massive wall
Code: [Select]
1d20=4
Despite the best effort of the Bleg, it is nearly impossible to build anything in the southern swamplands, as the Bleg piled up large bricks on the damp mud, the weight caused them to simk into the ground, making aligning the bricks a futile effort. In fact, doing anything there in the southern swamps is difficult, even hauling goods, as carts would get stuck in the mud constantly. Due to the repeated difficulties in attempting to build the wall on their southern border, the construction project was abandoned, including all the materials hauled there as retrieving them would have been more effort than thay were worth.Still, the Bleg think that with how difficult the swamps are to traverse, they might still hold some potential as a defence against attacks from the south. If a wall can not be built on the swamp, the swamp itself must become the wall. However right now, the swamps are merely a nuisance, and would require some work to become outright dangerous.
YEAR 354.3
Jarl Wülfhæerd and his group have walked around The Scar and reached the University on the other side.
The Magi in the University seem to be making preparations for something, there is a constant stream of wagons from the eastern side of their land and many Magi were spotted writing magical runes all over the walls of the University. It looks like they are trying to do their best to ensure that they survive the coming calamity unscathed, when the Magi were asked when it would be happening, they could not provide an answer, but said that they're doing their best to save as much as possible and advised Wülfhæerd's group to not continue traveling, as there was a serious risk that they would get stranded.
The Magi seemed to show particular fondness toward the Elysians traveling with Wülfhæerd, and there were still numerous depictions, murals and such of Elysians within the University.
They, and the entire group were granted the old Elysian quarters for the duration of their stay within the university, which were mostly used by children in the university. The Elysian quarters were by far the most lavish quarters within the University, no Løkhund had ever before slept on a bed so comfortable.
The group also saw something a race they had never seen before, a race of cat-people, predominantly in the Darkness wing of the University and sadly, the two raced get along too well from the get go for some reason.
It seems that the Bleg naturally take the best to Darkness magic and their arrival in the University singlehandedly revived interest in the faltering and under-utilized field of magical study.
Speaking of the University, to establish a connection with what will be the "mainland" Dragolia in the coming world, the Magi from the University have traveled to Refugio guerra and have connected the branch of the University there to their Portal Network.
Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/oUCFOG0.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/6lPfjqw.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/oUCFOG0.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/6lPfjqw.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: King Zultan on August 05, 2020, 07:13:31 am
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on August 05, 2020, 09:44:31 am
The Host begins traveling southwest (https://i.imgur.com/HI7axh8.jpg) to cut off the purple leaves. During travel, it is expected that hosts will receive red leaves. How far do the red leaves spread during the host’s travels?
The Vaskilos are getting to a point where the two islands they call home are not enough room for their growth. They try expanding to the coast of the main islands of which their islands are within
Post by: Strik3r on August 05, 2020, 12:00:07 pm
Ever since the forces of Chaos conquered the land of Old Ukalia, it was transformed into the land now known as "Dark Ukalia" and the elves that could not escape in time were transformed along with it.
For just as long, those elves have done little but sit around in their old home that is becoming more and more infested with Chaos every day, waiting for the world to forget them, which they feel that it has now. being the least corrupted visually of the Chaos Coalition races and thus able to blend in the best with other races. As ordered by the Aetherials, several small groups of Dark Elves have been sent out to various nations to act as spies to gather information and if possible, embedded as agents within those nations.
Roll For Success
Post by: Strik3r on August 06, 2020, 01:22:16 am
Notices and Summary:
TURNS:
(King Zultan : Year 354.4)
The Bleg successfully fill the southern swamp lands with various traps.
(Naturegirl1999 : Year 354.5)
The Host encounters a massive herd of wild animals, which he spooks in the process of infecting them with the red leaf disease, causing them to scatter in every direction.
The Vasilikos attempt to expand but every attempt results in a territory too sparsely populated.
(Strik3r : YEAR 354.7)
Dark Elves try to spy on other nation but are quickly found out and killed.
WORLD STATE:
The Cloudrock Clan continues on its Sky-Island building.
Purple Leaf Disease has spread within unmitingated regions.
Red Leaf Disease has spread.
Rolls
TURNS:
(King Zultan : Year 354.4)
The Bleg successfully fill the southern swamp lands with various traps.
(Naturegirl1999 : Year 354.5)
The Host encounters a massive herd of wild animals, which he spooks in the process of infecting them with the red leaf disease, causing them to scatter in every direction.
The Vasilikos attempt to expand but every attempt results in a territory too sparsely populated.
(Strik3r : YEAR 354.7)
Dark Elves try to spy on other nation but are quickly found out and killed.
WORLD STATE:
The Cloudrock Clan continues on its Sky-Island building.
Purple Leaf Disease has spread within unmitingated regions.
Red Leaf Disease has spread.
Rolls
The Bleg attempt to weaponize the swamps
Code: [Select]
1d20=16
The attempts by the Bleg to use the swamp itself to defend their land goes much better than attempting to build a wall on it. Sharpened sticks were driven into the mud where they would readily sink into it and over time, would become concealed in the soft mud and anyone walking around in the swamps is liable to accidentally step on them. Only time will tell how effective this measure is at defending the Blegs' land. While none of these traps will outright kill a Vasilikos, the filthy swamp water is almost certain to result in any wounds becoming infected.The Host attempts to spread red leaves
Code: [Select]
1d20=18
Immedieatly upon starting his travel westward, The Host comes upon a massive herd of wild animals, which he successfully infects witht the red leaves and scares off in the process, sending them scattering off in every direction, while he himself continued on toward the west.Vasilikos attempt to expand
Code: [Select]
1d20=2
With the Vasilikos as big as they are, they are few in number and every attempt to expand beyond their islands invariably results in a territory far far below the threshold to be considered "inhabited" with only solitary or small groups of the large snakes with nothing around them for miles and miles.Dark Elves attempt to spy on other nations
Code: [Select]
1d20=4
Despite their hope that they were forgotten by the world at large, the Dark Elves were severely mistaken, all of their attempts to infiltrate other nations resulted in them either getting captured by a nation's law enforcement or being set upon by violent mobs of citizens. The lucky would be spies escaped, the not so lucky ones got killed.Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/7uSSwHe.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/dxwOGYo.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/7uSSwHe.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/dxwOGYo.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: King Zultan on August 06, 2020, 08:02:43 am
Post by: Unraveller on August 06, 2020, 02:15:21 pm
"See Επιστάτα?" Spoke the first of the twins.
"See? Your faith is unfounded." Spoke the other.
Twisting, writhing, coiling in tandem around the White Cobra were the Twins, Castor and Polydeukes. They tortured her with their words, with the truth of matters in the realm of Vasilikos. Seeing all of that which her kindness, her humility, had wrought.
"Look!"
"Look child."
To her they struck again toward the first Cairn of the Vasil, from where both the charred bones of snake and lizardman alike lay to rest. It lay undisturbed amidst the dead wood of the marsh, ancient mangrove trees of Dragolia destroyed by the swift, unwaranted actions of the Bleg years ago. The scar still runs deep, yet the Vasilikos did not respond. The cobra hid 'neathe her hood and merely peaked at the old site. "We warranted this!" She darted back.
"Fool!" Hissed the first of the twins, twisting to her side.
"Fool." Came the other, bounding around her brilliant scales.
Though tempted by the engorged size of her brothers, Επιστάτα did not back down, she spat venom in their eyes as whistled in a reedy voice "Our existence is death!" Her hood flared up, and the concentric patterns of Elysium upon it illuminated brightly about the fog choked land. "To live, we must kill, we must do suffering unto the weak. The innocent!"
"Innocence!?"
"Innocence is an illusion." So spoke the twins of fang and scale, coiling together as they rose to their heights.
She sputters and writhes, looking amongst the gathered serpents whom bask upon their stones, absorbing the confrontation. "All violence against us is warranted then. What meaning have we?"
To Επιστάτα they said, "Meaning is. . ."
"Meaningless."
Then in tandem they bellowed, "We exist, to exist!"
". . . Then perhaps the world would be better if we hadn't at all." Then thought the Cobra in White.
Came then a great rumbling, greater than a mighty quake. The still waters of the lake collapsed inward as something rose from the depths. A head like the islands themselves gave birth to fleeting waterfalls, misting the land as it did. The Emperor of the Vasilikos whispered, yet to the lesser of his kin, it was like an earshattering roar, "Silence. . ." He commanded attention from all the creatures of his realm. "Each we all exist in such a cycle, life, death, these are immutable and shall always come to pass. No being can escape this fate, not even the lazing gods of this world who hide across the heavens." He turns one gargantuan eye toward the single spot of light among the isles, where rests an ornate slab engaven finely the image of Kha'Tra the first Jahtgaro Priestess, around which countless flowers of all colours bloomed. There, a number of purple and gold robed lizard folk began to sign a most familiar tune, soothing the souls of the serpents.
"Begone Castor! Begone Polydeukes! Harrow her not. . ."
Then, Basileus lowered his great spined head to the White Cobra and cooed gently, "Aah, Επιστάτα, I feel the clutch of age wearing me thin once more, no greater youth can I glean of the lesser drakes. . . You know of what we need. Lest it be our people whom fall to the cycle, and those whom revere us in kind. You gazed deep into the Monolith did you not? You know we cannot falter now."
To this, she cannot help but nod, not in fear, but in love for the Emperor.
"Take thy mind away from this place, go now to the north, therein lies a place known as the University. Thou will like it, I am sure and meet many folk of many minds. I implore thee to learn all that thee can of magicks that permete the world, and once you do this, return them to thine kin. Dost thou understand?"
"I do." She nods in kind. Readying herself for the journey north.
"And to thee. . . Castor and Polydeukes, greatest of our kind." Basileus' slit eyes of gold narrow between the two strong serpents, "The Jahtari speak of most ancient lore that will surely grant us path to the flesh we seek. You must find passage to the lands of the west by any means, in the realm called 'Dalai' there is rumor of a tower of stone choked by the walking dead, a most interesting artifact lurks there you see. Take with thee a retinue of the Lizardmen, go."
Post by: Strik3r on August 06, 2020, 02:58:35 pm
Year 346(( :o
I understand that work's been keeping you busy. But every turn you do make is a treat.
Sadly i do not not know how many updates this game has left in it. And barring the thread suddenly blowing up in the night (which i wouldn't mind), i'll have plenty of time to dedicate to givng these rolls a proper write-up as they deserve, regardless of the actual outcome. i just hope that i actually do so.
also, regarding this:
It's entirely up to you. If you want to take that turn, i'll give you the completed "After" map of Dragolia and the year i rolled for it. Then you're pretty much free to write whatever you want, if you want.Notices and Summary:
Hey, Unraveller. I hope you're still reading this thread,.. Would you want to write the turn that breaks apart the northern half of Dragolia? I feel like i wouldn't do it justice.
I've almost got Dragolia's new map completed and we're still approaching that event...
There will be another large turn exactly 1.8 years before that event happens, but it wont affect it.))
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on August 06, 2020, 03:30:37 pm
((Is Dragolia the continent name or just the territory the Elder Council has?))
((Sorry for the questions))
Year 346.1
The Elder Council of Dragolia has heard news of large snakes eating or attempting to eat Lesser Dragons, as well as attempting to eat Immortal Dragons. While these snakes are far north and haven’t gone south yet, some among the Council wish to strike them before they end up killing off an enclave and getting much bigger than they already are. Some members of the Elder Council fly towards the Vasilikos and attack them from the air, hopefully killing the larger ones
Post by: chaotick21 on August 06, 2020, 07:39:31 pm
A glowing red portal appears on on the Hamsterfolk Shaman's border. A male Hamsterfolk, by the name of Nibblex, bravely(or stupidly) decides to enter the portal.
Roll for if he escapes alive. If he does, roll for how dangerous what he found inside was.
Post by: Unraveller on August 06, 2020, 08:24:28 pm
(( Strik3r, I read this thread religiously, though somehow I missed that question earlier, and I'm sure most of everyone who still participates keeps tabs up on it. Don't be so defeatist! I don't see the game dying just like that. There's plenty left to give. Whether or not there's ten turns a day. ))
(( As to your question, while I certainly would enjoy writing the scenario, I know full well that I just won't get through it. I'm well aware of my limits when it comes to drive/ motivation on RP writing, and sadly it just won't get done if I take up the mantle. Buuuuuuuuut, with that out of the way, I still think you should take better pride in yourself; a better writer than you think, and if you do make the turn of the splitting continent, it will come out great regardless. I think this should go for anyone, don't let the format keep you from kicking off massive interesting events.))
(( Unless of course you yourself don't want to, that's fine too, we'll just need to figure something out from there. This is COMMUNAL worldbuilding afterall. :) ))
Post by: TankKit on August 07, 2020, 03:17:52 am
Post by: Strik3r on August 07, 2020, 09:28:22 am
Notices and Summary:
There are reasons this took so long, i dont know if those reasons are entirely valid but whatever.
TURNS:
WORLD STATE:
The Cloudrock Clan continues on its Sky-Island building.
Constructions of the Observatory, Zchuldae Khanate's Khapital, The White Tower and Zalalastan's Sky-Ship and Skydock have been finished
Zalalastan's Skyship has begun making trips between the Jahtari Sultanate and Kingdom of Zalalastan, bringing great wealth to both nations.
The construction of Chaos Coalition's Rift, Jahtari Sky-ship and the Skybridge have progressed.
Rolls
There are reasons this took so long, i dont know if those reasons are entirely valid but whatever.
TURNS:
WORLD STATE:
The Cloudrock Clan continues on its Sky-Island building.
Constructions of the Observatory, Zchuldae Khanate's Khapital, The White Tower and Zalalastan's Sky-Ship and Skydock have been finished
Zalalastan's Skyship has begun making trips between the Jahtari Sultanate and Kingdom of Zalalastan, bringing great wealth to both nations.
The construction of Chaos Coalition's Rift, Jahtari Sky-ship and the Skybridge have progressed.
Rolls
Επιστάτα travels northward
Code: [Select]
1d20=19
The White Cobra did not truly know why her beloved Emperor sent her north, to the University, yet she was more than pleased to be free of the constant, judging stares of her kin once more, for she was not of great size among them instead being among the smallest and of exotic appearance even among the myriad mutations of the Vasilikos and the Jahtari. The Vasilikos are not known for their kindness toward the weak and the meek, it was perhaps Baselius' favorable view of her that saw her survive so long among the others. Over the years she had spent with beings of other races, and in solitude, she has begun to resent the ways of the Vasilikos.There was naught to take with her but herself and a vague direction of the so called University. On her travel, she would live among... no, in tune with nature. Subsiding off of the wildlife, hunting whatever animals she could, like a typical snake might. And while a typical serpent might hunt small rodents, Επιστάτα hunted great herbivorous beasts, they were enough to sate her. While on the surface, this makes her indistinct from the rest of the Vasilikos, the truth was that she lacked a critical part of the Vasilikos' cruel hunts: Malice, that instead had been replaced with humility. In that humility, she lowered herself to a being of a wild beast and found peace and tranquility within it. As such she would have to feel no guilt, she was just part of nature... Those were the thoughts at dusk that flooded her mind as she drifted off to sleep underneath the star filled sky, comfortably coiled up and her belly full. She was certain that that this was her Elysian side speaking. If this is what the Elysians were, then there was satisfaction in being both a wild animal and a sapient being at once.
Moreover, while she already knew how to hunt, being part Elysian granted her many of their talents in the Elysians' greatest domain: Navigation and Exploration. Her sense of direction was supreme, partly perhaps because she could feel the White Tree like all Elysians even if she could not see it. Her memory was too, she knew exactly how far she was from her home, and from the Bleg. Her smaller size made her nimble compared to other Vasilikos and able to cross difficult terrain with ease.
Her travels could only be described as "tranquil", filled mostly with beautiful sights, sounds and smells of nature. No ordinary Vasilikos could appreciate something like that.
The golden rays of the mornning sun, shining through the bright green trees in the banks of thick fog.
The incessant chirping of many, many birds both large small, accented with the sounds of brooks, streams and springs.
The warm glow of the mid day summer sun and the quiet of it, most animals having retreated from the heat, and only the occasional animal's call could be heard.
The deep oranges and reds of the dusk sky and the sounds of frogs, crickets and cicadas that accompany it.
And of course, the dark twilights with clear skies when an endless number of stars could be seen in the sky. One time when she looked up at the stars, a little voice spoke within her mind, "Look, those look like a tree! The White Tree..." and indeed, if one looked just the right way at the stars, they could see a tree take shape: a trunk that forks, and the two great branches that hold a bright blue star between them, curving back at the ends.
But Επιστάτα did make one mistake in her travels, or so she thought, in taking a detour to the lands of the Bleg, from the east. Wanting perhaps to meet the little cat folk again, now that they've long grown up. Well she did meet many of the Bleg, but she also accidentally encountered something she really did not want to... Them, the Elysian Nomads, who had been hanging around the Blegs' lands for a while now.
She wasn't sure what would become of her when one of the Elysians spotted her, one with red patterns just like Επιστάτα, and immediately let out a high-pitched cry, but it wasn't a threat cry, but rather one meant to call and draw attention of other Elysians.
In short order, a large group of Elysians had gathered before Επιστάταa and behind the one that made the call. The Elysian with red patterns and a large crystalline crest excitedly points at Επιστάτα and remarks "She kind of looks like us!", one of the males in the front looks unconvinced, and speaks out with a voice that could only be described as bored: "Yeah, a little. Black eyes, pale... scales, not as scary as the Cat friends make the Devourers out to be... Maybe, Tiél?", while staring at Επιστάτα.
A small, meek female in the back, visibly frightened, with her arms held tightly to her chest and all four of her ears drooped down, eeks out "She... She must be the White One... That the cat friends... So fondly spoke of?"
Επιστάτα responded in a way that she knew they'd be certain. She backed up a bit and lowered her head, before flaring her hood and thus exposing the complex concentric patterns that only an Elysian would have.
The display was met with a chorus of dazzled and excited "Ooh"s from the Elysians, and a bunch of Bleg that just seemed to follow along.
The female in the front, 'Tiél', looked at the one who examined Επιστάτα and proclaimed "See, Aún? I told you! She's one of us!" to which 'Aún' squinted his eyes and replied "Yeah, yeah. I'm trying to figure this out. This makes no sense... It's not our Tree's nor Root's pattern." before sighing. The small female meekly asks, her voice almost at a whisper "Why... Why not ask her?"
Tiél, in a sudden expression of embarrassment and confusion stammers out "sure, thats a great idea Leíl, you're right..." before regaining her cheerful composure and turning to Επιστάτα: "You're one of us. That must mean you can understand us and talk too... Come on, say something!"
And Επιστάτα did speak, in her usual gentle, patient tone, only stating "I simply did not know what to say...", bowing her head down again slightly and giving the Elysians a gentle smile.
Much to the surprise of the Elysians and especially Επιστάτα, her speaking to the Elysians elicited a gasp from the nearby Bleg, with exclamations of "She can speak to them?!" and "Tahar will want to know of this!".
One of the Elysians exclaims with a laughter, in Elysian "Oh yeah. I forgot that when we speak, they hear something like this:". He then proceeds to make a random assortment of chirping, purring and trilling noises.
Aún interrupts him: "We get it, Seír. Okay, so? Who and WHAT are you?", looking at the White Cobra.
Επιστάτα was really hoping to avoid that question, but explained her situation to the Elysians... it took a while.
"... In short, we are what we eat." The White Cobra finished off her tale and the mood had turned from a cheerful one to somber and mournful. The ears of the Elysians were no longer perked up like they were before.
There was a sign of frustration on Aún's face and he exclaimed "That's not possible! Our bodies vaporize if they..." but Tiél cut him off, merely asking "How long ago?"
Επιστάτα looked around at some of the Bleg before looking back at Tiél and solemnly stating "Thirty-seven years and a few months...".
Aún looked at his hands, wiggling his fingers a bit and said "Almost exactly a cycle ago... It matches up!"
There were several gasps from within the group of Elysians and Tiél merely sighed, drooping her ears and lowering her head, she spoke in a saddened tone "So... That's what happened to them...", before looking up at Επιστάτα, with a smile, her ears still drooped: "Thank you... for telling us. You said you're going to the "University" right, Επιστάτα...? They'll want to know too... i hope. its best that someone goes along with you. They'll know me." She says, pointing to her collar, with her name "Tiél" clearly carved into the metal plate in the front. Most of the adult Elysian Nomads have one, but the neck and chest fluff that Elysians have makes it hard to see.
For the time being Επιστάτα remains among the Elysian Nomads, who have accepted her among them unconditionally.
((im terribly sorry for writing this mess.))
((Also, anyone wanna do some detective work? 3 of the 4 Elysians mentioned by name in this story have been mentioned before they had names, in prior turns. Who is who?))
MEANWHILE:
The Dioscuri Twins try to find a way to the west
Code: [Select]
1d20=6
While Επιστάτα was already happily sleeping alongside a bunch of Elysians in a big pile, The Dioscuri, with their Jahtari entourage were suffering endless headaches in their quest to find a way to Dalai. They figured that if Dalai is to the west, they should go west... What anybody neglected to remind them of, was that Dragolia is a floating continent. They only realized it when they were looking down toward the sea and through the clouds. The Dioscuri figured that if they went north along the edge of the continent, eventually they would find a way off of it. It wasn't until several months later that one of the Jahtari welled up the courage to mention that the only known ways off of Dragolia is either via the Jahtari Sky-Ship, or through Refugio Guerra, both on the eastern side of Dragolia. Said lizardman was promptly eaten, for failing mention that beforehand, The group then started heading east, only to soon see a town in the distance and realize that they had walked right into Blegland and if they were spotted here, they would surely be seen as invaders. Mercifully they had walked around the trap laden swamps of the Bleg. Highlighting a critical flaw in it, an enemy can go around it. The Discuri and the Jahtari accompanying them have hunkered down and hidden themselves from sight within the Bleg lands, for the time being.
Dragons from the ECD attack the Vasilikos
Code: [Select]
Elder Council of Dragolia 1d20=2
Vasilikos 1d20=11
The Dragons probably thought that the Vasilikos would be easy pickings from the sky and they'd be safe just a little bit into the sky. How wrong they were. The Dragons did not realize perhaps like many snakes, the Vasilikos could coil and then launch themselves high into the sky, grabbing unwary dragons in a blink of an eye and bringing them down to the ground. This wasn't all, The Vasilikos had a little surprise in store for the dragons, even though said surprise was not wholly effective. Like the Vasilikos, the Jahtari could at times take on traits from certain creatures that they've eaten. In case of the Dragons, the result are the so-called "Dragonkin", bearing wings, a long neck and an elemental affinity like real dragons... any or all of these to a greater or lesser degree. The other Jahtari sub-race, those that ate of the Vasilikos, were not present in the battleNot that this battle was much of anything, it was mostly a standoff, where the breath weapons of the Dragons were ineffective against the Vasilikos, and the Dragonkin's likewise against the Dragons.
Most of damage resulted from Vasilikos managing to grab dragons by surprise and bring them down.
Eventually the dragons had to retreat after suffering some casualties. The Vasilikos suffered one, who got badly burnt by dragonflame and succumbed to its injuries.
Nibblex finds a red portal and decides to explore it.
Code: [Select]
2d20=1!+18
Nibblex' exploration of the other side of the portal was incredibly short lived. He was dead before he even realized it or what even killed him. Whatever is on the other side of the portal is either incredibly hostile to everything within this one, or simply invariably lethal, the distinction is meaningless, and figuring out what actually is on the other side would be nearly impossible. Its probably survivable but would also probably take extreme preparation to survive more than a few moments, unlike poor Nibblex who went in wholly unprepared. He would serve as a cautionary tale, but there is no trace of him in this world or the other one.
If the University discovers its existence, and its danger, there is a high probability that they will simply try to close it if they can.
Eightstone attacks Dalai's southern parts
Code: [Select]
Eightstone 1d20=20!
Free Cities of Dalai 1d20=13
It seemed that Eightstone finally had enough of the insolent slugmen in its way and brought all of its might to bear upon Dalai. It walked back into Dalai without any regard... no, it was actively trying to do everything to crush and kill any unfortunate sod in its way. And when the army tried to face it, Eightstone began to use its most ferocious attack yet. It sprayed sand in a cone with enough force to wear down entire towns to nothing but dust in short order and to speak nothing of anyone that happened to be in its way. Those who got vaporized by the torrent of sand, were the lucky ones, the unlucky were only partially stripped of flesh, down to the bone and writhed for hours in agony before finally dying.But Dalaians were nothing if not brave, despite the incredible devastation that Eightstone wrought, they still engaged it, firing cannons and magic at it to the best of their capability and managed to do some amount of damage to it.
In the wake of Eightstone's attack, the territory attacked by it wasn't just reduced to ruin, it was rendered completely uninhabitable for generations to come. The wrath of a god is a fearsome thing.
(Eightstone has taken 4 damage)
YEAR 346.5
Despite the warnings of the Magi within the University, Wülfhærd and his merry bunch of løkhunds and Elysians have continued on their travel. They have traveled further northward, to the great inland sea to the north.
Standing at its edge, it wouldn't be impossible to think that one is looking at the entire eastern ocean, there is only water to one side, no matter where one looks in that direction, the "Lake" probably has its own ecosystem.
The Wülfhærd's crew has been spending a while building small huts, fishing spears and just generally enjoying the northland summer, basking in the summer sun, and swimming. Both Løkhunds and Elysians are natural swimmers, it turns out.
Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/MQozCus.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/ndDwR7b.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/MQozCus.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/ndDwR7b.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: Superdorf on August 07, 2020, 11:43:54 am
Six slugmen make their slimy way across the ruinous sands of their empire.
A DISTINCTIVE BARREL rests with menace upon their phlegmatic shoulders.
There is murder in their eyes.
Glory to the alchemists. Death to Eightstone.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on August 07, 2020, 12:09:01 pm
Some citizens of the Free Cities of Dalai have heard about the crystals of light and start bringing dead warriors there to fuel their growth
Meanwhile, the crystals of chaos within the New Quagnate start to glow for a bit, then stop. Each time this happens, the light condenses into spheres. These spheres of chaos light have come to be known as Chaos Wisps, and travel in random directions.
Post by: TankKit on August 07, 2020, 12:20:16 pm
Eightstone travels south-west, expanding the desert westwards as it goes. It seems to be satisfied with the new stretch of desert in Dalai... for now.
Meanwhile, The Sandstone Qhaganate begins rebuilding the many old temples that were built to worship Eightstone before Khagatai destroyed them. It seems like they have decided to continue worshipping their ancient Goddix, though how they involved they should become with spreading the desert remains a hotly debated issue, as directly supporting Eightstone would invariably lead to war with any nations that didn't already live in the desert.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on August 07, 2020, 12:22:42 pm
Post by: chaotick21 on August 07, 2020, 04:18:58 pm
((Strik3r, your writing is not trash, stop saying it is. Your writing is great))((Honestly, your writing definitely carries this game))
Post by: chaotick21 on August 07, 2020, 04:22:43 pm
The Hamsterfolk create a rune-circle around the portal to try and contain it. However one day, something emerges.
Roll for how dangerous whatever emerges is, and roll for if the rune-circle is able to trap it.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on August 07, 2020, 04:55:07 pm
Year 346.8((Can I describe what emerges, you’re rolling for danger, I have ideas for what it looks like))
The Hamsterfolk create a rune-circle around the portal to try and contain it. However one day, something emerges.
Roll for how dangerous whatever emerges is, and roll for if the rune-circle is able to trap it.
Post by: chaotick21 on August 07, 2020, 06:06:15 pm
((Sure bro, go ahead!)) ;DYear 346.8((Can I describe what emerges, you’re rolling for danger, I have ideas for what it looks like))
The Hamsterfolk create a rune-circle around the portal to try and contain it. However one day, something emerges.
Roll for how dangerous whatever emerges is, and roll for if the rune-circle is able to trap it.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on August 07, 2020, 06:23:16 pm
Year 346.8The creature that exits the portal has 8 spindly legs, just as many eyes, and fangs. In short, it is a spider, but this spider is around the size of a Hamsterfolk. It also has chitinous scales
The Hamsterfolk create a rune-circle around the portal to try and contain it. However one day, something emerges.
Roll for how dangerous whatever emerges is, and roll for if the rune-circle is able to trap it.
Post by: King Zultan on August 08, 2020, 03:18:10 am
Post by: Unraveller on August 08, 2020, 06:49:45 am
With the Kapital at last complete, the Khanate of the Greenskin tribes is truly soldified. With the mighty and brutally cunning ork warriess at their head, they experience a period of renewed growth and expansion in a significantly more ordered fashion toward the detestable slugmen.
Just the same, Gratz'nuut and its band of willful chaos gribblies has gathered more than enough power, cutting swathes to and fro midst the coalition lands. Now they set their eyes upon their kin. . .
(( I shall detectify when I get the time. Great stuff! :O ))
Post by: Strik3r on August 08, 2020, 08:01:27 am
Notices and Summary:
TURNS:
NOTE: All of these turns had wrong dates. King Zultan accidentally flipped the ones and the tens on the turn after 354.7
So THIS is why my calculations in the previous post were off...
No, im not mad. This is fucking hilarious :))
(King Zultan : Year 354.8(was 345.8 ))
The purple leaf disease continues to spread but with the red leaves spreading throughout it starts to shift and spread to the south east as if its trying to escape the red leaves.
(Unraveller : Year 355(was 346))
(Nope, no summary, its just here to correct the year number. Go read it.)
(Naturegirl1999 : Year 355.1(was 346.1))
Dragons from the Elder Council of Dragolia try to attack the Vasilikos but the combat inconclusive.
(Chaoskl21 : Year 355.1(2)(was 346.1))
A red portal appears in the Hamsterfolk lands and a hamsterman by the name of Nibblex attempts to explore it. Dies before he realizes that he's dead.
(TankKit : Year 355.1(3)(No year number given))
Eightstone attacks Dalai again, reducing its southern parts to an uninhabitable wasteland. The Dalaian army deals significant damage to Eightstone.
(Strik3r : YEAR 355.5(WAS YEAR 346.5))
Update!
Jarl WülfhÄærd and co. travel northward to a large inland sea and enjoy the summer.
(Superdorf : YEAR 355.6(was Year 346.6))
Six slugman fanatics follow Eightstone in its tracks, finally catching up with it and blowing up the barrel underneath Eightstone, causing severe damage to Eightstone.
(Naturegirl1999 : YEAR 355.7(was Year 346.7))
Some citizens of the Free Cities of Dalai have heard about the crystals of light and start bringing dead warriors there to fuel their growth
Chaos wisps start sprouting up from the Chaos Fields in Sandstone Qhanganate.
(TankKit : YEAR 355.7(2)(was Year 346.7))
Eightstone travels west before being caught up to by the Slugman Fanatics.
The Sandstone Qhanganate attempt to rebuild temples to Eightstone. They build temples, but they had no idea what to build.
(Chaoskl21 : YEAR 355.8(was Year 346.8 ))
Some monsters come through the red portal and the wards set up around it.
(King Zultan : YEAR 355.9(was Year 346.9))
The Bleg that went off to learn magic have returned to their home land and begun teaching other Bleg
They also start setting up facilities to start producing the explosive black powder.
(Unraveller : YEAR 356(was Year 347))
Zchuldae Khanate, with their newfound organization, have expanded southward.
WORLD STATE:
The Cloudrock Clan continues on its Sky-Island building.
Free Cities of Dalai, The White Tower and Jahtari Sultanate have grown into their weak territories.
Rolls
TURNS:
NOTE: All of these turns had wrong dates. King Zultan accidentally flipped the ones and the tens on the turn after 354.7
So THIS is why my calculations in the previous post were off...
No, im not mad. This is fucking hilarious :))
(King Zultan : Year 354.8(was 345.8 ))
The purple leaf disease continues to spread but with the red leaves spreading throughout it starts to shift and spread to the south east as if its trying to escape the red leaves.
(Unraveller : Year 355(was 346))
(Nope, no summary, its just here to correct the year number. Go read it.)
(Naturegirl1999 : Year 355.1(was 346.1))
Dragons from the Elder Council of Dragolia try to attack the Vasilikos but the combat inconclusive.
(Chaoskl21 : Year 355.1(2)(was 346.1))
A red portal appears in the Hamsterfolk lands and a hamsterman by the name of Nibblex attempts to explore it. Dies before he realizes that he's dead.
(TankKit : Year 355.1(3)(No year number given))
Eightstone attacks Dalai again, reducing its southern parts to an uninhabitable wasteland. The Dalaian army deals significant damage to Eightstone.
(Strik3r : YEAR 355.5(WAS YEAR 346.5))
Update!
Jarl WülfhÄærd and co. travel northward to a large inland sea and enjoy the summer.
(Superdorf : YEAR 355.6(was Year 346.6))
Six slugman fanatics follow Eightstone in its tracks, finally catching up with it and blowing up the barrel underneath Eightstone, causing severe damage to Eightstone.
(Naturegirl1999 : YEAR 355.7(was Year 346.7))
Some citizens of the Free Cities of Dalai have heard about the crystals of light and start bringing dead warriors there to fuel their growth
Chaos wisps start sprouting up from the Chaos Fields in Sandstone Qhanganate.
(TankKit : YEAR 355.7(2)(was Year 346.7))
Eightstone travels west before being caught up to by the Slugman Fanatics.
The Sandstone Qhanganate attempt to rebuild temples to Eightstone. They build temples, but they had no idea what to build.
(Chaoskl21 : YEAR 355.8(was Year 346.8 ))
Some monsters come through the red portal and the wards set up around it.
(King Zultan : YEAR 355.9(was Year 346.9))
The Bleg that went off to learn magic have returned to their home land and begun teaching other Bleg
They also start setting up facilities to start producing the explosive black powder.
(Unraveller : YEAR 356(was Year 347))
Zchuldae Khanate, with their newfound organization, have expanded southward.
WORLD STATE:
The Cloudrock Clan continues on its Sky-Island building.
Free Cities of Dalai, The White Tower and Jahtari Sultanate have grown into their weak territories.
Rolls
Slugmen try to blow up Eightstone using THE BARREL
Code: [Select]
1d20=19
Carrying THE ALMIGHTY BARREL between them, the six slugman fanatics followed the tracks of Eightstone through the ruined cities and the endless desert for months as Eightstone continued to head westward.Despite all its size, Eightstone slowly meandered over the landscape, spreading its desert as it went and in time the slugmen would catch up to it, until at last they could see the gigantic sandstone spider. Its stone body already greatly damaged, with sand bleeding from all of its wounds and cracks running all over its body, the Fanatics were intent on delivering the killing blow!
They continued their approach, creeping ever up on Eightstone, doing their best not to be seen, lest their lives end before they are meant to and their quest remain unfulfilled.
Eventually did they reach it and continued on, their resolve absolute and their will undying, bringing the THE BARREL underneath the great spider and lit the fuse.
But there wasn't much fuse, only enough for the six slugman to chant in unison: "DEATH TO EIGHTSTONE!! GLORY TO THE ALCHEMIST!! OUR SACRIFICE~!" before the fuse ran out, and the Fanatics' lives with it.
It is not known whether Eightstone felt pain, but if it did, it would have first seen a bright, blinding flash, followed by a sharp pain throughout its underside as the full destructive power of THE BARREL was unleashed and its body absorbed the brunt of it, with the explosion having nowhere else to go. The explosion ripped and tore Eightstone's underside to small fragments and shredded all of its legs but the two in the front. The great spider came crashing down to the ground with an earth-shattering thud and it lay there now, broken and immobilized in the middle of the crater formed by the explosion, watching as little green crystals fall from the sky, onto the ground and take root. It is only a matter of time until the crystals overtake what remains of Eightstone, too. Like stone they are, like plants they grow. That was the Mages' little secret, to ensure Eightstone's end.
The bright green flash of the explosion was seen all the way from Sandpond.
(Eightstone has taken 10 damage and is immobilized, THE BARREL was blown up)
The Sandstone Qhanganate tries to rebuild old temples
Code: [Select]
1d20=8
The rebuilding of the temples does not go particularly well, they were destroyed left to the sands of time so long ago that its was hard to tell what the temples looked like in the first place.The Sandstone Qhanganate built temples atop the ruins of the old ones, they were not the temples that where there before, nor as large as those were.
No old texts could be dug up on how the old Qhanganate decorated these temples' interiors either, leaving the builders to working off of guesswork alone. The builders that were there, of course. There is little interest in continuing to worship Eightstone nowadays.
Something emerges from the Red Portal
Code: [Select]
2d20=16+3
Some time after the Hamstermen make a rune-circle around the Red Portal, some kind of monster emerges from it and promptly walks through the runic circle meant to prevent passage completely unhindered... And then another one, and then some more. Collectively they slaughtered a nearby encampment of Hamsterfolk who were investigating the portal.From what has been gathered from the suriving hamsterfolk who fled the camp, these monsters are larger than a Hamsterman and look like large birds that had been stripped bare of all feathers and had red, cracked skin that constantly secreted some kind of fluid. Where a typical "bird" would have wings, those things had instead large scythe-like blades at the end of a three-jointed limbs and held them like a praying mantis, when not using them to rip hapless hamstermen to shreds. Instead of a beak they had the mouth of a leech flanked by two large clawed mandibles that looked and moved like fingers. The creature's single large eye was black and glossy with no visible pupils and its head was at the end a long neck that thickened at the base. Its legs were large, muscular and looked like a typical bird leg, save for being tipped again with a long scythe-bladed claw that was curved backward and on which the monster walked, as if it was walking on stilts. The monsters did have short stubby tails too, but none of the survivors could tell whether the monsters had a vent opening anywhere or any indication of reproductive organs. A few of these monsters were felled with lucky strikes from various tools, indicating that they can be defeated with conventional weapons.
Some survivors also did report another kind of creature exiting the portal, something about the size of hamsterfolk with 8 spindly, spider-like legs, but rather than being a spider, it looked as if someone had stuck a spider's legs onto a flattened mass of flesh with a domed top side that had 8 eyes arranged on it in a circle. The creature was entirely covered in chitinous armor, aside from its bottom, where there was a large gaping hole surround by gnarled teeth, it supposedly served as the creature's "mouth"... and everything else.
The Zchuldae Khanate attempts to expand to the south
Code: [Select]
1d20=17
With their heightened degree of organization that has been steadily improving over the years, large and organized groups of settlers were sent to the south to establish a foothold.The Orcs and Goblins, along with a large number of enslaved slugmen, many of them bred, second-generation slaves, since no new raids have occurred in some time now, but with the news quickly reaching the Hrilithan Celestial Empire of the Orcs' large, sudden and rapid expansion, its leaders fear that it may be about to change.
The new settlements are predominantly directly to the south, avoiding the old stretch of deadland that is uninhabitable to even the Orcs...
Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/BSqZOP5.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/wP3XYKp.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/BSqZOP5.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/wP3XYKp.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on August 08, 2020, 08:25:31 am
Eightstone, in an effort to preserve itself, used whatever was left of its body to reform into a cube, the densest it could be, resulting in a very small but very heavy cube of sandstone, which begins to sink into the sand. Roll for if the green crystals grow down to catch the sinking sandstone cube formerly known as Eightstone
8 members of the Sandpond Clan are curious what the green flash was and journey towards it, finding green crystals that seem to be growing.
Post by: Strik3r on August 09, 2020, 05:03:43 am
Notices and Summary:
Just one turn? Ok.
I hope there'll be more today :)
TURNS:
(Naturegirl1999 : Year 356.1)
Eightstone attempts to preserve itself by turning itself into an impossibly dense cube of sandstone and burying itself. It was unable to turn itself back, and thus remains a cube, forever.
Eight dwarves from Sandpond travel to the site of THE BARREL's explosion.
WORLD STATE:
It is not known what became of the "Stonewalkers", the Bearwalkers partially petrified to the petrifying mead incident and sought to travel to the Firbolgs to cure themselves. They were last spotted many years ago on the western coast of the western continent but now they seem to be nowhere to be found. Maybe they walked back to their own tribal territory or perished in the wilds. Maybe there are a bunch of petrified bearwealkers somewhere on the western coast, their companions that were left there, or maybe not. Only thing that is known, is that there is no sign of the "Stonewalkers" anywhere.
The Cloudrock Clan continues on its Sky-Island building.
Rolls
Just one turn? Ok.
I hope there'll be more today :)
TURNS:
(Naturegirl1999 : Year 356.1)
Eightstone attempts to preserve itself by turning itself into an impossibly dense cube of sandstone and burying itself. It was unable to turn itself back, and thus remains a cube, forever.
Eight dwarves from Sandpond travel to the site of THE BARREL's explosion.
WORLD STATE:
It is not known what became of the "Stonewalkers", the Bearwalkers partially petrified to the petrifying mead incident and sought to travel to the Firbolgs to cure themselves. They were last spotted many years ago on the western coast of the western continent but now they seem to be nowhere to be found. Maybe they walked back to their own tribal territory or perished in the wilds. Maybe there are a bunch of petrified bearwealkers somewhere on the western coast, their companions that were left there, or maybe not. Only thing that is known, is that there is no sign of the "Stonewalkers" anywhere.
Rolls
Eightstone attempts to escape the growing Earth Crystals
Code: [Select]
1d20=11
Eightstone's plan in turning itself into an impossibly dense cube of sandstone has been successful in avoiding the Earth Crystals growing all over the crater, so far. Despite expectation, sand when put under pressure doesn't give away as readily AS expected but the Cube of Eightstone sinks below the sands nevertheless, avoiding the encroaching crystal growth for the time being, eventually the compressed sand becomes too resistant for the cube to push through, some ways down below the crater. To make matters worse Eightstone is unable to turn itself back, Eightstone is effectively dead, now only a small anomalous cube containing a bit of Divine Energy, the "Tenth Magical Element". It is inevitable that that it will either be dug up by someone, or that the Earth Crystals will grow down to reach it. Whatever finds it will be poised to claim Eightstone's divinity for themselves, but whatever demigod will be born from that, wont be Eightstone. Eightstone is dead and buried, quite literally, The Cube of Eightstone serving as its gravestone.With Eightstone's power fading from the world, so are the deserts that it spread throughout its life. It will take many years but in time the endless dunes will give way to green, fertile grasslands, and eventually forests, only the hottest regions of the world, those where the plants cannot grow will stay as they are, but even they are suspected to become more green, and bear more plantlife than they do currently, oases and lush river valleys will spring up in the deserts that remain when the last of Eightstone's power has faded.
In around fifty years, this is where deserts will remain.
(Green marks the future deserts in this picture.)
(https://i.imgur.com/0x9jePo.png)
Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/Vv2r7D0.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/fXLC9QP.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/Vv2r7D0.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/fXLC9QP.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: King Zultan on August 09, 2020, 07:31:35 am
NOTE: All of these turns had wrong dates. King Zultan accidentally flipped the ones and the tens on the turn after 354.7(Aw shit I didn't mean to break time!)
So THIS is why my calculations in the previous post were off...
No, im not mad. This is fucking hilarious :))
Year 356.2: The purple leaf disease in the uninhabited areas continues to spread this time starting to head towards the northeast.
The purple leaf disease in the foxfolks lands starts spreading to the west.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on August 09, 2020, 07:33:05 am
(https://i.imgur.com/qWtLLZr.png)
The Wi’ali have started another of their tribe combat sports, this time splitting into 4 tribes. After the sport, the Southernmost tribe practiced using seawater to try and channel through the continent to separate into an island, they are helped by the northern and eastern sections, since they were connected to the part they wanted to channel through. Roll for how successful the channeling goes, the separation from the continent
The Kani colony has started giving shell tools to the Foxfolk, Karhan, and Streamland, in hopes that peace may continue. Roll for how well these shell tools are received by each nation
Post by: Yellow Pixel on August 09, 2020, 11:26:57 am
One night, in a region situated somewhere between Streamland and the two Quanganates, a jade-green glow emanates from the sky and the very air. And during all the night, some kinds of insects and invertebrates start growing and growing, until becoming giant. But for some reasons still unknown, some of theses species get caught in a magical vortex of jade light and are mixed together. From it, a new race of sentient beings is created: the antars, a cross between different types of hymenoptera (ants, bees and wasps) in a giant format, having mostly the size of an adult tapir.
They have the shape of ants, but they are furry (with typical insect hair) and contrastingly, they don't have queens. For that reason, antars form quite egalitarian societies. Their color range go mostly from brown to red or yellow ocher. They also build enormous earthen towers similar to termite mounds, that are called mound-towers. In these, real cities are build, with a network of passages leading to thousands of large rooms and small alveoli, wich are inhabited by antar couples, who are monogamous and lay eggs. Most of them are workers and go outside during the day to collect leaves and bring in the basement of their mound-towers. There, in the darkness, they pile all the leaves up and it forms their food safe. However, they don't eat the leaves themselves but rather grow bioluminescent mushrooms on them, emiting a green light, and it is what they eat, sometimes along other kinds of wild mushrooms.
Three additional, less common types of antars exist. The first are soldiers, that are twice the size of workers and are very strong, possessing large mandibles to defend themselves and their colony. These ones are grey to black and don't have much fur. As such, they are similar to most ants. The soldiers are carnivorous and get rid of all the giant bugs living around, that can be dangerous predators or annoying pests. The second special type is composed of nurses, that raise, educate and take care of all the larva and nymphs of the colony, gathered in large nurseries for that purpose. Nurses also have very big abdomens from wich they secrete amber paste, rich in sugar and proteins, that serves as food for the babies and kids. A third and even rarer kind of antars occurs: white antars, that have wings, so they can fly, that are as furry as workers, and that are attuned to earth and wind magic.
(I'll tell more about the reason for the creation of antars, that is related to the jade leaves, and about the political organisation of antars, at my next turn. So please, DON'T meddle with it for now!)
Post by: Strik3r on August 09, 2020, 01:38:42 pm
YEAR 356.7
The Wizards at the White Tower are restless it seems as merely less than a year after finishing the Tower itself, they've gotten started on another giant project with the aim to dig a massive channel around a large section of their land surrounding the White Tower. While the threat of Eightstone has seemingly passed, the reason why these plans were drafted up in the first place, it is almost certain that the tower will face threats in the future, so the channel is planned to form a chokepoint for any invaders coming over land. They also reason that it will form a nice terrain feature and demonstrate the magical superiority of the Tower's mages, to discourage attackers in the first place.
(https://i.imgur.com/NE83WSu.png)
Such a project will obviously take a long time to complete, and the magi do not intend to take any risks, instead preferring tried and true methods developed during the digging of the Waterstone Clan's channel, except this time, the work is scaled up greatly.
It seems as if the wizards and magi of the tower are dedicated to building, carving and altering every bit of land to fit their vision of their nation, if need be.
Post by: Strik3r on August 10, 2020, 08:33:39 am
Notices and Summary:
I hate having to double post...
Also, regarding the prior discussions regarding the breaking of Dragolia and how i feel i wouldn't do it justice. I've decided.
I'd want EVERYONE (that cares about this game, anyone who has or hasn't ever played) to have a part in writing it.
But... im unsure just how to arrange such a thing.
TURNS:
(King Zultan : Year 356.2)
The purple leaf disease in the uninhabited areas continues to spread this time starting to head towards the northeast.
The purple leaf disease in the foxfolks lands somehow breaks containment and starts spreading to the west.
(Naturegirl1999 : Year 356.3)
The Wi'ali attempt to seperate a section of their land from the mainland, but are unsuccessful due to lack of know-how and tools.
Kani Collou gift shell tools as an offering of peace to some coastal nations:
Karhan and Streamland were unaware of the Kani Colony and view the Crabmen as nothing but pests, killing them on sight.
The Foxfolk view the Kani Collou attempts as "endearing".
(Yellow Pixel : Year 356.4)
A strange green glow massively enlarges and mixes a bunch of insects, creating the Antars.
(Note, Yellow Pixel has requested that the Antar remain Locked, for time being.)
(Strik3r : YEAR 356.7)
The Wizards of the White Tower have begun digging a massive channel around the tower itself.
WORLD STATE:
The Cloudrock Clan continues on its Sky-Island building.
The Purple Leaf disease has spread within unmitigated regions.
Red Leaf Disease has spread.
Rolls
I hate having to double post...
Also, regarding the prior discussions regarding the breaking of Dragolia and how i feel i wouldn't do it justice. I've decided.
I'd want EVERYONE (that cares about this game, anyone who has or hasn't ever played) to have a part in writing it.
But... im unsure just how to arrange such a thing.
TURNS:
(King Zultan : Year 356.2)
The purple leaf disease in the uninhabited areas continues to spread this time starting to head towards the northeast.
The purple leaf disease in the foxfolks lands somehow breaks containment and starts spreading to the west.
(Naturegirl1999 : Year 356.3)
The Wi'ali attempt to seperate a section of their land from the mainland, but are unsuccessful due to lack of know-how and tools.
Kani Collou gift shell tools as an offering of peace to some coastal nations:
Karhan and Streamland were unaware of the Kani Colony and view the Crabmen as nothing but pests, killing them on sight.
The Foxfolk view the Kani Collou attempts as "endearing".
(Yellow Pixel : Year 356.4)
A strange green glow massively enlarges and mixes a bunch of insects, creating the Antars.
(Note, Yellow Pixel has requested that the Antar remain Locked, for time being.)
(Strik3r : YEAR 356.7)
The Wizards of the White Tower have begun digging a massive channel around the tower itself.
WORLD STATE:
The Cloudrock Clan continues on its Sky-Island building.
The Purple Leaf disease has spread within unmitigated regions.
Red Leaf Disease has spread.
Rolls
Wi'ali attempt to separate a part of their territory from the mainland
Code: [Select]
1d20=2
In spite of their affinity with water, the Wi'ali attempts to channel through the land are futile. Even though they are strong, the Wi'ali truly only know violence, a thing which bears only superficial resemblance to the work of digging through the earth. They lack the knowledge of how to undertake such a project, and theres only so much one can accomplish digging with their bare hands. The tools of the Wi'ali are primitive and weak, unsuited to extended work. The thought of using magic for digging through the land didn't even cross their minds, if they are even able to wield magic.Their attempts were anything but protective, some Wi'ali got stuck and had to be dug out, or somehow ended up in the sea and sunk below.
Kani Collou gift shell tools as an offering of peace to some coastal nations
Code: [Select]
In order: Foxfolk, Karhan, Streamland
3d20=7+1!+1!
The Kani Colony's efforts to bolster their relationships with the various coastal nations by gifting them primitive tools made of shells goes almost as badly for them as it could have.Neither karhan or Streamland really had much knowledge of the Colony's existance until the Kani Collou made them aware of it, The Kani Collou are seen as little more than pests by these two nations, their messengers were treated as dangerous wild animals that had wandered into their cities and were killed on sight. The Guards did not even notice that they were carrying their shell tools as gifts.
The Foxfolk are at least more kind toward the Crabpeople and view their attempts as "endearing", seeing them as big, innocent and barely sapient creatures that should be protected, from afar. As curiosities if nothing else.
Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/i4OM009.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/meicZlV.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/i4OM009.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/meicZlV.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: Yellow Pixel on August 10, 2020, 02:23:32 pm
One day, the young dragon from Vilutra's enclave, named Vestur, that once took a bite of a Jadeleaf, felt a pull toward the forest surrounding the settlement where he lives, a call to go and explore the warm undergrowth. So, without telling it to anybody, he decided to walk into the woods of the Singing Valley. There, he discovered a lush forest overflowing with countless jade colored plants, where all the trees were covered with vines and creepers, running around their trunks and dangling from their branches. While it could have only been some particularly luxuriant copses of evergreen, there was something special coming from the vegetation, like if Nature had surpassed itself to give to it an exceptional sense of harmony.
But for Vestur, it was even more than that, because he was able to hear the secret song of the Jadeleaves when wind blew on them. It was a music calling for union and gathering, a hymn of love and empathy that was slowly giving him the desire to care for all forms of life. Thus, he decided to stay there and, since that day, this magical forest became his home. It was for him the beginning of times of happiness, being now one with the Jadeleaves, wich was giving a higher value to his existence. Moreover, they were providing him everything he needed: when he was hungry, fruits started to grow and ripen at an astounding speed from the trees around him; when he was thirsty, the plants opened a path in front of him to lead him to a pool or a stream; when he was tired, vines weaved themselves to form a bed for him.
Whithout knowing it, he was slowly getting entranced by the Jadelight, that radiates from the body of Astara, goddess of Hope, Friendship and Solidarity. She is good-aligned and takes the form of a giant firefly emitting a jade-green light. She is the creator of the Jadeleaves and the Antars. Her purpose is to incite people to love each other and to work for common good. She also supports all nations who unite together and oppose wars and conflicts. Her songs rejoice the hearts of all beings, even in the darkest hours when despair is at its strongest. And her soul is infused in the Jadeleaves: if they grow and expand, her power shall do the same; if they wither and falter, her light shall dim; if they disappear, she shall die with them. But with her birth comes the hope of a better and more harmonious world.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on August 10, 2020, 02:40:08 pm
Streamland and Zalalastan work together to burn a barrier to stop the Purple leaves from spreading there (https://i.imgur.com/XsP4Lml.png)
The Host starts traveling south again, towards the Foxfolk, though he doesn’t know of the Foxfolk yet, he’s traveling south because that’s where the most purple leaves are right now
((The purple and red leaves are not locked, nor is the Host))
Post by: King Zultan on August 11, 2020, 05:13:21 am
And with fear that the snakes might try to retaliate after being hit with the explosives the Bleg add more traps to the swamps to further reinforce that defensive line.
Post by: Strik3r on August 11, 2020, 06:50:23 am
Notices and Summary:
I assume you don't need the Antars to be locked anymore, so i'll remove the lock now.
TURNS:
(Yellow Pixel : Year 356.8)
Astara, the Goddess of Hope, Friendship and Solidarity is discovered, accidentally by one of the dragons from Vilutra's Enclave.
(Naturegirl1999 : Year 356.9)
Streamland and Zalalastan work together to burn a barrier to stop the Purple leaves from spreading there... Mostly Zalalastan.
The Host starts traveling south again, towards the Foxfolk.
(King Zultan : Year 357.1)
The Bleg attempt to design a way to launch explosive barrels, and with the help of Tahar, produce designs for Trebuchets that can launch explosive barrels, and a whole lot more.
(Strik3r : YEAR 357.5)
Tiél and Επιστάταa travel northward, to the now-abandoned Moon Tower.
At the same time, the other Elysian Nomads have begun traveling south.
WORLD STATE:
The Cloudrock Clan continues on its Sky-Island building.
The "Construction" of the Chaos Coalitions Rift is complete.
The Construction of the Jahtari Sky-ship, The White Tower's Channel and The Sky-Bridge has progressed.
Rolls
Year 356.8I knew your turn was going to be good and its as every bit as awesome as i expected. :))
I assume you don't need the Antars to be locked anymore, so i'll remove the lock now.
Year 356.9Correct. Everything is "Unlocked" unless a request is made to "Lock" something specifically.
((The purple and red leaves are not locked, nor is the Host))
TURNS:
(Yellow Pixel : Year 356.8)
Astara, the Goddess of Hope, Friendship and Solidarity is discovered, accidentally by one of the dragons from Vilutra's Enclave.
(Naturegirl1999 : Year 356.9)
Streamland and Zalalastan work together to burn a barrier to stop the Purple leaves from spreading there... Mostly Zalalastan.
The Host starts traveling south again, towards the Foxfolk.
(King Zultan : Year 357.1)
The Bleg attempt to design a way to launch explosive barrels, and with the help of Tahar, produce designs for Trebuchets that can launch explosive barrels, and a whole lot more.
(Strik3r : YEAR 357.5)
Tiél and Επιστάταa travel northward, to the now-abandoned Moon Tower.
At the same time, the other Elysian Nomads have begun traveling south.
WORLD STATE:
The Cloudrock Clan continues on its Sky-Island building.
The "Construction" of the Chaos Coalitions Rift is complete.
The Construction of the Jahtari Sky-ship, The White Tower's Channel and The Sky-Bridge has progressed.
Rolls
Kingdoms of Zalalastan and Arghila Attempt to burn forests to slow the Purple Leaf Disease
Code: [Select]
2d20=16+4=20
Burning down a vast stretch of land was nothing new for Zalalastan, they had done it before for the same reasons, to halt the Purple Leaf Disease and that burned land held the disease back back for a long long time. But now, it had finally overflowed the barrier. Endless hordes of infected animals, nowhere within the infection was safe, aside from the Red leaf disease, which has begun to spread more rapidly over the last few years for unknown reasons. An envoy was sent to the White Tower, to recruit powerful Arch Fire-Magi and Wizards, offering vast sums of wealth for their aid and the Magi did heed the call. Vast swathes of the forests west of Zalalastan and Arghila were burnt to the ground in mere days, a thick clouds of smoke rising from the raging firestorm. Nothing was spared.Arghila however, fared far worse in their efforts. They barely had any idea what they were doing going to burn down the land with torches in hand. Many of the Arghilans were caught in the middle of the fires, becoming trapped and succumbing to the flames. They were successful in burning down some of the forests, at the cost of their own lives. Thankfully Zalalastan was able to make up for Arghila's incompetency in this regard.
The Bleg attempt to design a way to launch explosive barrels
Code: [Select]
1d20=16
Alone, the Bleg might have had difficulty in designing a siege engine from nothing, but with Tahar and his enclave around, the Bleg managed to convince him to aid them. Not wanting to see the Bleg risk their lives toying with explosive powder, Tahar agrees to help them.The resulting device of Tahar's research was siege engine consisting of a long arm and a counterweight on the other end, a device that he called a "Trebuchet". After several revisions and the reduction in power, to prevent the fuse from going out during flight due to excessive airspeed, finally a weapon that can be made and operated by Bleg was produced. While the western nations might have cannons, there is no cannon that can launch an explosive barrel, or any explosive for that matter. And while the range isn't great, its still more devastating than a cannon, and should barrels run out, Trebuchets can be loaded with large rocks.
YEAR 357.5
Tiél and Επιστάταa (whom Tiél has taken to calling "Eíra") have begun their travels northward, traveling first to the Moon Tower, a tower whose construction had supposedly begun more than thirty years ago and was fraught with delay after delay and endless mistakes was eventually completed. However, it the wake of its completion, no one knew what to do with it, whatever purpose it sought to serve, gone.
As such, the majestic tower has been left abandoned, a wayshrine for travelers to climb and admire the land from up high and so that they may find their way.
And so did the two. The tower's exterior near the bottom bore many marks of some kind of vandalism and subsequent attempts to rectify the damage. Names are carved into the stones, some marked with a Jahtari symbol meaning "Death". From the top however, one could see many things. The great Skydock of the Jahtari, far off, barely above tbe horizon and the new Sky-ship being built on top of it. The swamps of the Bleg, to the south and their Grand Ziggurat. To the north, one could just barely see the glowing star held between the two great branches of the White Tree of Elysium, The rest of the tree, and Elysium, was occluded by the curvature of the world. To the west and below, one could just barely see the islands of the Moss Trolls, a place that no Elysian has yet visited.
Atop the Moon Tower they spent the night, and Tiél atop Επιστάταa, together looking toward the north, toward Elysium and the University and conversing on matters both mundane and mystical. Of how little seems to happen as of late, of how every being on Dragolia seems to have been stricken by a sense of foreboding dread. Looking upon the barely visible orb of the White Tree, conversation turned to the Elysium, Tiél telling Επιστάταa how in five years, the Elysians' third cycle would be coming to a close, and the fourth will begin. Επιστάταa was made nervous by this talk of cycles, but Tiél assured her that the "cycles" are nothing more than a measure of time, each beginning of a cycle was a time of celebration for the Elysians. Tiél's thoughts turned to all the Elysians that were now far away from their home on Elysium.
Meanwhile the Elysian Nomads have at last begun to move again after many years on Bleg soil. Despite Tahar's many warnings to not go toward the south, the Elysians are steadfast and resolute in their decision to continue traveling. Still, they have decided to travel southwest, intending to avoid the southern, trap laden swamps, that are now even more filled with traps than before as well as give the Vasilikos' islands a wide berth as they travel south.
Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/nKOQtjW.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/YHlhe5t.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/nKOQtjW.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/YHlhe5t.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: Yellow Pixel on August 11, 2020, 08:21:39 am
Post by: TankKit on August 11, 2020, 09:09:14 am
After many years of inactivity, Zoithor's Realm once again expands through colonisation.
The Free Cities of Dalai attempt to rebuild and resettle the least afflicted sections of the land they lost to Eightstone's desert.
Post by: Yellow Pixel on August 11, 2020, 10:57:27 am
Then, to put the basis of their polical system, the Antars from the biggest colony have sent some white flying messagers over the territory to ask to all their opinion on the way the society should be ruled and administrated. After gathering the information, the same colony have defined that most Antars want to be headed by older individuals, being often considered wiser. But they also don't want to give all the power to a single individual, so it as been decided that each colony will be controlled by a committee of height Antars that have proved their worth as good workers, soldiers or nurses during their life. This board of height will always work in a large hall at the middle of the mound-tower and level with the ground. And each important decision must be taken from a general consensus of a majority of the rulers. If ever the leaders are equally divided on a decision taking (four against four), a referendum will take place and a choice will have to be made by all the adults of the colony.
In addition, the ruling committee must be democratically elected each five years and, in the case a decision would concern the entire nation, an agreement would need to be made between all the mound-towers. Once that system was determined, the same messagers were sent to every colony and it brought to much rejoicing as much as the formation of the Union of Antars.
(The Antars are no longer locked !)
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on August 11, 2020, 11:11:53 am
358 was an eventful year for the Antars because during this period, they organised their religious and political life. They have thus begun to venerate Astara, for the knowledge of her existence have permeated the Antars' spirits since their creation. So, they have started to build circular rooms in their mound-towers serving as shrines, at the middle of wich they attempt to sculpt (their artistic skills being not much advanced for now) a statue of their goddess out of compressed earth. They have also established a weekly ceremony in wich they circumambulate around the statue, while chanting religious songs in their language composed of clicking sounds.NGL, that political system sounds good, maybe some real countries could implement something like it
Then, to put the basis of their polical system, the Antars from the biggest colony have sent some white flying messagers over the territory to ask to all their opinion on the way the society should be ruled and administrated. After gathering the information, the same colony have defined that most Antars want to be headed by older individuals, being often considered wiser. But they also don't want to give all the power to a single individual, so it as been decided that each colony will be controlled by a committee of height Antars that have proved their worth as good workers, soldiers or nurses during their life. This board of height will always work in a large hall at the middle of the mound-tower and level with the ground. And each important decision must be taken from a general consensus of a majority of the rulers. If ever the leaders are equally divided on a decision taking (four against four), a referendum will take place and a choice will have to be made by all the adults of the colony.
In addition, the ruling committee must be democratically elected each five years and, in the case a decision would concern the entire nation, an agreement would need to be made between all the mound-towers. Once that system was determined, the same messagers were sent to every colony and it brought to much rejoicing as much as the formation of the Union of Antars.
(The Antars are no longer locked !)
Post by: Yellow Pixel on August 11, 2020, 11:35:58 am
NGL, that political system sounds good, maybe some real countries could implement something like itI'm glad you like it!
Post by: chaotick21 on August 11, 2020, 04:47:05 pm
The portal grows, and more monsters escape. The portal creatures have begun to be known as Nibblex's Curseborn, as the Hamsterfolk assume, that Nibblex's ghost has cursed them for sending him into the portal. The Hamster-Folk have begun to move away from the portal, and closer to the lake located to their north. They send a messenger to the University named Sunny. Roll for how successful and/or dangerous her journey is
Post by: Unraveller on August 12, 2020, 07:28:27 am
The odyssee of Wülfærd and his trusty companions continues; a handful of scouts return from the lands northwest, to the makeshift summer home of the group. All was not as it once was, a vibrant land of strife it may have been once, but now, unnaturally dead.
Ever autumnal, eerily quiet, and lacking any notable fauna frolicking midst the gnarled crimson bark, nor feasting upon the bounty of its untouched harvest. It was positively alien to the Løkhund scouts, so much so that they dared not delve too far, and hadn't reached the Brüdine lands. Taken aback by this, Wülfhærd pondered their predicament, looking on to their Elysian comrades for their constant morale support. Yet if the strange news weren't enough, a report came just then, a great winged wyrm of eastern legends was seen darkening the land with the beat of its limbs. Something monsterous, something devilish that presided over the Silent Lands.
And they had nary a weapon to brand, having laid down their arms years ago.
One night then, as the Companions continued to eek out an honest living on the lake shore, the now greying Jarl paddled out into the waters. He boated upon a small raft for some time, vanishing into the horizon, reaching the center of the lake. There he merely took in the quiet of the waters, and bore his fishing rod to the side.
Was this journey worth the trouble? It was a good question, though perhaps late now to ask. Many years had passed since the Companions left Nordica, and for what? Merely to rekindle old friendships. . ? Still he could not turn the men about now, it was still a sentiment worth holding tightly to their chests and fighting for nonetheless, dragon or not.
Then, his rod took on a bite. With a mighty heave he reeled and he reeled, for three hours he fought fang and tail with this catch. And when all was said and done? A massive rotund Tuna came aboard his vessel. Only, it looked upon him with intelligence in its eyes, and to the hound's surprise, spoke. "Wülfærd of Nordica, I am Aksu. Some call me the fortune-teller fish."
The absurdity, and strange frankness of the critter nearly sent the greying hound overboard. Yet, the tuna beast calmed him with a gaze, "I will read of the tapestry of fate to thee. . ." It commanded, still flopping on the deck of his little boat.
(( Aaaand I gotta get back to work. Good luck with that one Strik3r!))
Post by: King Zultan on August 12, 2020, 08:21:21 am
The purple leaf disease continues to spread to the southeast.
Post by: Unraveller on August 12, 2020, 08:28:16 am
Post by: Strik3r on August 12, 2020, 11:58:38 am
Notices and Summary:
Sorry for being a bit late today. That's a rarity nowadays huh?
i got stuck working on a bit of a mockup:
I also hit a bit of a writer's block
TURNS:
WORLD STATE:
The Cloudrock Clan continues on its Sky-Island building.
Dalai, The White Tower and Jahtari Sultanate have grown into their weak territories
The Earth Crystal fields have grown.
Rolls
Sorry for being a bit late today. That's a rarity nowadays huh?
i got stuck working on a bit of a mockup:
Spoiler (click to show/hide)
I also hit a bit of a writer's block
TURNS:
WORLD STATE:
The Cloudrock Clan continues on its Sky-Island building.
Dalai, The White Tower and Jahtari Sultanate have grown into their weak territories
The Earth Crystal fields have grown.
Rolls
Zoithor attempts to expand his realm
Code: [Select]
1d20=1!
Many, many elven slaves were rounded up to be marched eastward to claim new lands. However, with the slaves outnumbering their captors five hundred to one, some of them saw their opportunity to rebel against their captors and the fire of uprising spread to many of them.Despite their masters' best attempts to stop it, the elven slaves broke free and over the next few weeks, they would free even more of their captive brethren. But many of them died in the attempts, some even before they could be freed as dragons burnt them alive to stop them from being freed.
Eventually, those free of their chains and still alive fled to the east. Much of the Zoithor's Realm's eastern reaches are now only sparsely inhabited.
Free cities of Dalai attempts to reclaim its land
Code: [Select]
1d20=16
Despite that to the assumption of many, Eightstone was no more, much of the devastation it wrought was still present. Entire cities covered in dunes of sand, but with the threat of Eightstone no longer hanging over their heads like a noose, many slugmen who had fleed from their homes returned there to help clean the cities and towns of the sand and salvage what could be and get rid of that which could not.Still clearing entire cities worth of sand was no easy feat and many of the regions at the periphery of their territory is so buried in sand that its hard to figure out where the buildings actually are.
Hamsterfolk messenger Sunny attempts to travel to the Lake Scar University
Code: [Select]
1d20=14
The journey from the southern lands of the Hamsterfolk shamans to the Lake Scar University isn't the longest travel ever undertaken certainly, but Sunny still failed to bring with her enough provisions for the journey.
While the western prairie-lands are not Eightstone's desert, the conditions are still hot and dry, making travel uncomfortable for her, and clean water sources are rare and she faced dehydration the entire way.
Eventually she did arrive at the Lake Scar University, malnourished and bearing bruises from encounters with wildlife just as if not more desperate for food than her. On her arrival, Sunny was patched up and given proper food by the University, and she told them of the monsters, the so called "Nibblex's Curseborn" coming to this world from the Red Portal.
(I have no idea what you meant by "Good luck with that one", Unraveller. Just in case not to accidentally embarrass myself, i've decided to retract what i wrote here, regarding the whole fortune-telling tuna thing.
I still have it saved somewhere though)
YEAR 358.7
The Elysian Nomads have continued on their journey to the southwest, wishing to see beyond Dragolia's edge. Unbeknownst to them however, it is there that the Dioscuri and their entourage is, the western badlands of the Bleg lands offer little cover, and soon the Elysians are face to face with the two great snakes and the Lizardmen that follow the two. They have been camped out here for a while now, and with not much to eat around there, quite hungry as they have tried to and avoided any Bleg.
Roll for whether the Elysian Nomads will be allowed to continue their journey in peace.
Code: [Select]
1d20=13
Despite the potential meal that seemingly just walked into the Twins' jaws, figuratively speaking, the twins reasoned that if they came from within the Bleg's lands, the Elysians must be on good terms with the catpeople, and as such decided to not provoke them and let them pass, lest they succeed in running back and alerting the Bleg of the Dioscuri's presence there.Under normal circumstances, they would think nothing of killing and devouring anyone, but for the time being, their mission lies elsewhere.
Although the twins did hiss menacingly at the Elysians, causing them to run as fast as their legs could carry in fear, which was impressively fast. It was at least a bit of entertainment in their otherwise dull day, dull like every other, right now.
Due to the Aetheirals' completion of their project to increase the power of the Eye of Chaos further, it has begun expelling the foul corrupted Chaos energy from the Chaos Realm at a greatly increased rate. As a result the atmosphere of the Chaos Domain will only become even further choked by Chaos and the foul energies will reach and corrupt the land further from the Chaos Coalition's current "borders", effectively claiming another massive chunk of the world for themselves that the foul corruption will overtake over the course of many many years, although it will not be as quick of a way to gain territory as a normal nation settling the land would, but the expanding grasp of Chaos will not stop for anything and it can only be reversed by destroying its source, that is protected by endless abominations and Aetheirals.
Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/WZp2tcG.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/2NUvpRu.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/WZp2tcG.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/2NUvpRu.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: Unraveller on August 12, 2020, 04:42:09 pm
(( Mainly cause I wanted to write an epic about Wülfhærd and their journies bht had no time to this morning. So I figured letting you come up with something fitting their would be fun. Whatever it is you wrote. Hehe. ))
Post by: Strik3r on August 13, 2020, 05:03:34 am
(( Fool! Post what thou hast wrought upon this world! T'was left for thee! ))((And i sure as hell feel like a fool. You probably have your own ideas already but whatever, Since i have nothing else to write today, here is the rewritten version. I guess this is my turn for this update...))
(( Mainly cause I wanted to write an epic about Wülfhærd and their journies bht had no time to this morning. So I figured letting you come up with something fitting their would be fun. Whatever it is you wrote. Hehe. ))
Year 358.4
The odyssee of Wülfærd and his trusty companions continues; a handful of scouts return from the lands northwest, to the makeshift summer home of the group. All was not as it once was, a vibrant land of strife it may have been once, but now, unnaturally dead.
Ever autumnal, eerily quiet, and lacking any notable fauna frolicking midst the gnarled crimson bark, nor feasting upon the bounty of its untouched harvest. It was positively alien to the Løkhund scouts, so much so that they dared not delve too far, and hadn't reached the Brüdine lands. Taken aback by this, Wülfhærd pondered their predicament, looking on to their Elysian comrades for their constant morale support. Yet if the strange news weren't enough, a report came just then, a great winged wyrm of eastern legends was seen darkening the land with the beat of its limbs. Something monsterous, something devilish that presided over the Silent Lands.
And they had nary a weapon to brand, having laid down their arms years ago.
One night then, as the Companions continued to eek out an honest living on the lake shore, the now greying Jarl paddled out into the waters. He boated upon a small raft for some time, vanishing into the horizon, reaching the center of the lake. There he merely took in the quiet of the waters, and bore his fishing rod to the side.
Was this journey worth the trouble? It was a good question, though perhaps late now to ask. Many years had passed since the Companions left Nordica, and for what? Merely to rekindle old friendships. . ? Still he could not turn the men about now, it was still a sentiment worth holding tightly to their chests and fighting for nonetheless, dragon or not.
Then, his rod took on a bite. With a mighty heave he reeled and he reeled, for three hours he fought fang and tail with this catch. And when all was said and done? A massive rotund Tuna came aboard his vessel. Only, it looked upon him with intelligence in its eyes, and to the hound's surprise, spoke. "Wülfærd of Nordica, I am Aksu. Some call me the fortune-teller fish."
The absurdity, and strange frankness of the critter nearly sent the greying hound overboard. Yet, the tuna beast calmed him with a gaze, "I will read of the tapestry of fate to thee. . ." It commanded, still flopping on the deck of his little boat.
(( Aaaand I gotta get back to work. Good luck with that one Strik3r!))
And as Aksu did speak of fate to the hound whose fur seemed to grey further with every passing moment, Wülfærd listened intently to the words of the being before him with his ears perked, but every word echoing within his mind only filled him with dread and uncertainty:
"Take not to heart the words i speak to thee today for fickle are the threads of fate. What lies therein today may not be so tomorrow. Even i feel as if my fate has been altered and the tapestry of time and fate of the future is yet entirely unwoven, yet i can glean little patches of it, that which your yarn is connected to.
Know that much will happen in the coming few years. Very soon, Thee and thine will set out once again to find what you seek from this land. The true horror of the Silent Land will see you and your friends brought together closer than thee think possible. Most of all the one who leads the little guardians of your group, she will grow to love and adore you so. The yarns of your fates are intertwined, until they're not.
I can see little of what will take place within those lands, but i can see all of the threads of thy companions beyond the two great knots within the yarn. All but two, thine concludes before the first, and it is there that it is mended with a different yarn, in the arms of the little guardians' counterpart to thee. She will commit a misdeed that is so only in her own eyes, and will flee her friends in this shame. In doing so, she spares you from the horrid fate of all that perish in the Silent Lands. Only those who bear The Huntress' favor are allowed to sleep eternally in those woods. Even the very earth itself refuses to die there.
I cannot see thy yarn where it passes beyond the spirits' veil, but it will emerge again, just in time to see the sky lit in azure flame. All threads of fate of this world are tied into that knot and the one right after it too."
((Despite being more "general", this version is actually three times as long as the previous.
And as the fish said, the threads of fate in this world are fickle. So if you dont like the bundle of yarn that i've handed you or have your own ideas, feel free to toss this one away.))
Post by: King Zultan on August 13, 2020, 08:57:34 am
Post by: Yellow Pixel on August 13, 2020, 03:48:46 pm
In the last twenty years, the griffons from New Grifonia have had the time to fully settle on their territory, wich was mostly covered with thick forests prior to their arrival. Having large wings and talons made them clumsy in the beginning, but they still cutted many trees, tore up all the stumps and ploughed the fertile soil underneath. And to do so, they firstly used primitive tools made of stone and wood, as well as some others that they brought with them from the Sha Matrifocality and that were formerly intended to build a shrine to Nara. Then, after a few years of low yield while they hunted boars and deers to survive, they started enjoying the simple lives of honest farmers working in complete freedom. They were proud of the labor accomplished and of their progeny that was now running on and flying over their fields.
At times, when their minds were going astray, the melancholy of an ancient epoch of grandeur was coming back to them, remembering the old legends of their forbears who lived on a faraway land beyond the eastern ocean. That is how a desire took root into them, namely to be recognized not as ordinary peasants but as powerful warriors and wealthy merchants by every nation. But they knew they were living in a much competitive world and that seeking allies was going to be necessary. Until now, they were very secluded, mostly encountering some travelers going to the Great Scar University. They were also making occasional travels to the Empire of Avaria to trade agricultural products in exchange for useful iron objects. So, they have decided to try creating more durable relationships with the birdmen living there.
New Griffonia attempts to make diplomacy and trade agreements with the Empire of Avaria.
Post by: Strik3r on August 14, 2020, 05:35:54 am
Notices and Summary:
TURNS:
( King Zultan : Year 358.8 )
A massive fire breaks out on southern half of the eastern continent in an uninhabited area, spread between various patches of woods by burning wildlife.
( Yellow Pixel : Year 358.9 )
The Griffons of New Griffonia attempt diplomacy with the Avarrian Empire, but their knowledge of Avarrian Language is still... spotty.
((More turns would only be welcome))
WORLD STATE:
The Cloudrock Clan continues on its Sky-Island building.
The Elysian Nomads continue on their travel southward.
Rolls
TURNS:
( King Zultan : Year 358.8 )
A massive fire breaks out on southern half of the eastern continent in an uninhabited area, spread between various patches of woods by burning wildlife.
( Yellow Pixel : Year 358.9 )
The Griffons of New Griffonia attempt diplomacy with the Avarrian Empire, but their knowledge of Avarrian Language is still... spotty.
((More turns would only be welcome))
WORLD STATE:
The Cloudrock Clan continues on its Sky-Island building.
The Elysian Nomads continue on their travel southward.
Rolls
Forest fire in south Dragolia
Code: [Select]
1d20=11
The lands far to the south of the Bleg are largely temperate grasslands interspaced with the occasional patch of trees. For reasons unknown one of those patches of trees caught aflame seemingly out of nowhere. It is not known who or what started this fire, it might have been a lightning strike on a clear, dry day, or it may have been a dragon, or something else entirely. Usually, such fires would not have spread beyond the groves that they originated in, the larger wildlife, particularly deer who got trapped in within and lit on fire, ran out of the woods, screaming in pain and into another patch of trees some ways away. lighting said grove on fire, too, then died.This process repeated itself over and over again and after some weeks, large sections of woods had been burned down in the lands to the south of the Bleg and to the southwest of the Vasilikos. It took a while until the panicking animals could no longer reach any more groves, effectively stopping the fire from spreading further.
New Griffonia attempts diplomacy with the Empire of Avaria
Code: [Select]
1d20=9
((y'know, the Empire of Avaria was created by Lidku... He hasn't posted here or anywhere else for close to a month now but i still see him online occasionally... What happened, my friend?))For a long time now, the Griffons of New Griffonia have been living in isolation, generally keeping to themselves and content to do so, spending their days farming and hunting. Their lives were lived in consistent routine day to day, with no significant shake-ups for many years, that is until the New Griffonia's leader died. Said leader was already an old Griffon by the time he formed New Griffonia and one morning, he simply didn't wake up.
A new leader had to be chosen, while it is not known how their new leader was picked, said leader immediately insisted that dying of old age is no way to go for a Griffon and swore that New Griffonia would again become a nation of warriors under his leadership. His first course of action was to seek a trading partner and an ally in the Avarrian Empire. However, his ambitions were far grander than his experience and he sent a messenger to the Avarrian Empire right away.
Despite having been established a long while ago, the Griffons' ability to communicate with the various races was still somewhat limited. And the haste with which the sealed message was formed, resulted in an attempt at diplomacy that left the Avarrians incredibly confused. Said message was full of poorly formed sentences and suspect nonsense such as "Boats command tree" and "Inferior water while cabbage". The Birdpeople were SO confused at the absurd contents of the letter that they couldn't even be mad at the Griffons, and instead sent a scholar over to the Griffons' land so that they could work together on improving the communications between the two races.
Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/WuUISw1.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/G07Ylys.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/WuUISw1.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/G07Ylys.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: King Zultan on August 14, 2020, 07:08:09 am
Post by: Strik3r on August 14, 2020, 01:28:09 pm
Ever since the Union of Antars was formed, they have been sending out invitations to various nations for the nations' diplomats to travel to the Antars' land for the purpose of forming diplomatic and trade relations. However, they did not have anything to trade with, until now. Dalaian Slugmen, ever the curious and opportunistic, one of their diplomats at one time snuck off to have a taste of the Nurse Antars' nectar.
The Antar were understandably angered, the stuff is meant for their young, not for greedy and gluttonous slugmen. Yet despite the little diplomatic incident, the diplomat in question managed to not only clear himself of any wrongdoing but also to convince the Antar to put the possibility of exporting the nectar up for vote. The Antar Nurses did produce more of the nectar than was used, so it could be sold of as a delicacy. And it is one, while most nations have some form of beekeeping, the stuff that the Antars make puts typical honey to shame, so much so that some have now even given the stuff a name of its own: "Ambrosia". Despite some disagreement, the motion to allow export of the Nurses' nectar in limited quantities to Dalai was successfully, but narrowly passed by the committee.
It has caused a bit of an economic upheaval in Dalai as its scarcity combined with its deliciousness has made it an extremely sought after good. And it didn't take long for other nearby nations to learn of the nectar's existence, and now they want it too. Suddenly, Vision Dust sales are down for Nisvanis' Syndicate too as "Ambrosia" has become the "drug" of choice, the "buzz" it gives is cleaner, safer and much more pleasant, having the effect of filling one with a sense of profound happiness. It is unknown thus far whether this effect is present when Antars consume it, and Nisvanis and his Syndicate are cut completely out of the loop... for now...?((Hey TamerVirus))
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on August 14, 2020, 01:52:43 pm
The Host continues south, reaching the purple leafed portion of the Foxfolk. Roll for how far the red leaves spread
Some of the Vasilikos in the islands begin to notice their scales falling off and in their place white spheres. Taking these spheres off is difficult but when one of the Vasilikos finally gets one of them off, he realizes that doing so causes lots of pain, and that the part of the sphere that was stuck in him was a radula (https://media.sciencephoto.com/image/c0324185/800wm/C0324185-Marine_snail_radula_surface_Nerita_polita_,_SEM.jpg). It seems some of the Vasilikos are harboring some sort of mollusk under their scales. Interestingly, despite spewing blood from his wound and thus being easy prey for other Vasilikos, none made attempts toward him. The mollusk, which this Vasilikos has dubbed “white blood thief” was very difficult to eat, sticking to his mouth as he tried to swallow it, eventually it made its way back to the area it was yanked from, and restock itself to the surface.
((If any of this is confusing/contradictory to something let me know so I can fix it))
Post by: Yellow Pixel on August 14, 2020, 01:57:53 pm
In spite of his very old age, P.M. Martin has devised a novel way to increase his wealth and that of his dear Eudenland. Knowing that the destruction caused by Eightstone has put many people from Dalai in a much precarious situation, he decided to offer new jobs to all citizens. He thus proposed them to sign a fixed-term contract of 10 or 20 years by wich they would become employees of the Dalian Mercantile Flow Company. The deal was presented as a most generous initiative to help people in distress, but in fact, the signers were offered absolutely no wage, only free food, an abode and free travel to Eudenland and back in Dalai.
To encourage the population, he recruited town criers to praise aloud the merits and virtues of a life of adventure and of the fresh air of the sea. He also hired clerks and agents to work at kiosks, sometimes in front of the most destroyed parts of cities, inciting people to enroll in the company. The underlying idea was that the hundreds of homeless would find it hard to refuse, being desperate as they were, allowing Martin's enterprise to make easy savings.
And for those who wouldn't want to work in a merchant navy, there was an alternative option: to become fishers in Endenland, receiving in exchange a small plot of land on the shore and a "house" (a modest cabin). To them, it was said that they would get the chance to enjoy exceptional fishing waters, wich was completely false in the last years, and of magnificient views on the mountainous landscape. This will serve to colonize unoccupied areas of the territory.
Roll to see how much people sign the contract or decide to become fishers in Eudenland.
((Some more about TamerVirus' stuff. And I like what you've come up with Strik3r!))
Post by: TamerVirus on August 14, 2020, 04:16:31 pm
Year: 360- For years the Nisvanis Syndicate has ruled over the criminal elements of Dalai with an iron grip, but what was once a exclusive, highly efficient organization has bloated and decayed over the years. Nisvanis, now treated as a near mythical figure within the organization, has not been physically seen for more than half a century but still manages to deliver orders and messages through his trusted underbosses.
The Nisvanis Syndicate had greatly diversified its income streams over its years of existence, aided by back alley deals and dime a dozen corrupt nobles, politicians, and the like. However, the sheer amount of money from illicit Vision Dust sales had been a major source of the group's wealth. The designated drug dealing squads often commanded the most wealth and were compensated as such. The rise of this new "Ambrosia" cutting into profits had presented a major problem. The various Capos gathered to discuss possible solutions. No consensus is reached however and with no guidance or orders from Nisvanis aside from a sealed letter bearing the words "Figure it out. Pay your share" , the criminals are left to figure out a solution on their own.
One upstart crew under the leadership of one Rio Duran, devises an audacious plan "Why don't we just steal one of the things that makes the Ambrosia? Den we keep it in our basement and get all the Ambrosia for ourselves?!?" Genius, simply genius.
Roll for this harebrained scheme
______________________________________________________________________________________
With the threat of Eightstone put to rest, the Magi of the University reconnect Dalai to their network of arcane portals, bringing the city back into the fold after nearly a decade of people having to travel the slow, old fashioned way
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on August 14, 2020, 05:43:18 pm
A chaos wisp finds its way into the Dorathian Kingdom near the spot where the river split that’s near the border with HCE. The wisp was eaten by a fish who jumped out of the water thinking it was an insect. This fish started growing chaos crystals from it until it died, sinking to the bottom of the river as it grew more crystals. As a result, there is now a small chaos crystal underwater at a river junction
Post by: Strik3r on August 15, 2020, 06:23:01 am
Notices and Summary:
TURNS:
( King Zultan : Year 359 )
People have begun to flee from Thairmar, but most who want to are not willing to take the risk of traveling outside Thairmar.
( Strik3r : Year 359.1 )
Thanks to a particularly gluttonous Dalaian diplomat. It has been discovered that the nectar produced by the Antar nurse caste is incredibly delicious and has some mild mood altering effects.
Dalai managed to convice the Antars to export some of the nectar to them. Said nectar has earned itself the nickname "Ambrosia"
( Naturegirl1999 : Year 359.2 )
The Host continues south, reaching the purple leafed portion of the Foxfolk, resulting in the red leaves spreading far within the foxfolk lands.
Some of the Vasilikos have begun to develop some kind of parasites(?) under their scales. They've begun calling these "white blood thieves".
( Yellow Pixel: Year 359.3 )
P.M. Martin develops an ingenos scheme to get unpaid labor. It works far better than expected.
( TamerVirus : Year 360 )
With sales of Vision Dust dropping due to Ambrosia, Nisvanis' Syndicate wants in on its trade.
A crew headed by Rio Duran sets out to capture whatever is producing the Ambrosia. Manage to barely capture a single Antar nurse and still haven't figured out how to make it produce significant quantities of Ambrosia.
With the threat of Eightstone put to rest, the Magi of the University reconnect Dalai to their network of arcane portals.
( Naturegirl1999: Year 360.1 )
A chaos wisp finds its way into the Dorathian Kingdom near the river split near the border with Hamsterfolk Kingfom. it was eaten by a fish thinking it was an insect. This fish grew chaos crystals until it died, sinking to the bottom as it grew more crystals. As a result, there is now a small chaos crystal underwater at a river junction.
WORLD STATE:
The Cloudrock Clan continues on its Sky-Island building.
The Elysian Nomads continue on their travel southward.
The Purple Leaf Disease has spread within unmitigated regions.
The Red Leaf Disease has spread.
Rolls
((Sorry, had a big creative block for the past few days))No need to be sorry for anything. I'm just happy you posted :))
TURNS:
( King Zultan : Year 359 )
People have begun to flee from Thairmar, but most who want to are not willing to take the risk of traveling outside Thairmar.
( Strik3r : Year 359.1 )
Thanks to a particularly gluttonous Dalaian diplomat. It has been discovered that the nectar produced by the Antar nurse caste is incredibly delicious and has some mild mood altering effects.
Dalai managed to convice the Antars to export some of the nectar to them. Said nectar has earned itself the nickname "Ambrosia"
( Naturegirl1999 : Year 359.2 )
The Host continues south, reaching the purple leafed portion of the Foxfolk, resulting in the red leaves spreading far within the foxfolk lands.
Some of the Vasilikos have begun to develop some kind of parasites(?) under their scales. They've begun calling these "white blood thieves".
( Yellow Pixel: Year 359.3 )
P.M. Martin develops an ingenos scheme to get unpaid labor. It works far better than expected.
( TamerVirus : Year 360 )
With sales of Vision Dust dropping due to Ambrosia, Nisvanis' Syndicate wants in on its trade.
A crew headed by Rio Duran sets out to capture whatever is producing the Ambrosia. Manage to barely capture a single Antar nurse and still haven't figured out how to make it produce significant quantities of Ambrosia.
With the threat of Eightstone put to rest, the Magi of the University reconnect Dalai to their network of arcane portals.
( Naturegirl1999: Year 360.1 )
A chaos wisp finds its way into the Dorathian Kingdom near the river split near the border with Hamsterfolk Kingfom. it was eaten by a fish thinking it was an insect. This fish grew chaos crystals until it died, sinking to the bottom as it grew more crystals. As a result, there is now a small chaos crystal underwater at a river junction.
WORLD STATE:
The Cloudrock Clan continues on its Sky-Island building.
The Elysian Nomads continue on their travel southward.
The Purple Leaf Disease has spread within unmitigated regions.
The Red Leaf Disease has spread.
Rolls
People flee from Thairmar
Code: [Select]
1d20=3
The amount of people that actually flee Thairmar is very small, most want to do it, but most are unwilling to risk it, considering that trying to leave Thairmar right now runs a very real risk of being infected by the disease and then there'll be no one to help them. Currently, being inside Thairmar is safer than trying to flee it, especially now that infected wildlife has been spotted closer and closer to the coast. Thairmar is almost surrounded by the disease.Those few that do take the risk, walk along the northern coast, to the grasslands and valleys of Streamland. However, they are still not allowed into Streamland, as is still very much refusing refugees from Thairmar, over sixty years on. There are enough of them to perhaps build a village, and a big one at that. But not enough to significantly decrease the population density of Thairmar.
Red Leaf Disease spread in Foxfolk lands
Code: [Select]
1d20=18
Despite The Purple Leaf Disease in the Foxfolk lands being unable to spread to wild animals, the main method by which The Host was able to spread it so quickly elsewhere. However, it turned out to be unnecessary as when The Host reached a vilage near the border, overtaken by the Purple Leaves and spread the Red Leaves to them. When the Villagers found themselves freed from the Purple Leaves control by the Red Leaves, they ran toward other villages, towns and cities to the south, overjoyed. It caused an obvious chain reaction that saw the Red Leaf Disease take over a large swathe of the land.P.M. Martin's Contract
Code: [Select]
2d20=20!+5
((Good ol' indentured servitude))P.M. Martin's scheme was one crafted with exceptional understanding of peoples' behavior and couldn't have been timed better if he tried. He expected far fewer Dalaians to sign on the contract than the amount that actually did. So much so that P.M. Martin's agents had to stop recruiting for a while, until they found a solution to the amount of desperate people signing on. They couldn't fit all of the people they wanted onto the ships, and almost no one wanted to take up fishing in Eudenland. Hearing of this P.M. Martin was fairly certain that the people of Dalai were so desperate, he could've just made them sign themselves into straight slavery, iron collars and all, and he'd still get just as many "applicants".
It was then that he came out with a solution to the agents' problem, and sent out a revised version of the contract, subtly altered to include a clause that the Dalian Mercantile Flow Company may assign signers to any job that they want. Either working for Dalian Mercantile Flow Company or contracted out to anyone else, making them pay P.M. Martin's Company for cheap labor. As expected, the recruitment did not significantly decrease as a result of these changes.
Dalai however, will likely have some more difficulty reclaiming its old lands now.
Rio Duran's crew attempts to capture a Nurse Antar
Code: [Select]
1d20=11
While the lands of the Antar are not closed to outsiders, the place is hardly a tourist trap, being seemingly overrun with giant bugs of all descriptions. Rio and his crew figured that the best way to disguise themselves was as "The smart people", That is, scholars and magi, pretending to study the various mutated insects that sprung up in the Antars' land along with them. There were plenty such researchers, but Rio and his crew stuck out like a sore thumb amongst them.
But Rio and the bunch are nothing if not street-smart, despite the general secrecy of it, they managed to unravel the chain of production for the highly prized amber substance, Ambrosia. The crew didn't really care that their mission had just become one of kidnapping, it wasn't exactly their expertise but how hard can it be, right? With the Antars starting to trade the stuff, a network to distribute Ambrosia over their lands has formed, with a certain amount of the leftovers being traded away to Dalai. However, the Antar of the Nurse caste were not specifically guarded at the time, the Antars did not foresee anyone wanting to kidnap them.
Still, the kidnapping was hardly a clean one, as Rio's crew was caught... well they just ran through busy streets holding an obviously distressed Antar Nurse above their heads and running as fast as their legs could carry. Several members of Rio's crew were lost in the kidnapping, most of them dying to members of the Antars' guardian caste, the white ones with wings. Those that didn't die, "merely" got their limbs sawed off by a high pressure jet of water from the guardians' magical attacks.
However, Rio and about half of his crew got away, tossed the Antar into a cage and took off in a horse-drawn wagon. However this wasn't the end of their troubles, while they had succeeded in kidnapping an Antar Nurse and locking in some cellar, where it would be nearly impossible to find. They kept it fed, barely, but no matter what the thugs did to it, it would not produce Ambrosia in any significant quantity. In fact, harming the thing would cause it to produce even less Ambrosia. Rio's crew went through a lot of trouble to kidnap the Antar nurse, so they've kept it around while they try to figure out how to get it to produce more Ambrosia.
Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/ewkhFcZ.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/H3Vsp71.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/ewkhFcZ.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/H3Vsp71.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: King Zultan on August 15, 2020, 06:45:54 am
Post by: Yellow Pixel on August 15, 2020, 08:23:41 am
Post by: Yellow Pixel on August 15, 2020, 09:15:53 am
The kidnapping of the Nurse, named Iryz, has caused a terrible commotion in the Antar society, so much in fact that they have decided to completely stop the sale of Ambrosia for now. It has been only a few months since the beginning of the trade with the outside world and they were already suffering from it ! The situation was considered totally unacceptable and gave them a bad image of the behavior of the civilizations around them. But other than that, they were very disconcerted: they were still open to the idea of commerce but they needed some time to think about it. They also wanted to understand more about what happened and to know who was responsible of this cruel action. So they started to investigate about the unfortunate event.
Roll to see the results of the investigation.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on August 15, 2020, 10:43:07 am
Year 360.4
Some of the younger Vasilikos ended up eating the scales that fell off of others. Unknown to them, there were eggs on the scales. Erno, one of the younger Vasilikos, noticed that a few days after his scales fell off, new scales appear to grow from the White Blood Thief, however, these “scales” grow along with the parasites. Erno now knows that it will be incredibly difficult to learn who has these white blood thieves and who doesn’t, as their shells look like scales, and they don’t leave.
Post by: Strik3r on August 16, 2020, 06:49:20 am
Notices and Summary:
TURNS:
WORLD STATE:
The Cloudrock Clan continues on its Sky-Island building.
The Elysian Nomads continue on their travel southward. They have reached the edge of Vilutra's Enclave and the Valley of Songs.
(Open for anyone to write an interaction between the Elysian Nomads and Vilutra's Enclave and/or the Jadeleafs/Astara)
The construction of the Jahtari Sky-Ship, The Sky bridgge and White Tower's channel have progressed.
Rolls
TURNS:
WORLD STATE:
The Cloudrock Clan continues on its Sky-Island building.
The Elysian Nomads continue on their travel southward. They have reached the edge of Vilutra's Enclave and the Valley of Songs.
(Open for anyone to write an interaction between the Elysian Nomads and Vilutra's Enclave and/or the Jadeleafs/Astara)
The construction of the Jahtari Sky-Ship, The Sky bridgge and White Tower's channel have progressed.
Rolls
Minilla Vs Sharkmen
Code: [Select]
Minilla 1d20=11
Sharkmen 1d20=2
The Sharkmen have never really encountered Minilla and certainly have never been in conflict with it before, so they did not expect an attack from a giant amphibious lizard and do not have many weapons with which to fight off such a monster. Their only strenght would be in numbers, but the Sharkmen are generally spread out over a wide area. Despite all of their advances in the past, the sharkmen are unable to do much damage to Minilla stomping through their territory.
While Minilla fared better against the Sharkmen, they are still good, agile swimmers able to many times get out of the way of Minilla's attacks. Minilla is unable to breathe fire underwater, and so is limited to trying to eat the Sharkmen whole. Minilla finds some success in that but many Sharkmen also manage to avoid the attacks.
Minilla's damage to Sharkman territory.
Code: [Select]
1d20=19
Seeing as the the sharkmen could do very little against Minilla, it just leisurely stomped through the sharkman territory near Streamland, destroying pretty much all of everything that the sharkmen had built there. Many Sharkmen survived the attack, but the same could not be said for their homes, of which only a small patch remains near the coast of streamland.If the streamlanders knew of Minilla's attack on that sharkman territory, they'd thank it, as the territory was mostly used as a staging ground for attacking Streamland's ships.
Antars investigate the kidnapping
Code: [Select]
1d20=14
The motive for the kidnapping was obvious, who perpetuated it was not. All that could be gathered from eyewitness reports was that they were slugmen. Thus they must have come from one of the nations which they inhabit, the Antars knew of three: Free Cities of Dalai, New Qhanganate and Sandstone Qhanganate. Since Dalai was the only place to which Ambrosia had been exported to, they correctly concluded that the kidnappers most likely came from Dalai.
While some reports erroneously made references to Slugmen having legs, it makes their escape even more baffling as the Antars tried to figure out how they dragged themselves across the ground at speeds exceeding that of Humans in peak physical condition. They spent a good while trying to figure it out, with most agreeing that the slugmen must have learned to slither across the ground like snakes do, somehow.
((yes i made a dumb mistake in the last update, Slugmen don't have legs :P))
A team of the white, winged Antars was authorized by the Antars' committee to conduct an investigation within Dalai. After a bit of investigative work and talking to various officials, guard captains and such, the investigators became aware of the sprawling crime syndicate within Dalai, headed by an enigmatic leader who has never been seen. The Syndicate is suspected to have been deeply connected to the distribution of a dangerous drug known as "Vision Dust", a drug whose trafficking plummeted following Dalai starting to import Ambrosia. The motive for the kidnapping suddenly became even more clear and the investigators suspect that the Syndicate had kidnapped the Antar nurse. However, the investigators were the first Antar that almost all of the Slugmen they encountered, had seen. So there are not even any clues as to where the kidnapped antar has been taken.
For the time being, the investigators remain in Dalai.
Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/owSbVKM.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/2sQrIlj.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/owSbVKM.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/2sQrIlj.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: King Zultan on August 16, 2020, 07:34:51 am
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on August 16, 2020, 09:46:01 am
The Silent Lands begin spreading to the south
Post by: Yellow Pixel on August 16, 2020, 02:12:49 pm
Post by: Haspen on August 16, 2020, 02:25:53 pm
Tribes of Sicis suffer their first disaster in many decades, as the local marshes are inundated due to a local river being dammed. The Toadmen are amphibian, so they can handle this - their buildings and granaries and fields, however, do not. How extensive is the damage?
Post by: Yellow Pixel on August 17, 2020, 04:48:38 pm
The Elisyan nomads were still marching south, passing through lanscapes unknown to their kin, but always with a confidence contrasting with their usual playfulness and insouciance. While members of other ethnic groups, traversing wild countries, would sometimes pass before rocks and trees with no more than a feeling of boredom, they saw them rather as just as many occasions to climb, reach some heights and then throw themselves in the air to glide on some distance. One of them would also at times walk stealthily behind a fellow companion and jump on his back, wich was always resulting in a comical tumbling: a ball of white fur, with colored patches, rolling smoothly and bursting out into laughing. In other words, travel was full of opportunities for fun and play, but what was truly driving their steps was the desire to explore and try finding a haven where they would be happy to live.
Eventually they arrived in a dragons' settlement bordering a slow-flowing river. Although it was a very peaceful place, it was also impressive for the high wooden structures of colossal size on each side of the large stream. They consisted of tall scaffolds, whole tree trunks serving as beams and supporting sturdy platforms on wich the dragons slept. And in the spaces between them, a multitude of fragrant shrubs and flowers of all kinds were growing. At the moment they showed up, the giant-sized village wasn't much crowded, the flying reptiles being probably gathering food or ressources elsewhere, so their coming went mostly unnoticed.
The Elysians were naturally attracted at first by the biggest structure around, that they viewed as one of the nicest climbing tower they had seen in their entire lives. So they nimbly scaled it, without any hesitation, their supple patagium wrapping the huge crossed beams and slightly undulating along them. Once at the top, they found themselves straight in front of a mighty clawed foot, then carefully raising their eyes, they wondered if they had made a terrible mistake by climbing there so innocently, only to finally see the gentle smile of a gigantic female dragon, looking at them with amusement and absolute kindness. She was a turquoise water dragon with a pale belly and her dimensions confirmed she was an Immortal.
"Hello there lovely beings ! My name is Vilutra. Your race isn't known to me, nor is your language, but you are welcome in my enclave, as anyone who come with pacific means." she said, in her calming deep voice. The Elysians were reassured afterwards and began to look at the surroundings, having an excellent viewpoint on the entire Jadeleaf Forest, that they deemed splendid. They were even allowed to climb on the back of Vilutra and it made them very gleeful.
When they returned at ground level, the sun was slowly setting, and every dragon came back to the bank of the river to prepare their dinner. They had then the pleasant surprise of discovering the joyful bunch of Elysians running around. It wasn't long before they were fully accepted, everyone wanting to greet them and see them more closely. So everybody enjoyed the evening and the Elysians had the chance to delight themselves with varieties of tasty fruits completely new to them. They also tasted a kind of root vegetable of a striking magenta color. It was evident that the inhabitants of the enclave were rather vegetarian among the dragonkind, but their visitors saw them also eat some big fish and game roasted on fire.
Later, the adult dragons bathed in the river to cool off a little after a warm day of summer. The Elysians for their part joined a group of younger dragons that were swimming and playing with a sort of bulky jade gourd floating in the water. Their patagium was very helpful to take part to the activity, allowing them to slide on the surface and quickly catch the gourd. But then, they weren't much able to bring the heavy object with them, so most of the time, their larger playmates managed to capsize the improvised buoy and make them fall again in the water, causing many laughters. All in all, it was a quite pleasant moment, the Elysians having spent the remainder of their energy, and it was time at last to go to sleep.
So they climbed again on top of some wooden platforms, along with their hosts who already flew there. And when they were comfortably curled up aside the dragons and finally closed their eyes, they were soothed by the wind carrying the songs of the Jadeleaves, making their minds slip agreeably in the world of dreams. The charm of this magical location had thus captivated their spirits and there they resided for a long while.
Post by: Avetruetotheimperator on August 17, 2020, 06:06:53 pm
Though many had thought the God Dorath to have fallen into great slumber, yet it seems the God has just been rather...Busy. This is discovered by one of the many smith-masters of the great Dorathian metalworks, when he prayed for insight for a great invention. Soon after his head is filled with knowledge, a miracle performed to grant what he desired. Great works of stone and steel that could move on their own through the collected power of ki. Now all he needs to do is to actually make it...
Post by: Strik3r on August 18, 2020, 05:58:07 pm
Notices and Summary:
I mean theres a few spelling mistakes but, its no less great because of it.
Well done! :))
So, what's my excuse for my horrifically delayed update?
I don't have one, i should be more diligent.
I will admit though, i was waiting on Yellow Pixel's turn, didn't know if he'd want any rolls, so i decided to take a small, one day break.
Then the break just kinda kept going and going. :(
The next two updates are going to be facing similar or even longer delays, since i'll have lengthy texts to write for both and i wont post them until im satisfied with them, 3 large texts, if i'm lucky...
TURNS:
WORLD STATE:
The Cloudrock Clan continues on its Sky-Island building.
The White Tower, and Jahtari sultanate have grown into their weak territories.
The Corruption of the Chaos Coalition has spread.
Rolls
Year 360.1Okay, i had to pick my jaw off the floor...
I mean theres a few spelling mistakes but, its no less great because of it.
Well done! :))
So, what's my excuse for my horrifically delayed update?
I don't have one, i should be more diligent.
I will admit though, i was waiting on Yellow Pixel's turn, didn't know if he'd want any rolls, so i decided to take a small, one day break.
Then the break just kinda kept going and going. :(
The next two updates are going to be facing similar or even longer delays, since i'll have lengthy texts to write for both and i wont post them until im satisfied with them, 3 large texts, if i'm lucky...
Year 361Heya! :)) I think you've actually posted here before, right? before i was the GM?
Though many had thought the God Dorath to have fallen into great slumber, yet it seems the God has just been rather...Busy. This is discovered by one of the many smith-masters of the great Dorathian metalworks, when he prayed for insight for a great invention. Soon after his head is filled with knowledge, a miracle performed to grant what he desired. Great works of stone and steel that could move on their own through the collected power of ki. Now all he needs to do is to actually make it...
TURNS:
WORLD STATE:
The Cloudrock Clan continues on its Sky-Island building.
The White Tower, and Jahtari sultanate have grown into their weak territories.
The Corruption of the Chaos Coalition has spread.
Rolls
Year 360.6For reasons unknown, the silent lands have spread southward. Perhaps the initial assertions that nothing grows in the Silent Lands is wrong, and at least one thing does: The Silent land itself, like some kind of rotting wound that is eroding natural order as it continues to fester and spread.
The Silent Lands begin spreading to the south
Sharkman refugees' unification attempts
Code: [Select]
1d20=1!
The sharkman refugees' attempts to convince their brethren to join up as single, unified group has gone as badly as it could possibly go. Sharkmen are profoundly individualistic and devoted to the culture of their own clan, the Sharkmen's only uniting trait is that they all have a need to fight and kill. A meeting between the clan leaders was successfully called, but so many sharkmen with different and often conflicting opinions can never result in anything good for the Sharkmen. The sharkmen haven't truly fought anything for a long time now and the meeting devolved into insults and ended in one of the clans' chiefs declaring war on another. Which caused the other clan's ally to declare war on the first and so forth, with the end result being that somehow, all of the clans ended up declaring war on everyone else, ironically with the goal of dominating all the other clans. There wont be any alliances any time soon.
Thus, the Sharkman Territorial Wars have started.
(each sharkman territory will now have a small symbol to denote which clan it belongs to. Any clans named will be added to the Encyclopedia.)
The flooding of Tribes of Sicis
Code: [Select]
1d20=5
While the river that got dammed was a large and important one for the Toadmen near it and it did flood the settlements closest to the dam and some up the river, in the grand scheme of things, a single river within their relatively vast territory getting dammed and flooding the swamps nearby is a fairly minor disaster that is easy to recover from with just a bit of work, and the flooding caused by the damming was offset by the other side of the dam becoming relatively dry.The Dorathhian smith-master's divine inspiration
Code: [Select]
1d20=16
Well Dorath most likely did slumber for a great long time, so long that he either missed the purging of the KI from this world, or forgot it. So the many great insights that he granted the smith-master were of long-outdated information. Still, it served the smith-master as inspiration, to produce his great work. Great, arcane clockworks of steel and iron could serve as bone and stone as the flesh for his great constructs. Now the only problem was the missing component, KI. After consulting with the Universities, he realized then that KI is long gone from this world, so long that it's purging predates the University itself. Not all was lost though, after describing what he wants to do, he was told that together, modern Arcane and Spirit magics could perfectly fill in the gap left by the absence of KI in this regard. It just means that making such constructs now additionally relies on the cooperation of individuals of a variety of professions.
However, these constructs remain little more than plans and prototypes for the time being. Multiple plans have been drawn up, from very small, hand-sized autonomous magical constructs to those rivaling a dragon in size.
But for building such things, their greatest enemy would be physics, as making, assembling and holding together the parts for an autonomous magical construct of any significant size is feat in and of itself, so most constructs, if any are ever built, are expected to be roughly human sized, even if not human shaped. How intelligent such constructs are, largely depends on the mage who infuses them with Spirit. However, all of the prototypes so far have been rather clunky.
Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/tjU7Xij.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/slCejZD.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/tjU7Xij.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/slCejZD.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: Avetruetotheimperator on August 18, 2020, 06:18:31 pm
Yeah, I was Dorath and most of the Dorathian kingdom. Though I'm kinda confused about Ki, since I thought it was established that it wasn't actually gone due to it being, well, life energy. Just that Dorath and the other gods neutered it.Year 361Heya! :)) I think you've actually posted here before, right? before i was the GM?
Though many had thought the God Dorath to have fallen into great slumber, yet it seems the God has just been rather...Busy. This is discovered by one of the many smith-masters of the great Dorathian metalworks, when he prayed for insight for a great invention. Soon after his head is filled with knowledge, a miracle performed to grant what he desired. Great works of stone and steel that could move on their own through the collected power of ki. Now all he needs to do is to actually make it...
Post by: Strik3r on August 18, 2020, 07:03:52 pm
((Sort of... It's a multi-faceted thing. In its original incarnation in this world it was obviously taken straight out of DBZ, players didn't want that.Yeah, I was Dorath and most of the Dorathian kingdom. Though I'm kinda confused about Ki, since I thought it was established that it wasn't actually gone due to it being, well, life energy. Just that Dorath and the other gods neutered it.Year 361Heya! :)) I think you've actually posted here before, right? before i was the GM?
Though many had thought the God Dorath to have fallen into great slumber, yet it seems the God has just been rather...Busy. This is discovered by one of the many smith-masters of the great Dorathian metalworks, when he prayed for insight for a great invention. Soon after his head is filled with knowledge, a miracle performed to grant what he desired. Great works of stone and steel that could move on their own through the collected power of ki. Now all he needs to do is to actually make it...
I think in Japanese folklore and thus, modern media, Ki is a sort of "life energy", yes, with various depictions of it, DBZ included. I think anyway, feel free to correct me.
In the case of this world right now Spirit energy is basically it's replacement, and in the eyes of the world, trading a lot of Ki's power for versatility. The power is in Arcane. Its raw, powerful, but limited in it's uses because of its rigid adherence to its "Laws of the Arcane".
At the same time, the magical elements as they are, are just the University's view of magic. I like to think that when the KI purge occurred, KI was split into the magical elements the world has today.))
Post by: King Zultan on August 19, 2020, 08:07:00 am
Post by: Yellow Pixel on August 19, 2020, 04:23:55 pm
Orsal Yond was a renowned professor of the Great Scar University, best known for his lectures on crystalogy and his works in the domain, mostly on the formation of magic crystals. With his support, important breakthroughs were made in his field of research in the last years, notably concerning the production of crystals from the four natural elements (Earth, Water, Air and Fire). However, the scope of that production was very limited, only allowing the creation of small clusters calling for tremendous amounts of magical energy, most of it being lost in the process.
One important exception to the rule was the creation of THE BARREL, that leaded to the destruction of Eightstone partly through the use of earth crystals. He knew this invention caused the apparition of a continually renewed earth crystal cluster and he agreed with the most widespread idea that this was due to the impregnation of the power of Eighstone in the sands on the site of its death (but it was still undiscovered that it was due in fact to the presence of the Cube of Eightstone...). He also knew that the same giant cluster was exploited by the Sandpond dwarves, who sold the crystals through the world for mining purposes.
But this was not the subject of his actual studies. What truly interested him was the hypothetical creation of crystals from the primary elements (Arcane, Chaos and Spirit). Such feat was proved impossible to make for the moment, except for the Chaos crystals originating from the deadly breath of Chaos Dragons. For their part, light crystals were the only ones known from the two rare elements (Light and Darkness) and appeared exclusively on the dead brought under the light of the Golden Kingdom. Although Pr. Yond tried on many occasions to generate light or chaos crystals by himself, he never managed to do so, but he thought he finally had found a lead for the production of spirit crystals. To this end, he was well aware that the classical methods of crystal formation would prove futile, but he recently devised a potential way to create some of them.
The idea of his own was to use one of the commonest manifestations of spirit energy, dreams; and to extract them from their greatest lovers, dreamites. His first steps were therefore to collect some of them in the Avarian Empire, take them back in his laboratory, crush them unceremoniously with his pestle and mortar and lastly to extract their luminous fluids full of dreams. The final steps he needed to accomplish were nonetheless the most complicate, because he had to condense the spiritual energy contained in the dreams and convert it in a physical crystalline form. So he was now at the ultimate and most critical stage of his experiment: to use a liquid chemical (and magical) compound he invented that ought to absorb the spirit energy once mixed with the dreamites' juice. He would then only need to heat the resulting product in his copper alembic during a few months and at a constant temperature, waiting for the spirit crystals to appear.
Roll to see if the experiment is successful.
((I hope I've made less spelling mistakes!))
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on August 23, 2020, 11:52:57 am
The Slugman Duchies on the coast of the lake begin building ships and nets to allow them to fish
Post by: Yellow Pixel on September 27, 2020, 09:35:19 am
Historic Chronicles:
The First Century (1/2)
The First Century (1/2)
Spoiler: About the Chronicles (click to show/hide)
Slugmen:
Spoiler: A Life-Giving Meteor (Year 7-15) (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Blessed by their gods, the Slugmen Duchies Flourish (Year 27-66) (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: The Ascent of the Hrilithian Celestial Empire (Year 38-81) (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: The Emergence of the Sandstone Qhanganate (Year 28-93.5) (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: The Appearance of Ki (Year 94) (click to show/hide)
Dragons:
Spoiler: Taking their First Flight (Year 8.1-53) (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: The Risen Surges, Tiamat Gives Mercy (Year 54-80) (click to show/hide)
The Heavenly War:
Spoiler: Gods Fall Out (Year 81-100) (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: Born from the Heavenly War: Refugio Guerra and the Dwarves (Year 85-100) (click to show/hide)
(The Chronicles continue in the next post.)
Post by: Yellow Pixel on September 27, 2020, 09:40:35 am
Historic Chronicles:
The First Century (2/2)
The First Century (2/2)
Hamsterfolk:
Spoiler: Ardent Believers of Dorath (Year 12-75) (click to show/hide)
Red Elves and Brüdines:
Spoiler: Cold Hearts and Boiling Blood (Year 2-87) (click to show/hide)
Dolphinmen:
Spoiler: In the First Steps of Civilization, Striken by Disaster (Year 44-87) (click to show/hide)
Foxfolk:
Spoiler: Fighting to Keep their Way of Life (Year 50-93) (click to show/hide)
Løkhunds:
Spoiler: The Dogmen from the North (Year 64-95) (click to show/hide)
Humans:
Spoiler: God-Seekers (Year 49-88) (click to show/hide)
Firbolgs:
Spoiler: Mysterious Giants, Adepts of Magic (Year 90.1) (click to show/hide)
Post by: Strik3r on September 27, 2020, 09:58:48 am
As i promised, i have put a link to the chronicles in the encyclopedia. :D
Who knows, maybe there will be more pages in this thread.
For anyone else reading this and wondering WTF happened? I got burnt out, hard.
Post by: King Zultan on October 05, 2020, 11:54:40 am
Ether way I enjoyed while it lasted.
Post by: Strik3r on October 06, 2020, 11:04:09 am
Notices and Summary:
Its been so long, i forgot what i was supposed to write here.
Also, i want to thank everyone who has ever played this game.
TURNS:
( King Zultan : Year 361.2 )
A group of researchers from the university explore the Silent Lands, Meet up with Wülfhærd's Crew and discover the disturbing truth of the Silent Lands.
( Yellow Pixel : Year 361.3 )
Orsal Yond, despite numerous setbacks, creates what is apparently a magical Spirit Crystal.
( Naturegirl1999 : (Year) 361.4 )
The Slugman Duchies on the coast of the lake begin building ships and nets to allow them to fish
( Yellow Pixel )
The Chronicles of the first century.
( STRIK3R : YEAR ???? )
Wülfhærd [REDACTED] [REDACTED] [REDACTED].
( STRIK3R : YEAR 362.5 )
The Elysians' first Azure Sky ceremony takes place.
WORLD STATE:
The Cloudrock Clan can no longer enlarge their island.
Rolls
Its been so long, i forgot what i was supposed to write here.
Also, i want to thank everyone who has ever played this game.
TURNS:
( King Zultan : Year 361.2 )
A group of researchers from the university explore the Silent Lands, Meet up with Wülfhærd's Crew and discover the disturbing truth of the Silent Lands.
( Yellow Pixel : Year 361.3 )
Orsal Yond, despite numerous setbacks, creates what is apparently a magical Spirit Crystal.
( Naturegirl1999 : (Year) 361.4 )
The Slugman Duchies on the coast of the lake begin building ships and nets to allow them to fish
( Yellow Pixel )
The Chronicles of the first century.
( STRIK3R : YEAR ???? )
Wülfhærd [REDACTED] [REDACTED] [REDACTED].
( STRIK3R : YEAR 362.5 )
The Elysians' first Azure Sky ceremony takes place.
WORLD STATE:
The Cloudrock Clan can no longer enlarge their island.
Rolls
University's mages explore the Silent Lands
Code: [Select]
1d20=18
What they found,
Part 1: Dread
The magi set out straight northward from the University, toward the Silent Lands. After days of traveling, they were greeted by groves of trees with sickly yellow-orange leaves and gnarled trunks. The stench of rot wafted through the air. Travel through the Silent Lands proved more difficult than a trek through normal wilderness. After about two weeks of relatively slow progress the magi spotted a plume of smoke rising from the north and followed it to find a campfire with Wülfhærd and his crew of Løkhunds and Elysians sitting around it. With the goals of the two groups being largely the same, they agreed to travel together deeper into the Silent Lands.
Determined to discover what happened to the lands, the magi poked and prodded at every tree and leaf along the way, usually using magical spells, in an attempt to discover the answers they sought as the group traveled toward the ancestral home of the Brüdines in the north. As they did, they began to see sights ever more grim. Old, rotting ruins of Brüdine civilization, entire villages abandoned, yet unclaimed by nature. The planks of their homes seeped sap in some twisted imitation of life. The deeper they got the more frequent such sights got.
Eventually they began to spot the occasional animal, the ones who could not escape the the Silent Lands in time.
Like all things in the Silent Land, they were not truly dead, but also not alive; Emaciated and rigid, yet somehow alive, forever trapped in silent agony and unable to die. The only sound they made was a grim and hollow wheezing as they attempted to breathe. No attempt to put them out of their misery was successful, and it only served to make their suffering worse.
Food was scarce in the corrupt, Silent Lands, but with Water and Earth magics of the Magi, they were able to sustain the group as they traveled ever further northward.
It was difficult to navigate those woods and as they traveled, everyone in the group, The Løkhunds, Elysians and the Magi could notice Wülfhærd's health begin to worsen, hacking and coughing violently, often coughing up blood, yet the healing spells of the Magi could do little to help him and they weren't even sure whether it was so because of the Silent Lands, or because Wülfhærd's condition was beyond help, whatever it was.
Dread filled them all, that he too would suffer the same fate as the animals they saw.
Part 2: Regret
Their worst fears soon became true as they at last found the lands where the Brüdines still lived, though it was hard to tell that those lands were much different from the abandoned ruins they saw before. The only real difference were that some Brüdines still lived in the villages there, as haggard and miserable as they were, surviving off what little the worst of the silent lands provided. They were no longer the great hunters they once were, they barely acknowledged the Magi and their friends. But provided magically condensed water and grown food, they told of a great mound that now sits at the center of the remnants of their civilization. The Magi and the others could find none of the... "Un-Alive" within or close to the villages, and the implications were immediately obvious.
They traveled further, toward the Kings' Barrow, with Wülfhærd's health steadily worsening as they traveled. Many times they saw the black shadow of the Silent Lands pass over them, one of the great immortal dragons, one who lived there when the Silent Lands appeared. Its behavior was remarkably similar to that of the Brüdines they encountered, it paid no attention to them, just going about doing whatever it was doing. It might have had something to do with the explorers still hearing the raspy, hollow wheezing of the unliving, despite not seeing any, anymore.
Once they reached Kings' Barrow, they met what might pass for the leadership for the remnants of the Brüdines, although how much was there to rule was debatable. The proud hunters, brought so low. The old man regaled to them how the Silent Lands came to be.
"
Crimson tears in a midnight storm...
Brüdines went to war...
Ancient woods of the Old Elf God...
Brüdines went to war...
Bloodjarl song of the Red Ones' fall...
Brüdines went to war...
To war...
Clawed feet and iron spears atop our ancient bones...
Brüdines went to war...
Filled the red ones' well with blood their own...
Brüdines went to war...
The words now carried by howling winds:
Brüdines went to war..."
Part 3: Sorrow
The old bear told that he believed the silencing of the lands to be a curse, one that can not be broken, and told them to leave those accursed lands lest they suffer the same fate that all there did.
Especially Wülfhærd. The miserable state of the silent lands was beginning to affect the group of explorers too, Especially Eís, the Elysian counterpart to Wülfhærd, normally just as chipper as he was, she had begun to grow close to Wülfhærd in a sense and all could see the worry in her eyes.
Despite these warnings, Wülfhærd refused and decided that they would head far to the west, to the old lands of the Red Elves.
Their travel was as uneventful as ever, with Elysians acting as the scouts and the University's magi constantly studying the cursed flora, and at times fauna of the land. The truth of the curse still eluded them, but a grim hypothesis had begun to form among the magi, that would soon be seen proven, in a way no one expected.
Wülfhærd, despite his waning strength, wished to see what had become of the Red Elves and hoped to perhaps spend the last of his days on the western edge of Dragolia, overlooking his home, Nordica.
But it would not be so, he grew weaker with each passing day, and it would not be long until he could barely stand up, but he still maintained a weak, but warm smile whenever his companions looked to him.
But one morning, he simply found himself too weak to properly even lift his arm anymore as he laid there on his back. The Løkhunds and the Magi were arguing over what should be done, but the Elysians were crowded around him, Wülfhærd met their big, teary eyes with the biggest smile he could still muster. Eís knelt down to embrace him, tears flowing freely from her eyes, but as she did so, something... snapped within her.
Eís' expression twisted into something between pain and anger, and markings on her back and tail lit bright enough to make the other Elysians around Wülfhærd wince in pain.
Her thoughts unknowable to anyone but herself, a brief expression of shock flashed across the faces of all those present, before she placed her hands onto Wülfhærd's body and did... something, its not known what, but a bright flash of light erupted from Wülfhærd's body and then he... evaporated into blue, luminescent mist. The shocked expressions suddenly returned and Eís, when she came back to her senses, took off into the forest running, sobbing uncontrollably. By the time her companions had processed what had happened, she was nowhere to be seen.
The other Elysians attempted to call out to her, but she did not answer, thus they set off, following the subtle tracks in the vegetation and mud that she left. The others, the Løkhunds and the Magi, having no better recourse, followed them. Thus began their search for their lost friend, who now believed that she had committed some grave sin. Despite the urging of the others, the magi continued to be mostly focused on their research, and eventually realized that the little incident had inadvertently provided proof of their hypothesis:
What they found, was that within the silent lands, the souls of living beings can not pass on; Something here is forcibly keeping them in their bodies. Suddenly, the magi themselves had a motivation to find Eís: To find out how she managed to circumvent whatever curse has taken this place.
Orsal Yond attempts to produce Spirit crystals
Code: [Select]
1d20=12
a Great Experiment:
Meanwhile in the university, Orsal Yond was attempting to find a way to produce spirit crystals. From the onset, Orsal Yond's efforts were fraught with setbacks, first in acquiring the dreamites, as they do not readily present themselves and wait for a wild animal or a mage to to scoop them up. Most of the time during the day, they hide in the undergrowth or in the hidden corners of peoples' homes. Dreamites are really only active during the night when they go to feed, which they most frequently do in houses, although they can be spotted scurrying outside during the night, especially after feeding, when their glowing abdomens make them exceptionally obvious, but another problem arises then, as a well-fed adult dreamite is quite large, surpassing most normal arachnids in its size, making transport in large quantities a bit of a hassle, but getting them was still more difficult. At the same time, juveniles were rarely seen and could easily be mistaken for a common mite.
As a result Orsal ended up spending much more time trying to acquire the specimens and ended up going back to the university with far fewer than he wanted. He realized, to have any chance at success, he would have to have multiple instances of the slow, tedious experiment running at once, each with a different formula, and even then, the amount of the dreamites' juice he could get from each one was quite low, not helped along by the fact that the messy crushing process produced fluid that was frequently highly contaminated by the dreamites' innards and ichor. Most of the dreamites' bodies were quite mundane, only containing the faintest spark of magical energy, thus not useful to Yond's goals. However, the thing that he sought for his experiment, was stored plainly as a fluid within the dreamites' abdomens, a sort of luminescent liquid.
How the Dreamites produced this substance is unknown but Yond to considered that perhaps this was just some kind of waste byproduct of their "digestion" of dreams, a highly magically charged material rich in spirit energy.
Whether true or not, this eventually gave the idea to Orsal Yond of siphoning the valuable liquid from living dreamites, without killing them. However, this idea came to him late, while he was waiting for the nine total batches of the solution to "cook". One silver lining, if one can call it that, is that Orsal Yond inadvertently introduced Dreamites to the areas in and around the University, ensuring that he or anyone else wishing to experiment on them would never run out of Dreamites, although some magi would've preferred to keep their dreams. Orsal Yond however, got plenty of time to experiment and evaluate his hypotheses, thus he did end up discovering a way to collect the fluid from Dreamites, by the way of a purpose designed syringe inserted into the rear opening of the dreamites' abdomen, still not a pretty process, but at least it was kinder to the dreamites as it didn't result in their death, and the resulting substance was far cleaner too, requiring less purifying.
Indeed, Orsal Yond had much time to contemplate while the experiment was progressing and he waited for the crystal formation to take place, each day worrying whether his experiment would be successful.
He spent most of that time drafting up ideas on how to improve and speed up the process, assuming at least one batch will be successful.
After several months, having nearly forgotten about the original experiment altogether, it was time to crack the lid and see what, if anything his experiments produced. He was only reminded of it by another mage who asked him about how the experiment was going.
Upon opening the vessels, he discovered that only alembic number 6 produced anything other than a combination of bad odors and sludge. Even then, the only apparently successful instance of the experiment produced a single, small and unremarkable crystal, a sort of a cloudy crystal filled with numerous impurities. It looked nothing like the other known varieties of magical crystal, and looked like nothing more than a piece of common quartz.
Inspecting the uninteresting gemstone, Yond, disappointed in the results, laid the piece of crystal on his desk, declaring the experiment a failure, and went about carrying out further experiments, attempts to implement the ideas he came up with to improve the process. It sat there for several days, until one morning, where Orsal Yond discovered that the crystal had taken on a strange, unearthly glow, a kind of a pale green, with a bit of blue mixed in. The only other thing he discovered was a dead mouse, its throat having been ripped out, probably by one of the University's resident cats.
(https://i.imgur.com/B7iZYRl.png)
Year... Somewhere before Year 362.5...?
How it feels to be born
Part 1: The End
Wülfhærd laid on the forest floor of the Silent Lands, he smiled weakly, looking up at the teary eyed Elysians surrounding him, his body too weak to move and filled with pain. Eís knelt down to embrace him, tears flowing freely from her eyes, but then, he saw her expression change, to one of something between pain and anger. She laid her hands on his shoulders. Then he saw only bright white for a split second and felt a sharp pain shoot through his body...
And then, there was nothing, until suddenly there was darkness, yet it was all that Wülfhærd could see. He wasn't even sure whether his eyes were closed, open or whether he even had a body anymore. If he did, he couldn't move it... No matter what commands he gave it, it would not or could not move, he could feel the muscles contract yet nothing happened. That, combined with the fact that he could not see messed with his mind, he wasn't sure of anything anymore. It wasn't helped by the fact that he felt like he was upside down, and he was sure he could hear distant, muffled noises, but wasn't sure whether it was real or not.
So, he sat there in the darkness, unsure of anything, his thoughts constantly wandering from one thing to another or randomly, as he mulled over his life, over what had happened and what became of his friends.
He was there that way for a long time, but he wasn't sure for how long and while the isolation and sensory deprivation certainly distorted his perception of time, he still felt like he had been there for very long, more than days, certainly. Weeks, probably even months, maybe a year or two... He couldn't tell. He couldn't even tell how much of that time he spent sleeping, if at all.
Eventually, long after he had resigned to his fate, whatever held him began to slowly weaken and he could begin to move parts of his body. First his digits... Though he felt as if he was... missing a few. Then he could wiggle his lower limbs and tail. Then his upper limbs and his neck and head... and indeed, he was very much upside down. Then soon thereafter, whatever substance held him gave away completely, releasing him and hardening, turning brittle, fragments breaking off as he moved his body free from the bonds. Finally, with some effort, he forced his eyes to open too... To discover he could still barely see anything, being able to only make out the most vague of shapes, but he understood that he was packed inside something rather tightly, with his body curled up.
With the sticky substance now having hardened instead into more of a hard, smooth wax-like substance and no longer holding him or supporting him, he was now resting on his upper back, shoulders and neck, not exactly a comfortable position. So, with only a little bit of effort, he flipped himself over, into a kind of sitting position, and began thinking of ways to break out. In reality it only took a couple of punches before he broke out into the open air. He could see light peeking through the hole, he withdrew his arm that was up to the elbow in the hole, and moved to peek through it.
Part 2: The Mystery
(https://i.imgur.com/QMTJv3M.png)
On the other side, he saw what looked like a massive, quite brightly lit cave. He couldn't see any walls or a ceiling. It was dark above yet the horizon was bright. He saw the cave floor below, no more than 2 feet below where his butt was. He saw some... cocoons... Weird, blue, almost heart-shaped cocoons(?). All apparently hanging from the ceiling he could not see, with more of the material that made up the cocoon stretching into the darkness above. It wasn't a great mystery that Wülfhærd was inside one of these too. Using both of his hands, he tore the hole he had made asunder, tearing a rift in the cocoon from top to bottom, ejecting himself in the process.
It wasn't much of a hard fall, but picking himself up off the floor and brushing himself off, he was shocked to discover that his body was not at all how he remembered it. The first thing he noticed, was that he only had three large fingers on each hand. Then the fact that his fur was completely pure white. Then the weird little pouch on his belly. Then the skin stretched between his limbs. The realization finally set in; He was an Elysian! Wülfhærd, being himself, wasn't really upset or distraught. Yet, there was something that caused him unease, and with some anxiety he brought his tail around, only to discover that there were NONE of the Elysians' usual patterns on its dorsal side. Needless to say he was confused. But with nothing else to do, he began to explore his environment.
The place looked like a cave, but as stated before, he could not see a ceiling or any walls, only the almost flat stone floor. As he continued to explore, soon he began to encounter what looked like pools of greenish-blue water or some other liquid, although on closer inspection, he noticed he couldn't see the bottom. There was no thought of jumping in, rather, they seemed to repel him and he felt uneasy and nauseous just looking at them.
He thought of walking toward the light on the horizon only to quickly realize that the light was all around him, the entire horizon was lit up the same way, almost as if there were two separate layers to... wherever he was. The only other way was up, into the endless darkness, and the only way he saw up, was to climb along the thick... strand holding a cocoon. He turned around, to discover the one that he was in, was right in front of him, despite having explored for hours.
He only climbed at most 50 feet before he quite literally and very suddenly found himself outside in a bright, verdant plain, dotted with the occasional tree. The sky was a saturated yet light blue, an "aqua"-like color, yet no sun was to be seen anywhere. Off in the distance he could see mountains, green all the way to the peak. The grass and the leaves of trees swayed in the gentle breeze. There were a fair few Elysians around, and they were mostly playing with eachother, with some of them just lazing about, laying on the grass or in the shade of a tree, the trees' shadows were as if the sun were directly overhead, yet there was no sun. Despite the pleasantness, Wülfhærd felt as if some kind of presence was watching him, something of incredible power.
Part 3: The Truth
In order to get his bearings and figure out what was going on, Wülfhærd approached one of the Elyisans laying about on the grass. He found that despite barely understanding Elysians before, he could both understand and speak their language without any difficulty naturally. They also didn't seem as naive or child-like as the Elyisans seemed before to him.
The Elysian he talked to happily explained that they were in the "Dream"... The Elysian Dream. The "roots" of Elyisan... society. A spirit world. He was told that this is the place where ALL Elysians go when they sleep, no matter how long they sleep. The place "below" is where Elysians without a body in the waking world go to rest and heal their souls. Below that exists the endless green sea of raw soulmass, the so called "Cradle". The "Cradle" is from where new Elysians come from. At the same time, Only the most hopeless, depressed and broken can overcome the barrier and dive down into the green sea, where they will disintegrate and dissipate, becoming one again with the formless mass of souls. Occasionally a "malformed" soul will swim up to the surface of the Cradle. it is those that live within the various animals on Elysium, and are sent straight back into the sea of souls, should their bodies die.
Upon learning of Wülfhærd's condition, the Elysian, who Wülfhærd learned was Aún, one of the Elysian Nomads, speculated that Wülfhærd's soul was willfully brought to the Dream as if it had been an Elysian one, when he died. Such a thing had never happened before so he could only guess at how it happened, suggesting that an Elyisan wouldn't do such a thing without great cause and even then, they would likely consider their own acts sinful, even if no one else would.
Finally he was explained that if he goes to sleep in the Dream, he'll return to the waking world. Also that Elysians must want to sleep to go to sleep but they don't need sleep.
Wülfhærd spent a while longer in the Dream, playing with other Elyisans or just relaxing. Before boredom and outright curiosity got the better of him and he curled up and willed himself to sleep.
He woke up once more in darkness, curled up, upside down and covered in sticky stuff. But this time he felt smaller... much smaller. He kicked around a bit, felt... whatever he was in this time falling, then hit the ground, followed by a bit of rolling before it came to a stop. He lifted his head upward and saw an opening, with a bit of light peeking through it. He pushed his head into, and through it. after a bit more pushing, he got the rest of his body out of the... pod.
Wülfhærd rolled onto his back, and looked at his body in dismay. He had just barely gotten used to his body, and now he's an Elysian larva... Or whatever the small forms were called. He looked up, and saw the Great White Tree of Elysium, and felt a powerful presence watching over him, a feeling of warmth and comfort, like the world's softest and thickest blanket was wrapped around him. He laid back and sighed, resigned to his fate, yet again.
(https://i.imgur.com/WdX4mzy.png)
Spoiler: here's a small, silly little extra image (click to show/hide)
Year 362.5
In the Azure Skies
Part 1: Anticipation
With the coming of the summer of the year 362, a few Elysians were being seen longingly looking in a particular direction, with the number steadily increasing every day as the summer went on, always looking in the same direction, towards Elysium. It was most obvious in the lands of the Waterstone clan, where the Elysians would go up to the surface and then just sit on a hill, sometimes multiple of them, just staring at seemingly nothing.
Even the remaining Elysians of Wülfhærd's crew would be caught just... staring, and had to be snapped out of it. It caused concern for all whom the Elysians lived alongside of, such as the dragons of Vilutra's Enclave and the Bleg.
This behavior reached its fever pitch on a hot midsummer day in the afternoon, where just about every Elysian dropped whatever they were doing, found high vantage points and collectively began to gaze toward Elysium, even though most of them could not actually see the floating island. This strange behavior made little sense to those far away from Elysium and many joined the Elysians in doing so.
But for those on whom the light of the White Tree of Elysium shined, things got much stranger than just the Elysians' odd behavior... As the sun began to set, the blue leafed plants, wherever they grew, began to emit a soft, blue glow that only grew brighter as night fell, and midnight approached.
Many within the Avarrian Empire and the University looked on just the plants alone with wonder. Despite no attempts by the Elysians to get people of other races to watch with them, many did anyway for one reason or another, Some because of curiosity, others because of uncertainty or fear. Many Avarrians and Bleg did so. Meanwhile Tiél and Επιστάτα had reached just beyond the Avarrian Empire, and Tiél too basked in the white tree's light and looked toward it, despite Επιστάτα's insistence to keep moving northward. When Επιστάτα questioned Tiél about it, she replied with "Can't you feel it? The warmth of her light?". While Επιστάτα hadn't noticed it before, Tiél was right; The pull toward Elysium was stronger than it had ever been before.
The Elysians on Elysium itself climbed to the treetops or sat on hilltops in large crowds to look toward the White Tree, they were everywhere, in every direction one looked.
Even Tahar, despite having no connection to the Dream like Elysians do, could feel something BIG approaching, and too looked toward Elysium, eagerly waiting for whatever is to happen.
It did at midnight, with only a small warning for those who could see the White Tree of Elysium, as it the star it carried between its branches rapidly began to grow brighter, almost blinding at its peak.
Part 2: Admiration
And then, it erupted. In a flash of blue-green light that lit the midnight sky and clouds, seen all the way to Waterstone Clan and Vilutra's Enclave.
So did the blue leafed plants, where they had been merely glowing before, they were now lit up in bright white and held upwards, gently swaying as if some spirit wind was blowing upwards from beneath them.
The entire island of Elysium was lit up as bright as day as every leaf on a tree and blade of grass glowed at once. And so were some parts of the Moss Troll Isles as well, as the orbs that were made to catch the Elysium's light burned with far greater ferocity that they had before, even the blue leaves found on some of the Moss Trolls themselves lit up too.
The Elysians close and on Elysium watched on in awe as massive streams of magical light flowed out gently from the White Tree's large orb. They were like geysers of magical energy, starting from a small point on the sphere and slowly dispersing as they flowed across the sky, the stars of the night sky shining through them made them look like nebulae. The Magi of the University were scrambling to record every detail of this event, scarcely having the time to admire the unparalleled, indescribable magnificent beauty of it. Even imagination can not conjure a image as awe-inspiring as that night was, but it would become even more so.
Yet, many others flew into a panic and ran in terror, Avarrians, Bleg, even some dragons in the enclaves close to Elysium... No one had seen a sight such as this before.
Zoithor and even the Aetherials along with The dark elves further to the west in Dark Ukalia saw the sky lit in azure flame. The twisted creatures of Chaos winced in pain at the sight of its magnificence.
Soon, the magical streams would begin coalesce in the sky to form many rings of aurorae of teal, green and magenta, sprawling across the sky, with the White Tree at their center, even the dragons to the far south saw them.
So did the people of Eudenland, it was quite a sight for the patrons at 'The Grand Puffin'. The aurorae sprawled over the silent lands too, a pleasant, relaxing sight for the Brüdines, barely surviving the harsh, unnatural world of The Silent Lands.
And many sailors sailing the seas west of Dragolia were too treated to the sight of several banks of bright, strange aurorae, stretching across the sky. It brought a jolly mood to many a sailor and old songs could be heard far from the ships.
Throughout it all, a lone young Elysian sat upon a cliff's edge, looking toward the white tree afar and the glowing terrain and numerous Elysians below. Watching as the tree continued it's brilliant display of light and magic, his thoughts turned to his friends that he had left in the Silent Land and wondered what became of them. It's not that Wülfhærd minds being an Elysian, but he did miss his old friends.
And at the same time, Eís, the Elysian, she who sent Wülfhærd's soul to the Elysian Dream, looked at the aurorae flowing across the night sky with tearful eyes, alone in her sorrow. She did not know that it was without cause, and that her friends, Løkhunds, Elysians and Magi, searched for her tirelessly, even through the ceremony.
On the ground, on and near Elysium, the magical energies coalesced into banks of luminescent blue fog.
The Great Scar, that was now quite literally spewing out flames, when the mystical fog hit them, turned to blue.
Irayam The Phoenix discovered this for himself. He wanted to see Elysium from up close, very close. Now an adolescent, his "father" Irahan was powerless to stop him as Irayam made a running start and took off toward Elysium, his wings carrying him far faster than those of any mortal being could. As he ascended to the height of Elysium, the mystical aura ignited in blue flame as it touched Irayam's feathers, leaving a trail of smokeless, cold fire in his wake. He looked like a shooting star as he circled over the floating island.
The Moss Trolls on their isles, who had gathered around their orbs and sat on the glowing grass could frequently hear children laughing and giggling, seemingly an echo from nowhere and would occasionally and briefly see small, glowing white figures dart through the undergrowth.
Part 3: Aftermath
The whole event lasted until morning, until the sun came up over the horizon, then everything returned to as it had been before, the only indication that the event had ever taken place, being the aurorae which could still be seen faintly in the sky for several weeks.
Although the event was just a harmless lightshow of magical energies, it still caused some casualties in the the form of various magical devices. Chief among them, the Cloudrock Clan Sky-ship's arcane tether.
The crew had anchored the ship onto Dragolia for the night when the initial flash occurred. It somehow overloaded the ship's arcane tether, causing it to tear itself apart. The ship itself was fine, but the tether was rendered unusable and in desperate need of repair.
The event caused serious problems for the University, with many of their arcane devices and rituals temporarily ceasing to function. The disruptions to magics was felt as far away as the waterstone clan.
What are the long term effects and consequences of the event are yet to be seen, but it is certain that Elysium has announced its presence to the world, and quite boldly so.
One Day Later
While in the wake of the event, the spirits of many were high, the mood in the University had soured... Its not known how but a group of magi figured out exactly that the northern half of Dragolia will shatter in the year 364.3!
Map and Legend
(https://i.imgur.com/fhlGvpV.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/HIxNGdO.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/fhlGvpV.png)
(https://i.imgur.com/HIxNGdO.png)
=> Link to The Encyclopedia/Quick Guide <= (http://www.bay12forums.com/smf/index.php?topic=176398.msg8156079#msg8156079)
Post by: TankKit on October 06, 2020, 01:34:56 pm
Post by: Yellow Pixel on October 06, 2020, 03:08:46 pm
Post by: Yellow Pixel on October 07, 2020, 09:34:42 am
The first days of the Antars' investigation to save the Nurse Iryz, kidnapped by Nisvanis's henchmen, weren't much succesful. In fact, in the beginning, the five White Antars sent to do the rescue operation in Dalai's capital had much difficulty to find informations about Nisvanis's organization. They did find of course some sellers of Vision Dust in shadowy corners of the big city, but they had much trouble to question them about their drug supply. It was blatant that the five sentient insects were strangers, wich didn't help to win the trust of any black market worker. Moreover, their knowledge of the slugmen language was limited and their supposed interest in drug consumption wasn't very convincing: they weren't at all the usual type of junkie.
So they started to follow at night suspicious figures wandering the streets, but their first attempts weren't very effective. Their own behavior was no less suspicious and the white color of their fur was very contrasting in the darkness, so they were easily noticed, and much of the time, they were only tracking drunkards returning home. They had therefore to improve their investigation techniques and to find a disguise to become more discreet. They decided to this end to visit the workshop of a kind Slugman weaver who accepted to make and sell them cloaks made out of black linen cloth: they could cover the body, they had six holes at the bottom to allow the Antars' legs to move freely, a fastening at the top to free the wings too and a fitting hood with two extra holes for the eyes and antennae, plus an other for the mouth. The result wasn't really esthetically pleasing, especially with the protruding mandibles, but it didn't matter since at least this outfit was going to make the white insects far less visible in the dark. The final thing they needed to complete their costume was to blacken their legs and mandibles, so they also bought a bucket of charcoal to rub their limbs and mouthparts with. This way, they were going at last to come and go unseen overnight.
In the next months, they took advantage of their somber dresses, but they didn't limit themselves to roam the streets like any Slugman: they also fully benefited from their flight abilities. Thus, till dusk to dawn, the five Antars became the winged shadows of Dalai, flying over the metropolis totally unnoticed. While most of the citizens were sound asleep, they were watching from the sky all the movements of the figural night birds and of those who thought they were free to act in complete secrecy. They also settled to dispatch every night their team in different town districts to increase their research efficiency, and when they detected a suspect person entering a filthy back alley or a sleazy tavern, they posted themselves on the edge of a roof to observe more closely the shady individual under the gloomy light of a distant torch. It was definitely a sluggish process, but the aerial inspectors became eventually aware of many nocturnal activities of the Dalians living in the capital.
Any significant clues about the traffic of Ambrosia were still hard to come by, but a female white Antar ultimately got a stroke of luck. She suddenly saw someone open a door to give a package to a seemingly unimportant slugman passerby. She then followed him from high up and even used her air magic to conjure up a cloud around her, becoming a misty dark shape to the eyes of anyone who would look at the sky. The slug guy quietly crawled in the direction of a large residence of imposing architecture, its lawn bordered with a steel fence, that certainly was belonging to a rich personage.
When she saw that he was going along the side of the large house toward a back entrance, she swiftly but cautiously flew behind the back wall where he couldn't see her. And while he was putting a key in a lock and then opened the creaking fence door, she had a perfect occasion to hide in a bush situated very close to the side gateway of the property. From that moment, she only had to wait and see what was going to happen. So the Slugman knocked on the door just aside the Antar on the lookout and when it opened, he gave his package to an elegantly clothed figure who ripped the top of it to peer inside.
She was unfortunately unable to see the mysterious content, but all of a sudden, she had a feeling that drived her to stick her sensitive antennae out of the bush that concealed her. It was without the shadow of a doubt a familiar feeling, a sensation that reminded her childhood memories of a sweet delight coated with euphoria-inducing pheromones: Amber Paste, that Slugmen call Ambrosia! She didn't linger on such agreeable thoughts though and she promptly folded away her pair of feelers. It was the right thing to do, because the delivery Slugman turned his head toward her without warning, thinking he had perceived a movement, but he didn't spotted her. He returned afterwards from where he came from at the same slow pace and when he was far enough, the Antar took flight again, hastening to tell the event to her colleagues.
The other Antars were very pleased to know they finally had a good catch, even if they were still far from reaching their goal. In the following few weeks, the five investigators found some hiding spots around the building from where the Ambrosia was coming and they eventually watched the same delivery procedure as before. One of them, using a heap of boxes as a covert, also managed someday to observe another Slugman leave the building and slither toward some ill-famed parts of the city. The flying insect then followed him stealthily from above until seeing him entering a dusty store. After several watches around the place, it became clear that some Ambrosia was stashed there, even if the Nurse could very well be detained somewhere else. And the night came for the five Antars to break into the store.
Just as the owner was about to close, they hurried inside at full speed and caught him completely unawares. He tried to open a drawer of the front desk as fast as he could, probably to grab a weapon, but he didn't get the time. The five White Antars, all magical adepts, combined their power to summon a mighty gust of wind in his direction, that projected him on the back wall and made him collapse on the floor in pain. Afterwards, when he attempted to get back on his feet, two of the sentient ants separated themselves and started to continuously blow a strong air current that paralysed him on the back wall. Two other Antars began to use their air magic to create a whirlwind in the room, that threw around the furniture and objects alike, for maximum scary effect. At the moment the fear was well instilled in the mind of the Slugman, wich was well shown by his expression, the fifth Antar (the same who spied the Ambrosia delivery), approched him and climbed on him, until her moving mandibles were right next to his face. It was at this very instant that she aked to her trembling hostage, in an awkward but spooky clicking voice:
"Who is-ct respon-ctsible for the smugg-cling of Ambrosia ? I kt-now you kt-now them!"
"I can't tell you! ... I can't! D-Don't kill me!"
"Tell me or I'll shre-ctd you to pieces!"
"F-Fine, fine ! It's... It's Rio... Rio Duran!"
Out of the blue, while he was saying these words, a silver comet coming from behind pulverized the faceted vision field of the female Antar, who dodged it at the last second, hitting instead the Slugman pressed against the wall. It was a throwing knife that pierced his left lung and made him collapse on the ground, gasping in his death throes. Right after, the four other Antars stepped backwards and gathered around their friend as fast as they could, because six hooded figures were entering in the half-light of the store. They were all Nisvanis's hitmen, armed with short swords and daggers, who where somehow after them! The White Antars were cornered and had no choice but to fight!
((I have used a slash to precise the years at the beginning, to show that the events are happening somewhere between two different years, since it logically happened before the date we are now at. I will find a way to catch up with the passing years at the end of the whole series of events.))
Post by: chaotick21 on October 07, 2020, 06:23:02 pm
Post by: King Zultan on October 10, 2020, 03:35:53 am
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on November 15, 2020, 09:49:24 pm
Post by: Yellow Pixel on November 16, 2020, 09:46:25 am
The events concerning it happened in 323 (p. 58), in 333.3 (p. 60) and a strange occurence about it happened in 336.7 (p. 62).
But to have all the informations about the black Ziggurat, you should also refer to Strik3r's telling of the Griffon scouts exploring Dragolia in 328 (p. 60).
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on November 16, 2020, 03:49:45 pm
Year 363
Elgo, a young dragon, became curious about this Måh Ę-Gål he’s heard other races talk about. So he flies below Dragolia and finds a deep blue pyramid like structure, and hears a voice telling him to come to it, so he does. As Elgo draws closer, the structure opens like a mouth. He flies in, and the wall closes behind him. For a moment, everything is dark, then the inside starts to glow dark blue like the walls on the outside. Eventually Elgo gets tired of flying and lays on the ground of the structure, at which point he begins hearing voices, thoughts? Måh Ę-Gål would like an avatar, a moving creature who can fulfill the wishes of those who live in the deep, the Sharkpeople, the Kani callou, and many others. There needs to be balance within the sea
”How am I to do that? I can’t breathe underwater”
Sleep here and you will be able to even when not within me Elgo hears coming from the walls. At this point he focuses and realizes that yes, he is underwater right now. He didn’t remember going underwater, there must be water in the pyramid already. Elgo, too tired to lift his wings, drifts off to sleep.
Elgo is swimming away from a group of Sharkmen, darting through numerous small holes they can’t fit through
He is building an underwater home with fellow Kani-callou, to ensure that the eggs aren’t stolen again
He is struggling to break free from a worm he thought was food, but turned out to be sharp, he’s being pulled to where he can’t breathe
He watches other Sharkmen hunt, while he watches the boats from below, admiring their shapes
Thoughts of various creatures of the deep flow though Elgo’s head like dreams until he wakes up in Måh Ę-Gål.
I feel different, more at home, but why?
Elgo tries to fly back out, but he can’t seem to leave the water. His wings have turned into fins, as have his legs.
AAAHH! What happened? What have you done?
Well, you can’t help us if you go mad from the curse you had. Since you no longer have wings or legs or breathe on land, the curse no longer considers you a dragon, you could call yourself a hexafin, since you have 6 fins now in place of your limbs, but you can call yourself something else too if you’d rather. I think your immortality is maintained, though this is the first time I’ve tried something like this.
Meanwhile, on the other continent
M’Ova decides to explore somewhere new he hasn’t been. Roll for how well this goes and where he goes
Post by: Strik3r on November 16, 2020, 06:01:23 pm
The reason this game pretty much died again without getting going again and why it hasn't gotten an update in the last month and a half is simply because there hasn't been anything to update. This time, the shoe was on the other foot and had little to do with me, aside from demoralizing me. I got no actionable turns, no rolls, nothing that would change the map, hell, up until today, Pixel's turn was the only one in that entire month.
Indeed, i made that massive post in the last update solely because it had been so long since the last one and i hoped it would revitalize the game and inspire players both old and new to make turns. Instead i got a few posts of empty, meaningless praise and that was it, aside from Pixel's turn.
To me, greatest praise is seeing people be inspired by my work... In this case, people making turns, playing the game, meaning that i had succeeded in inspiring people, but i guess it wasn't good enough to do that, huh?
Needless to say, i was crushed, furious even. All that effort, wasted. It can't be hard to see why i might not even want to touch the thread again.
I honestly hoped that it would never be posted in again. But since Naturegirl(Hey, good to see you back on the forums BTW :)) ) did necro it, lets see where this goes and what happens.
I've long since gotten over that now and I don't blame anyone for it happening. I wouldn't, not for people not playing a fucking forum game. But if you're gonna try to guilt trip or w/e me over making this rant: Shove it, i don't fucking care. ;) I just wanted to get it outta my system.))
((As an aside, i noticed that NG set her turn in the past, and so did Yellow Pixel, meaning the current date is still 362.5... Plus one day. :P))
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on November 16, 2020, 06:04:45 pm
Also, I can add a second action with something for you to roll for
Post by: King Zultan on November 17, 2020, 08:54:12 am
With the splitting of the continent on the horizon the mages at the Great Scar University start to go around and look over everything making sure every thing in the university will stay in place when the continent shatters. Roll to see if they find any flaws in their plan to keep the university in one piece once the continent shatters.
Post by: Unraveller on July 04, 2021, 02:05:30 am
How long? How many years amble by softly, subtly eroding the favour of fickle fates? Grinding away unceasingly, its only child; mere dust.
Rumination upon rumination flutter through a great wyrm's mind as the sea churns, swelling 'neath the floating earth below their ancient body, as time erodes the bonds of Dragolia. "The pride of my people. . ." Those harsh syllables of the ancient drake's tongue lick at their listener as waves lick at the shores to the far east where such utterances shall never reach. ". . . Has afflicted a sin too great upon this world." there are few left to hear Grøþhväld's consumption speech, none of the immortal dragon's kin remain in the east. Neither his clutch, nor his enclave. Whittled bones and abandoned nestings dot the sparse cliffs, so too had his people abandoned his reasons, consumed by the echoes of their original sin. The stars are setting, casting a shimmering glint across the philosopher beast's coppery scales, as it had countless times before.
The voice beside Grøþhväld's replies in that olde tongue, "Thy kin play at gods. . ."
The black wyrm, coiled about its Monolith inspects their subjects, those golden slit eyes dart from one side of their lands to other, ever watching as industry begins to take root amidst the Bleg thanks to their lord's careful touch. Tahar molds the feline people to his whim, in the shape of machine and flame, toothed grin enraptured so, the cat folks' will so bent upon the death of the Devourers, the Jahtgoro, the Vasilikos. Yet even under that watch, a decade or more has wheeled by while two brothers twist amid one another in their lands, the words of their emperor as immateria to them now. Rather. . . Castor and Pollux, the Dioscuri have bid their time well with servants of their own, at last from within, the perfect time to strike.
Again, the voice bellowed, stinging at Grøþhväld's ear with a hiss, "Aloof and unperturbed by the coming storm. . ."
A tremendous sound echoed, reverberated through that most opulent gazebo. Coins tumbled, gemstones danced, untold treasures agonized against the onslaught, even the very firmament shook at the snores of the gilded dragon. Aurehia's slumber was sound and deep atop mountains of copper, silver, and gold. Her Jahtari auditors and bookeepers, scribes and accountants scurried across the incalculable wealth, constantly at odds with counting, recounting, converting, and scrutinizing the value of ever last speck of dust, every bead of sweat now firmly within the dragon's domain. Along with Aurehia's influence and the advancement of the sky dock, the Jahtari's wealth and influence swelled greatly.
It had been too long since the metallic wyrm had kept such wordy company, it eased his heart, made the drake more. . . Amenable. It was Grøþhväld whom next spoke, a growing will in his words, "The Council breeds arrogance, Tiamat, the mother, wastes away in obscurity unmoving for centuries. They expel any of those bearing substance greater than stale bread. . ." Amaranth flame crackles between the copper dragon's teeth, the Peacemaker, the Thinker's ire builds. "They inundate this pure world with despots! With instinctual monsters! Ignorant children! And worst of all, the purposeless dregs whom bear no meaning. . ."
What choice had she? None. Not in her mournful mind. The Elysian traipsed through the crimson wood of the silent lands in abandon, barely drying the tears that flowed freely upon her cheeks. The Løkhund remained in her thoughts even now as she fled. . . Wülfhærd. . .
Again, that shadow blotted the land where unmoving trees did not. Great wings spread overhead, descending slow, and slower still. Eís did not cease her flight from her group even so. Even clearings beyond, the tremendous crash that shook the Silent Lands did not harrie her footfalls. Like a meteorite it was so, Ljösofar, the wyrm who bore a countenance not unlike glacial melt collapsed to the blood streaked woods. Not long after, Eís was upon it. The beast bled not, nor wailed, nor even spoke as its limp form craned its angular head her way. The eyes of Ljösofar were unlike and dragon before it, passionate flames snuffed within them, they were no more than frosted glass, glazed and distant. The sight at last shocked Eís to a halt, her body was wracked by a deep sorrow, yet. . . It was not her own.
'Tween gnarled branch and streaked stone, the Elysians and Løkhund's rallied, the purpose of their great journey would be all for not if they allowed Eís to disappear into the deep forest, they wouldn't allow themselves to lose another friend, especially one as dear to Wülfhærd as was Eís. The third group, magi as detached as they were followed along just as eagerly, knowing the strange phenomenon would be key in understanding this similarly strange place. Though no beasts remained in this place to slow their progress, the adventurers still were met with great trouble tracking the lost Elysian, as if the Silent Lands themselves did not wish for them to reunite. . .
Even so, they pressed on, after Eís!
~Drip~
~Sizzle~
~Drip~
Saliva dissolves the rock beneath them, the copper dragon's guest replies in kind, memories that are not its own work to string together a facsimile of the ancient tongue in words that too are not its own, "Are we not of the same mind. . ?" The voice asks, slavering as it does.
A bellowous sigh breathes its last across the ocean as the immortal dragon turns to meet their fellow listener, those weary eyes bear witness to them once more. . . The spined viper whom rivals the valley's and chasms of this desolate enclave. In all its festering, miasmatic flesh, Basileus, lord of the Vasil kind lingers. Across its immense scaled breadth writhes countless lesser Vasilikos and serpents alike, a morbid imitation of some great mantle.
"This world. . ." The immortal trails.
"This world. . ." The fanged emperor echoes, "Langours in stagnation! Dragolia weeps and thy kind complicit!" The monstrous creature's voice is a cacophony upon the wind, blasting apart the last vestiges of the sea of clouds, carried on the wind to the lands beyond. Basileus inches toward the dragon, his elder, "O' wise one, O' Grøþhväld, thou can maketh right. . !"
"Alone thou are as meaningless as thine detested drakes." The Serpent's speech oozes venom, and it finds its mark yet. "Become as one with I, and let us swallow this world anew!"
Grøþhväld, brillant under the moonlight, gazes deep, drinking of the Viper's eyes, not so unlike his own. Accepting his fate, as the jaws of the Emperor unhinge with a C R A C K !
DRAGOLIA SHUDDERS! The sands of time flow again, a new era rises against the dawn!
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 08, 2021, 06:01:08 am
Post by: Unraveller on July 08, 2021, 11:32:29 am
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 08, 2021, 01:53:05 pm
Jotul, one of the children in the Bearwalker tribe, hears a beautiful song to the east. He is curious and begins heading towards the source. Roll for whether he makes it there. Roll for whether the source is dangerous or not
Children from the Slugman Duchies hear the song from the west and begin going towards the source as well, curious as they are. Roll for whether they make it and, if the source is dangerous, whether the slugmen children and Jotul manage to escape
(The source is between the Slugman Duchies and the Bearwalker tribes, somewhere in the…is it forest there or desert?
Post by: Strik3r on July 09, 2021, 05:34:58 pm
Notices and Summary:
Ah... I remember you, Unraveller. It was a long time ago anyone last visited the home of this old Chronicler.
It was even further in the past where the events of the dual lands of Alteria and Dragolia takes place.
But, if you wish to know what it was that took place, i suppose i will tell you, as i remember it.
Do not fret, i have quite good memory... The blessing, and curse, of remembering every moment of one's life, and all the friends that have passed through here. I still think of each and all of them every day.
TURNS:
( Yellow Pixel : Year 360 to 362.6 )
The group of investigating white antar continues investigating the kidnapping of the Nurse Iryz, tracking various delinquents and ne'er do wells.
Corner and interrogate one of Nisvanis' mules.
Face off against Nisvanis' assassins.
( Naturegirl1999 : Year 361 )
Elgo, a young dragon, whose curiosity compels him to investigate Måh Ę-Gål, he does so, hears voices within it, and is transformed by it, into something that the voice within Måh Ę-Gål calls a hexafin.
(Elgo added to map.)
M'ova goes exploring.
( King Zultan : Year 362.6 + 1 day )
Great Scar University's mages examine their plans to mitigate damage to the university from the shattering.
Rolls
Ah... I remember you, Unraveller. It was a long time ago anyone last visited the home of this old Chronicler.
It was even further in the past where the events of the dual lands of Alteria and Dragolia takes place.
But, if you wish to know what it was that took place, i suppose i will tell you, as i remember it.
Do not fret, i have quite good memory... The blessing, and curse, of remembering every moment of one's life, and all the friends that have passed through here. I still think of each and all of them every day.
TURNS:
( Yellow Pixel : Year 360 to 362.6 )
The group of investigating white antar continues investigating the kidnapping of the Nurse Iryz, tracking various delinquents and ne'er do wells.
Corner and interrogate one of Nisvanis' mules.
Face off against Nisvanis' assassins.
( Naturegirl1999 : Year 361 )
Elgo, a young dragon, whose curiosity compels him to investigate Måh Ę-Gål, he does so, hears voices within it, and is transformed by it, into something that the voice within Måh Ę-Gål calls a hexafin.
(Elgo added to map.)
M'ova goes exploring.
( King Zultan : Year 362.6 + 1 day )
Great Scar University's mages examine their plans to mitigate damage to the university from the shattering.
Rolls
White Antars ambushed by Nisvanis' goons.
Quote from: The Chronicler
Hmm... it seems the scroll regarding this particular event has been misplaced...The five regal white Antars stood clustered tightly together, all facing towards their cloaked assailants and the old, run-down shop's entrance through which they had stepped in and through which now the ominous glow of the twilight shone, onto the backs of Nisvanis' favored assassins, shrouding the attackers in a cold and maleficent light. Time waited but for a moment, as the five large, sentient arthropods prepared themselves for the imminent shedding of blood to come, clicking and chittering while their enemy stayed as silent as the voice of death itself. For all their knowledge and practice of magic, the pale-furred antars were diplomats, dignitaries, scholars and spies first and foremost, surely not the bloodthirsty and practiced killers that their adversaries were.
Well, how about we just rewrite it, and with it, history?
Maybe it went something like this:
The antars took the initiative, but the gap of experience in murder became instantaneously and irrefutably evident the moment one of the five antar dared to part his mandibles, to summon a torrent of piercing wind, did another dagger, gleaming and white even in the dim dying light, find its way between in between them, and the life left his eyes in an instant. his body still spasmed and thrashed but for a few moments, before stiffening rigid and keeling over onto the back, the last vestiges of his life extinguished.
Sadness, rage and dread swirled all throughout the minds and bodies of the remaining four antar. Yet their foes remained frighteningly calm and still, so much so that some would doubt whether they were living at all. Even as the enraged arthropods leapt at them in unison did not they so much as flinch. The fate that the next of the antars met was no kinder than that of the last, as the assassin he intended to harm deftly dodged him, ducking under his assault and thrusting a dagger into antar's ventral side, gutting the unfortunate antar through lengthwise like a pig in one swift motion and leaving the poor thing to take the last feeble breaths as he bled out, hemorrhaging pale yellow ichor onto the dusty, neglected wooden floor of the shop.
The next exchanged ichor with the third as she caught the assassin's spindly arm between her tough mandibles and with a quick, decisive snap like that of a pair of razor sharp shears, cut through the thin appendage and separated it cleanly from the torso. The dismembered limb dropped unceremoniously onto the floor with a thunk and a slap. Unlucky was the antar though, for the slugman held his weapon in the other hand and returned the pain in a flash, driving a dagger through the antar's throat between her head and thorax from the side. Like the second of the antars, she only got a few precious moments to realize her fate as she could draw no breath, clicking and chittering in panic as her vision faded to black.
Of the white antar, the death of the second to last was perhaps the most brutal and the one filled with the cruelest of irony. The uncannily nimble slugman assassin sidestepped the antar's lunge, finding a leg from a table that the antars' cyclone of clutter and furniture had torn from a nearby table now laying broken and split against the far wall. In the blink it took for the assassin to reach for the blunt instrument, the relentless white antar was already upon his foe and dug his mandibles into the slugman's soft, slimy flesh in repeated bites. The slugman wildly swung the makeshift weapon at the attacking arthropod, who soon succumbed to the repeated blows as his chitinous exterior cracked and dented under the violent assault. Crushed like a common bug, but not before mortally wounding his adversary as well. It can't be known why the otherwise proficient assassin chose to opt for such a crude and ineffective weapon, perhaps it was simple arrogance and boasting, but that arrogance would end up costing the slugman assassin his life.
With she being the last of the group of white antars, bruised and battered, and now set upon alone by six highly skilled slugman assassins, only two of them bearing any significant wounds, the one who first tracked the shop owner back to the shop and called her fellows to interrogate him, was now cornered and looking for a way out where there was none to be found. The henchmen descended on the lone white antar, ensuring that the committee that awaited eagerly the group's return and to see the results of their investigation never would...
Spoiler: Rolls (click to show/hide)
M'ova goes exploring.
Having, in his mind, seen everything the twice infected southern lands, of what would eventually become known as Alteria, had to offer, M'ova set out once again toward The Free Cities of Dalai in search of the Keystone.Intent to follow through with his initial plan, M'ova headed out further north to reach the coast, so that he could then follow it west towards Dalai.
However, the trek north soon became anything but peaceful. Until now, the Moko chieftain had traveled through untamed wilds and lush forests, ravaged by the purple leaves which did not harm him.
Here, inside the lands of the Kingdom of Thairmar, the situation was much different: Abandoned villages dotted the land, overtaken by the leaves, both purple and red and filled with remnants, of both people and of civilization itself.
The inhabitants, those that still lived here, and had survived the purple leaf disease, by becoming infected with the red, were distrustful of outsiders and outright hostile to things unknown to them, such as a Moko. Many times on his travel northward, toward the coast of Thairmar, did M'ova try to approach the people living in the still-surviving villages with friendly and kind intentions, whenever he saw evidence of life in a settlement from afar, and each time without exception he was chased from the places he visited by red-leaved people with makeshift weaponry: pitchforks, knives and stones, with even the occasional arrow fired his way from a bow. Over the many encounters on his way north with violently paranoid inhabitants, M'ova accumulated a myriad of scrapes and dents on his form but at last he had reached the shimmering northern shores of Thairmar.
The dedicated Moko chieftain rested here for many days, where the waves of the seemingly endless glittering ocean beat on the weathered cliffs and trespassed onto the pebbled shores.
But even in that place of tranquility, M'ova could still sense the choking presence of the leafen diseases, feel the corruption consuming the land. But more so he felt something else; echoes of the human-made horrors that had taken place on these very shores. The peacefulness of the beaches was a deceptive and grim one, not unlike the sight of the open pits of despair filled with countless charred remains of those infected by the purple leaves' plague, that he had seen many times already on his journey through the lands of Thairmar. "The curse of this land will not end until all life on it does." the chieftain thought to himself many, many times as he walked west along the shore toward his ultimate goal of reaching Dalai.
It would not take him long to see the signs of the deadly leaf infestation thinning and becoming more sparse, until at last he reached ground untouched by it or perhaps reclaimed from it.
At last, M'ova thought, he could have a conversation with the locals, without rocks being lobbed his way, however reality would prove itself to only be crueler as time goes on.
The Moko chieftain, being a strange thing waltzing cheerily from the east, from the infected lands of Thairmar, was quickly and baselessly assumed to be bearing the plague was not greeted warmly or cordially as M'ova had hoped but with a hail of burning arrows, torches and the uncommon ball of magic fire.
He was run off, then pursued as if by a pack of rabid dogs and suffering many more burns and cuts as he made his way through the land.
Even the shores offered no solace for many a port town and village could be found along it. Yet for all the times he had to divert his course, M'ova was as a tireless ox who would trudge on no matter how many times he had to do so. Any man would fall to exhaustion long before the chieftain would even so much as acknowledge the time spent traveling. M'ova would never tire of the journey but had long tired of the humans' paranoia and prejudice. He never quite stopped trying and hoping for a peaceful interaction with the locals but was always met with the same result, regardless of how far from the infected lands he had traveled. The humans had suffered under the curse greatly and for long, and were now looking for something or someone to blame for it.
Eventually M'ova did indeed make it out of the Kingdom of Thairmar, with all the damage to show for it. Past all the cordons and checkpoints along the roads to the west and beyond into the disease-touched lands once more. M'ova kept walking, seeing all the things he had already seen before. In time the forests gave way to hilly but plain lands of long bladed grass, where they could be seen stretching far into the horizon and beyond, with lonely trees and occasional glade breaking up the plain composition of the landscape. At night one could see the bright, glowing lanterns of travelers far off in the distance, sometimes entire trains, going either towards or away from Thairmar.
Having made it past both the agitated lands of Thairmar and the suffocating extent of the purple leaf disease, M'ova decided he had earned a well deserved rest, one lasting a few decades perhaps, as he slowly lumbered into a secluded wood, where he sat down on the ground, his damaged back against a large tree, and there he now lay, waiting for the world to walk on by...
(M'ova has traveled through Thairmar)
(M'ova has taken 6 points of damage.)
Spoiler: Rolls (click to show/hide)
University's mages examine their plans.
For the last month, since the exact date of the shattering of Dragoila had become known,Quote from: The Chronicler
How odd... The writing cuts off abruptly here.The magi of the Great Scar University, have been scrambling to prepare the University and it's lands for the coming cataclysm for which the planned measures to mitigate the event are of suitably epic proportions in relation to the projected event itself. The core of their protective measures is formed of passive wards of physical absorption, intended to as the name would imply, absorb and bleed off the tremendous tectonic forces generated by the shattering, scattered all throughout the lands belonging to the university, that the magi of the university have been scrambling to get up and maintain. In addition to the passive defences, many magi of all disciplines have been posted long term at projected key points throughout the land, to complete the defensive plan of the university. Even with all of that the University realized that damage and causalities of such an cataclysm would be inevitable, thus many prototype magical devices and unfinished spells are to be fielded to mitigate and repair damage.
Ah, we'll just continue from here.
But with the rush to prepare, the magi have not had much time to actually take a look and analyze their strategy for protecting the University. However when a formal review is called, many of the reports feature notes of displeasure in their margins stating in essence "Time spent on questioning the plan is better spent on implementing it. The measures are sufficient, if they're not, add more wards.". Disregarding that the University does not have enough personnel to cover the entire land in wards, most of the magi seem confident in the plan and the measures implemented thus far.
Although, some reports did voice concerns for the disruptions caused by the anomalous azure skies event originating from Elysium not being given enough consideration, while others insist the lasting disruptions are minor, even though at the time, the event threw off, subtly or not so subtly, most of their existing magical measuring instruments and magic circles, permanently altering what they would indicate in unpredictable ways. It was equally impossible to re-tune said devices because no point of reference existed; all of the devices were equally wrong in different ways.
Most of those inaccuracies have been resolved over the month, but a certain worry remains regarding the possibility of lingering anomalies from the event affecting their magic, but it's not a widespread or a very serious concern.
Spoiler: Rolls (click to show/hide)
Quote from: The Chronicler
There are more stories for me to tell you... The events you wish to know about, Unraveller.
I shall tell them later... Please do... Stay a while and listen...
Year 364.7
Jotul, one of the children in the Bearwalker tribe, hears a beautiful song to the east. He is curious and begins heading towards the source. Roll for whether he makes it there. Roll for whether the source is dangerous or not
Children from the Slugman Duchies hear the song from the west and begin going towards the source as well, curious as they are. Roll for whether they make it and, if the source is dangerous, whether the slugmen children and Jotul manage to escape
(The source is between the Slugman Duchies and the Bearwalker tribes, somewhere in the…is it forest there or desert?
Quote from: The Chronicler
Oh... Hello Naturegirl, you are here too. It is so nice to see you again...
But... Are you sure that event will take place on that date? It is set beyond the cataclysm of Dragolia.
And are you sure it will happen on the western continent...? The fate of that land is... Quite uncertain as of now.
Nevertheless, i am quite happy that you're back...
Post by: Unraveller on July 09, 2021, 07:14:35 pm
Post by: King Zultan on July 11, 2021, 04:27:36 am
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 11, 2021, 04:43:06 am
Post by: Strik3r on July 11, 2021, 04:45:31 am
(It's been awhile and I've forgotten when the continent will shatter, need to know before I can post an event.)
Quote from: The Chronicler
I do believe the date will be 364.3 when it took place. Regardless, i shall address any of yours, and that of Naturegirl's, the next time after i've untangled the thread of fate for Unraveller...
Which is taking an unfortunately long time... I'm just not the same i used to be.
Post by: auzewasright on July 11, 2021, 09:18:36 am
(It's been awhile and I've forgotten when the continent will shatter, need to know before I can post an event.)The north-East one, IIRC (though is it north-east? Where are the poles?).
Post by: Unraveller on July 11, 2021, 03:18:35 pm
Post by: King Zultan on July 12, 2021, 07:18:14 am
The Bleg seek wisdom for how to deal with the Vasilikos from The Monolith, so they preform several sacrificial rituals involving live animals to appease The Monolith so it will grant them the wisdom they seek. What if any wisdom to they get from The Monolith.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 12, 2021, 07:23:11 am
Jotul, one of the children in the Bearwalker tribe, hears a beautiful song to the east. He is curious and begins heading towards the source. Roll for whether he makes it there. Roll for whether the source is dangerous or not
Children from the Slugman Duchies hear the song from the west and begin going towards the source as well, curious as they are. Roll for whether they make it and, if the source is dangerous, whether the slugmen children and Jotul manage to escape
(The source is between the Slugman Duchies and the Bearwalker tribes, somewhere in the…is it forest there or desert?
Post by: Strik3r on July 13, 2021, 12:20:48 pm
Please, Unraveller (and everyone else!) tell me what you think of this writing.
I fear it may be a bit too stilted and that i'm trying too hard :-\))
The Bleg sacrifice animals to the Monolith.
For no shorter of a time than the Vasilikos have slithered and twisted about Dragolia have Bleg dreaded the voracious vipers would set sights upon them, the catfolk, in their insatiable hunger.
Now, a group of worshipers of The Monolith sought wisdom to defeat the serpents from the very thing that had created the Vasilikos themselves, a hypothesis seldom stumbled upon even by the most unrelenting of scholars on Dragolia.
A dozens of beasts of horn, hoof and scale had been brought before the ancient altar of sacrifice that itself stood before the black thing of perfect stone, spotless and smooth, that which had accompanied the felines in life every day from before even the first. The imminent divinations through blood and sacrifice was not a thing celebrated or given legitimacy by the Bleg anymore, if ever it was, then now expunged from the corpus of the cats' creed. Only a brave few dared creep close to the altar and look upon what was to take place, those few unable to look away, perhaps of morbid curiosity or of unrepent, cruel sadistic whim as the adherents of The Monolith begun the preparations for the ceremony, led by an old cat with fur as grey as ash and eyes like gleaming azure diamonds, set in a perpetually scowled face overgrown with tufts of long fur.
The old reverent guided the adherents in preparing the ritual, himself too faded to carry it out in full alone, an old relic of the past. He did remind them of the motions of the blades, and of the intonations and inflections of the chants, speaking softly in a strained, wheezing whisper, to not wake the monolith before the proper time. Then, they would begin with their sacrifice as the few onlookers watched on, each one's face conveying something different. In turn each of the beasts would be fed to the silent stone monolith in accordance with the old rites, each bled dry upon the crimson altar as prescribed therein. The hares would be bled from the neck, the goats dismembered and the hearts of gazelles would be pulled from their chests still beating, and drained into the channels of the altar.
Yet still the smooth stone of the monolith remained silent as the last sacrifice begun; a crocodile, the once ferocious predator, now to be an offering to the monolith, restrained helplessly upright
above the dozen-times bloodied altar by rope and twine. The beast struggled in vain against its bonds as the old grey cat pushed the ritual knife into it's neck, then in one continuous slow motion, cut the reptile's scaled belly lengthwise throat to tail, as the monolith's worshipers chanted in unison.
"Nyar... Arat... Khasa... Zhar... Tesa!" They repeated as one and the predator's blood drained down onto the sacrificial altar, and then only chanted louder and with greater vigor as the dark stone monolith begun to glow in a faint crimson hue. The monolith's glow only amplified and cracks of red lightning appeared, emanating from its surface. When its glow had become too luminous to look at, it erupted in a bright flash of magical energy, and the old reverent was transported into the mystical realms of his mind and assaulted by surreal and dreamlike visions.
What first was red, quickly shifted to become green, a lizard, stood upright amidst wet mud and thick vegetation, it's head held high and gazing into the sky; easily recognizable as a primitive Jahtari, or "lizardman". The vision liquefied, then formed into a landscape of barren desert with red stars shining in the gray skies. The red and grey swirl together to become pink, depicting a seashore with a dense pink fog coating the terrain. The pink of the fog merged with the deep blue of the sea and became a vibrant light blue and green; a blue sapling among the green of a rainforest, carrying a little white light atop its fledgling trunk. All The colors then separated, becoming hundreds of vibrantly colored flowers and then merged again, to depict a dark blue of an under sea ravine, erupting in violent red and orange. The colors changed little, merely reforming into an image of a large bat dancing merrily beneath clear skies; one of the little-known Batpeople of the eastern isles. The white-blue of the sky morphs into an image of a great tree, with a curious little white creature in front of it, bent over and looking at something on the ground; One of the elusive Elysians, only ever having been seen in the Blegs' land once. The white once again diverged, becoming a crowd of panicked and disgusted onlookers to an execution, the accused appearing to be just a skin, with thousands of worms wriggling out of it. The worms grew larger and larger still, then took upon the shape of snakes and still they kept growing, and growing, with one coming to dominate over the others; The Vasilikos! The great snake kept growing until it consumed the vision and the old cat woke with a jolt, peering into the skies lit blood red by The Monolith's power.
((It has been a long time since the monolith last activated, lets see what weird and wonderful things come out of it this time... But that'll be for the next cycle. Writing this one is still going to take some weeks i fear.
Also, i wonder, what will the Bleg do with this wisdom? I'm actually incredibly interested in seeing where this goes, so feel free to make a turn addressing this; I'll make sure to include it in the Dioscuri's battle against the bleg.))
Spoiler: Rolls (click to show/hide)
Spoiler: This is an outdated preview. (click to show/hide)
Post by: Unraveller on July 13, 2021, 04:40:36 pm
Then just as much so, I find myself considering how much effort and time goes into not only the updates/responses to players' actions, but even more so the categorization, upkeep, and clerical duties along with the map and legend and so on. And to that, I'm thankful someone was willing to take on the burden. Just as much so, I realize how disappearing for so long and contributing to its stagnation was disrespectful toward that, and perhaps even hypocritical to what I've just wrote, but I hope you take what I say at face value regardless.
Aside from that, the first part reminds me a lot of what I feel like I would attempt writing the very same scenario. That's by no means me trying to say you've taken anything from me, rather a compliment because I enjoy the style, and can really see that when given enough time, more so than you'd usually have writing on a handful of responses a while back, you thrive with this deacriptiveness. Another aspect I think is enjoyable is that if you're someone whose engrossed in the lore of this world to some degree, you realize that those images seen in the slate stone monolith are no random premonitions, but thick with referential material. I DIG that.
I also enjoy the extra characterization for Tahar, whom we've only seen mostly in passing to some extent. I really like where that last section takes the dragon as a character. Also, don't be afraid to kill those twin snake assholes. Hahaha.
What I'm trying to say is; I hope these don't come off as empty compliments, I can truly appreciate your work. ))
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 13, 2021, 06:05:53 pm
Post by: King Zultan on July 14, 2021, 02:55:10 am
Also I'm I able to do a turn or should I wait until you finish the fight?
Post by: Strik3r on July 14, 2021, 03:05:55 am
I quite like the writing style of this, I'm also okay with turns taking a bit as they are quite big and writing that much stuff takes a bit.
Also I'm I able to do a turn or should I wait until you finish the fight?
((You should do the turn now, so that i can potentially reference it in the writeup for the Bleg v. Dioscuri fight :P.
Also, i realized that i can write Naturegirl's 364.7/362.8 turn as being caused by the Monolith's activation! Yay for continuity!))
Post by: Yellow Pixel on July 14, 2021, 12:57:16 pm
I quite like the writing style of this, I'm also okay with turns taking a bit as they are quite big and writing that much stuff takes a bit.
Also I'm I able to do a turn or should I wait until you finish the fight?
((Same for me. I really like this! :D
It's richly detailed and deeply rooted into the lore. It also allow us to live the story in a very realistic manner and fully appreciate the feelings of the characters. I couldn't ask for a better kind of writing in this game!
Besides, I have to say that the fight of the white antars and the adventures of M'ova were excellent reads despite the fatality of their situations.))
Post by: Avetruetotheimperator on July 14, 2021, 11:30:51 pm
With the threat to Dragonolia being much established, it's potentially cataclysmic crash thundering throughout possibility to ferment visions of great chaos, the Southern Based lethargic and quarintined kindgom of the Dorathians beings to stir from it's isolated slumber. Immediately great caravans and missionary groups arise, sent forth from Dorathine VI to finally bring much news of the world's current state.
Post by: Naturegirl1999 on July 15, 2021, 01:03:23 am
Cool. Since a similar event will end up happening twice, are you thinking it’ll happen to the same children or different children? The names aren’t too important))I quite like the writing style of this, I'm also okay with turns taking a bit as they are quite big and writing that much stuff takes a bit.
Also I'm I able to do a turn or should I wait until you finish the fight?
((You should do the turn now, so that i can potentially reference it in the writeup for the Bleg v. Dioscuri fight :P.
Also, i realized that i can write Naturegirl's 364.7/362.8 turn as being caused by the Monolith's activation! Yay for continuity!))
Post by: King Zultan on July 15, 2021, 03:26:53 am
The old cat sat for quite a while contemplating the vision the Monolith had bested upon him, while the last part was obviously about the Vasilikos attacking and he had mentioned this to others who went and started getting people ready for the attack, he was still fixated on what the rest of the vision meant and while he could figure out that it was flashes of other places on the continent but he wasn't sure what tied them all together, and after dwelling upon it for awhile longer he drew the conclusion that there must be something coming that'll affect all the different groups pictured in the vision, but he wasn't sure what that something would be.
Roll for the old cat figuring out the remainder of the vision and the Bleg preparing for an attack by the Vasilikos.
Post by: Yellow Pixel on July 15, 2021, 10:26:12 am
In the northwestern Dragolian Colonies, formerly belonging to the Hrilitian Celestial Empire before the direful war with the Dragons at the end of the first century, life continued to go on in the same quiet fashion. The population was constitued, in mostly the same proportion, of two quite different people, Slugmen and Manaketes, but they appeared to live very well along each other. They were for the most part farmers, fishers or simple crafters, who all shared the same faith in the Gospel of Tiamat, the White Dragon Goddess. Thus, many assembled to celebrate the New Year around the sanctuary of the small Algad Peninsula, that was jutting above the ocean at the south of their territory, wich offered a scenic view that was just as good as that of a drake flying above the sea waves. But except a few monks and priests in pursuit of holy virtue, most of the inhabitants of the Colonies were down-to-earth people who only wished to keep their peaceful existence.
They were governed however by a draconic enclave that was under the firm rule of Haton, a cousin of the infamous black Immortal leading the Elder Council of Dragolia. And if it can be said that the fiery dragon Irahan was sometimes indifferent toward his folks, Haton was far worse, being absolutely apathetic in front of the occasional hardships of his subjects. His only purpose in his undying life was to oversee the smooth running of the activities of the Colonies, such as the proceedings of the harvests, the yields of the fisheries and the commercial undertakings. He was although never really bored, like if a constant bureaucratic life and the fulfillment of his bodily needs was all he soughted for.
The only reason why he had a power position was because his cousin gave one to him and since then, he only acted robotically and impassively. There were even rumors that he was a secret worshiper of the human god of squares Boran Boriborus. So, in the eventuality that a war would break out, he simply would listen to the counsels of his general, dispatch his troups methodically, wait for the next events and restart the same steps. Even if most of his people would get killed, he wouldn't really feel bad for them. Yet, his subjects seemed to submit willingly to his control, letting the fate of their native soil in his claws. At least it was better than being treated like meat pieces as their northern neighbors living in Zoithor's Realm.
Also, since a demographic growth had happened over time in the Dragolian Colonies, accompanied by a natural expansion of the cities and their encompassing fields, the commoners had an increasing difficulty to find work or sufficient space for their children to set up their own homes. They were for that reason frequently forced to send them away and wish them good luck to go earn their living elsewhere. Seeing the situation, Haton didn't ask himself much questions, he only acted the way he considered self-evident: he dispatched his delegates, who were mostly Lesser Dragons, throughout his domain to trigger a general peopling campaign to occupy new territories to the east. He was convinced that all the citizens would listen to his orders as if they were no more than loyal servants. They were actually in need of more lands to settle, but will the events really turn out the way he was expecting, without any irregularities?
Post by: Unraveller on July 15, 2021, 01:23:57 pm
No longer a mere Green Tide of purposeless rabble with a penchant for bloodshed, the Orks and goblins of the west bow humbly to their great Khan, Zchuld. Bearing strength, order, and a certain level of equity in her advancing age, she has brought the dispirate greenskins together under her banner. And now? With that in mind, she begins mobilization of her people to truly spread, to engulf the world.
The Zchuldae Khanate expands yet more! On the backs of their generational slugman slaves.
Post by: Strik3r on July 15, 2021, 02:05:13 pm
Not that i mind it, a lot of these things are things i've wanted for to see some activity for anyway.
But at this point, at this rate, my prediciton for the Shattering of Dragolia being written is by the end of August.
Also... thank you! Thank you, every one of you, for your words of encouragement! It means a lot to me, it really, really does.))
Post by: Unraveller on July 15, 2021, 02:41:09 pm